>> 33323 SS > SS See By >> 2 DYD>9»>»» | D> eres BD 2. ) TWEEDDALE | S134. : a Reale CALCUTTA JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY: AND Miscellany ARTS AND CONDUCTED BY JOHN M:‘CLELLAND, F.L.S. Corresp. Mens. Z. S., E. S. Lonp. Member Royal Ratisbon Soc. ; Natural History Society of Belfast; Boston Society of Natural History, United States ; Junior Member and Secretary of a Committee for the Investi- gation of the Mineral Resources of India; Bengal Medical Service. ‘BOTANY, BY W. GRIFFITH, Esa. F. L. S. Corresp. E. S. MEMB. ACAD. NAT. CURIOS.; ROYAL RATISBON SOC.; 4 SSIST. SURGEON MADRAS ESTB.; OFFG. SUPDT. H. CO’S. BOT. GARDEN, CALCUTTA; VICE @RESIDENT OF AGRI-HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY OF INDIA. VOLUME LY. CALCUTTA : W. RIDSDALE, BISHOP’S COLLEGE PRESS. M.DCCC.XLIYV. MG / , f cia eae Mii ; Py at ae Fourth Volume of the Calcutta Journal of Natural History. DEDICATED TO PROFESSOR VON MARTIUS. Contributors. D. LISTON, ESQ. Gurruckpore. CAPTAIN T. HUTTON, Bengal Army. B. H. HODGSON, ESQ. F.L.S., Bengal Civil Service. W. GRIFFITH, ESQ. F.L.S., Madras Medical Service. R. B. SMITH, ESQ. Lieut. Bengal Engineers. PROF. J. T. REINHARDT, Copenhagen. J. MACPHERSON, ESQ. Bengal Medical Service. J. G. MALCOLMSON, ESQ. F.R.S., Bombay. CAPTAIN A. JACK, 30th Bengal Native Infantry. J. W. MASTERS, ESQ. Assam. J. McCLELLAND, ESQ. Bengal Medical Service. PREFACE TO THE FOURTH VOLUME. It is due to the liberal supporters of the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, to acknowledge the kind indulgence with which the work has hitherto been received by them; the more so, as the nature of the subjects treated of in its pages too frequently requires a dry technical phraseology, which is never very inviting to the generality of readers. Fortunately, the supporters of this work are many of them distinguished in the pursuits of which it treats, and all of them more or less eminent as enlightened patrons and friends of the improve- ments of India. Those who take a just view of this impor- tant matter, must be well aware, how much it depends upon a knowledge of the productions of the country. They must be aware, how much the improvement of roads depends upon the nearest sources of stone-quarries, forests of suitable timber trees, the nature of iron ores in various quarters, and the means of making them available. They must know, how essential a proper knowledge of the plants of a country is to the improvement of particular objects of cultivation. v1 In fact, there is no great object of internal improvement that can be undertaken, either by public or private enterprize | in India, to which a scientific knowledge of the productions of the country is not more or less essential ; and many lacs of rupees have been from time to time thrown away in fruitless experiments, which have failed only for want of that descrip- tion of information, which it is the object of the Calcutta Journal of Natural History to elicit. ‘Several instances of this kind have occurred within the last few years, and will conti- nue still to occur until we gradually become better acquaint- ed with the natural products of the country, and the means by which they may be improved. In future, it will be the aim of the Editors to the utmost of their power, to render the work as generally interesting as possible, consistent with its object. It is also their intention to improve the illustrati- ons, so that the nature and peculiarities of every species or at least genus described, may be exhibited by means of draw- ings. The present volume will be found to contain a greater number of original drawings than any Journal of the kind in India ever before attempted to furnish. This has been at- tended with considerable increase of expence, but not more than the liberal support the work has met with seems to justify, and it is hoped, the future year will work still greater improvements, particularly in the style of the lithographs. Calcutta, January, 1844. General Luter. Agassiz, M. Fossil Fishes, .... 63 Agrostophyllum, Blume,.. Anguilla macroptera, I MeClel., -- 407 sinensis, ditto, . oeee 406 Aporum, Blume, eiclote S500. C08 Appendicula, ditto, .... . 3/8 Arracan Coast,new Volcanic leland 455 Ascidia, nature of, <<... . 248 Barbus putitora, McClell., .... 399 Batrachian Fossil, (supposed,).... 83 Batten, J. H. on the Snow Line of the Himalyas, ae ae Oot Belenger, M. Travels in Asiat ae, 188 Bonatea, Willd., sions sous sks} Cerous frontalis, notice of, eshte DOO Chetomus, McCleild., .. 2ee0 400 Playfairi, .... sees 400 ———— Hamiltoni, .. eeee 406 Coal Indian, Tables of, .. soo. 1B} Cobitis bifurcata, McClelld., --2- 400 ——w— pectoralis, ditto, .. coe. 400 Comet, appearance of,.... S010. 14a) Correspondence, sees 107, : Cossyphus, McClelld., .. coe. 403 ————— ater, ditto,.... eee. 403 — Ctenoides, Agassiz, 5606 chisel Cycloides, ditto, reais soog) ff) Dapedius Colei, Agassiz, asco.) (6 Sa a, politus, e@ee0 79 DeCandolle, A. P. notice of, eae 298 Didymoplexis, Griff..... dine Earle, W. Remarks on Vanella, .. 127 Electricity, Researches in, cove 96 Hlops Macclellandii Reinh., coos DOS Erratic Blocks, aistels coos 140 Excecaria, Linn., 5000 ecee 380 Falco rufipedoides, .... - 283 Falconer, Hugh, Collection of Fos- sil Fishes, oAaG 500 —_-— Metter from, eco. 404 ey, M. kesearches in Electri- city, cece evce eee Fished, Assam, o. sholals etka 118 ——~— Chinese, oo O90 Page. Ganoides, ae ie cis sees 10 Givotia, Griff.,. arte sisiele (OS Glacial Theory, | : - 130 Griffith, W. Descriptions of remark- able, Plants, etc. seee 201, 275 Habenaria, Willd., 379 Hodgson, B. H. Catalogue of the Mammals of Nipal, -- . 284 Illustrations of Zoology of Nipal, etc, ° Hornemann, J. W. Professor, notice of, Hutton, ‘Capt. Ae on the Snow line of the Himalayahs, .. sees 200 —— Jack, Capt. A. Letters from, .... 459 —’s Wm. Botanical writings re- printed, ielels cove 1, 160, 305 Jenkinsia, Griff, A 231 Jerdon, J. C. Tillustrations of Indian Ornithology, .. oes. sees Oot Lambert, A. B. notice of, Liston, D. on the Geology of Sikim, Lyell, Charles, extract of a letter from, coos 40d Macrognathus undulatus, McClell., 398 Malcolmson, J. Esq. Letters from, 107 Mammals of Nipal, Catalogue of, .. 284 Martins, Von, on the sex and ge- nerative organs of Plants, trans- lated by J. McPherson, Esq., .. 207 Masters, J. W. Meteorological Ob- servations in Upper Assam, .-. 438 McClelland, J. Description of a supposed Fossil Batrachian, .... —————, Description of a collec- tion of Fishes from China, .... 390 Menzies, A. notice of, .. -- 296 Meteorological T ables, reduction ‘of, 413 ~ Observations in Up- per Assam, . . 438 Movement of (Glaciers ns . 15 Murenesox, McClelld., sedo. aks! Myriopteron, Griff. oie sees O00 vill Page. Parallel Terraces, Selec eee 149 Pholidophorus, Agas. .... voce 76 Pimelodus asperus, McClell. .... 404 Placoides, Agas. S400 coee 70 Plagiopteron, Griff. .... coos 244 Plants, sex and generative organs OL ae Ae, oles Bogs. PN Pneumobranchus, McClelld., .... 410 Reinhardt, Professor J. T., on anew species of Poisonous Snake, .... 532 Robinson’s Patent Sugar Mill, .. 124 Roxburgh, William, Cryptogamous Plants of, .... a Schleiden, Dr. Critiqueon Liebig’s Organic Chemistry,...- coor 040 Sea Coast, raised at Malacca, ..-. 936 Sebastes Chinensis, McClelld.,.... 397 Siphonodon, Griff. coee 246 General Index. : f Page. Siluride, Chinese, ..-. coos 401 Silurus Sinensis, satay Sona cP udu, .. sions weee 402 Smith, R. Baird, Lieut. Reduction of Meteorological Register, .... 413 ———, Review of Farraday’s Re- searches, .... Raere eee IG Stipule, nature of, etc.,.. Saale ney: Storer, Dr. H, Report on Indian Cyprinide, .. sooo. INI Tetrodon fasciatus, Tetragonolepis, Agas., » see» 80 Thrissops, ditto, 9000 Sretete MAA Vanilla, Mauritius, .... dcr 2d Westerhout, J. W. on the Gold Mines of Malacca, .... 1X Fig. 1. Mfelastoma Malabathrica. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The same laid open, to show the stamina. d. A longitudinal section of the unexpanded flower, showing the manner in which the anthers are lodged in cells between the calyx and ovary. e. A transverse section of the same, showing the septa by which the calyx is connected with the ovary. f. The fruit. g. A transverse section of the same. All of the natural size. Fig. 2. Melastoma exigua. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The same cut open, to show the stamina. d. Two stamina magnified. e. The fruit. f. A transverse section of the same. Fig. 3° Melastoma alpestris. a. The flower. b. The same cut open, showing the stamina. c. The fruit. d. A transverse section of the same. All of the natural size. Fig. 1. Cyrtandra macrophylla. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The corolla cut open, showing the stamina. d. A fertile stamen separate. | e. The pistil with its nectarial ring. f. The fruit. g. A transverse section of the same. All these are of the natural size. Fig. 2. Didymocarpus crinita. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The corolla cut open, showing the stamina. d. A fertile stamen. e. The pistil with its nectarial ring. f. A transverse section of the capsule. g. The capsule. All these are of the natural size. h. A transverse section of the capsule magnified. zt. One of the dissepiments with its revolute lobes, showing the man- ner in which the seeds are inserted in their margin, magnified. Fig. 3. Aschinanthus volubilis. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The corolla laid open. d. The pistil. e. The corolla seen sideways. Jf. A transverse section of the capsule. ge One of the revolute lobes of the septum, showing the seeds at- tached to its inner surface. h. A seed, aristate at both ends. a The capsule. Fig. 1. Lansium domesticum. a. The flower. 6. The same in front. c, The stamineous tube. d. The same laid open and expanded. e. The ovary. f. A section of the same. ge The fruit. h. Transverse section of the same. 7, A double seed. k. The same separated, showing the four cotyledons and dicles. two ra- Xl Fig. 1, /. A single seed. m. The cotyledons separated. Fig. 2. Leuconotis anceps. a, The flower. b. The corolla laid open. c. The ovary and style. d. Transverse section of the same. e. The fruit. f- Transverse section of a fruit containing three seeds. ge Ditto containing a single seed. h. A seed. 1. The cotyledon externally. k. The same internally with the radicle. Fig. 3. Helospora flavescens. a. The flower. b. The corolla laid open. ce An anther enlarged. d. The pistil. e. The fruit ; a tran verse section. J. A seed. INDEX TO THE REPRINT OF Dr. JACK’S BOTANICAL WRITINGS. Page. Page. AMPELIDEAE, o« o000 esoe 98 §CONNARACEAE, aferete 5660 ev Vitis racemifera, Seieiaes Cnestis mimosoides, .... 71 ANACARDIEAE, ayeiols ween 17 Connarus ferrugineus, .. 73 Mangifera cesia, Soon ie) —_—- grandis, Meee AG foetida, Soe Ce Zis) ee lucidus, Re ea} LO —— quadrifida, .... 77 ———— semidecander,.. 75 Stagmaria* verniciflua,.. 80 —— villosus, .... 74 ANONACEAE, Be . 124 Eurycoma* longifolia, .. 72 Uvaria hirsuta, eee. 124 CUPULIFERAE,.. Sectors Beare e220 APOCYNEAE,.... waht a6co a) Quercus racemosa, .... 226 Leuconotis* anceps, .... 30 —-——urceolaris, .... 227 Rauwolfia sumatrana,.... 31 CYRTHANDRACEAE, ec. Se eoo) 4d Tabernemontana macro- Aeschinanthus* radicans, 62 carpa, eevere seis Oe ——_——-——- volubilis, .. 6] AQUILARINEAE, S600 suo Cle! Cyrtandra aurea, wees ol Phaleria* capitata, .... 210 carnosa, Relates) (oud AROIDEAE, «eee essere sjetso ti wlth — frutescens, .... ol Calla angustifolia, .... Il ———— glabra, woes 49 — humilis, sieletmelel ———— hirsuta, Bevin AS MILA, Wietatore aog) IY ————incompta, .... 49 ASARINAE, wees 500 coos 214 ———— macrophylla, .. 46 Aristolochia hastata, .... 214 ——_——- maculata, ...-. 47 AURANTIACEAE, S860 Sooo. wo) ——_——- peltata, Sagoo. a) Aglaia odorata, Soo eho —— rubiginosa, .... 92 Chionotria* rigida, .... 2 Didymocarpus barbata, .. 97 Murraya paniculata, .... 95 eee corniculata, 59 BEGONIACEAE, slefele seco Loe, Crinitasies se1al0o Begonia bracteata, .... 202 ce elongata, .. 96 —— cespitosa, --.. 198 ——_——_——~ frutescens, 58 — fasciculata, .... 201 —__—_—__-_—_ racemosa, 04 —-—— geniculata, .... 203 —— reptans, .. 50 ——-— orbiculata, ..-. 199 Loxonia* discolor, .... 99 ———— pilosa, S956 ZU oe hirsuta, Rey el) ———— racemosa, .-.. 202 MDILLENIACEAE, Seite Siac Welk sublobata, .... 199 Acrotrema* costatum, .. 121 CAMPANULACEAE, ae. coce OF Tetracera arborescens, .. 122 Phyteuma begonifolium, 34 Wormia excelsa, oo ce 18} CELASTRINEAE, Fone --- 100 — pulchella, .... 123 Celastrus bivalvis, .... 100 DipTEROCARPEAE, ..-. Storer Mali 7. CHRYSOBALANEAE, cece sono We) Dryobalanops camphora, 117 Petrocarya excelsa, ..-- 68 ELOCARPEAE, esee eco. 128 ————-— sumatrana, .. 69 Eleocarpus nitidus, .... 128 CoMBRETACEAE, Bates sp06. IIe} Monocera* ferruginea, .. 130 Pyrrhanthus* littoreus, .. 193 ————— petiolata, .... 130 Sphalanthus* confertus, 195 EpacrIDEAE, .. S00H 5545) ays CoNNARACEAE, anos goaq). fw) Leucopogon malayanum, 37 Cnestis emarginata, .... 70 ERICINEAE, oo. S000 ecoe 30 ——— florida, S600. 10 Rhododendron malayanum, 36 * Attached to the generic name signifies, that it was first pointed out by Mr. Jack. + That it has been superseded by a prior (?) name. Index to the Reprint of Dr. Jack's Botanical Writings. = xii Page. Page. BKUPHORBIACEAE, 131 MEMECYLEAE,.. 2 esee 164 Enchidium*verticillatum, 132 Memecylon ceruleum, ee 165 Rottlera alba, .. AGde BM ——_——— paniculatum, 167 FLACOURTIANEAE, «ee tse thos Pternandra* capitellata, 166 Flacourtia inermis, .... 134 ———— cerulescens, 165 HALORAGEAE,.. ate Se Sew Loe ———-—echinata, .... 166 Haloragis disticha, ...- 192 MyrisTicEag,. eee. ald HIPPOCRATEACEAE, .... dss. 101 Knema glaucescens, vemos Salacia, atten eeee 1OL MyrrackEas, .. Sand see LO HyYPERICINEAE, sees satel 2 Careya macrostachya, -» 161 Elodea formosa, aces 114 Glaphyria* nitida, .... 162 ——-="Simatralla, «ss. LIS ————— sericea, eee. 163 Ixonanthes* icosandra, .. 116 Rhodamnia* cinerea, .. 163 —_— reticulata,.... 115 NErPENTHEAE,.. bie. aes Seba els} HYPOXIDEAE, ode Sond.) Nepenthes ampullaria, . oo 222 Curculigo sumatrana,.... 8 distillatoria, .. 224 LavRINEAg,...- S66 ooo. 210 a phyllamphora, 223 Laurus incrassatus, .... 211 —— Rafflesiana,.... 220 — Parthenoxylon, .. 210 OcHNACEAE, .. coos 102 Tetranthera cordata, .... 212 Euthemis* leucocarpa, e. 104 LEGUMINOSAE, 3 He 103 ——_——— minor, .... 105 Bauhinia bidentata, pee OS Gomphia sumatrana, .... 102 ———— emarginata, .- 63 OLEINAE, .... sce. seen 30 Inga bubulina, sieleia 00 Linociera odorata, .... 33 clypearia, sesel OMe ie Ly AVIE MIA Tos) Jul sleele cone esos 12 Jonesia declinata, sisigs (04 Areca tigillaria, Senne 04 Mimosa jiringa, serie OD Sagus levis, .. 6666 ole) LOGANIACEAE, nee eee- 29 PiTTOSPOREAE, sieeve Baoo bee) Fagraea carnosa, Shas 28) Pittosporum serrulatum, 99 LoRANTHEAE, ae Siieis .--- 203 PROTEACEAE, .. ese 208 Loranthus coccineus, .... 203 Rhopala attenuata, ese 208 —— cylindricus,.... 205 —_—— moluccana, ese. 208 ——-—— ferrugineus, .. 204 ——_——- ovata, esee 209 ——-——- incarnatus,.... 206 RAFFLESIACEAE, SRE sie ciel DUD. ~~ patulus, .... 207 Rafflesia Titan, -eoe 216 ——-——retusus, .... 2U9 MRHIZOPHOREAE, ies seus 190 LYTHRARIAE, o- eoee 189 Rhizophora _—_caryophyl- Lagerstreemia Woribund a, 189 loides, slates Soo G) LEY) MELANTHACEAE, isiors Weve cA RUBIACEAE, .... bobo LS Veratrum malayanum, .. 9 Epithinia* malayana, -. 24 MELASTOMACEAE, eee- Bei LOD Helospora* flavescens, Seiwa Melastoma alpestris, .... 186 Hydnophytum* Formica- —— bracteata, .. 176 rum, Setels AGoo 74 — decemfida, .. 173 - Ixora neriifolia, Ht 10) —_— erecta, | ss. 172 —— pendula, .. Spon 75) ——_——-— exigua, .... 177 Lasianthust attenuatus,.. 23 ——_———- eximia, .... 183 = cyanocarpus, 23 —————- fallax, .... 179 Lecananthus* erubescens, 28 ——_——— glauca, .... 181 Morinda polysperma, .. 20 ————— gracilis, ... 180 — tetrandinayipetc 19, ————— malabathrica, 171 Myrmecodia* tuberosa, . «20 ————— nemorosa,.... 175 Ophiorhiza heterophylla, 17 —_———— obvoluta, .... 170 Psilobium* nutans, .... 27 ————_— pallida, .... 178 ene tomentosum, 28 ————— pulverulenta, 185 Psychotria malayana,.... 26 ———-—— rotundifolia,.. 177 Rondeletia corymbosa, abi ull(s ————— rubicunda, .. 184 Urophyllum,* glabrum,.. 18 ————— stellulata,.... 174 18 ———— viminalis,.... 183 SAPINDACEAE, blelate S566 | ter! Sonerila erecta, Boon | llteyl Hedycarpus* malayanus, 89 ——-~-— heterophylla, .. 189 SapiNDACEAE, aiele’s Bs ant 246) —-— moluceana, .... 188 Millingtonia sumatrana, 85 MELIACEAE, «. Setar sooo Sill Nephelium lappaceum,.. 87 Lansium* domesticum,.. 92 Pierardia dulcis, Baad Melia excelsa, .. cose 94 Sapindus rubiginosus, .. 88 X1V SCITAMINEAE, ce. evalete sletels Alpinia capitellata, —_—~—— elatior, Amonum biflorum, Globba ciliata, Hedychium sumatranum, Zingiber gracile, an STERCULIACEAE, a eile Sterculia angustifolia, .. ————. coccinea, STILAGINEAE,.. Antidesma frutescens, oe AVA CCHIAE sa ilie slets Tacca cristata, ‘ TERNSTRG@MIACEAE, .... Byeveae Adinandra* dumosa, .... sylvestris, Ternstreemia acuminata, —— cuspidata, pentapetala, ——_—— —— rubiginosa, ——_—_—_——_— serrata, .... eoe@@ ooece eees eeee Index to the Reprint of Dr. Jack’s Botanical Writings. Page. TILIACEAE, eves stale alate OS Microcos glabra, veee 126 — tomentosa, .... 125 VACCINIEAE, .. Bietele Shc en) Vaccinium sumatranum, 35 VERBENACEAE, bGad Aeron has Clerodendrum _ divarica- tum, C500 eoee 40 —_——. molle, .... 38 Gmelina villosa, sieeie WAS Peronema* canescens, .. 41 Sphenodesme* pentandra, 43 Vitex arborea, .. seo o nn 2) URTICEAE, s... Borate MerseiDee Ficus deltoidea, Soa, Pv ——— ovoidea, csce 224 ——~— rigida, .. 5.6 POLYPETALAE in cert@ Sedis,.... ———— Coelopyrum* coriaceum, 197 ——— Octas* spicata, INDEX TO ROXBURGH’S CRYPTOGAMOUS PLANTS. Page. Page. Acrostichum, .. Peles wee» 479 Davallia trapeziformis, .. aeiee) O10 ee alatuim, es wy, 480") Dicksonia;/ ‘<3. Aivale Aibaalt/ australe.) . acon 479 —— — moluccana, -. eee Oy, —_——_—_ emarginatum, .... 480 ______—. heterophyllum, .... 479 Equisetum, .... coe oee- 468 ——_—_—_—— radiatum,.. ooee 479 debile;~ 25... coe 468 —__—__——- ramentaceum, .... 479 ——___—_——- seetacoonense, .... 48() Hemionites, .... eoce siete OOO —____—— semipinnatum, -... 480 ————-— cordifolia, .. sees 500 Adiantum, .... eats coos DIZ = ————— reticulata, .. arte OUIL ——-——-—. caudatum, .. Sooo. OLY : — microphyllum, ee. JI3__Isoetes, eletcls s60C weve 470 ——_——-— proliferum, .. coos OLZ ——— capsularis, .... peee (470 ——— tenerum, .»- e».. 913 = —-—— coromandeliana,.. eeee 470 Asplenium, .... 5000 core 496 —— bipinnatum,.. abd5 CO jc lbiaclsam A eoge a dase 5080 Dll ————— cicutarium, .. coos UO = —— bipinnata, .... Seco OLE ——_———— coriaceum, .. seco 497 —-H— odorata, 50 core Ol) ——_——— crenatum, .. e--e 498 Lycopodium, .. atelete eves 471 —_—— cultrifolium, eoee 498 —————— aristatum, Bele aio ———— hemionitoides, coos A498 =9=-——-——_———— cernuum, .. co be: 4%} ——_——— lingueforme, eoee 497 —————— filiforme, .. see 473 ——_——_—. mixtum, .... «20. 499 + ————-——— furcatum,.. shoo ae ————-— monanthemoides, .».. 497 ——-——--—— imbricatum, eve 4/5 ———— multiflorum, coo. 499 —-——-_—_ levigatum, seoe 473 ——_———. Nidus, .... oee2 496 ————-—— mimosoides, cove 473 —_——— reticulatum, eso. 497 —————— pectinatum, coos 474 ————— serrulatum, .. eoee 498 —————— pendulum, An oo. yi. — trapeziforme, eooe 497 ——-——-—— Phlegmaria, .... 47] —_—_——. tripinnatum, seee 000 ——-——-—— plumosum, coor 474 ————_—- varium, .... seo. 498 —-——-—— rotundifolium, .... 473 ————— woodwardioides, .... 900 Marsilea, eters A508 eee. 469 Blechnum, .... erolehs oe.. D0] ——— quadrifolia, .. oan CY) ———— angustifolium, eee 50] = Marattia, ae clejote rejele —————_— decurrens, .. ooee U2 + ———— pinnata, .... siecle ——_——-—. glabrum, .. eeee 002 — moluccanum, -»e> 002 Ophioglossum, S600 esa —_———— cordifolium, rsa ALO Cyathea, Sears ete eoee O17 —————— filiforme, .. oece 476 ——_—— pinnata,__.,.. cose DIZ —————— flexuosum, ASSENT! ———— tripinnatifida, .. eee. 018 —-———— scandens, .. ceee 4/6 Osmunda, .... hs Sooo) Che Davallia, .... siekele see. 0138. ————— lanceolata, .... BS SB TIE) ——-—— angustifolia, .. eoee O19 =———— Zeylanica, .... soon 2Ks) —-——- chinensis, .... Sioa Old! — — cordifolia, .... eee» 014 Polypodium,.... sales wee 481 ———— longifolia, .... eooe OI4 =————— acuminatum, -.0- 490 ———— moluccana,.... ese. 016 + —-——— acutum, .... Hoag Go ——_—— multiflora, .... soe. ODIO ————— emulum,.... eee 496 = pectinata, .... eoee O14 ————— affine, .... sooo 494 ———— pilosa, d000 ese. O19 ——-——— arborescens,.. wee 495 ———— serrata, 5660 cose DI4 «=-—_—--—- attenuatum,.. eee 482 XVI Polypodium confertum, —— Oe eee Pteris, Index to Roxburgh’s Cryptogamous Plants. Page. e@eee 493 confluens, meee 494 coriaceum, .. Seo) sll cuspidatum, 491 dichotomum, 493 dubium, .... sisi 2o0 elatum, <... - 495 excavatum, .. soba AD felinum, ... Snno) Ge) ferrugineum, -- 487 flagelliferum, seen AOU, furcatum,..-. wee 493 glabrum, ..-- wee 483 impuber, ..-. oeee 494 involucratum, serena longifolium, ee 492 lucidum, eoee 486 mucronatum, 490 multiflorum, oose 493 nudatum, .- sd) 20) parasiticum, ovee 492 pertusum, .. . 483 phyllitides, .. 483 phymatodes, «- 454 pilosum, .... ers O12 proliferum, .. --. 489 quercifolium, -. 484 radicans, --- 488 rupestre, .... . 488 scabrum, .... eee 49] scariosum, .. eet 491 semipinnatum, --» 486 sophoroides,. . w+ 489 squarrosum,.. we 494 tenerum, .. apo G80 tomentosum, .- 488 tridentatum, ads (AGE erieis erarete «+ 002 - 005 ——— amplexicaulis, Pteris angustifolia, ——— bicolor, ——— caucifolia, dimidiata, —— gracilis, ——— graminifolia, ——— linearis, —-—- lobata, .... ——— lunulata, —— multifida, ——— pectinata, ——— pedatifida, ——— piloselloides, ——— quadriaurita, ——— scandens, ——— succulenta, ——— tripinnatifida, ——— vittata, .. Salvinia, salts ere — cucillataseoeesie —. imbricata, . — verticillata, .... Scolopendrium, coos ——_——_-_——_— lanceolatum, Trichomanes, Siersie ——_——_——. campanulatum, —__———— caruifolium, —_—_—_-—— laciniatum, ——_——_—-— lucidum, Vittaria, aletete cieies = divergens, .... on interrupta, .... — lineata, 5006 ———— lunulata, .... ——_—— parasitica, e+. —— resecta, O000 eave Page. ®eee @eeoe e@eee eaoce @eee eaae e@eece @oee Gere 503 207 908 507 508 902 509 004 006 007 207 508 903 507 505 008 008 204 469 470 470 409 001 50] 518 518 O18 509 510 511 009 510 510 510 ERRATA. The reader is requested to substitute the following explanations of the Plates, for those given in No. 15, pp. 378, 379. The explanation of the Plate of “‘ Didymoplexis,” page 383, then omitted, is likewise added. Agrostophylium Khasiyanum. 1, Stem of a Plant about the natural size. 2. One of the peduncles bearing two flowers. 3. Flower viewed posticously. 4, Front view of column. 5. Apex of the same, anther-case removed. 6. Lateral view of column, anthers removed. 7. Front view of the same. 8. Long section of the column. All but fig. 1 more or less magnified, Appendicula Lewisii. 1, Stem of a plant, natural size. 2. Flower, lateral view. 3. The same, one lateral sepal removed. 4. Back view of column. 5. Lateral view of the same. 6. Anthers underface—pollen masses partly disclosed. 7. Pollen masses and gland. 8. Lateral view of column. Anthers removed. Gland remaining in situ. 9. Back view of column. Anther pollen masses and gland removed. 10. Front view of the same. Didymoplexis pallens. 1. Plant, natural size. 2. Lateral view of flower. 3. Front ditto. 4. Lateral view of column and labellum. 5. Lateral view of column. 6. Apex of column in front. 7. Anthers under face. LIST OF PLATES IN THE FOURTH VOLUME. PLATE J.—Ophiopsis procerus, Agassiz. Il.—Thrissops intermedius, V. Miinst, p. 77. I1I.—Pholidophorus lotus, Agassiz, p. 76. IV. ee 1, Tetragonolepis dorsalis, id. p. 81. Fig. 2. Tetragonolepis ovalis, id. p. 80. V.—Dapedius C ol ei, id. VI.—Robinson’s Patent Sugar Mill, p, 124. 1X.—The head of a Fossil Fish, p. 83. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XIV. Tab. I. ) Fig. 1. Melastoma Malabarica, Jack, p. 372. Fig. 2. Melastoma exigua, id. p. 372. Fig. 3. Melastoma alpestris, id. p. 372. 2 Ge * Erratum ; line 1, page 372, for Plate xiv. read Plate xi. XVI XII.—Jenkinsia Assamica, Griff. p. 232. XIUI.—Plagiopteron fragrans, id. p. 246. X1IV.—Siphonodon celasirineus, id. p. 247. Right side—Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XIV. Tab. IV. Fig. 1. Lansium domesticum, Jack, p. 373. ee, 2. Leuconotis anceps, id. P. eo nk ig. 3. Helospora jlavescens, id. p. : 2S ere Left Hie oT Me: Linn. Soc. Vol. XIV. Tab. II. Fig. 1. Cyrtandra macrophylla, Jack, p 372. Fig. 2. Didymocarpus crinita, id. p. 373. Fig. 3. Zschinanthus volubilis, id. p. 373. XVIT.—Aporum micranthum, Griff. 375. ‘XVIII.—Didymoplexis pallens, id. 383. XIX { Agrostophyllum khasiyanum, Griff. 377. ‘ \Appendicula Lewisii, id. 378. XX een eee tenuis, Griff. p. 379. * | Habenaria hamigera, id. p. 380. Fig. 1. Holocentrum maculatum, McClelland, p. 395. XXI. + Fig. 2. Tetrodon fasciatus, id. p. 412. Fig. 3. Sebastes sinensis, id. p. 397. Fig. 1. Macragnathus undulatus, id. p. 398. XXII. + Fig. 2. Trigla spinosa, id. p. 396. Fig. 3. Cossyphus ater, id. p. 403. Fig. 1. Cobitis bifurcata, id. p. 400. XXIII. ¥ Fig. 2. Barbus putitora, id. p. 399. Fig. 3. Cobitis pectoralis, id. p. 400. Fig. 1. Murenesox tricuspidata, id. p. 409. XXIV. + Fig. 2. Pimelodus asperus, id. p. 404. Fig. 3. Chetomus Playfairii, id. p. 405. 1 Fig. 1. Anguilla macroptera, id. p. 407. Fig. 2. Anguilla sinensis, id. p. 406. Fig. 3. Pneumabranchus cinereus, id. p. 411. XXV. Tsoetes capsularis, R. p. #70. Equisetum debile, id. p. 4¢8. 2S Ophioglossum filiforme, id. p. 476, ————_-—— scandens, Linn. p. 476. Osmunda lanceolata, R. p. 479. 2 IEG eines emarginatum, Buch. p. 480. Polypodium coriaceum, R. p. 481. XXVIII. ens glabrum, id. p. 482. ——_—-— periusum, id. p. 483. an { — tomentosum, id. p. 483. — excavatum, id. p. 485. oe i —- unitum, Burm. p. 488. { Davallia multifiora, R. p. 515. \ Polypodium flagelliferum, id. p. 487. { ———_— proliferum, id. p. 489. XXXII.) Davaitia ciliata, id. p. 515. XXXI. Pteris angustifolia, Sw. p. 503. XXXII. 4 ——-- graminifolia, R. p. 502. Vittaria lineata, Smith, p. 509. Lindsea odorata, R. p. 511. XXXIV. Adiantum caudatum, id. p. 512. XXXV.—Sketch Map of the country about Darjeeling, illustrative of Mr. Liston’s Geo- logical Remarks, p. 521. A Catalogue of Books on Zoology, Anatomy and (Human and Compa- rative,) Physiology, contained in the Libraries of Calcutta, 1842. (Concluded.) Richardson’s Fanna Boreali-Americ, 4to. London 1831, me Royle’s Illustrations of the Botany of the Himalaya Mountains, fol. tendon: 1833-40, ... Roget’s Animal and Vegetable Physiology, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1834, . an Rudolphi Entozoorum Lympsis 8vo. Berolini 1819, ned nee sue Rumphii Harbarium Amboinense, 7 Tom: fol. Amst, 1741-50, ont at Russel. Indian Serpents, fol. London, 1796, ay wee aoe Continuation, fol. London, 1801, Bee as ate ——_—Fishes of the Coromandel Coast, 2 vols. fol, London, 1803, ... ores Ruyschii Opera, 2 Tom, 4to. Amstelod, ond eee ase Ruysch, Werkenvan F. R. 3 vol. 4to. Amsteed, 1744, ... eee wae Santorini Anatomici Summi Septemdecim Tabule fol. Parme, 1775, a5 Observationes Anatomice 4to. Venet, 1724, ... a eee Savigny annalides (from Description de I’ Egypte,) ee ve Schlegel Physiagnomii des Serpents, 2 Tom, 8vo. aver Atlas, see coe Schoept, Testudines, see ove fee oto oo Scientific Memoirs, by Taylor. Part, 1, 1836, ano 000 ace Scopoli. Entomologia Carniolica. Vendobone, 1763, _ ... ose eee Senac Traite de la Structure des Ceur, 2 Tomes, 4to. Paris, 1774, oo es Serres Anatomii comparei du cervean, 2 Tom. Paris, 1825. bn ao” Shaw, Zoology, 14 vol. 8vo. London, 1800-1826, oo aes bo Zoolog. Lectures, tae oco eve see Siebold, Fanna Japonica, Ophidia, a0 eae Ann ove Sloane’s Voyage to Madeira, &c. fol. London, 1707, _—.... eee ooo Smellie, Philosophy of Nat. History, 2 vol, 4to. 1720, ... O00 coe Soemmering de corporis Hum. Fabrica, 5 Tom, 8vo. 1799, cb ove Icones Oculi Hum. fol. Fran, 1804, A ood ase Iconologie de l’organ de V’oreill fol. Paris, 1828, aes ave _ Solly on the Brain, 12mo. London 1836, S69 ooo soe Sonnerat Voyage ala Nouvell Guinei 4to. Paris, 1776, ... ood ooo Aux Indes Orient. et a la Chine, 2 Tom 4to, Paris, 1781, one Sowerby, Mineral Conchology, 6 vols. 8vo. London, 1812, on ovo Sparrmnan’s voyage to Cape of Good Hope, 2 vols. 4 to London, 1786. ... ove Spallanzani, Dissertations relating to Natural History, 2 vols, 8vo. London, 1789, ese Tracts on the Natural History of animals and vegetables, trans. by Dalzell, 2 vol. 8vo. Edinb. 1803. see 000 ses soe Travels in the two Sicilies Trans. from the Italian, 4 vol, 8vo, London, 1798, .. Spurzheim, Anatomy of the Brain 8vo. London, 1826, eos coo Stanley. Manual of Anatomy, 1818, —_... he eee een = AaXabPte tt SP ap PPP ye PP = POPP Pr ERS ote Db = a ow = x Stark, Elements of Natural History, 2 vol. 8vo. Edinb, 1828, see en Stewart, Elements of Natural History, 2 vol. 8vo. Edinb, 1817, 30 Ree Stubbs’ Anatomy of the Horse, fol. London, 1766, aon ann a Swainson, Natural History in Lardner’s Cyclop, 10 vol. 12mo. SAD see Swammerdimmii Bibl Nature, 2tom. fol. Leyd.1787, ... an oo —_—_——_——_ History of Insects, Trans. by Hill, fol. London, 1758. ae Temmink Monographii de Memmologie, 4to. Paris, 1827, 600 a Thompson, History of the Royal Society, 4to. London, 1812, ace oe —————J, V. Zoological Researches, nos ].2. 3. 4. 8vo, Cork, 1828. 9 30, wee Tiedeman, Physiology Trans. by Gully and Lane, one on aie ——————Tabulze Artisiaum corporis humani fol. carboruhz 1822, ... a ————-—-—-on the Foetal Brain 12mo. Edinb. 1826, ... a Pe Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, vol. 1-18 4to. 1791-1837, ; ee vol. 4, 11, 12. wanting, ... cae ao ond ——————Zoological Society London, vol. 1 part, 1 and 2. vol. 2 parts 1-2-3-4to, ... —— Geological Society of London, vol. 1-5, 1811-1819., oh oe ——————Royal Asiatic Society vol. 1-3 1824-30, 35, a as eee Royal Irish Academy vol. 1-19, 1787 1841, aS es aoe vol. 10 to 16 wanting, ane Aap nae con Cambridge Philosophical Society, vol. 1 part 1, 4to. 1821, ve Agricultural and Horticultural Society, vol. 1-3, 1819—37, Serampore 8vo. ; Literary Society Bombay, vol. 1-3 1819-23, London, 4to, sae Batavian Society (in Dutch,) too Bee American Philosophical Society vol. 1-6 4to Philadelph, 1789, 1804, on New Series vol. 1-6 1818-39, oo ox oo Tyson’s Anatomy of a Pigmy, 4to London, 1761, ao ace aes Valentyn, Descriptio Ind 5 Tom fol. Amist 1724-6, on aoe A Valentin Handbuch de Entwickelungigeschichte des Venschen-8vo. Berlin 1835, on Vaugher Walter, Anatomy and Physiology, 2 vols. 8vo. London 1791, ... ase Vasalii Opera Omnia Anatomica et Chirurg Lugd. 1725, See ne De humani corposis fabricad Libri 7 Basileze-1542, ase co Vienssen’s Neurographia, on see ane 000 Wagler, Handbuch de Amphibien,* _... a a ts Tcones, ee eee see o00 are Walckenaer, Hertoire Naturelli des Insectes afteres 8vo. Paris 1837, on Walker, Alex. on the Nervous System, 8vo. London 1834, O00 “ob Watts, Anatomico Cherurgical views of the male and female Pelvis, fol. Tenae 1811, —_-—_——— of the Nose, Mouth, Larynx and Fauces, fol. London 1809, ... Weber, Anatomical Atlas 1831, on ene see ono Whytt’s Essay on the vital and involuntory motions of animals, 8vo. Edinb.1751, ... Winslow’s Anatomy, «x. one Wistar, Caspar, System of Anatomy, 2 vol. 8vo. Philadelph. 1835, ae Wilson’s American Ornithology, vol. 1-2, oc ove nee Wood, Zoography, 3 vols. 8vo. London 1807, oro ae see Index Terticeolog 12mo. London 1818, aes ene coc Yarrel, History of British Birds, O06 eee 50 200 ———History of British Fishes, 2 vols. 8yo. . eee op Supplement, SGC 0 cule ee Zoological Journal, 5 vols. 8vo. eee @ee @eo @ee >eea >P PrP PHO sD ty > > THE CALCUTTA JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. By Wit.tam Jack. Arranged according to their Natural Families from the Malayan Miscellany, etc. In this reprint, Botanists are presented with the whole of the Bota- nical writings of Mr. Wm. Jack, late of the Bengal Medical Service. A connected reprint of some sort appears necessary from the excel- lence of the matter, the rarity of the Malayan Miscellanies, in which the greater part appeared, and the very inconvenient subdivision of those parts reprinted by Sir Wm. Hooker, rendering it necessary to purchase the Companion to the Botanical Magazine, the Botanical Miscellany and Journal of Botany, works of no small expense, and otherwise not essential to a private library. The sources of the reprints are as follows :— 1. Malayan Miscellanies, vols. 1 and 2. 2. Roxburgh’s Flora Indica, ed. Carey. 3. Linnean Transactions, vol. 14. 4. Companion to the Botanical Magazine, vol. 1, being the only work in which we have met with the Third Memoir. We have made no use of the notes of Dr. Wallich, appended to some of the Plants, either in Manuscript in the public copy of the Malayan VOL. IV. NO. XIII. APRIL 1843. B 2, Introduction. Miscellanies, or in the reprints by Sir Wm. Hooker ; being of opinion, that no benefit whatever accrues to science from merely saying this species is distinct from that, without expressing in what the differences consist. In the Companion to the Botanical Magazine, an account of Mr. Jack’s life is to be found, and of the estimation in which he was held by his friends, who obtained leave to erect a monument to his memory in the Botanic Garden of Calcutta ; but which, somehow or other, was never carried into effect. As it can never be too late to supply an omission of this nature, we would suggest, that the proposal even now be carried into effect, and a small. cenotaph, which might be made an appropriate ornament to ‘the Garden, be erected to his memory, as in the case of Dr. Rox- burgh. To the writings of Mr. Jack, a few notes in italics have been added, chiefly with reference to new habitats of some of his Plants, or the «‘ Locus Naturalis” of some of the anomalous genera. To us Mr. Jack appears to have been a botanist of the highest promise; his descriptions are autographs of the Plants. Twenty-two years ago, he shewed a great knowledge of the Natural System, then not much in vogue among Englishmen, and great precision in ascertain- ing what was known, from what was unknown. Had his Manuscripts and Collections not been burnt at sea with the vessel, on which they were embarked under charge of Sir S. Raffles, it is probable that his successors could not have congratulated themselves on the considerable additions of undescribed species, which have since swelled the list of Indian Plants, and which that accident left them in possession of, to the sad disadvantage of the memory of Dr. Jack, whose life fell a sacrifice to his scientific exertions, a short time before the destruction of his collections and manuscripts, from the cause above adverted to. Mr. Jack was a native of Aberdeen, where his father is still the Prin- cipal of one of the Colleges of that place. In addition, therefore, to his high botanical genius and industry, he had also the claim of a British subject, (not always in the case of scientific pretensions, a recommen- dation,) on the patronage of the Government of India; although he never attained a more suitable place than that of Surgeon to Sir S. Raffles. ws) Descriptions of Malayan Plants. I. SCITAMINE. ZINGIBER GRACILE. (W. J.) Monandria Monogynia. N. O. Scttaminee. Foliis glabris, seapis erectis, spicis cylindricis gracilibus coloratis, bracteis ovatis acutis, corollz labio trilobo, lobo medio bifido. Native of Pulo Pinang. Stem erect, somewhat recurved, round and_ smooth. Leaves alternate, subsessile on their sheaths, broad lanceo- late, 6 or 7 inches long, acuminate, very entire, very smooth, shining above. Sheaths smooth, with a long scariose ligula often lacerated on the edge. Scapes erect, a foot high, invested with alternate sheaths. Spikes cylindrical, oblong, imbricated with bright red, ovate, acute bracts shorter than the flowers. An inner bract or invdélucre surrounds the base of each flower. Calyx shorter by one-half than the corolla, membranaceous, curved, cleft on one side. Corolla yellowish white ; exterior limb three parted, longer than the inner one; laciniz acuminate, the upper one longer and incumbent; interior limb unilabiate, lip three lobed, middle lobe bifid, with reflexed margins. Anther terminating in an incurved horn. Ovarium three-celled, many-seeded. Style filiform, longer than the horn of the anther, embraced at the base by two linear corpuscules. AMOMUM BIFLORUM. (W. J.) Monandria Monogynia. N. O. Scitaminee. Foliis lato-lanceolatis glaberrimis, caule ancipite, spicis bifloris. Native of Pulo Pinang. A slender delicate species: stem erect, somewhat recurved, three feet in height, compressed, double edged. Leaves A Descriptions of Malayan Plants. alternate, bifarious, short petioled upon their sheaths, broad lanceolate, acuminate, narrow at the base, entire, very smooth, the middle nerve somewhat pubescent. Sheaths striated, slightly tomentose, with a short round ciliate ligula. The base of the leaf-bearing stem is swelled into a tuber, which throws out horizontal shoots of some feet in length, of the thickness of a quill, and invested with membranous sheaths. These shoots which run under ground send up from their joints a number of biflorous peduncles or scapes, which are enveloped in bracteal sheaths. Flowers generally two, the one appearing after the other. At the base of each flower is a single lanceolate acute reddish bract; besides this, there is a tubular bract or involucrum surround- ing the base of the germen, membranaceous, half as long as the calyx, and deeply cleft on one side. Calyx superior, tubular, 2 or 3 cleft. Corolla white, tubular, upper part of the tube villous within; exterior limb membranaceous, 3 parted, segments nearly equal; interior limb unilabiate, lip broader above, rounded, thickened and yellow in the mid- dle. Filament of the stamen broad, incumbent. Anther short, thick, two-lobed, crowned with an erect three-lobed crest. Style filiform; stigma infundibuliform. Nectaries two, linear, at the base of the style. Ovarium 3-celled, many-seeded. ALPINIA ELATIOR. (W. J.) N. O. Scitaminee. Scapis radicalibus elatis, spicis ovatis, corollae labio inte- gro basi mutico, foliis basi subcordatis glabris. Bunga Kenchong. Malay. Found on Pulo Nias, also at Ayer Bangy on the west coast of Sumatra. Cultivated at Malacca. The stems are from five to eight feet high, round, somewhat compressed, smooth, striated. Leaves alternate, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 5 bifarious, petiolate on their sheaths, ovate-oblong, broad, subcordate at the base, acuminate, very smooth on both sides, polished above, straited with fine parallel nerves; from one to two feet long. Ligula of the sheaths rounded. Scapes, rising at a little distance from the stems, two or three feet high, erect, round, smooth, invested by sheaths which are rounded at their points and mucronate below the apex. Spikes short, thick, ovate, compact, densely covered with flowers. The lower bracts are of a fine rosy colour, large and spreading so as to form a kind of involucre to the head; the upper bracts are shorter, imbricated, oblong or tongue-shaped, rosy with white ciliate edges, each support- ing a single flower. ‘The involucel or inner bract which embraces the ovary is tubular and irregularly bifid, being cloven more deeply on one side than the other. Calyx red- _ dish, deeply cloven on one side, by which the three regular segments become secund. Corolla, outer limb three parted, segments nearly equal, erect, the upper one rather the largest; inner limb unilabiate, longer than the outer, lip ascending, involving the anther, deep purplish red with yel- low edge, rhomboid-ovate, entire, somewhat crisped at the point, without spurs or sterile filaments at the base. Stamen shorter than the lip; anther naked. Style as long as the anther. Stigma thick, triangular, anteriorly concave. Ovary sericeously pilose, three-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a very remarkable species, easily distin- guished from the other Alpiniae with radical inflorescence by the great height of the scapes, and the fine rosy colour of the lower bracts. ALPINIA CAPITELLATA. (W. J.) Foliis longe petiolatis supra glabris, racemo terminali composito, capitulis florum bracteis involucratis. In the interior of Bencoolen. Malacca. 6 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Stems four or five fieet high. Leaves alternate, bifarious, long petioled on their sheaths, broad-lanceolate, fine pointed, entire, parallel veined, smooth above, slightly tomentose beneath. Sheaths villous near the top, terminating above the petioles in a long ciliate ligula. Raceme terminal, com- pound, inclining, red. Flowers in heads which are embraced by large round bracts. Calyx tubular, three-cornered, nearly entire. Corolla, outer limb three-parted, the upper segment fornicate ; the inner limb unilabiate, of one large colored segment. Stamen one; anther two-lobed, naked. Ovary tomentose, three-celled. Style slender. Stigma concave. Obs.—The peculiar manner in which the involucral bracts embrace the capitulate flowers and subdivisions of the panicle, forms a good distinctive character. The whole inflorescence is stiff and rigid, and wants that copiousness and richness which marks the greater part of this splendid genus. HEDYCHIUM SUMATRANUM. (W. J) N. O. Scitamineae. Spica imbricata nutante, corollae labio bifido, laciniis ob- longis divergentibus. Gandasuli Utan. Malay. From Salumah on the west coast of Sumatra. _ Stem erect. Leaves alternate, short petioled on their sheaths, lanceolate, very entire, very smooth, parallel vein- ed; above a foot in length. Sheaths smooth, prolonged into a very long ligula. Spike terminal, nodding, short, dense, strobiliform. Bracts lanceolate, as long as the calyx ; within this the ovary is embraced by a tubular bract about half the length of the other. Flowers numerous. Calyx superior, tubular, oblique at the mouth. Corolla long, outer limb three parted, with long narrow segments; two segments of the interior limb much shorter and broader; the third seg- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 7 ment or lip, which is united to the filament, bifid, the divi- sions narrow and diverging. Filament very long, embracing the style. Anther recurved, naked. Style length of the stamen. Stigma thick. Ovary pilose, three-celled, several- seeded. Nectarial bodies oblong. ) Obs.—This is a handsome species, and though its flowers are not so large and shewy as those of the H. coronarium, this is in some degree compensated by the greater number which expand at one time. It is the first wild species I have met with in the Eastern islands. GLOBBA CILIATA. (W. J.) Foliis ovato-lanceolatis nervis supra pilosis, panicula ter- minali erecta, anthera bicalcarata. Puar Amas. Malay. Stem slender, erect, from one to two feet high, somewhat compressed, spotted towards the base with purple. Leaves alternate, bifarious, subsessile on their sheaths, ovate-lan- ceolate, rounded at the base, acuminate, entire, the upper surface furnished with erect hairs disposed in lines along the principal nerves, lower surface smooth, dotted under the lens with minute papilla; about four inches long. Sheaths striated, smooth, ciliate, along the margins, extending very little beyond the petioles, and there bifid. Panicle ter- minal, nearly erect, with alternate, divaricate, somewhat rigid branches, on which are disposed alternately several subsessile, yellow flowers. Bracts lanceolate. Calyx trifid. Corolla orange yellow, two bordered, the exterior three parted, of which the upper segment is largest and concave ; the inner consisting of two smaller segments alternating with the outer ones: Lip elevated on the lower part of the filament and reflexed, emarginate, with a purple spot in the centre. ilament long, tubular. Anther with two subulate recurved horns or spurs. Style simple. Nectarial bodies long and linear. Ovary containing several ovula. 8 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Obs.—It is a small delicate species, growing in moist hollows on the sides of the hills and among the forests in most parts of Sumatra. The ciliary lines of hairs on the upper surface of the leaves distinguish it from most of its congeners. Il, HYPOXIDE/. CURCULIGO SUMATRANA. Rozd. Hexandria Monogynia. Foliis lato-lanceolatis plicatis glabris, spicis densis brevi- bus, tubo perianthii bacca longiore. Involucrum. Rumph. Amb. vi. p. 114. t. 53. Kalapa puyu. Malay. Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. Root composed of fibres proceeding from a tuber. Leaves radical, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated to the base, plicato-nervose, very entire, smooth. Petioles erect, channeled above, keeled beneath, sheathing at the base. Spikes radical from among the sheaths of the pe- tioles, erect, dense, much shorter than the petioles. Flow- ers erect, sessile, adpressed to the rachis, each furnished with an ovate, acuminate, membranaceous spathe. Calyx none. Corolla yellow, superior, limb spreading six parted, lacinize lanceolate acute, tube impervious, being a thick solid column on the summit of the germen. Stamina six, erect, opposite to the laciniz of the corolla. Anthers linear. Style short. Ovarium 3-celled, many-seeded. Capsule bac- cate, ovate, three-sided, containing from 8 to 10 ovate black seeds which are imbedded in pulp. I found at Singapore another species agreeing in most respects with this, but having hirsute leaves. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 9 Ill. MELANTHACE:. VERATRUM? MALAYANUM. (W. J.) Foliis radicalibus lanceolatis, scapis erectis verticillato- paniculatis, baccis trilocularibus. Native of Pulo Pinang. An erect herbaceous plant. Leaves radical, three or four feet in length, petiolate, lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated into a petiole at the base, very entire, tomentose, striated with parallel nerves which run nearly longitudinally, but diverge from a central one. Petioles canaliculate, obtusely carinate, sheathing at the base. Scape erect, round, tomen- tose, verticillately panicled. Peduncles alternately semiver- ticillate, divaricate and spreading. Flowers sessile, on hermaphrodite or male plants fascicled, on female solitary. Beneath each semiverticil is a large floral leaf, which is ovate, acute, and contracted at the base into a flat, straight, petiole-like unguis which embraces the stem. Perzanth six- parted, the three inner laciniz petaliform, white, spreading. Stamina 6; filaments flat, dilated at the base. Styles three, short. Shomasa three. In the female the calyx embraces a globular Hei which is three-celled, each cell one-seeded. Obs.—The true place of this plant is somewhat ambiguous, and I am doubtful whether it can be admitted as a genuine species of Veratrum. It does not however agree exactly with any other genus of the same family; in habit it is some- what like Alisma. IV. TACCE. TACCA CRISTATA. (W. J.) _ Foliis indivisis lato-lanceolatis, involucro diphyllo, umbella secunda cernua superne intra involucrum foliolis duobus involucro duplo longioribus stipata. 10 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Native of Singapore and Pulo Pinang. Root thick and tuberous, sending out a number of fibres. _ Leaves nearly two feet long, numerous, radical, erect, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, smooth. Petioles sheathing at the base. Scape erect, round, nearly as long as the leaves, striated, smooth. Flowers peduncled, all drooping to one side; peduncles subumbellate, arranged transversely in two parallel rows, and uniting into a kind of crest, from which proceed ten long pendulous filaments. Involucre two-leaved, leaflets ovate, acute, broad at the base, nervose, purplish, twice as long as the peduncles, the upper one erect, the lower reflexed, and bent down by the drooping flowers. From within the upper leaflet of the involucre spring two erect folioles, which are twice as long as the involucre, obovate, attenuated below into straight, flat, deep purple petiolar ungues, acute at the apex, pale coloured with purplish nerves. Perianth superior, of a dark purple colour, campanulate and somewhat ven- tricose, rather contracted and three-cornered at the mouth where it is also striated, limb six-parted, somewhat reflex, lacinize hyaline oblong, broad, obtuse, the three interior ones larger. Corolla none. Stamina six, in the bottom of the perianth and opposite to the lacinia. Filaments broad at the base, arching upwards into a vaulted cucullus within which the anthers are concealed. Anthers adnate, two-lobed. Style thick, shorter than the stamina, with six prominent angles. Stigma flat, umbilicate, orbicular, six- rayed, three-alternate sinuses deeper. Berry ovate, six- angled one-celled, seeds numerous, attached to three parietal receptacles. Obs.—This approaches to T. integrifolia, Curt. Mag: t. 1488, but it is a much larger plant, and is abundant- ly distinguished by the two-leaved involucre, the long erect leaflets within it, and the flowers drooping to one side. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. i] V. AROIDE. CALLA ANGUSTIFOLIA. (W. J.) Acaulis, foliis lanceolatis utrinque acutis glabris, pedun- culis 4—5 ex axillis foliorum petiolis brevioribus. Pulo Pinang. A small plant of the same size and nearly related to the succeeding. Leaves radical, petiolate, lanceolate, acute at both ends, entire, smooth. Petioles sheathing at the base. Peduncles 4—5 axillary, one-flowered. Flowers, &c. exactly as in the succeeding. These two are so closely allied, that it is doubtful whether they might not be considered varieties. CALLA HUMILIS. (W. J) Monoecia Monandria. Acaulis, foliis ellipticis supra glabris, pedunculis 4—5 ex axillis foliorum petiolis brevioribus. Kladee Ayer. Malay. Pulo Pinang, &c. ‘A small stemless plant growing under the shade of forests, 5 or 6 inches in height. Root a leaf bearing tuber which sends out numerous long villous fibres. Stem none except the above mentioned tuber, which is every where invested by the sheathes of the petioles. Leaves erect, petiolate, ellip- tic, ovate, rather obtuse with a subulate acumen, slightly cordate at the base, entire with a pellucid crisped margin, smooth and green above, somewhat hoary beneath with villous papille. Petioles shorter than the leaves, channeled above, sheathing, and dilated into a waved margin at the base. The bases of the sheathes are often perforated by the fibres of the root. Peduncles 4—5 axillary, one-flowered, shorter than the petioles, furnished with membranous sheaths at the base. Spathes of an obscure red colour, oblong, convolute- acuminate, as long as the spadix. Spadix cylindrical, en- 12 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. tirely covered with florets, male above, and female below for about a quarter of the length. Anthers numerous subro- tund, yellow, sessile. Germina ovate. Styles very short. Stigmata obtuse, peltate. A few anthers are intermingled with the pistilla. Capsules membranaceous, globose, some- what 4-lobed, (two-celled ?) generally 8-seeded. Seeds some- what kidney-shaped, arranged round the axis. CALLA NITIDA. (W. J.) Foliis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, scapis compressis foliis brevioribus, baccis monospermis. Found at Pulo Pinang. This is a large subcaulescent species ; the leaves are from a foot to a foot and a half in length, ovate-lanceolate, acu- minate, very entire, very smooth, with numerous parallel nerves preceding from a middle rib. Petioles sheathing nearly their whole length. Scapes compressed, smooth, shorter than the leaves. Spadix invested by the spathe, covered with florets, male above, female beneath. Berries oblong large, one-seeded. VI. PALM. ARECA TIGILLARIA. (W. J.) Frondibus pinnatis, foliolis acutis, spadicibus ramosis, flora unico femineo inter duos masculos, fructibus globosis. Nibong. Malay. Abundant in Sumatra and the Malay islands, where it is much used in the construction of houses, &c. Trunk erect, generally thicker than that of the common Pinang (Areca Catechu), armed, particularly on the lower _ part with straight slender flattened spines. Fronds pinnate, leaflets linear, acuminate, reflexed at the edges so as to make the upper surface convex, smooth, with a few brownish Descriptions af Malayan Plants. 13 scales on the middle nerve of the younger ones; they dimi- nish in size to the top of the frond, and the last two are partly united at their base. St¢pes of the frond scaly while young, compressed, grooved above, the sheaths armed like the trunk. Spadix within the sheath of the frond, embrac- ing the stem, flattened at the base, much branched ; flower bearing branchlets about two feet long, drooping, the lower ones 3—4: together, the uppermost solitary or in pairs. Spathe single, completely enclosing the spadix before ex- pansion, compressed, two-edged, deciduous, partial spathes none. Flowers sessile, one female between two males; the latter considerably the largest and deciduous. Male herma- phrodite, Perianth 6-parted, the outer leaflets small, the inner much longer, and acuminated with fine points. Sta- mina 6; anthers sagittate. Ovary small, surmounted by three linear styles. Female, Perianth 6-parted; leaflets nearly equal, rounder and shorter than those of the male. Stamina none. Ovary monosporous. Styles none. Stigmata three. Fruit globose, about the size of a carabine bullet, of a deep purple colour when ripe, with a glaucous tint, contain- ing under a reddish pulp a single smooth globular nut. Nut one-seeded, having a thickened whitish scar on the side, and a small areola at the base opposite to the embryo. Seed solid ; albumen ruminated ; embryo basilar, short cylindrical, obtuse. Obs.—This differs from the common Areca in the disposi- tion of the flowers on the spadices, and in having the nut contained under a pulpy and not a fibrous covering. In A. Catechu, the ovary is likewise monosporous. __ SAGUS LAVIS. Hexandria Monogynia, Frondibus inermibus pinnatis, spadicibus alterne ramosis, floribus singula squamz binis hermaphroditis, fructibus subglobosis. 14 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Sagus levis, No. 4. Rumph. Amb. I. p. 76. Rambiya, Malay. This valuable Tree rises to the height of about twenty feet, and is generally surrounded by numerous smaller and younger plants which spring up around it after the manner of the Plantain (Musa sapientum). ‘The stem, which is about as thick as that of the Cocoa-nut tree, is annulated by the vestiges of the fallen leaves, and the upper part is common- ly invested with their withered sheaths. The leaves resem- ble those of the Cocoa, but grow more erect, and are much more persistent, so that the foliage has not the same tufted appearance, but has more of the graceful ascending curve of that of the Saguerus Rumphi: they are pinnate, un- armed; the leaflets linear, acute, carinate, and smooth. The tree is from fifteen to twenty years in coming to maturity, the fructification then appears, and it soon after decays and dies. The inflorescence is terminal; several spadices rise from the summit of the stem, inveloped in sheaths at their joints, and alternately branched. It is on these branches that the flowers and fruit are produced, and they are gene- rally from five to eight inches in length. ‘They are of a brown colour, and closely imbricated with broad scariose scales, within which is a quantity of dense ferruginous wool, in which the minute flowers are imbedded and completely concealed. Each scale supports two flowers, which are hermaphrodite, and scarcely larger than a grain of turnip- seed. The Pertanth is six-leaved, of which three are in- terior, the leaflets nearly equal. Stamina six; filaments very short; anthers oblong, two-celled. Ovaria three, con- nected together in the middle, each monosporous. Style none. Stigma small. Fruit single, nearly globular, somewhat depressed at the summit, but with a short, acute, mucro or point in the centre; it is covered with scales which are im- bricated from the top to the bottom, and are shining, of a greenish straw-colour, of a rhomboidal shape, and with a _ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 15 longitudinal furrow down their middle. Below the scales, the rind is of a spongy consistence, and the fruit contains a single seed, of rather an irregular shape, and having the umbilicus situated laterally a little above the base of the fruit. The progress of the fruit to maturity is very slow, and is said, according to the best information I can obtain, to occupy about three years from the first appearing of the spadices to the final ripening of the fruit. During the period of inflorescence, the branches of the spadix are brown, and apparently quite bare. Afterwards a number of small green knobs appear above the brown scales, which go on enlarg- ing, till they at length acquire the size of a small apple. But few fruit come to maturity on each branch. In habit and character this tree recedes considerably from the true Palme. Its propagation by radical shoots, exactly in the same manner as the common cultivated Plantain, is peculiar, and is not observed in the true Palms. The ter- minal inflorescence and death of the tree after fructification, is another peculiarity. It is allied to Calamus by its re- troversely imbricated fruit. _ This species of Sago is abundant in many parts of Sumatra and at Malacca, and is employed in the preparation of Sago for food. Considerable quantities are made at the Poggy Islands lying off the west coast of Sumatra, where it in fact forms the principal food of the inhabitants. The Sago of Siak is remarkably fine, and is also, I believe, the produce of this species. At the Moluccas the spinous sort is con- sidered superior to this, but I am doubtful whether it exists in Sumatra. For making the Sago, the tree must be cut before fructification commences, as it then becomes hard and dry. The process of making it has been so often described, that it is needless to repeat it here. 16 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. VII. RUBIACE. HELOSPORA. H. FLAVESCENS.—Linn : Trans : XIV. 197. Native of Sumatra. Swampy places in the thickets along the shore of Pulo Bissar, Malacca. A small tree. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, very smooth, entire, from three to five inches long. Stépules mterpetiolar, deciduous, acute ; a line of ciliary hairs within them. Peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered, shorter than the leaves. Bracts two, small, at the base of the ovary. Calyx superior, erect, four-toothed, persistent. Corolla yellow, tube much longer than the calyx ; mouth naked; limb four-parted, spreading; segments oblong. Zistivation valvate. Stamens four, within the tube; filaments scarce any; anthers linear, obtuse, flattened, two-celled. Ovary subglobose, four-lobed, crowned by a nectarial ring or disk, polysporous, not divided into cells, but having the ovula implanted in its substance and arranged in double lines in the form of a cross. Style composed of four connate threads, which diverge at top, somewhat longer than the tube. Stigmas four. Berry globose, with four rounded angles and furrowed between, crowned with the calyx, many- seeded. Seeds long, linear, inserted perpendicularly, and cruciately arranged in four double lines corresponding to the angles or lobes of the fruit. Obs.—The disposition of the seeds in this genus is very peculiar, and forms a good distinctive character. RONDELETIA. Pentandria Monogynia. R. CORYMBOSA. (W. J.) Tetrandra, pedunculis plerumque terminalibus dichotome corymbosis, floribus unilateralibus, foliis obovato-lanceolatis. Native of Pulo Pinang. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 17 Stem erect, shrubby, from 4 to 6 feet in height, with somewhat compressed villous branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, obovate lanceolate, acute, attenuated to the petiole, entire, punctate above with callous dots, villous below. Petioles short, thickened at the base. Stipules interpetio- lar, long, erect, tongue-shaped, obtuse, villous with a thick middle rib formed by the union of one from each axil. Pe- duncles terminal, and from the upper axils, supporting dichotomous corymbs composed of unilateral spikes. Flow- ers erect, sessile, disposed alternately in a double series. Calyx superior, 4-cleft, with short acute laciniz. Corolla white tinged with red, funnel-shaped, much longer than the calyx, faux naked, limb erect, 4-parted, laciniz subrotund. Stamina 4, inserted into the faux; filaments very short ; anthers linear. Style filiform, exsert. Stigma bifid. Capsule crowned with the calyx, two-celled, many-seeded, with cen- tral placente. O. HETEROPHYLLA. (W. J.) Foliis oppositis subrotundo ovatis, altero nano. Found in the interior of Bencoolen. _ This species is readily distinguished by the peculiarity of one of the opposite leaves being always dwarf or abortive; the other is subrotund-ovate, with a bluntish acumen, smooth, pale and whitish beneath. The stem is erect and tomentose. Flowers in a small terminal cyme. Capsule compressed obcordate. UROPHYLLUM. Calyx sub-quinquefid. Corolla infunduliform, five-parted, with villous throat. Stigma five-lobed. Berry inferior, globular, five-celled, many-seeded—Jack’s MSS.* * This genus will be found in Roxburgh’s Flora Indica, ed: Carey, vol. ii. p. 184. It as well as both species, bear the affix Wall. although D 18 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 1. U. VILLOSUM, (W. J.) Villous. Branches round. Calyx five-cleft. Pulo-Penang. A shrub with round villous branches. Leaves opposite, petioled, oblong-lanceolate, about ten inches long, termi- nated by a very long linear acumen, entire, smooth above, villous beneath. Petioles short. Stipules interpetiolar, longer than the petioles, oblong, acute. Peduncles axillary, short, supporting a verticillate capitulum of subsessile flowers. Bractes numerous, lanceolate, acute; four longer ones form- ing a kind of involucrum beneath each verticil—Calyx superior, short, campanulate, five-parted, with one or two smaller additional laciniz. Corolla greenish, rather longer than the calyx, hirsute at the faux; limb five-parted ; lacinie ovate, acute, thickened at the points.—Aestivation valvate. Stamina five, shorter than the limb, and alternating with its laciniz ; anthers linear, acute, emarginate at the base.—Style erect, of the length of the stamina. St¢gma thick, five-parted. Ovaritum crowned with a white glandular disc, into which the style is inserted.— Berry ovate, villous, five-celled, polys- permous ; placenta from the inner angle of the cells.— Jack’s MSS. 2, U. GLABRUM, (W. J.) Smooth. Branches tetragonal. Calyx sub-entire. Pulo-Penang. Malay. Loda-Utan. This species closely resembles the preceding, but is al- together more slender and smooth. Branches four-sided, somewhat dichotomous. Leaves opposite, on short petioles, oblong-elliptic, or lanceolate, about six inches in length, the characters of both genus and species are by Dr. Jack. As Dr. Jack was bonafide the founder of the genus, and as he appears invaria- bly to have attached his own initials to his genera and species, we have rectified the mistake, which has crept into the book above-mentioned. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 19 terminating in a linear acumen not so long as in U. villosum, _smooth on both sides. Sézpules long, linear, villous. Capitula axillary on short peduncles. Flower pedicelled. Bractes small, linear, without any appearance of an involucrum.— Calyx forming an almost entire margin above the ovarium, which is crowned with a glandular disc. Berries globose, smooth.—Jack’s MSS. MORINDA. N. O. Rubiacee. MORINDA TETRANDRA. Tetrandra, pedunculis umbellatis terminalibus, corollis quadrifidis intus hirsutis, foliis lanceolatis. Pada vara. Itheed. Mal. 7, p. 51. t. 27. Mangkudu kicheel. Malay. Native of the Malay Islands. A small diffuse shrub, with long slender branches, nodose at the bifurcations. Leaves opposite, short petioled, lan- ceolate, acuminate, very entire, very smooth, the nerves red- dish below, and furnished with ciliated glands in the axils. St¢pules interpetiolar, truncate. Peduncles from five to ten, umbellate, terminal. lowers aggregate on a common re- ceptacle. Calyx an entire margin crowning the ovary. Corolla infundibuliform, four-parted, the laciniz densely covered within with long white hairs. Stamina four, shorter than the corolla, and alternating with its divisions; filaments very short; anthers oblong. Ovary inferior, two-celled, four- seeded. Stigma bifid. Fruit subglobose, yellow, composed of coadunate berries, angular by their mutual compression, crowned with the vestige of the calyx, four-seeded; seeds osseous. Obs.—Rheed describes his Padavara to be fourteen feet in height ; this is the only particular in which it differs from my plant. In every other respect they agree exactly. 20 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. MORINDA POLYSPERMA. (W. J.) Tetrandra, pedunculis axillaribus et terminalibus, corollis - quadrifidis intus hirsutis, foliis ovatis acuminatis, baccis bilocularibus polyspermis ! Found on the Island of Singapore. A shrub with short subdichotomous flexuose branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, very entire, very smooth, coriaceous, flat, about three inches long. Stépules short, interpetiolar. Peduncles axil- lary and terminal; axillary ones opposite; terminal ones from one to four in a kind of umbel. Capitula few flower- ed. Calyx an entire margin. Corolla infundibuliform, four- parted, densely covered within with white hairs. Stamina four, shorter than the corolla; filaments short; anthers linear. Style erect. Stigma bifid. Berries coadunate, two- celled, many-seeded ! Seeds numerous angular. Obs.—The flowers of this species are perfectly similar to those of the preceding, but the fruit presents a singular anomaly in being polyspermous. Both differ so much from the other species of Morinda that I think they might pro- | perly constitute a new and distinct genus. MYRMECODIA. Tetrandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiaceae. Calyx subinteger. Corolla quadrifida, tubo intus ad inser- tionem staminum piloso. Stamina quatuor, corolla breviora. Stylus staminibus longior. Stigma simplex. Bacca ovata, quadrilocularis, tetrasperma. Parasitica bast tuberosa, flores bastbus petiolorum semitecti. MYRMECODIA TUBEROSA. (W. J.) Tin. Trans. XIV. 123. Nidus germinans formicarum rubrarum. Rumph. Amb. vi. p- A119. t. 55. fig. 2. Found at Pulo Nias. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 21 This singular plant is found parasitic upon old trees, in the form of a large irregular tuber, from which arise a few thick, short, fleshy branches. The Leaves are crowded at the rounded extremities of these branches, and are opposite, petiolate, obovate-oblong, with a short acumen, attenuated to the petiole, entire, very smooth, somewhat leathery. Pe- tioles long, roundish, inserted on a large persistent peltate knob, whose edges expand into a kind of stipule, ciliated along the margin with dense strigose fibres, and cleft above in the axil of the petiole. The flowers are sessile, closely disposed in the spaces between the stipular bases of the petioles and half concealed under their projecting edges. Calyx membranaceous, superior, nearly entire. Corolla white, tubular, quadrifid ; segments erect, rather acute; a villous ring within the tube immediately below the insertion of the stamens. Stamens four, shorter than the corolla, and alter- nate with its segments; anthers white, two-celled. Style longer than the stamens. Stigma simple, tomentose. Ovary four-celled, four-seeded. Berry ovate, smooth, white with longitudinal lines, four-celled, four-seeded. Seeds furnished with albumen ; embryo in its axis. Obs.—There can be no doubt of this being the plant described by Rumphius, although the leaves are represented more acute in his figure than they are in my specimens. HYDNOPHYTUM. Tetrandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiaceae. Juss. Calyx integer. Corolla limbo 4-fido, fauce pilosa. Stami- na 4, brevia, fauci inserta. Stigma bifidum. Bacca disperma. Super arbores parasitica, basi tuberosa, floribus axillaribus. HYDNOPHYTUM FORMICARUM. (W. J.) Lin. Trans. XTV. 124. Nidus germinans formicarum nigrarum. Rumph. Amb. vi. p. 119. t. 55. fig. 1. 22 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Prio Hantu. Malay. On trees in the forests of Sumatra. Malacca. This grows parasitic on trees in the form of a large irre- gular tuber, fastening itself to them by fibrous roots, and throwing out several branches above. ‘The tuber is gene- rally inhabited by ants, and hollowed by them into numer- ous winding passages, which frequently extend a good way along the branches also, giving them the appearance of be- ing fistular. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, elliptic-obovate, nearly obtuse, acute at the base, very entire, very smooth, thick, with the midrib flattened, and a few inconspicuous nerves. Stipules interpetiolar, linear. Flowers axillary, sessile, generally aggregated on a double gemmaceous knob. Calyx superior, very short, entire. Corolla white, tubular ; limb four-cleft; faux villous. Stamens alternate with the segments of the corolla; filaments scarce any. Ovary crown- ed with a prominent umbilicate disk, disporous. Style longer than the tube. Stzgma of two revolute linear thick lobes. Berry of a semipellucid reddish-yellow colour, ovate- oblong, two-seeded. Seeds oblong, contained in a tough integument, with the embryo in the axis of the albumen. Obs.—I am not aware that these two plants have been described by any botanist since the time of Rumphius, or that any conjecture has been made regarding their place and family from his figure or description. From their common habit as parasites, I should have been much inclined to place them under one genus ; but the different number of seeds in each, supported by the difference of a simple and bifid stigma, seems to oppose this, while the distinction is further confirmed by the different disposition and insertion of the | leaves, which in Hydnophytum are arranged precisely as usual in the Rubiacee, but in Myrmecodia are crowded round the thick fleshy branches in such a manner, that their being really opposite is not immediately apparent, while their insertion on their broad peltate bases is further peculiar. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 23 LASIANTHUS. Rubiacee. Juss. Calyx 4-partitus, laciniis linearibus. Corolla infundibuli- formis, pilosa. Stamina 4. Stigmata 4, linearia crassa. Bacca tetrapyrena. Suffrutices, floribus axillartbus, bracteis opposttis, baceis cyaness. LASIANTHUS CYANOCARPUS.* (W. J.) Lin. Trans. XIV. 125. Villosus, bracteis magnis cordatis. Found at Tappanooly, on the west coast of Sumatra. Siem herbaceous or suffrutescent, erect, round, villous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, acute, entire, villous; three or three inches and half long. Petioles short. Stipules interpetiolar, acute. Flowers generally three in each axil, nearly sessile, supported by two large opposite cordate bracts. Calyx superior four-, sometimes five-parted ; laci- nia, linear, acute, pilose. Corolla yellow, tubular, funnel- shaped, pilose both externally and internally. Stamens four, sometimes five; anthers oblong. Ovary crowned by a nec- tarial ring, four-sporous. Style as long as the stamens. Stigma of four thick linear divisions. Berry as large as a small gooseberry, of a transparent azure blue, pilose, its flesh spongy or farinose, containing four nuts or hard seeds. LASIANTHUS ATTENUATUS. (W. J.) Linn. Trans. XIV. 126. Villosus, foliis supra glabris, bracteis lanceolatis. Found in the interior of Bencoolen. Suffrutescent, erect. Branches alternate, long, spreading, round, villous. Leaves opposite, sub-bifarious and somewhat drooping, short-petioled, oblong, attenuated to the point, * This genus, which is now called Mephetidia, is common in the Province of Malacca.—W. G. 24 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. rounded or subcordated, and sometimes a little unequal at the base, nearly entire, but sometimes waved or obsoletely dentate on the margin ; smooth above, except on the nerves, which are pilose; softly villous beneath; from three to four inches long by about one broad. Petzoles very short, villous. Stipules interpetiolar, acuminate, villous. Flowers axillary ; nearly sessile, from three to four in each axil. Bracts two, opposite, lanceolate, acute, villous. Calyx four-parted, vil- lous; segments linear, acute. Corolla yellow, tubular, pilose both within and without ; limb four-parted. Stamens four ; filaments short ; anthers oblong, two-celled. Ovary pilose, crowned within the calyx by a prominent nectarial ring, four-sporous. Style one. Stigma of four thick linear divi- sions. Berry pilose, ovate, crowned with the calyx, smaller than in the preceding, becoming dyed of a dark-blue, of which colour the hairs also partake, containing four one- seeded nuts. Embryo cylindrical, in the axis of the albumen. EPITHINIA. (W. J.) Tetrandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiacee. Calyx cylindricus, superus, quadridentatus, persistens. Corolla tubulosa, limbo patente quadripartito, fauce villosa. Stamina exserta. Stylus exsertus. Stigma bifidum. Bacca sulcata, dipyrena, nucibus oblongis dispermis, semine uno super alterum. EPITHINIA MALAYANA. (W. J.) Found in Mangrove swamps on the Island of Singapore. A moderate sized shrub with brown bark and smooth branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, obovate, obtuse, round- ed at the summit, attenuated at the base into the petiole, very entire, very smooth, almost without veins, shining above, paler beneath. Petzoles none. Peduncles axillary, dichotomous, many flowered, one flowered in the bifurcations. Calyx cylin- e Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 5 drical, persistent, almost entire or obsoletely four dentate. Corolla white, tube longer than the calyx, limb spreading, four-parted, lobes ovate, rather acute, faux closed with white hairs. Stamena four, exsert, spreading, inserted alter- nately with the lobes of the corolla ; filaments short ; anthers linear, acute, dark colored. Ovary oblong, compressed, two- celled, cells two-seeded, the one placed over the other. Style exsert. Stigma bifid, with thick linear lobés. Fruit inferior oblong, marked with eight deep longitudinal fur- rows, crowned with the calyx, containing two long narrow oblong nuts, each with two-seeds, the one placed above the other. One of them sometimes proves abortive. Obs.—I have not been able to refer this to any known tetrandrous genus; it seems to come nearest to Malanea of Aublet, but differs in several essential characters. The position of the seeds is peculiar. IXORA PENDULA. (W. J.) N. O. Rubiacee. Foliis elliptico-lanceolatis glaberrimis, corymbis longe pe- dunculatis pendulis. Bunga yarum. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang, &c. A shrub with smooth compressed branches. Leaves op- posite, short petioled, eleven or twelve inches long, ellipti- cally lanceolate, rather obtuse, very entire, very smooth, shining above. Petioles little more than half an inch in length. Stépules interpetiolar, broad at the base, ending in a subulate point. Corymbs terminal, long peduncled, hanging, trichotomous, many flowered. Flowers red. Bracts two, small, at the base of the calyx. Calyx small, four-parted, slightly tomentose. Corolla red, tube long and slender, limb four-parted, lobes ovate lanceolate rather acute. Sta- mina spreading. Style filiform. Stigma clavate. E ® 26 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Obs.—This is a beautiful species, at once distinguishable by its long pendulous corymbs. Bunga Yarum is the generic Malay name of the Ixore. IXORA NERIFOLIA. (W. J.) Foliis linearibus acuminatis glabris, corymbis terminalibus. Bung Saluang. Malay. Native of the West coast of Sumatra. A shrub, with round smooth branches. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, linear, tapering to the point, acute, about nine inches long, by little more than half an inch broad, entire with revolute edges, very smooth. Stzpules interpe- tiolar, subulate, longer than the petioles. Corymbs terminal, erect, trichotomous. Flowers red. Bracts small, acute. Calyx small, four-toothed. Corolla tube long, slender ; limb spreading, four-parted, segments lanceolate, acute. Stamina four, alternate with the laciniz of the corolla. Style a little longer than the tube. Stigma clavate. Fruit a berry. Obs.—The long narrow leaves readily distinguish this species ; it is a handsome delicate shrub. : PSYCHOTRIA MALAYANA. (W. J) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiacee. Foliis lato-lanceolatis, stipulis indivisis, paniculis ter- minalibus corymbosis, corolle fauce villosa. Byumbada. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang. A shrub with round smooth branches. Leaves petiolate, opposite, broad lanceolate, 10 inches in length, acuminate, decurrent upon the petiole, entire, very smooth. Petioles short, thick, round, surrounded at the base by a prominent ring, from which a thick rib diverges on each side and unites with a similar one from the base of the opposite leaf Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 27 to form the nerve of the large interpetiolar ovate acute stipule. Panicles corymbose, terminal. Flowers numer- ous. Bracts broad, membranaceous, embracing. Calyx superior, erect, quinquefid. Corolla white with greenish limb, infundibuliform, longer than the calyx, mouth closed with dense white hairs, limb 5-parted, somewhat reflexed, laciniz ovate. Stamina 5, erect, inserted on the tube, filaments very short, anthers linear. Style filiform, stig- mata two thick and linear. Capsule inferior, two-celled, two-seeded. PSILOBIUM. (W. J.) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubtacee. Juss : Calyx patens, 5-partitus. Corolla tubo brevi, limbo 5-partito. Stamina basi corolle inserta. Stzgma clavatum, 10-alatum, exsertum. Fructus cylindricus siliquaeformis, foliolis calycinis persistentibus coronatus, bilocularis polys- permus. Semina duplici serie axi affixa. Fruticosa, pedunculis axillaribus paucifloris, estivatione valwata. PSILOBIUM NUTANS. (W. J.) Found in the interior of Bencoolen. Stem erect, four-sided with rounded angles. Leaves opposite, petiolate, lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, acute, entire, smooth. Stipules interpetiolar, broad, acu- minate, carinate. Peduncles axillary drooping, bearing from three to six flowers. Bracts forming a kind of involucre at the base of the very short pedicels. Calyx superior, very large, composed of five leaflets or very deep segments, which are veined with red. Stamina five; filaments short, anthers long, erect. Style short. Stigma long, exsert, oblong-ovate, longitudinally ten-winged, the five alternate wings smaller. Fruit long, cylindrical, siliquose, crowned with the large per- 28 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. sistent calyx, two-celled, many-seeded ; seeds arranged in a double series in each cell. PSILOBIUM TOMENTOSUM. (W. J.) Tomentosum, floribus axillaribus subsessilibus. At Kataun. The fruit is baccate. LECANANTHUS. (W. J.) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Rubiaceae. Juss : Calyx campanulatus, ampliatus, coloratus, irregulariter divisus. Corolla tubo brevi, limbo 5-partito. Ovarium bi- loculare, polysporum, placentis centralibus convexis. Stylus bifidus. Stzgmata 2, linearia, crassa. Fruticosa, floribus capitatis involucratis terminalibus, aestevatione valvatd. L. ERUBESCENS. (W. J.) Found in the interior of Bencoolen. Melacca. A small erect shrub; stem four-sided, two of the angles acute. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acute at both ends, rather attenuated to the point, entire, smooth, about 8 inches long. Stzpules interpetiolar, large, ligulate, carinate towards the base. Flowers pale red, densely aggregated within the hypocrateriform cup of the involucre, forming a head which is terminal, nearly sessile, and turned backwards. Involucre monophyllous entire. Pe- dicels none. Calyx superior, coloured, tomentose, thick and fleshy, much wider than the corol, expanding into from two to four irregular, unequal, obtuse lobes; the calyces of the outer flowers are often so much produced on one side as to seem bilabiate. Corolla, tube short, segments five, acute, thick. Aestivation valvate. Stamina 5, inserted on the tube; anthers large. Ovary crowned with a prominent nectarial ring, 2-celled, polysporous; ovula arranged round central, semi-cylindrical placenta. Style bifid. Stigmata 2, thick and linear. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 29 VIII. LOGANIACE. FAGRAEA CARNOSA. (W. J.) Foliis subrotundo-ovatis mucronatis carnosis, floribus ter- minalibus solitariis. In the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. A parasitic shrub growing on trees, with smooth greyish bark and somewhat dichotomous branches. Leaves oppo- site, petiolate, subrotund with a short reflexed point, entire with reflexed margins, very smooth, thick and fleshy. Petioles compressed, embracing the branch and furnished with an intrapetiolar ligula or stzpule. Flowers terminal, solitary, nearly sessile, embraced at the base by a few sheathing bracts. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla of a dull yellowish white colour ; tube about four inches long, expanding into a 5-part- ed limb. Stamina 5, rising a little above the tube, anthers large. Style little more than half the length of the tube. Stigma 4-lobed. Berry as large as a small egg, seated on the persistent calyx, ovate, rather pointed, two-celled, many seeded ; seeds nidulant. Obs.—This is the fifth species of Fagraea that I have met with in the Malay islands; the others have been already described in Roxburgh’s Flora Indica. The £. racemosa grows to be a small tree, and the F. volubilés, doubtfully proposed by Dr. Wallich as a distinct species, is the same plant. The F. auriculata is a large shrub, and from the size of its flowers is the most splendid of the genus. I ori- ginally met with it at Singapore, but have since found it also at Tappanuly ; the following particulars may be added to the description given by Dr. Wallich. F. Auriculata. Flowers terminal, generally 3, rarely 5, on short thick pedicels, each embraced by four opposite calycu- late bracts, of which the outer two are the smallest. Corolla very large, yellowish white. Staména inserted near the bot- tom of the tube. Stigma large and flattened. Ovary 2-celled, a 30 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. polysporous; the edges of the placentz revolute. Fruit as large as a duck’s egg, acuminated by a part of the persistent style; seeds numerous, nidulant. IX. APOCYNE. LEUCONOTIS. (W. J.) Linn. Trans. XIV. p. 121. Tetrandria Monogynia. N. O. Apocynee. Br. Calyx inferus, 4-partitus. Corolla tubulosa, superne an- sustior, limbo 4-lobo. Stamina 4, inclusa, laciniis corolla alterna. Ovarium simplex, biloculare, loculis disporis. Sty- lus 1, brevis. Stigma annulatem, apice conico. Bacca 1—3-sperma. Smina exalbuminosa, embryone inverso. Frutex lactesccens, foliis oppositis exstipularibus, floribus dichotome corymbosis axillaribus. LEUCONOTIS ANCEPS. (W. J.) Akar Morai. Malay. Sumatra. In forests, Malacca. A large shrub. Branchlets four-sided, sprinkled with ele- vated dots. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong, rounded at the base, rather long-acuminate, entire, a little waved at the edge, very smooth, shining above, paler and sprinkled with elevated dots beneath; nerves connected by submarginal arches; about four inches long. Petioles about an inch in length, carinate, connected by aridge. Stipules none. Pe- duncles axillary, two-edged, longer than the petioles, bearing a dichotomous corymb of yellow flowers. Bracts small, acute, broad at the base. Calya# erect, four-parted, segments rather obtuse, margins membranaceous. Corolla, tube long, gibbous at the base, narrowing upwards; lobes of the limb ovate. Stamens four, inserted on the middle of the tube, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. ol incluse ; filaments very short ; anthers long, linear, subsagit- tate at the base. Style reaching to the insertion of the stamens. Stigma conical, with a prominent ring. Berry superior, ovate, somewhat flattened at the base, smooth, marked near the point with four prominent lines, containing from one to three seeds, the fourth generally abortive ; when cut it exudes a great deal of milky juice. Seed elliptic- oblong, exalbuminous. Embryo inverse, conform to the seed. Cotyledons plano-convex, the plane sides having a reciprocal concavity and convexity, and being a little crisped towards the edges; they are deeply cordate above, the auri- culate lobes overlapping each other. Radicle superior oblong. Obs.—This singular plant belongs without doubt to the family of the Apocynee, with which its general appearance and habit entirely correspond. It agrees with Cerbera in having exalbuminous seeds ; but its ovary is simple like that of Carissa; it will therefore hold an intermediate place between these two genera. RAUWOLFIA SUMATRANA. (W. J) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Apocynee. Foliis ternis quaternisve elliptico-oblongis superne latiori- bus glabris, floribus terminalibus umbellatis, corollae fauce villis clausa. Tampal badak or Simbu badak. Malay. Frequent in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. It grows to a small tree, having somewhat the habit and foliage of the Mangga laut, or Cerbera Manghas. The whole plant is lactescent. Leaves verticillate generally in threes, sometimes in fours, short petioled, about six inches long, elliptic oblong, broader above and terminating in a short point, very entire, very smooth, rather firm, and having nearly transverse nerves. Peduncles three or four, umbellate, terminal, long, round and smooth, bearing compound umbels 32 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. of small white flowers. Calyx small, five-lobed. Corolla white, tube longer than the calyx, limb spreading, five-part- ed, lobes subrotund, faux closed with white hairs which appear to form five tufts. Stamina five incluse; filaments very short; anthers yellow, sagittate, acute, conniving over the stigma. Ovary furrowed on both sides, two-celled, te- trasporous, surrounded by an obscurely five-lobed nectarial ring. Styles two, united together. Stigma peltate, capitate, glutinous, papillous. Berry globose, smooth, containing two nuts, which are compressed, rugose, gibbous below and tapering towards the top, subunilocular with an imperfect dissepiment; generally one-seeded. Seed compressed. Obs.—This species appears to have considerable resem- blance to Rauwolfia nitida, but is sufficiently distinguished by its inflorescence. The wood of this tree is very light, and employed by the Sumatrans for the scabbards of their swords and krises. TABERNAEMONTANA MACROCARPA. (W. J) Foliis ovato-ellipticis basi attenuatis, corymbis terminali- bus dichotomis, folliculis maximis subglobosis. In the interior of Bencoolen. A tree; branches smooth, somewhat compressed in con- trary directions between each pair of leaves. Leaves oppo- site, petiolate, from elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, taper- ing to the base, broader above with a short point, very entire, very smooth; nerves transverse, uniting into submarginal arches; 10—12 inches long. Peéioles embracing the stem and uniting with the base of the opposite one. Peduncles 3—4, terminal, dividing at their summits into dichotomous corymbs. Flowers rather large, yellowish. Caly# 5-cleft, erect, thick. Coroléa much longer than the calyx; tube gibbous, almost globose at the base, narrowing upwards; limb rotate, 5-parted ; segments oblong, oblique. Stamina five, within the tube. Ovary double. Styles two, shorter Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 30 than the stamina. Stigma small. Follicles two, baccate, as large as citrons, red, diverging, subglobose, exuding a milky juice when cut, with a ridge along the middle and one at each side which unite in a short blunt point, one-celled, many-seeded ; the cell is recurved into the form of a cres- cent. Seeds contained in red fleshy arils or lobules which are angled by mutual compression, oblong, chrysaloid, hol- lowed on the one side with incurved rounded edges, con- vex on the other, and longitudinally corrugated. Embryo contained in a conform albumen; cotyledons flat, round, cordate; radicle centripetal, cylindrical, longer than the — cotyledons. X. OLEINA. LINOCIERA ODORATA. (W. J.) Diandria Monogynia, N. O. Oleine. Foliis lanceolatis utrinque acutis glaberrimis, paniculis axillaribus foliis brevioribus. At Natal and on Pulo Mosella. A large shrub, with subdichotomous branches. Leaves sub-opposite, short-petioled, oblong-lanceolate, acute at both ends, entire, smooth and coriaceous, 4—5 inches long. Panicles axillary, opposite, much shorter than the leaves; peduncles opposite, 3—5 flowered. Flowers subsessile, fra- grant. Bracts small, oblong. Calyx four-parted. Corolla white, almost 4-petaled, petals long, linear, united by pairs by means of the filaments, slightly cohering at the other divisions. Stamina two; anthers large, emarginate at the apex. Ovary two-celled, each cell containing two linear pendulous parallel ovula. Séyle scarce any. Stigma bifid. E o4 : Descriptions of Malayan Plants. XI. CAMPANULACE/. PHYTEUMA BEGONIFOLIUM.* Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Campanulacee. Foliis semicordatis inequilateralibus serratis, spicis unila- teralibus axillaribus revolutis. 3 Phyteuma begonifolia, Roxb. Hort. Beng. p. 85. Pulo Pinang. Merguz. A small herbaceous plant. Stem procumbent, 1 or 2 feet in length, thick, villous, chiefly at the summit, with fascicu- late hairs. Leaves alternate, petiolate, semicordate, inequi- lateral, turning to one side, eight inches long, acute, with gross subspinescent serratures, villous beneath, adult leaves smooth above, nerves generally dichotomous. Petioles thick round, furrowed above. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary or supra-axillary. Flowers unilateral, erect, arranged in two rows on a recurved spike, nearly sessile, crowded. Bracts cuneiform, obtuse. Calyx semisuperior, ovate, villous, 5 lobed, lobes obtuse. Corolla white, campanulate, persis- tent, limb recurved, 5-lobed, lobes obtuse ; after florescence the corolla becomes green and enlarges. Stamina 5, erect, short, inserted on the calyx, and opposite to its divisions. Anthers linear acute. Ovarium surrounded by the calyx and connected with it by five longitudinal septa or processes from which the stamina spring, 3 or 4-celled, many-seeded, placente from the inner angles of the cells. Style short, thick. Stigma large, thick, three-lobed. Capsule 3 or 4- celled, containing numerous seeds arranged on convex pla- cente. The septa which unite the calyx and ovary appear con- tinuous with the filaments of the stamina. The young parts * This is Pentaphragma begonifolium, Waill., and is doubtfully referred to Goodeniacee.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. JO of the plant are densely villous, but the hairs are easily rubbed away. In drying, the plant assumes a bright yellow colour. .It appears extremely doubtful whether this plant be truly referrible to Phyteuma; it does not however agree well with any other genus of the family of Campanulacee, and it will deserve consideration whether it ought not to constitute a new genus in that order. XH. VACCINIEE. VACCINIUM SUMATRANUM. (W. J.) Racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus, foliis elliptico-ovatis integerrimis coriaceis. Found on the summit of Gunong Bunko, or the Sugar-loaf Mountain, in the interior of Bencoolen. A small tree, with reddish brown bark and smooth bran- ches. eaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic-ovate, acu- minate, sometimes obtuse, entire, edges a little reflexed, very smooth, firm, stiff and leathery, pale green beneath ; about four inches long. St¢pules none. Racemes axillary, shorter than the leaves, often from the stem below them ; flowers white pedicellate, alternate. Caylx small, cup-shaped, slightly four-toothed. Corolla oblong ovate, contracted at the mouth ; limb short, recurved, four-parted. Stamina eight, - incluse, inserted on the base of the coral; filaments dilated at the base, pilose, tinged with red; anthers two-lobed, be- tween which are two short filaments or processes, each lobe prolonged upwards into a membranaceous horn or awn which is bifid at top and opens by a pore. Ovary semi-in- ferior, four-celled, polysporous, ovula attached to the inner angles of the cells. Style columnar, a little longer than the stamina, incluse. Stigma round, obtuse. 36 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. XT. ERICINE. RHODODENDRON MALAYANUM. (W. JV) Foliis oblongis glabris punctatis, floribus terminalibus, pe- dicellis cernuis, corolla punctata basi gibba. Observed on the summit of the Sugar-loaf Mountain in the interior of Bencoolen. Summit of Mount Ophir ? This is a large shrub or small tree much branched. Bark brown and spotted. Leaves alternate or scattered, short petioled, lanceolate-linear, 23—3 inches long, attenuated to both ends, somewhat bluntish at the point, entire, smooth, thickly sprinkled beneath with brown dots and green above with depressed points; the middle nerve is strong, the late- ral ones scarce any. Stipulesnone. Flowers from a short terminal bud, which is at first closely invested by numerous imbricated broad bracts, which successively fall off and at length leave the short thick peduncle annulated by their cicatrices. It throws out near the point several nodding one- flowered pedicels, which are dotted in the same manner as the leaves. Calyx very small, five-toothed. Corolla crim- son, tubular, expanding into a five-lobed limb, sprinkled with callous dots, tube gibbous at the base and marked with five furrows. Stamina ten, leaning to one side, inserted on the very base of the corol and about as long as its limb; filaments red; anthers yellow, opening at top by two oblique pores. Style a little shorter than the stamina. Stzgma a round head marked with five indistinct rays. Ovary supe- rior, oblong, five-sided, covered with brown spots, five-celled polysporous. Obs.—I found this and the preceding species of Vaccinium on the very summit of Gunong Bunko, a remarkable insulat- ed mountain in the interior of Bencoolen, commonly called by Europeans the Sugar-loaf, in reference to its shape. Its elevation is not estimated to exceed three thousand feet, yet the character of its vegetation is decidedly alpine. This Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 37 character is probably more marked than it would be at a similar height on the side of a differently shaped hill, owing to the steepness which refuses space for large trees, and the consequent exposure and want of shelter on its sharp coni- cal peak. XIV. EPACRIDE. STYPHELIA LEUCOPOGON MALAYANUM. (W. J.) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Epacridee. Spicis axillaribus multifloris erectis brevibus, drupis glo- bosis 5-locubaribus, foliis lanceolatis mucronatis subenerviis subtus glaucescentibus. Mintada. Malay. Found abundantly at Singapore. Sandy littoral tracts of Malacca, also on Mount Ophir. A small branchy shrub with hard dry leaves, exhibiting the peculiar character of this family. Leaves alternate, sessile, lanceolate, acute, mucronate, very entire, very smooth, shining and convex above, somewhat glaucous below, and when examined by the microscope, appearing to be covered with numerous very minute white dots, firm, with scarcely perceptible longitudinal nerves. Spekes axillary, erect, much shorter than the leaves ; peduncles somewhat tomen- tose. Calyx supported at the base by two oval acute con- cave bracts, five-leaved, oblong, acute, leaflets lanceolate, glaucescent, ciliate. Corolla infundibuliform, a little longer than the calyx, quinquefid, puberulent, segments lanceolate, bearded above beyond the base. Stamina five, short, alter- nate with the lacinie ; F2laments subulate ; Anthers subpen- 38 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. dulous, marked on each side with a longitudinal furrow, simple, and bursting longitudinally in the manner so accu- rately described by Mr. R. Brown, Prodr. Fl. N. Holl. p. 535. Pollen globose. Ovary surrounded at the base by five distinct erect obtuse scales, five-celled, each cell con- taining a single oblong ovulum. Style erect, villous. Stigma subglobose. Drupe baccate, subglobose, five-celled, cells one-seeded. Obs.—The discovery of this species is remarkable as forming an exception to the general geographical distribution of the Epacridez, a family almost exclusively confined to Australasia, or at least to the Southern hemisphere. Singapore, situated at the extremity of the Malay peninsula, and forming as it were the connecting link between continental or Wes- tern India and the islands of the great Eastern Archipelago, partakes of this character in its Flora, which exhibits many remarkable points of coincidence with the Floras of both regions. I have had occasion to observe resemblances between its productions and those of the Northern frontier of Bengal on the one hand, and of the Moluccas on the other, while the present connects it with the still more distant range of New Holland. XV. VERBENACE/E. CLERODENDRUM MOLLE. (W. J.) Didymania Angiospermia. Caule erecto tetragono, foliis cordatis acuminatis integer- rimis tomentosis, panicula terminali, tubo corolle calyce vix longiore, calyce fructus ampliato carnoso albo. Frequent in Sumatra, Pulo Pinang, &c. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. — 39 A shrub from 3 to 6 feet in height, erect, little branched ; stem four-sided, villous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, cor- date, acuminate, very entire, softly tomentose. Panicle ter- minal, oppositely trichotomous, erect, with leaf-like bracts. Calyx five parted, tomentose, laciniz ovate, acute, erect, with reflexed margins. Corolla tomentose without, tube as long as the calyx, limb 5-parted, spreading, secund, laciniz nearly equal, crisped at the margin. Stamina exsert, hori- zontally deflexed to each side. Style erect, as long as the stamina. Stigma bifid. Calyx of the fruit flat, enlarged, fleshy and white. Berry from one to four-seeded, according to the number that abort. This species approaches nearest to the C. infortunatum, but is abundantly distinguished by the softness of the leaves which are larger and more deeply cordate, by the compara- tive shortness of the tube of the corolla and by the white calyx of the fruit. Besides this species I have met with another in various parts of these Islands and particularly at Acheen, which has been figured in Andrews’ Repository, under the name of Clerodendrum pyramidale. It is a large shewy plant. A still more beautiful species, and perhaps the most elegant of the whole genus is the C. nutans, so named by my friend Dr. Wallich, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden at Cal- cutta, who received it from the North Eastern frontier of Bengal. I found it not uncommon at Pulo Pinang, and this is not the only instance in which I have had occasion to observe a coincidence between the plants of these distant countries. ‘This species is characterised as follows :— C. Nuians, Wall. Foliis lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, paniculis longissimis terminalibus nutantibus, pedunculis re- motis divaricatis paucifloris. These panicles or racemes hang gracefully from the ex- tremity of the branches; the flowers are white, not nume- rous, the peduncles or primary divisions of the panicle being 40 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. remote, opposite, divaricate, short, and seldom bearing more than three flowers. It is called Unting unting by the Malays. CLERODENDRUM DIVARICATUM. (W. J.) Didynamia Angiospermia. Foliis obovato-lanceolatis acuminatis glabris, paniculis ter- minalibus erectis elongatis, pedicellis fructus reflexis, calyce subintegro fructifero vix aucto. Tida tantu? Malay. Found at Laye on the West Coast of Sumatra. Stem shrubby, erect, about two feet in height, smooth with opposite branches, which are thickened at the joint. Leaves opposite, short petioled, obovate lanceolate, acumi- nate, entire, sometimes denticulate, smooth. Panicle erect, terminal, long, composed of opposite divaricate ramifications, which are subdichotomous, and many flowered. Pedicels of the fruit reflexed. Bracts large ovate, acuminate, foliaceous. Calyx cup-shaped, nearly entire. Corolla tubular, limb five- parted secund, the lower segment longer, and of a blue color. Stamina long, exsert. Style one. Berry deep purple, rest- ing on the calyx which is scarcely at all enlarged, four-lobed, four-seeded, from one to three seeds occasionally proving abortive. VITEX ARBOREA. Roxb. Hort. Beng. p. 46. Didynamia Angiospermia. Arborea, foliis ternatis, foliolis ovato-lanceolatis integerri- mis subtomentosis, paniculis terminalibus, bracteis calyce longioribus. Lubbun. Malay. Sumatra, &c. A tree, with somewhat four-sided branches. Leaves op- posite, petiolate, ternate, sometimes quinate, leaflets ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, very entire, rigid, covered with a very Descriptions of Malayan Plants. A short tomentum. Petioles long, thickened at the base, pul- verulent. Panicles terminal; flowers subsessile. Bracts opposite, ovate lanceolate, acute, tomentose, longer than the calyces. Calyx 5-dentate, tomentose, persistent. Corolla coerulescent, or nearly white, longer than the calyx, con- tracted and almost closed at the mouth, limb bilabiate, upper lip two-lobed, lobes diverging, lower lip larger, three-lobed, the lateral lobes reflexed, the middle one larger, subrotund, concave, tomentose at the base, and of a deeper blue than the rest. Stamina 4, didynamous, ascending, longer than the corolla. Style longer than the stamina. Stigma bifid. Berry black, juicy, containing a 4-celled, 4-seeded nut. The wood of this tree is very hard, and is employed by the inhabitants of Sumatra in the construction of houses. They consider an infusion of the bark as a useful applica- tion in cases of ophthalmia. PERONEMA. (W. J.) Didynamia Angiospermia. N. O. Verbenacee. Br. Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla tubo brevi, limbo irregulari 5-lobo, laciniis secundis. Stamina duo, exserta; rudimenta duorum sterilium. Stzgma refractum. Fructus siccus, 4-par- tibilis, 4-spermus. Arbor, foliis pinnatis petiolo alato, panicula terminals opposite corymbosa. PERONEMA CANESCENS. Sunkei. Malay. A large tree, native of Sumatra. Jn Forests, Malacca. Trunk straight, but little branched. Leaves opposite, pinnate, nearly two feet long, with 7—9 pair of leaflets which are alternate or subopposite, lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, acute, somewhat recurved, entire, smooth above, canes- cent beneath, veins reticulate on the under surface; 8—9 inches long. Petioles winged, finely and delicately tomen- G 42 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. tose, wings decurrent from the insertion of the leaflets. Stz- pules none. The branches are crowned by a vast terminal oppositely corymbose panicle, of which the ultimate divisions are dichotomous with a flower in the bifurcations; the whole is finely tomentose and hoary. Bracts small, acute. Flowers inconspicuous, whitish. Calyx five-parted, segments acute, erect. Corolia not much longer than the calyx, limb ex- panding, irregular, five-lobed, segments secund, the two upper ones diverging, the lowermost considerably longer than the rest. Stamina two, reflexed backwards between the upper segments of the corolla ; filaments subulate, thick- ened toward the base; anthers long. Rudiments of two abortive stamina. Ovary four-celled, ovula erect. Style rather longer than the stamina. Stigma simple, refracted. Fruit seated on the calyx, villous, dry, separating into four portions, each of which contains a single seed. Obs.—This is a valuable timber tree, the wood being hard and tough, well suited for carriage shafts, which require to combine strength and elasticity with lightness. When long buried in the earth, it is said to become petrified. The genus is related to Vitex, but is abundantly distinct therefrom. GMELINA VILLOSA. Rozb. Spinosa, foliis rhomboideis subtus villosis, racemis ter- minalibus, bracteis magnis acuminatis, drupis sphericis dis- permis. Radix deipare. Rumph. Amb. ii. p. 124. ¢. 39. Kayo Briang. Native of Sumatra, &c. Malacca. Arborescent. Leaves opposite, broad ovate, sometimes obscurely 3-lobed, rather obtuse, entire, smooth above, villous beneath as well as the petioles and branchlets. Racemes terminal. Bracts large ovate acuminate. Calyx obliquely 4-toothed, marked externally with six green scu- Descriptions of Malayan Planis. 43 tellz or pustules. Corolla yellow, ventricose. Anthers two- lobed. Ovary 4-sporous. Drupe with a two-seeded nut. SPHENODESME. (W. J.)* Didynamia Angiospermia. Vitices Juss. Calyx tubulosus 5-dentatus. Corolla 5-loba subirregularis. Stamina 4—5 exserta. Ovarium 4 loculare 4 sporum. Bacca monosperma. Flores fasciculati, involucrati. SPHENODESME PENTANDRA. (W. J.) Foliis oblongo ovatis glabris, involucris 5-6 phyllis, fasci- culis 6—7 floris, floribus pentandris. Roscoea pentandra. Roxb. Cat. Hort. Beng. p. 46. Native of Pulo Pinang. Malacca. A climbing shrub with 4-sided, somewhat pilose branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong ovate, subcordate at the base, acuminate, (sometimes with a retuse acumen), very entire, very smooth. Petioles short, pilose. Fascicles 6 or 7 flowered, peduncled, disposed in panicles, at the extremi- ty of the branches and in the upper axils. Involucres con- sisting of 5 or 6 oblong, obtuse, membranaceous, reticulated leaflets, which are longer than the sessile flowers. Calyx companulate, 5-plicate, 5-dentate. Corolla infundibuliform, faux villous, limb 5-lobed nearly regular. Stamina, 5, long, * This genus is distinct from Congea of Roxburgh by the leaves of the involucre being all distinct; the nearly regular corolla, and the five nearly equal stamina. Minor differences exist in the “ villi” about the faux of the corolla, the direction of the anthers, and the stigma. In Congea, besides the decidedly bilabiate corolla, the upper lip of which, moreover, is the largest, two of the leaves of the involucre are united into one, which is also very generally the smallest of the three, so that at first sight there is not the same correspondence between the number of flowers and involucral leaves, as in Sphenodesme and probably Symphorema.—W. G. 44, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. exsert. Style filiform, bifid. Ovary very hairy, 3 to 4-celled ; cells one-seeded. There is always one leaflet less in the involucrum than the number of flowers in the fascicle, the central flower having no fulcrum. This species was sent to Dr. Roxburgh from Sylhet, and by him called Roscoea; that name however being pre-occupied, a new one has become necessary. I have therefore given it that of Sphenodesme (fasciculus alatus.) XVII. CYRTHANDRACEA* In examining some of the numerous Sumatran species of Cyrtandra, 1 was lately led to observe the great inaccuracy of Forster’s description and figure of the fruit, which has been the cause of deception in regard to its natural affinities. His error consists in representing the septum as complete, with adnate placentz similar to what obtains in some genera belonging to Scrophularine ; whereas, in reality, it is bipar- tite through the axis of the fruit, and the placentz are no other than the revolute lobes of the septa. This peculiar structure is more distinct in the nearly related genus of Didymocarpus (Mal. Mise. vol. 2.), which has capsular fruit, and where the lobes of the contrary dissipiment so completely bipart the cells as to give it the appearance of being qua- drilocular. It is obvious that this character is totally incon- sistent with that of Scrophularine, and it does not accord exactly with any of the Jussizan orders. Déidymocarpus is related to Bignoniacee through Incarvillea, but it is not * IJ. On Cyrtandracez, a new Natural Order of Plants. By William Jack M. D. Communicated by Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq. F. R. S. V.P.L. 8. Linn. Trans. Vol. XIV. p. 23.—Read May 7, 1822. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 45 admissible into that family as defined by Mr. Brown in his Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 1am therefore inclined to think that Cyrtandra, Didymocarpus, and another genus, which I shall here present under the name of Loxonta, which agree re- markably in general habit as well as in carpological structure, may properly form a small and distinct family near to Big- noniacee. ‘The two first genera are numerous in the Malay islands; and I may remark that, as far as my present obser- vations extend, the Cyrtandre appear to prevail principally to the south of the Equator, and the Didymocarpi on the north, where it has even been found, according to the ob- servations of Dr. Wallich, to extend to the alpine regions of Nepal. I shall proceed to give the characters by which this family and its genera are distinguished, and shall add descriptions of all the species that I have as yet had an op- portunity of examining. ~ CYRTANDRACE. Caiyx monophyllus, divisus. Corolla monopetala, hypogyna, szepius irregularis, 5-loba. Stamina. Eilamenta 4, duo plerumque, nunc quatuor antherifera. Anthere biloculares, per paria connexe. Ovarium disco glanduloso cinctum, biloculare vel pseudo- 4-loculare, polysporum. Stylus simplex. Stigma bilamellosum v. bilobum. Capsula vy. Bacea bilocularis, bivalvis, polysperma. Dis- sepimenta contraria, biloba, lobis revolutis seminiferis, locu- los bipartientibus (inde pseudo-4-locularis). Semina nuda. Herbe vel suffrutices. Folia simplicia, plerumque oppo- sita, altero seepe abortivo aut nano, exstipulata. Inflores- centia axillaris. In this family the flowers nearly resemble those of the _ Bignoniacee, but have most frequently only two fertile sta- mina, and rarely exhibit any trace of a fifth. In fruit they are abundantly distinct ; and the herbaceous stems, simple 46 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. leaves, and axillary inflorescence, form important and strik- ing differences of habit. CYRTANDRA, Forst. Calyx quinquepartitus. Corolla infundibuliformis, ad faucem ampliata, limbo quinquelobo subirregulari, rarius bilabiato. Stamzna quatuor, quorum duo antherifera. Bacca ‘oblonga, calyce longior; dissepimenti lobis per totam super- ficiem seminiferis. Seména nuda, szepe foveolata v. punctata. Folia opposita ; altero plerumque abortivo aut nano. Flores sepissime capitate involucratt. * Herbacez corolla subirregulari. l. CYRTANDRA MACROPHYLLA. Tas. II. Fig. 1. a—g. C. foliis subrotundo-ovatis serratis glabris, involucro mono- phyllo, pedunculis petiolo brevioribus. Selabang. Malay. Native of the interior of Sumatra. Suberect. Branches thick, four-sided with rounded an- gles, and two opposite sides deeply furrowed. Leaves apparently alternate, but in reality opposite, the petioles springing from the joints of the stem, perfect on one side, but abortive on the other, forming nothing more than a short ligula without a leaf; subrotund-ovate, acute, serrated with rounded blunt serratures, smooth on both sides, dark-green above, whitish beneath, with strongly prominent nerves: a foot in length by about nine inches broad. Peizoles eight or nine inches long, thick, embracing the stem at the joint, and uniting with the base of the opposite petiole, which is only one or two inches long, and tapers into a point without ever expanding into a leaf. Peduncles opposite, from the axils both of the perfect and abortive petioles, slender, not so long as the petiole, supporting a round dense head of flowers which is embraced at the base by a monophyllous, three or Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Al four-parted involucre, and by several large bracts within it. Flowers white, numerous, nearly sessile, aggregated into a round head. Calyx tubular, somewhat woolly, divided at the mouth into five linear segments, generally more deeply cloven on one side. Corolla infundibuliform much longer than the calyx, expanding at the mouth; limb divided into five rather unequal lobes. Stamina two, shorter than the corolla, and inserted on its tube, joined by their anthers ; the rudiments of two abortive stamina. Anthers of two pa- rallel lobes, which are woolly at their base. Ovary embrac- ed at the base by a nectarial ring, long, two-celled ; cells bipartite by the revolute lobes of the dissepiments. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma infundibuliform. Berry oblong, somewhat curved, cylindrical, acuminate, two-celled, | many-seeded; seeds arranged round the revolute lobes of the septa, small, roundish. 2. CYRTANDRA MACULATA. C. foliis subrotundo-cordatis acutis serratis supra glabris, corolle lobis tribus inferioribus macula purpurea. Sumatra. A low herbaceous plant. Leaves opposite, one abortive, the other petiolate, round-cordate, acute, serrated, smooth above, somewhat villous beneath; about four inches long, by four and a half broad. Flowers capitate, involucred, axillary. Calyx tubular, five-toothed. Corolla much longer than the calyx, white, with a large purple spot on each of the three lower lobes ; 4émb five-lobed, sub-irregular. Sta- mina two fertile, two sterile. Style one. Berry oblong, many-seeded, seeds disposed round the lobes of the dissepi- ment. 3. CYRTANDRA BICOLOR. -C. foliis elliptico-lanceolatis basi cordatis supra glabris subtus villosis purpureis, pedunculis petiolo brevioribus. Sumatra. 45 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Stem herbaceous, sub-erect. Leaves opposite, long-peti- oled, one of the petioles generally abortive, elliptic-lanceolate, cordate and rounded at the base, acute, edges revolute, smooth and dark-green above, purple, villous, and very soft beneath ; nine or ten inches long. Petioles about the same length as the leaves. Peduncles axillary, reflexed, about two inches long, bearing a head of from six to ten pedicellate flowers, embraced by a short deciduous involucre. Calyx tubular, quinquefid. Corolla white, large ; amb sub-irregu- lar, five-lobed. Stamina two, with two abortive filaments. Style one. Berry oblong, many-seeded ; lobes of the dis- sepiments seminiferous. 4, CYRTANDRA HIRSUTA. C. foliis elliptico-ovatis basi cordatis crenatis utrinque pilosis, capitulis paucifloris hirsutis, involucro bipartito. Sumatra. Herbaceous, ascending, pilose. Stem round. Leaves op- posite, one of them generally abortive, and hence apparent- ly alternate, long-petioled, round-oval, or elliptic-ovate, cordate at the base, rather obtuse, crenate, pilose, with remote erect hairs ; about five inches long and three broad. Petioles round, as long as the leaves, embracing the stem at the joints, and uniting with the base of the opposite one, which is generally an abortive leafless stalk of an inch in length. Peduneles axillary, reflexed, villous, shorter than the petioles, supporting a head of from two to five flowers, invested by an involucre composed of two opposite ovate leaflets united at the base. Calyx tubular, hirsute with brown hairs, quinquefid. Corolla white, pilose without, much longer than the calyx ; tube curved, expanding into a large infundibular mouth ; limb five-parted, somewhat two- lipped ; segments nearly equal. Stamina two fertile, shorter than the corolla; two abortive rudiments. Anthers connate. Style about the length of the stamina. Stigma thick, de- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 49 pressed, and transverse. Ovary surrounded by a nectarial ring, long, two-celled; cells bipartite by the revolute lobes of the dissepiment, to which the seeds are attached all round. 5. CYRTANDRA GLABRA. C. foliis lato-ovatis serratis glabris, capitulis breve-pedun- culatis, involucro monophyllo. Interior of Bencoolen. Herbaceous. Leaves alternate from the abortion of the opposite petiole, rather long-petioled, broad-ovate, acumi- nate, rather acute at the base, serrated, smooth; about seven inches long by five broad. Pedunceles axillary, short, sup- porting a head of large white flowers. Jnvolucre mono- phyllous, closely embracing the flowers. Calyx five-cleft. Corolla much longer than the calyx, expanding into a wide funnel-shaped faux ; limb five-parted, nearly equal. Stamina two, conniving, shorter than the corolla; the rudiments of two others. Anthers united. Style longer than the stamina. Stigma dilated, sub-bilabiate. Berry as in the genus. 6. CYRTANDRA INCOMPTA. C. hirsuta, foliis elliptico-ovatis serratis, floribus capitatis hirsutis, involucro diphyllo. Langkabang. Malay. Native of Sumatra. Herbaceous, erect, shaggy with brown hair. Leaves alter- nate from the abortion of the opposite leaf, of which there Is sometimes a rudiment observable, long-petioled, elliptic- ovate, acute, serrated, villous; six inches long. Petioles about three inches long, densely villous with brown hair. Peduncles axillary, solitary, shorter than the petioles, bear- ing a small compact head of sessile flowers, the whole densely woolly. Involucre of two ovate, acute leaflets. Calyx tubular, covered with brown wool, quinquefid. Corolla H 50 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. villous without, infundibuliform; /imb five-parted, nearly equal. Stamina two, conniving, joined by their anthers. Anthers with erect parallel lobes. Ovary embraced by a nectarial ring. Style one. Berry as in the genus. Seeds foveolate. This plant is remarkable for the shabpiness of all its parts. 7 CYRTANDRA AUREA. C. foliis oppositis subrotundo-ovatis acuminatis serratis sericeo-pilosis, capitulis densis subsessilibus. At the foot of Gunong Bunko, interior of Bencoolen. A large strong erect species ; stem thick, four-sided, with rounded angles, pilose with appressed hairs. Leaves oppo- site, both perfect, long-petioled, subrotund-ovate, very large, acuminate, serrate, sericeously pilose, particularly on the under surface. Heads axillary, sub-sessile, densely many-flowered. Involucre closely investing the head, and nearly as long as the flowers. Flowers yellow. Calyx tubular, angled, nearly as long as the tube of the corolla. Corolla sub-campanulate ; limb nearly equal, five-lobed. Stamina two, with two sterile filaments. Style one. Stigma bilabiate. Berry oblong, two-celled, many-seeded, as in the genus. Obs.—The yellow colour of the flowers is an unusual occurrence in this family; white is almost without exception the prevailing colour. 8. CYRTANDRA PELTATA C. foliis peltatis ovatis acuminatis. Sumatra. Stem ascending, round, smooth. Leaves long-petioled, the opposite petiole abortive, peltate, ovate, rounded at the base, acuminate above, obtusely serrate, smooth, paler beneath, eight or ten inches long. Heads axillary, very short-peduncled, involucred. Calyx five-cleft. Corolla white, infundibular ; mb five-lobed, sub-irregular. Stamina Descriptions of Malayan Plants. ol two, sterile filaments two. Ovary embraced by a nectarial ring. Style one. Berry oblong, many-seeded, as in the genus. 9. CYRTANDRA CARNOSA. C. foliis lanceolato-oblongis basi obliquis carnosis oppo- sitis, altero minimo subrotundo. Creeping or scandent, obscurely four-sided, smooth. Leaves opposite, unequal; the one lanceolate-oblong, oblique at the base, entire, thick, fleshy, veinless, smooth above, tomentose beneath, about seven or eight inches long; the other small cordate, subrotund, acuminate. Head axillary, short-pedun- cled, three. to seven-flowered. JInvolucre of two ovate acuminate leaflets. Flowers white, very short-pedicelled. Calyx short, five-toothed. Corolla much longer than the calyx, infundibular ; démb five-lobed, nearly equal. Stamina two fertile, shorter than the corolla; filaments curved, broad- er above; two sterile ; lobes of the anthers slightly unequal. Style simple. Stigma dilated. Berry twos-celled, many- seeded ; placentation as in the genus. ** Fyutescentes, corolla bilabiata. 10. CYRTANDRA FRUTESCENS. C. erecta, foliis oppositis lanceolatis serratis glabris, pe- dunculis axillaribus trifloris. Suffrutescent, erect. Leaves opposite, petiolate, broad- lanceolate, acuminate, serrate, smooth; seven to nine inches long. Peduncles axillary, generally three-flowered, not so Jong as the petioles. Bracts linear, at the base of the pedi- cels. Calyx five-parted ; segments subulate, erect. Corolla purplish, bilabiate, the lower lip longer, three-lobed ; dobes very shallow. Stamina two fertile, two sterile. Stzgma dilated, sub-bilabiate. Berry cylindrical, longer than in the other species, two-celled; Jobes of the septa revolute, 2 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. biparting the cells, and seminiferous on their whole surface. Seeds naked. Obs.—This species and the following differ considerably in habit from the other Cyrtandr@, and have more resem- blance to Didymocarpus frutescens ; from which, however, they are distinguished by their baccate fruit, and by the insertion of the seeds upon the whole surface of the lobes of the dissepiment; while in Didymocarpus they are attached only to the edge. These species might perhaps be separated from Cyrtandra on account of their bilabiate corolla and longer fruit. 11. CYRTANDRA RUBIGINOSA. C. erecta, foliis obovato-lanceolatis serratis, pedunculis axillaribus fasciculatis unifloris, cum calycibus viscoso-pilosis. Frutescent, erect. Stem obsoletely four-angled, the young parts bristly. Leaves opposite, petiolate, obovate-lanceolate, acuminate, acutely serrate, smooth, the nerves pilose on the lower surface. Peduncles several, axillary or below the leaves, generally one-flowered, shorter than the petioles, covered with viscous hairs. Bracts linear, acute. Calyx tubular, pilose, like the peduncles, with greenish viscous hairs, five-parted ; segments linear. Corolla of a dusky pur- plish colour, pilose without, bilabiate, the lower lip longer, divided into three small shallow lobes; upper lip bifid. Stamina two fertile, two sterile; filaments broader above. Style one. Stigma obtusely two-lipped. Berry cylindrical, many-seeded ; placentation as in the genus. DIDYMOCARPUS. Wallich. Calyx 5-fidus. Corolla infundibuliformis, limbo quinque- lobo, subirregulari, rarius bilabiato. Stamina 4, rarissime 5, quorum duo nunc quatuor antherifera. Capsula silique- formis, pseudo-quadrilocularis, bivalvis, hinc dehiscens ; dissepimenti contrarii lobis valvulis parallelis iis denique Descriptions of Malayan Plants. - 53 zmulis (ideoque fructum bicapsularem mentientibus) mar- gine involuto seminiferis. Semina nuda pendula. Folia simplica oppostta, raro alterna, equalia, floribus axil- laribus pedunculatis vel racemosis. 1. DIDYMOCARPUS CRINITA. Malay Miscell. vol. i. Tas. Il. Fic. 2. a-—z. D. erecta, foliis alternis longis spathulatis acutis serratis pilosis subtus rubris, pedunculis 2—5 axillaribus unifloris basi cum petiolis coeuntibus. Timmu. Malay. In the forests of Pulo Penang. Root long and tapering. Stem short, erect, thick, rough beneath, with the vestiges of fallen leaves. ‘The whole plant is covered with hairs. Leaves alternate, crowded, sub- sessile, long, spathulate, nine to ten inches in length, acute, obtuse at the base, serrated, rugose, hairy, brownish-green above, purplish-red beneath ; middle nerve strong and thick, forming a short petiole at the base. Stipules none. Peduncles two to five in each axil, one-flowered, round, two inches long, uniting at the base into a short thick unilateral rachis, densely pilose, and adhering beneath to the petiole. Bracts linear, two, alternate on each peduncle. Calyx five-parted, hairy, reddish; laciniz erect, linear, acute, the upper one smaller. Corolla white, tinged with purple externally, much longer than the calyx, infundibuliform ; tube somewhat gib- bous at the base, incurved, expanding above ; limb subbila- biate ; upper lip two-lobed; lower three-lobed, larger, inter- nally streaked with yellow; all the segments roundish, ob- tuse, not very unequal. Stamina inserted within the tube, two fertile with the rudiments of two abortive ones, the former scarcely so long as the corolla, conniving at their summits. Anthers composed of two divaricate transverse lobes. Ovarium linear, surrounded at the base with a 54 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. white tubular. entire nectarial ring or cup, and produced into a tomentose style of the same length as the stamina. Stigma obtuse, truncate. Capsule long, linear, silique- shaped, cylindrical, acute, somewhat tomentose, one to two inches long, two-valved, two-celled ; dissepiments contrary, with two lobes, which are parallel to the valves, revolute and seed-bearing at their margins, and parting the cells in such a manner as to give the appearance of a four-celled siliqua. Seeds numerous, naked, small, and subrotund. Obs.—The deep-red colour of the lower surface of the leaves, and the crested disposition of the flowers in their axils, render this a very remarkable species. The estiva- tion is imbricate, the two lateral lobes of the lower lip being the outermost. 2, DIDYMOCARPUS RACEMOSA. D. foliis oppositis lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis duplicato- serratis supra glabris, pedunculis axillaribus plerumque bifi- dis, floribus racemosis, pedicellis binatis. At Tappanooly, on the west coast of Sumatra. Stem short, erect, simple, rough with the vestiges of old leaves. Leaves crowded, opposite, sub-petiolate, spreading, about nine inches long, narrow-lanceolate, attenuated to- wards both ends, duplicato-serrate, strongly nerved ; upper surface smooth, with the exception of the middle rib, which is furnished with long hairs; all the nerves of the under surface pilose. Petioles short, embracing the stem; densely pilose above. Peduncles axillary, generally solitary, erect, shorter than the leaves, covered with purple, glandular hairs, generally dividing into two racemes, composed of many pedi- cellate flowers arranged in pairs. Bracts lanceolate, accu- minate, serrate, ciliated. Flowers white, as in the genus. Calyx five-parted, erect, reddish, hairy. Capsules linear, straight, generally deflexed, nearly cylindrical, rough with short erect hairs, pseudo-quadrilocular. Seeds naked. ied Descriptions of Malayan Plants, 5d Obs.—This species has great resemblance in general habit and in form of the leaves to the preceding, but differs wide- ly in the inflorescence, which is here very peculiar. The peduncles divide into two branches of equal length, on each of which flowers are arranged by pairs, forming two racemes supported by a common peduncle. 3- DIDYMOCARPUS REPTANS. Mal. Mise. vol. i. D. prostrata reptans, foliis petiolatis ellipticis crenulatis, pedunculis 1—3 axillaribus unifloris, staminibus duobus fer- tilibus. Timmu Kichil. Malay. Found in the forests of Pulo Penang with the preceding. Stem prostrate, round, villous, striking root at every joint, often a foot in length. Leaves lying flat, opposite, petiolate, oblong-oval or elliptic, rather obtuse, sometimes slightly cor- date at the base, slightly crenate, covered with white hairs, green above, paler and sometimes reddish beneath. Petioles villous. Peduncles one to three, axillary, one-flowered, erect, as long as the leaves, pilose, furnished with two bracts near the summit. Calyx five-parted, with erect acute lacinia, the uppermost smaller. Corolla white infundibuliform, sub- irregular, similar to that of D. crinita, but smaller as well as the whole plant. Stamina two fertile, conniving above, two sterile. Anthers approximate, reniform, two-celled. Nectary surrounding the base of the ovarium, obsoletely five-toothed at the margin. Style equal to the stamina. Stigma simple. Capsule long, straight, silique-shaped, pseudo-quadrilocular, as in the genus. Seeds numerous, naked. | 4. DIDYMOCARPUS CORNICULATA. Mal. Mise. vol. i. D. erecta, foliis alternis obovatis acuminatis serratis flori- bus fastigiatis secundis, pedunculo axillari elongato. Found at Tappanooly in Sumatra. 56 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. The stem is nearly erect, from one to two feet in height, herbaceous or somewhat shrubby, villous. Leaves alternate, petiolate, obovate, acuminate, narrowing to the base, ser- rated, pilose above, villous below. Peduncles axillary, so- litary, elongated, bearing several dense fascicles of flowers, all turned to one side, depressed or bent at an angle to the peduncle, and spreading in a kind of half-circle, somewhat in the manner of the Lotus corniculatus. Flowers many, white; pedicels articulate below the calyx, covered as well as the calyx with glandular hairs. Bracts linear, acute. Calyx five-parted ; segments linear. Corolla white, much longer than the calyx, infundibuliform, wide at the faux; limb somewhat oblique, bilabiate, the lower lip longer, three-lobed. Stamina two fertile, connected above by their anthers, whose lobes are transverse. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma capitate. Capsule silique-shaped, two- celled; cells bipartite (as if four-locular), two-valved, gene- rally bursting at one side, many-seeded. Seeds naked. The disposition of the flowers and fruit is peculiar, the capsules spreading horizontally like radii in a sort of semi- circle, of which the peduncle is the axis. 5. DIDYMOCARPUS ELONGATA. D. herbacea erectiuscula didynama, foliis oppositis ovatis utrinque acutis serratis, spicis axillaribus secundis, pedicellis binatis remotis, corolla elongata. Found on Pulo Bintangor, an island lying off the west coast of Sumatra. A small erect herbaceous plant, about half a foot high, pilose. Leaves opposite, petiolate about five inches long, ovate, acute at both ends, serrated, papillous, and pilose with rather long hairs above, villous beneath with short hairs. Petioles channelled above and ciliate along the edges of the furrow. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, solitary, bear- ing an unilateral spike rather longer than the leaf. Pedicels Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 57 in pairs, each pair rather remote. Bracts linear, at the base of the pedicels. Calyx five-cleft ; Jactnie linear, acute, erect, tomentose, as well as the whole spike. Corolla tubu- lar, somewhat curved, white, with a purplish tinge, slightly tomentose without, bilabiate; upper lip two-lobed ; lower rather elongated, three-lobed. Stamina four, didynamous, each pair connected by their anthers. Anthers two-lobed, reniform. Style shorter than the stamina. Stigma thickened, emarginate. Capsule long, silique-shaped, pointed two- valved, two-celled ; cells bipartite (pseudo-quadrilocular) : seeds attached to the revolute edges of the placente, which from the pseudo-partitions of the cells, numerous, small, not winged. Obs.—The remotely flowered secund spikes, and the nearly tubular corolla with elongated lower lip, distinguish this from all its congeners. 6. DIDYMOCARPUS BARBATA. D. fruticosa, foliis oppositis ovatis subinzequilateralibus hirsutis, pedunculis gracilibus axillaribus fasciculatis 2—6- floris, staminibus quatuor apice barbatis: duobus sterilibus, calyce infundibuliformi. Native of Sumatra. Fruticose, erect, the older branches round, the younger somewhat compressed and furrowed on two opposite sides, scabrous. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate, somewhat in- equilateral at the base, acuminate, entire, covered with bristly hairs above, each inserted on a small papilla or gland, villous beneath, with prominent nerves; about four inches long. Petioles about half an inch long. Peduncles axillary, fascicled, long and slender, smooth, forming an ascending curve, bifid or trifid, sometimes again divided, so as to be dichotomous, 2—6-flowered. At each division of the peduncle is situated a funnel-shaped bracteal cup, apparently composed of two opposite bracts united nearly I 58 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. their whole length. In the axille, at the base of the pe- duncles, the bracts are distinct and woolly. Calyx infun- dibuliform, persistent, smooth; mouth quinquefid. Corolla much longer than the calyx, infundibuliform; limb five- parted ; /actnte subrotund, nearly equal. Stigma four, of which two only are fertile and connected together by their anthers; the filaments of both are furnished at the summit with a tuft of wool. Anthers with transverse lobes. Style nearly as long as the fertile stamina. Stigma sub-lobate. The base of the ovary is surrounded by a nectarial ring, as in the genus. Capsule silique-shaped, four-furrowed, long, somewhat arcuate, pseudo-quadrilocular, many-seeded. Seeds naked, elongated, pendulous, inserted on the invo- lute margin of the lobes of the dissepiment. Obs.—The pseudo-quadrilocular structure of the capsule is here remarkably distinct ; it is a well-marked handsome species, having numerous flowers supported on long slender ascending peduncles. 7. DIDYMOCARPUS FRUTESCENS. Mal. Mise. vol. 1. D. caule suffrutescente erecto, foliis oppositis longe petio- latis ovato-lanceolatis utrinque attenuatis supra glabris subtus canescentibus, floribus axillaribus fasciculatis didynamis. Native of Pulo Penang. Stem generally simple, suffrutescent, densely covered with ferruginous appressed scales or chaffy hairs. Leaves oppo- site, long-petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, attenuated to the base, slightly serrated, eight or ten inches long, smooth above, hoary and tomentose beneath, with appressed hairs. Petioles three inches long, furrowed above, thickened at the base, villous. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, fascicled, one to three-flowered, shorter than the petioles, purplish. Bracts lanceolate acute. Calyx tomentose, with glandular hairs, tubular, five-parted ; lacinie linear, spreading above. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 59 Corolla white, tomentose without like the calyx, infundibu- liform, incurved, all the laciniz subrotund, obtuse. Stamena four, didynamous, arcuate, approximate at their summits, each pair connected by their anthers. ‘The filaments of the upper pair are thickened below their middle. Anthers white, adnate to the filaments, consisting of two lobes nearly pa- rallel. Style of the length of the stamina. Stigma truncate. Capsula long, linear, silique-shaped, two-valved, two-celled ; cells two-parted by the septiform lobes of the dissepiment, which are revolute and seminiferous at their margina. Seeds numerous, naked. LOXONIA. Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla infundibuliformis, limbo quin- quefido bilabiato. Stamina quatuor fertilia, corrolla bre- viora. Stigma bilobum. Capsula? ovata, calyce inclusa, bilocularis, polysperma; dissepimenti contrarii lobis revo- lutis seminiferis. Semina nuda. Foliis oppositis altero nano, plerumque wnequilateralbus, floribus racemosis. 1, LOXONIA DISCOLOR. L. foliis supra glabris, subtus retrorsum scabris purpuras- centibus, racemis simplicibus elongatis. Found in the interior of Bencoolen. Herbaceous. Stem tomentose, purple, round, somewhat flexuose, recurved. Leaves opposite, bifarious, the one minute and reniform, the other sub-sessile, semicordate, ovate- oblong, falcate, acuminate, four or five inches long slightly serrated ; serratures recurved, in old leaves almost obsolete, smooth, and of a very deep-green above, retrorsely scabrous and purple beneath. Racemes simple from the axils of the smaller leaves drooping backwards, long, slender, unilateral, tomentose, purple; pedicels short, alternate. Calyx five- parted, covered with red hairs; segments erect, acute. 60 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Corolla smooth, of a delicate yellowish-green colour, streak- ed on the inside with purple lines, much longer than the calyx, bilabiate; lower lip three-lobed; upper two-lobed ; lobes shallow; faux furnished with two perpendicular villous lines from the incisions of the lower lip; a villous ring within the tube immediately below the insertion of the sta- mina. Stamina four, all fertile, didynamous, shorter than the corolla; the opposite anthers connected together. Style one. Stigma two-lobed. Capsule? inclosed in the per- sistent calyx, ovate, two-celled; cells divided by the revo- lute lobes of the dissepiments. Seeds naked, roundish, foveolate. Obs.—The parietes of the capsule are very thin, and I have not yet been able to observe exactly their dehis- cence. 2, LOXONIA HIRSUTA. L. hirsuta, foliis semiovatis latis, pedunculis 2—4-fids, floribus racemosis. Native of Sumatra, interior of Bencoolen. Stem recurving, somewhat flexuose, hirsute. Leaves op- posite, sub-bifarious, very short-petioled, the one small and semi-cordate, the other semi-ovate, broad, acuminate, slightly serrated, rugose, hirsute on both sides; about five inches long and two or two and a half broad. Peduneles from the axils of the small leaves, looking backwards, dividing into from two to four unilateral racemes, shorter than the leaves. Calyx five-parted. Corolla bilabiate, five-lobed. Stamina four fertile, didynamous. Anthers with transverse lobes. Style simple. Stigma obtusely two-lobed. Ovary two-celled. polysporous, the lobes of the dissepiments revolute and seed- bearing. AESCHYNANTHUS. Calyx ventricoso-tubulosus, 5-fidus. Corolla limbo sub- irregulari. Stamina 4 antherifera, exserta, seepius rudimento Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 61 guinti. Capsula longissima, siliqueeformis, bivalvis, pseudo- 4.locularis, seminibus numerosis (aristatis). Suffrutices debiles, foltts carnosis, floribus coccineis. The capsules of this genus nearly resemble those of Didy- mocarpus, and exhibit with great distinctness the peculiar character of this family. The seeds are attached to the whole of the inner surface of the lobes, and are singular in being awned. The exsert stamina and crimson flowers are further deviations from the usual habit of its congeners. 1. ASCHINANTHUS VOLUBILIS. A. caule volubili, calycibus glabris. Found in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. Stem suffrutescent, weak and twining, round, smooth. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oval, acute at both ends, very entire, very smooth, rather fleshy ; nerves indistinct ; two or two inches and a half long. Petzoles downy on the edges. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, two-flowered ; pedicels longer than the peduncle. Bracts two, opposite, large, ovate. The axil is sometimes occupied by a flower-bearing branch- let, which has the appearance of a many-flowered peduncle. Calyx tubular, somewhat campanulate, smooth, five-cleft at the mouth, persistent. Corolla of a crimson colour, longer than the calyx, sub-ringent; tube curved; upper lip erect, two-lobed ; segments small and approximate ; lower three- parted segments larger and reflexed. Stamina five, of which four are fertile and exsert, the middle one sterile ; the fertile stamina are at first connected by their anthers, but afterwards diverge from each other. Ovary surrounded by a fleshy nectarial ring, which is marked with five lobes. Style nearly as long as the stamina. Stigma sub-bilabiate ; Capsule silique-shaped, eight to ten inches long, two-valved, two-celled ; cells bipartite by the revolute lobes of the septa; dissepiments composed of two lamine easily separable. 62 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Seeds very numerous, attached to the inner surface and edge of the lobes, small, oblong, furnished with a long thread or awn at each end, and having a rounded apophysis above. 2, /ESCHYNANTHUS RADICANS. A. caule radicante, calycibus villosis. Simbar burong. Malay. Found in the forests of the interior of Sumatra growing on the trunks of old trees, with its root sometimes on the ground, sometimes on the tree. Branehes \ong and slender, radicating at fis joints. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, varying from ovate to elliptic-lan- ceolate, sometimes almost cordate at the base, acute, very entire, the margins somewhat reflexed, villous, thick, fleshy and veinless, whitish, and finely punctate with depressed dots beneath ; from one to two inches long. The old leaves become quite smooth, particularly on the upper surface. Peduncles axillary, sometimes also terminal, generally two- flowered, villous. Flowers drooping, of a deep crimson colour. Bracis two, at the base of the pedicels. Calyx tubular, villous; mouth quinquefid. Corolla more than twice as long as the calyx, villous without; tube gibbous at the base, contracted opposite the middle of the calyx, infundi- buliform above and somewhat curved; limb subringent; upper lip erect, two-lobed ; segments small and approximate, lower three-parted. Stamina four, exsert; anthers two- celled, each pair united by their apices; there is no rudi- ment of a fifth stamen. Style a little longer than the stamina. Stigma thick, somewhat funnel-shaped. Capsule pedicellate, about eighteen inches long, cylindrical, two-valved, two- celled, cells bipartite by the revolute lobes of the septa. Seeds very numerous, aristate at both ends, precisely as in the preceding species. (To be continued. ) 63 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles.* Par Louis Agassiz, Professor d’ Histoire Naturalles a Neuchatel. To appreciate the study of fishes in general, and of fossils in particular, it is necessary to consider the position of this class in the animal series. Placed superior to the Radiated animals, (Radiata), and the Molluscs, they pre- sent more complete organization, and are subject to greater peculiarities of structure ; we also find their remains to pre- sent more exact geological limits, than those of the inferior animals. We do not find the class of fishes present the same genera, nor even the same families, throughout all the series of geological formations, with the species often differing but slightly in their appearance, as we do in the class of the Zoophytes; on the contrary, from one formation to another, this class is represented successively by genera very differ- ent, referable to the families which also disappear suddenly, as if the complication of a superior organization were un- fitted for long perpetuation without essential modifications of character ; or rather, as if animal life tended more rapidly to diversity in the superior orders of the animal kingdom, . than in the lower gradations of nature. On this account it is that fishes, like mammalia and reptiles, have the species but dittle extended ; in general they are confined in the series of strata, to short vertical distances, even in the different ge- nera, without passing insensibly from one formation into ano- ther, as we find to be the case with certain shells. One of the facts the most interesting that I have observed, is, that I am not acquainted with a single species of fossil fish which is found successively in two formations, although I am acquaint- ed with a great number, which have an extensive horizontal distribution. Yet the fossil fishes are more advantageous to Geology, than any other fossils, from the circumstance of * Continued from vol. iii. p. 344, 64 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. finding their remains in all formations, and the opportunity they afford of comparing those differences which present themselves throughout great lapses of time in animals con- structed in general on the same plan, and belonging to a single class of which we are already able to enumerate a great number of fossils species, referable for the most part to types which no longer exist, and whose affinities with living species are equal to those which connect the Crinoides to the ordinary Echnoderms, the Nautiles and the Sepia to the Belemnites and to the Ammonites, the Pterodoc- tyles, the Ichthyosaures and Plesidaures to our Sau- rians, the living Pachydermata to those which inhabited of old the borders of the lakes in the environs of Paris, or the plains of Siberia. The fishes of the tertiary strata are those on which I have dwelt least, because they approach nearest to living fishes, and that their study falls rather within the province of works, which we are already in pos- session of on Ichthyology. Although we see enormous num- bers of living fishes which they approach, it is found very difficult in their state of preservation to identify them, or rather to appreciate exactly their distinctive characters, to which I have in general confined my observations. I have not found one single species that could be satisfactorily iden- tified with those of our seas, except one little species which we found in clayey boulders in Greenland of an uncertain geological age. The species of the Norfolk Craig, of the upper Sub-apennine formation, and of the Molasse, belong, for the most part, to genera common in the tropical seas: such for instance as the Platax, the large Carcharias,* the Myliobates with large chevrons, etc. In the inferior tertiary formation, in the London clay, in the Calcaire grossier of Paris, and at Monte-Bolca, already a third or more of the species are found to belong to genera * White Sharks. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. 65 which no longer exist. In the comparative table that is shortly to be published, the names of fossil genera and of species of all the geological epochs are to be indicated equally with the localities in which they have been found, and a particular column will be assigned to the genera cor- responding with those of the present actual creation. More than two-thirds of the species hitherto discovered in the chalk, are referrible to genera which have entirely disappear- ed ; we even here begin to find some of those singular forms which prevail in the oolitic series. Nevertheless, the fishes of the chalk approximate more closely than those of the oolite, to the general character of the tertiary fishes; so much so, that in a general approximation of geological forma- tions, it appears to me more natural to associate the formation of the chalk, and of gres vert with the tertiary strata, than to class them in the group of secondary beds. In the lower beds of the chalk, there is no longer a single genus which has living species; and even those beds of the chalk which have, contain a great number fossil. The oolitic series, to the lias inclusive, forms a very natural and well-defined group, which ought to contain also the red marl formation, in which I have not found a single spe- cies referrible to the genera of the chalk. After this epoch, in descending always, of the two orders which prevail in the present creation, one is no longer found; while those forms which are fewest in our day, are represented sud- denly in very great number. As to the Ganoids, those which are found here, have the genera with the symmetrical caudal; and are such only as have the teeth grooved on both faces, with large spinous prominent rays. For it is certain now, that the great rays which Messrs. Buckland and de la Beche have called Icthyodorulithes, did not be- long to either Silures or Balistes; but they are the dorsal rays of large sharks, of which we find the teeth in the same beds. | K 66 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. In descending from the lias to the lower formations, we observe a great change in the posterior extremity of the Ganoides. All have the vertebral column prolonged to the ex- tremity of the caudal fin in an unequal lobe; and this peculi- arity belongs to all the more ancient fishes; vide. fig. 1 page 77. One other observation is worthy of remark, namely, that we do not find carnivorous fishes, that is to say, fishes armed with strong conical and sharp teeth, in beds anterior to the coal formations. ‘They rather appear to have been omnivorous, their teeth being rounded, or in obtuse cones, or crowded, (en brosse.) We may safely hope one day to be able to collect a great number of facts, relative to the habits and internal organization of these animals. ‘The discovery of Coprolites has already afforded an insight into the character of the organic beings which afforded food to these pirates of the ancient seas; for in the Coprolites which are numerous in the repositories of Sauroid fishes, we readily discover the scales of the fishes which they devoured, and sometimes these scales are determinable. Even the intestines are preserved, as in the case for instance of a kind of Mégalichthys, where we see a portion of the intestine; the bundle of pyloric ap- pendices, and the ends of intestines of species of Leptolepis, and of the Thrissops of Solenhosen, known under the name of Lumbricaria, are not rare in the schists of this interesting locality. In the fishes of the chalk, examples may be seen in the collection of Mr. Mantel where the entire stomach is preserved, with the different membranes by which it is sepa- rated into coats. In a great number of fishes of the chalk, of the isle of Sheppy, and of the oolitic series, the capsule of the eye ball is still entire; and in many species of Monte- Bolca, of Solenhosen, and of the lias, we see very distinctly all the little laminze which constitute the branche (or gills). It appears however that the peculiar nature of parti- cular rocks, contribute to preserve some parts rather than others. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. 67 It is in the series of deposits inferior to the lias that we begin to find the largest of those monstrous Sauroid fishes, whose osteology resembles so much the skeletons of the Saurians, whether by the more intimate sutures of the bones of their cranium, or by their large longitudinally striated and conical teeth, or by the manner in which the spinous apophyses are articulated with the body of the vertebrze, and the sides to the extremity of the transverse apophyses. The analogy which we find between these fishes and the Saurians, is not merely confined to the skeletons in one or two genera, which still maintain their existence. I have found a very peculiar internal organization of their soft parts, which approaches still more to the group of reptiles, as will appear presently. There is in fact in the Lepidosteus osseus, a glottis, the same as in the Sirens and Salamandrous reptiles, a cellular air, or swimming vessel, with a trachea or wind-pipe, as the lungs of an Ophidian. In short, their covering appears to resemble that of the crocodiles, from which they are not always to be easily distinguished. The small number of fishes found in the transition beds, do not allow us yet to assign a particular character to them. However, the species in the collection of Mr. Murchison, already shew, that their types do not extend to the coal formation. What is most remarkable in all the fishes below the oolitic series, (except their analogy with the reptiles,) is the great uniformity of types on the one hand, and on the other, the great uniformity of the different parts of the same animal among themselves, which are consequently difficult to distin- guish, such as the scales, the bones, and teeth. If it were al- lowable here to hazard a conjecture on such a state of things from what is now presented to us, there would appear to be some reason to think, that the principle of animal life was slowly developed under the form of ordinary fishes; and that reptiles, birds, and mammalia, gradually advanced, or 68 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. branched out from these singular Sauroid fishes, which par- ticipate at the same time with fishes and reptiles, and that the mixed character of this class was lost on the appearance of the numerous reptiles which succeeded them, as we see in the Ichthyosaurians and Plesiosaurians, participating in their osteology with the character of the Whales in the class of Mammalia, while the great terrestrial Saurians approxi- mate to the Pachydermata, which seem to have been much more slowly developed. This observation also agrees with those ideas of the philo- sophy of nature, in which a regular organic developement is represented in all created beings, constantly varying with the different conditions of existence presented from time to time on the surface of the globe, according to the changes to which that surface itself is subject.* From such facts as these, may be seen throughout the geological series of formations, two great divisions which terminate at the grés vert. The first, the more ancient, afford few traces of the Ganoides and Placoids. The second, an approach towards existing beings, presents forms and organizations much more diversified; particularly the Ctenoids and the Cycloids, and a small number of species in the two preceding orders which insensibly disappear, and of which the living analogues are considerably modified. We do not find the fishes of the first great period to present amongst themselves any difference corresponding with that which we now observe between the fishes of fresh water lakes and rivers, and the fishes of the seas; such distinc- tions of fresh water and salt water strata extend no lower than the oolitic series, so that the waters of remote times, were probably circumscribed by less solid basins than at pre- * The views of the author are here not perhaps sufficiently worked out, and the philosophy to which M. Agassiz refers in the preceding pa- ragraph, although apparently derived from Lamarck, is still far from satisfactory. ee ee ee eee ee Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. 69 sent, and consequently presented a more uniform character than we find to be the case at present. The following are M. Agassiz’s observations on the clas- sifications of fishes, a subject which he proposes to enter into in more detail, in a more advanced stage of his work on fossil fishes :— All naturalists are agreed as to the imperfection of the various Classifications that have been hitherto proposed for the class of fishes. I shall not enter into a criticism of the subject here, but confine myself to an indication of some of the peculiarities of the classification observed in this work, leaving to ichthyologists to appreciate their value. The only thing I now ask is, that it may be remembered that the sketch here presented is incomplete, and that it is intended hereafter, at the end of the first volume, to enter into the necessary details on the subject. I have established in this class four orders, which I believe to be the representatives of one another, and that each en- joyed a particular reign at different geological epochs. Each of these orders contains fishes possessed of cartilaginous skeletons,* each of them contain genera with spinous rays in the dorsal,} as well as other genera of which all the rays are soft ;{ finally, each of these orders have the apodal ge- nera§ and abdominal genera,|| and in each of these orders, there are also thoracic and jugular fishes. We thus see the divisions here proposed are not unfounded, even to the ossification of the skeleton, and the structure of the vertical, and the position of the double fins, or those that are placed in pairs; but recognise all these characters as in those systems which have up to this time been followed. I have endeavoured to find in the differences presented by the * As Sharks and Skaits. + As Siluridee. * As the sea Gobies. § As the Eels. | As the Carps. Thus each order represents the various leading types of the entire class.—Ep. “TO Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. scales, an exact means of tracing the natural affinities of all fishes. It is quite indisputable, that the animals of this class have in their squamous integuments, a peculiar character which forms a distinct and independent system, enveloping the animal, and entering into the most intimate relations between the being and the external world by which it is environed, as the feathers of birds and the hair of Mammalia, etc. We conceive, therefore, that parts which change with the condition of existence, in which the beings live, should possibly, for this reason, correspond also with all the pe- culiarities of internal organization, and therefore lead to cor- rect conclusions. | Here are the orders and the names of the principal families comprised in our classification :— First Order: Tur PLacoipres.—So named, because of the irregularities presented in the solid parts of their integu- ments; these are deposits of enamel, of considerable dimen- sions, or in numerous little points, as the shagreen of Rais, Sharks, ete. The family of Cestraciontes, Agassiz, only contains a sin- gle genus of which there are any species at present existing on the earth, the genus Cestracion: the others are fossil, the Hybodentes, Agassiz, are also fossils; then come the Squales or Sharks, the Rais and the Cyclostomes. Second Order : Tur Ganoipes.—This division contains fa- milies in appearance very different, but which have, however, much affinity when examined closely, and arranged according to their habits. The character which they all possess in com- mon is, the angular form of their scales, which are composed of two substances ; namely, horny or bony plates deposited one under the other, and covered by a thick bed of enamel. These scales are formed exactly as the teeth. We must place here the Lepidoides, Agass. which are all fossils, the Sauroids id. likewise fossil, except two genera, the Lepidostes of Bichir; and the Pycnodonts, Agass. also fossil ; Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. val the Scleroderms; the Gymnodonts, the Lophobranchs, the Goniodonts, the Silures and the Sturgeons. Third Order: THE CTENoiDEs.—IHf we reflect on the strik- ing difference of form which we sometimes observe in the genera of this same family, we will not be surprised to find united in the group, families whose external aspect is very variable. The most numerous have the scales formed of laminz having the posterior border pectinated, that is to say, the hinder part of the border which is visible. The numer- ous layers, which are superimposed one to another overlap so, that the inferior lamina projects always beyond the superior, so as to cause the scales almost to touch. This structure is particularly perceptible in the Chetodons and Pleuronectes, so that they seem as if placed too near to each other. It is here that we place the Percoides, the Polya- canthes, the Sciénoides, the Sparotdes, the Scorpenoides, and the Aulostomes. Fourth Order : Tue Cycioipes.—The families which be- long to this order, have scales formed of simple plates, and the borders plain, which does not prevent their external surface from presenting occasionally a great variety of - colours on the outer surface of the lamine of the scales. The scales of the lateral line are formed like all the others; but in place of the flat plates, there are channels placed one to another, and extending backward against the disc of the scale, form a tube from which the mucus, which covers the body flows. This tube is sometimes bifurcated, and sometimes ramified. Here we place the Labroides,* the Muges,{ and the Atherines,t the Scomberoides,§ the Ga- doides,|| the Goboides,{| the Murenoides,** the Lucioides,++ the Salmons, the Clupes,¢{ and Cyprins.§§ * The Wrasse family. + Mullets. * Sand Smelts. § Mackerels. || Codfishes. §] Sea Gudgeons. ** The Eels. tt The Pikes (?) {{ Herring family. $§ The Carps.—Ep. 72 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. Yet we may remark in general, that there is hardly a single family, a small number of species of which do not represent some genus, which is afterwards to appear. I cite, for ex- ample, the family of the Labres as they now exist. In order therefore to account for the affinities of families when explaining the character of genera, I have anticipated here the views I have to give relative to development, in the chapter on classification in another part of the work. I pro- pose afterwards to examine the general bases on which all the classifications in Natural History repose.* We have now perhaps introduced enough from the Re- cherches sur les Poissons Fossiles, to afford an idea of the great labour bestowed on the subject by M. Agassiz, the great interest and importance of the subject itself, and of the me- thod pursued by M. Agassiz in the inquiry. It remains for us, therefore, to place the subject practically before our readers, as far as it is possible in a brief shape, so as to enable them to follow in our author’s footsteps, or at least to con- * This will be a task of no small importance, and we doubt not the original views of M. Agassiz, together with his experience in one im- portant branch of Zoology, that of fossil fishes, will enable him to con- tribute several interesting facts relative to the general affinities and relations of this class of animals. Already we perceive several observa- tions of the very highest interest in the Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles of this author, bearing on the great question of natural classi- fication ; we allude to the successive repetition under different modifica- tions of the types of the first order of M. Agassiz, the Ganoipss, through- out the subsequent orders. This, if it should be confirmed by further labours, we regard as a discovery of greater importance than any that has been recently made in Zoology. But we are far from viewing it as supporting the doctrine of the progressive development of animals, as it is evidently regarded by M. Agassiz, but rather as confirming, from the study of fossil fishes, the existence of Primary Types, one of the princi- ples upon which the system developed in the Hore Entomologice of Mr. Leay is based. As this system must of course come under the notice of M. Agassiz in the proposed review, we long for the re- sult. Recherches sur les Poissons FPossiles. ico tribute something towards the advancement of a branch of science, so eminently calculated to elucidate the early history of the globe. For this purpose, we have here introduced reduced, and of course imperfect copies of a few of the beautiful plates of M. Agassiz’s work, and shall now quote the generic and specific characters of the species repre- sented, under the hope, that the extensive tracts of coun- try composed of Silurian rocks, old red sandstone, and the coal measures of India, will afford some of the numerous Piacoip and Gawnoip fossil forms which distinguish the same rocks throughout Europe, as well as such parts of America, as have been recently examined. The notice of Dr. Falconer’s collection in the succeeding article, shews that discoveries have already been made in this country of tertiary remains of fishes. ‘This is a good beginning, and may lead us to hope for more important discoveries in the coal measures, the old red sandstone, and the Silurian rocks, which we have reason to suppose are extensively distributed throughout India. We have already remarked that such discoveries do more in a day for the advance- ment of education, than all the money which Councils of Public Instruction spend in a year, because they afford the most powerful incentives to study and enquiry, fur- nishing at every step, new insight to the vast changes of which we should otherwise remain in ignorance of, relative to the structure and formation of the earth, and its riches in objects of direct utility to man. Dapedius Colei, Agass. Pl. V, belongs to the first family of the Ganoips, called Lepzdotus. ‘The family is divided into sections, in the first of which, the caudal vertebre are ex- tended to the end of the tail; (fig. 1, p. 77,) in the second the tail is regular, (fig. 2, p. 77). Dapedius Colei as will be seen in the drawing, belongs to the latter section, which contains two genera, which have been confounded together as a single genus by Mr. De la Beche, in the Geological Transactions. L 74 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. M. Bronn first pointed the distinction between the spe- cies described by Mr. De la Beche; some having crenated sloping teeth, and some pointed teeth: to the latter he gave the name of Tetragonolepis, and these distinctions have been adopted by M. Agassiz. Dapedius Colei, at first view would appear to an uninitiated observer as something like the Bream; but on closer inspection, the scales are seen to be square, as represented on the following page, and are covered by a coat of enamel—peculiarities which alone distinguish these fossils from all existing fishes. ‘‘ The osteology,” says M. Agassiz, ‘‘ of the genus Dapedius is most interesting. In a specimen figured by Lord Cole on a fly leaf, and from which I have taken a drawing, we see a great part of the skeleton, the examination of which has en- abled me to clear up many questions connected with the anatomy of the family. ‘The bodies of the vertebrz are wanting, as in all the Lepedotdes of whose skeletons I have seen any portion, but the sides and al] the superior spi- nous apophyses are very well preserved. ‘The sides are dilated and flat at their insertion; the rest, granular and round, are not expanded downward more than half the height of the abdominal cavity. ‘The superior spmous apo- physes are composed of many pieces, as in the Caturus; and have the base united to the body of the vertebra by two little short pieces, which are surmounted again by other more elongated pieces,” &c. ‘Then follows a minute de- scription of the various processes of the vertebra, and their relations with the bones supporting the fins, all which are represented in drawings. Of the head we distinguish the operculem, the sub-operculum, and pre-operculum, or gill covers. ‘The thoracic, the temporal, the jugular bones, and the jaws with their numerous ranges of furrowed teeth, (dents echancrées ), the pterygoid with the teeth in groups on the surface, and the palatine with some bifurcated teeth—the interior surface of the frontal bone, are all minutely described Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. 75 - and drawn. So that we have as exact an account of the ana- tomical structure of these extinct inhabitants of our planet, as of any of the beings now living on its surface. Not only this, but the vast shoals of certain species which have perished at the early period referred to, and whose remains are found accumulated together in particular places, together with the coprolites or excrements, which are also found with the remains of the animals themselves, afford us as perfect a knowledge of their habits, as we possess regarding any of the fishes of our own day. One species, Dapedius politus, is found in the lias at Lyme Regis, along with numerous remains of Pholidophorus, and the teeth and rays of Cestracions and Hybodonts, repre- sented by De la Beche in the Geological Transactions. The collections of Messrs. Philpot at Lyme Regis, of Lord Cole, Sir P. Egerton, Professor Buckland, Mr. Murchison, Mr. Stokes, Mr. Baker, Mr. Weaver, Messrs. Cumberland and Johnston, as well as the Museums of York, Bristol, Whitby, and Naresborough, all contain numerous specimens. Of the genus Dapedius, M. Agassiz figures four species, and describes no fewer than six or seven. Of Dapedius Colei, he remarks, it may be easily distinguished from the others by the appearance of the outer surface of the head, which is almost perfectly smooth at the anterior border of the operculum ; and on the occiput, and sides of the lower jaw there is a small compact granulation, which is extended to the anterior borders of the scales of the nape, and belly. The rest of the scales are perfectly smooth, nor do we remark any trace of the little hollows on their sur- face, such as those which characterise Dapedius punctatus, and the species generally of this locality, but on the con- trary, we distinguish the concentric lines which are formed by their laminz of growth. 76 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. The annexed fig. represents the large scales on the flanks. Examples of the scales of all the different = species of the family are given by M.Agas- siz, but this single instance of their re- markable forms, as compared with the scales of fishes of the present day, may be quite sufficient to mark the peculiarity of these interesting fossils. etedaasie latus, Pl. III. This we have taken as an ex- ample of another genus, of the family Lepedoides, nearly al- lied to the last, for the purpose of shewing the somewhat magnified representation of the scales, fig. 2, 3, and the ar- ticulations of rays of the caudal fin also enlarged, fig. 4. This specimen is from Ejichstadt, and is taken from an example in the collection of Count Munster. This genus is characterised by the small dorsal placed opposite to the ventrals; caudal forked, equal lobes, scales extended slightly on the base of the upper lobe: teeth crowded. Seven species are described by M. Agassiz from the lias of Lyme Regis in England, of Seefeld, Sohlenhofen, and of Oberland on the continent. It is impossible to view the drawing of the species we have here introduced from M. Agassiz’s work, without being struck by the great general resemblance to the existing form of Cyprinus, nor can we contemplate the great differ- ence in all the details of structure which Cyprinus and Pho- lidophorus present under the same general form, without referring them to something like corresponding types in two distinct orders or groups. It is to be hoped that as in the © case of Dapedius, M. Agassiz may be able to trace the form of the stomach in the genus Pholidophorus also, and ascer- tain if that organ be provided with cecal appendages, the absence of which, as well as of teeth, constitute the chief distinguishing character of Cyprinus. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. 717 Thrissops intermedius, Minst, Pl. Il. We have here introduced this figure as another example of the family. The genus is characterised by M. Agassiz as follows : scales large and very thin, dorsal opposite to the anal, which is very long. The same characters apply precisely to the genus Opsarius, M‘Clell., which consequently affords another cor- responding type. We donot say, that these relations indicate any direct affinity, but they are such as must arrest atten- tion, whether we regard them as corresponding types in differ- ent orders of the same class, or as progressive degrees of de- velopment. They are curious analogies in animals appearing at remote intervals of time on the surface of the earth. Ophiopsis procerus,* Ag. Pl. I. This plate we have introduced to shew the peculiar elongation of the extre- mity of the body towards the upper corner of the caudal fin, which is so remarkable in fossil fishes, and which perhaps will appear more striking in the annexed repre- sentation of this part of the skeleton. Fig. 1 is the b tail of Platysomus, Ag. in G which the vertebral column ye JAZ aR a, is seen prolonged to b— i cate > the upper corner of the j caudal fin, a character which is peculiar to the fossil fishes of the coal formation and new red sandstone. Fig. 2, on the contrary, represents the manner in which the vertebral column a, terminates in all fishes possessed of a bony skeleton in the present creation, as well as in the tertiary fossil fishes. So marked a peculia- rity of the spinal column in the early fossil species of this class was not without some object adapted to the peculiar state of existence in which they lived; this may deserve a few remarks which we do not find in the work of M. Agassiz. * The small figure in the corner of this plate is represented as a young individual ; the drawing is taken from a specimen from the lias of Lyme Regis. 78 Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. The circumstances requiring such an extraordinary form of the bony skeleton of fishes, whatever they were during the period of the coal formation, no longer exist in re- gard to these animals. But we find the cartilaginous fishes of the present day, the Sharks, the Rais, and Sturgeons, present a similar peculiarity of structure in relation to the caudal termination of the vertebral column; and reason- ing from the known habits of these species, and the man- ner in which they employ the peculiarity m question, we may be thus led to satisfactory conclusions as to the manner in which it served the osseous fishes, whose remains are found in the strata of the coal formation. In regard to their habits, suppose we divide fishes into such as prey upon each other, or derive their food exclusively from substances found in water, and such as obtain it partially at — least from insects not inhabiting water, and which conse- quently require an effort to rise into the air. This latter habit would require a great development either of the Jower lobe of the caudal, or of the anal fin, as we see in the Perilamps, or fishes of our own day, which feed exclusively on insects. On the other hand, the peculiarity of fossil fishes now in question is of an opposite character, and only calculated for plunging to greater depths beneath water, and for violent struggles within that element. From this view of such structure we may conclude, that aquatic insects were rare during the period of the coal formation, although the remains of Arachnidans in these strata, would render the existence of land insects probable. This indeed, is in strict harmony with the great scarcity of fossil insects in the rocks of the coal formation. M. Agassiz remarks, that besides other peculiar charac- ters which the family of Lepzdoides possess in common, there are some with the caudal fin inserted obliquely, as in the fore- going figure, and others in which it is inserted on a symmetri- cal base, as in fig. 2, the former he names Heterocerous, Se ae aa. Recherches sur les Poissons Fogsiles. 719 the latter Homocerous Lepidoides. ‘‘Itis a very remarkable circumstance in regard to the genera of which these two sec- tions consist, that all the species with oblique caudal hitherto discovered, without exception, are found in strata anterior to the lias, a circumstance that cannot be accidental; for we see the same peculiarity displayed in an almost equal number of species of the same period, belonging to another order of fossil fishes, Saurides, as well as in all the fossil fishes of the order Placoides, by which the Ganoids and Sauroids are accom- panied in the same strata. So that some unknown condition of existence in those remote times,” says M. Agassiz, ‘‘ would appear to have exercised its influence on the development of organic life, to determine a conformation so singular, and yet so general, throughout this class of animals.” We have ourselves, in the preceding remarks, offered our own views on the subject. It is only necessary to repeat, that we see the structure of animals everywhere corresponding with their functions, while these are adapted to the various relations of surrounding objects. It is therefore a legitimate conclu- sion to draw, that as the remains of these fossil fishes are distinguished by the same peculiar form of the spinal column as the cartilaginous fishes of the present day, they like- wise inhabited deep water, whether salt or fresh, and were highly rapacious in their habits. The latter part of the conclusion at least corresponds with that to which M. Agassiz himself has been led, but we are not yet prepared to agree with M. Agassiz, as to the evi- dence afforded by fossils in general, or by fossil fishes in particular, of the progressive development of organic life, from a simple, to a more complex and perfect structure. This view has been frequently suggested, and as often refuted, and we thought it had been finally abandoned for the last thirty years. The peculiar development of the caudal ver- tebree in these ancient fossils, presents to our view no indica- tion of a less degree of perfection, than the abrupt termination SO Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. of the vertebral column at the base of the caudal fin, in the fishes of the present day. Tetragonolepis dorsalis, Ag., and Tetragonolepis ovalis, id. Pl. IV. The genus to which these species belong, differs only from Dapedius (of which we have already given an example) in the form of the teeth, these being in Dapedius somewhat grooved and blunt, and in the present genus, pointed. The osteology does not appear to M. Agassiz to be essentially different in the two genera; the head in particu- lar presents the closest analogy, the bones having the same connection, the jaws the same form, only that the teeth are pointed in the present genus, instead of being grooved as in Dapedius. ‘Tetragonolepis comprises numerous species ; above seventeen are already figured and described by M. Agassiz. ‘hey nearly all belong to the lias formation, there being but a single species found in the inferior oolite resting on the lias. Many of the specimens examined were from Lyme Regis in England, but some were also from various parts of Europe. Tetragonolepis ovalis, one of the examples, Plate IV, is from the lias formation of the vicinity of Boll in Switzerland, where it was examined by M. Agassiz, in the Museum of Dr. Hartmann of Geeppingen, by whom it was discovered. The peculiarities which distinguish it from other species, are rather differences of general form, than of particular details. It is more elongated than any other species of the genus known to M. Agassiz; it is oval anteriorly, more elongated, and straitened towards the tail. The head is propor- tionally smaller, and considerably more elongated than any of its congeners. Its mouth is also a little more cleft, and its teeth are also more elongated than in other species, and have all their points uniform. The bones of the head in the example lithographed, are only visible on the inner part of the face at the left side. At the inferior margin of the inter-opercule and sub-opercule, we see seven large flat branchial rays. What is most curious in this example is, that portion of the branchial arches and the combs of the branchies Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. rei are pertectly well preserved, and visible between the branchiostegous rays and the orbit. It is impossible to recognize in the structure of the branchial rays, the least difference from the pectinated branchies of ordinary fishes of our own epoch. The orbit is surrounded by the sub-orbital plates. Almost all the bones of the cranium are lost ; but we find in front a fragment of the ethmoid, and of the anterior frontal, the surface of which as well as that of the super-occipital plates presents little round tubercles with supefficial openings, to the number of four, which allow of our ascertaiming the form and dimen- sions of the head. In other specimens, says M. Agassiz, I found that all the bones of the cranium, and particularly the opercular pieces, present very close tubercular granulations. The only part of the trunk which presents the external surface complete, is towards the tail; along the dorsal and the anal we see a small space where the solid parts of the body have entirely disappeared, and have not left their impression. The scales are very small along the back, and on the sides of the tail; those of the flanks are much larger, and particularly much higher than broad, except towards the breast and under the pectorals, where they are almost equilateral. Their surfaces are interspersed with irregular asperities, almost like little round tubercles disposed in irregular slightly raised lines, All their sides are straight, and their articu- lating claws strong. The dorsal commences rather before the middle of the back, and terminates at a distance from the caudal, equal to the base of the caudal. ‘The anal is large and short, and extends nearly to half the length of the dorsal, but these two fins terminate opposite to each other. The fin rays are slender, bifurcated only at the extremity, and their articulations transverse, and very close; at the anterior extre- mity, there is a series of little fulera, very close. The ventrals which are very small, are placed opposite to the anterior border of the dorsal. ‘The pectorals, also small, have the rays proportionally slen- der. The caudal is of middling length for the size of the fish, its insertion is slightly oblique, because the rays of the inferior lobe are inserted at the extremity of the spinous apophyses, which is extended less behind than the base of the rays of the superior lobe. All the fin rays are more slender in proportion in this, than most other species M Say’. Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles. of Tetragonolepis. They are bifurcated in many, from the middle of their length, and articulated very close to their insertion. The fulera which border the superior lobe are thick at the point of insertion of the rays of the fin, but seem to diminish rapidly towards the extre- mity ; those which are extended the whole length of the inferior lobe, are very small at the base of the fin. Tetragonolepis dorsalis, Ag. Pl. 1V. The original from which this plate was taken, M. Agassiz found in the British Museum, and is from the lias of Gloucester ; numerous specimens have been found ; they are very easily distinguished by their oblong oval form, and the elongated rays at the anterior border of the dorsal. The head is short but large : on the surface of the bones we remark certain ridges of a fine granular series, particularly on the operculum. The thoracic girdle is also granulated, but the scales are perfectly smooth ; the enamel of which they are covered is so thin that we can see the edges of the laminz of growth. They are of medium size, particularly on the sides and parieties of the abdomen, but much smaller on the tail, and along the back, their edges are straight and entire ; they are not deticulated on their posterior border. The lateral line is very visible ; it is ex- tended almost straight with only a slight bend towards the back from posterior superior angle of the operculum, to near the middle of the base of the tail, The dorsal commences a little in front of the mid- dle of the back, and terminates opposite to the posterior extremity of the anal fin, which is scarcely more than half its length. The ante- rior extremities of the fins are more elevated than the posterior. The anterior rays of the dorsal in particular, are about double the length of the posterior. The largest are, however, preceded by some other little rays which succeed one another in front, gradually diminishing in length. The rays of these two fins are slender, bifurcated in the upper third of the length, and have their articulations transverse at the distances. The caudal is large in proportion, its insertion is slightly oblique, and the rays of the superior lobe sensibly shorter, their base being covered with the scales of the pedicle of the tail, which is extended more in the superior than inferior lobe. The rays of this fin are slender, and branched below the middle, and divided into articulations like those of the dorsal and anal fins; along the upper and lower borders, we observe a number of small fulcrums. ae a ee ee Notice of a Fossil Fish. 83 The posterior border is nearly square. The ventrals are placed op- posite to the anterior border of the sub-operculum, these fins are otherwise indistinctly preserved. These notices, together with the plates, may afford an idea of the care and exactness with which the subject is executed. (To be continued. ) Notice of a Fosstl Fish,—the supposed Rana diluvii testis, or ‘‘ Fossil Batrachian” of Dr. Cantor. By J. M‘CieEL- LAND. PI. IX. The return to Calcutta on his way to Europe of Dr. Falco- ner, Superintendent of the Botanic Garden at Seharanpore, with collections of plants and animals as well as fossils, re- minds us of the progress made in India during the last ten years, in scientific researches and discoveries connected with Geology, and Fossil Zoology. The portion of Dr. Falconer’s collection of fossils which he was kind enough to open for in- spection previous to his departure, was the fossil fishes from the rich locality of the Sivalick Hills. These remains consist chiefly of the fragments of spines, external bony plates, verte- bre, and skulls of Siluridz, together with heads more or less perfect of fossil fishes allied to the living genus Ophicepha- lus; and with these the opercula and pectoral region of a large specimen, probably of the family Cyprinidae. A careful exami- nation of these fragments would be necessary to determine the species exactly; but from the inspection we have had of them, we are quite satisfied that these remains refer to extinct species. Dr. Falconer seems to be of opinion that they are recent forms. They all appear to have been fresh water species, and may, or may not have belonged to existing ge- nera. ‘These fishes, like the fossil mammalia of the same beds, are all tropical forms. Some of them may perhaps be found to correspond with genera now existing in the rivers of India, but like the mammalia found in the same locality, S4 Notice of a Fossil Fish. they refer we think in most cases to extinct species, and in some, to extinct genera. But these together with other questions of equal interest, Dr. Falconer will be able to determine on his return to Kurope, where he will have the ablest assistance in working out the large collections which do him and his colleagues at Seharunpore the highest degree of credit. In connection with these remarks, we may be allowed perhaps to refer to the fossil described as the head of a Batrachian by Dr. T. Cantor, in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. VI. 1837, p. 538. We have care- fully examined this fossil with the assistance of Dr. Falconer, and can answer for its being nothing more than the jaws, the front part of the head, and branchial apparatus* of a siluroid fish, not exceeding the dimensions which several species of Siluride are known to attain, both in India and Kurope. From the form of this fossil, as well as the number of spines and shields of fishes that have been found in the same field, it may be conceived to have approached nearest to that genus of Silurida, called Pimelodus; although the species is doubtless distinct from any living, or previously noticed fossil species. The great distinguishing character of the fossil, is the breadth and flatness of the head. We have observed however, in the collection of Dr. Falconer, several fragments indicating species of many of the same genus, but none of them approaching in size to this fos- sil. The muzzle is semicircular and flat, with several irregular ranges of thinly scattered, conical, hooked teeth in both jaws. The two branches of the lower jaw are firmly united to each other in front, by means of broad articulating surfaces reflected backwards towards * The branchial apparatus 4, 5, 6, Fig. C, which is characteristic of the real nature of the fossil, was quite overlooked by Dr. Cantor. Notice of a Fossil Fish. 85 the apex formed by the junction of the two hyoid bones,* and from thence with an abrupt curve are directed rather forward, so as to leave a hollow or depression in front of the symphysis, from which the jaw extends with a gradually increasing curve towards the angle of the mouth. The rami of the lower jaw 3, 3, fig. C, are compressed and rounded externally, internally flat or slightly concave towards the base of the jaws, each limb of which seems to be about one and half inches in depth. The upper margin in which the teeth are inserted is narrow, and rounded transversely. The teeth were fixed to the dentary surface by expanded consolidated bases, and their conical pointed surfaces are incased in a deposit of enamel which encloses them like a sheath from the apex to near the base, where the enam- elled surface is detached from the expanded pedicle of the teeth by a narrow line, fig. e.; the teeth are all hooked or curved inward, the largest measuring from half, to three quarter of an inch in length, being placed in front of the upper jaw, and at the base of the lower. No teeth have as yet been discovered on the palatines or vomer. The hyoid bonesf 4, 4, fig. C, approach each other in front at a small straight angle; they are rounded on their lower and outer surfaces, flattish on the inner, and present a narrow ridge on the upper and outer margins. The rounded margins of these bones are directed ob- liquely downward and inward, and the narrow edges upward and out- ward. The breadth of the hyoid bone is about an inch, the thickness about 6-10th of an inch. The branchial rays} 5,5, fig. C, are given off from the inner and lower margins of the hyoid bones. The three first of these rays only, remain on either side, and are flat and deep; being in breadth about 3-1 0ths of an inch; in thickness, 1-10th; the first ray on each side is two inches in length, and seems to have been still somewhat larger. * Dr. Cantor founded his Batrachian opinion of the fossil on the separation of the rami of the lower jaw at the symphysis; but this observation we have been unable to confirm. One limb of the jaw was certainly separated from the other, but this was done artificially in attempts to clear the matrix. Clearing this away a little further, it was found that with the matrix a portion of the bone had also been removed on one side of the symphysis, and this seems to have misled Dr. Cantor. + Mistaken by Dr. Cantor for the Pterygoids. { Overlooked by Dr, Cantor. 86 Notice of a Fossil Fish. The linguial hone* 6, fig. C, is large, broad, and flattish, and is narrow and undivided at the apex. The hinder margin is but little arched, is uneven, presenting a few irregular points. The breadth of the linguial bone at the base is almost two inches, and its length one and three-quarter inches. The upper surface of the fossil fig. A, presents the same anomalous structure as the corresponding portion of Siluroid fish, No. 1, the anterior orbitar process, 2 anterior frontal bone, No. 4, ethmoid bone, 3-3 nasal bone on either side, 5-5 maxillary bones with 6, 6 fossa for the insertion of cirri. To establish the correct names of the bones above referred to in the fossil, it would be necessary to refer more particularly to the comparative osteology of Siluroid fishes, which, as nothing has as yet been done on the subject, as far as I know, would be more than could be expected in a casual notice of this nature. But without entering into further details, sufficient exactness for the present object has been secured, by a careful comparison of the fossil with the recent head of Silurus boalis, and Silurus rita, Buch., two species which, although not so closely allied to the fossil as some others which we might have examined, were still sufficiently near, to present all, or nearly all, its corresponding characters. ‘The only peculiarity the fossil presents as compared with the species above referred to, is the process No. 5, fig. A., which we cannot venture to explain, further than by supposing it to represent the superior maxillary bone on either side. Fig. B represents the front view of the fossil: all the figures are about half the natural size. Of the importance with which this subject has been re- garded, no better instance need be adduced than the remarks of the Editor of the Journal in which the first account of this fossil appeared, the late Mr. James Prinsep, who informs his readers in a note, “That the fossil is so extraordinary as to require no apology for outstripping strict rules, (as in the case of the Sivatherium), and introducing Dr. Can- tor’s account of it to the Journal, from the text of the Re- * This was also overlooked by Dr. Cantor. Notice of a Fossil Fish. 87 searches for which it was intended, before the latter appear.” The great rarity of the fossil remains of Ba- trachians, as well as the gigantic dimensions of the fossil, as compared with the corresponding part of recent frogs, certainly required an unusual degree of evidence to satisfy the mind for the first time, to the existence of an animal of this nature in a fossil state, but particularly of the gigantic dimen- sions ascribed to it by Dr. T. Cantor, who describes this supposed frog to have been, exclusive of its limbs, aé least three feet four inches long. Very extraordinary fossil mon- sters have, it is true been discovered, but then they pre- sent, as far as we can judge from their remains, no relation to the present order of things, but formed of themselves distinct orders peculiar to the times and circumstances in which they lived. ‘The idea of fossil giants, in the ordi- nary acceptation of the term as applied to this supposed fos- sil frog, though often suggested by writers of romance, has never been established on scientific evidence. Nor were Dr. Cantor’s doubts as to whether the monster was a tree, or a land frog, by any means calculated to conciliate our confidence in the general conclusions at which he arrived on this subject, since we could not conceive how frogs of three feet four inches long, exclusive of limbs, could conceal themselves on the branches and leaves of trees. Desirous of reconciling his mind, if possible, to what other- wise certainly did appear very doubtful on this subject, Dr. Falconer on his arrival in Calcutta, begged of me to accom- pany him to the Museum of the Asiatic Society, to inspect the fossil, as already stated ; when, after a careful examination, it appeared on comparing the specimen with Dr. Cantor’s description, that he had fallen into all the numerous errors on the subject above noted. SS Journey to India by the North of Europe, §c., during the years 1823, 1826, 1827, 1828, and 1829. By M. C. Betan- GER, Chevalier of the Legion of Honor, &c. late Super- entendent, Royal Garden at Pondichery, §c. The zoological results of this journey published under the auspices of the Ministers of Marine and Interior, are by M. Belanger himself, assisted by MM. Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire, Lesson, Valenciennes, Deshayes, and Guerin, in the several departments in which these gentlemen are dis- tinguished. ‘The work consists of an octavo volume, and a quarto volume of plates. It is preceded by the following verbal report to the Academy of Sciences by M. F. Cuvier, which affords a better general view of the nature and object of the work than we could give. We wish our own Go- vernment would take a lesson from the French, who seeing the interest of science neglected in the colonies of other rival nations, with an enlightened policy peculiar to the French, depute their own philosophers to supply the desi- deratum. I have now, says M. I’. Cuvier, to render to the Academy a statement of the zoological results of M. Bélanger’s Journal in the East Indies, which has been required of me. On a former occasion, we have stated how much M. Bélan- ger has benefitted various branches of science; and by his long and laborious excursions, enriched the study of«Na- tural History, to which object his zeal has been directed amidst numerous dangers, even under the influence of a malady to which he fell a victim, from his love of science to which he was devoted, and which he pursued under no other aid than such as he secured for himself. It is our duty to-day to devote to him the numerous mate- rials which are distinguished in the reports of which we M. Belanger’s Collections. | 89 are going to speak, and to assign to them that place which they are destined to occupy, in the vast edifice of Zoology. With regard to the animals of India however, we should remark that for many years past, this department of Natural History has been so much enriched by the travels of Duvaucel, M. Diard, and of Sir Stamford Raffles, and by those of Leschenault, Reinwardt, Kuhl, and Van Hasselt, as would make it an extreme injustice to appreciate the results of a recent journey in these countries, otherwise than by the number of new and important objects collect- ed. In fact, it is the activity of travelling naturalists more than their science that contributes to the value of their collections, for it is seldom that they are able to distinguish those rare species by their organization, the discovery of which conduces to modify the general laws of science ; but science is sustained by their perseverance and their courage, and it is in this point of view particularly that the devotedness of M. Belanger is entitled to our gratitude ; his claims therefore to this sentiment on the part of natural- ists, have been surpassed by few travellers. M. Belanger affords in a preface, a rapid outline of those travels by which his own were preceded ; he expresses his gratitude to those Savans who assisted him; aftords the plan according to which the zoological portion of his col- lections were executed ; explains the obstacles to which his researches were exposed in Persia; and in fact, affords an itinerary of his different explorations in India. Less conversant with Zoology than with Botany, he has elsewhere devoted himself exclusively to this last branch of Natural History, and to the historical part of his travels. M. Bélanger is associated in the description of animals with many honourable men, who by their previous labours, have given the best guarantee to the public for the value of the additions which M. Bélanger’s discoveries have made to Natural History. N 90 Report on It is our colleague, M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, who has engaged to make known the Mammalia. But he has not confined himself to the description of new species due to the researches of M. Bélanger. He has taken occa- sion to enrich the science by the consideration of new facts relative to Mammalia in general. Also in an introduction, he adverts to some of the more abstract views of Zoology. On the characters of the new animals as compared with those of animals known before, which constituted the special ob- ject of his subject, he is led to offer general observations on Geographical Zoology from the materials afforded by M. Belanger, as well as from those of different countries of the globe with which we have become acquainted by means of other travellers. ‘Then follows a general table of the Qua- drumana, in which the generic and specific characters of these animals are found, those which inhabit Africa, as well as such as belong to Asia. To complete this table, M. Geoffroy Saint Hilaire describes five new specics of Indian Monkeys; these are the Semnopethicus Velierosus,* Geof. S. Cuculatus,+ Geof., the Macacus aureus, Geof., Macacus arctoides, Geof.; still viewing his labours under the same point of view, our colleague traces briefly the history of the various labours devoted to the investigation of the Bats, and makes us acquainted with one new species of Vespertilio, the Vespertilio of Bélanger, discovered by our traveller at Pondichéry, where it is known under the name of Terznjily. He describes also two new species of Kingfishers, due to the researches of M. Duvaucel, at Sumatra, and to those of M. Dussumier on the continent of India. Observations on the natural characters of insectivorous animals precede the general remarks on the genus Tupaia, and by this denomination our colleague intends the Indian insectivora to be designated, and not the Squirrels which in * The furred Monkey. + The hooded Monkey. — M. Belanger’s Collections. 91 these countries are named as the foregoing, Tupaia. He then describes a species or a variety of this genus brought from Pegu by M. Bélanger. A very laborious notice of the Sloths? (Sores,) terminates the history of the insecti- vora. We find in this part of the work a critical review of the large species of India and Africa, which is a recapi- tulation partly of the Memoir of 1826, which our colleague has published on the same subject in the Annales du Muséum. The Carnivora afford the subject of two articles; in one of these our colleague establishes the genus Mélogale on a very remarkable species of the family of Martins, which he names Meélogale personata ; and in the other he describes a new species of Cat, the red spotted cat, Felis rubiginosa, Geof. These two Mammals have been discovered by M. Belanger, the first at Pegu in the vicinity of Rangoon, the second near Pondichéry. It is by the Rodents that he terminates the Missiugaikis collected during the travels of which we are treating. M. Geoffroy describes in this group, the red-rumped Squirrel of Pegu, Sciurus pygerythrus, Geof. and the Spermophilus con- color, Geof. of Persia, due to the researches of our traveller. M. Lesson, to whom was confided the elucidation of the birds, like M. Geoffroy, has not confined his observations merely to the animals collected by M. Bélanger. This journey has afforded also to M. Lesson the fortunate oppor- tunity of elucidating certain points of the doctrines of Orni- thology. His share of the labour commences with a very comprehensive discourse on the geographical distribution of birds on the surface of the globe, in which he developes his views relative to the formation of the globe itself, as well as the succession of living beings by which it is peopled. This is followed by the description of thirty-nine new, or imperfectly _known species, which belong chiefly to the collections of M. Bélanger. We mention amongst those which we owe to the 99 Report on discoveries of this naturalist Morphnus hastatus, Less. of Ben- gal; the Circus rufus of Bengal ; the Melias tristis, Less. of Pegu; the Cuculus lugubris, Horsf. the female from Java ; the Picus cavente, Less. of Pegu, where it is called Temaga- oumée; Edela ruficeps, Less. of Java; Lanius collurioides, Less. of India ; Lanius sordidus, Less. of Pegu; Garrulax Belangeri, Less. of Pegu ; and G. rufifrons, Less. species which the author has isolated under the generic name of Garrulax, because they form a very distinct type, according to M. Lesson, which ought to find a place in the family of Cassicans after the Myophone, and in the group of Chouca- ris ; the Muscicapa (muscylva) albogularis, Less. of Pondi- chery ; the Pastor peguanus, Less. ; the Fringilla pyrrhop- tera, Less.; the Francolinus spadiceus, Less. (Perdix spadiea, Lath.) from the vicinity of Pondichery; finally the Otis aurita, Lath. and the Chenelopex coromandelianus, Less. ‘These species are worthy of the interest of naturalists, and many of them have been figured in the Atlas volume of plates, of which there are ten dedicated to Ornithology. M. Lesson was also charged with the publication of the Reptiles, apparently consisting altogether of species collect- ed by M. Belanger ; these to the number of thirty-three be- long to sixteen genera, of which we find one new genus allied to Trionyx, which he has named Tetraonyx, characterized by a broad membrane between the toes, which are four, all supplied with nails. M. Lesson takes occasion also to furnish descriptions of certain species of Hydrophis, which he pro- poses to unite with the Ophidiens in a family which he calls Nauticophis ; this family he proposes to divide into two tribes, including the five genera into which these animals appear to be separated. Amongst the most remarkable Reptiles which science owes to the travels of M. Bélanger, we may mention a species of Emys dedicated to this traveller. The species upon which the genus Tetraonyx is founded, the long-necked M. Belanger's Collections. 93 Tetraonyx, (T. longicollis,) discovered by M. Belanger in the Irrawaddi at Pegu; a Crocodile, Crocodilus palustrus, Less. which is only seen in the marshes on the borders of the Ganges; two species of Geeko, G. eleutherodactylus, Less. of Bengal, and the Geeko triedrus, Daud. from the environs of Pondichery; the Naja kaouthia, Less. a mag- nificent species, the Coluber bancorage, Less. and C. Kor- rosid, the Microcephalophis gracilis, Less., a species of marine serpent found by M. Belanger on the coast of Mala- bar, and in the Gulph of Martaban ; the Rana Sanguine-ma- culata, Less., and two other species of Rana; viz. R. brama, Less. and R. hexadactyla, id., belonging to the South of India; lastly, the Bufo zsos, Less., a common species in Bengal. M. Valenciennes, to whose knowledge and zeal has been confided the description of the fishes, supplies in an abridg- ed form certain general views on the Ichthyology of the Indian seas, and in particular of the coast of Malabar, ex- plored with so much success on this occasion by M. Bélan- ger, to whom this branch of science is indebted for numerous interesting materials. M. Valenciennes has only, however, described eighteen species of fishes, selected from upwards of two hundred, which form the rich collection of our tra- veller. These descriptions of species are all preceded by elucidations of the characters of the genera to which they belong. It is to be regretted, that M. Valenciennes has not taken advantage of the pages devoted to the illus- tration of these collections, of making us acquainted with a greater number of species, and particularly of the species of those families, which have not yet been treated of in the . Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, to which, for their generic characters, it is sufficient to refer the reader. M. Deshayes, entrusted with the description of the Mol- luses, directed the first part of his labours to summary reflections on the importance of the study of these animals, as applied to the chronological history of the terrestrial 94: Report on globe, a theme of immense importance, which embraces the greater part of Geology, and which M. Deshayes here alludes to incidentally, but which he has elsewhere deve- loped as the importance of the subject deserves.* In the second part, the author describes twenty-one new species of Molluscs, discovered by M. Belanger. All the spe- cies are figured, and amongst them we remark Helix Belan- geri, Desh.; H. Semifusca, of Pondichery, id.; Cylostoma in- dicum, id. of the Isle of Klephanta near Bombay; Cyclost. Aurantiacum, id. of Pondichéry; Planorbis exustus, id. of the coast of Malabar; Paludina Bengalensis, Lamark, found on the river Ganges ; Buccimum Blainvillei, Desh. of the coast of Malabar; and the B, conoidale, id. of the Straits of Sunda; the Nerita intermedia, Desh.; and the Ranella margaritula, id. of the Malabar coast; the Pyrula fulva, id. ; and the Purpura squamosa, id. both of the Isles of Sunda, but the latter also on the Eastern coasts of India. M. Deshayes concludes this catalogue raisonnée by a tabular view of the fossil shells of Europe, as compared with the living species now inhabiting the Mediterranean and Indian seas. His views, derived from a comparison of the species common to the Indian and Mediterranean seas, afford a solution of the problem of the ancient communi- cation between those seas. M. Guerin, who has had the insects as his part of the zoological collections of M. Bélanger proposes in the first chapter, a general revision of the genera and species belong- ing to the tribe Fudgorelles, (or fire flies,) and affords his ideas of the classification of insects chiefly inhabiting India. The second chapter is devoted to the description of a selec- tion from the new species, the fruit of M. Bélanger’s travels, many among them occupying an important place in the * The reader is here referred to an outline of M. Deshayes’ views on this subject in the Calcutta Journal of Natural History, vol. iii. p. 206. a M. Belanger’s Collections. 95 chain of existence, and even fill up voids which to this time have existed amongst their congeners. We mention particularly the Palalepta levigata, Guer. of the Coromandel coast; the Oryctes martabani, id; the Popilia Maculata, id. of Java; the Gnoma atomaria, id. of the Coromandel coasts; the Lania carcelut, id. of Java; Scutellera Reynaudiz, id. of the same country; the Cercopis viridans, id.; the Mega- chile rufiventri, id.; and the Odynerus dimidiatus, id. of the coast of Coromandel; the Apis zonata, id. of the same country, where they form hives of a curious construction of the most compact clay; and, lastly, of the Agarista Belan- geri, id. of Java. | Such are the contributions to Zoology, which we owe to our colleague M. Isidore Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, and to MM. Lesson, Valenciennes, Deshayes, and Guerin, for the part which they have taken in the elucidation of the collections of M. Belanger in Persia and the East Indies. Assuredly, the arrangements to prevent the collections from being lost, could not have been confided to better hands. Yet it is to be regretted, that the first author of these tra- vels, he who with so much labour collected the materials and the documents, which afford the subject of this collec- tion, should be so faintly identified with the publication; but all that those who have performed the part of his colla- borateurs could do, was to give his name to new species in all the various orders. Be it as it may, science has derived from this portion of the travels of M. Bélanger, an acquaintance with six new genera, and four hundred and twenty-three new species of Persia and India, and in these species, as in the genera, there are some which supply important places. An atlas, consisting of forty plates, re- markable for their execution, represent forty-nine of the most curious and novel species described in the body of the work, rendering it still more valuable to naturalists. This atlas is equal in the value of its contents to any of the 96 Report on M. Belanger's Collections. numerous collections of drawings relative to the Natural History of India, that have as yet heen published on the Fauna of this vast country. Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Electricity.* By Lieut. R. B. Situ, Bengal Engineers. 3 [Fifth Series. ] In the year 1800 it was discovered by Messrs. Carlisle and Nicholson, that the voltaic battery had the power of resolving water into its constituent elements. ‘This obser- vation has justly been considered the foundation stone of electro-chemical science; for no sooner it was made, than numerous other bodies were subjected to the decomposing influence of the battery; their relations to it ascertained, the laws regulating decomposition determined, and a broad basis of facts prepared on which a sound theory might ulti- mately be founded. Happily for science, the subject of electro-chemical decomposition early attracted the notice of Humphrey Davy, and in his hands led to the series of brilliant discoveries which insured for him such an unexam- pled degree of scientific fame. By what seems to be a natural consequence, efforts to explain the mode of ac- tion by which the many new, and sometimes paradoxical results of decomposition were effected, kept pace with the accumulation of facts, and numerous theories were in conse- quence proposed. ‘These varied much from each other, were often inconsistent with facts, and occasionally so with themselves. Even in the case of Davy himself, there seems to have been much obscurity in theoretical views, for although he sometimes speaks in clear, distinct, and decided terms, yet at other times he states his doctrines so vaguely, that as Faraday remarks, probably a dozen precise schemes of Continued from vol, iii. p. 361. Experimental Researches in Llectricity. ot electro-chemical action might be drawn up, differing es- sentially from each other; yet all agreeing with the state- ment given of them in his celebrated Bakerian Lecture of 1806. Nor was this an indefinite assertion on Faraday’s part, for on being reproached by Davy’s brother with in- justice towards the memory of that great chemist, he ac- tually produced twelve such schemes, and effectually esta- blished the justice of his statement. In the larger number of the theories of electro-chemical decomposition, the results are attributed to attractive and repellant powers resident in the poles, or metallic termina- tions of the battery; thus, for example, in the case of the decomposition of water, the positive pole attracts the oxy- gen, and repels the hydrogen, while the negative pole attracts the hydrogen, and repels the oxygen. Not only was the general fact of such polar actions assumed, but the diminution of force according to distance from the central points of attraction and repulsion, namely, the poles of the battery, was considered experimentally determinable. Faraday’s first step in the series of researches now under analysis, is to prove that electro-chemical decomposition does not depend on any direct attraction and repulsion of the poles upon the elements of the substance, near or in contact with them. “I have,” he remarks, ‘‘ in a recent series of these researches proved (to my own satisfaction at least) the identity of electricities derived from different sources, and have especially dwelt upon the proof of the sameness of those obtained by the use of the common electri- cal machine and the voltaic battery. The great distinction of the electricities obtained from these two sources, is the very high tension to which the small quantity obtained by the aid of the machine may be raised, and the enormous quantity in which that cf comparatively low tension, sup- plied by the voltaic battery, may be procured; but as their action, whether magnetical, chemical, or of any other nature, oO 98 Experimental Researches in Electricity. are essentially the same, it appeared evident that we might reason from the former as to the manner of action of the latter; and it was to me, a probable consequence, that the use of electricity of such intensity as that afforded by the machine, would, when applied to effect and elucidate electro- chemical decomposition, shew some new conditions of that action, evolve new views of the internal arrangements and changes of the substances under decomposition, and perhaps give efficient powers over matter as yet undecomposed.” Under the above impression, Faraday proceeded to expe- riment on decomposition by means of the electrical machine, using the form of apparatus with the discharging train, de- scribed in a former paper. He first proved that the ele- ments of decomposed bodies were transferred to great dis- tances from pole to pole, and provided the same quantity of electricity passed between the poles, the intensity of the chemical action was not interfered with by the intervals at which these were placed apart from each other. Thus, whether the bodies under decomposition were placed in im- mediate contact, or separated by an interval of seventy feet, connection being maintained between them by means of an insulated string wetted in a decomposable solution, the re- sults were the same for the same quantity of electricity transmitted. He next employed only a single metallic pole, using the end of the piece of moistened string as the other pole, and still decomposition followed as before. ‘The simple and beautiful experiments detailed shew distinctly, that the process of decomposition was.not dependent on the simul- taneous action of two metallic poles, since a single one was fully efficient, and the transfer of the elements took place in accordance with the well-known law of the direction of the current. The presence of water has been supposed by many, to be an essential condition of electro-chemical decomposition, and it was asserted by Sir Humphrey Davy, that ‘‘ there are no Experimental Researches in Electricity. 99 fluids known, except such as contain water, which are capa- ble of being made the medium of connexion between the me- tals or metal of the voltaic apparatus.” Faraday’s fourth series of researches completely settles this point, by shew- ing that there are hundreds of bodies equally influential with water in this respect, and that the latter is therefore only one of a numerous class of substances, instead of being the only one and essential. He conceives that its exclusive character was obtained in consequence “ of the general necessity of a fluid medium,” of its being the only one of this class of bo- dies existing fluid at common temperatures, ‘‘ its abundant supply as the great natural solvent,” and its constant use in that character in philosophical investigations, because of its having a smaller interfering, injurious, or complicating action upon the bodies either dissolved or evolved, than any other substance. Having determined the preceding points, Faraday proceeds to the question of theories of electro-chemical decomposi- tion, and he premises the developement of his own, by a brief account of those of others, in so far as he is personally acquainted with them. On these theories we do not now in- tend to decide, as incidental notices of their leading features will necessarily be introduced when discussing that proposed by Faraday, and more than simple notices is unnecessary. ‘That electro-chemical decomposition,” Faraday remarks, ‘does not depend upon any direct attraction and repul- sion of the poles, (meaning thereby the metallic termina- tions, either of the voltaic battery or ordinary electrical machine arrangements,) upon the elements in contact with or near them, appeared very evident from the experiments made in air, when the substances evolved did not collect about any poles, but in obedience to the direction of the current, were evolved, and I would say, ejected, at the extre- mities of the decomposing substance. But notwithstanding the extreme dissimilarity in the character of air and metals, 100 Experimental Researches in Electricity. and the almost total difference existing between them, as to their mode of conducting electricity and becoming charged with it, it might still be contended, although quite hypothetically, that the bounding portions of air were now the surfaces or places of attraction, as the metals had been supposed to be before. In illustration of this and other points, I endeavoured to devise an arrangement, by which I could decompose a body against a surface of water, as well as against air or metal, and succeeded in doing so unexceptionably in the following manner.” For the subse- quent details of this interesting and important experiment, we must refer to the researches themselves, as it would occupy toomuch space to transcribe them here. The result was, however, decisive, and one element of the substance decomposed (Sulphate of Magnesia) made its appearance at the surface of the water employed, instead of the usual metallic pole. ‘‘ As, therefore, the substances evolved in cases of electro-chemical decomposition may be made to appear against air, which according to the common language is not a conductor, nor is decomposed, or against water which is a conductor, and can be decomposed as well as against the metal poles, which are excellent conductors, but undecom- posable, there appears but little reason to consider the phe- nomena generally, as due to the attraction or attractive powers of the latter, when used in the ordinary way, since similar attractions can barely be imagined in the former instances.” Klectro-chemical decomposition is well known to be an effect essentially dependent upon the current of electricity, and various have been the views taken of the nature of this current. Some, with Franklin, consider it one and undivi- sible, others assume it to be compounded of two distinct fluids, the positive and the negative, distinct in their nature, and also distinct in their effects. Thus MM. Riffaut and Chompré for instance, consider the positive and negative cur- rents as each causing decomposition, and maintain that the Experimental Researches in Electricity. 101 former is more powerful in producing this effect than the latter. M. Grotthuss considers that the elements of water, when about to separate at the poles, combine with the electri- cities, and become gases; while M. de la Rive maintains the exact reverse of this, namely, that these elements while pass- ing through the fluid, are compounds with the electricities : when evolved at the poles, they are de-electrified. “T have sought,” says Faraday, ‘‘ amongst the various expe- riments quoted in support of these views, or connected with electro-chemical decompositions or electric currents, for any which might be considered as sustaining the theory of two electricities rather than that of one, but have not been able to perceive a single fact, which could be brought forward for such a purpose: or admitting the hypothesis of two elec- tricities, much less have I been able to perceive the slightest grounds for believing that one electricity in a current can be more powerful than the other, or that it can be present without the other, or that one can be varied, or in the slight- est degree affected, without a corresponding variation in the other. If upon the supposition of two electricities, a cur- rent of one can be obtained without the other, or the current of one be exalted or diminished more than the other, we might surely expect some variation of the chemical or mag- netical effect, or of both: but no such variations have been observed. A current has not, to my knowledge, been pro- duced, which could act chemically and not magnetically, nor any which can act on the magnet, and not at the same time chemically. Judging from facts only, there is not as yet the slightest reason for considering the influence which is present in what we call the electric current, -whether in metals or fused bodies, or humid conductors, or even in air, flame, or rarefi- ed elastic media, as a compound or complicated influence. It has never been resolved into simples or elementary influ- ences, and may perhaps best be considered of as an avis 102 Experimental Researches in Electricity. of power having contrary forces, exactly equal in amount, én contrary directions.” ‘This remarkable, and when once thoroughly comprehended, most distinct definition, ought to be carefully reflected upon, since unless it is understood and impressed upon the mind, it is scarcely possible to follow Faraday’s views. : We have here arrived at the point where the theory of electro-chemical decomposition is entered upon, and we will endeavour to develope it as simply and distinctly as we possibly can. It has already been stated, that nearly all who have speculated on the subject, have conceived the power producing decomposition to be external to the substance decomposed, in other words, to be resident in the metallic terminations of the electric circuit. According to Faraday, however, the effect of decomposition on any substance, is produced by an énternal corpuscular action in that substance, exerted according to the direction of the electric current, and is due to a force either,superadded to, or giving direc- tion to the ordinary chemical affinity of the bodies present. “The body under decomposition,” he remarks, “ may be considered as a mass of acting particles, all those which are in the course of the electric current contributing to the final effect ; and it is because the ordinary chemical affinity is re- lieved, weakened, or partly neutralised by the influence of the electric current in one direction parallel to the course of the latter, and strengthened or added to in the opposite di- rection, that the combining particles have a tendency to pass in opposite courses.” In this view the effect is considered as essentially depen- dent upon the mutual chemical affinity of the particles of opposite kinds. Particles a, a, could not |Fig. 1. : Bite be transferred or travel from one pole os @ 0 6 A, towards the other P, unless they found particles of the opposite kind b, 6, ready to pass in the con- Experimental Researches in Electricity. 106 trary direction : for it is by virtue of their increased affinity for those particles, combined with their diminished affinity for such as are behind them in their course, that they are urged forward: and when any one pafticle @ (Fig. II.) arrives at the pole, it is excluded or set |" 1! free, because the particle b of the oppo- |@)° O e o@) site kind, with which it was the moment before in combina- tion, has, under the superinducing influence of the current, a greater attraction for the particle a’, which is before it in its course, than for the particle a, towards which its affinity has been weakened. That the decomposition and transfer of elements were dependent on the chemical affinity of the substances pre- sent, Faraday has shewn very distinctly by experiments on Sulphuric Acid diluted with water, and combined with Soda. ‘¢ 'The variation,” he remarks, “ of electro-chemical decom- position, the transfer of elements, and their accumulation at the poles, according as the substances submitted to action consist of particles opposed more or less in their chemical affinity, together with the consequent influence of the latter circumstances, are sufficiently obvious in these cases, where Sulphuric Acid is acted upon in the same quantity by the same electric current, but in the one case opposed to the comparatively weak affinity of water for it, and in the other to the stronger one of Soda. In the latter case, the quantity transferred is from two and a half to three times what it is in the former: and it appears therefore very evident, that the transfer is greatly dependent upon the mutual action of the decomposing bodies.” Having stated in general terms his theory of decomposi- tion, Faraday proceeds to apply it to particular instances, and in the first place shews satisfactorily why, in all ordi- nary cases, the evolved substances appear only at the poles: for the poles are the limiting surfaces of the decomposing 104: Experimental Researches in Llectricity. substance, and except at them, every particle finds other particles having a contrary tendency with which it can com- bine, In those theories which refer decomposition to the attrac- tive powers of the poles, it appears at once anomalous, that in so many instances these poles, although capable of with- drawing one particle of a decomposed substance from ano- ther, should yet be incapable of retaining that particle. ‘ If, in accordance with the usual theory, a piece of platina be supposed to have sufficient power to attract a particle of hydrogen from the particle of oxygen with which it was the instant before combined, there seems no sufficient reason, nor any facts, except those to be explained, which shew why it should not, according to analogy with all ordinary attractive forces, as those of gravitation, magnetism, cohe- sion, chemical affinity, &c. retain that particle, which it had just before taken from a distance, and from previous com- bination. Yet it does not do so, but allows it to escape freely.” Faraday’s theory, on the other hand, explains this apparently anomalous circumstance simply and distinctly. The effect is the direct consequence of the nature of the action, for the evolved substances are expelled from the decomposing body as a consequence of an internal force, not drawn out by an external attractive power: and whether the poles be metal, air, or water, still the substances are evolved, and are sometimes set free; while at others, they unite to the poles according to the chemical nature of the latter, 2. e. their chemical relation to those particles which are leaving the substance under operation. When the power of the voltaic battery to produce de- composition was first discovered, nothing caused greater astonishment than the apparent suspension of all natural - affinity between the particles of bodies, whose affinities for each other were known to be, under common circumstances, of the strongest possible character, while the process of Experimental Researches in Klectricity. 105 decomposition was in progress. Acids were passed through alkalies, and alkalies and earths through acids, so that the distinctive properties of each seemed temporarily destroyed. In no particular does the theory of Faraday contrast more favourably with its predecessors than in this, since accord- ing to his views, what was formerly an unintelligible wonder, becomes an essential condition, and it appears that the more alkali there is in the course of an acid, the more is the transfer of the latter facilitated from pole to pole, ‘“ and perhaps,” he adds, “a better illustration of the difference between the theory I have ventured, and those previously existing, cannot be offered than the views they respectively give of such facts as these.” As a general consequence of the preceding, it may be stated, that the more directly bodies are opposed to each other in chemical affinity, the more ready is their separa- tion from each other in cases of electro-chemical decom- position, z. e€. provided other circumstances, as insolubility, deficient conducting power of their proportions, do not in- terfere, and hence it is possible that failure in producing decomposition may arise not from the strength, but from the weakness of the affinity which holds bodies together. In concluding his fifth section, Faraday makes a few re- marks on what are usually called the poles of the battery. ‘“‘ These,” he states, “‘ are merely the surface or doors by which the electricity enters in or passes out of the substance suffering decomposition. ‘They limit the extent of that sub- stance in the course of the electric current, being its term- nations in that direction: hence the elements evolved pass so far, and no farther. ** Metals make admirable poles, in consequence of their high conducting power, their immiscibility with the substances ge- nerally acted upon, their solid form, and the opportunity of selecting such as are not ey acted upon by ordinary substances. 106 Experimental Researches in Electricity. ‘“¢ Water makes a pole of difficult application except in a few cases, because of its small conducting power, its miscibility with most substances acted upon, and its general relation to them in respect of chemical affinity. It consists of elements which in their electrical and chemical relations are directly and powerfully opposed, yet combining it from a body more neutral in its character than any other. So that there are but few substances which do not come into relation by che- mical affinity with water or one of its elements: and there- fore either water or its elements are transferred, and assist in transferring the infinite variety of bodies which in association with it, can be placed in the course of the electric current. Hence the reason why it so rarely happens that the evolved substances rest at the first surface of the water, and why it therefore does not exhibit the ordinary of a pole. ‘Air, however, and some gases are free from the latter objection, and may be used as poles in many cases, but in consequence of the extremely low degree of conducting power which belongs to them, they cannot be employed with the voltaic apparatus. ‘This limits their use: for a voltaic appa- ratus is the only one yet discovered, which supplies suffici- ent quantity of electricity to effect electro-chemical decom- position with facility.” We have now finished the analysis of the fifth series of Faraday’s researches, and here we purpose bringing our remarks upon the masterly work to a close. Nine series still remains, but to analyse these would require more time and space, than circumstances admit of our devoting to them, and we entertain insuperable objections to commenting on a work of this nature in a superficial or cursory manner. To the volume itself, we would direct all those whose interest may have been excited, and we can safely assure them of one of the richest of intellectual treats, and a series of new ideas developed with striking perspicuity in a style, chaste, philosophical, and singularly attractive. Correspondence. 107 In conclusion we would again remark, that the essential requisite for a thorough comprehension of Faraday’s theory of electro-chemical decomposition is a clear conception of the electric current as ‘‘ an axis of power having equal and contrary forces.” This conception being once distinctly and vividly impressed upon the mind, no difficulty will be expe- rienced in undertaking all the varied phenomena of decom- position, and the efforts made in mastering the key, will be more than rewarded by the new view, its possession will af- ford access to.* Camp, 3d February, 1843. From J. G. Matcoumson, Esea., F. R. S. to the Editor of the Calcutta Journal of Naturai History, Bombay, Nov. 10, 1842. My par Sir,—I have just received your 10th Number, and think that a remark of Captain Campbell, relative to myself, accom- panying some extracts from Dr. Boase’s letters, requires, a short an- swer. But although the occasion is unpleasant, my object is merely to solicit Captain Campbell to place less confidence in authority, and to employ his talents and his great opportunities in a course of careful research by which the science to which he is devoted may be advanced, instead of attempting, by somewhat hasty observations, to rebuild forgotten hypotheses, or to znvent a science from the founda- tion, like the palace of air presented to Thor, by the giant Skrimis in Jhélhim land, “‘ things that dreams are made of.” It is evidently Captain Campbell’s duty to learn what has been done; what has been proved by evidence which none can dispute, before he writes and acts as if the opinions received by all good geologists, were of the class of crude speculations long current in Saxony and Edinburgh ; things that any man may invent at his pleasure. * Our readers will regret the close of this series of papers on the analysis of Faraday’s Researches in Electricity, which evince so close and philosophical an examination of the subject by Lieut. Smith.—Ebs. 108 Tertiary rocks on Granite. The first extract from Dr. Boase, page 926, relative to fossiliferous rock resting on granite, is too confused to be well understood ; and to one familiar with the recent lucid, but not always temperate, dis- cussions on this subject, it is painful to find in three short sentences so much bad reasoning and careless statement. Nor is Captain Campbell’s preceding remarks any better ; viz. that it is smgular that the information of fossil strata resting on the Dartmoor granite should reach India, at the time of the discoveries at Sydrapettah, ‘‘ for from my knowledge of the geology of the country lying west of “‘ this locality, I consider it most probable that, like the Dartmoor “ formation, the fossiliferous beds are superposed immediately on gra- “ nite.” It may be so, but why state a fact believed to be important on such vague information, or rather on no information ; as it is common in most countries to find a patch of fossiliferous rock in the neighbour- hood of granite, with a series of rock of all ages between. It was Captain Campbell’s duty, either to have examined for himself, or to have said nothing of it. But the fact itself, if it be a fact, ‘is only of local interest, as the same occurs every where, as well as in the Carnatic or Deccan. I need refer only to the oolite coal of Sutherland, the lias of the same coast; and the celebrated junction of the old red sandstone and granite of Caithness, all classical exam- ples investigated by Macculloch, Sedgwick, and Murchison. I have myself observed the same thing in various parts of Scotland, even in the various divisions of the old red sandstone, which I have disco- vered to be distinguished by characteristic fossils, all of which rest in different places on granite, or on granite veins passing through primary strata. But it is generally known that any rock may rest directly on gra- nite ; an instance of which is the northern drift, or the alluvia of rivers and torrents, or another extreme and equally striking instance is in the volcanic rocks, and endusial limestones of Auvergne, or what may be more interesting to us, the tertiary rocks of the Hyderabad and Nagpore countries, described by myself. Captain Campbell says, that the only notice on the points of inves- tigation on which Dr. Boase remarks, is an observation of mine to the effect, that at the Mucklegundy Ghaut, limestone containing shells was observed lying upon granite of a reddish colour. Capt. Campbell adds, Altered rocks in contact with Granite. 109 that the observation is very imperfect, as “‘ it does not appear whether “ the rock, was part of an extensive granitic formation, or only part of “the granitic beds occurring in what I have termed the ‘ schistose ‘‘ series; neither does it appear, that Dr. Malcolmson endeavoured to «« observe whether the fossiliferous bed was traversed by veins from the “« granite, or whether it was metamorphised in any way, or changed “in appearance or mode of aggregation, by association with the bed “‘ of granite.” Ido not acknowledge the justice of this criticism, as the information I have given on this locality, is as fullas was required, or could be obtained. I have stated, that the limestone rock seemed to be altered by the basalt which covered it, and facts are given which rendered it probable, that the granite was connected with other masses of that rock, although it was not visibly continuous. As to granite veins passing through this tertiary limestone, it would have been a fact too deeply interesting to have been overlooked by a less careless person than I acknowledge myself to be; and with respect to Captain C.’s “‘ schistose series,’ I cannot allow that others are obliged to adopt either his new language, or his views, either new or old, on such subjects ; although every fact clearly and intelligibly stated, must be taken into consideration by all who follow on the same tract. But to return to Dr. Boase, it was his duty also, to have examined for himself, before he denied that rocks containing fossil remains reach the granite, and are altered by heat; and when he carries his assertion further, and states that what are called igneous rocks, do not alter the strata into which they enter, it is only going back to the days of the Neptunists, and cannot. be replied to without folly. But Dr. Boase when he left off observing, in order that he might write systems, appears also to have ceased at the same time to read, else whence the ignorance displayed in the following passage: ‘‘ Sup- ** pose my general views to prove erroneous, as in the above instance, “ then I must admit that primary crystalline schists are only secondary * strata, changed by the action of heat; but in so doing I contend, * that granite itself is in the same predicament ; that is, that the whole *“‘ of the primary rocks have then resulted by the action of fire on “ fossiliferous strata. It may come to this, but in the meantime, the “facts are not sufficient to justify our jumping at such a conclusion.” Here is a theory proposed as new, which has been advocated by Lyell, 110 Srlicified wood of Pondichéry in his eloquent and popular works, and Dr. Maculloch, in his profound system, written in 1821, although not published till ten years later. I therefore entreat Captain Campbell to describe with care and in common language, the districts he may have opportunities of examin- ing ; and not to imagine that one man can build up a science such as this, or that all that has been done by the many profound geologists, chemists, mineralogists, travellers, and naturalists in all countries, can be overlooked by any one who himself aspires to contribute his share to the good work. He cannot have a better model than that furnished by Dr. Voysey or Dr. Benza, (except in the Continental Nomenclature of the latter), both of whom were intimately acquainted with the districts visited by Captain Campbell. Dr. Boase’s example, on the contrary, is to be shunned rather than followed. I take this opportunity of referrmg to a remark in the 6th Number of your Journal, page 236, relative to the following passage in my paper on the Deccan :— ‘«‘ With regard to the age of the silicified wood of Pondichéry, no “facts have yet been ascertained, that can justify any conclusion; “it is, however, to be hoped, that a gentleman familiarly acquaint- “ed with the tertiary and volcanic rocks of Greece and Italy, will “‘ soon communicate positive information regarding the geological * relations of the sandstones containing the silicified trees ; and the ‘¢ fossil shells; the conical hollows, obsidions, and other indications of ‘volcanic action, said to exist in that neighbourhood. ‘The shells ‘‘ [have seen, differ from those of Central India.”—Geological Trans- actions, vol.—page 272. Mr. Kaye observes, that he did not know who the gentleman could be, and I find that others were equally in the dark ; in consequence, I suppose, of the paper having been so long written previous to the publication of the volume of Geological Transactions in which it ap- peared. The person referred to was that accomplished geologist Dr. Benza, the only person in the South of India, then or now, to whom the remark could apply ; and whom I had hoped, thus to induce to enter on this most interesting enquiry. I had myself been asked to engage in it by Mr. Prinsep, but I was sensible that Dr. Benza could do greater justice to it; nor do I regret that I did not enter on it, as Messrs. Kaye and Cunliffe’s papers are so excellent. ee eS eT ee ne ae ae Supposed to be Tertiary. Ii Mr. Prinsep appreciated Dr. Benza’s merits as they deserved, and in a letter to me, he lamented that the ‘“‘ Asiatic Society of Bengal «had no Gold Medal to bestow, as none could doubt that Dr. B.’s ‘« paper on the Neilgherry Hills had a just claim to the distinction.” When I wrote, I was ignorant that he was already attacked by the malady under which he soon after sank, without having published any thing on the subject. I never visited the locality, yet with regard to the matrix of the fossil wood, and of the true character of the wood itself, my opinion, founded on specimens was correct, and I therefore could not but feel regret at the turn the discussion on this subject had taken at Madras in 1840. I had carefully examined, several years before, the fossil wood from this locality, had sections made of various specimens, in some of which the vegetable structure was even better seen than in recent wood. I had also had an opportunity of shewing them to Mr. Robert Brown, and of conversing regarding them with Adolphe Brongniart. ‘The structure of many specimens is exogenous, and may be inferred to belong to the tertiary period. Knowing all this, it was a subject of regret to find these discus- sions at Madras revive the olden times when Leonardi da Vinci had to contend so zealously for the animal origin of the shells of the Sub- Appenines, against those who asserted them to be the result of, I know not what, mystic or plastic forces. But I had hoped that the discovery of his error in this instance, would have rendered Captain Campbell more cautious in plunging into controversies against opi- nions adopted by all who have written or observed well. Nore.—It may be worth while to notice some remarks of Captain Campbell, relative to an error alleged to have been committed by myself, after Buchanan, Voysey and Benza, as to the mineral composition of the pillars of the tomb of Hyder at Seringapatam. It is but a dis- pute about the name of a specimen, of no real importance to a geologist, and although I have much confidence in Captain Newboldt’s opinion, adopted by Captain Campbell, I still do not consider the point settled, as to these pillars being composed of a steatite, as I think is reported, for I have not the paper to refer to at the moment. When one considers how constantly, and easily the primary rocks, especially those composed of hornblende and steatitic minerals alter- nate, or graduate into each other, a discordance on this point is not to be wondered at. As to my own share of the error, it was only adding these pillars to other examples of the architec- tural use of a particular rock, which I had elsewhere carefully examined, on the authority of three of the best geologists who have ever been in India. It is twice that I had seen these pil- lars, but during the few hours I spent there, I was too much occupied in the many objects of historical and moral interest around me, to think of detecting a flaw in the observations of my 112 A Notice of “ Indian Cyprinide,” being the Second Part of the Nine- teenth volume of the Asiatic Researches. By Mr. Joun M‘Cust- LAND, Bengal Medical Service. Read February 17, 1841, to the Boston Society of Natural History, by Dr. Humpureys Storer. We are almost entirely ignorant of the fresh-water fishes of many of those countries, whose marine species are tolerably well known to ichthyologists. The reason is obvious—the smallest sea-port has its market constantly supplied with those species which are used for food—the great proportion of such species, are taken along the shores of the different countries, and but very few fluviatile fishes are considered of sufficient value to be procured—so that, we are compelled to learn from the zealous naturalist, who is actuated by other motives than the expectation of pecuniary reward, the cha- racters and habits of such species as inhabit the streams and rivers and lakes. He therefore who attempts to elucidate a subject so desirable to be known, recommends himself by the mere effort, to our regard—should he succeed in his attempt, we ought not to with- hold our gratification. Agassiz, whose name is a guarantee of the value of his. labors, is at this moment preparing a magnificent work upon the ‘ Poissons d’Eau Douce de Europe Centrale.” In our own country, Dr. Kirtland, like a true naturalist, with an enthusiasm proportionate to the obstacles he encounters, is endeavoring to present you with the ‘‘ Fishes of the Western waters’”—and I feel confident, when his entire paper shall be published, although future research may, and undoubtedly will point out errors, that it must be invaluable to the American ichthyologist. While these observers are prosecuting their enquiries, we are sur- prised to receive an elaborate paper upon the “ Indian Cyprinide,” predecessor ; and had I had more time, I should almost as soon have thought of knocking off the nose of the Apollo Belvidere to ascertain if the marble were Grecian or Italian (a curious enquiry too,) as to have injured one of these noble pillars, to have learned whether it contain- ed adark green talc or a crystal of hornblende. I do not forget Wordsworth’s famous lines relative to the man who would ‘‘ peep and botanise out o’er his mother’s grave.” But why should an Indian geologist with mountains around him yet untouched by the hammer, waste his time in putting to rights some little slips of those who have worked in quite a different spirit. | : | ey ee ee ee ee Indian Cyprinde. 113 read to the Asiatic Society in Sept., 1838, and published in their ‘«* Researches” the following year. This paper, to which I would now call your attention, was prepared by Mr. John M’Clelland, assistant surgeon in the Bengal medical service. Our author was in- duced to undertake the elucidation of this subject, by perceiving that Cuvier had adopted only such of the Indian Cyprinidze as were figured in Dr. Buchanan’s work on Gangetic Fishes—leaving the re- maining three-fourths of the species described in that work, as not well determined—and feeling satisfied that these descriptions of Buchanan were so general that they could not by any one be dis- tinguished, he resolved to make the attempt to identify them, by col- lecting all these species, and minutely studying their characters. «* After perseverance for the better part of three years,” to use the words of our author, ‘‘ occasionally giving it up in despair, I succeed- ed in identifying most of the species unfigured by Buchanan, as well as in having made two series of finished drawings of them, one set for England and one for India.” After his paper was ready for publication, our author learned that some of Buchanan’s drawings of his Gangetic Fishes, were in the government house at the botanic garden in Calcutta—and upon investigation, founda collection ** amounting to one hundred and fifty beautifully executed, and in- cluding nearly all the unpublished species on which my painters had been so long employed, with the specific names in Buchanan’s hand- writing marked under the figures, so as to leave no doubt or difficul- ty in referrmg them to corresponding descriptions in the Gangetic Fishes.” Fortunate indeed was it for science, although gross injus- tice to Buchanan, that these drawings should have been thus long concealed ; had all the figures appeared in his ‘“‘ Gangetic Fishes,”’ they would have supplied the deficiency in his descriptions, and the rich volume before us, would have never been undertaken. Now, after having for years examined the swamps and stagnant pools, and the mountain streams of India—after having enlisted his numerous friends in his service, and possessed through their efforts and his own, not merely all the species described by Buchanan, but many previously unknown—Dr. M’Clelland is not satisfied merely to cry out €venka, but embodies here a great amount of information Q 114 Indian Cyprinidae. obtained during his researches, and throws new light upon the ichthyology of the East. The Cyprinide, are arranged by Cuvier in the “ Regne Animal,” as the first family of the Malacopterygii abdominales—and are cha- racterized thus—they are “‘ recognized by the slightly cleft mouth ; the weak jaws, generally edentated, and whose border is formed by the intermaxillaries ; by the deeply dentated pharyngeals which compose the trifling armature of the jaws, and by the small number of the branchial rays. Their body is scaly, and they have no adi- pose dorsal, such as we shall find in the Siluri and in the Salmons. Their stomach has no cul-de-sac, neither are there any cecal appen- dages to their pylorus. Of all the fishes, they are the least carni- vorous.” This family is divided by Cuvier into seventeen genera, characterized for the most part by the form of the mouth, and the position of the dorsal fin. After a minute examination of the digestive apparatus of these fishes, Dr. M’Clelland has pointed out a natural arrangement, which goes far to simplify their study. He ascertained that upon the greater or less development of the intesti- nal canal, he could determine the food taken by the different genera —whether it was animal or vegetable; and that the position of the mouth corresponded with this arrangement of the canal. That such of the family as lived entirely upon vegetable food, possessed the ereatest developement of the intestines—and their mouths were horizontal or directed downwards ; and that those which lived upon insects, had the least development of these organs—and their jaws were directed upwards. He has accordingly formed three subfamilies, into which he di- vides the Cyprinide. The first, he calls Peonomine, or herbivorus Cyprins—from poionomos, that feeds on herbs. This subfamily is thus characterized—‘“‘ mouth slightly cleft, either horizontal or di- rected more or less downward. ‘The stomach is a lengthened tube continuous with a long intestinal canal; colorus plain; three rays in the branchial membrane. Obs. Their food consists chiefly of confervoid plants and other productions of the vegetable kingdom.” The Paonomine contain five long established genera; viz. Cirrhinus, Barbus, Cyprinus proprius, Gobio, and Gonorhynchus. From the | | | | | Indian Cyprinide. 115 Barbels, our author has formed a subgenus, which he calls Oreinus, from Oreinos, pertaining to mountains. 4 The second subfamily is called Sarcoborine, from LYaexoPoooc, carnivorous. ‘This subfamily is composed of five genera. Two of these genera were previously established ; viz. Leueiscus, (Klein,) and Abramis, (Cuv.)—three other genera are formed by our author. The first of these, he calls Systomus, from Systomos, that has a narrow mouth. Characters. ‘ Intermaxillaries protractile, dorsal and anal short, the former opposite to the ventral and preceded by a spinous ray ; body elevated, and marked by two or more distinct dark spots, or diffuse spots either on the fins or opercula, promi- nence on the apex of the lower jaw obscure.”’ The genus Perilampus, from Wleo:Aapaw, to irradiate, or shine brilliantly, is thus distinguished. ‘‘ Head small, obliquely raised above the axis of the body ; dorsal placed opposite to a larger anal ; apices of the jaws raised to a line with the dorsum, which is straight ; the ventral margin is much arched, sides usually streaked with blue ; fins without spinous rays. Ods. In this genus the intestine is small, and very little longer than the body. The species all subsist exclu- sively on insects, which they seize by leaping above the surface. They vary from two to four inches in length.” The third genus of our author, is Opsarius, from oPagioy, picis- culus, a small fish ; its characters are thus defined: “ Mouth widely cleft ; body slender, and usually marked with transverse green streaks or spots; dorsal small without spines, and placed behind the middle, and long, lower margin of the body more arched than the upper. Obs. Intestine very short, and extends almost straight from the stomach to the vent.” In the genera of this sub-family, the mouth is situated directly op- posite to the position it had in the former. They are all insectivor- ous—the Opsarions, which also devour smaller species of fishes, par- ticularly gudgeons, are so voracious, that ‘‘it is no uncommon thing to find an Opsarion so overgorged that the tail of its prey remains protruding from the mouth, to be swallowed after that portion which is capable of being received into the capacious stomach is suffict- ently digested to admit of the introduction of the remainder.” 116 Indian Cyprinide. Another striking distinction between the individuals of these two sub-families, is pointed out to usim their colors. “The whole of the sub-family Peonomine are remarkable for their uniformly plain colors, consisting of olive green, bluish gray, or brown, extended along the back, and softened off on the sides, so as to leave the lower sur- face of the body an impure white, partaking more or less of the colors of the back.” ‘‘ Of the species, not one possesses a brilliant spot of any pure color.” But as we leave the herbivorous group and enter the carnivorous, we find numerous bright, dark spots, and the opercula and fins to be stained with yellow and red, in deep and natural tints; and the more carnivorous the genera, the more remarkable is the brilliancy of their colors. The third sub-family, is called Apalopterine, from avaXog, soft, and 7teoov, a fin or wing. It “‘ consists of those genera, the spe- cies of which have either elongated cylindric bodies or flat heads, as the Loaches and Pecilie. They are without spmous rays in any of the fins, the intestine is short, and enveloped in a copious mucous secretion ; three to six rays in the branchial membrane.’ There are four genera. The first genus of this sub-family is called Platycara from platus, broad, and kara, head. Its characters are ‘‘ head flat, with the eyes placed on the upper surface, fins thick and opaque, pectorals large, anal small, caudal bifid, mouth without teeth and placed on the lower surface of the head, three rays in the branchial membrane. Obs. The stomach and intestine form a continuous fleshy tube, not much exceeding the length of the body ; they are found in elevated moun- tain streams.” The second genus is Psilorhynchus, from psilo, thin or attenuated, and rynchus, a snout or beak. It is distinguished by ‘‘ muzzle elon- gated and flattened, eyes placed on the edges of the head, mouth small and suctorial without cirri, opercula small, caudal bifid, dorsal opposite to the ventrals.”’ The third genus Pecilia, includes the genera Pecilia, Lebias Fundulus, Molinesia, and Cyprinodon, contained in the “ Regne Ani- mal.” A single subgenus is formed from this genus, which is called Aplocheilus, from AmAoe, simple or single, and xetAog, the lip, and Indian Cyprinidae. 1i7 having the following characters—‘ intermaxillaries fixed, apices of the jaws broad, flat, and directed upwards ; five rays in the branchial membrane; fins transparent. Ods. A short dorsal is placed oppo- site to the last ray of a long anal, the ventrals are very small; the intestine and stomach form together a small tube scarcely longer than the body.” The fourth genus Cobitis, (Linn.) is divided into two subgenera ; the first, our author calls Cobitis propria—here, we find the “ caudal entire, large, and ornamented as well as the dorsal, with bars or spots; prevailing color of the body, various shades of brown, dis- posed in more or less dense nebulz.” To the second subgenus, our author has given the name of Schistura, from 2oroe, split or se- parated, and ovpa, cauda. Its characters are “caudal bilobate, dorsal and ventrals opposite, and short; with or without suborbitar spies; sides ornamented with fasciated bars, mostly green. Obs. The intestine is somewhat longer than that of the true Loaches, (Cobitis propria,) being usually reflected once upon the stomach.” We have thus exhibited a mere outline of the important improve- ments proposed by Dr. M’Clelland in the natural arrangement of the Cyprinide; but besides his classification, our author has presented us a general synopsis of the species, and illustrated them with lithogra- phic figures, from drawings mostly his own, all of which are suffici- ently well-executed to convey accurate ideas, and many of them are highly creditable. Besides furnishing nineteen colored plates, con- taining nearly one hundred figures, the volume before us is enriched by a single plate, exhibiting the peculiar forms of the jaws in several genera of the sub-family Peonominae, and the differences of form and proportion of the alimentary canal in each of these great sub-families. Almost one-half of the entire volume is devoted to an “ account of the species,” and it constitutes by far the most interesting portion. We here find, not merely a scientific description of each fish, with its Latin and native name, and its geographical locality, but its habits are elucidated with great clearness and evident acquaintance; its value as an article of food, from its delicacy or abundance, and the possibility and importance in many instances of its being transported from one locality to another for economical purposes, are pointed out with the zeal of a philanthropist; while the perseverance and fidelity with 118 Indian Cyprinide. which our author has studied the minute anatomy of his subjects, must claim from all readers their admiration. Published as this treatise is, by a Society whose “ ‘Transactions’ have become so voluminous, and are with difficulty procured, it can- not be extensively circulated or known among American naturalists ; I would notice therefore a few points of general interest, selected from the portion of this paper just referred to. In some parts of India, many of the species of fishes are found in immense quantities. Our author, after describing Cyprinuschola, re- marks: ‘‘ Casting a net into a pond in Middle Assam, not presenting any remarkable appearance of containing fish, about one hundred and twenty were brought up at a single draught’’—(nine species captured are here mentioned). ‘‘ The extent of the pond may have been four hundred yards, and that of the net three yards ; and supposing half the fish to have escaped from under the net, the number in the pond would have been thirty-two thousand. When we consider the vast extent of surface occupied by waters equally productive, both in Bengal and Assam, we may form a conception of the inexhaustible supply of fish that might be procured for consumption in other parts of the country where they are less plentiful.” p. 384. Several species are useful not merely as an article of food; speaking of Cyprinus cursis, Dr. M’Clelland observes, ‘It is a beautiful fish, common in Bengal and Assam as high as Sudyah, but being full of bones, is little valu- ed as an article of food. If it be less useful in this respect than other Cirrhins, it is more serviceable than we are aware of, in common with the numerous Gudgeons in clearing the indolent waters of the plains from a redundancy of vegetation with which they would otherwise be choked up.” p. 330. Many of the species are of great value as excellent and nutritious food, and might be rendered infinitely more so, could they be salted when taken, or be transported and allowed to propagate in other portions of the country. Thus the Barbus megalepis, which is an admirable fish, is ‘‘ peculiar to remote unpopu- lated districts, where no attempts are made to cure ; they are conse- quently lost to the wants of other places, where an unlimited demand for dried fish must prevail at all seasons, but particularly during the rains and hot weather, when fresh fish become scarce. There can be no doubt that if some relaxation of salt duties could be made in favor Indian Cyprinide. 119 of those who would embark in such a business, a profitable and useful trade might be established to a far greater extent than we can at present form any notion of. The season for fishing is short, and without means of saving more than can be consumed when fresh, the fishermen have nothing to stimulate them to any exertion beyond that of earning during their brief season, a sufficient sum to support them during the rest of the year. Had the fisherman the means of, preserving the result of his labor, his chief market would commence when the fishing season ends, and his industry would then become a permanent benefit to himself and to the country at large. Sea fisheries would be of still higher importance, although neither should be neglected. The cold season, from November to February, is the time at which fishes are chiefly taken; the waters being then low, the fishes are confined to narrow channels, and are often completely cut off from the larger streams and left in pools, in which they are easily secured. When passing Solano Mookh with the Assam depu- tation in January, I saw boats laden with most of the five kinds of Barbels just described, from one to two and a half feet in length ; but as Sudyah, the nearest market at which they could probably be dis- posed of, was thirty miles distant, and a strong current to be opposed in reaching that place, and no means of curing the fish, the owners en- tertained little hopes of realizing any thing whatever by them.” p. 339. To the important subject of transporting fishes from one pond or river to another, our author has given much attention, and his sug- gestions are worthy the notice of the government of India. We are told, that ‘‘ throughout the Mysore country, as well as in many of the western provinces, large tanks or reservoirs occur, many of them from three to thirty miles in circumference, and being indispensable for irrigation, may be supposed to be nearly universal in all populous districts not watered by rivers. These reservoirs are considered by the Honorable Col. Morison, C. B., as among the greatest national monuments to be found in India. ‘They are capable, according to Buchanan, of supplying water for from eighteen months to two years, and thus of maintaining the surrounding corps should no rain fall within that period. ‘« They are drained by an ingenious system of sluices and aqueducts of the most simple but complete construction, which afford a perfect 120 Indian Cyprinide. control over the distribution of water. During the dry season they are pretty much exhausted, and may, if necessary for repairs, be left perfectly dry. This would afford an excellent opportunity for des- troying crocodiles and all the various destructive fishes, sparing only the more profitable kinds, which are limited to two or three species only ; and by repeating this operation for several seasons, or as often as may be necessary, all but those we wish to propagate would soon be exterminated. « By a wise law of nature, the carnivorous animals of every class are less prolific than the harmless, and may therefore be the more easily subdued. Nearly all the destructive fishes are viviparous, bringing forth comparatively few young; whereas, the more pro- fitable kinds, or those which should be the objects of our care, are all oviparous, and bring forth their young from spawn. «A single female carp weighing only nine pounds, has been found by Dr. Locke to contain no less than six hundred thousand ova; and by Schneider, one, ten pounds weight, was found to con- tain seven hundred thousand ova or eggs. « The fecundity of the Ruee, Catla, and Mrigala, has not yet been ascertained, but from their close affinity to the carp, we may suppose them to correspond in this respect with that species ; the question, however, is one that may be easily ascertained by weighing a grain of the roe and ascertaining the number of globules it contains, while these will be to the whole roe what one grain is to its entire weight. The result will shew that these species are capable of yielding, by their extraordinary fertility, a source of food as in- exhaustible as the sands of the ocean, could we only bring their propagation and the safety of the young sufficiently within our control. “In the reservoirs above described, we have every facility for effecting this object on a scale of great magnitude, without in any way interfering with the other uses of the water.” p. 458, et seq. ‘«« The only alteration in the present form of the reservoirs to adapt them to the purposes in view, would be to enclose the lowest por- tions of the bottom of each with stakes long enough to reach above the highest surface of the water, and close enough together to pre- vent the entrance of crocodiles, otters, and the like, should any such Indian Cyprinide. 121 exist in the neighbourhood. The spawning season of the Ruee and other Cirrhins, appears to be in the dry weather; the contrivance here suggested would therefore protect them at that time, and if there should be any danger of the whole of the water drying up, wells of sufficient size and depth might be formed within the en- closure, to which the fishes would retire during droughts, while the shallow waters around the wells would afford space enough for the deposit of spawn. «« Much of our success would depend on keeping those enclosures as free as possible from all but the species we desire to propagate. At the commencement of the dry season, before the fish begin to enter the enclosure, the interval between the stakes might be closed with straw, and as the water becomes sufficiently low without, most of the rapacious kinds may be removed or destroyed; none should be allowed to remain but that species alone which may be the object of our care. This done, the only further attention necessary, would be to save the fish in the enclosure from birds during the remainder of the dry season. *“‘ Should our success be complete, from every moderately sized female Ruee we should have, on the commencement of the rains, from five to ten hundred thousand fry, which, as the waters rise, would be quite able to take care of themselves till the next season, when it would be necessary again to destroy the rapacious kinds as before.” ‘‘ On the fishes of Bengal, Assam, and other provinces subject to the inundations of the larger rivers, we can exercise no control, nor is it desirable that we should, even were it in our power, the supply of fish being plentiful and constant enough ; but in the higher parts of the plains, near the foot of the mountains, where the larger Cirrhins and Barbels retire during the dry season for the purpose of spawning, fisheries might be carried on with advantage to a considerable extent.” p. 461. As some species of the Indian fishes are found only in clear and rapid streams, they would not probably thrive well, if at all, in tanks where the waters would be still. Should it be considered desirable to propagate to any extent such species, our author suggests, that “the most suitable vivarium for such species might be formed by stopping up a clear mountain stream to a certain depth, and fil- R 122 Indian Cyprinide. lng the irregularities of the bottom with sand, gravel and stones ; there should be a current in the water, and to prevent the escape of the fish, a grating should be fixed below; at the opposite end a stronger grating, if necessary, to prevent the introduction of rub- bish during floods, as well as the escape of the fish, should the fall not be sufficient for the latter purpose.”’ p. 347. Occasional re- marks are found relating to the altitude at which fishes are known to live in India. Speaking of the Oreinus guttatus, Dr. M’Clelland observes, it is found “‘ in rivers in different parts of Boutan, between the elevation of two and five thousand feet. It may occur higher, but Mr. Griffith remarks, that in valleys above five thousand feet, though fine, clear streams are common, yet fishes of any kind do not occur in them, and the natives assured the mission to which he was attached, that no fish existed at such elevations.” p. 345. The Gonorhynchus petrophilus “ inhabits streams in Kemaon at an elevation of six thousand feet above the sea, and has been observed by Lieut. Hutton at similar elevations in the mountains north of Simla, as well as by Dr. Campbell in Nipal.” p. 371. And again, ‘“‘ whether any other kind of fishes may yet be found in still higher altitudes than those at which the Gonorhynchs and Mountain Barbels disappear, is a problem in the distribution of this class of animals, that travellers in the Himalaya and other lofty regions must decide. In the limpid streams which Mr. Griffith passed with Capt. Pemberton, at elevations of from six to eight thousand feet in Boutan, no inhabitants were found; and both here and at Simla, as well as in Kemaon, the Gonorhynchs and Mountain Barbels have not been found at greater altitudes than six thousand feet above the level of the sea, where we may presume they disappear; but from that altitude downwards to the plain, they constitute the prevailing forms that have hitherto been met with in the waters.” p. 369. Tt is well known that several of the marine fishes, under peculiar circumstances, produce derangement in the systems of those who eat them; it appears that similar affections are the result of feeding upon some of the Indian Cyprinide. Thus we are told “ that many of the natives abstain from the use of the Cyprinus cursis, imagining that if eaten on the same day with milk it will occasion a disease called elephantiasis.” p. 329. Indian Cyprinide. 123 The Oreinus progastus “is said by the natives of Assam to occasion swimming of the head and temporary loss of reason for several days, without any particular derangement of the stomach. It is the most herbivorous of the Barbels, and like some of the Gudgeons, tends rapidly to decay after death, and in the abdominal cavity a copious oily secretion is found, which is probably the cause of its bad effects.” p. 344. Our author observes, that in some species ‘‘ the whole of the abdominal viscera float in a dark, oily kind of fluid ;’’ and he remarks, that either this fluid, or the great proportion of vegetable matter contained in the intestines of the Gudgeon and Gonorhynchs, tends rapidly to putrefaction ; to which cause, as well as to the neglect of removing the viscera from those species immediately after they are caught, I ascribe the bad effects which have by some been observed to result on certain occasions from their use.” <‘‘ Mr. Bruce, of Assam, also mentioned to me, that he knew of instances of indisposi- tion supposed to be occasioned by a variety of Bangon. All Bangons and Gonorhynchs should therefore have the viscera removed soon after they are taken, and the dark, oily fluid washed away; when, if it be necessary, they will keep fresh as long as any other kind of fish ; but if this be neglected, the stomach rapidly putrefies, in which state, if it be necessary to use these fish, the thin parts adjoining the ventral fins should be removed.” p. 371. I might proceed to point out much, which could not fail to interest you, but it was not my intention to present an elaborate paper. I wished merely by glancing generally at the work before me, to shew you how creditably the author has performed his task ; he deserves, and will I trust, receive in the pages of the scientific journals of his native country, a faithful critique. Before closing this report, I would revert to a single circumstance which is highly honorable to Dr. M‘Clelland. It appears that Dr. Buchanan, during a long residence in India, had made a large col- lection of papers and drawings illustrating the natural history of that country, which were taken from him, as he was about to leave India, by the Marquis of Hastings, and deposited in the government house at the botanic garden in Calcutta—so that he was obliged when he reached Edinburgh, to publish his Gangetic Fishes without most 124 Indian Cyprinide. of his plates. Dr. M‘Clelland, when he finally knew of the existence of these drawings, was surprised to ascertain that Hardwicke in his « Tllustrations” had freely copied many of them, without giving the slightest credit to Buchanan, and had even annexed to them new names, although the names of their discoverer were attached to the drawing, and in his own handwriting. But the names were not merely changed ; “during the twenty years Buchanan’s drawings lay at the botanic garden, before they were transferred to Hardwicke’s Illustrations, many of the colors appear to have undergone a change, such as light blue and green becoming dark brown ; not aware of this, the copyist has not only imitated the altered colors, but added a little to their intensity; the consequence of which is, that the figures thence obtained in the expensive work referred to, are made to appear in black, when they should only be a pale grey or green.” p. 355, note. Mortified to find, that a departed naturalist had thus been robbed of a portion of his well-earned fame, and proud to be the means of rescuing from oblivion the labors of Buchanan, Dr. M‘Clelland has not only in every instance, when practicable, referred to his plates in the most generous manner, but has even presented us with some of the original plates, although he had made similar drawings previous to their discovery. His whole conduct in this transaction is noble and disinterested ; and while the naturalist, after reading this volume, acknowledges his obligations for the information received, he will also feel for the author a deep and abiding esteem.* Rosinson’s Patent Sugar Mills. Pl. VI. In a Memoir recently presented to the Academy of Sciences of Paris, by M. G. Péligot, it was demonstrated that the constituent parts of the Sugar-cane, of the species called Otaheite, are 90 per cent. of juice, and 10 per cent. of fibrous or woody matter. At any period, researches, the object of which would be to deter- mine with exactness the different quantities or proportions of the component parts of the Sugar-cane, would have commanded in a special manner the attention of that part of the public interested * American Journal of Science, 1841, p, 92. Robinson's Patent Sugar Mills. 125 in such inquiry; but at the present time they acquire a new degree of interest by the circumstances in which we are placed. M. Péligot therefore deserves commendation for having undertaken these researches, and the more so, as he has been able to rectify some very material errors in the important art of extracting sugar from the cane. ‘The authors who had hitherto studied the analysis of the Sugar-cane juice considered it as water holding in solution su- gar, gum, albumina, mucilaginous matter, a kind of soapy substance, acids, and divers salts ; according to their notions it was a liquid of a very compound nature, and from thence they inferred that it was so difficult to extract the sugar from it. M. Péligot, on the contrary proves that the juice of the Sugar-cane, when filtered, is composed simply of four parts of water and one of crystallizable sugar; that it is nothing but sweetened or sugared water, or at least that the other saline or organic substances which are found therein do not exceed 17 parts in 1000 by weight. By the sugar mill ordinarily employed to express the juice, the quantity obtained only averages from 45 to 55 per cent. It is true, that some canes may contain less than the above proportion of juice, and that in some few cases better results may be obtained from the mills; but it is admitted on all hands, that the general result is very much below what it ought to be. A large proportion of the saccharine juice remains in the canes after the present operation, which is lost to the manufacturer, or only goes to increase the com- bustible character of the canes when used as fuel. Nor is the deficiency of production the only defect of the present sugar mills; those persons who have had any experience in the colonial sugar manufactures, know full well the loss and annoyance which continually arise from the frequent breakage of the machinery. To our readers it may be observed, that owing to the carelessness of the parties employed, and the imperfection of the machinery, breakage is a common accident, and one which, from the very inade- quate means of repair to be met with in the colonies, frequently causes the loss of the “‘ crop” or entire year’s labour and expenditure of the planter. With a view to remedy both these defects, an arrangement of machinery is proposed to be substituted for that heretofore used, the 126 Robinson's Patent Sugar Mills. joint invention of a planter of twenty years’ experience, and present eminence, and of an engineer of talent and application, resident in a British sugar colony during the last five years. The details have been perfected here, and the invention has been patented in Eng- land,* France, and their dependencies and plantations abroad, and is in process of being secured by patent in all the sugar-producing countries and colonies. Fig. 1, of the engravings on our front page, is a side elevation of this patent Sugar Cane Mill, No. 1, and feed apparatus complete, with one side frame removed for distinctness. In this arrangement it will be seen, that the canes are subjected to three pressures, by which the whole, or nearly the whole of the juice is expected to be expressed ; its extraction being still farther assisted by the applica- tion of a jet of boiling water, or of steam, being thrown upon the canes previous to their entering between the third pair of rollers. Fig. 2 is a side elevation of a patent Sugar Cane Mill, No. 2, with its endless band for feeding the canes to the rollers. (One side frame being again omitted.) These engravings, although representing but imperfectly two modifications of the machines, will give a better idea of them than any lengthened description. It will be at once perceived by persons having an acquaintance with the subject, that there is nothing com- plex or experimental in the new mill, and that it is adapted to operate more effectively than the common one. The distinguishing peculiarities of the new mill, and the advan- tages claimed for it by its ingenious patentees are as follows :-— Ist. That the canes are fed into the mill, or, in other words, put between the pressing cylinders by an apparatus or machine, attached to and worked by the mill itself, by means of which they are sup- plied regularly, evenly, and lengthwise ; instead of being fed in by the hands of the attendant blacks intermittingly and in unstratified bunches, now too little and then too much, which has the double dis- advantage of hindering the action of the cylinders upon a portion of the canes passing through, and of severely straining the machimery. 2nd. The canes undergo three distinct and consecutive pressings, at each of which the juice expressed is separated from them by being * Vide abstract of specification, page 446 of our 931st Number. Robinson's Patent Sugar Mills. 127 thrown back, while in the common mill the canes are subjected to but two pressings, at the first of which the expressed juice is thrown forwards with the canes, and but very partially separated from them, leaving nearly the whole to be separated at the second pressing, which, as shewn above, fails in obtaining the juice to a great extent. 3rd. The pressing cylinders or rollers are tied or held to each other by malleable iron straps or bars, which relieve the cast iron side- frames from the great strain they are subject to in mills of the usual construction. Should any of these straps break, they are easily and promptly replaced.* Extract from the Cernéen Newspaper of Nov. 10th, 1842, regarding the Vnilla produced at Mauritius, on the estates of Mr. GrnEvE, Black River. Communicated by Wiis Ears, Esa. ‘ Mr. Bojer, at the last sitting of the Mauritius Society (of Natural ‘ History), exhibited some beautiful vanilla fruit or pods, the produce ‘ of the last gathering made by Mr. Genéve at the Riviere Noire, with ‘ the view of inducing the Society to encourage as much as possible the ‘ culture of this plant, which offers great advantages to the country, ‘on account of the little expence attending plantations on a large * scale, and of the extremely high price of Brazil vanilla. ‘ This latter, Mr. B. says, bears no comparison with that of Mauri- ‘ tius in respect to the perfume, and the beauty of the fruit, and yet ‘it sells for 90 to 100 francs per lb.! ! + ‘A pod of M. Genéve’s weighed gross, 22 drams.{ Six pods ‘thus weigh about an ounce, or 96 to a pound avoirdupois, and if ‘ (‘un pied,’) a foot? of vanilla gives 1000 flowers at the end of ‘three years, its importance may be easily calculated. Mr. Bojer ‘ascribes the rarity and consequent dearness of vanilla, to failure ‘arising from the excessive developement of a certain membrane, ‘ covering the stigma or female parts,§ which prevents fructification, * Mechanics Magazine, Oct. 1841. + But only sometimes at this rate I suppose.—W. E. t Mr. B. says the fresh fruit, whereas that of the Brazils must be old; but I have not seen either the plants or the fruit.—W. E. § The pollen being shed rapidly, and often when the stigma is thus enveloped, as explain- ed to me by Mr. B. in conversation.—W. E. 128 Mauritius Vanilla. ‘and says, that he has recently, by means of a slight incision reme- ‘ died this fault, which appears to be almost general in the conforma- ‘ tion, and finds that in all the plants so operated upon, he has by ‘thus mechanically assisting nature, entirely restored the due rela- ‘ tions between the organs of fructification.* ‘ A letter from M. Genéve shews, that formerly out of 10 greéffes ‘or shoots rich in flowers, scarcely one or two pods would be ‘ produced, but that now, thanks to Mr. Bojer, each stem (gréffe) ‘ after losing half its flowers, yields as many as 10 pods. M. G. ‘ adds, that in less than 15 days, 10 or 12 vanilla plants have formed ‘ (noué) 236 pods, and that he expects to have from them 325 to 350, ‘a very satisfactory result,—and which could have been doubled, ‘had the operations been performed in due time.’ From the same. I suppose you saw the remarkable Meteoric, if not Cometic ap- pearance in the heavens, yesterday evening, and which astonished us not a little. I first observed it on leaving the office, at about 64 to 6-20 P. m., I then imagined that it was a streak of smoke from some steamer illumined by the sun, and afterwards that it was one of those radia- tions sometimes seen, when the sun has just set, or is setting under clouds, but it had a brighter appearance, and in fact seemed as a luminous cloud-like ray, of prodigious length, converging towards or almost towards the place of sunset. I expected, therefore, to see it melt away, but on the contrary, it became brighter and better defined with the increasing dusk, and it grew gradually shorter, by the earth’s motion, as it seemed to decline, and sink into the horizon. By the time I got to the gardens, it had assumed all the appearance of a Comet’s brush, but was fast setting behind our Casuarina trees, when I took the probable bearing of the point, where I think it may have cut the horizon, and which I think lay by compass, between W.bS. and W.bS.25. * Mr. B. informed me, that the vanilla, a parasitic plant, the mango tree, the iron-wood tree, and some others grow in the Isle of France.—W. E. : | The Comet. 129 The angle it made with the horizon, I roughly estimated at 473° to 50°, 3 The time of the ray or tails final setting I know not, but suppose 14 to 14 hour before the moon. The time of my taking the bearing, and angle of incidence of the above, was about 7° 35’ ep. m., I think. It occurs to me, that a few nights ago, I saw something like the above, but only for a very short time, owing to the general cloudiness that then prevailed. This morning, I was on the look out before 5 a. m., to see if there was any thing very remarkable, rising before the sun, and saw of course the beautiful morning star, Venus, and soon after I observed, what I suppose to be Mercury; but with a much larger disk than I gave him credit for, through a Dolland’s hand telescope of moderate power. He rose bearing E. 8. E. below, and to the North- ward of Venus, and was of a comparatively dull reddish hue; I sup- pose, he may be at this season further than usual from the sun ; but bemg no astronomer, and having no Ephemeries to consult, can only guess in ignorance. March 7th, 18438. Honeson’s Illustrations of the Zoology of Nipal and Tibet. We have been assured by those who have been favoured with the sight of 31 sheets of Hodgson’s Illustrations, and can safely say, that for rigid scientific accuracy, united with much spirit and grace, they are inferior to nothing that has yet appeared in England. The figures only want being rounded by shading, to make them perfect, and the artist who has engaged to execute them in lithograph, will readily add that,—doing moreover whatever further be held needful to make the drawings really contributory to scientific use, as well as to popular taste, for he has a rich store of specimens at his disposal, whereby to correct, compare, and complete his proposed work, at all points. The draftsman employed by Mr. Hodgson, to whom we owe these drawings, (Raj Man Sinh, we name him with respect,) is a native.of S 130 Hodgson’s Zoology of Nipal and Tibet. Nipal, and to all patrons and promoters of Indian talent, the pro- posed work will have a double value as an unrivalled specimen of Indian docility and ability. The home artist, who undertakes to transfer the drawing to stone, is Mr. F. Howard, the celebrated illus- trator of Harris, and Mr. Howard is anxious and ready to begin his task. He proposes to commence with Quadrupeds, and to go on to birds, to give first 100 of the former, and then so many of the latter, as the public shall continue to call for. His terms for 100 Mammals, to be published each alternate month, are fifty rupees, or ten rupees per part of twenty Illustrations, twenty inches by twelve each in size. He requires 200 subscribers, and he hopes that subscribers will not object to pay half in advance, or twenty-five for the Quadrupeds to begin with, when a century of birds will be pro- posed on the same terms. Whatever is necessary to exhibit the essential conformation of each type or genus, will be given separately, as the scull or stomach, or bill or feet; and care will be taken that each and every Nipalese or Tibetan form or genus is exhausted before the plates are suffered to run to too great a number. Thus for five rupees per mensem, payable every second month, or for an ad- vance of twenty-five rupees on the Mammals, the other twenty-five to be paid on completion, every gentleman interested in science, or fond of field sports, may obtain 100 Quadrupeds beautifully executed, and fully explanatory: and then, upon the same terms, as many birds: and we may add, that there is hardly an Indian Quadruped, that will not fall within the scope of the work; and but few Indian birds. We shall be happy to receive intending subscribers’ names, and refer- ences for payment in England, or at the Indian presidencies. The Glacial Theory. When noticing the Annals and Magazine of Natural His- tory in the October No. of the Calcutta Journal of Natural Fistory, 1841, we adverted to the views then beginning to prevail relative to the effects of glaciers. The subject still continues to engross the attention of geologists, and most of the scientific journals are occupied with ———— a The Glacial Theory. 131 the results of their enquiries, and we here propose to offer an outline of the present state of the question. The glacier theory, says Professor Forbes, Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, No. 63, page 85, whether it regards the present or the past history of those mighty and resistless vehicles of transport and instruments of degradation, yields to no other physical speculation of the present day in gran- deur, importance, interest, and I had almost said, novelty. It is, says M. Agassiz, scarcely any longer a mere theory ; it rests on a whole series of phenomena apparently very different, but whose relations are evident to all observers : these are the erratic blocks, the mounds of loose materials, the ancient moraines, the polished and striated surfaces, the furrowings of rocks in a constant direction, which facts have been emphatically named the erratic phenomena. «« Since the domain of observation has been fairly entered,” says M. Agassiz, “ the investigation has advanced with gigantic strides. The beauty of the subject, the vast field which it embraces, the exciting questions belonging to it, have awakened on all hands, zeal, interest, curiosity, and ambition. There is now not an academy, not a scientific society, in which the erratic phenomenon has not been discussed and supported by new facts; and such has been the activity displayed by the savans of every country, that the most succinct abstract of the works and memoirs on the subject which have appeared within the last two years, would greatly exceed the limits of an article like the present. M. de Charpentier, in his Essaz sur les Glaciers et le Terrain Erratique, has described im detail the traces of ancient glaciers in the great valley of the Rhone and its lateral valleys, and also at a multitude of other points in Switzerland; M. Studer has observed them on the southern side of the Alps; and Mr. Martins in the Grisons. The French geologists assembled at Grenoble in 1840, studied them in the Alps of Dauphiny, and made them the subject of their discussions at the meeting held at Lyons in 1841. The polished rocks, in particular, seem to be very distinct on Mount Cenis, where they have been detected by Mr. Trevelyan and by Captain Le Blanc. MM. Renoir, Hogard, and Le Blane have con- 132 The Glacial Theory. tinued to observe the erratic phenomenon in the Vosges; MM. Max ~ Braun, and Du Rocher have noticed it in the Pyrenees; and I myself have done so in the Black Forest. The Swiss and French Jura has in this respect been made the object of continued study by MM. Gressly, Guyot, and Desor, who have proved that the erratic blocks of the Alps extend far beyond the limits assigned them by MM. de Buch and Charpentier; and, lastly, I have discovered erratic blocks, accompanied by polished and scratched surfaces, in a host of loca- lities in the Alps, where they had not previously been known to exist. “The great phenomena of the north, although attributed to other causes, do not the less belong to the same subject; and, since the investigations of MM. Alexander Brongniart and Sefstrém, they have been made the object of continued researches by MM. Bothlingk, Nordenskidld, Eichwald, Durocher, Robert, Martins, Murchison, De Verneuil, and Kaiserling. Finally, the American geologists, also, have very recently noticed a vast net-work of polished rocks and erratic blocks in the United States. “‘ But it is more particularly in Great Britain that the most unex- pected discoveries have been made. Who could have supposed that in these islands, equally remote from the glaciers of the Alps and the ice of the north, traces of the action of ice should have been found ! And, nevertheless, all the phenomena which indicate the former existence of glaciers are there just as evident, and just as well pre- served, as in the neighbourhood of the glaciers of the present day. England likewise,—thanks to the activity and the zeal of her savans —already possesses quite a literature on the subject of glaciers; and it would be necessary for me to cite the names of most of the geologists of that country, were I to mention all the individuals there who have occupied themselves with this question. «The purely theoretical part of the erratic phenomenon has also attracted much attention; and the discussions to which it has given rise in many places, and particularly in the Geological Society of France, have contributed, on their part, to render the study still more interesting, by connecting it with the great problems of the cosmic system.’’* Edinb. New Phil. Journ. No. 66, p. 218. The Glacial Theory. 133 When we study the arrangement of erratic blocks in certain valleys in Scotland, we feel inclined to imagine our- selves in Switzerland, says the same writer. “These mounds or ramparts abut against the walls of the valleys, frequently forming at the mouths of the valleys a series of concen- tric belts, which occur precisely at those places where, supposing that the valley had at one period been occupied by a glacier, it ought to have terminated by the terminal moraines pushing against one another. Similar mounds are observed at the mouth of nearly all the valleys of mountainous countries. ‘The most remarkable in the British islands are, in Scotland, those of the banks of Loch Awe and of Loch Etive, especially in the vicinity of Bunaw ferry; in England, those of the environs of Penrith and Kendal; and in Ireland, those which traverse the road that skirts the base of Cuil- cagh to the west of Florence Court. ‘The latter are more distinct than any that I have seen in the United Kingdom. The nature of the blocks composing these moraines, proves that they have not come from a great distance; but that they have been detached from the upper part ef the valley, and transported by some cause to its extremity. It is among these blocks, sometimes of very consider- able size, that we find the most angular. Now, if we consider the arrangement of the valleys, which proceed in all directions from the most elevated chains, and all of which present the phenomena of erratic blocks, and of more or less continuous moraines, we cannot for a moment doubt, that the cause of this transport has extended its effects by radiating from the interior of the elevated points of the district towards the plains. This is a fact of capital importance, for it proves that the phenomenon of transportation is to a certain extent a local phenomenon, inasmuch as it is connected with the neighbouring chains of mountains. Each great group of mountains in Britain has thus its system of erratic blocks limited to the extre- mities of its valleys. It is thus that Ben Lomond on the one hand, and Ben Nevis on the other, have their system of blocks indepen- dent of that of Ben Wyvis; Schihallien and the Grampians have equally theirs, as also the Pentland Hills, the Cheviots between Scotland and England, and the mountains of Cumberland and West- moreland; lastly, the mountains which rise above Belfast, those of 134 The Glacial Theory. the country of Wicklow, and Cuileagh, also seem to me to form so many separate groups, as regards the dispersion of their erratic blocks. But these relations of the blocks to the chains of moun- tains are only one of the peculiarities of their arrangement; it is indeed that very one which has been least insisted on, and with which the defenders of the theory of currents have the least occu- pied themselves ; and yet they ought above everything to have endeavoured to explain it, because it includes facts the most con- trary to their theory. How is it really possible to attribute to an eruption of the ocean, or to the effects of a continual sowlévement, the dispersion of different groups of erratic blocks arranged like a fan around each particular system of mountains? How, moreover, is it possible to conceive the existence of so many deep lakes, by whose beds, however, all these currents must nevertheless have pass- ed, in order to perch the erratic blocks on the flanks of the moun- tains, rather than accumulate them in the bottom of the valleys? «* A circumstance which further adds to the importance of these scattered blocks and continuous mounds, is, that the valleys in which they are met with have generally their walls more or less worn, rounded, smoothed, polished, and scratched. Now, this par- ticular appearance is evidently to be attributed to the same cause which transported the blocks ; for these two series of facts are every- where intimately connected together. ‘It was in England and in Sweden that the first polished sur- faces were observed, and these were everywhere attributed, until recently, to the action of great currents, without any regard being paid to the improbability of a current, or rather currents, spouting like springs from the top of all the valleys, and being sufficiently powerful to convey from their place of origin blocks sometimes of immense dimensions. It can easily be imagined, that, at a period when almost all geological phenomena were attributed to the action of water, no endeavour was made to search for another cause for the transport of erratic blocks. But if a comparison had been institut- ed between the polished surfaces and the effects produced by cur- rents, very remarkable differences between them would have been discovered. As I have said elsewhere, rocks polished by glaciers of the present day present surfaces gently rounded, smooth, and The Glacial Theory. 135 continuous over large spaces, sometimes even perfectly flat, and passing uniformly over the most resisting portions of rocks as over the softest, without forming sinuosities or edges. They are, more- over, furrowed, in the direction of the movement of the glacier, by furrows more or less deep and rectilinear, and scratched by fine striz, perfectly rectilinear, and evidently parallel to one another and to the furrows ; and, when the latter offer deviations from the gene- ral direction of the valleys, it is im consequence of circumstances which it is easy to appreciate. Such are likewise the polished sur- faces remarked at the bottom and on the flanks of the valleys which are encompassed by erratic blocks and moraines, even when they are no longer occupied by glaciers. But such are not the appear- ances exhibited by rocks worn by water; although smooth, they are never polished, and their undulated and sinuous surfaces present hollows or irregular excavations wherever the nature of the rock favoured erosions; no portion of the surfaces worn by currents of water has exhibited to me those long rectilinear striz so charac- teristic of the polishing of glaciers. ‘These differences between the abrasion occasioned by glaciers and that caused by water, are very well explained by the difference presented by a current of water, which, while it bounds along, follows all the sinuosities of its bed, and a rigid mass of ice which advances slowly on account of its consistence. The conformity which I have already pointed out be- tween the aspect of polished valleys whose flanks are charged with erratic blocks together with continuous mounds, and whose mouths are closed by concentric barriers of blocks, and the aspect of the valleys at present occupied by glaciers flanked by their lateral and terminal, ancient and recent moraines, and whose bottoms are po- lished, striated, and furrowed in the direction of the movement of the glacier ; this conformity, I say, is the principal argument that has caused me to attribute to the existence of glaciers which no longer remain, the phenomena similar to those produced by the glaciers of the present day, and which we meet with in so many localities far distant from glaciers. The granitic and porphyritic rocks of many valleys in Scotland exhibit polishings equally bril- liant with those at present observed on the slaty serpentines of the flanks of the glaciers of Monte Rosa.”* * Edinb. New Phil. Journ. No. 66, p. 222. 136 The Glacial Theory. For the mamner in which such polishings and grooves are effected by glaciers, we may refer to p. 449, of the Caleutta Journal of Natural History, 1842. Dr. Buckland, to whom these polished surfaces were pointed out in Switzerland by Professor Agassiz, as the effect of glaciers, remarked, that he had seen similar phenomena on the surfaces of rocks both in Scotland and England, but which he had attributed to diluvial action. Thus he had observed on the head rocks, on the left side of the gorge of the Tay near Dunkeld, round- ed and polished surfaces; and in 1824, in company with Mr. Lyell, grooves and strize on granite rocks near the east base of Ben Nevis. About the same time, Sir G. Mackenzie pointed out to Dr. Buckland a high ridge of gravel extended across a valley at the base of Ben Nevis, in a manner inexplicable by any action of water ; but in which, from his examination of glaciers in Switzerland, he recognizes the form and condition of a moraine. The north and north-east shoulders of Schihallien presents rounded, polished and striated surfaces. Again, on the left flank of the valley call- ed the Braes of Foss, a newly exposed porphyry of the dyke, forty feet wide, exhibited a polished and ‘striated sur- face parallel to the line of descent which a glacier from Schihallien would take, and in the right flank of the same valley, another and smaller dyke of porphyry presented simi- lar phenomena, and in the intermediate space, the recently uncovered slate and quartzose rock, are rounded, polished, grooved, and striated parallel in the direction, which a glacier would assume. At the west end of Comrie near Strath Karn, blue slate rocks have been also rounded and guttered, as well as the surface of the granite at Invergeldy; though too much weathered, the polished surface or the striz, both of which phenomena may, however, be seen on a hill composed of trap rock near Surg, in the direction which a glacier des- cending the subjacent valley would assume. 2, Moraines.—Dr. Buckland on the same occasion enters into full particulars of moraines or ridges of loose boulders, The Glacial Theory. 137 and detached masses of rocks, which skirt several mountains in Dumfrieshire, Aberdeenshire, Forfarshire, and other parts of Scotland, generally, if not always associated with the foregoing polished and striated surfaces, so as to leave little doubt upon the mind, that both phenomena were produced by the same cause. Dr. Buckland considers the gravel and sand which cover most of the granite table-land from Aberdeen and Stone- haven to be the detritus of moraines; and the large tumuli and tortuous ridges which occupy one hundred acres near Forden to be terminal moraines, as well as the blocks, large pebbles and small gravel spread over the levels of the valley of North Esk, after emerging from the lower Grampians, to be the residue of moraines, re-arranged by water. The cones and ridges of gravel in Forfarshire near Kirrie- muir at the confluence of the Caritz and Proson valleys, have also been produced, Dr. Buckland considers, by glaciers. The vast longitudinal and isolated ridges extending for two or three miles up the valley of Blair Gowrie, and the trans- verse barriers forming a succession of small lakes in the valley of Savanburn, he considers to be moraines, as well as the lofty mounds forming the ornamental grounds adjacent to Dunkeld Castle; and the detritus covering the left flank of the valley of Tay are, he thinks, to be ascribed to the same cause, as well as the vast congeries of gravel and boulders on the shoulder of the mountain exactly opposite to the gorge of the Tamel. ‘ These last were precipitated from glaciers which descended the lateral valley of the Jamel, on the north side of Schihallien and the adjacent mountains. Remarkable groups of tumuli, thirty to sixty feet high, are crowded together on the highlands dividing the Tay from the Brau, which exactly resembles some of the moraines in the valley of the Rhone, between Mortigny and Lock. The village of Almurie is considered by Dr. Buckland to stand on a group of low moraines and surfaces of mica slate round- “ 138) The Glacial Theory. ed by glaciers. Strath Earn is flanked irregularly with ridges and terraces of gravel, the detritus of moraines and adjacent hills are rounded and striated. Near Comrie, Dr. Buckland tested the value of the glacial theory by marking, in anticipation on a map the localities, where there ought to be evidences of glaciers having existed, if the theory were well founded, and the results always coincided with the anticipations. Full details of the circumstances are then entered into by Dr. Buckland.* Similar remains of moraines have been observed at Lock Earn, Callender, Edinburgh, in Cumberland and Westmoreland, at Kendal and Lancaster, and the line extends to Shap Fell. In a report to the Geological Society of France in 1840,} M. Renoir states it to be his settled conviction, that glaciers of much greater extent and force than any now existing, formerly occupied the vallies of the Alps down to an actual elevation of little more than four hundred feet; and that in the chain of the Vosges, the culminating or highest point of which is little more than that of the mountains of Scotland, the effects of glaciers are equally conspicuous and characteristic. The polished guttered surfaces have been observed in situations too numerous to detail, while the vallies are bor- dered by moraines, of which the following characters are given :— We now know, from what has been pointed out by Messrs. Venetz, Charpentier, and Agassiz,{ that the marks which, glaciers leave be- hind them as they retire, are, lst, Terminal moraines, composed of sand, gravel, pebble, and even at times a great number of boulders, the whole more or less rolled, forming banks and curved lines throughout the whole width of the valley, whose concavity is turned upwards, higher towards the middle than at the extremities; of a triangular form, and having the exterior face generally more in- * { Many of the memoirs illustrative of this subject have appeared in the previous numbers of the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. + Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, January 1841, p. 280. The Glacial Theory. 139 clined or steeper than the interior. 2d/y, Lateral moraines, nearly of the same composition as the former, but arranged in longitudinal mounds, deposited on the two flanks of the valley at the same height two by two, following all the contours of the windings, entering every sinuosity, and having an inclination which represents that of the surface of the glacier. 3dly, Median moraines, resulting from the junction of the lateral moraines of two glaciers uniting. ‘These mo- raines present the form of a triangular prism, whose axis is in the direction of the valley, and the nearer its middle, the nearer the size of the glaciers approaches to equality. 4¢h/y, Whenever the nature of the rocks permits, the bottom and sides of the valley exhibit per- fectly polished surfaces, together with particular indentations, in the direction of the glacier’s motion; also strie, or fine parallel lines, likewise running in the same direction, that is to say, in the direc- tion of the valley’s inclination, but never following the greatest in- clination of its sides. These striz are particularly characteristic. Lastly, Large blocks not rolled, often resting, as in equilibrio, on one of their smallest faces, and forming lines, etc. more or less extensive, on the sides and bottom of the valleys. After describing numerous instances of moraines in the valley of St. Amarin, M. Renoir remarks. One of the reasons which led me to consider these accumulations of stones as moraines, is, that their absolute height is greater in the middle than towards the rocks which encompass the valley, as is the case with all the moraines of existing glaciers. ‘The cause of this peculiar form is known, and has been stated by the savans who have occupied themselves with glaciers ; a form peculiar to moraines, and which is the very opposite to that which deposits formed by rapid currents would assume. Moreover, polished rocks appear along the whole right bank of the rivulet Thur, at heights more or less consi- derable, whenever the rocks have been sufficiently hard to preserve their polish, or when they have been somewhat protected by their position from the action of atmospheric agents. It is true that this polish is no longer perfect, and has, consequently, been incapable of preserving the striz; but we have noticed, that the same deteriora- tion is observable not far from glaciers, when the rocks are not very hard, or when they have for a long time been left by the gla- 140 The Glacral Theory. ciers. We see nothing of them on the south-west declivity, because, being there more exposed to the action of the atmosphere, the sur- face is entirely decomposed, covered with debris, and in a state ready to slip downwards in numerous places.* 3. Erratic Blocks——With regard to the dispersion of erratic blocks in plains, the circumstances connected with this question are no less easy of explanation on the gla- cial hypothesis. Mr. Lyell has shewn, that heavy masses of rock may be transported to considerable distances on rafts of ice, and thus the block of mica slate, 8 or 10 tons weight, now resting on the soil of the Pentland hills, may have been brought from the Grampians, as no glacier by the mere expansion of its mass could carry this across 50 or 60 miles of low country, and deposit it where it now lies at an elevation of 1100 feet.| There are doubtless many other instances similar to this, for which the glacial theory is not sufficient of itself to account. But if it affords an easy solu- tion to all the ordinary phenomena of erratic blocks, such as the dispersion of the granite of Shap Fell over the face of the surrounding country, as described by Dr. Buckland, it is as much as can be reasonably expected, while the few ex- ceptions that occur may be easily accounted for otherwise. The following are the observations of M. Agassiz on this subject :-— Dispersion of Erratic Blocks in plains —The phenomenon of er- ratic blocks and polished rocks is not limited to the chief groups of mountains, but is seen extending over the whole surface of the country where it presents itself; with this difference, that in the lower regions it assumes peculiar characters, different from those which I have described as belonging to mountains and their valleys. Just as the erratic phenomenon is localized in the vicinity and in the interior of mountains, so does it exhibit uniform characters in the low country and in flat regions, covering vast tracts whose limits * Edinb. New Phil. Journal, No. 58, p. 286. + Vide Address of Prof. Hitchcock to a meeting of American Geologists, Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, 1842, p 79. The Glacial Theory. 141 cannot with precision be referred to determinate centres. Blocks are seen extending from one mountain-chain to another, across consider- able depressions of the surface ; the accumulations of blocks trans- ported from one place to another are no longer arranged in linear continuous series as in the valleys, where they form mounds or ram- parts, which are moraines properly so called, but they are dispersed irregularly over the surface ; the nature of the rocks mixed together in these accumulations no longer indicates an origin so limited as that of those moraines even which are at the mouths of the valleys. The dispersion of these blocks in different countries has not hitherto been described with sufficient care, and more particularly the erratic an- gular blocks with a rough surface have not been sufficiently distin- guished from those that are rounded, polished, and scratched. There are, however, very important differences in this respect. In Swit- zerland, for example, we nowhere meet with Jarge blocks, whe- ther angular or round, whose surface is rubbed, polished, and scratched with rectilinear stric, at great distances from their origin. Whatever may have been the cause of the transport of the erratic blocks of the Alps and the Jura, it always happens that the great mass of the large blocks have arrived there with rough surfaces and well marked angles, and that the pebbles of smaller dimensions alone are worn, rounded, polished, and scratched with rectilinear strie. We may easily convince ourselves of this fact by walking along any part of the Jura chain. Another peculiarity worthy of attention is, that with us the large angular blocks generally repose on the more or less considerable masses of rounded and polished pebbles, and that these latter often pass into a fine sand or a clayey paste, which covers directly the polished surfaces of the solid rocks wherever the pluvial water, the melting snow, and the torrents resulting from it, have not caused them to disappear. This arrangement is very well seen in the environs of Neuchatel. The state of matters is by no means the same in Britain, and more particularly in Scotland. There the erratic blocks of all dimensions are, in certain circumstances, rounded, perfectly smooth and polished, and even scratched with rectilinear striz, like the polished solid rocks —a feature only observed in the smaller pebbles in Switzerland. It is “not to be understood that there are no large angular blocks in England 142 The Glacial Theory. and in Scotland; but there is this distinction to be made, that these blocks are generally not far distant from their natural position im situ, or that they are in small number compared with those which have evidently been acted on by a prolonged mechanical operation. But this is not all: far from being found lying at the surface of the ground, the large blocks are for the most part heaped up in a confused manner along with the smaller ones of all degrees of size, from the dimensions of the smallest pebbles to the colossal volume of the largest erratic blocks, in a deposit of clay unequally distributed over all the low portions of the country. This deposit of clay, which is of very unequal thickness, and exhibits no trace of stratification, is what is termed zi// in Scotland. There is no locality in which I have been able to study the ¢z// more completely than at Glasgow, where the numerous works carried on in 1840, for the embellishment of the town had exposed it at many poimts; but everywhere it presents the same character ; the rounded, polished, and scratched blocks of very various dimensions, are every where indiscriminately mixed together in a marly or clayey paste. It is evident that it was with this mass, and in this mass, that the rounded and polished blocks have been trans- ported during the whole journey which they have performed together, while the angular blocks have certainly not been rubbed in this man- ner. Mr. T. Edington has, to the advantage of geologists, brought together, in his park at Glasgow, a magnificent collection of these polished and scratched blocks from the neighbourhood of the town. Differences of this description in the facts observed at different lo- ealities, are an additional difficulty for all those who endeavour to explain them by means of currents. How, indeed, can it be now seriously pretended that a current can convey blocks in such a man- ner as to rub, round, and scratch one set of them, without their being heaped up according to their weight, and without their being cover- ed by regular beds of finer materials, while the others remained an- gular, and retained their unequal and rough surfaces? These differ- ences are very favourable to the glacier theory, which explains them in a manner that is quite natural. Let us return to the glaciers of the present day, and we shall find in some of the phenomena presented by them the greatest analogy to the arrangement of erratic blocks, as I haye just described it. The Glacial Theory. 145 When a glacier moves, it wears and rubs the bed on which it re- poses ; scratches the smoothed walls ; triturates the detached masses which are interposed between the ice and the rock, and reduces them to sand, or to an argillaceous paste ; rounds the blocks, which are of an angular form, and which offer resistance to the pressure ; and po- lishes completely those which have broad sides. At the surface of the glacier, matters proceed in quite a different manner. The frag- ments of rock which are detached from the neighbouring walls, and which fall there, rest upon the ice, and are at most thrown out to its edges. They thus advance with the glacier without being displaced, or at least without being rubbed against one another, excepting those which have become interposed between the rock and the ice, and they arrive at the extremity of the glacier with their angles entire, their edges sharp, and their surfaces irregular. Let us suppose, now, that, in consequence of certain circumstances, one of those immense glaciers charged with debris of rocks, such as the lower glacier of the Aar, or the glacier of Zermatt, should be melted, and it would result that all the angular blocks at the surface of the glacier would repose on the irregular mass of rounded debris which at present lies under the ice. Some of these blocks would likewise be carried to a great distance on rafts of ice, if the melting were sufficiently rapid to cause currents capable of floating large masses of ice charged with blocks. If we suppose, on the contrary, that a glacier or a large sheet of ice, like that which extends over the Col de St. Theodule, were not commanded by numerous mountain peaks, then few or no angular blocks would fall on its surface, but the rounded blocks underneath would not the less be present. If we imagine that, in such a case, particular circumstances should also occur to cause the melting of the ice, there would then be found at the bottom an irre- gular deposit of rounded blocks, imbedded in the more comminuted materials, along with a few angular blocks above—in short, to the very letter, a sort of till. In this case, again, the melting of the ice would give rise to currents; and the more considerable these currents, the more they would contridute to operate farther on the materials already acted on by the glaciers, whether by conveying to a distance the lighter portions, and depositing them in stratification, or by penetrating them more or less, and giving them a false apperance 144 The Glacial Theory. of stratification. We actually observe something of a similar kind, on a small scale, in the oscillations that occur in the extremity of gla- ciers which sensibly advance and retreat ; as, for example, under the extremity of the lower glacier of the Aar in the Grimselgrund ; and, among the localities where glaciers no longer exist, I may cite the lower extremity of Log Treig, and the neighbourhood of Muckairn, between Loch Awe and Loch Etive. In order to explain the whole of the facts relative to the erratic phenomenon, in the limits within which they have hitherto been ob-— served, it is sufficient to admit that the polar ice formerly extended as far at the North Pole as it now extends at the South. Thus, then, if the influence which has established the difference that exists at present between the extent of the ice at the two poles be a periodical influence, and if it describe one of those cycles of long revolution, which astronomers have been able to determine, we can not only conceive the possibility of a cold in our regions sufficiently intense to produce all the phenomena which I have described, but may even be able to determine its date and duration. I shall not reproduce here my general theory of the periodical refrigeration of our globe, for that would raise useless discussions in the field which the light of ob- servation has not yet sufficiently illuminated; I shall only cite one fact, which tends to make us suppose that there really existed in the North a covering of ice, whose southern limits in Europe, at a certain epoch, reached about 50° N. Lat. I allude to that belt of blocks observed by Russian geologists (see the letter from M. de Meyendorf to M. Elie de Beaumont*), which extends across the centre of Russia, by N. Nowogorod towards Pinsk, as far as the confines of Silesia. It seems to me much more natural to regard this limit as an zsopagetic line (une ligne isopagétiquet), than as the southern limit of a current coming from the North, and charged with blocks ; and this so much the more, because the phenomenon of the transport of the Scandi- navian blocks extends not only into Russia and Germany, but reaches the eastern coast of England. In attributing this effect to the action of a current, it would thus be also necessary to imagine a fan- * Archiv fiir Wissenchaftliche Kunde von Russland ; von Erman. Berlin, 1841. + Iooc TAYETOC, that is to say, of equal ice ; in some sense the isotherme of the out- line of the northern covering of ice ; but as the limits of this ancient ice do not coincide with the isothermal lines, [ have been obliged to propose a new name. | The Glacial Theory. 145 shaped current ; whereas a solid limit, during a certain time, of a covering of ice as extensive as that of the South Pole, obviates all the difficulties presented by such a phenomenon, such as the conti- nuity and the regularity of the outlines, the uniform furrows of the polished surfaces of the North, the passage across the Baltic and the North Sea of the blocks which he on the surface of Germany and of England, &c. In a second zone of blocks, more to the north than the first, and observed likewise in Russia, to the south of the White Sea, and of the lakes of Onega and Ladoga, we have a direct proof of the successive and slow retreat of this covering of ice, a second isopagetic line more remote than the first. If this covering of ice really existed, it must at last have retired beyond the northern limits of the British Islands, after having enveloped them partially or en- tirely ; but so long as the northern ice had not retired to its present limit, the climate of Europe must have been colder than it now is, and, even when the primitive ice had abandoned the plains, groups of glaciers must have remained in all mountainous countries. Hence it appears natural that during the retreat of this covering of ice, there must have been a period when the mountains of Scotland were the focus of numerous glaciers, which at first descended from their summits into the plains, but afterwards occupied only the interior valleys, before disappearing completely. There would thus be two very distinct periods to be particularized in the epoch of the existence of ice in the north of Europe,—that during which the general covering enveloped the region, and that when glaciers existed only in the high valleys. The dispersion of erratic blocks over great spaces, across considerable depressions of surface, the formation of the till, the furrowing and uniform striation of the polished rocks of Sweden and of Finland, seem to me the chief phenomena which have been produced by the northern covering of the epoch of ice. The differences which exist as to the erratic phenomenon between the north and the centre of Europe, appear to me to be susceptible of easy explanation by the differences of latitude and of the configuration of the surface. In Britain, the ice, at the time of its greatest extension, seems to have covered completely great tracts of country, and consequently rendered the fall of blocks on its surface, if not impossible, at least extremely rare ; so that the : U 146 The Glactal Theory. great mass of the blocks was necessarily buried under the ice, and was therefore subjected to all the effects of a gradual and long-con- tinued trituration, just as is observed beneath the glaciers of the pre- sent day. Mountains of considerable elevation in Scotland—Schi- hallien, for example—have their summits as polished as their flanks ; whereas in Switzerland there exists a limit, at about 9000 feet,* in the centre of the Alps, above which the summits are no longer po- lished, but where the rugged peaks present a very striking contrast to the lower surfaces, which are polished, or at least moutonnés.t+ In the exterior chains of the Alps, the polishing does not reach to a greater height than 6000 or 7000 feet. It cannot be doubted, that this limit, which is so well marked, indicates the level of the bed of ice at the epoch of its greatest thickness. The rugged peaks, which exceed that height, thus rose like islets in the midst of this sea of ice, and the blocks which were detached from them fell on the sur- face. Not being confined in narrow valleys, but the whole vast sea of ice being open to them, these blocks were not hable to be knocked against one another in their progress towards the lower districts, and it is thus that they could be transported as far as the Jura, with their surfaces rough and their angles prominent; whereas, the mat- ters which were beneath the ice, were triturated, polished, rounded, and scratched. Now, if in Switzerland, the limit of the great mass of ice extended as high as 9000 feet in the Alps, and if it oscillated between 4000 and 5000 feet in the Jura which no longer presents glaciers, what is more natural than to admit, taking into account the geographical portion of the localities, that, in Scotland, the great proportion, if not the whole, of the surface, was entirely under ice during the whole duration of the glacial epoch. Hence the majority of the detached blocks of the Scotch mountains must have been transported under the ice, and consequently rubbed, rounded, polish- ed, and scratched. I say the majority, for it is probable that some were detached when the ridges were free from ice, and when the valleys alone were occupied by glaciers; and these latter have ne- cessarily remained more or less angular, and have retained their * All the measurements given in this paper are in pieds de Roi, or French feet; and the temperatures are all indicated in centigrade degrees, unless where other measurements or other degrees are specially mentioned. : + Vide the Compts Rendus de l’Academie des Science, 1842; tome 14, p. 412. The Glaciat Theory. 14:7 rough surfaces, just like the blocks of the moraines of the glaciers of the present day. Foreign blocks, whose origin is not British, and which were doubtless transported on the surface of the great sheet of ice, or on rafts of ice at the period of its dissolution, ought to be angular, and, for the most part, are so in reality. In this way, the form of erratic blocks implies, in some degree, at first sight, their mode of transport. I am able to add, as a confirmation of what I have said as to the form of the erratic blocks of Scotland, that the blocks of the Jurassic rocks, which we meet with in the diluvium of the interior valleys of the Jura, are all rounded ; a proof that they have been transported under ice ; and in fact this ought to be the case, because the polished rocks furnish us with the proof that the sheet of ice covered nearly all the summits of the Jura. The melting and the retreat of the ice seem to me to have caused, at different times, according to the climatological circumstances, all those deluges, more or less extensive, of which records have been sent down by tradition and history. It is doubtless to these inun- dations that we must also attribute the dislocation of a large portion of the moraines, especially of those that, by their position, were not beyond the reach of the currents, which, by acting on the detritus at the bottom of the sheets of ice and of the glaciers, have given it, im many localities, a stratified appearance ; so much so indeed, that we might be deceived as to the origin of these detrital matters, and attribute their rounded form to the effects of great currents, as has often been erroneously done. I do not believe that I deceive myself when I affirm, that whenever rounded blocks, lying in accumulations of gravel, stratified or unstratified, or scratched by long rectilinear striz, their aspect is due to the action of the rubbing of glaciers against their beds ; and that currents, in acting subsequently on these same matters and rolling them, could not but cause these character- istic marks to disappear by the friction. I therefore regard the rarity of scratched pebbles and blocks, in a deposit of stratified gravel, as a proof of a longer transport by water, and their total absence as a proof of an action due exclusively to currents ; whereas, the complete absence of stratification in accumulations of gravel and blocks uniformly rounded and scratched, seems to me to be the ex- clusive effect of glaciers. Lastly, these characters may be combined 148 The Glacial Theory. when such accumulations are the combined effect of the two causes, as may have been the case on maritime shores, where the glaciers of neighbouring mountains terminated at the coast. It must likewise not be forgotten, that sometimes small lakes are formed on the flanks of glaciers, in which the matters triturated by the glacier are depo- sited in regular beds, without being carried very far. It is of con- sequence to keep all these facts in view, when we study the forma- tion which geologists have termed diluvium, and whose various phenomena have hitherto been erroneously attributed to one single cause,—currents. It appears to me probable, according to the facts which I have been able to combine in considering this question, that the organized beings of our epoch were created successively, after the commence- ment of the retreat of the ice. Wherever the surface of the ground made its appearance between the glaciers, under the influence of a milder climate,—wherever, yielding to the temperature, the ice pro- duced pools of water,—the development of organized beings might take place; and direct observation has already confirmed what the theory required. Mr. Smith of Jordanhill was the first to point out in the post-tertiary clays, which are superior to the till (that is to say, which have been deposited posteriorly to the accumulation of those masses of gravel and rolled blocks in the mud under the anci- ent glaciers), numerous fossils of species that no longer exist simi- larly associated on the neighbouring coasts ; he has even ascertained the identity of some of those shells with species which have hitherto been observed only in the Arctic seas. A fact so unexpected did not fail to excite my curiosity in a high degree, and I have ever since been unremitting in my endeavours to compare these fossils with living species. Assisted by a collection of living species from Greenland, which I owe to my friend Professor Eschricht of Copen- hagen, I have not only confirmed the first impressions of Mr. Smith, but have further found among the fossils of these clays a much larger proportion of Arctic species than could have been expected. Extending this species of research to the most recent fossiliferous deposits of other parts of Europe, I have every where met with a certain proportion of species whose types no longer exist in a living state in the neighbouring seas, but at 12° or 15° of latitude more to The Glacial Theory. 149 the north. Thus, while the shells, which are now found in lat. 65° to 70° on the coasts of Iceland and Greenland, where the mean temperature is several degrees below zero (32° F.), lived in lat. 55° to 60° on the coasts of Scotland and of England, where the mean temperature at present is + 8° (46° .4 F.) ; the species of the coasts of England and of the British Channel which now live in lat. 50° to 55°, lived in Sicily in lat. 35° to 40°; or, in other words, when the climate of Greenland extended its frosts beyond Scotland, when the mean temperature of the British Islands, in a place of being above + 8° (46° .4 F) cent., scarcely reached zero, the present cli- mate of England, and of the north of Germany, prevailed in those parts of Europe which are now the warmest, and where the mean temperature exceeds + 16° (60° .8 F). I shall afterwards publish the details of these observations, when they embrace a basis sufficiently complete to form an intimately con- nected whole ; it is sufficient, for my purpose at present, to have indicated the principal results of these researches, which confirm the opinion of the former existence of a climate much more rigorous than that which now exists in Europe, by proofs independent of those derived from the traces of ancient glaciers. Now, a climate so different, could not have existed without exercising a marked influ- ence on organic life; and it is thus that the Arctic faunas, in our temperate regions, confirm as fully the existence of ancient glaciers, as the presence of these same glaciers explains the existence of northern animals; and, nevertheless, the facts which establish the presence of the one, have nothing in common with the facts which _ prove the presence of the other.* Parallel Terraces.—These have been observed by nume- rous geologists particularly in the vallies of the north of Scotland, the Eldon hills. ‘The example of Glen Roy and Glenspean, are taken by M. Agassiz, as best calculated to explain other similar phenomena. The first, or the least elevated of these three terraces, is 972 English feet above the level of the sea; and, as it is horizontal, its * Edinb. New Phil. Journ. No. 66, p. 226 | 150 The Glacial Theory. height above the bottom of the valley depends on the point of obser- vation. The second is 212 feet above the first, and the third 82 feet above the second. It is to be remarked, that the two upper terraces make the round of Glen Roy, whereas, in Glen Spean they do not extend higher than the opening of the valley of Loch Treig. I no- ticed them on the left side of Glen Spean between Loch Treig and the Bridge of Roy, as well as on the flanks of Glen Roy ; and I mention this particularly, because they are not indicated at that point in the maps which represent their position. It is evident that these terraces indicate levels of water. The next enquiry is, if the barriers which restrained these lakes have disappeared, or if the valley has been elevated at different times above the level of the water ? The perfect horizontality of these terraces, at three different levels, appears to me irreconcilable with the idea of a repeated soulevement of the surface. ‘The ablation of a rocky barrier seems impossible without the influence of a cause which would, at the same time, have occasioned the disappearance of terraces having so little consistence ; whereas, in a country which presents so many traces of ancient glaciers, the supposition of a great glacier, descending from Ben Nevis, and shutting up the valley of the Spean, by resting on Moel- dhu, which is opposite, combined with the influence of a glacier issu- ing from Loch Treig, andwhich would bar the valley a second time at that height, would explain all the facts. The glacier of Loch Treig, of inferior size to that of Ben Nevis, would, first of all be lowered at two different times after having for a certain period maintained the water contained between the two glaciers at the level of the two upper terraces. During these two lowerings, the waters would run to the east, proceeding by the valley of the Spey, owing to the inconsiderable height of the col which separates that valley from Glen Spean. Whenever the glacier of Loch Treig disappeared . completely, the water would be able to extend to the end of Glen Spean, and likewise invade Loch Treig ; which explains the continu- ity of the lower terrace, while the two upper ones terminate abruptly opposite Loch Treig. Afterwards, when the great glacier of Ben Nevis no longer reached Moeldhu, the waters would run to the west, and water would remain only in the hollows which are now occupied by Loch Treig and Loch Laggan. The sudden termination of the The Glacial Theory. 151 three terraces, on the two sides of the Glen Spean near the Bridge of Roy, will likewise be understood from this explanation. The sup- position now made is confirmed by a fact which there is no other mode of accounting for; viz. that the bottom of Glen Spean in front of Loch Treig is not only polished with that polish characteristic of glaciers, but is moreover scratched transversely, that is to say, at right angles to the direction of the valley, by a cause which evidently proceeded from Loch Treig. I do not believe that a locality exists, where the facts indicate, in a more special manner, the cause which has pro- duced them. The horizontal terrace of Glen Gloy is susceptible of a very natural explanation by a glacier issuing from the valley of Loch Arkeig, crossing Loch Lochy, and damming up Glen Gloy above Low Bridge. This supposition would also clear up the differ- ence of level between the terraces of Glen Gloy and those of Glen Roy, and would obviate the necessity of imagining soulevemens of the neighbouring valleys, which communicate in the same manner with the ocean, and do not nevertheless exhibit any trace of terraces. In following up these facts in all their variety, we are easily en- abled to explain the numerous terraces which we meet with im Scot- land, by supposing barriers of ice at the mouths of the valleys ; whether it was that the lateral valleys closed them by their glaciers, as at the Bridge of Roy, or that the waters of the sea, by heaping up ice on the coasts, offered a temporary obstacle to the running off of the waters of the land, or intercepted large sheets of salt water. The presence of an Arctic fauna, in the deposits superior to the till, which might be formed in these creeks of the sea, would thus pre- sent nothing but what is quite natural.* Movement of Glacters.—To ascertain this and several other points connected with the structure and effects of re- cent glaciers, which it became necessary to know, in order to appreciate the effects in the appearances we have describ- ed, MM. Agassiz, Guyot, Forbes, De Charpentier, Desor, Heath, and others visited the glaciers of the Bernese, Ober- land, on various occasions in the spring and autumn. One of the first objects of these visits was, to ascertain the sound- * Op. Cit. p. 237. 152 The Glacial Theory. ness of M. de Saussure’s conclusion, that the motion and decay of glaciers are occasioned by the radiation of heat from below, whereas it is necessary to the proposed theory, that their waste should be extended or thrown out laterally, like rain or hailstones from the eaves of a house. The first results of enquiries on the glaciers of Roseulaui, and of Aar, as well as of the Grimsel, convinced M. Agassiz, that the little water which flows from beneath the glaciers is chiefly from springs, often if not generally, thermal. ‘That it is in too small quantity to allow of the conclusion, that it is de- rived from the melting of the glaciers, and besides the lower surfaces of these are always composed of congealed mud and stones, so that water derived from the melting of the lower surfaces of glaciers would be thick and turbid, while the water of springs is clear; and as that which he has seen to flow from beneath glaciers, presents this last property, M. Agassiz concludes, that it cannot be derived from them, but from springs. Again, the structures of glaciers, M. Agas- siz and his companions found to be lamellar, grooved inter- nally by numerous channels and deep pools, produced by the melting of the snow on the surface, and that these pools and channels by freezing, in their turn, produce a dilatation externally in the glacier, as well as a gradual movement downwards on the face of the rocks. The downward move- ment occasions the grooved and polished surfaces on the surface of the rocks, over which the glaciers pass in the moraines, already noticed, (Cal. Jour. Nat. Hist. vol. WU, p. 449, ) while the dilatation carries the blocks and stones, which are congealed within it, gradually towards its project- ing eaves, on approaching which they are cast down in the form of moraines. We pass over the lively picture which M. Agassiz and his friends afford of their living on the glaciers during the time they were engaged in their observations. The Hotel des Neuchatelots is the pompous name bestowed on a cabin twelve feet long, six broad, and four high, situated on The Glacial Theory. 153 the Grimsel, at an elevation of 7500 feet, and more than two leagues above the extremity of the glacier ; it has pure ice for _ its foundation, on which broad stones of the moraine are placed for a floor, the walls and roof being composed of heavy blocks of stones. In August 1840, the Hotel des Neuchate- lois was 2457 feet from a certain point of the mountain termed Abschwung. ‘This measurement when it was taken, was engraved by M. Agassiz on one of the blocks, on his return to the Grimsel in the following month of March 1841. M. Agassiz found this measurement to be 2623 feet, the block had therefore advanced 166 feet, from which M. Hugi calcu- lates the motion of this glacier at about 220 feet per annum. This movement is occasioned, M. Agassiz states, by the infil- tration, and daily congelation of water, which causes dilatation and progression outward, to which the whole glacier is subject. Thus M. Agassiz, in August 1840, found the distance from the Hotel des Neuchatelois to the Cabone de Hugi, (another hut placed on the middle of the glacier, but farther out towards its edge,) to be 1890 feet; in August 1841, the dis- tance between the two huts amounted to upwards of 2000 feet. We shall again revert to this subject, and probably notice some of the opposite opinions and controversies arising out of it. ~aaqpuuogy pnog hamja.sag ‘noabing qunjsissy “ENVTIAIOON “£ GFST “Wore 0731P 0331, “GEST “Wore 0991p 0331, SPST “WBA 0791P OFT “subjuar rofeyA, Wory paAteoar “GPSI I Wad AMS anuesey 488 “proypag “se “ay, Aq paxoaoostg “2, yoreyA, “siBugq ‘orn ydep CPST) “O}FTP 0F91P 38 0391 “IPS “8 “AON “preog auLreyy “TFST ‘8 Aine ‘uojdureyy “a “ATM “LEST “Avy “joquog “ser “TRS ‘Tudy “uojsuyor 3deQ ysno1y3 padtaoay “TES “‘Tudy ‘couosg “yy “THs ‘Areniqaq TePunte “Al (onbiqurezoyy)) ‘eoupy yynog wor,7 “OFS “FG “AON “AveqsuARY “AT “Amagspids -1q “SEST GG “4dag ‘nozySnor\\ “4dep ‘oFsI Ame ‘osog ure3dep “0771p 0731 “OFSI “FS GUNG “Su0yS “qnory “OFST ‘81 Tdy “aojsuyor 4dup OFST ‘Arenuee ‘“MeysmoARy “ry, OFT “G Arenuvp ‘o731q “0331p 0331p 0331 “0391p 0}91P 0731 "6E8T F adag “x0y8r7] soley “GESL “Z6 ysnsny ‘uosuryoyny ‘qnorry “Quejsissy S[[ePpunTg “A]\ "GEST ‘OT “3deg ‘oITP O11 “Mounppg poyrey| Uautdads 0391q yuomyredeg weaig ‘“toyAy, “1A “6S8I ‘g ysndny ‘suppuer ureydep “GES ‘I oung ‘opdog ureydep “ees “Z ABN ‘Tepante “AA, “podtooat WOM WOlY “TFSI aaqzuumog jnog ayy fo sjiodayy wot.g “Bop uvApINg uLY) efodeuTg ye A[quuosEoX oxOUI pry oq quar HO OYA ‘soyeropuodaxrd wourn7iq YOIYM Ur ‘[RoD BALOYD YA poXtur yr ony 4Uo][99X9 We Topix Pynoms Hop sty} Ut WoqreD Jo uoNodoxd ofay] OWL, » oF FSG OL |FT °F 81] ‘Te0D UMorg poon) ~~ “SITE Mequrep “e10x[eS/16 ‘ q 4 n Sa. ho coat, “0 * EH Hequep on 98 ¥9 ca oid, jee Jo ‘ereduresy 06 ¥6 9°0OF 0S #1 ‘fo see UMOIG| ‘STE Weqtreo “oassoreung| 68 , [20% 97S | FLS FT + ‘xorsayuy] ~ “Areqnyg “teary epepnsy|s8s 6 G Es 849 1 og ** Srorradng} ** “reyqorg sioduermg| 48 $96 | 08 "eh 6@1 |°° °° “aoneyuy|‘oaurog Suemy ‘Suey omg|98 ce GCE "$9 $21 *+ orradns Ata} ** ‘oaui10g ‘urmmey omg|S8 ss OOF "SP eT ++ +" gouadng|-- ‘wuessy saddq ‘orodrer| 48 0G “8S GE Fl “5 = Teag) AgeIS\|| == *- @1odasperqooq|€s “9 7) “0g IT ++ ++ cpqoermay] °° ++ gmp aapypjeg|zs Il | FFG | 9'F9 cLeT |** Teo Aqeig pooy ‘STH vraddry,10 3u0se33149] 18 FL6 |9686 43) CLT a ‘jeop jeuueD| ~ 7 => aary Loavy|O8 9°99 |910F | Ges 91 |7° “Teog aozzing} *- (dep) ‘Auemng|64 oF 1ss | 94 GFT |°° °° “Surpppy] “* “weos aya ‘servaqy teaNn|8Z 6G ULF ‘os 6F'T Begs EAUOTPOO XT |i ae Secdeantse LL Sis | aoe “SG 6or |°° °° ‘Sumppyn]*° °° ‘AtMoxrdurg “e094 GI ‘Ih | 8 9F OS | ‘tortayur ‘0341p 077IG] "" ~*~ “Ueovry “eqnpeyD|SZ 8 “SP “bP 8a 1 *ox91p Teog JouuRD| ~*~ ~~ * “paq raqjoue ‘oyIq| FZ eG LGS, “Sh SI |foyrp ‘Teop Suryeg| EBD © yyeytoog|€4 $9 “FES 9°6S LOT ‘quaT[aoxe “Op 3}e[S] ~~ ae "== ‘ogui0og|GL COL GLS "GE Pir ‘paxtur ‘[e0D o7B[S| ~° “Weog ay} uO viddnyo| 14 4 “GP “T¢ ‘call fa Teop sunye9| * ~g[dures Juaragip & 0731 |04 ‘0z ‘0c “0g 00 oe qeog sovmg|-- = ‘oITp opt |69 “OF | “66 “cB FY [°° “oroyur Ses] -- "> “Agana ‘ongrq]|89 “Cl |SP'9 “PE eT +> Quoy[aoxe *0331q| *~ OES ‘goluog Sunizkg] 49 * = QueT[ao 5 ae } g or | eg | cat ee on sures } anszayy| 99 “GI | x €9 “GS G1 => “op 0791p 4Quig] “°° _“BIduIg,, Moureeq| 9 OL 8S GE Seite ike peo) dory AyeEIS} ** ** ** * SMoureypeg} #9 9 OS bP 96 T : -" Teog ayes] °° “TTRALJT MOWER) E9 ao “SS “OF eT ss ss ss foyyiq] ° * “uressy eqs oo147,|69 cI | ‘6h | “98 get |-° ‘qeog Suppeg| én an tg ° EEG jo qWNos “Suooyy] 19 9G 97S | Sor | 4ATT |" “eop Jeuuep| *~ ~* “areunoyy} 09 & Qa =| a) os 4 5 we a piGe), ; & a z 38 E 3 “AVEND “AyreoOT] 2 a on st a “sjred O01 ut uoHIsoda0pH *LL{ abnd ‘get ‘Ajar0g ouynisy pousinoe ‘21907, § dasting fo uonmnuyuos ur‘ hansuadsigg shundmog 219,Uuozy ay) f0 hsojpsogn'yT ay) ur pazhyoun ‘sjpog unipuy fo 9977, January, CONSMABWNE | Days of the Month. 10 Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the Month of January 1843. Observed at 9 H. 50 M. a Temperature. Wind. er es 3 5 5 5S : es] fe od ites a) ° ol a | 8 fae] 8 \38 e 3 = Mm 10 Sy |= a) oQ Inches} 2 cS) eS Inches 29,858] 69,0| 73,0] 68,9|N. ......| 29,798 ,802| 70,0] 74,0] 70,0} KB. ...602| 5746 ,906] 71,5) 75,9| 68,8|N. BE. ....| 834 ,910} 71,0} 75,8] 70,0}. ......| 821 ,922| 70,2| 70,5| 66,0;N. ....0.| 834 ,970} 68,0] 70,6] 65,0; N. (sharp)} 870 ,998| 67,0] 70,0] 64,0)n.e.(sharp)} 910 ( | 30,014) 66,5] 69,0) 63,8) EB. ......) 910 29,981} 67,4| 70,4] 65,0|N. E.....] ,858 ,977| 67,6] 72,0| 66,5|N. W. ..| 5858 5950} 69,4] 72,0] 67,0;N. ...2..| 881 30,018] 68,8} 73,0] 67,0}N. E.....| 917 29,981] 68,5| 73,0] 66,0/N. E.... | ,882 © | 981) 68,0] 74,0) 66,8) EB. ......| 861 ,962| 69,0] 74,2] 68,3)N. E.....] 854 ,894] 68,5] 73,0] 67,0} EB. ......| ,830 ,914| 69,8] 70,0) 65,8)N. E.....| 865 ,906| 67,0] 67,8] 65,0|N. E ,946| 67,6] 66,9| 64,8/N. 30,037] 69,0| 71,0] 68,0) N. ,053| 68,0] 69,0] 64,0) N | 078] 66,8] 68,0] 62,5|N. ,090| 67,0| 70,0] 64,0|N. ,175| 68,0| 72,5] 68,0) N. ,121| 68,8} 74,2] 70,0) N. ,045) 71,8] 77,3) 72,0) W ,041| 71,0] 73,8] 69,0) N, | 2z2z Observed at 4 Pp. mM. a ee eS SS ee Temperature. Wind. PS . |e oe s | .8 |a'é ae ml a |e s om ° ee oe ee Sa 5 Se oj scen ae | at ae 2 fo) Se. \o < » fo} (eo) 2) 73,0) 81,0] 74,5) Clear. 74,0| 83,8| 76,0| Clear. 73,5} 80,5| 72,1} Clear. 72,9) 80,2) 73,1 | Clear. 72,0) 75,1) 70,0|Cirro Cumuli. 71,2) 75,9| 69,7 | Clear, 69,9| 74,0] 68,0| Clear. 70,0| 74,8] 98,0) Clear, 70,8} 77,0| 70,7 | Clear. 72,8) 78,6] 72,2| Cumuli. 73,0| 78,4] 72,0) Clear. 70,5| 76,4] 69,8} Clear. 73,9| 79,6) 72,2| Clear. 70,8} 79,8) 72,1) Clear. 72,5| 79,8] 72,4| Clear. {muli )} 72,8) 77,0| 70,2|Cloudy (Cirro Cu. 70,3) 72,0) 67,8) Drizzly. 63,0! Nimbi. 66,3} Drizzly. 72,0) Clear. 67,0| Clear. 69,0) Clear. 70,0) Clear. 73,0| Clear. 74,0) Clear. 76,0) Clear. 74,0|Clear. 74,8|Cumnli. 71,0|Clear. 72,0|C lear. 71,9|Clear. m1 0) E The Observations after Sunset are made at the Honorable Company's Dispensary. Temperature. Temperature. ps op Pa bp Bee al rect A= So | 8 is B a : 3 e pl 4 5 fo leaes a Bal ots he 8 S| eS og ee ie eerie aisle & a ~ ~ PD Sera pe 2 «io a |S Srs|,0 Inches} ° 2 S 70,75| 70,25} 70,0 000} 73,0 | 72,5 | 71,0 025} 72,25) 71,5 | 71,0 050} 72,0 | 71,0 | 70,75 ,050| 72,0 | 71,25) 69,75 ,100; 70,25} 70,0 | 69,5 ,125| 70,0 | 69,0 | 68,75 ,100} 70,5 | 70,0 | 69,25 ,100) 70,5 | 70,0 | 69,9 ,075| 70,75) 70,0 | 69,0 ,075| 70,75| 70,0 | 69,14 ,175| 69,0 | 68,75] 68,29 ,100; 69,5 | 69,0 | 67,25 ,100| 70,75} 69,0 | 70,0 ,100| 69,0 | 68,75] 68,25 ,050| 69,75] 69,25) 68,75 ,025| 69,0 | 69,6 | 67,79 050) 68,0 | 67,5 | 67,20 100) 68,5 | 68,25} 67,75 75| 70,0 | 70,0 | 69,0 200 68,25 68,25] 67,5 ,175| 68,0 | 68,5 | 67,25 ,175| 69,0 | 68,25} 68,0 5250] 70,75| 70,0 | 69,95 200) 71,5 | 71,25) 70,25 150) 73,25) 73,25) 72,76 73,25| 73,25) 72,29 higher than that in use at the Surveyor General’s Office. _N. B. From a comparison of the two Barometers, the Mercury in that at the Dispensary stands 1-10th of an inch December. s of the Month. @ | Moon’s Changes. SOODNAUB WR | Day a Mean. | Observed at 9H. 50 m. Temperature. Of the Air. Of an Evapg. Surface. Barometer. Of the Mer- 1°) So oonoon NNN YVOVVNVUUWSONUYUMSGD HHO we ) e IN DONO - ~~ YIVVVV YTS OV 1 OD . ) Sy - VN Is YY CoD iy . . SCRUSCS RACHROUWOOROONOOCOOOCOMMUNS ~y - J — SS SE OOS SNL S SSS? GD SG 69 GO ve . - PAWN DOD Oo" Sy . ) v NNNOOS . NN w 929} 68,0) —— WONDWO COMORMOROCROCOONCOOCEH 941/68,5. ’ Os ee ey ne | 29,979] 71,1! 74,3] 68,9 Com pany s Dispensary. Observations made at 8 Pp. m. Barometer. 30,100 ,100 ,100 150, »150, 150. , 100, , 150 »150 a es ec es ns es ees | eer Se Observed at 4 p. ma. Gauge Wind. Temperature. Wind. woless | ere & e fu = ha 5 gE ec eee ie | = gq |25| oe Sa Bes © OS foes Ee a. a = ol Cee oe Sy ey a = ) =) oy NS) re) asd oD I > “se ot Se Qos Pid, =) ed Pe I< a a oO i 3 9p = =i oe Se 2 0 ee| oi° = 5 OO} ge? ke eS | Ss as G @ ° = 4 g . = no : o ne 6 oO 6 De os ou 4 F ° 4 @ ° e e 8 i=} Se } ees oe, ee | London, 1813-26, S60 900 . M&eB Annales des Museum, tome 1-20, 4to. Paris, 1802-13, CoO eas aes B Memoires des Museum, tome 120, 4to. Paris, 1815-32, B Nouvelles Annales du Museum, tome 1-4. Paris, 1832-35, B Archives des Museum, ees ie see C Annales des Science Naturelles, tome 1-30, 8vo. Paris, 1833, eon ace) B —— 2d ser. tome 1-6. Paris, 1834-6, . AY B —— tom, 7-12. Paris, 1837-9, Con ave eae Cc Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History. New York, 2 vols. 8vo. 1824-28, oO A Annals of Natural History, or Magazine of Zoology, Botany and Geology, by Jerdon, Selby, &c. London, 1838-41, aR ae on0 ooo aes A Analyse des Travaux de la Soc. Linneane de Bordeaux, penda out les annees 1832-1835, acd cen aie ce 800 Aon ane A Aristotelis Opera, tome 4, 8vo. Francfurti, 1587, ... 000 one oot A de Animalibus Historie, lib. X, Grece et Latine cura Schneideri, tome 4. Lepsie, 1811, 000 one 600 cae 000 wae CoO M * This Catalogue, which has been prepared with great care by H. Walker, Esq. Surgeon to the Body Guard, is here printed for the convenience of Geologists and Anatomists. We hope to extend it to Botany and Geology, so that those who follow scientific pursuits in’ India, may know what books are available in India for reference.— Ed. il Aristotle’s Works, translated by Thomas Taylor, 10 vols. 4to. London, 1812, ae Archivet du Museum, see Annales du Mus. mo aes ue Audonin et Brullé, Histoire Nat. Insectes. tome 1-2. aoe 1834. 6, ies acc Barthonili Historiarum Anatomicarum, Centuria 1 and 2, 8vo. Hafniz, 1654, Barclay’s Anatomical Nomenclature, 8vo. Edinburgh, 1803, ... 500 acd Muscular motions of the Human Body, 8vo. Edinburgh, 1808, ... boo Engravings, representing the bones of the Human Skeleton, with the skeletons of some of the lower animals, fol. Edinb. 1819, ... nO 900 ———— On Life and Organization, 8vo. Edinb. 1822, a fal ae Beclared, Elemens d’Anatomie General, 2nd Ed. 8vo. Paris, 1827, ann coe ——___———--__——- translation by Knox, 8vo. Edinb. 1830, ay Bell’s, C. Nervous System of the Human Body, 4to. London, 1838, Anatomy and Physiology of Expression, 4to. 1824, ..., “0 Anatomy of the Human Body, 4 vols. 8vo. London, 1804, a0 Essay on the forces which circulate the Blood, 1819, Exposition of the Natural System of the Nerves, 8vo. By yiataaet 13 24, On the Hand, 8vo. London, ... 00 wes 000 ———— T. History of British Quadrupeds, 8vo. London, 1837, ane — English Reptiles, eos cao ianees 5003 Bennet’s Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological Society, 2 ie 8vo. London, 1835, — Tower Menagerie, 8vo. nee Oo ace uae ———— Wanderings in New South Wales, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1834, ... con Fishes of Ceylon, 4to. London, 1834, an as S00 bo Beschaftigungen der Berlinischer Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, 4 Bande, 8vo. Berlin, 1775-9, eve ene ate S00 a Schriften der Berbinschen Gesall. 6 Bande, 8vo. 1780-5, Ree oad O06 Berbachtungen and Entdeckungen aus der naturkunde von der Gesellschaft naturfor- schener Fr. Zu. Berlin, 3 B. 1787-9, ... coo Onn aes Neue Schriften des Gesellschaft naturforschender Fr. Zu. Berlin, 4 B. 1795-1803, Magazin der neueste Entdeckungen un der naturkunnde, 8 B. 4to. Berlin, 1807-14, o00 aco ove eve ay deo Bewick’s General History of Quadrupeds, 3rd Edition, 8vo. Newcastle, 1792, PFE History of British Birds, vol. 1, Land Birds, 8vo. Newcastle, 1797, a Bibleotheca Hist. Nat. Banksiana, 5 vols. 8vo. cea aoe Bichat, Anatomi Generale, tome 4, 8vo. Paris, 1812, as bs es Life and Death, 8vo. London, 1812, ae oo ane ane On Mucous Membranes, 8vo. London, 1831, eee 008 See Birch’s History of the Royal Society, 4 vols. 4to. London, 1756, ane On Blach, Ichthyologie en parties, folio. Berlin, 1785, io ate c60 Blumenbach’s Comparative Anatomy, by Colson, 8vo. London, 1827, .., roe Elements of Physiology, 8vo. London, 1828, O00 ase coo Boisduval, Histoire Naturelle des Lepedopteres, 8vo. Paris, 1836, ee ace Bonaparte’s, Lucien, Observations on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornithology, 8vo. Philadelphia, 1826, ee vee CeO 500 eee cae Bostock’s Physiology, 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1824, ... oon as At Bourgery Tracti complete de l’Anatomie de Homme, folio. Paris, 1831, oo Brewster’s Journal of Science, vol. 1-10, 1824-9, 650 000 eee Ditto Ditto, new series, 6 vols. 1829-32, 560 ies os Brown’s History of Jamaica, folio. London, 1756, ae pe ay Bruce’s Travels to Discover the source of the Nile, 5 vols. 4to. Edinb. 1790, 111 Brande’s Journal of Science and Arts, 30 vols. 8vo. London, 1816-30, ... M. Breschet. Essai sur les veines des Rachis, Liv. 1-2 and 7; On aco fod M 4 Theses, 1. sur les veines des Rachis, 2. sur la formation du Cal, 3. sur la Hernie Femorale, 4. Moyens de conservation des pieces Anatomiques, 4to. Paris, 1819, M Busson Ornithologie, 6 vols. 4to. Paris, 1770, ose 000 Pp Buchanani’s Mysore, 3 vols. 4to. London, 1807, —... Sob C60 son CC. & B ——-~—— Fishes of the Ganges, 4to. plates. Edinburgh, 1822, a a A Buckland, Reliquiz Diluviane, 2nd Edition, 4to. London, 1824, AEE A Geology and Mineralogy, 2 vols 8vo. London, 1834, sve doo A -Buffon, Histoire Naturelle, 35 tome, 4to. Paris, 1779, on Ae A Giuvres complete de, augmentées par M. F. Cuvier, &c. 2 vols. Supple- mentaires, 25 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1830, Roe ve aa Pp Suite a, Insectes, par Zigny and Guerin, 10 tome, 18mo. 18320, ... aoe A Nouvelles Suites 4 sur Cuvier, Dumont, &c. ee Jas Bulleten Universal des Sciences, par Ferussac. Paris, 1823-29, AG A Bullock’s Taxidermy, 12mo. eee one eee ‘ C Burmanni Flora Indica cai accedit senes Zoopyhyt, 4to. Lugd. Bat. 1768, B Thesurus Zeylanicus, 4to. Amstel. 1737, ue sae A Burchel’s Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa, 2 vols. 4to, London, 1822-24, ... B Burn’s Lingual Anatomy of the Head and Neck, 8vo. Glasgow, 1820, ... 0 M Burdach, Tracti de Physiologie, 9 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1837, ocd awe Eos Pp Burmeester’s Manual of Entomology, translated by Shuckard, 8vo. London, 1837, ... C Camper, Description Anatomique d’un Elephant Male, fol. Paris, 1802, ah ae M Anatomie Comparir, fol. Océ nee eve Co C Carus, Lehibuch der Veyleicheuren Zootomie, 2 Bande, 8vo. Atlas, ae (ie, 1834, .2. ee ee ae “os ee a P ————, Ditto Ditto, translated by Gore, 2 vols. 8vo.,... on0 oo 660 MC Catalogue of the Hunterian Museum, 9 vols. 4to. London 1830-38, eee obo A Chevalier’s Lectures on the Structure of the Human Body, 8vo. London, 1823, one M Cheselden’s Osteographia, fol. London, 1733, on oes bes es MC ————— Anatomy of the Human Body, 6th Edition, 8vo. London, 1741, ie MC Cloquet, Traité d’Anatomie descriptive, 2 vols. 8vo. Paris, 18 22, eee 505 M Manual d’Anatomie descriptive, 2 vols. 4to. Texte et Planches. Paris, 1825, M ee J ules, Anatomie de l’Homme, 5 tome, folio. Paris, 1821-31, es ees MC Collis’ Surgical Anatomy, on aa eos 000 of M C Comptes Rendus des Sciences de Academie des Sciences, 10 tome, 4to. Paris, 1830-40, a Sa ae ts e, as ae A Cooper on the Testis, 4to. London, 1830, ae eee BOC eee M ——— Anatomy of Hernia, fol. London, 1827, ro “ip ase tie M ——— on the Breast, 4to. London, vis aco oo0 soe 600 M Cowper’s, Wm. Treatise on the Muscles, fol. London, 1724, ... bo occ MC Cruikshank’s, William, the Anatomy of the Absorbing Vessels, 4to. London, 1786, ... M Crurulhier Anatomie Descriptive, 4 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1834, ... ofp 660 P Crouch’s Introduction to Lamarck’s Conchology, 4to. London, 1826-7, Cuvier, Recherches sur les Ossem. Fossil, 4me Edition, 10 tome, 8vo. et 2 en 4to. Paris, 1834-1837, oo a6 ies 600 eee Pp ——— Regne Animal, 4 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1817, ... A ——————+——— 5 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1829, ... 55 ase ne A —————————— translation by Griffith, 16 vols. 8vo. aan 1827-32, bn A ——— Memoires sur les Mollusques, 4to. Paris, 1817, 606 do see AN Oc IV Cuvier, Lecons d’Anatomie Comparie, 5 tomes, Svo. Paris, 1800-1805, oc. —— — et Lacepide, Menegerie du Museum de Histoire Naturelle, fol. Paris, 1804,... ——— et Vallenciennes, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, 12 tome, 4to. Paris, 1828-37, ——— F, Hist. Naturelle des Cetacées, 8vo, Paris, 1836, wee ves Tea Cyclopedia of Anatomy, by Todd, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1836-39, 53 0 Da Costa’s Elements of Conchology, 8vo. London, 1776, ae cae eve Daniel’s African Scenery and Animals, fol. London, 1804-5, 600 ane Darwin’s Zoonomia, 2 vols. 4to. London, 1794-96, ... oui a0 eae Davy’s Travels in Ceylon, 4to. ... ows Ree oo a a0 Deshayes’ Description des Coquilles Fossiles dans les environs de Paris, 2 tomes, 4to. Paris, 1824, 605 Ox C00 pos ao oon Denman’s Engravings representing the Generation of Animals, 4to. London, 1815, ... Dictionarie des Sciences Naturells, 60 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1812-22, 55 ase ————— Classique d’Historie Naturelle, 16 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1822-30,... one ee des Sciences Medicales, 60 tomes. Paris, 1812-22, eee peaness ——— Journal Complementaire, 54 tomes, 8vo. Paris, oe ’ Dumas, Principes de Physiologie, 3 tome, 8vo. Paris, 1800, ... con ore Dumont et Bibron, Expetologie Generale, 5 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1834-39, ... nee Duges Memoire sur la conformité Organique dans l’Echelle Animal, 4to. Montpellier, 1832, ... ooo ooo ooo ove ooo aes 000 Edward’s (Milne) Elemens de Zoologie, 8vo. Paris, 1834, tee one web ———— —-—— Historie Naturelle de Crustaceis, 2 tomes. Paris, 1834-37, aay Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, by Brewster and Jameson, vols, 1,-10, 1819-24, ... Brewster's Journal of Science, vols. 1,-10, 1824-29, wes ae — New series, voi. 1 6, 1829-32, aoe nen wae aoe Egypte, Description de Historie Naturelle, 2 tomes, fol. Paris, 1809, see = Ehrenberg, Die Infusions Thierchen, fol. Leipzig, 1838, ta Basin ese ——-———, Structus des Sulen Organs, fol. Berlin, 1836, act oon O00 Entomological Magazine, 3 vols. 8vo. London, 1833-36, Ree pis ee ———— Metropolitana, 19 vols. 4to. aes ee ane ee eae —-——— ou Dictionarie des Sciences, des Arts et des Metiers, 28 tomes, folio, a Lucque, 1758, oe se Ae Ais reat see Eschricht, Clio Borealis. (in Danish,) ae eee es Tas -——— on the growth of Human Hair, (in Danish,) eee ace ox Eustachii, Tabule Anatomice, ser Albinus, ae ocr) mes Se Fabricii Species Inseectorum, 2 tomes, 8vo.. Hamb. et Kil, 1784,. occ oot ——— Systema Entomologiz,8vo. Flensburg, 1777, ave ven see Ferrusac Tableau Systmatique, des Animaux Mollusques, folio. Paris, ... ese ——-—-— Monagraphe des species Vivantes et Fossiles, du genre Melanopside. Paris, 1823, Be we Ae: de ie euen'T oe Fleming’s Philosophy of Zoology, 2 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1822, sae seo Flourens, Cours sur la Generation, 4to. Paris, 1836, one ies 00 Fontana on Venom of Viper and on American Poisons, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1787, + Forskal, Descriptiones Animalium, 4to. Hanniz, 1775, we SP dds zB QaPwarPE SR Se ey > a © M THE CALCUTTA JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY. [Reprint of Dr. William Jack’s writings, continued from No. 13, page 62. ] XVIII LEGUMINOSZ. BAUHINIA EMARGINATA. (W. J.) Foliis cordatis subrotundo-ovalibus glaberrimis acumine brevi obtuso emarginato, floribus octandris, staminibus tribus superioribus fertilibus. Dadaub, Malay. Native of Sumatra. : A strong woody climber. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cor- date, subrotund-oval, terminating in a short blunt emarginate acumen, very entire, 4 inches long, 7—9 nerved with reticu- late veins, very smooth. Petioles rather short. Cirrhz long, simple, revolute. Racemes terminal or sometimes lateral, corymbose, many flowered ; pedicels long, tomentose. Calyx five parted, tomentose, bursting into two or three segments. Corolla large, five petalled, spreading, petals nearly equal, | unguiculate. Stamina eight ; three superior fertile, longer, with large two-lobed anthers; four inferior short, with small VOL, IV. NO. XIv. JULY 1843. X 160 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. abortive anthers; the fifth and lowest being a little longer, and entirely sterile. Ovary tomentose. Style about the length of the fertile stamina. Sézgma peltate, round. Obs.—The form of the leaf is very peculiar, and readily distinguishes this species from the others. BAUHINIA BIDENTATA. (W. J.) Foliis cordatis acuminatis apice bidentatis glaberrimis, corymbis terminalibus, floribus octandris, staminibus tribus superioribus fertilibus. Native of the Malayan forests where it climbs over trees, and shews its flame coloured blossoms on their very summits. Shrubby, climbing far over the trees in its neighbourhood ; bark brown; branches round, flexuose; branchlets covered with ferruginous tomentum. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cor- date, acute, bifid at the point, (not two-lobed) divisions approximate with a short thread interposed, very entire, seven nerved, very smooth, the younger ones rather silky beneath with ferruginous deciduous hairs. Petzoles thick- ened at the top and base. Tendrils simple, revolute. Corymbs terminal. Pedicels clavate, striated, tomentose. Calyx five- parted, tomentose, for the most part bursting irregularly into three divisions. Corolla orange-colored, becoming red after expansion, five-petalled, petals nearly equal, sub-rotund, unguiculate, spreading. Stamina eight, ascending, of which the three upper are longer and fertile, and the three lowest short and sterile. Anthers sub-rotund. Ovary pedicellate, compressed, oblong, containing from six to eight ovula. Style declinate, incurved at the point. Stzgma large, capitate and glutinous. Obs.—This species is at once distinguished by the peculiar form of the leaves which are not two-lobed as usual in the genus, but have the apex divided, so as to make the leaf terminate in two acute points. The flowers are large and shewy. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 161 JONESIA DECLINATA. (W. J.) Foliis 6-8 jugis, foliolis oblongis, floribus fasciculato-pani- culatis tetrandris. Kayu Siturun. Malay. A small straggling tree found generally in thickets, native of Sumatra. Branches depending, whence the native name. Leaves alternate, composed of from six to eight pair of leaflets, of which the lowest are situated on the base of the petiole ;_ they are opposite, from ten to twelve inches in length, ob- long, rounded at the extremity, but terminating in a short thick recurved point, entire on the margin, smooth. Petiole roundish, thickened at the base. Séepule intrapetiolar, em- bracing the stem, broad at the base, ovate and pointed. Flowers in lateral fasciculate panicles; two subrotund bracts below each flower ; pedicels slender; the whole very smooth and delicate, and of a light semi-transparent red colour. Calyx reddish yellow, tubular; tube narrow; limb four-part- ed, flat, segments subrotund, about the same size as the bracts. Corolla none. Stamina four, more than twice the length of the calyx and inserted on its tube, their upper part deep red. Anthers deep purple, subrotund, two-celled, each cell streaked with white. There are no rudiments of abortive stamina. Germen pedicellate, pedicel accrete to the tube of the calyx. Style long, red. Stegma round. Legume pedicellate, flat, compressed, containing several seeds. | The large branches of delicate flesh-colored flowers ren- der this a very beautiful shrub during the period of inflor- escence. MIMOSA JIRINGA. Arbor inermis, foliis conjugato-pinnatis, foliolis 3-jugis slaberrimis, paniculis fasciculatis axillaribus, capitulis pauci- floris, leguminibus maximis articulato-contortis nigris. 162 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Mimosa Djiringa. Roxb: Hort: Beng: p. 93. Bua Jiring. Malay. Pulo Pinang, Malacca, &c. A lofty tree, unarmed, with grey bark and round smooth branches. Leaves alternate, conjugato-pinnate, leaflets three- paired, on short thick pedicels, ovate lanceolate, obtusely acuminate, very entire, very smooth, the upper pairs larger. Petioles round somewhat keeled above. An indistinct gland above the base of the common petiole. Capitula few flower- ed, panicled; these panicles are fasciculate, axillary, or in the axils of fallen leaves. Flowers white. Calyx 5-toothed. Corolla twice as long as the calyx, 5-cleft. Stamina numerous, monadelphous, long, fertile. Style as long as the stamina. Legumes solitary, very large, almost black, about a foot in length, spirally contorted, articulate, two-valved, articula- tions subrotund, one-seeded, convex and prominent on both sides. Seeds large, subrotund, double convex. This species belongs to the genus Inga of Willdenow. INGA BUBALINA. (W. J) N. O. Mimosee. Br: Inermis, foliis conjugato-pinnatis, foliolis bijugis glaberri- mis, capitulis paucifloris paniculatis, paniculis axillaribus et terminalibus, legumine recto cylindrico. Bua Karbau. Malay. Sumatra, &c. A tree, unarmed, with grey bark. Leaves alternate, con- jugato-pinnate, leaflets two paired, ovate, with rather an obtuse acumen, very entire, very smooth, nerves lucid; the upper pair of leaflets the largest. Primary petiole short, thickened at the base, bearing a gland at the point; secondary petioles without glands. Capitula few-flowered, panicled. Panicles axillary and terminal, peduncled, divaricate, shorter than the leaves. Bracts small. Calyx shorter, tubular, 5-dentate. Corolla white, much longer than the calyx, cam- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 163 panulate, 5-parted, segments spreading. Stamina many, monadelphous at the base, long and white. Style filiform, as long as the stamina. Ovary pedicellate. Legume dark green, straight, cylindrical, about 4 inches long, thick, obtuse, many-seeded, fetid. Seeds crowded, orbicular, piled one above the other, and thus flattened above and below by their mutual compression. Obs.—This species is nearly allied in habit and inflor- escence to the Inga Jiringa, Mal. Misc. Vol. I. but differs in the shape of the legume, which has a very offensive smell, but is eaten by the natives in the same manner as that of the Petek (Acacia graveolens, W. J.*) Karbau in Malay signi- fies the Buffalo, whence the specific name. INGA CLYPEARIA. (W. J.) Inermis, ramulis acutangulis, foliis bipinnatis, foliolis 10- jugis rhomboideis subtus tomentosis, paniculis terminalibus, leguminibus contortis rubris. Clypearia rubra. Rtumph: Amb: ILI. p. 176, t. 112. Jirmg muniet. Malay. A large tree. Branchleis smooth, acutely five-angled, almost winged. Leaves alternate, bipinnate; pinnz about four pair; leaflets about ten pair, rhomboidal, inequilateral, rather: acute, entire, smooth above, tomentose or silky and glaucous beneath, they are of unequal size, the uppermost often two inches long. Petzole or rachis acutely 4 or 5-angled, thickened at the base, eglandular. Panicles large, terminal; peduncles fascicled. Flowers white, pedicellate, in small capitula or heads. Calyx small, five-parted. Corolla much longer than the calyx, quinquefid. Stamina numerous, monadelphous at the base. Style one. Legume red, flat two-valved, spirally contorted, containing many subrotund somewhat compressed black seeds. * Parkia R. Br. 164 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Obs.—This species which agrees with that described by Rumphius, is found in forests in the neighbourhood of Ben- coolen, but I am not aware that it is there put to any parti- cular use. ‘These two species together with the J. Jiringa might perhaps with equal propriety be referred to Acacia, as the seeds are not arilled, though the legume (as in J. bubalina) is fleshy and esculent; the stamina are those of Inga, and the paniculate inflorescence is more frequent in that genus than in Acacia. The distinction between these two sections of the Linnean genus Mimosa is an artificial one, and the characters of the present species are in some degree inter- mediate between the two. XIX. CHRYSOBALANE. PETROCARYA EXCELSA. (W. J.) Heptandria Monogynia. N. O. Rosacea. Juss : Foliis oblongis acuminatis glabris, calycibus ore obliquis, staminibus undecim fertilibus. Kayu Balam Pangkat. Malay. A large timber tree. Leaves alternate, short petioled- oblong, acuminate, entire, smooth 4—5 inches long. Stepules longer than the petioles, deciduous. acemes axillary and terminal, forming a panicle towards the top, strict, erect, little branched ; flowers very short pedicelled and appressed to the principal peduncle; the whole ferruginous and tomentose. Bracts broad, deciduous. Calyx infundibular, ferruginous | and tomentose, oblique at the mouth, furnished with a ring of stiff hairs which point downwards, lowest on the side to which the fertile stamina and ovary are attached, limb 5-parted subreflex. Corolla five-petalled, inserted on the mouth of the calyx and scarcely longer than its limb, petals subrotund. Stamina eleven fertile, twice as long as the Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 165 pétals, inserted in orie phalanx along the lower edge of the mouth of the calyx, on the upper edge is a ring with eight processes or abortive stamina. Ovary adnate to the side of the calyx below the fertile stamina, densely pilose, disporous. Style lateral, inserted near the base of the ovary, as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Drupe enclosed in the enlarged calyx which becomes adnate to it and crowned by its per- sistent limb; obliquely ovate, about the size of a filbert. Nut smooth, one-seeded, with an abortive cell generally above the fertile one. Seed curved corresponding to the cell, albuminous ; embryo cylindrical inverse; radicle superior, clavato-cylindrical, longer than the ligulate cotyledons. PETROCARYA SUMATRANA. (W. J.) Foliis elliptico-oblongis subtus canescentibus, calycis ore reculari, staminibus septem fertilibus. Atree. Branchlets pilose. Leaves alternate, short-petioled, elliptic-oblong, 6—8 inches long, terminating in a bluntish acumen, acute at the base, entire, the adult leaves smooth above, somewhat hoary with close short wool beneath, the younger ones covered with deciduous pubescence above, nerves prominent beneath, veins reticulate. Petioles about a quarter of an inch in length. Stépules longer than the petioles, oblong, acute. tacemes axillary and terminal, shorter than the leaves, tomentose; pedicels mostly three- | flowered, divaricate. Bracts rather large, concave, at the base of the peduncles, pedicels and flowers. Calyx tubular or campanulate, tomentose without, pilose at the faux, which is equal and regular, limb spreading, five-parted, segments acute. Corolla five-petalled, white, petals inserted on the mouth of the calyx, and as long as its segments. Stamina fourteen, of which seven upper are fertile arranged in one phalanx, and the opposite seven abortive; filaments short, flat, anthers roundish, two-lobed. Ovary adnate to the upper side of the tube or calyx, pilose, two-celled, containing 166 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. two erect ovula. Style lateral, inserted at the base of the ovary, as long as the stamina. Sézgma capitate. Obs.—These two species though nearly related, present abundant points of distinction. In the P. Hacelsa the leaves are smaller, smoother, and less strongly nerved, while the flowers are larger, the racemes longer, more erect and com- pact, and the stamina longer and more numerous than in the P. Sumatrana. XX. CONNARACE i. CNESTIS EMARGINATA. (W. J.) Foliolis 5—7 acuminatis apice emarginatis, racemis axil- aribus paucifloris, capsulis solitariis glabris, seminis umbil- lico caruncula semi-amplexo. Found in the neighbourhood of Berccoten A small tree, with weak diffuse branches. Leaves alter- nate, pinnate, leaflets 5—7, from ovate to oblong ovate, ter- minating in a long acumen which is emarginate at the point, entire, very smooth, the middle nerve pubescent under- neath; the upper leaflet is the largest, and frequently five inches in length. Petiole thickened at top and bottom, al- most articulate under the terminal leaflet. Racemes axil- lary, subsolitary, short, few-flowered ; pedicels alternate, one-flowered ; a bract at the base of each pedicel, small, to- mentose as well as the peduncle. Calyx five-parted, smooth, persistent. Corolla five-petaled, petals oblong, acute. Sta- mina ten, distinct, the alternate ones shorter. Ovaries five, smooth, with a line of hairs along the suture. Styles five, shorter than the stamina. Stigmas emarginate. Capsule solitary, four ovaries aborting, embraced at the base by the thickened calyx, orange coloured, smooth, bursting on one side, containing a single black seed. Seed furnished at the Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 167 base with a cup-shaped orange coloured fleshy caruncle — which partially surrounds the umbilicus. Embryo inverse, without albumen. Obs.—The umbilical caruncle in this species is similar in shape and situation to that observed in the Connarus lucidus, being smaller than usual in this tribe. CNESTIS FLORIDA. (W. J) Foliolis 3—5, rarius solitariis, oblongo-ovatis acuminatis glaberrimis, racemis fasciculatis axillaribus, seminibus arillo subinclusis. Confer cum Connaro santaloide, Vahl, anne eadem ? Found in Sumatra and the island of Pulo Nias. A small tree, with somewhat rigid divaricate branches. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets 3—5, sometimes solitary, oblong ovate, attenuated into a longish blunt acumen, very entire, very smooth, rather rigid, shining above, veins reti- culate; about three inches long. Racemes axillary, fascicu- late, slender, shorter than the leaves; the lower pedicels 3—4 flowered. Calyx almost five leaved, erect, tinged with red towards the base. Corolla five-petalled, Stamina ten, distinct, nearly equal; filaments flat and broader at the base. Ovaries five, oblong, erect. Styles one to each ovary. Sizgmas simple. Capsule solitary, the remainder aborting, ovate, pointed towards both ends, somewhat oblique, smooth, bursting on one side, one-seeded. Seed almost enclosed in a bright red fleshy aril originating from the umbilicus, and in its expansion enveloping the whole seed. Albumen none. Cotyledons plano-convex, solid. Radicle remote from the umbilicus as in Geertner’s Omphalobium. CNESTIS MIMOSOIDES. (W. J.) Foliis pinnatis subdecemjugis, foliolis ovali-oblongis emar- ginatis, seminibus arillo subinclusis. Connarus mimosoides. Vahl and Willd. Found at Tappanuly. 168 Descriptions of Matayan Plants. Y can scarcely entertain a doubt of this being the very plant referred by Vahl to Connarus, and aptly named mimo- soides. Its analogy with the preceding is very close, having the seeds similarly enclosed in a large red aril, and the ra- cemes axillary. I have not seen the flowers, but the four abortive ovaries are quite distinct at base of the perfect one. In all these three species only one capsule ripens, in which particular, as well as having smooth capsules and _ arilled seeds, they seem to differ from Cnestis. EKURYCOMA. (W. J.) Pentandria Monogynia. N. O. Connaracee. Brown. Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina quinque. Glandule decem staminibus alternae. Ovarium 5-lobum, lobis monosporis. Stylus 1. Stigmata quinque. Capsulae 3—85, folliculares, glabrae, monospermae. Semen nudum. Polygama, foliis pinnatis fastigiatis, floribus paniculatis. EKURYCOMA LONGIFOLIA.* Kayu Kabal. Malay. Found at Tappanuly and Bencoolen in Sumatra, and at Singapore. Mergui. Malacca. This is a small tree, whose branches are thick, rough with the vestiges of fallen leaves and foliose at their summits. Leaves crowded at the extremity of the branches, two feet long, pinnated with numerous leaflets, which are oblong- lanceolate, acute, very entire, very smooth ; 2—3 inches in length. Panicles axillary, very long. Flowers male and hermaphrodite on different plants. Calyx small, five-parted. Corolla longer than the calyx, purple, tomentose without * The Punowur Pait of the Malays of Malacca. It is considered by Dr. Oxley to be a valuable febrifuge. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 169 with glandular hairs, petals erect with inflexed margins. Stamina five, erect, shorter than the petals, alternating with five pair of villous corpuscules which are large and distinct in the male flower, very small in the hermaphrodite. Ovary five-lobed, lobes monosporous ; in the male very small and abortive. Style one, short, curved. Stzgmata five, thick recurved. Capsules from three to five, nearly ovate, smooth, bursting on one side, one seeded. Seed naked, (without aril or caruncle) exalbuminous. Obs.—The corpuscules interposed between the stamina are remarkable in the male flower, being roundish erect yellow bodies, with somewhat the appearance of abortive anthers ; in the hermaphrodite, however, they become sim- ple scales. The genus differs from Cnestis in the number of the stamina, the single style, and the smoothness of the capsule; and from Connarus in the number of the ovaries and stigmas, and the want of the umbilical caruncula. CONNARUS. Linn. This genus with Cnestis has been removed by Mr. R. Brown from the Terebintacez of Jussieu, and formed into a separate and very natural family under the name of Con- naracez. ‘They are rather a numerous tribe in the Malay islands, and besides the following species of Connarus and Cnestis, I have to add the new genus Eurycoma, which ap- pears to be sufficiently distinct from both the former. I am doubtful whether the species which I have refered to Cnes- tis really belong to that genus, as they have all smooth cap- sules with arilled or carunculate seeds, or whether they ought not to be separated from those whose capsules are clothed with prurient hair. Some confusion appears also to have existed between the species of Cnestis and Connarus, the ripe capsules of the former being often solitary from the abortion of the remaining ovaries, and I am much inclined to think that Connarus santaloides and mimosoides of Vahl 170 | Descriptions of Malayan Plants. in particular are in reality species of Cnestis, a supposition which is supported by the analogy of the inflorescence, which is almost without exception terminal in Connarus and axillary in Cnestis. ‘This distinction is of some impor- tance between genera so nearly related. CONNARUS FERRUGINEUS. (W. J.) Ferrugineo-tomentosa, foliis pinnatis, foliolis oblongis coriaceis subtus ferrugineo-villosis, paniculis terminalibus. Bunga Burutta. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang. Malacca. A small sized tree. Branches round, covered with fer- ruginous wool. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets nine, subopposite, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, very entire, mar- gins reflexed, coriaceous, green and tomentose above, ferru- ginously villous beneath. Petioles round, villous, thicken- ed at the base. Stipules none. Panicles large, terminal, sometimes with a few axillary racemes. Flowers numerous, white. Bracts roundish often curved, ferruginously villous as well as the calyces and the whole panicle. Calyx five- parted, laciniz erect, oblong, acute. Corolla white, sprin- kled with red dots, five petaled, longer than the calyx, petals erect, lanceolate. Staména ten, erect, united at the base, the alternate ones much shorter. Anthers ovate. Style shorter than the long stamina. Stigma capitate, three furrowed. Capsules follicular, ferruginous, rather inflated, oblique, gibbous behind, opening on one side, one-celled, one-seeded. Seed bean-shaped, appendiculate at the umbi- licus. Umbilical appendage or caruncle large, and glandu- lar. Embryo dicotyledonous, conform to the seed, without albumen; radicle at a distance from the umbilicus. Obs.—This fine species is well distinguished by its thick leathery leaves, and the ferruginous pubescence of their lower surface and of the branches and panicles. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 171 CONNARUS VILLOSUS. (W. J.) Villosissimus, foliolis 5—7 lanceolatis longe acuminatis supra glabris, paniculis terminalibus dense stellato-villosis ferrugineis. Native of Sumatra. The whole plant densely and ferruginously woolly. Branch- es round. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets 5 or 7, sub- opposite, oblong lanceolate, narrowing towards the base, terminating in a long acumen, entire, smooth above, villous beneath with stellate pubescence; about six inches long. In young leaves the upper surface is covered with deciduous pubescence. Panicles large, terminal, and from the upper axils, densely villous, ferruginous. Bracts long, linear, thick curved, villous. Calyx five-parted, villous. Corolla five- petaled, limb spreading. Stamina ten, united into a ring at the base, the alternate ones shorter. Ovary densely pilose with plumose hairs. Style longer than the stamina. Stezgma capitate. Obs.—This plant is covered with denser and rougher wool than the preceding, particularly on the panicles, and the leaves are much longer, acuminate, and not coriaceous. CONNARUS SEMIDECANDER. (W. J.) Foliis pinnatis, foliolis 3—5 lato-lanceolatis subtus villo- siusculis, paniculis terminalibus axillaribusque villosis, fila- mentis alternis sterilibus. Mangul, also Akar Sidinka. Malay. Abundant in thickets at various places on the West Coast of Sumatra. It is a small tree, with wrinkled bark ; the young shoots and leaves are softly and ferruginously villous. Leaves alternate, pinnate; leaflets from 3 to 5, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, smooth above, slightly villous beneath, nerves lucid; 3—4 inches long. Panicles terminal or from the upper axils, villous and brownish. Flowers numerous. 172 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Bracts small. Calyx five-leaved, erect, reddish, tomentose. Corolla of a light bluish colour, five-petaled ; petals longer than the calyx, spreading at the limb. Stamina, filaments five fertile, exsert; five-alternate ones short, sterile; all unit- ed into a ring at the base. Style somewhat shorter than the stamina. Capsule tomentose, ferruginous, follicular, two valved, one-seeded. Seed with an umbilical caruncle. Obs.—This is one of the most common species in Sumatra, and like all the rest of the genus frequents thickets and copses, or what is called by the Malays Belukar, rather than the great forests. CONNARUS GRANDIS. (W. J.) Foliis pinnatis, foliolis quinis ovato-lanceolatis glabris, paniculis terminalibus, capsulis magnis glabris. At Tappanuly in Sumatra. A moderate sized tree. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets generally five, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, entire, smooth; 8 or 9inches long. Panicles terminal, long, smooth. Capsules large, oblique, red, smooth, follicular, bursting on one side, one-seeded. Seed with a large umbilical caruncle. Obs.—I have not seen the flowers.—It has larger leaves and fruit than any other species that I have met with, and is further distinguished by the smoothness of all its parts. CONNARUS LUCIDUS. (W. J.) Foliis pinnatis, foliolis glaberrimis nitidis emarginato- acuininatis, paniculis terminalibus ferrugineis, calyce persis- tente. Sumatra. A small tree, with long divaricate subscandent branches. Bark brown and wrinkled. Leaves alternate; leaflets 5—9, ovate-lanceolate or elliptic oblong, terminating in a long linear acumen which is emarginate at the point, entire, very smooth, shining and lucid; 2—24 inches long. Panicles Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 173 terminal, small and delicate, ferruginously tomentose. Flowers palered. Calyx five-leaved, tomentose. Corolla five-petaled, petals narrow. Stamina ten, monadelphous at the base, the al- ternate ones short. Style one, longer than the stamina. Cap- sule obovate, less oblique than usual in the genus, embraced at the base by the enlarged persistent calyx, smooth, bursting on one side, one-seeded. Seed attached nearly at the base, the umbilicus half embraced by the cup-shaped caruncula, which is rather smaller than usual. Obs.—This is a small delicate species, having smooth shining leaves with emarginate points ; the panicles are small, and seldom bring more than one or two fruit to perfection. XXI. ANACARDIEZ. MANGIFERKA QUADRIFIDA. MSS. Jack.* Leaves \anceolate with attenuate base. Panicles loose, axillary. Flowers.quadrifid monandrous. Petals glandular at the middle. Malay. Assam Kumbong. Sumatra and other islands of the eastern Archipelago. A loftier tree than the common Mango, with a straighter trunk, and more compact foliage. Leaves alternate, long- petioled, lanceolate, acute, attenuated to the base, very entire, smooth, coriaceous and flat. Petéols roundish, somewhat thickened at the base. Stépules none. Panicles lax, open and spreading, axillary, crowded at the summits of the branches. From two to four panicles generally come out just below the thick termination of the branch, each sup- ported by a leaf. Sometimes there are other panicles below * Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey. 2. 440. 174 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. these from the axils of the lower leaves. Flowers small and white. Bracts small, deciduous. Calyx four-leaved, somewhat reflex. Corolla white, four-petalled, spreading, after flower- ing conniving, petals ovate-lanceolate, acute, furnished in the middle with an irregular, yellow, glandular crest. Nee- tary of four round, fleshy lobes united into a cup-like recep- tacle, on which the germen is situated. Stamina inserted on the lobes of the nectarium, not within them as in the M. Indica ; one fertile, as long as the corolla; sterile filaments very short. Germen oblique. Style declinate, as long as the stamen. FF rutt roundish, becoming very dark-coloured, containing an ovate seed. There are generally some male flowers in the panicle, and rarely a flower occurs with a small superfluous fifth petal placed within the rest.— W. Jack. : MANGIFERA FCLTIDA. Loureir.* Leaves firm, broad-lanceolate. Panicles terminal, ascend- ing, lengthened, smooth. Flowers sub-monandrous. Corols infundibuliform ; dzmb spreading, at length reflexed.—MSS. Jack. Manga feetida, Rumph. Amb. i. 98. t. 28. Malay. Bachong. A native of Penang, Sumatra, &c. Malacca. A larger tree than the common mango. Leaves very firm and rigid. Panicles large and red-coloured. Stamina in- serted on the lobes of the nectarium, one, sometimes two, fertile. Fruit very foetid, eaten by the Malays.—W. Jack. MANGIFERA CASSIA. Jack.+ Leaves rigid, broad-lanceolate, attenuate at the base. Panicles terminal, erect, tomentose, glaucous. Flowers monandrous. Petals erect. Fruit oblong.—MSS. Jack. * Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey. loc. cit. {+ Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey, 2. 441. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 175 Malay. Binjaee. Sumatra. Malacca. A large tree. Branches rough with the vestiges of the fallen leaves. Leaves fifteen or sixteen inches long, alter- nate, petiolate, broad-lanceolate, acuminate, tapering to the base and decurrent on the petiole, very entire, smooth, thick and rigid, strongly nerved, the middle rib flattened. Petioles short. Panicles large, erect, terminal, finely tomentose, of a glaucous reddish-colour. Bracts small. Calyx erect, slightly tomentose. Corolla erect, purple within, paler without. - Nectary small, slightly lobed. Stamina on the nectary, one fertile. Style oblique. Fruit oblong-obovate, of a reddish white colour.—W. Jack. STAGMARIA. W. J.* Pentandria Trigynia. Caiy# imferus, tubulosus, deciduus, ore irregulariter rup- tus. Corolla pentapetala, petalis stipiti germinis insertis. Stamina quinque, petalis alterna, filamentis longitudine fere corolla; antheris oblongis. Ovarium trilobum, lobis monos- poris, 1—2 seepe abortivis. Styli 1—3 ex apicibus loborum ovarii, staminibus breviores. Stigmata obtusa. Bacca re- niformis, hine sulcata, cortice varicoso, monosperma. Semen exalbuminosum; embryone erecto, pseudo-monocotyledoneo, fissura laterali; radicula incurva. Arbor succo resinoso caustico scatens, foliis Red exstipularibus, floribus paniculatis. This genus is nearly related to Rhus, but distinguished by the following particulars. The petals and stamina are both inserted on the stipes of the ovary, which is not sur- rounded by a nectarial ring, as in Rhus, and is three-lobed when perfect. The styles are inserted on the lobes of the ovary, and do not spring from one point. Their number * Companion to the Botanical Magazine, 1. 267. Z, 176 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. depends on the number of perfect lobes of the germen, and it is most common to find only one. The calyx is tubular, deciduous, and bursts irregularly. The structure of the fruit is also different, the seed not being here contained in a nut, and having the embryo erect, not inverse, asin Rhus. On all these accounts, added to the difference of habit, particularly in having simple leaves, I have little hesitation in considering it as a distinct genus. _ STAGMARIA VERNICIFLUA. (W. J.) Arbor vernicis. Rumph. Amb. If. p. 259, t. 86. Kayo Rangas. Malay. Native of the Eastern Islands; it does not appear to be abundant in Sumatra, but occurs occasionally in the neigh- bourhood of rivers, as at Nattal and Moco-Moco. Malacca. This tree grows to a considerable size; the branches and branchlets are smooth, round, and marked with small dots. Leaves alternate or scattered, petiolate, elliptico-lanceolate, about eight inches long, subattenuate to the base, rather acute, sometimes obtuse, or even retuse at the point, very entire, very smooth, firm, and shining, with lucid nefves. Petioles about an inch long, flattened above. Stzpules none. Panicles axillary, on rather long peduncles. Flowers nume- rous, pedicellate, white, having rather a narcoticsmell. Calyx tubular, deciduous, bursting into two or three irregular seg- ments. Corolla much longer than the calyx, spreading, somewhat reflex, five-petaled ; petals oblong, rather obtuse, adnate at the base to the column which supports the ovary. Stamina five, inserted on the same column above the petals, alternating with them, and nearly of the same length ; jila- ments thread-shaped ; anthers short, oblong, two-celled. Ovary on a pedicel or column, sometimes three-lobed, but more frequently there is only one distinct lobe, whose posi- tion on the pedicel is rendered oblique by the abortion of the other two; each lobe contains a single ovulum attached to ~ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 177 the inner angle. Style crowning the lobes of the ovary, from one to three, according to the number of perfect ovaries or lobes, shorter than the stamina. Stigmata obtuse. Berry as large as a fresh walnut, reniform or somewhat spheroidal, but rather irregular in shape, generally furrowed on one side ; the rind is rough and brownish, of a spongy texture, often exhibiting on the surface the appearance of various veins, and when cut, exudes an acrid juice; it contains a single seed, similar in form to the fruit, and equally abounding with a corrosive gum or resin. Embryo exalbuminous, erect. Cotyledons united, having a fissure on one side; radicle at the base of the fruit, short, incurved upon the cotyledons at the lower part of the fissure. Obs.—The wood of this tree is of a fine dark colour to- wards the centre, and lighter coloured near the circumference. The bark exudes a resin which is extremely acrid, and, applied to the skin, causes excoriation and blisters. The people consider it dangerous to handle any part of the tree, and even to sit or sleep under its shade. This resin, on ex- posure to the air, soon assumes a black colour, and becomes hard ; it is collected and employed as a varnish, and sells for this purpose at a high price. According to Rumphius, it is the tree which yields the so-much celebrated Japan lacquer or varnish, and he considers it the same with that of Siam and ‘Tonquin. Loureiro, however, who had better oppor- tunities of observing the latter, represents the varnish of those countries as the produce of a different tree, which he has. described under the name of dugia. The varnish of Siam and Cochin China is probably the best; but that of Celebes and Java, which is the produce of this tree, is also employed for the same purposes, and cannot be much infe- rior, since it bears as high a price, and according to Rum- phius, higher. The process of obtaining and using it is thus given by Rumphius :—‘‘ The exhalations of this tree are considered noxious, and the people of Macassar and other 178 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. parts of Celebes in particular, entertain such dread of it, that they dare not remain long under it, much less repose beneath its shade; they say that whoever receives the drop- pings from it, will have his body swell, and be affected with malignant sores. As, however, it furnishes the so-celebrated varnish, other people boldly repair to this tree, particularly the Chinese and Tonkinese, who employ great precautions in collecting the resin, which is accomplished in the follow- ing manner. A number of Chinese proceed, about evening, to the place where the trees grow, which is always at a dis- tance from the resort of men or animals, each selects a few, and inserts into the trunks two pieces of bamboo, sharpened at their points, in such a manner as to penetrate the bark in a somewhat oblique direction. ‘These remain all night, and are extracted before sun-rise the next morning, the trees yielding no juice during the day. The resin is found in greater or less quantity according to the richness or poor- ness of the soil, and is obtained only at certain seasons of the year, particularly about the time of flowering. The peo- ple who collect it unite the produce of their labour, and afterwards make an equal division of the whole on which account this resin maintains a high price, a single pikul (containing a hundred catties) selling, in those provinces of China which do not possess this tree, for two or three hun- dred dollars; in Tonkin and Camboja, however, it may be had for thirty, fifty, or sixty dollars. It is a custom among the Chinese, when they approach this tree, first to rub its trunk lightly, before inserting the bamboos, wishing by this to show that they are not afraid, for they say that timid persons will sooner feel its noxious effects than those who are bold and fearless. | ‘¢ The resin is prepared for varnish in the following way :— To one pound of resin add an equal weight of the oil of Tang-yhu, which is a Chinese tree related to the Boonga Tanjong [Mimusops Elengi], from whose fruit a red trans- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 7 eS parent oil is prepared, resembling our Linseed Oil: others put one pound of oil to three of the resin, which are gently heated together, and make a very black varnish. If, how- ever, to one pound of resin, two pounds of oil be added, a varnish of a brownish yellow, and sometimes of a straw- colour, is produced, with which wood is lightly done over, to bring out the grain and veins. Moreover, if while the varnish is heated, red lead, powdered galls, or other dry pigments be added, it gives the same colour to the work upon which it is employed. This liquid varnish ought to be covered with water to prevent its becoming hard. The articles to which the varnish is applied must always be placed in a cool and moist place to dry, which they do slowly ; but when once hardened, the varnish never becomes soft again, except by the suffusion of hot water, which often dis- solves it. “The Chinese carry this prepared resin in large pots from Siam and Camboja to Japan, where it is disposed of to great profit. “ The Japanese are the most skilful in preparing and or- namenting all kinds of wooden articles with this varnish, of which they annually use large quantities, their black lacquered works are dispersed, on account of their elegance, to all parts of the world.” Loureiro says, that the black lacquer is produced by the varnish in its natural state, unmixed with any foreign ingre- dient, and that it is only for producing red and other colours that pigments are added. He gives his Augia as a native of China, Cochin China, Camboja, and Siam; Rumphius’ _ tree is a native of Java, Celebes, Bali, and other parts of the Archipelago. Under the article Sanga, in the Encyclopedie Methodique, a part of Rumphius’ account of this tree is given, but by a singular mistake of the reference to the plate, it is conjec- tured to be a species of Hernandia, an error which the 180 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. slightest attention to the terms of the description ought to have prevented. In the first volume of the same work, the Arbor vernicis is made a species of Terminalia, under the specific appellation of 7. Verniz, and the supposition has not been rejected by later authors. It is needless to add, that it has not the least relation to Terminalia. XXII. SAPINDACEZ. MILLINGTONIA.* Roz. Calyx 5—phyllus, foliolis duobus exterioribus minoribus. Corolla 5—petala, petalis duobus minoribus squamiformibus. Stamina quinque, quorum tria sterilia difformia basi peta- lorum majorum inserta; duo fertilia basi minorum adnata, filamentis apice scyphum gerentibus cui antherae bilobae insident. Ovarium nectario annulari cinctum, biloculare, loculis disporis. Drupa nuce plerumque monospora. Hm- bryo erectus, curyatus, albumine nullo aut parco. Obs.—It will be perceived that I have made a considerable and material alteration in the terms of the generic descrip- tion from that given by Roxburgh, Fl: Ind: I. p. 102, which I conceive to be necessary towards explaining the true relations of the various parts of the flower, and thereby * The explanation of.Mr. Jack and of Dr. Arnott does not appear to me to apply to Millingtonia simplicifolia, in which, from observations made in Upper Assam in 1837, there would appear to be a composition of two of the three acknowledged petals. This, though it may appear to increase the complexity of the flower, will be found perhaps to simplify it essentially. It seems to me, moreoyer, not improbable that in this genus, as it now stands, there are two modifications of structure of the flower, which may hereafter lead to the formation of another genus.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 181 affording the means of tracing more correctly its natural affinities. The principal point is to determine the real nature of what Roxburgh calls the nectarial scales at the base of his petals; I have no hesitation in considering them as abortive stamina, which the examination of the flower before expansion places, I think, beyond a doubt. In that state the whole of the stamina connive over the pistil, the anther of the fertile ones is turned inwards, so as not to be visible, and there is no considerable difference of ap- pearance between them and the sterile ones. The anther- bearing hollow of ‘the fertile stamina is applied to a corres- ponding hollow on the side of the sterile ones, and at the time of expansion the former separate themselves with a jerk and become erect, while the latter continue in their original position incumbent over the pistil. The petals on which the fertile stamina are inserted are much smaller and narrower than the others, as if exhausted by the greater de- velopment of the parts they nourish. ‘These petals are called by Roxburgh outer laminz of the filaments, which is contrary to all common analogy, while the other explanation might be supported by numerous examples of a similar structure. Thus in place of a diandrous flower with tripetalous appen- diculate corolla and bifid stamina, we obtain five as the primary number of all the parts, only modified by the partial abortion of three of the stamina. MILLINGTONIA SUMATRANA. (W. J.) Foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis 3—6 jugis ovato lanceolatis, petalis minoribus acutis, fructu ovato. Found on the island of Pulo Nias. It is a moderate sized tree with grey bark. Leaves alter- nate, pinnate with an odd one which is rarely wanting ; leaflets from 5 to 13, opposite, ovate lanceolate, acuminate, entire, smooth, 6—9 inches long. Common petiole flat above 182 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. and marginate, thickened at the base. Panicles terminal, many-flowered, rather coarctate, with stiff rigid divisions, slightly tomentose. Flowers white. Bracts minute. Calyx small, five-leaved, the outer two smaller, resembling bracts. Corolla five-petaled, the outer three large, subrotund, the inner two much smaller, lanceolate, acute. Stamina five, inserted on the bases of the petals; two fertile, upon the smaller petals, with broad filaments expanding at top into a kind of cup, on which the anther rests, and to whose outer edge it is attached: the anther consists of two yellow lobes resembling masses of pollen which burst transversely. The three sterile stamina which are inserted on the larger petals have thick filaments without anthers, but marked with an oblong cup-like cavity on each side corresponding to the cups of the fertile ones. Before expansion, the five stamina con- nive over the pistil in such a manner that the cup-like cavi- ties are mutually applied to each other ; on expansion the fertile stamina separate with a jerk, by which the pollen is in part dispersed, and the cup becomes erect with the anther resting upon it; the other three never separate but remain conniving over the pistil. Ovary embraced at the base by a nectarial cup with five toothlets; ovate, two-celled, each cell containing two ovula attached to the centre of the parti- tion. Style short. Stigma small. Berry ovate, oblique or recurved, somewhat less than an olive, containing a single one-seeded nut. Nut obovate-oblong, acute and curved at the base, carinate along one side, and having a large umbi- lical hollow above the base on the other, smooth, one seed- ed. Seed obovate-oblong, acute at the base, covered with a dry loose brown skin: albumen none ; embryo glutinous on the surface, erect, doubled on itself ; Cotyledons thin, foli- aceous, large, round ovate, reflected backwards upon the radicle, and half embracing it laterally ; Radicle inferior, very large, thick, pointed, extending the whole length of the seed, and partly doubled up or curved at the top. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 183 Obs.—The cotyledons are wrapped round the embryo in such a manner, as to give the whole somewhat of a chrysa- loid appearance. This species has considerable resemblance to the M. pinnata of Roxburgh, but differs in having un- equally pinnate leaves, with from 3 to 6 pair of leaflets, in having the smaller petals entire and acute, not tridentate, in the nectarial ring having five simple toothlets, not three bidentate angles, and in having a large ovate fruit with a smooth, not rugose nut. The abortive cell is generally ob- servable near the umbilical foramen. _ NEPHELIUM LAPPACEUM. Marsd. Hist. Sumatra. Pl. IV. Rambutan. Malay. Frequent throughout the Malay Countries and Islands. A tree. Leaves alternate, pinnate, leaflets generally from 5 to 7, ovate, acute at both ends, very entire, smooth. Panicles terminal, erect. Flowers numerous, small, white, male and hermaphrodite. Calyx from 4 to 6 parted, spread- ing. Corolla none. Stamina from 5 to 8, spreading, longer than the calyx, inserted into a disk below the germen. Anthers subrotund. Ovarium two-seeded, abortive in the male flowers. Style one. Stigmata 2, revolute. Fruit gemi- nate, one commonly abortive, the rudiment of which remains at the base of the perfect one, which is subrotund, cover- ed with a coriaceous rind and echinate with long soft spines, one-seeded, the seed covered with a white acid pulp. The fruit is much esteemed, and has an agreeable sub- acid flavour. The parts of the flower vary much in number ; six is perhaps the most frequent number of the stamina. There is but one style, not two as commonly described. The affinities of this tree seem to have been little under- stood. It belongs without doubt to the family of the Sa- pindi, and is closely related to Scytalia, as justly conjectured by the author of the botanical articles in Rees’ Cyclopedia. 2 A 184 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. SAPINDUS RUBIGINOSUS. Roxb. Octandria Monogynia. Arborescens inermis, paniculis terminalibus, calycibus 5 phyllis, corollis 4-petalis, baccis tribus connatis oblongis. Kalit layu. Malay. Pulo Pinang. Arborescent. Leaves alternate, abruptly pinnate, leaflets nearly opposite, subsessile, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse with a small mucro or point, very entire, nearly smooth, with a few scattered hairs chiefly on the under surface. Petioles tomen- tose. Panicles terminal erect, composed of numerous simple racemes. Pedicels short, generally in pairs. Bracts subulate. Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets subrotund, concave, the two outer ones smaller. Corolla white, 4-petalled, somewhat longer than the calyx, petals ovate, obtuse, appendiculate at the base, appendices furnished with two transverse lines of white hairs. Stamina 8, of which the five upper and longer are incumbent over the remaining three; filaments villous ; anthers oblong, yellow. Style 1, short, persistent. Stigma capitate, 4-sided villous. Germina three one-seeded. Ber- ries three, connate at the base, purple, oblong, one-seeded. HEDYCARPUS.* Tetrandria Monogynia. Perianthium 4-partitum, inferum. Stamina 4. Ovarium 3-loculare, loculis disporis. St¢gmata tria. Capsula baccata, 3-valvis, 3-locularis, seminibus arillo sapido tunicatis. Em- bryo inversus, albumine inclusus. Arbor folws alternis simplicibus, flortbus racemosis. -Nore.—This and the following genus are referred in Endlicher’s Genera Plantarum to Euphorbiacez, whether correctly or not, I cannot at pre- sent take upon myself to say.—W. G. * Lin: Trans: Vol. xiv. p. 118 t. 119. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 185 The stamens are occasionally five in number, with a five- parted perianth and four-celled ovary. HEDYCARPUS MALAYANUS. Bera Tampui. Malay. Sumatra. A small tree. Branchileis smooth. Leaves alternate, pe- tiolate, broad-ovate, rounded at the base, acuminate, nearly entire, with recurved edges, sometimes obsoletely crenulate, very smooth, deep green and shining above, and paler be- neath, strongly nerved; from nine to ten inches long. Pe- tioles thickened at both ends, from two to two inches and a halflong. Stipules ovate, acute, deciduous. Racemes prin- cipally from the trunk and larger branches, but sometimes axillary, fascicled or solitary, straight, from two to three ‘inches long; pedicles supporting several flowers, tomentose. Bracts on the pedicel below its subdivision, small, broad. Perianth small, yellowish, villous, somewhat fleshy, four, sometimes five-parted; segments narrow. Stamens four, sometimes five, alternate with the segments of the perienth, short; anthers roundish, two-lobed. Ovary small, three, sometimes four-celled ; each cell containing two ovula attach- ed to the inner angle. Style scarce any. Stigmas three, sometimes four, fleshy, villous. Fruit about the size of a China orange, with a thick rough rind, three-valved, three- celled; cells generally two-seeded, partitions opposite to the valves. Seeds enveloped in a white juicy aril, as in the Lansium, &c. Embryo contained in an ample albumen, inverse. Cotyledons flat, foliaceous, cordate, subrotund. Radicle superior, short, clavate. Obs.—This is a fruit which ranks in point of taste and flavour along with the Lanséh, &c., but it is by no means so frequently met with. The genus is most nearly allied to Pierardia of Roxburgh, with which it agrees in general habit, in foliage, in the mode of inflorescence, and in the 186 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. structure of the seeds, but differs in having a valvular fruit and in the number of the stamens. ‘The following descrip- tion of the Choopa, another highly esteemed Malayan fruit, which belongs to Pzerardia, will illustrate the affinity between these two genera. PIERARDIA. Roxb.* Perianthium 4-partitum. Stamina octo, brevia. Ova- rium 3-loculare, loculis disporis. Stzgma trifidum. Bacca corticata, trilocularis, loculis 1—2-spermis. Semina arillo sapido tunicata. Embryo inversus, albumine inclusus. Arbores, floribus racemosis, folius alternis simplicibus. PIERARDIA DULCIS. Monoica, foliis obovatis. Bua Choopa. Malay. Sumatra. This is a middle-sized tree. Leaves crowded at the ends of the branches, alternate, petiolate, obovate, or elliptic- obovate, rounded at the top, with a short blunt acumen, entire, smooth, flat; from eight to nine inches long. Petioles thickened and jointed above and below. Siézpules ovate, deciduous. Racemes from the naked branches. Male and female flowers in distinct racemes; in the former the pedi- cels are generally three-flowered; in the latter one-flowered. Bracts small. Mate.— Perianth four-parted, spreading, yellowish, tomen- tose within, very slightly so without. Stamens eight ; fila- ments very short; anthers two-lobed. Ovary abortive. FemaLEe.—Perianth considerably larger than in the male, divided to the base into four long thick lobes; sometimes there is a fifth. Stamens none. Ovary subglobose, three-celled ; cells two-sporous. Style none? Stigmas three, spreading, * Lin: Trans: Vol. xiv. p. 119 ..121. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 187 fleshy, hispid. Berry subglobose, larger than a cherry, of a yellowish colour, three-celled; cells generally one-seeded. Seeds enveloped ina white pulpy aril or tunic. The embryo is inverse, with flat cotyledons in the centre of an ample albumen. Obs.—This species differs from that described by Rox- burgh in being monoecious, in the form of the leaves, and in the colour of fleshy aril. The Rambeh, of which Mr. Marsden has given a figure in his History of Sumatra, pl. vi. p. 101, so nearly resembles this, that I think it can only be a variety of the same. The Rambeh belongs to the penin- sula of Malacca, and is unknown at Bencoolen; while the Choopa, which is abundant at the latter place, is not found in the former. ‘The racemes of the Rambeh are longer and the fruit smaller than in the Choopa; but a comparison and examination of the two would be necessary to ascertain whether there are any essential differences, and I have not had an opportunity of doing this. XXIII. MELIACE. LANSIUM.* Jack non Blume. Decandria Monogyma. N. O. Meliacee. Juss. Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla 5-petala, petalis subrotundis. Tubus staminiferus globosus, ore subintegro, antheris decem inclusis. Ovarium 5-loculare, loculis 1—2-sporis. Stylus brevis, columnaris. Stigma planum, 5-radiatum. Bacca corticata, 5-locularis, 5-sperma, uno alterove loculo tantum semen perficiente. Semina integumento extoriore pulposo sapido. Albumen nullum; cotyledonibus incequalibus peltatis. * Lin: Trans: Vol. xiv. p. 115 t. 118. 188 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Arbores, folis pinnatis, fioribus racemosis. LANSIUM DOMESTICUM Langsat or Lanséh. Malay.* Lansium. Stumph. Amb. i. p. 151. t. 54. Marsden’s Hist. of Sumatra, pl. v. p. 101. Native of the Malay Islands. A moderate-sized tree. Branchlets tomentose. Leaves alternate, pinnate; leaflets from seven to nine, alternate, short, pedicelled, elliptic-oblong, broader above, rounded. towards the point, and terminating in an obtuse acumen, entire, very smooth ; nerves pubescent beneath ;.from seven to ten inches long. The young leaves are pubescent on the under surface. Stipules none. Racemes springing from the trunk and naked branches, sometimes solitary, some- times fascicled, at first suberect, but drooping afterwards by the weight of the fruit; tomentose: flowers sessile, alternate, solitary, tribracteate at the base. Calyx deeply five-parted ; segments round, concave, imbricated. Corolla, five-petalled, yellowish, a little longer than the calyx ; petals subrotund. Staminiferous tube sub-globose: mouth nearly entire; anthers ten, inserted within the tube. Ovary five- celled ; cells containing a single or double ovulum attached above to the inner angle. I have never observed two distinct ovula; but the single one is often marked with a furrow, as if composed of two united together. Style short, thick, columnar, ten-furrowed. Stigma flat, obscurely radiated. Berry of a yellowish colour, cortical, seated on the persistent calyx, oblong-ovate, or oval, slightly tomentose, five-celled five-seeded. Seeds enveloped in a white semi-transparent pulpy tunic or aril, exalbuminous ; cotyledons solid conform to the seed, unequal, irregularly transverse, peltate ; the short pilose radicle being inserted into their centre. Two seeds * Iam not yet certain whether there is a specific difference between the Lanseh of Malacca and to Dookoo of the same place.—W. J. Descriptions of Malayan Péants. 189 are frequently contained in one common integument, so firmly united as to appear but one, until by dissection the two radicles and four irregular cotyledons are discovered. There are seldom more than one or two cells in each fruit that perfect their seed ; the others are only filled with the white transparent ‘pulp. Var. B. L. aqueum. Foliolis subtus villosis, racemis densis, seepius solitariis, fructibus globosis. Ayer Ayer. Malay. The Ayer Ayer so nearly resembles the Lanséh in most particulars, that I hesitate to rank it as a distinct species, and content myself with mentioning it as a permanent and well- marked variety. They are principally distinguished by the Malays by their fruit, that of Ayer Ayer being rounder, and the pulp more watery (whence the name), and dissolving more completely in the mouth than that of the Lanséh. Both are highly esteemed by the Malays, and are equally agreeable to the European palate. The juicy envelope of the seeds is the part eaten, and the taste is cooling and pleasant. This genus has hitherto been known only from Rumphius’ figure and description, and its place in the system has therefore continued uncertain. From an examination of the fruit, M. Corea de Serra conjectured it to be intermediate between the families of Aurantia and Guttifere, but the structure of the flower determines its true place to be among the Meliacee. I have further met in the forests near Bencoolen with a tree which appears to agree very nearly with the Lansium montanum, Rumph. Amb. i. p. 154, ¢. 56. It differs in the number of the stamens, styles and seeds from the Lansium described above, but agrees with it exactly in carpological structure and in general habit. Its characters coincide very nearly with those of Roxburgh’s Milnea. They are as follow: 190 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Flowers small and inconspicuous. Calyx five-parted. Co- rolla five-petaled. Stamineous tube subglobose,’ entire at the mouth; anthers five, within the tube. Style two. Stigmas two, simple. Berries globose, about the size of the domestic Lanséh, 1—2 celled, 1—2 seeded. Seeds enveloped in a ‘ thin subtransparent pulpy tunic or envelope, which has some- what the flower of the Lanséh, but with a bitterish and ra- ther disagreeable smell. Carpology as in the L. domesticum. The leaves are pinnate with about seven leaflets, elliptic- oblong, broader above and narrowing to the base, termi- nating in a long obtuse acumen, entire, very smooth. Petioles sprinkled as well as the branchlets with ferruginous pulverulent tomentum. St¢pules none. Panicles axilliary or supra-axillary, shorter than the leaves, composed of a few short branches with small greenish flowers. Miinea is perhaps scarcely distinct from Lansium; but if admitted as a separate genus, the above will constitute a second species differing from M. edulis, Roxb. in being digynous, and may be denominated M. montana. MELIA EXCELSA. (W. J.) Decandria Monogynia. Foliis pinnatis, foliolis integerrimis, paniculis coarctatis axillaribus foliis paullo longioribus. Pulo Pinang. A lofty tree, with straight trunk and light grey bark. Branches rough with the vestiges of the fallen leaves, foliose at their summits. Leaves crowded, disposed in a spiral man- ner, pinnate with an odd one which is often wanting, leaflets subopposite, oblong-lanceolate, inequilateral, obtusely acumi- nate, very entire, smooth, shining above. Petioles round, smooth, thickened, and somewhat scaly at the base. Panicles axillary, ascending, rather longer than the leaves, not diffuse. Flowers pedicellate, pedicels bracteolate. Calyx very small, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 19] 5-parted. Corolla white, five-petalled, spreading, petals linear. Staminiferous tube erect, gibbous at the base, ten dentate, ten furrowed, as if consisting of ten united filaments. An- thers ten, oblong, yellow within the mouth of the tube. Style as long as tube. Stigma capitate. XXIV. AURANTIACE~. MURRAYA PANICULATA. Decandria Monogynia. N. O. Aurantie. Foliolis ovatis acuminatis, floribus terminalibus axillari- busque subsolitariis, baccis oblongis saepius dispermis. Chalcas paniculata, Lour: Fl: Coch: p. 270. Camunium. Rumph: Amb: V. p. 26. t. 17. Kamuning, Malay. This is an abundantly distinct species from M. exotica, though unaccountably confounded with it by latter authors. Loureiro discriminates between them very well, and his description is on the whole good. Rumphius’s figure is bad, but preserves several of the distinguishing characters, parti- cularly in the inflorescence and leaves, which however are not sufficiently acuminate. It grows to the size of a small tree, and the wood is much employed for the handles of kreeses, being capable of receiving a fine polish. The leaflets are generally five, ovate, terminating in a long acumen which is slightly emarginate at the point, shining and very entire, the terminal one considerably the largest. In M. exotica, the leaflets are more numerous and closer, obovate, blunt, and of a much firmer, thicker substance. The flowers of M. paniculata are fewer and larger than those of M. exotica, 28 192 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. and are sometimes terminal, generally one or two together, from the axils of the upper leaves. The ovarium is two celled ; the berries are oblong, reddish, and mostly contain two seeds which are covered with silky hairs. The berries of M. exotica are ovate, and generally one-seeded. ‘The whole habit of the two plants is very distinct. The specific name paniculata is objectionable, as the flowers are much less panicled than in the other species. The Camunium sinense, Rumph, V. t. 18 f. 1. which is commonly met with in gardens in all the Malay Islands is quite a distinct genus from the other two Camuniums, and has been described by Loureiro, Fl: Cochinch: I. p. 178, under the name of AGLAIA ODORATA. It has a five parted inferior calyx, and five petalled co- rolla. The stamina are five in number, and are inserted in the manner of the Meliacez on the inside of an ovate nectarial tube, which is contracted at the mouth, and con- ceals the anthers. The stigma is large, sessile, simple as far as I have observed, not double, as stated by Loureiro. The ovary appears to be one celled, and to contain two pen- dulous ovula. It rarely ripens its fruit in these Islands, but according to Loureiro, it bears a small red one-seeded berry. The flowers are very small, yellow and fragrant, in small axillary panicles. In the Catalogue of the Hortus Bengalensis, p. 18, this plant is specified under the name of Camunium Sinense, after Rumphius. ‘The Murraya paniculata above described is the true Kamuning of the Malays, and the name C. Sinense is only applied by Rumphius in the manner of the old botanical authors, as one of comparison and resemblance, for want of a better of native origin; if therefore the ge- neric name Camunium is to be adopted at all, it ought | to be applied to the plant to which it really belongs, and | cannot be admitted for one of a different family not indi- | Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 193 genous to the Malay Islands. On this account Loureiro’s name is to be preferred. CHIONOTRIA. (W. J.)* Decandria Monogynia. Calyx 5-partitus, inferus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina 10, erecta. Ovarium 2 loculare, 2 sporum, ovulis pendulis, Stylus 1. Stigma capitatum. Bacca monosperma. Semen exalbuminosum apice umbilicatum ; cotyledonibus maximis convexo-planis, radiculA supera minima. Frutex, folits simplicibus opposittis pelluctdo-punctaiis, racemis axillaribus. Genus Aurantiis affine. CHIONOTRIA RIGIDA. Native of Pulo Pinang. A shrub with corrugated grey bark. Leaves opposite, very short-petioled, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, narrow at the base, very entire, very smooth, pellucidly punctate. Stipules subulate, acute. Racemes axillary, erect, rigid, branched, strict, shorter than the leaves, pedicels short, rigid, many-flowered. Flowers greenish, inconspicuous. Bracts very small. Calyx very small, 5-parted. Corolla a little longer than the calyx, 5-petalled. Staména ten, exsert, erect; anthers incumbent. Ovarium superior, two-celled, two-seeded, seeds pendulous. Style thick, as long as the stamina. Stzgma capitate, obtuse. Berry of the size of a cherry, snow white, globular and somewhat flattened, umbilicate, consisting of a spongy farinaceous pulp, and containing a single large round seed. Seed globose, attached superiorly and there umbilicate. Integument coria- ceous, marked with veins which diverge from the umbi- licus. Albumen none. Embryo inverse, conform to the * Sclerostylis. Blume?—W. G. 194 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. seed. Cotyledons plano-convex, of a deep green colour, somewhat rugose externally, and punctate on the inner surface. adicle superior, obverse to the umbilicus, short, straight, cylindrical, obtuse, covered with ferruginous down. It is elongated into a short conical plumule. XXV. AMPELIDE. VITIS RACHMIFERA. (W. J.) Tetrandra, foliis quinatis, foliolis spinescenti-serratis sub- tus incanis, cirrhis oppositifolis racemiferis, racemis compo- sitis longissimis, baccis dispermis. Akar Charikun, or Bayur Akar. Malay. Native of Sumatra. A large strong woody climber. Branches round, vil- lous. Leaves alternate, quinate, leaflets pedicellate, oblong obovate, acute, subspinoso-serrate, the serratures being formed by the spinescent termination of the nerves, smooth above, hoary beneath, frequently with a ferruginous shade. Petioles villous. Cirrhi opposed to the leaves, very long, simple or bifid, when bifid one branch becomes the pedun- cle. Racemes very long, compound, consisting of numerous densely flowered racemuli inserted on a peduncle formed of the thickened tendril. The whole raceme is often a foot and a half in length. Peduncles ferruginously villous. Flowers sessile on the partial peduncles, small, green. Calyx minute, embracing the base of the corolla, quadri- dentate. Corolla deeply four-parted. Stamina four, an- thers yellow. Ovary surrounded by a fleshy ring, tetras- porous. Style scarce any. Stigma thick. Berry of the shape of an olive and nearly as large, purple, juicy, two- | seeded. =~ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 195 Obs. This would be a species of Cissus according to the Linnean division, but that genus has now been united to Vitis by Mr. Brown, as they differ in nothing but the number of parts. XXVI. PITTOSPORE. PITTOSPORUM ?* Calyx beneath, five-leaved, erect. Corolla five-petalled : petals alternating with the calyx. Nectary five-lobed, sur- rounding the ovary. Stamina five, inserted on the nectarial lobes. Ovary one-celled, six-seeded. Capsule three-valved, one-celled, with three parietal placentas. Some of the seeds abortive. A pentandrous, monogynous shrub, with alternate leaves and axillary inflorescence. PITTOSPORUM ? SERRULATUM. (W. J.) A shrub with smooth branches. Leaves alternate, very short petioled, lanceolate, acuminate, slightly serrated, very smooth. Stipules lanceolate, acute, very deciduous. Pe- duncles short, axillary, solitary ; from six to eight-flowered. They are frequently from the axils of the fallen leaves. Flowers yellowish green, fascicled, short-pedicelled. Bractes small, acute. Calyx inferior, ovate, five-leaved, leaflets ovate, acute, conniving at their apices. Corolla yellowish, five-parted, petals inserted on the receptacle, ovate-lan- ceolate, acute, a little longer than the calyx, and alternating with its leaflets. Nectary short, five-lobed, surrounding the germ. Stamina five, inserted into the lobes of the * I have taken the liberty of thus disposing of Mr. Jack’s Pittosporea serrulata, which afforded the materials for Celastrus pauciflorus. Wall. (vide Roxbg. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey. 2. p. 400,) “a native of Penang where it is called Boonga Lawung.” 196 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. nectary, erect, included; anthers sagittate, acute, con- niving into a ring round the style. Ovarium superior, ovate, one-celled, six-seeded. Style a little longer than the stamina, tomentose together with the ovary. Stigma sim- ple. Capsule surrounded at the base by the persistent calyx and the withered corolla and nectary, triangularly globose, three-valved, one-celled ; seeds attached along the middle of each valve to parietal prominent placente, six in number, several aborting, roundish and angular.—W. Jack’s MSS. XXVII. CELASTRINE&. CELASTRUS ? BIVALVIS. (W. J.)* Pentandria Monogynia. } Foliis lanceolatis acuminatis integerrimis, pedunculis la- teralibus paucifloris, corollis nullis, capsulis bivalvibus mo- nospermis. A shrub with smooth branches. Leaves opposite, petio- late, lanceolate, acuminate, acute at the base, very entire, very smooth. Stipudes none. Peduncles lateral, divari- cately dichotomous, few flowered, (5—10 flowered). Bracts small. Calyx five-parted, bibracteate at the base, laciniz roundish, imbricated. Corolla none. Stamina five, erect, united beneath into a five-toothed ring or urceolus; fila- ments flat; anthers oblong. Style erect, as long as the stamina. Stigma truncate. Capsule ovate, green, smooth, crowned with the style, two-valved, one-celled, one-seeded ; valves opening from the base, and falling off from the seed, which is more persistent and remains on the peduncle. Seed ovate, contained in a beautiful crimson arillus which is delicately veined. Albumen cartilaginous, conform to the * Penang.—W. Jack. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 197 seed. Embryo erect, central, as long as the albumen. Coty- ledons flat, foliaceous, ovate, obtuse. Radicle inferior, obverse to the umbilicus, round, much shorter than the cotyledons. XXVIII. HIPPOCRATEACE£.. SALACIA. Luann. This genus seems to require a little elucidation. It was originally referred to Gynandria, the fleshy nectary on which the stamina are inserted having been mistaken for ‘the germen, and the real ovary, on account of its smallness, having escaped the observation of Linneus and Loureiro. This is now I believe generally admitted; there can there- fore be no doubt of the identity of Roxburgh’s Johnia with Salacia, and his I. Salacioides agrees so well with S. Chi- nensis, particularly in having entire leaves, that it is ques- tionable whether they are not the same, for it is to be ob- served that in most of the species the leaves are only subopposite, and may occasionally on the same tree be found both opposite and alternate. Tonsella prinoides. Willd: Act: Am: Nat: Berol: IV. is also without doubt a true species of Salacia, if it be not in fact the same plant as the Johnia Coromandeliana, Roxb: Flor: Ind: I. p. 173. Calypso salaciotdes of Aubert du Petit Thouars agrees exactly with these in the structure of the flower, but differs in having many-seeded berries. Some of the species of Tonsella appear likewise to have polyspermous fruit, but those which have definite seeds are probably true species of Salacia. It may be questioned whether the distinction founded on the number of seeds be really of generic value where the agreement is so exact in all other respects, espe- cially if it should be found that a gradation exists from the one to the other in the fruit of the different species. This, { 198 _ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. however, can only be determined by an accurate examination of the ovaries and fruit of the various plants at present ranged under Tonsella. / In the natural arrangement Salacia undoubtedly bears the greatest affinity to Hippocratea, it being scarcely possible to distinguish the two genera when only in flower. It also agrees in many particulars with the Celastrinae, but differs in having exalbuminous seeds. The union of the Hippocra- ticeze and Celastrinz has, however, been suggested by Mr. Brown in his remarks on the Botany of Terra Australis. Under the above view the genus will be characterized as follows : Calyx inferus 5-fidus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina 3, disco carnoso inserta. Ovarium 3-loculare, loculis 1—2 sporis, ovulis axi aflixis. Bacca 1—3 sperma. Frutices vel arbusculae, foliis subopposités stmplicibus. I have met with two species in Sumatra, one with anthers sessile on the nectary, which agrees very nearly both with S. chinensis and Roxburgh’s I. salacioides: the other with anthers supported on filaments, and nearly related to J. Coromandeliana, Roxb. XXIX. OCHNACE/Z:. GOMPHIA SUMATRANA. (W. J.) | Decandria Monogynia. O. N. Ochnacee. Foliis lanceolatis vel oblongo-ovalibus acuminatis obtuse .denticulatis nitidis subquinque nerviis, stipulis intrapetio- laribus deciduis, paniculis terminalibus. Sibooru. Malay. Sumatra. Descriptions ‘of Malayan Plants. 199 A large shrub or small tree. Leaves alternate, short petioled, eight or nine inches in length, from lanceolate to oblong oval, varying considerably in breadth from two to three inches, acuminate, acute at the base, obtusely denti- culate, very smooth, shining, middle nerve very strong, lateral veins numerous, transverse, somewhat reticulate, de- licate, uniting near each margin into two nerves which run parallel to it almost the whole length, and give the leaf the appearance of being five-nerved. Petioles very short. St#- pules intrapetiolar, broad at the base, acuminate, deciduous. Panicles terminal, not much branched ; pedicels slender, rarely solitary, surrounded at their base by small acute bracts. Calyx five-leaved, persistent, leaflets ovate, acute, smooth, lucid. Corolla yellow, five-petalled, scarcely longer than the calyx. Stamina ten; filaments very short; anthers long, linear, opening at the top by two pores. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma acute. Ovaries five, surrounding the base of the style, and elevated on a receptacle. This receptacle enlarges as the fruit ripens., The number of abortive ovaries is variable; sometimes only one comes to perfection. The berries are drupaceous, obliquely reni- form, somewhat compressed, one-seeded. Seed exalbumi- nous. Obs.—This appears to have so much resemblance to the G. Malabarica, Decand: Pua Tsjetti. Rheed. Mal. V. p. 103. ¢. 52, that I have some hesitation in proposing it as a distinct species. ‘The points of difference are the follow- ing: the leaves of this are much longer than those of the Malabar species which are described as almost veinless, while in this the transverse veins unite into two very distinct mar- ginal nerves, which it is difficult to suppose could have escaped observation had they existed in the other. The representation of the inflorescence in Rheede’s figure is unin- telligible, and his description of it is not much clearer, but as far as it can be made out, it appears different from 2. 200 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. this. Further examination of the Malabar plant will be necessary to determine whether this is really distinct, and whether the differences above noticed exist in the plant itself, or are mere omissions in the description. EKUTHEMIS. (W. J.)* Pentandria Monogynia. Calyx inferus, 5-phyllus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina quin- que, hypogyna, antheris oblongis acuminatis apice poro de- hiscentibus. Stylus filiformis, staminibus equalis. Bacca 5-sperma; seminibus circa axim dispositis, oblongis, intus angulatis, arillo fibroso inclusis, albuminosis, embryone in- verso cylindrico longitudine fere seminis, radicula superiore. Frutices, foliis alternis pulcherrime striatis nervis pa- rallelis, racemis terminalibus, demum peractda floratione late- ralibus et oppositifolts. EUTHEMIS LEUCOCARPA. (W. J.) Foliis lanceolatis pulchre spinuloso-serratis, racemis basi ramosis, baccis niveis globosis. Plawan bruk. Malay. Native of the forests of Singapore. A shrub of uncommon elegance and beauty, erect, four or five feet in height ; branchlets round, smooth, sometimes slightly angled. Leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate, acute, decurrent on the petiole, spinuloso-serrate, very smooth and shining, beautifully striated with fine parallel transverse nerves. fPetivles margined, flat and channeled above, di- lated at base into a thick rounded prominent rim, which half embraces the stem. Stzpules lanceolate acuminate, ciliate, very deciduous. Macemes erect, with one or two * Referred with doubt to Ochnacez by Dr. Lindley and M. Endlicher. I have no knowledge of the genus.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 201 branches near the base, at first terminal, afterwards lateral and oppositifolious by the shooting up of the stem from the base of the peduncle. Flowers pedicellate, generally in pairs. Bracts ovate, acute. Calyx inferior, five leaved, spread- ing, leaflets ovate, obtuse, ciliate, the two inner ones rather smaller. Corolla white, sometimes tinged with purple, 5-petaled, petals twice as long as the calyx, reflexed, ovate- oblong, obtuse. Stamina five, inserted below the ovarium : alternating with these are sometimes found five short abor- tive filaments. Ftlaments very short. Anthers longer, erect, conniving round the style, oblong, prolonged into acumina which are sometimes a little contorted, and which open at their summits by a pore, the cells are adnate below to the sides of the filament. Ovary oblong, acute. Style filiform, erect, equal to the stamina. Stzgma simple. Berry snow white, globular, obscurely angled, crowned with the per- sistent style which is obliquely deflexed; of a spongy or fari- nose substance, containing in the centre five seeds which are disposed round the axis, and enclosed in arilli composed of tough longitudinal fibres. Seeds (pyrenae ?) oblong, somewhat reniform, hard. -4/bumen conform to the seed. Embryo inverse, cylindrical, nearly as long as the seed. Cotyledons semicylindric, obtuse. Radicle superior, longer than the cotyledons. The branches are terminated by long corniculate buds in which the gemmation is involute. EKUTHEMIS MINOR. (W. J.) Foliis angusto-lanceolatis leviter serrulatis, racemis sim- plicibus, baccis rubris angulatis acuminatis. Found at Singapore along with the preceding. This is a smaller shrub than the former, branched, and smooth. Leaves alternate, petiolate, linear-lanceolate, rather obtuse with a mucro, attenuated to the petiole, slightly serrulate, very smooth, shining, finely striated 202 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. with transverse veins. WPetioles short, thickened at the base, channeled above. Stipules linear, ciliate. Racemes simple, erect, at first terminal, becoming afterwards late- ral. Flowers alternate, pedicellate, often in pairs. There is a single leaflike bract and several smaller ones at the base of the pedicels, less deciduous than in the preceding. Calyx five leaved, leaflets ovate, ciliate. Corolla white, spreading, five-petalled, petals lanceolate, acute. Stamina five, erect, conniving, hypogynous; filaments very short; anthers yellow, oblong, broader at the base, two-celled, cells adnate to the sides of the filament, prolonged above into an acumen opening at the top by a pore. Ovary oblong, acute. Style a little longer than the stamina. Stigma simple. Berry red, five-angled, acuminate, composed of a whitish farinaceous pulp, and containing five seeds, each enveloped in a tough fibrous arillus, and in structure the same as the preceding. | XXX. TERNSTRG:MIACE. TERNSTRO@MIA. The Malayan species of Ternstroemia exhibit a remarka- ble agreement among themselves, at the same time that they differ considerably from the rest of the genus. They have a trilocular ovarium surmounted by three styles which are inserted on the same point, but are separate to the base. In some, the corolla is monopetalous with monadelphous stamina, in others it is five petaled with distinct stamina. The anthers are two-celled and open at the top by two oblique pores; this is probably the case with the whole genus, though it has been omitted in the generic character, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 203 of which it ought certainly to form an essential part. It seems doubtful whether the monogynous species with bilo- cular fruit and definite seeds ought to be united with those which have three styles, three cells and numerous seed, but an examination of their ovaries and placentation is ne- cessary to decide the question. I have met with four spe- cies in Sumatra and the adjacent islands, two of which I have _ already described in the first volume of the Malayan Mis- cellanies. ‘Their common appellation in Malay is Ingor-ingor Karbau, or Buffaloe’s spittle. TERNSTRGEMIA RUBIGINOSA. (W. 7.) Polyandria Monogynia. _ Foliis ovatis spinuloso-serratis subtus incanis, floribus lateralibus et axillaribus fasciculatis monadelphis, pedunculis calycibusque glauduloso-pilosis, fructu triloculari. S’eengo eengo. Malay. Sumatra. A tree. Branches cinereous, young parts covered with acute scales. Leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate acuminate, spi- nuloso-serrate, smooth above, hoary and white beneath, the nerves furnished with ferruginous paleaceous scales. Flowers in fascicles, lateral and axillary. Peduncles and calyces covered with glandular hairs. Bracts small about the middle of the peduncles. Calyx five-parted. Corolla white, campanulate rotate, five-parted, divided about half way down. Séamina numerous; filaments short, united at the base into a ring which is inserted on the bottom of the corolla; anthers oblong, recurved, affixed by the middle, two- celled, opening at the top by two oblique pores. Ovary. ovate, acute, covered. with glandular hairs, three-celled, polyspermous, placente central. Style trifid, divided to the base. Stigmata simple. 204 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. TERNSTRGEMIA PENTAPETALA. (W. J.) . Foliis obovato-lanceolatis, spinuloso-denticulatis glabris, floribus lateralibus fasciculatis, pedunculis glabris, fructu tri- loculari. Native of Pulo Pinang. A shrub with grey bark and leafy at the summit. Leaves alternate, petiolate, 10 to !2 inches long, obovato-lanceolate, acuminate, spinuloso-denticulate, smooth; the nerves are furnished with a few appressed, innocuous, scale-like spines. Petioles about an inch in length, covered as well as the — summits of the branches and buds with small ferruginous scales. Flowers in fascicles below the leaves, from the axils of the fallen ones of the preceding year; they are pedicellate and white. Calyx colored, five leaved, the two outer leaflets smaller. Corolla white, five petaled, petals — subrotund, a little longer than the calyx. Stamina numerous, distinct, inserted on the base of the petals ; filaments short ; anthers oblong, yellowish white, didymous, truncate at the top and there opening by two pores. Ovarium ovate, three-celled, many-seeded, placentz from the inner angles of the cells. Style deeply trifid. (Styles 3 ?) Stigmata three. I have not seen the ripe fruit of this, but have been in- formed that it produces a white berry. TERNSTRCEMIA ACUMINATA. (W.J.)* _ Foliis obovato-lanceolatis acuminatis spinuloso-denticulatis glabris, floribus axillaribus solitariis polyandris, pedunculis squamosis, fructu triloculari. Found at Tappanully on the West Coast of Sumatra. Branches round, somewhat flexuose. All the young parts green with a few appressed scales. Leaves alternate, petio- late, obovate lanceolate, attenuated to the base, terminating in a long acumen or point, spinuloso-denticulate, smooth with * Saurauje sp. Arnott, in Hooker’s Journal cf Botany, I. 375.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 205 the exception of a few appressed scales on the lower surface ; about a foot in length. Petzoles short, scaly. Peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered, scarcely so long as the pe- tioles, covered with small scales. Calyx five-leaved, the three outer leaflets with appressed scalets. Corolla white, five-petalled, little longer than the calyx. Stamina many, inserted on the base of the petals, anthers large, truncate and opening by two pores at the top. Ovary three-celled, many-seeded. Styles three. Obs.—This agrees with the T. pentapetala in having the corolla divided to the base, but the leaves are more acu- minate, and the flowers are solitary and axillary. TERNSTRCEMIA SERRATA. (W. J.) Folliis obovato-oblongis cartilagineo-serratis glabris, pe- dunculis axilaribus binis, floribus monadelphis, laciniis co- rollz emarginatis, fructu triloculari. Frequent on the island of Pulo Nias. — A small tree. Young parts furnished with brownish scales. Leaves alternate, petiolate, obovate-oblong, acumi- nate, serrate with irregular cartilaginous uncinate serratures, smooth, pretty strongly nerved ; 7—8 inches long. Petioles brown, scaly. Peduncles generally two, axillary, one-flowered, slend@r, about an inch long. Calyx five-parted, whitish, leaflets unequal. Corolla white, monopetalous, quinquefid, longer than the calyx, cup-shaped, lobes bifid or emarginate, generally oblique. Stamina shorter than the corolla, and inserted on its base; filaments united below; anthers oblong, bifid, two-celled, each cell opening at top by an oblique cucullate pore. Ovary hairy, three-celled, many-seeded ; placentz central. Styles three, longer than the corolla, irregularly bent. Berry three-celled, many seeded. Seeds angled, foveolate. | _Obs.—This differs from the other Sumatran species in having firmer leaves, with stronger nerves and thickened 206 _ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. callous serratures. The peduncles are more slender, the styles longer, and the lobes of the corolla obliquely notched. TERNSTRQG&MIA CUSPIDATA. (W. J.) Foliis obovato-ellipticis acuminatis dentato-serratis serra- turis apice hamatis, fructibus 5-locularibus, pedunculis axil- laribus 1—3 floris. A tree, young parts ferruginous. Leaves petiolate, elliptic ovate, attenuated to the base, broader above, sharply acumi- nate, serrated, the narrow sharp toothlets generally curved or hooked at their points, smooth, often marked with whitish glandular dots on the nerves, veins, and serratures ; 6—S& inches long. Peduncles axillary, 1—3 flowered, smooth. Calyx 5-parted, segments orbicular. Corolla white, mono- petalous, 5-parted. Stamina numerous; anthers opening by two gaping pores. Ovary subglobose, 5-celled, ovula very numerous ; placentz from the inner angle of the cells. Style very deeply 5-parted. Obs.—This species (received from Salumah during the printing of the present sheet) comes very near to the T. serrata; it differs in having the leaves more sharply acumi- nate, with longer tooth-like serratures, and rather shorter petioles ; the peduncles frequently bearing two or three flowers, and not so slender as in the former; and in the 5-celled fruit. ADINANDRA. (W. J.) Polyandria Monogynia. Calyx 5-partitus, persistens, basi bibracteatus. Corolla pentapetala, petalis basi latis. Stamina 30, pluriseriata, sub- polyadelpha, interioribus brevioribus ; antheris bilocularibus apice mucronatis. Styles unicus, subulatus. Bacca supera, stylo persistente acuminata, 5-locularis, polysperma, pla- centis ab angulo interiore loculos bipartientibus. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 207 Arborescens, foliis alternis exstipularibus, floribus axilla- ribus. ADINANDRA DUMOSA. Daun Saribu. Malay. Abundant in thickets throughout Sumatra and various parts of the Malay islands. Common about Malacca. WG. ,It grows to be a small tree ; the bark is dark brown, and the branches are smooth. Leaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic oblong, acute at both ends, sometimes rounded with an obtuse acumen at top, entire or obsoletely serrate, smooth, slightly glaucous beneath, almost veinless ; 3—4 inches long. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, subsolitary, one flowered, shorter than the leaves, recurved. Calyx bibracteate at the base, five-parted, segments thick, subrotund, overlapping each other. Corolla white, twice as long as the calyx, erect or conniving, five-petalled, petals ovate oblong, broad at the base, acute. Stamina about thirty closely arranged in seve- ral circles, the imner ones shorter; filaments divisible to their bases, but closely pressed against each other, sericeously pilose, particularly on their outer side; anthers of the two parallel lobes adnate to the side of the filament, which is prolonged into a mucro at the summit. Ovary superior, smooth, five-celled, polysporous; the cells are almost bipart- ed by placente which project from the inner angle, and to whose edges the ovula are attached. Styles single, subu- late. Stigma simple. Berry globose, embraced at the base by the calyx, and acuminated by the persistent style, five- celled, many-seeded. Obs.—In general habit and in the texture of the leaves, this plant has some resemblance to Diospyros, but differs widely in fructification. 2D 802 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. ADINANDRA SYLVESTRIS. Adinandra Sylvestris (W. J.) baccis trilocularibus. Suka ber anak. Malay. A large forest tree found at Moco Moco. XXXI. HYPERICINE/. | ELODEA.* ( Adanson.) Hypericine. Juss. This genus, which has been revived by a late author on American Botany, appears to be abundantly distinguished from Hypericum, and to form a good natural division. It is principally characterised by having the stamina united into | three phalanges, which alternate with an equal number of nectaries. In the following species the placentation is pe- culiar : I know not whether the American plants exhibit the same structure, as it is not mentioned in any description which I have seen, but if it should prove on examination that they do, it should form part of the generic character. Loureiro’s Hypericum Cochinchinense which undoubtedly belongs to Elodea, appears to be very nearly related to my E. Sumatrana, and his description of the seeds seems to indi- cate a structure similar to what I have observed. ‘The Hype- ricum petiolatum of the same author seems also referrible to this genus and to be different from Limnezeus’s H. petiolatum, which is a native of Brazil. In all the species now referred _ to Elodea, the generic distinction appears to receive confir- mation from certain differences of habit, which may be re- * Tridesmos, Hooker and Arnott, vide Hooker’s Journal of Botany, 1. p. 372,.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 209 marked between them and the true Hyperica, particularly in the colour of the flowers, which in the latter is almost without exception yellow, but in Elodea is often red. ELODEA SUMATRANA. (W. J.) Foliis subsessilibus oblongis attenuato-acuminatis glabris rigidiusculis, paniculis terminalibus foliosis, staminibus nu- merosis triadelphis, petalis basi nudis. Found at Tello Dalam in the island of Pulo Nica. A large shrub or small tree. Branchlets rather compressed, obscurely four-sided. Leaves opposite, almost sessile, oblong, tapering to the point, acute, broad at the base, entire, smooth; nerves proceeding from a middle rib, strong; six or seven inches in length; the surface appears by the aid of the microscope to be dotted with opaque points. Panicles terminal, foliose, the lower divisions being axillary ; oppo- sitely branched and rigid. Flowers dark-red or purple. Bracts minute. Calyx five-leaved, persistent, leaflets ovate, smooth, the outer ones smaller. Corolla cup-shaped, longer than the calyx, five-petaled ; petals subrotund, ungues naked, without pore or scale. Nectaries three, yellow, inserted below the corolla, and half as large as the petals, subrotund, doubled backwards upon themselves in such a manner as to form a sac which opens behind near the base. Stamina numerous ; their filaments united for about half their length into three phalanges, which are inserted alternately with the three nectaries; they are a little shorter than the corolla; anthers yellow, two-celled. Ovary oblong, three- celled, many-seeded. Styles three, diverging. Stigmata three, subrotund. Capsule oblong, three-celled, each cell contain- ing several seeds as long as the cell and attached to the bot- tom of the central column; they are thin and flat, disposed regularly one within the other forming concentric circles, which are particularly apparent in the transverse section of the capsule. 210 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Obs.—This curious arrangement of the seeds is not a little remarkable: they lie one within the other like skins of an onion, each occupying the full length and breadth of the cell, but diminishing regularly in size from the outermost to the middle in proportion to the different radius of the circle which it describes round the common centre. They are attached one above the other to the bottom of the cell at its inner angle. ‘The leaves are destitute of pellucid dots, and have their lateral nerves strongly and distinctly marked. The nectaries which alternate with the stamina are very peculiar, being saccate, apparently by being doubled backwards. This species differs from the following and those of America in having no scales at the base of the petals, and from the latter in having numerous stamina. It appears to be nearly related to Loureiro’s Hypericum Cochinchinense, which as already observed, belongs to this genus. ELODEA FORMOSA. (W. J.) Foliis petiolatis lanceolatis subtus glaucis, pedunculis fas- ciculatis axillaribus, staminibus numerosis triadelphis, nec- tariis acutis. Kayo Gaghak. Lampong. Sepadas Bunga. Malay. Native of Sumatra. A small tree with cinereous bark and smooth branchlets. Leaves opposite, elliptic oblong, acute, very entire, smooth, glaucous beneath, pellucidly punctate; two and a half in- ches long; the nerves proceed from a midrib. Petioles slender. Peduncles axillary and from the axils of fallen leaves, fasciculate, one-flowered, slender, smooth. Flowers white with a slight rosy tinge. Bracts several at the base of the peduncles. Calyx five-leaved, smooth, leaflets acute. Corolla five-petaled, longer than the calyx; petals oblong, each furnished with a broad adnate scale a little above the base. Stamina numerous, united into three phalanges. Nec- Descriptions of Matayan Plants. 211 taries three, alternating with the stamineous fascicles, red, acute, carinate behind, fleshy. Ovary three-celled, each cell containing several flat ovula lying one within the other, and attached by their bases to the lower part of the. axis. Styles three, long. Stigmas capitate. Capsules oblong, crowned by the persistent styles, three-celled, many-seeded. Seeds thin, flat attached by their bases to a central triangular column, on which they are inserted alternately in a double series. Obs.—The arrangement of the ovula is similar to that ob- served in the E. Sumatrana ; they are thin, attached by their bases to the lower part of the cell, suberect, and con- centrically disposed, but are inserted rather higher on the axis of the cell than in the former. This species agrees with those of America in having a scale at the base of the petals, but differs in having numerous stamina; it therefore comes nearer to the EK. Egyptica (Hypericum Egypticum Linn. ) IXONANTHES. (W. J.)* Calyx 5 passim 6-partitus, foliolis subrotundis. Corolla 5 vy. 6-petala; glutinosa. Stamina 10 vel 20. Nectarium germen cingens. Stylus 1. Capsula supera, calyce corol- laque persistentibus cincta, ovato-acuminata, 5-locularis, 5-valvis, valvularum marginibus introflexis. Semina singulo loculo dua, margini interiori dissepimentorum affixa, com- pressa, in alam membranaceam producta. Albumen semini conforme, embryone inverso foliaceo, plano. Arbores, folis alternis simplictbus, floribus dichotome corymbosis axillaribus. IXONANTHES RETICULATA. Floribus decandris, foliis integerrimis. Found at Tapanully on the West Coast of Sumatra. * Appears to be allied to Archytza, Martius Noy. gen. et sp. 1. 116. t. 37.—W. G. 212 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. A tree, with smooth compressed branchlets. Leaves alter- nate, petiolate, elliptic-oblong, emarginate, somewhat atte- nuated to the base, entire, smooth, firm and rigid with thick revolute edges, shining above, rather glaucous beneath, veins reticulate ; about three inches long. Petzoles short, flattened above. Stipules minute, deciduous. Peduncles axillary on the younger shoots, much longer than the leaves, smooth, dichotomous at the summit, with a pedicel in the bifurcation, bearing generally about seven flowers, which are small and green. Calyx five-parted, segments rounded. Corolla gluti- nous as well as the calyx, five petalled, petals roundish. Stamina ten; filaments inserted below the petals; anthers — yellow, two-celled. Ovary surrounded at the base by a yellow fleshy nectarial ring, five-celled, ten-seeded. Style erect. Stigma capitate. Capsule surrounded at the base by the persistent calyx and corolla somewhat enlarged, oblong, pointed, smooth, five-valved, five-celled, septa formed by the introflexed margins of the valves, cells two-seeded, but frequently only one comes to perfection, they are separated from each other by a ridge which projects from the middle of the valves. Seeds compressed, oblong, angular, winged at the lower end. Albumen conform to the seed. — Embryo inverse, central. Cotyledons flat, oval. Radicle superior, cylindrical, not so long as the cotyledons. IXONANTHES ICOSANDRA. Floribus icosandris, foliis crenatis. Found in the interior of Bencoolen. : A tree. Leaves alternate or scattered, chore petioled, lanceolate oblong, emarginate, dentato-crenate, very smooth, shining above; about six inches long. Stipules small, deciduous. Peduncles axillary, nearly as long as the leaves, bearing a trichotomous umbel or corymb of greenish flowers. Bracts small. Calyx 5—6 parted. Corolla 5—6 petalled, glutinous as well as the calyx, petals spreading subrotund, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 213 pale and somewhat transparent. Stamina twenty, much longer than the corolla. Nectarial ring crenate on the mar- gin by the compression of the filaments which are inserted round it. Ovary 5—6 celled, each cell containing two ovula. Style a little longer than the stamina. Stzgma capitate. Capsule ovate, pointed, smooth, 5—6 celled, 5—6 valved, mar- gins of the valves introflexed. Seeds two in each cell, attached by their middle to the inner edge of the valvular partitions, oblong, membranaceous at both ends, bifid at the lower. XXXII. DIPTEROCARPE. DRYOBALANOPS. Gertn. Monadelphia Polyandria. Calyx monophyllus, quinquepartitus, laciniis lineari-lanceo- latis, patentibus. Corolla pentapetala, petalis basi junctis ovato-lanceolatis, calyce longioribus. Stamina plurima, mo- nadelpha, hypogyna, longitudine fere calycis, conniventia ; filamenta in annulum brevum coalita; antherze supra tubum filamentorum subsessiles, longa, lineares, acute, mucrone membranaceo, biloculares. Ovarzum ovatum, stylo acumina- tum, superum, triloculare, loculis disporis. Stylus filiformis, staminibus longior. Stigma capitatum. Capsula calyci gran- defacto insidens et cincta laciniis ejusdem in alas spatulatas foliaceas erecto-patentes mutatis, unilocularis, trivalvis, mo- nosperma. Semen embryone exalbuminoso, inverso, cotyle- donibus inequalibus, chrysaloideo-contortuplicatis. DRYOBALANOPS CAMPHORA. Coleb. Kapur Barus. Malay. Specimens in flower were sent by Mr. Prince, from ‘Tapa- nooly, to Sir T. S. Raffles, in 1819, from which the above 214 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. generic description is taken. I have since had an opportu- nity of seeing these noble trees in their native forests, but not at the time of flowering, and I am informed that they do not bear above once in three or four years. Mr. Colebrooke’s description in the Asiatic Researches, of the tree and fruit, is so complete, that I cannot do better than copy it. *« Trunk arboreous. Bark brownish. eaves, superior alternate ; inferior ones opposite; elliptic, obtusely acuminate, parallel-veined, entire, smooth; three to seven inches long: one or two broad. Petiole short. Stipules in pairs, subulate, caducous. Perianth one-leaved, five-parted, persistent. Capsule superior, ovate, woody, fibrous, finely streaked with longitudinal furrows, embraced at the base by the calycine hemispherical cup, and surrounded by its enlarged leaflets, which are converted into a large, foliaceous, spatulate, rigid, reflex wings, one-celled : three-valved. Seed solitary, conform to the cavity of the capsule. Integument simple, thin, mem- branaceous, thickened along one side, and thence penetrating to the axis, and continued between the interior fold of the cotyledons. Perisperm none. Embryo conform to the seed, inverse, milk-white. Cotyledons two, unequal, almond—fleshy thick, chrysaloid—contortuplicate ; the exterior one larger, convolute, and cherishing the interior one, smooth without, wrinkled within: the zmferzor one much smaller, wrinkled on both sides, uniform or round cordate (as is the exterior one, if its folds be expanded). Plumule simple, conigal, two-leaved. Radicle near the summit towards the back, columnar, a little curved, and ending in a short conical lip; ascending.” As. Res. XII. p. 539. To this accurate and ample description, I can only add the particulars which the examination of flowering specimens has enabled me to supply. The flowers are terminal and axillary, forming a kind of panicle at the extremity of the 4 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 215 branches. The Corolla is five-petalled, longer than the calyx, the petals, ovate lanceolate, and in some degree adnate or connected together at the base. The Stamina are numerous, and have their ‘filaments united into a ring, in which particular it differs from the genera most nearly related to it. The anthers are nearly sessile on the tube of the filaments, conniving into a conical head round the style, and terminating in acute, membranaceous points. The ovary is three-celled, containing two ovula in each cell. The style is longer than the stamina, and crowned by a capitate stigma. In Sumatra the Camphor-trees are confined to the country of the Battas, which extends about a degree and a half imme- diately to the North of the Equator. They are also found in Borneo in nearly the same parallel of latitude, and I have reason to believe that there are some in the neighbourhood of Singapore and Johore. This valuable tree is not known to exist in any other part of the world, and on this account, as well as the difficulty of obtaining its produce, this kind of Camphor bears an exorbitant price. It is all carried to China, where it sells for about twelve times as much as that of Japan. This Camphor is found in a concrete state, occupying cavities and fissures in the heart of the tree. In order to obtain it, the tree is felled and split into lengths, to allow of the extraction of the crystallized masses. The same trees | yield both the concrete substance and an oil, which is sup- posed to be the first stage of the formation of the Camphor. The Sumatran Camphor is little known in Europe, and it would perhaps deserve examination to ascertain how far its properties differ from those of the common kind. It appears to be less volatile, and its odour is not so diffusive. A quantity of it has been recently forwarded to Sir E. Home, for the purpose of experiment. 25 216 Descriptions of Malayan Planis. For the natural affinities and a more detailed account of the method of procuring the Camphor,* I may refer to the able paper already quoted. It belongs to the same natural family with Dipterocarpus, Shorea, &c. * The following particulars concerning the extraction of the Camphor, were communicated by Mr. Prince, Resident at Tapanooly, to Dr. Rox- burgh, and are extracted from the 12th vol. of the Asiatic Researches above referred to :— ‘¢ This tree grows spontaneously in the forests ; and is to be found in- abundance from the back of Ayer Bongey, as far north as Bacongan, a distance of two hundred and fifty miles. It may be classed among the tallest and largest trees that grow on this coast; several within daily view measuring six or seven feet diameter. Before it acquires such dimensions, its age is conjectured to be very considerable; but it will produce Camphor at a much earlier period, when the tree does not exceed two and two feet and a half in diameter. The same tree which yields the Oil would have afforded Camphor, if unmolested; the former being supposed to be the first stage of the latter’s forming, and is consequently found in younger trees. The natives have no certain means of ascertaining the tree which produces either the one or the other ; although there are some men, styled Toongoo Nyr. Cappoor, who pretend to that knowledge; but they cannot give any reasons for their judg- ment, beyond favourable dreams which superstition has rendered infal- lible: and it must be admitted that the success of this description of people, in discovering and procuring, is greater than the majority of those who go in search of the Camphor ; the distinction may have arisen from the peculiar favour of fortune to some individuals over others, * as in most other circumstances of life, from whence they have acquired a celebrity, otherwise they could give some rational explanation of their superior success. Both Oil and Camphor are found in the heart of the tree, occupying a vacuum which, in others is frequently filled with pitch ; but it does not extend to the whole length; on the contrary, they are found in small portions, of a foot, and a foot and a half long, at certain distances. The method of extracting the Oil is merely by making a deep incision with a biliong or Malay axe, in the tree, about fourteen or eighteen feet from the ground, till near the heart, where a deeper incision is made with a small aperture; and the Oil, if any in the tree, immediately gushes out, and is received in bamboos, or any Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 21% AXXIII.. DILLENIACE. ACROTREMA. (W. J.) Dodecandria Trigynia. Calyx pentaphyllus. Corolla pentapetala patens. Stamina quindecim, erecta, filamentis brevibus, antheris longis line- -aribus apice biporis. Ovaria tria, distincta, 2-spora, ovulis angulo interiori affixis. Styli tres. Stigmata simplicia. Capsulae uniloculares. Herba acaulis pilosa, pedunculis racemoso-multifloris. Genus Saxtfrageis affine, numero partium inusitato dis- tinctum. ACROTREMA COSTATUM. (W. J.) Found on hills, and among rocks at Pulo Pinang. Root tapering, sending out a few fibres. Stem scarcely any. eaves alternate, spreading, short-petioled, six inches long, oblong-obovate, obtuse, sagittate at the base, dentato- serrate, somewhat ciliate, pilose, furnished with a short other utensil better approved of; in this manner, a party proceeds through the woods wounding the Camphor-tree till they attain their object. The Camphor is procured in pretty nearly the same way. The trees are cut to the heart about the same height from the ground as in the former instance, till the Camphor is seen; hundreds may be thus mutilated before the sought-for tree is discovered; when attained, it is felled, and cut in junks of a fathom long, which are again split, and the Camphor is found in the heart, occupying a space in circum- ference of the thickness of a man’s arm. The produce of a middling- sized tree is about eight China catties, or nearly eleven pounds, and of a large one, double that quantity. The Camphor thus found is called Se Taniong. it is often the case that the trees which have been cut, and left standing in that state, will produce Camphor in seven or eight years after, which is distinguished by the name of Oogar, but is inferior in appearance, though of the same quality. The sorts of Camphor called belly and foot, are the scrapings of the wood that surrounds it. 218 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. tomentum and also with more remote longer appressed hairs; the nerves are very hairy, parallel, and terminate in the denticulae of the margin. Petzoles short, sheathing ; their margins dilated into membranaceous auricles which might be considered adnate stipules. Peduncles or scapes central, erect, from three to six inches high, pilose, recurved at the summit, eight or ten flowered. Flowers yellow, pedicellate, racemose. Calyx five-leaved, pilose, leaflets ovate acute.’ Corolla yellow, spreading, five-petalled, petals broader above, lanceolate. Stamina fifteen, erect, hypogynous; filaments very short. Anthers very long, linear, two-celled, opening by two pores at the top. Ovaries three, distinct, superior, one-celled, two-seeded, each bearing one style of the height of the stamina. Ovula attached to the inner angles. Stig- mata simple. Capsules three. _ Obs.—I am at a loss to determine the exact affinities of this plant ; it has the habit of the Saxifragez, but the num- ber of both the male and female parts of fructification is greater by one-third, and the ovaries are distinct. TETRACERA ARBORESCENS. (W. J.) Polyandria Tetragynia.. Foliis obovatis integerrimis glabris, floribus paniculatis axillaribus et terminalibus, calycibus pentaphyllis. Found near the shores of the Bay of Tapanooly in Sumatra. _ | Arborescent. Leaves alternate, petioled, about three inches long, oblong-obovate, rounded at the apex and terminating in a short point, very entire with reflex edges, smooth, shining above, coriaceous and firm, veins reticulate, nerves somewhat pilose on the under surface. Petzoles short. _ Panicles axillary and terminal, many flowered. Calywx five- leaved, spreading, persistent, smooth. Stamina numerous. Capsules generally three, smooth and shining, roundish ovate, Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 219 opening on one side containing a single seed attached to the base of the capsule, and enveloped in a pale yellowish laci- niate arillus. The vestiges of two or three abortive ovula are observable in the bottom of the capsule. : WORMIA EXCELSA, (WW. J.) N. O. Dilleniacee Dec. Foliis ellipticis acutis denticulatis, pedunculis multifloris oppositifoliis, pedicellis clavatis. Kayu Sipur. Malay. In forests near Bencoolen. A large tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate from elliptic ovate to elliptic oblong, acute, denticulate or obsoletely serrate, smooth ; 8—-12 inches long. Petzoles deeply chan- neled above. Peduncles oppositifolious at the summit of the branches, many-flowered ; pedicels alternate, clavate. Flowers large, yellow, three inches in diameter. Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets subrotund, concave unequal. Corolla 5-petalled, spreading, petals ovate-oblong. Stamina very numerous, the outer ones yellow, spreading, shorter than the inner which are purple, erect and recurved above; anthers, lobes adnate to the filament. Ovaries 6—8 connate, polysporous. Stig- mas as many, flat, recurved, diverging. Capsules 6—8, whitish semitransparent, bursting at the inner angle, and _ then spreading, containing no pulp. Seeds attached to the edges of the capsules, enveloped in a red aril. Obs.—This is a large forest tree which yields excellent timber, the wood having some resemblance to oak. WORMIA PULCHELLA. (W. J.) Foliis obovatis integerrimis, pedunculis solitariis axilla- ribus unifloris, floribus pentagynis. Found at Natal. 220. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. A small tree. Branches round, rather smooth. Leaves alternate, petiolate, oblong-obovate, rounded at top, with a short blunt point, sometimes retuse, very entire, very smooth, thick and rather coriaceous ; about five inches long. Petioles smooth, channeled and marginate above, less than an inch in length. Peduneles axillary and subterminal, solitary, one- flowered, angled, about two inches long. SBracts none. Calyx 5-leaved, leaflets subrotund, smooth. Corolla five- petaled. Stamina numerous. Ovaries five, collected into a globe, terminating in as many flat reflexed diverging styles. Stzgma thickened. Capsules five, of a light semitransparent rose colour, bursting at their angles, and then spreading like a corolla. Seeds attached to the inner edges of the cap- sules, a few only coming to perfection, partly embraced by a red pulpy aril which originates from the umbilicus. Obs.—This species is very beautiful when in fruit, from the delicacy of the colours which the capsules exhibit. XXXIV. ANONACE. UVARIA HIRSUTA. (W. J.) Polyandria Polygynia. Tota hirsuta etiam calyces fructusque pilis erectis, floribus subsolitariis, petalis patentibus subequalibus, foliis ovato- oblongis basi cordatis. Pulo Pinang. The whole plant is hirsute with long erect hairs. Branches round. Leaves alternate, short-petioled, ovate-oblong, acu- minate, cordate at the base, entire, simply pilose above, hirsute beneath with stellate fasciculate hairs. Flowers late- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 29} ral, almost solitary, short-peduncled. Bracis lanceolate acute. Calyx hairy as well as the peduncles and bracts, bursting irregularly, often in two segments. Corolla of a deep red cclor, six-petalled, petals spreading, lanceolate, ‘acute. Stamina numerous with long linear anthers. Ger- mina numerous; styles and stigmata the same. Berries numerous, long pedicelled, oblong, hirsute with ferruginous hairs, many-seeded. Seeds arranged in a double longitu- dinal series. XXXV. TILIACE/. MICROCOS TOMENTOSA. Smith in Rees’ Cycl. Polyandria Monogynia. N. O. Tiliacee. Foliis trinerviis subtus villosis. Grewia Paniculata. Roxb: Hort: Beng : ae 93. Native of Pulo Pinang. A moderate sized tree with rough bark, the branchlets villous and ferruginous. Leaves alternate, short petioled, elliptic oblong, broader above, with a short acumen, three- nerved, dentate, serrate towards the apex, scarcely pilose above, densely villous beneath, the hairs divaricate and often stellate. Stipules linear, generally bifid. Panicles termi- nal, Flowers for the most part in threes, involucred with deciduous trifid and linear bracts. Calyx five-leaved, spread- ing, leaflets oblong concave. Corolla yellow, less than the calyx, petals ovate, unguiculate and without nectaries. Sta- mina numerous, inserted below the germen. Germen stipitate. Drupe containing a nut marked externally with five lines, three-celled, three-seeded. 222 | Descriptions of Malayan Plants. This agrees perfectly with the excellent description given by Sir J. E. Smith in Rees’ Cyclopedia from a specimen preserved in the herbarium of the younger Linneus, unac- companied with any notice concerning its native country, and also deficient in fruit. Its affinity to the original species of Microcos is fully proved on actual examination of the fruit, and this exact agreement affords a further confirmation of the propriety of separating Microcos from Grewia. The terminal inflorescence and involucral bracteze form a pecu- liar and distinctive character: in this species the flowers are generally three together, and are surrounded by three trifid bracteze, within which are found three other smaller and linear ones. MICROCOS GLABRA. (W. J). Foliis trinerviis serratis glabris. Found on the Island of Carnicobar. It nearly resembles the M. Tomentosa, differing chiefly in having smooth leaves. In inflorescence and fruit it is entirely similar. The young branches are tomentose. There are frequently flowers in the uppermost axils. XXXVI. STERCULIACE/. STERCULIA COCCINEA. Rowxd. Monadelphia Decandria. Foliis oblongo-lanceolatis obtuse acuminatis glabris, race- mis axillaribus et lateralibus nutantibus, laciniis calycinis linearibus patentibus, folliculis coccineis. Native of Pulo Pinang. A large smooth shrub. Leaves at the summits of the branches, alternate, petiolate 8—10 inches long, oblong lan- Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 223 ceolate, obtusely acuminate, abrupt at the base, entire, smooth on both sides. Petioles thickened at the ends. Racemes lateral from among the leaves at the end of the branch, drooping ; flowers alternate, pedicellate ; pedicels arti- culate. ‘Tube of the calyx somewhat ventricose, limb five- parted, laciniz linear with revolute margins, twice as long as the tube, spreading. Corolla none. Stamina 10, sessile on the stipes of the germen. Ovarium stipitate on a column of the length of the tube, subrotund, five-lobed, crowned with a declinate style. Stigmata five, linear, revolute. Fruit composed of five nearly equal crimson follicles, each of which contains two or three seeds, which are enveloped in a black pulpy arillus. Dr. Roxburgh’s 8S. coccinea is a native of Sylhet, and is said to have panicled flowers and 4-8 seeded follicles. My plant agrees however so well in every other respect that I cannot consider it to be really distinct, as those dif- ferences may be merely the effect of a less favorable situation. STERCULIA ANGUSTIFOLIA. Rozb. Foliis lanceolatis superne latioribus acuminatis subtus villosis, racemis extra axillaribus nutantibus, laciniis caly- cinis linearibus apice connexis. Unting Unting Besar. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang. A tree. Branches covered with ferruginous wool. Leaves at the summits of the branches, alternate, petiolate, lanceo- late, broader above, acuminate, narrowing to the base and there rounded, entire, smooth (in adult leaves) above, covered beneath with stellate hairs. Petioles thickened at both ends, ferruginously villous as well as the nerve of the leaf. Stipules linear, acute, shorter than the petiole, deciduous. Racemes (panicles ?) near the extremity of the branches lateral or extra axillary, branched, lax, ferruginous. Bracts linear lan- ceolate, acute. Calyx deeply 5-parted, tomentose, laciniz 2 FE 224 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. long, linear, acute, connected at their points and gaping at the sides, greenish yellow, with a red spot’ at the base. Corolla none. Stamina 10, on a curved column. Ovarium stipitate, tomentose, 5-lobed. Style declinate. Stigma five- lobed. J A great proportion of the flowers are male, and I have not seen the perfect fruit. Dr. Roxburgh’s plant was a native of Chittagong. XXXVII. ELAOCARPE. KLAOCARPUS NITIDUS. (W. J.) Polyandria Monogynia. Foliis ovato-lanceolatis serratis, racemis axillaribus foliis brevicribus, staminibus quindecim, nuce quinque-loculari loculis plerumque quatuor abortivis. Bua Manik. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang. A tree of moderate size, with grey bark and round smooth branches. Leaves alternate, petiolate, three or four inches long, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, obtusely serrate, attenuat- ed to the base, very smooth. Stzpules none. Racemes simple, axillary, secund, shorter than the leaves. Flowers white, short-pedicelled. Calyx deeply five-parted, laciniz linear, acute. Corolla five-petaled, fimbriated at the summit. Nec- tary of five yellow retuse glands surrounding the ovary. — Stamina fifteen, erect ; ten are inserted by pairs between the glands of the nectary, the remaining five between those glands and the ovary. Anthers lear, bilamellate at the summit. Style as long as the calyx. Stigma simple. Drupe globose, containing a five-celled nut, which is rugose, and marked with five obtuse longitudinal ridges; in general only Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 225 one cell is fertile and contains a single seed. Seed fur- nished with albumen; embryo inverse, with flat cotyledons and superior radicle. Obs.—This may perhaps be one of the smaller varieties of Ganitrus mentioned by Rumphius; it differs from E. Ga- nitrus of Roxburgh, who quotes Rumphius III. t. 10, in the number of the stamina, the position of the racemes, and the number of fertile cells in the nut. Compare Adenodus sylvestris, Loureiro Fl: Cochinch: p. 294. which agrees in the number of the stamina. I suspect Gaertner must have fallen into an eror in representing the embryo erect in his Ganitrus, in this it is certainly inverse. MONOCERA. (W. J.) Eleocarpt Species. Calyx pentaphyllus. Corolla pentapetala, petalis apice laciniatis, saepe sericeis. Stamina plura, antheris apice de- hiscentibus, unicornibus, valvula altera majore. Ovarium _ basi glandulis cinctum, biloculare, ae Drupa nuce {—2 sperma. This genus whose characters appear to bs sufficiently distinct, will include, besides the following new species, several hitherto referred to Eleocarpus, viz. E. Mono- cera, Cavanilles, the separation of which has already been suggested, and of which the specific name may be appro- priately adopted for the geuus, &. rugosus, E. aristatus, and E. bilocularis of Roxburgh, probably also E. grandiflorus and E. reticulatus, Sir J. E. Smithin Rees’ Cyclopedia. ‘The K. dentatus, Dicera dentata, Forst: may also belong to this, if, as remarked by Sir J. E. Smith, Rees’ Cycl. in loco, the anthers have only one of their valves awned, not both equal, as Originally stated by Forster. His capsule may perhaps be only the ovary, which will then agree with the present genus. 226 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. MONOCERA PETIOLATA. (W. J.) Foliis longe petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis integris glabris, racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus, petalis medio intus incrassatis villosis. Native of Pulo Pinang. | A lofty tree. Leaves petiolate, alternate or scattered, eight or nine inches long exclusive of the petiole, ovate lanceolate, generally obtusely acuminate, entire, very smooth, deep green and shining above, with lucid nerves and veins which are destitute of glands. Petioles four inches long, smooth, thickened at the base and summit. MRacemes axillary, as long as the petioles; flowers pedicellate, turning one way. Calyx white, five-leaved, leaflets lanceolate acuminate. Corolla white, five-petalled, as long as the calyx, petals ovate lanceolate, fringed at the point, sericeous without, thickened along the middle and covered with white hairs within, mar- gins inflexed. Ten thick subrotund yellow glands surround the stamina. Stamina numerous, (25—30) inserted within the glands, erect, shorter than the petals; filaments short; anthers longer, linear, bivalved at the apex, the outer valve elongated, the inner short and acute. Style filiform, lénger than the stamina. Stigma acute. Ovary ovate, two-celled many-seeded. Drupe ovate, containing a smooth, one-celled, 1-2 seeded nut. MONOCERA FERRUGINEA. (W. J.) Foliis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis integris subtus cum pe- dunculis ramulisque ferrugineo-villosis, racemis axillaribus foliis brevioribus. Found at Singapore. _Atree. Branchlets rusty and villous. Leaves irregularly al- ternate, petiolate, oblong-ovate, acuminate, six or seven inches long, entire with revolute edges, smooth above, ferruginously villous below, nerves without glands. Petioles from two to two Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 227 and a half inches long, villous and ferruginous, thickened under the leaf. Racemes axillary, shorter than the leaves. Flowers pedicelled. Peduncles and pedicels ferruginous. Drupe oval, of the form of an olive but smaller, with a single rather smooth nut, which generally contains but one perfect seed ; sometimes there is a second smaller, and the vestiges of the partition and abortive ovula can almost always be observed. Seed oblong, pointed above. Albumen con- form; Embryo inverse, extending nearly the whole length of the albumen. Cotyledons flat, oblong with a distinct nerve along their middle. Aadicle superior clavato-cylin- drical, much shorter than the cotyledons. Obs.—I have not seen the flowers of this species, but its fruit and general resemblance to the preceding leave no doubt as to the genus, and its characters are sufficiently marked to distinguish it from the others. XXXVITI. KUPHORBIACE/, ROTTLERA ALBA. Roxb. Foliis rhomboideo-ovatis subtus incanis, paniculis termina- libus laxis, fructibus stellato-pilosis spinis mollibus chinatis. Baleangin. Malay. Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. A tree of moderate size. Branches roundish, furfurace- ous with appressed stellate hairs. Leaves alternate, petiolate, rhomboidal-ovate, often approaching to three-lobed, long acuminate, rounded and biglandular at the base where the petiole is inserted within the margin, remotely denticulate towards the apex, smooth and green above, hoary and tomen- tose beneath. The young leaves have stellate deciduous hairs on the upper surface. Petioles long. Stipules none. Panicles terminal, or from the bifurcations of the branches, tS) 228 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. peduncled, lax, and drooping. Flowers small, numerous, short pedicelled. Bracts small, and together with the pe- duncles and calyx sprinkled with furfuraceous tomentum. Male. Calyx 3-phyllous, leaflets ovate acute. Stamina numerous in the centre of the flowers. Anthers subrotund. Female. Calyx 4, sometimes 5-parted, erect, lacinize acute. Styles three, diverging, hirsute above. Stigmata simple. Fruit tricoccous, beset with soft flexible spines, and covered with stellate hairs, three-seeded. Seeds subrotund, attach- ed to the superior and internal angle of the cells. * _ENCHIDIUM. (W. J.) Monoecta Monadelphia. N. O. Euphorbiacee. Juss : Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla 5-partita. Nectarium glandule decem. MAS: Filamentum columnare, 10-antheriferum ; antheris radiatim patentibus. FH MINA. Ovarium trilobum. Styla 5. Stigmata 6. Flores masculi et feminei in eadem spica. ENCHIDIDUM VERTICILLATUM. Arbor spiculorum. Rumph: Amb: III. p. 167. t. 106. Not unfrequent on hills in Sumatra and the Malay islands. A large shrub ; I have not met with any that had attained to so great a size as mentioned by Rumphius. ‘The Leaves are arranged in a kind of irregular verticils at different distances along the branches, as exhibited in the figure quoted; on the young shoots they are sometimes irregularly disposed along the whole length ; they are petiolate, lanceo- late, acuminate, very entire, very smooth, firm and somewhat leathery, of various length, generally about 6 inches long by 25 broad. Pettoles from 1 to 24 inches long, flattened above, striated. Spikes from among the upper verticils of leaves, bearing both male and female flowers, the former Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 229 lowermost, all pedicellate. Calyx 5-parted. Corolla purple towards the centre, 5-parted, furnished with 10 callous nec- taries or glands at the base. In the male the filament is columnar, bearing 10 anthers which diverge in a radiated circle round the submit. The female has a 3-lobed ovary surmounted by 3 styles with bifid stigmata. Obs.—There can be little doubt of the identity of this plant with Rumphius’s Arbor spicularum, of which he says he was never able to procure the flower. I have seen great numbers of these plants in the woods, but only once was successful in observing the flower, and have never met with the fruit. As the spike however fortunately contained both male and female flowers, its characters have been sufficiently determined to assign its proper place. It comes nearest to Cluytia, but differs in the corolla and in having ten anthers with filaments united into a central column. Both its fruc- tification and habit appear to distinguish it from all the present genera of the Kuphorbiaceous family. XXXIX. STILAGINE/L. _ANTIDESMA FRUTESCENS. (W. J.) Frutescens, foliis oblongo-ovalibus basi rotundatis supra glabris, racemis terminalibus et axillaribus subpaniculatis ge- minis solitariisque, nectarii glandulis quinis cum staminibus alternantibus. Bencoolen. A small dioecious shrub not exceeding a few feet in height. Branchlets tomentose. Leaves alternate, petiolate, oblong- oval, rounded and sometimes subcordate at the base, acute, sometimes terminated by a short mucro or awn, entire, smooth above, subtomentose beneath, chiefly on the nerves; three inches long. Stépules long, subulate, acute. Racemes 230 Descriptions of Malayan Planis. axillary and terminal, geminate and solitary, somewhat pa- nicled, tomentose ; when geminate, the outer raceme is simple, and the inner branched ; male racemes generally longer than the leaves, female ones shorter. Panicles solitary. Bracts shorter than the pedicels. Male, Calyx 5-parted, to- mentose. Nectary of five yellow pilose glands alternating with the stamina. Stamina 5; filaments much longer than the calyx; anthers bifid, cells bursting transversely on the summits of the lobes. Péstil abortive, pilose. Female, Perianth 5-parted. Ovary superior, villous, oblong-ovate, compressed, one-celled, vesicular, containing two ovula which are attached close together to one side near the top, and hang forward into the cell which is in great part empty and inflated. Styles 2, one often bifid. Drupe subglose, purplish, about the size of a pepper corn; nut 1—2 seeded. Obs.—It has considerable resemblance to Roxburgh’s 4. pubescens ; that however is a tree, while this is a small shrub. The most important difference appears to be in the nectary of the male flowers. XL. FLACOURTIANEZ. FLACOURTIA INERMIS. Rowxbd. Arborescens inermis, floribus hermaphroditis fasciculatis axillaribus, foliis ovatis serratis glabris. Koorkup. Malay. Sumatra and Pulo Pinang. A tree of moderate size. Leaves alternate, short petioled, ovate, obtusely acuminate, with large blunt serratures, very smooth, lucid, from six to eight inches in length. Peduncles fasciculate in the axils, many flowered. Flowers hermaphro- dite. Calyx 4-leaved, spreading, somewhat tomentose, leaflets subrotund, sharpish. Corolla none. Nectary composed of Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 231 numerous small subrotund orange colored glands, situated at the base of the calyx and surrounding stamina. Stamina umerous, (20—30) hypogynous, longer than the calyx; fila- ments white, anthers yellow, subrotund. Ovary superior, ovate, crowned with 4—5 short thick diverging styles; stig- mata capitate, two-lobed. Berry reddish purple, with a juicy acid flesh, in which are imbedded from 8 to 10 pyrene ac- cording to the number of the styles. The fruit of this though rather too acid to be eaten in its raw state, is much esteemed in tarts and pies. On some remarkable Plants in the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta.* By W. Grirritu, Esa., F. L. §., Memb. Acad. Nat. Curios., Royal Ratisb. Bot. Soc., Assist. Srug. Madras Estabiishment. JENKINSIA. FAMILIA NATURALIS—THYMELEZ. Cuan: GEN :—Flores dioici. Pertanthium calyculo vel involucello cinctum; masculum hypocrateriforme, fauce im- pervia esquamata. Stamina totidem alternantia! fauci in- serta, nullo modo inclusa. Faemineum suburceolatum, pro- * Acting on the law established in Zoology, on the authority of the Committee of the British Association, (herewith quoted,) and which is applicable with equal correctness to the sister science, I have omitted altogether the MSS. names the plants, now for the first time described, bear in these Gardens, because they do not appear to have been established on descriptions, much less on definition. “ Names not clearly defined may be changed.—Unless a species or group is intelligibly defined when the name is given, it cannot be recognized by others, and the signification of the name is consequently lost. Two things are necessary before a zoological term can acquire any authority ; viz. definition and publication. Definition properly implies a distinct exposition of essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to be indispensable, although some authors maintain that a mere enumera- tion of the component species, or even of a single type, is sufficient Ores 232 On some remarkable Plants in the funde 4—5 partitum. Stigma terminale. Ovula 2, pendula. Drupa nuda, putamine areolato. Albumen copiosum. Frutex volubilis. Folia alterna, oblonga. Capituli forum nudi, racemosim dispositi, longiuscule pedunculati. Flores virides, inconspicui. Bacce miniate. Cotyledones plane. Jenkinsia Assamica. Descr :—Frutex scandens, volubilis; corticis tenacis super- — ficies paleis brevibus sub-asperata. | Folia alterna; petiolus paululum supra basin articulatus ibi- | demque incrassatus, teretiusculus; lamina oblongo-obovata, | (vel f. superiorum oblongo-lanceolata,) subintegra, szpius oblique acuminata cum mucrone obtusiusculo, longitudine 63 | uncialis, latitudine 34 uncialis; venz secondariz arcuatim | nexee, interveniis venulis tertiariis subtransversis irregularibus | divisis, czeterum reticulatis. | Inflorescentia szepius supra-axillaris, dioica, racemosa, in- | terdum subumbelliformis. Pedunculi bractea inconspicua suffulti. Flores masculi capituli cujusque numerosi, virides, inconspicui, basi calyculo 5-dentato vel 5-phyllo cincti. Peri- | anthium 4—5 partitum, laciniis nigro punctulatis. Stamina | 4—5, cum sepalis alternantia. Filamenta brevia, basi quasi . connata et faucem obclaudentia, patentia. Anthere lineari- | acuminatee, biloculares. Flores feeminei non visi. Fructus capituli cujusque sub- quini, pedunculum subuncialem furfuraceum terminantes, drupacei, stipitati, oblongo-ovati vel elliptici, compressi, apice | coronati stylo brevi et stigmate terminali discoideo lineis | 4. cruciatis notato, basi stipati perianthio persistentiore profunde 4—5 partito reflexo; circa hujus basin calyculus | to authenticate a genus. To constitute publication, nothing short of the | insertion of the above particulars in a printed book can be held sufficient.” | And with regard to MSS. names it is distinctly stated that they “are | in all cases liable to create confusion, and it is therefore much to be desired that the practice of using them should be avoided in future.” —Report, 1842. On Zoological nomenclature, p. 9. | HI. C. Botanie Gardens, Calcutta. 233 ad basin fere 4-partitus, laciniis cum perianthii laciniis alter- nantibus. Stipes drupz tubum perianthii implet et apicem versus dentes minutos sepalis alternos exhibet. Caro medio- cris. Putamen angulatum, conspicue reticulato-areolatum. Semen pendulum, ovulo abortivo hinc adjecto; tegumentum simplex, tenuissimum, raphe lineari semi-completa* notatum, et chalaza brunnea indistincta. Albumen carnosum, copio- sum. Embryonis orthotropi radicula brevis supera, rotunda. Cotyledones plane. Plumula inconspicua. Hab.—Sylvz prope Sadiya, regionis Assamicz superioris. This genus is dedicated to Major Jenkins, as a mark of res- pect for his great exertions in investigating the Botany of the province, over the affairs of which he so successfully presides. The plant was first found during the visit of the Tea Deputation to Upper Assam, subsequently, (A. D. 1836), I ascertained that it was not uncommon in the forests between ‘Sadiya and the Mishmee Mountains. It also appears to be a native of Sylhet or the Khasiya Hills; the specimen, from which the drawing of the male Plant in the H. C. Library was made, having, I am informed, been procured from that quarter. The genus appears to me easily distinguishable from any other of the family,} by the calyculus, the structure of * This is the ordinary form of raphe. But as instances are not un- common in which the raphe is continued onwards to the true apex of the ovulum, in which case I call it “raphe completa,” the above dis- tinction in terms appears to me necessary. From this form again, those require to be distinguished in which the raphe does not apparently cease at the chalaza, but becomes ramified in the outer integument. The most important particular in the raphe completa is, that its termination does not obviously correspond with the apex of the cotyledons. | } The nature of the fruit of this family appears to me not sufficiently attended to in Endlicher’s Gen: Plantarum. For instance in Daphne cannabiha and viridiflora it appears to me to be a one-seeded berry, the seed coat being the indurated part; yet it is described as a drupe. 234: On some remarkable Plants in the the male flowers, the situation of the stamina, and the copious albumen. lLagetta is the only genus recorded as presenting more than one ovulum. The description of the male flower should be viewed with doubt, since the tube of the so-called hypocrateriform perianth may be a pedicel, which view is suggested by the drawing from which this part of the description was taken. And this is perhaps also suggested by the situation of the abortive stamina of the female flower, which are to be found in the form of minute projections from the surface of the stalk of the fruit close to its apex. This seems to me to indicate a tendency to separation in the verticilli of which the flower is composed. The other plants of this family that I have met with on the N. E. frontier and Straits of Malacca, localities that, however distant, present remarkable affinities in vegetable forms, are— Daphne cannabina, Lour. Bootan. Khasiya Hills. ——— involucrata, Wall. Khasiya Hills. —— sp. Naga Hills. — Gardneri, Wall. Bootan. Mishmee Mountains. — viridiflora, Wall. Mergui. Linostoma decandrum. Wall. Khasiya Hills. pauciflorum.* Singapore. Enkleia malaccensis.+ Malacca. eee ee * Linostoma paucifiorum, foliis obovato-ellipticis apice rotundatis cum mucrone cuspidiformi, umbellis 2—3 floris, tubo perianthii et fauce intus glabris. Hab.—Colles prope Stativa Singapore. Frutex subscandens. Folia quam folia L. decandri 2—3-plo minora; floralia magis membranacea. Flores graciliores, et squamz multo minus staminiformes. } Enxue1a.—Perianthium tubulosum, limbo 5-fido, (erecto.) Squame faucis totidem alternantes, (bifidze vel bilobze.) Stamina 10; filamenta brevia, antherze seriei superioris tantum semi-exsertz. Stylus subter- H.. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 235 Thymelez appear to me to be essentially distinguished by the imbricate perianthium, and the anatropous ovulum (or ovula,) pendulous from near the apex of the ovarial cavity. Consequently I would not follow Dr. Lindley* in referring to Thymelez, Exocarpus and Anthobolus, genera charac- terised by Mr. Brown as ‘“ Santalaceis affinia; fructu supero diversa.” The remarkable degree of affinity that exists between Leptomeria, an undoubted Santalaceous plant, and Exocarpus, also appears to me to indicate that characters, derived from the situation of the ovarium, will in this family be found of subordinate value. ‘The decided opposition to the above two assumed essential characters presented by Cansiera,} appears to me conclusive against admitting it, minalis. Stigma inclusum, globosum, papillis aperum. Fructus dru- paceus, nudus. Semen exalbuminosum. Frutex scandens. Folia alterna vel subopposita, subelliptica, subtus pubescentia ; vene secondarie distincte, reticulatio obscura. Capituli florum subconici, longe pedunculati, racemoso-paniculati, 1-bracteolatt. Peduncu- lus florum medium versus folia bina approximata vel subopposita, inconspicua, canaliculata gerens: fructis elongatus, et ob folia floralia ampliata scariosa reticulata conspicuus. Flores capitult cujusque pauct, inconspicut, in pedicellum brevissimum articulati. Drupa saepissime solitaria ! subrotunda, basi perian- thio spathaceim fisso sepius stipata. . Flos fere Gnidiz. Habitus plantz fructigerz linostomaceus. Enkleia malaccensis. Hab. Malacca. Genus Linostomati propinquum, discrepans laciniis perianthii erectis brevibus et minus petaloideis, staminibus subinclusis, et stigmate papil- loso incluso. Folia etiam tantum subopposita, et floralia per anthesin inconspicua, nulloque modo petaloidea. * Intr: Nat: or: Ed. 2, p. 195. Dr. Lindley is of cpinion that the su- perior fruit is of more importance than the position of the ovula. But so far as Il know, Botanists had not observed the ovula of either of the two genera alluded to, when Dr. Lindley recorded this remark. It would indeed appear from Endlicher’s Genera, that the observations have not been made up to this time. ¢ Cansiera.—Perianthium tubuloso-urceolatum, 4-fidum (cestivatione valvatum.) Stamina 4, perianthii laciniis opposita. Glandule vel 936 On some remarkable Plants in the as the majority of Botanists appear to do, among Thyme- lee: and if its obvious affinity with Leptonium* and of squame hypogyne totidem alternantes. Ovulwm 1, nucleare, pendulum e placenta centrali libera. Embryo inversus in axi albuminis carnosi. Flores spicati, solitarii in axillis bractearum. Frutices scandentes. Folia alterna, ovato-acuminata. Drupa perian- thio basi stipata. Cotyledones (saltem in planta malaccensi) terne ! C. zyziphifolia, pubescens, foliis ovatis breviter acuminatis, drupis globosis. Hab. Malacca. Mr. Bentham(!) refers this genus to Olacinez, describing it as having a minute calyx ; it forms with Opilia his second group Opiliez. The third group Icacinez, in which Mr. Bentham, I believe correctly, includes Gomphandra, (which will have, probably, to give way to Stemo- nurus Blume,) cannot in my opinion be admitted into Olacinez, owing among other things to the very different position and structure of their ovula, the apex of the nucleus of which corresponds in direction with the radicle of the embryo, exhibiting an instance of “ embryo orthotropus, radicula supera.”’ On the want of correspondence in direction between the apex of the nucleus and the radicle of the embryo in Santalacez, and the group to which I have alluded in this communication, and on the extraordinary modifications in which it results, at least in Santalum, Osyris and Thesium, I am disposed to attach great importance. Of the family Olacineze I have an undescribed genus, (No. 366, 849a Herb. Mergui,) very remarkable for the albumen being divided into a number of lobes, between which dips the very fine integument, which is as remarkable an instance as any hitherto recorded, of the presence of spiral ceils and vessels. Mr. Bentham attributes to Olacineze a simple pistillum, but to me it appears as compound, as I take it to be in Santalacez. So that it may be said that the ovarium of Olax, as well as that of Schepfia among Santalacez, has partial true rather than partial spurious septa. I have only to add that I came to the conclusion regarding the ovulum of Cansiera and Leptonium, and the affinity of Opilia, before I had the advantage of seeing Mr. Bentham’s paper. * Leptonium.—Perianthium urceolatum, (cestivatione valvatum). Séa- . mina 4, perianthii laciniis opposita. Squame hypogyne 0. Ovulum 1, nucleare, pendulum e placenta centrali libera. Embryo inversus in axi: albuminis carnosi. lores racemosi, terni in axilla bracteze cujusque. (4) Linn, Trans. 18. pt. iy. p. 679. H. C. Botanic' Gardens, Calcutta. 937 this genus with Opilia, of Opilia with Champereia,* and of the latter with Exocarpus and Leptomeria, be kept in view, it appears probable that these form a group intermediate between Santalacez and Olacinez, into both of which fami- lies some of the genera gradually pass. The main characters of this group, considered with regard to Santalacez and Ola- cinez, I take to be the tendency to singleness of the floral « Frutex subscandens. Folia alterna, oblonga. Racemi aggregati, juniores bracteis majusculis membranaceisculis laxe imbricatis stupati. Flores minuti, virides, centrales precociores. Tubus perianthii carnosus, faux subannularis. Drupa oblonga. Cotyledones terne ! L. oblongifolium. Hab. Assamia superior. Genus Cansierz proximum, inflorescentia Opiliz. * CHuaAMPEREIA.—Perianthium 5-sepalum, rotatum. Stamina 5, basi laci- niarum inserta. Annulus 5-lobus, hypogynus, inter stamina et pistillum. Ovarium superum. Ovulum 1, erectum, nucleare, anatropum. Stylus 0. Embryo inversus in axi albuminis carnosi. Inflorescentia paniculata. Frutices vel arbusculze incole orc Tenasserim et freti Malaccensis. Folia alterna, ovata vel lanceolata, acuminata. Flores minuti, fuscescentes, racemoso- paniculati. Bracteze minutissime. Sepala revoluto-refleca. Annuli lobi sepalis alterni. Ovarium annulo reconditum. Drupa oblonga. Cotyle- dones terne ! Genus meo sensu Leptomeriz et Exocarpo propinquum; a preecedente distinguitur inflorescentia, ovario supero, et drupa ecoronata, a posteriore pedunculo fructis immutato, disco, habitu et inflorescentia. Opilia dignoscitur calyce (an semper?), glandulis discretis, et inflorescentia. Habitus quodammodo Opiliz (Groutia) celtidifoliz. I have experienced great difficulty in ascertaining from dried speci- mens the exact nature of the ovulum, more particularly as in my notes made at Mergui some years since, it is represented as an antitropous, erect ovulum. But as in the dried specimens, I find the central body to be gibbous on one side, I prefer, particularly as it corresponds with the affinities of the plants, considering it to be analogous to a true Santalaceous ovulum. Otherwise I am not acquainted with any clear mark of distinction between an erect, nucleary, anatropous ovulum, and an antitropous ovulum, otherwise of the same degree of develop- ment, attached to a central placenta, and with its apex presented to the fundus of the ovarium. 238 On some remarkable Plants in the rl envelopes, in combination with the superior ovarium, and the single ovulum. The chief characteristics of the whole group (or class ?) appear to me to be the valvular perianthium, the central free placenta bearing one or several ovula, the apices of whose nuclei point to the fundus of the ovarium, and the énverted embryo in the axis of copious albumen. This will exclude Mackaya. Arnott, which nevertheless has strong affinities with Santalacee. ; All these plants, so far as can be judged from the com- parison of the direction of the apex of the nucleus, and that of the radicle of the embryo, will probably be found to pre- sent the same remarkable development of the seed, that has been noticed in Santalum, Osyris, and'Thesium. This appears to be more worthy of notice, because in certain Verbenacez, in which the placenta and ovula are very like these bodies as they exist in Olax, Schepfia, Santalum, Osyris and Thesium, the radicle of the embryo points, as it would be expected to do, to the fundus of the fruit; and in Avicenna means are resorted to for preserving this normal direction, as extraordi« nary as those occurring in the Santalacez hitherto observed, by which the inversion of the embryo is brought about. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Jenkinsia Assamica. Portion of a male Plant. Flower of ditto. Stamina of ditto. Female capitulum, én fruit. A fruit detached with its perianth and involucel. go Section of fruit, so as to expose the pyrena. Seed, ventral face. Long section of seed. Transverse section of ditto. Embryo detached, one cotyledon removed. Figs. 1, 2, 2, 3, from a drawing in H. C. Library. SOMAIBRAXB OO NH pond H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 2359 ROXBURGHIA. Stemona. Loureiro Fl. Cochin. 404. Ubium polypodi- oides. Rumph. Hb. Amboyn. 5, t. 129. Tetrandria Monogynia. Roxburghiacee, Lindl.* Cuar. Gen.—Perianthium biseriatim 4-sepalum. Stamina 4, antherze adnatze, connectivis ultra loculos longe productis cuspidatz, mediantibus loculis ad bases cuspidum liberifactis effetis intus productis coherentes. Ovarium 1-loculare ; ovula 00, erecta, anatropa, placentis 2 basilaribus lateralibus affixa. Stylus 0. Stigma subpennicillatum. Fructus siccus, 1-locularis, bivalvis. Semina funiculata, funiculis vesiculari- bus vel stuposis. Albumen copiosum. Embryo axilis in parte inferiore albuminis, plumula intus rimam recondita. Herbz perennes, scandentes. Radices? tuberose@. Folia sepius opposita, e bast plus minus cordata ovato-acuminata, costata venis pluribus primariis, venulisque transversis has connectentibus pulcherrime striata. Flores axillares, soli- tarit, vel bint in pedunculo, magni, striati, foetidi. Fructus pertanthio persistente suffultus, margine utroque sulco exara- tus. The observations I have made on R. viridiflora regard chiefly the stamina, pistillum and embryo, the first having been entirely misunderstood by many; the last as detailed by Dr. Lindley, tending in my opinion to disturb the na- tural relations of the genus. I have ascertained from observation at all periods, that the real structure of the stamina is what I have attempted to describe in the generic character. And indeed, this is * The practice of permitting a Botanist’s name to be attached to a family, of the definition appended to which he is not the author, appearing to me to be very objectionable, I have substituted Lindley, the name of the author of the definition, for Wallich. Qu 940 On some remarkable Plants in the sufficiently obvious in the mature stamen, the appendage not only being a direct continuation of the loculus, but also presenting a continuation of the ordinary central sulcus, in- dicating the division of the loculus into two locelli, and very generally also the line of dehiscence. I have not been able to ascertain why Roxburgh described the cells or anthers as separable to such an extent from their attachment, so as subsequently to become pendulous from the appendages, in which state they are represented in one of the details of the original drawing of R. gloriosoides.* An anther cell only partially polliniferous is not, I believe, of uncommon occur- rence, the deficiency of function possibly, perhaps, affecting indifferently every part of the anther. But the separation of the effete upper part occurring, as it does here, in so marked a degree of the adnate form of anther appears to me very curious. ‘I have also ascertained, that the pistillum is distinctly monocarpellary, a structure otherwise suggested by the obli- quity of the ovarium. ‘The most remarkable part of the structure of the pistillum, however, has regard to the placentz, which I have not found to present in any stage any definable relation with the margins, or indeed with any part of the carpel leaf. In their earliest state, they appear as a disc occupying the fundus of the carpel cavity, and ter- minating the axis. Shortly after this disc presents a depres- sion in the centre. Subsequently it appears placentiform, with a concave centre, and thickened undulated sides, and at the time when the ovula are becoming anatropous, a double longitudinal section, across the short diameter, presents it — as occupying two elevated lines (the sides just alluded to,) which run parallel to the sides of the carpel leaf. This is the state in which the placentz exist in the expanded flower and in the fruit. * Tcones Roxburghiane, v. 7. t. 76. H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 241 This appears to me best intelligible as a placenta derived from the axis. It will be seen, however, that its parts have the ordinary numerical relation with the carpel leaf, to which, moreover, its development may be considered to be subse- quent. i I have not been able to trace any continuity between any parts of the surface of the placentz and the stigmatic tissue, which, however, resembles that surface in colour and ap- pearance. But it appears to me probable, judging from the situation of the foramen of the ovulum, that conducting tissue does line the inner paries of the ovarial cavity. The description of the embryo is derived from obser- vations made in June 1835, and since verified. This genus is stated by Sir J. Smith,* to have been founded by Mr. Dryander, at the suggestion of Sir Joseph Banks, in just commemoration of Dr. Roxburgh, the first Superintendant of these Gardens. It appeared first, I be- lieve, in the Coromandel Plants of Dr. Roxburgh, a work munificently patronised by the Hon’ble Court of Direc- tors, but of which, no complete copy exists in this insti- tution. It was referred to Octandria Monogynia by Dr. Roxburgh, who appears to have considered the filaments as petals, the abortive upper parts of the anther cells.as nec- taria, and each cell of the anthers as an entire anther; which view appears to have been very generally adopted.+ The next author who appears to have described the genus is Sir J. Smith,t who referred the genus to Tetrandria Monogynia, and gave a much more accurate description of the stamina, considering the appendages as abortive anthers. * Rees’ Cyclop. in loco. + Willdenow. Sp. Plant 2. pt. 1, 321 :—Lamarck Enc. Meth. 6. 319.— Persoon, Synop. 1. 412.—Aiton. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. v. 2. 347.—Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 1500.—Sprengel. Syst. Veget 2. 214.—Poiret. Dict. Sc. Nat : 46, 377. i Exot. Bot. 111. t. 57. Rees’ Cyclop. in loco. 942 On some remarkable Plants in the Loureiro, who published the genus under the name Ste- mona,* (a. D. 1790,) referred it to Monadelphia Tetrandria ; he notices the appendages as “‘ laciniz,” and appears to have had a correct view of the anther cells, although his description is not exactly applicable to either of the Indian species. Nevertheless, in M. Endlicher’s Genera,} the view enter- tained by Dr. Roxburgh is reverted to, with the differ- ence, that the anthers are represented as 4, bilocular, and the appendages as connectiva! In addition, the ovarium is said to be formed of two carpel leaves. There is a good deal of variety of opinion also regarding the locus naturalis of this remarkable genus. Sir J. Smith} referred it without difficulty to the Asparagi of Jussieu. Lamark§, says, it appears to be intermediate between Liliaceee and Asclepiadez, an opinion he doubtless derived from Dr. Sims.|| Reichenbach places it in his family (class) Aroidez at the end of the second section Taccacez, subsection Taccee: the merit of this, however, appears to me reduced, by his placing Nepenthes and Sarracenia with Peliosanthes in the last section of the same family. Bartling** places it among the ‘“ genera Monocotyle- donea dubia |. incertz sedis.” _ Dr. Lindley++ in Wallich’s Pl. Asiat. Rariores, charac- terised it carpologically as a distinct family, Roxburghiacez, being evidently influenced a good deal by the supposed ab- sence of the Aroideous form of embryo. The place of this family is considered to approach “ the Aroidez more nearly than any other tribe.” 3 * Fl: Cochinchin. 404.—This genns is also adopted, in the Encyclopedie Methodique. Supp. 5. p. 244, and in the Dictionaire des Sciences Naturelles, v. 50. p. 478, in which last it is referred to Tetrandria Monogynia. t 157. No. 1197. { Ex. Bot. loc. cit. Rees’ Cyclop. loc. cit. § Enc. Meth. loc. cit. || Bot. Mag. loc. cit. {| Consp. Reg. Veget. p. 44. ** Ord. Nat. p. 76. tt 3.49. t. 282. HI. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 943 Subsequently in his Nixus, he associated Roxburghiaceze with his Retose class, in which it will be found in his Introd. Nat. Orders, ed. 2. p. 360. Somewhat later it is to be found similarly associated in his class Dictyogens.* M. Endlicher,{ places it among the ‘ genera Smilaceis affinia,” stz/d however retaining the family name Roxburghi- acee. Sprengelt refers it to the Smilacez of Mr. Brown. The genus appears to me to belong to the class of which Aroidez are the type. It consequently appears to me sin- gular, that no allusion is made to this genus by Schott and Endlicher, in their Meletemata, in which the class Aroidez is considered, or by Blume in his Rumphia, in which the family is noticed in detail. There are two British Indian species of the genus, which © may be thus characterised. Roxburghia gloriosoides, foliis alternis vel oppositis basi cordatis, fructibus obovatis, seminum exapiculatorum funi- culis celluloso-vesicularibus. R. gloriosoides. Dry. in Corom. Pl. 129. t. 32. Icon. Roxb. 7. t. 67. Hort. Kew. v. 2. 548. Roxb. Fl. Indica. 2. 234. Lam. Enc. Meth. 6, 319. R. gloriosa. Pers. Syn. 1. 412. Flores straminei venis ochroleucis striati. Sepala acumi- natiora. Filamenta purpurascentia. Loculi antherarum lutei; connectivorum processus curvati. 7 Zabt. in Mont. Circars dictis. Roxburgh. Roxburghia viridiflora, foliis oppositis basi cordato-ovatis, fructibus oblongis compressis, seminum apiculatorum funiculis apicem versus stuposis. R. viridiflora, Sm. Exot. Bot. 111. t. 57. Rees’ Cyclop. in loco. Lindl. in Wall. Pl. As. Rar. 3. 49. t. 282. R. Gloriosa. Bot. Mag. t. 1500. * Elements, p. 236. + Gen. Pl. loc. cit. { Gen. Plant. 2.815. No. 1586. § The drawing in the Cor. Pl. differs remarkably from the original one, of which otherwise it appears to be a copy, in the shape of the leaves which are reniform cordate, and not, as in the original, ovate from a subdeltoid base. 944 On some remarkable Plants in the Flores triplo majores, odore ingratissimo, virides, intus ad basin lurido-purpurascentes, venis purpureis striati. Sta- mina maxima, sub-uncialia, filamenta saturate purpurascen- tia, connectivorum processus stricti virides, antherarum loculi livide purpurel. Habt.—Assam: Montes Khasiyani—Chittagong et ad littora sinus Siamensis. Colitur in Hort. Bot. Calcutta. A third species would appear to exist in Loureiro’s Stemona tuberosa,* and a fourth in the Ubium polypidioides of Rumph.+ This however, was considered by Buchanan, as appears from a MSS. note on the back of Rumphius’s figure in the copy in the H. C. Library, to be the original species, R. gloriosoides. PLAGIOPTERON. Cuar. Gen.—Sepala 3—4, minuta, dentiformia. Petala totidem (calycina), cestivatione valvata, revoluta. Stamina 00, hypogyna, filamenta capillaceo-clavata, anthere biloculares, terminales. Ovarium superum, 3-loculare; ovula cujusque ~ loculi dua, collateralia, erecta, anatropa. Stylus subulatus. Fructus nucamentaceo-samaroideus, 3-locularis, loculis dorso (apicem versus) ala lingulata transversa preditis. Semzna... Frutex scandens, pilis stellatis pubescens, habitu Hiree. Folia opposita, exstipulata. Inflorescentia axillaris, thyr- soidea. Flores parvt, ob filamentis albis conspicut, suavissime odoraitt. Plagiopteron suaveolens. Descr:—Tota pubescens pilis stellatis, pallide ferruginea. Ramuli teretes. Folia breve petiolata, opposita, oblongo- ovata, cuspidato-acuminata, integra; ven secondariz ter- tiariis plurimis transversis connexe, intervenulis reticulatis ; vernatio conduplicata. Panicule subthyrsoidex, axillares, foliis breviores. Bractea angusta, parva, subtus ramos, ramulos, et florem quemque. Flores numerosi, parvi, exqui- site fragrantes ; alabastra subglobosa. Calyx 3—4, sepalus, * Fl. Cochinchin. loc. cit. + Herb. Ambon. loc. cit. Hl. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 245 sepalis dentiformibus, minutis. Corolla 3—4 petala, viridis, petala oblonga, cum sepalis alternantia, estivatione valvata, per anthesin revoluta, extus dense pubescentia. Stamina 00, subbiseriata, hypogyna, petalis longiora, xstivatione varie flexa, per anthesin erectiuscula. Filamenta capillaceo-cla- vata, alba. Anthere terminales, ochroleuce, demum brunes- centes, loculi breves, adnati, (dehescentia quasi trans- versa). Ovarium superum, rotundum, dense piloso-pubes- cens, 3-loculare, loculis biovulatis; ovula erecta, anatropa, collateralia, raphe sub-introrsa. Stylus subulatus, glaber. Stigma obscure 3-dentatum. Fructus sub-turbinatus, apice plano stylum exserente, trilocularis, loculi subossei, dorso apicem versus ala transversa lingulata loculis 3-plo longiore subreticulata aucti. In singulo loculo ovula abortiva 2, erecta. This plant is said to have been introduced from Sylhet in 1829. It has not, I believe, ripened seed in the Garden. It apears to me to present a curious mixture of characters. With the habit of Hirzea it has a resemblance in the flowers, especially the inner series of the floral envelope, to Rottlera’ or Trewia; the anthers again resemble those of Stilaginee, while the pericarpium appears to me to represent in some respects that of Hiptage : the direction of the ovula however is contrary to what occurs in Malpighiacee or Euphor- biacez. Dr. Wallich appears to have considered it a doubt- ful Kuphorbiaceous plant, a view suggested by the floral en- velopes and male organs, but not by the pistillum or fruit, in which there seems no tendency to the characteristic Euphor- biaceous dehiscence. I am disposed to hazard a conjecture, that it will be found to unite Euphorbiacez and Malpighi- acee, the probability of a direct relationship between these two families being suggested, among other things, by their glandular nature. And perhaps the majority of its characters will place it near Malpighiacee and Sapindacee, although the want of any correspondence in number between the floral envelopes and the stamina, and their indefinite 246 On some remarkable Plants in the number in particular, will probably appear formidable ob- jections. It abounds with spiral vessels. Curious cellular bodies are to be found along the margins of the young leaves. The odour of the flowers resembles that of Roydsia suaveolens, and Heliotrope. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL. Plagiopteron fragrans. . Portion of a flowering branch, natural size. . Young alabastrum. . Alabastrum just opening. . Flower. Two Stamina. Anther before dehiscence. . Ditto after. . Pollen. . Ovarium laid open, disclosing the ovula of one cell. . Ditto, a double longitudinal section. SEO Or SP OO ODO = a = © © . Ovarium, double transverse section. . Ovulum. . Fruit. . Ditto, one cell opened, shewing the two abortive a re H O89 %@© ovula at the base. 15 Stellate hair. SIPHONODON. Cuar. Gen.—Flos hermaphroditus, semi-inferus, zesti- vatione imbricativa. Calyx 5-sepalus. Corolla 5-petala. Stamina 5, sepalis opposita, antherze reniformi-cordate. Ovarium plurilocellatum, e carpellis 5 sursum in canalem (apice denticulatum) connatis, formatum. Stigma styliforme, in canalem, apice discoideo excepto, reconditum. Ovula in loculis solitaria, obliqua vel pendula. Fructus drupaceus, pyrene ossez tot quot locelli ovarii, monosperme. Semzna pyrenarum superiorum erecta, inferiorum pendula. H.. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 247 Arbor mediocris, frett Malaccensis incola, corona conica densa. Folia alterna, minute bistipulata, coriacea, crenato- serrata. Flores axillares, racemosi vel solitari, inconspicui. Fructus subglobosus, vertice umbilicatus. Habitus Celas- trineus. * Siphonodon celastrineus. Arbor mediocris, corona conica densa. Ramuli flexuosulli. Folia alterna, bistipulata, stipulis (lobi folii) dentiformibus minutis.* Petiolus brevis. Lamina oblonga, obtusiuscula, * By this term I wish to express my idea of the stipule of this particular plant. I am inclined, moreover, to attribute a similar origin to these organs in all cases, and they are by far the most numerous, in which they have, at some period at least, an ascertainable connection with the leaf to which they are referred. At an early period of their development they answer with sufficient exactness to the above term. In such instances, however, of interpetiolar stipule as I have exa- mined, chiefly in tropical Rubiacez and in Rhizophorez, I have scarce- ly ever found these organs to present in initio the required division, although their composition has been subsequently ascertainable either from the division of the apex, or from the source of the vascular sup- plies, which last is still more, perhaps, decisive of their origin. The question, so much discussed, of the real nature of some of the component parts of the verticilli of foliaceous organs in Galium and its allies, appears to me to be only capable of solution by examination of the sources of their primary vascular bundles. For I have seen in Coffea bengalensis occasional appearances indicating the possible deri- vation of an apparently true lamina from two stipulze, which, as usual, derived their vascular supplies from those given off to the leaves. In connection with leaves 1 may remark, that their divisions are originally independent of the presence of vascular, or fibrous, or of any elongated form of tissue. Any hypothesis, therefore, which endeavours to establish the relation of cause and effect between the nerves or veins and the divisions of leaves must, it appears to me, be erroneous. So far as I have enquired into the subject} of the development of these organs it has been apparent, that all leaves are simple and cellular ad origine, the degree of division being dependent on the degree of development, so that the most complex form of leaf, such as a “folium tripinnatum vel supra decompositum” would present at different periods all the different degrees of division, which Botanists distinguish by so many terms. The 21 248 On some remarkable Plants in the crenato-serrata cum mucronulis adpressis, semi-conduplicata, coriacea, venis secondariis arcuatis reticulatim nexis; ver- natio conduplicato-involuta. simplest theoretical form of leaf I take to be entire and cellular, the first step in complication resulting from the extension of an axile vein. And as reticulating veins are the last that make their appearance, it. may be suggested that a Dicotyledonous leaf will at some period of its de- velopment present the appearance characteristic of a Monocotyledonous leaf. The last observation I have to make refers to the Pitchers or Ascidia of Nepenthes: these, from observations on their development, I consi- der to be modifications of excurrent midribs. That such is their nature at first will, I imagine, on examination, be readily allowed. In this explanation the part which is developed like an ordinary lamina, looks like an ordinary lamina, and which performs the proper functions of an ordinary lamina, is the lamina; the apex of the excurrent midrib is the subulate process at the base of the lid, and the lid is a special de- velopment of the upper margin of the originally simple foveola or cavity, subsequently the pitcher. This explanation differs from that of M. Link, Dr. Lindley and Professor Morren, which agree in consider- ing the foliaceous expansion as a dilated petiole—differing substanti- ally, however, in the nature attributed to the pitcher itself and its lid. That hypothesis, indeed, which considers the lid to be the lamina or blade of the leaf, would, in my opinion, be much more consonant with appearances if the lid were considered as resulting from marginal cohesion of a folium unijugum. I do not extend the above explanation to such instances as Sarrace- nia etc. still less, perhaps, to species of Dischidia, in which the pitcher can be traced, through a series of modifications, to the lamina of the leaf itself. In the instances presented by the last genus, whether the leaf be completely convolute, or merely concave, it always appears to perform some function connected with the radicular fibres. In Nepenthes distillatoria the species examined, the apex of every leaf will be found to present the cavity, which is to be subsequently, sooner or later, the ascidium. This, together with the fact that in NV. ampullaria the leaves of the flower-bearing branches have no developed ascidia, these being limited to the short procumbent humifuse branches, may be considered perhaps an objection to the views of Mr. Link of their being floriform organs. H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. | 249 Flores axillares, solitarii, cymosi, vel racemosi, inconspicui, viridi-lutescentes. Pedicelli (forum solitariorum) petiolorum longitudine, medium versus articulati, ad articulos bibracte- olati, et ad basin floris clavato-ampliati. Sepala 5, ineequalia, concava, lutescenti-albida, diu_ per- sistentia. Petala totidem alterna, carnosa, margine subcrispa- ta, concoloria, cum calyce perianthium rotatum exhibentia, decidua. Stamina 5, petalis alterna, brevia ; filamenta dilatata, basi mediantibus denticulis latis subinternis in annulum coalita ; anther conniventes, connectiva reniformi-cordata, loculi angusti, marginales, longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Pollen album, 3-porosum, 35-gonum. Ovarium semi-inferum depressum, lineis 5-radiantibus pe- talis oppositis vertice insignitum, pluriloculare, loculi quasi in substantia baseos floris immersi, subbiseriati verticaliter, obli- qui, uniovulati. Ovula anatropa, angulo interiori affixa, seepe pendula; tegumentum unicum. Stylus brevis, canaliformis, apice dilatatus et 5-denticulatus. Stigma discretum, colum- nare, apice discoideum, canalem styli implens, disco exserto. Fructus superus, ima basi calyce vel hujus reliquiis stipa- tus, aurantii parvi magnitudine, apice profounde umbilicatus ; Caro subsiccus. Pyrenz tot quot loculi ovarii, compresse, osseze, superiores erecta, intermedie obliquiusculz, inferiores pendulz. Semina non visa. This remarkable plant I am informed was brought from Penang about 1823. It does not appear to perfect its seeds. The structure of the pistillum of this plant appears to me very remarkable. At the earliest stage at which it was ob- served, it appeared to me as a cone, occupying the axis, the base being surrounded by the puncta representing the future stamina. At a later period I have observed it as a cone, the base surrounded by an annulus, which I consider to be derived from 5 carpel leaves. The subsequent radiating lines (costz) 250 On some remarkable Plants in the of these are well developed, their points projecting beyond the concave sinuses. At a somewhat later period, the base of the central cone will be found concealed by the growth of the above annulus, and at the line of junction between its base and that of the cone, very young ovula may be detected, apparently attached round the whole base of the cone, and not present- ing any manifest relations with the carpel leaves. At this time a double long section has not shewn me any solution of continuity resulting from forcibly pulling back the car- pel leaves, and thus exposing the ovula. The next stage presented the central cone with a conical base, a cylindrical intermediate portion, and a dilated head. The carpel leaves will be now found to adhere by their bases to the corresponding part of the cone, so that the ovula can- not be exposed without tearing through tissue; the carpel leaves are also now produced upwards into a hollow cylinder, surrounding the columnar part of the original central cone; this cylinder is somewhat dilated at the apex, which again is 5-toothed, the teeth corresponding to the radiating lines. At the time of expansion the circumstances remain much the same, the central columnar body remains distinct from the canal enclosing it, the ovula appear attached round the whole of its base, but not upon the same plane. ‘The lines of communication, by which each isolated ovulum is placed in the usual conditions to receive the male influence, will be found to terminate on the circumference of the conical base of the central column. Of this structure, as it exists at the period of expansion of the flower, four modes of explanation occur to me. It may be conveniently disposed of by the use of the term ‘‘ ovarium disco* immersum,” not unfrequently employed in the generic description of Celastrinee. * M. Endlicher pointedly alludes to the necessity of accurately ob- serving these discs. Gen. Pl. p. 1085. HI. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 251 Or the hypothesis may be resorted to, which assumes such a degree of confluent growth of the vertex of a syn- carpous ovarium, as shall give rise to a tube similar to that described. In both these hypotheses the central columnar body is to be considered as the style and stigma. Or it might be assumed, that the component parts of the pistillum produce the placente from their margins close to the base, which placentz becoming confluent and produced upwards free from any connection with the style, give rise to the central column. Or lastly, the central columnar body may be considered as a continuation of the placenta, and as the termination of the axis; having no original connection with the carpel leaves. In these two modes of explanation, the canal becomes the style or analogous to it, and the central column a free stigma. The “disc” hypothesis, however plausible it might ap- pear if Hippocrateaceze are taken into consideration, except indeed as regards the point of attachment of their filaments, seems to me contradicted by the general appearance of the radiated part, which manifestly.belongs to the female organ, and equally manifestly forms part of the fruit. It would also necessarily result from its adoption, which may to those who favour De. Candolle’s* hypothesis of the fruit of the Orange, still appear tenable, that the two inner series of developments viz. the teeth interposed between the filaments, and the component parts of the disc, which may be assumed to be of the same nature, would be in opposition, and moreover that the direction of their development would be inverted. The second hypothesis, though perhaps not altogether improbable, is not, 1 think, borne out by any appearances during any stage of the development, and is, together with the preceding, contradicted by the solidity and homogenous structure of the column, in this light a style, which has * Lindley Introd. ed. 2. p. 105. 252 On some remarkable Plants in the seemed to me to present no traces of composition, or any such difference in texture between the superficies and centre, as might have been expected to be presented in some part at least; and also by the fact.that the lines of communication with the locelli of the ovarium, and which, in my opinion, alone allow of the passage of boyaux, open on the surface of the base of the column. The third mode of explanation, suggested by the irregu- larity in position of certain placente, and by the views of Mr. Brown*, regarding the origin of the stigma from the * Tn a paper on the capsule of Papaveracez, and stigma of Cruciferze by Mr. J. W. Howell,(!) the situation of the stigmatic rays of Papa- veracez is explained by the assumption of their being compound, an opinion also held by Mr. Brown. There is also another partial coinci- dence of opinion regarding the improbability of the axis of a carpel leaf bearing ovula. Mr. Howell, however, arrives at the conclusion that this composition of the individual stigmata of a syncarpous pistillum is only occasional, admitting the existence of simple stigmata in single carpels. Whereas Mr. Brown setting out from the consideration of the simplest form of the vegetable pistillum, advocates the opinion of their being always compound, explaining their apparent opposition by confluence. From the note by the Editors appended to Mr. Howell’s valuable pa- per, it might be made out that Mr. Howell’s observations on the stig- mata were of a more general nature than they are; whereas they are limited to Papaveraceze, and further regard the difference between a Papaveraceous and Nympheaceous stigma as an arbitrary one, “serving to separate by abruptly defined limits those otherwise nearly related orders.’ (2) Both Mr. Brown’s and Mr. Howell’s observations appeared publicly in 1840; but there can be no doubt that so far as Papaveracez are con- cerned, Mr. Howell is anticipated by M. Kunth, whose observations appeared in 1838, ‘‘ in a printed book.” On this subject of the stigma, I have lately ventured to offer some remarks, derived from conclusions suggested to me independently of either Mr. Brown’s remarks or the paper by Mr. Howell. The sub- (1) Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. v. 10. 65. p. 248. (2) op. cet. p. 249, HAI, C. Botwhie Gardens, Calcutta. 253 placentz, is not borne out by development, which shews the central cone to be formed before the carpel leaves. Yet so far as my observations go, the placentz when manifestly, as they so very generally are, referrible to the carpel leaves, are of considerably later development than the leaves to which they belong. The explanation that seems to me to accord best with observations of the development, and to explain also the general structure in the best way is, that the placenta in this plant is the conical termination of the axis, produced upwards into a styliform stigma, and bearing round its base, at or about the plane of insertion or attachment of the carpel leaves, a verticillate series of ovula. And if it be found to be correct, it appears to me strongly in favour of an opinion lately advanced by me that, even when the style is present, the stigma may be quite independent of it. This hypothesis does not explain the appearances pre- sented by the expanded flower more fully than the preced- ing, but then it appears to me to agree with the development, and especially the primary appearance of the central cone, and also with the evidently more intimate relations of the very young ovula with the base of the cone rather than with the margins of the carpel leaves. Moreover, a cen- tral axile placenta terminating in a stigma, appears to me stance of these consist of the possibility of the stigma being a continua- tion of the placental margins of the carpellum, of its being the external communication of the conducting tissue, which itself communicates with the placentz, and is in several cases at least manifestly identical with them. That the phrase “stigmata opposite to the placentz” arises from a cohesion between stigmatic surfaces, analogous to that cohesion which causes in fruits the loculicidal dehiscence. That Orobanche pre- sents owing to this cohesion right and left stigmata, as is proved by development and the situation of the vascular fascicles of the style _ &e. &c. and that the stigma being an extension of a mere cellular surface need not present any definable form, and that it may exist indepen- dently of the style. 254 On some remarkable Plants in the more reconcilable with a perfectly isolated stigma, than the occurrence of such a stigma, in connection with carpel leaves, from which it would then be supposed to originate, and with which consequently it should at some period present some degree of connection.* A necessary consequence of such an isolation of the stig-. matic tissues from the style, is that the course of the pollen | tubes will be downwards over the surface of the central column. Appearancesare I think in favour of this,} which is in accordance with the course of pollen-tubes in many, and per- haps in all cases, in which the stigmatic tissues are not con- fluent at any part of their extent. The term penetration, therefore, does not apply by any means invariably to any re- lation effected between the pollen-tube and any part of the female organ, except the ovulum, of which it affects only the nucleus and embryo-sac. In either view it may be suggested from the small degree of union between the carpel leaves and placenta, and particu- larly from their apparently absolute distinctness at an early period, and which is, perhaps, only reconcilable with my hypothesis, that such an arrest of development may occur, as * T have not been able to satisfy myself of the exact limits of the carpel leaves. ‘The first parts developed have appeared to me those opposite the stamina, in which case the rays may be considered as indicating the lines of union. The alternation in this case is regular. But immediately afterwards the parts opposite the stamina present concave edges limited by the now projecting rays, and the whole appearance suggests that the rays form the axes of so many carpel leaves. And although in this case the two innermost series of development, assuming the teeth between the stamina to represent an inner series of stamina, will be opposed, yet I prefer adopting it to the other view, which supposes the carpel puncta to present concave terminations, in other words, that their sides reach a greater elevation than their axes. + It is also singular that the inner surface of the tube or style appears in some degree stigmatic, and presents after application of the pollen the usual appearances indicating the first steps of fecundation. H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 255 shall present naked ovula in connection with carpel leaves so convoluted and connate as to present a perfectly distinct style. It is to be considered that the explanation I have at- tempted to give, is not at variance with those views of the origin of the placentz that originated, so far as I know, with M. Schleiden, and which are considered by many to afford the best explanation of the free central placenta. In this view the only anomaly is the want of the usual cohesion between the style and stigma: this, as I have said, appears to me less anomalous than it does if the third method of explanation be adopted. On the whole, therefore, I beg to propose this plant to Botanists, as an instance in which the placenta is the termination of the axis, bearing around its base a verti- cillus of ovula, and produced upwards into a stigma, a single organ, surrounded for the most part by an ordinary style with which it has no connection. The venation of the carpels appears to me worthy of notice, they have no dorsal vascular fasciculi, deriving such partial supplies as they. have appeared to me to present from the vessels supplying the ovula, which vessels appear de- rived from the fascicles, supplying the stamina or perianth. Such a mode of distribution of course suggests the idea of a definite grouping of the ovula, and if the primary fascicles are derived from those running to the stamina, they have precisely the situation they should have if they were ordinary placentary fascicles of an ordinary syncar- pous pistillum. ‘The supposed grouping, however, I have not been able to detect, the primary fascicles dividing so as to present on a transverse section a circle of vessels sur- rounding the axis, and moreover after supplying the ovula, they pass into the substance of the carpel leaves. I may also mention the curious circumstances, that though the general direction of the ovula may be considered as pen- dulous, and though the raphe is in all extrorse, many of the seeds must be erect and have the raphe introrse. 2k 256 Remarkable Plants in H. C. B. Garden. The genus appears to me to agree sufficiently well in cha- racter with Ilicinez, to which family, I believe, Dr. Wallich referred it. It would appear, judging from the description, to present considerable affinities with Byronia.* It has many points in common with Celastrinez, with which it agrees entirely in habit. 14, EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. Sephonodon celastrineus. . A Branchlet, somewhat reduced. . Flower. . Iwo stamina, viewed interiorly shewing the inter- vening tooth. . Stamen, inner face. Pollen. . Pistillum, (vertical view.) . Ditto, double long section. ~ Ovulum, . Fruit, (as it occurs in the Botanic Gardens). . Ditto, longitudinal section. . Very young alabastrum laid open, presenting petals, stamina, and central cone. . Very young pistillum, lateral view. . Another pistillum about the same period: with the stamina spread back, the round dots are intended to represent the ovula which appear to be attached all round the cone. Very young bud, double longitudinal section. * Endl. Gen. Plant. 1093, No. 5708. 250 The Sea and Generative Organs of Plants, in connexion with the Science of Morphology. By Von Martius, trans- lated by Joun Macruerson, Esq. Assistant Surgeon. _ All living things are kept in activity and in motion by two powerful impulses, which are the springs of existence: the impulses of self-preservation and of reproduction. The first rules life from its beginning to its end : the second awakens later, does not last during the whole period of life, developes itself in many organisations only once, while in others it returns periodically, and disappears with the ad- vance of years. Both impulses are in certain respects op- posed to each other, and develop themselves often at their mutual expence ; while subject to the impulse of self-preser- vation, the individual belongs only to itself and to the present; while subject to that of reproduction, it is of use to a something external to itself, and to the future. The latter impulse permits the multiplication of individuals, and secures to every kénd of living being an uninterrupted continuance, while the individual organisations, decaying and temporary, last only a certain period of time, which is short in com- parison with the life of the kind. Obedient to this last impulse, the individual forms for posterity another individual exactly like itself in all its im- portant relations. By it, life is continued, if not in indivi- duals, yet in the whole; by it, living organisations perpetu- ate their inner and outer form, their activity and their peculiar vital functions. To unfold, however, this last impulse for the produc- tion of a new life, there is required a certain kind of op- position in the state of action, and in the condition of the individual. Various powers must be put in action, and dif- ferent shares have to be borne by certain particular parts. Such variety of organisation is, however, a necessary condi- tion of life. What is dead, can alone be quite homogeneous— 258 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. what has life, always consists of different parts, (organs,) each of which possesses an especial action, a defined external and internal form, ( Morphosis ) ; just as self-preservation, so also is reproduction worked out by certain more or less peculiar organs. Wherever then, in living organisations, there is to be a multiplication of individuals or reproduction, we observe, as already remarked, a certain kind of opposition in the struc- ture of the organism, which commences and completes that multiplication—in short, organs of reproduction. These appear sometimes complete in a single individual, sometimes as belonging to two different ones. In the first case, the organs which are the medium of reproduction are very commonly formed after only one type, and produce new individuals by a gradual alteration in themselves, with- out any external visible action of different parts on each other, (constituting sexless reproduction.) In much more numerous cases however, two peculiar and differently formed organs, divided on two individuals, act upon each other in the externally visible act of fecundation; and multi- plication and reproduction are sexual. Sexless reproduction in the vegetable kingdom, requires always a degree of oppo- sition between the interior and the exterior, between the centre and the circumference of the individual which multi- plies itself. ‘The production of a new individual exactly resembling the old one, takes place either by sprouting and separation at the extremities, or by evolution from the interior. By such an evolution of new individuals, the alge or flower- less water plants, the lichens and fungi continue themselves. The most general description of this process is as follows : the thickening of the contents of an individual cell, or the union and growing together of several such filled cells into one larger kernel, and its separation thereafter from the mother plant, either with or without previous sprouting. The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 259 The germ thus freed commences to form a growth down- wards, z. e. the root, and to this succeeds the growth upwards. More highly organized plants also, which form layers and runners, follow in so doing the same type. In all these cases, the production of new individuals results from nothing else but a peculiar alteration in consistency, 2. e. in the form, relative fullness and closer apposition of the cells and vessels, of which the parent individual is constituted. Sometimes the structure is thickened in particular spots, where the smallest elementary parts press closer to each other. Sometimes it becomes here and there weaker and thinner, and frees itself from its original connections. The separated sprout or the expelled germ immediately com- mences an independent life of its own, increases in length and breadth, and becomes at last an individual exactly like its parent, which propagates itself in like manner. The whole process, it is true, is subject, like every act of life to a regu- lar order (Rhythmus.) It begins at a certain period, and at a certain period is completed ; yet the growth and formation of the young individual proceeds in a long uninterrupted con- tinuous course, like the growth and ripening of afruit. We are therefore entitled to designate the want of distinctly marked periods of development, and the gradual nature of the changes which take place in the mother plant, as an essential character in the process of reproduction in sexless plants. | In reality, such a new formation proceeds always only from the upper growth of a plant, from the stem and the leaves, or a portion of them, in which stem and leaves are organi- cally united, and blended together, (the Thallus.) Never is an individual developed in the same way from the system that grows downwards, that is from the lower parts or the root. ‘Therefore, an individual newly formed in this way, if it is to continue as an independent plant, must now in the last place form of itself its root, which it has not 260 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. brought into the world with it. If, however, such a sprout, or what is to acertain extent the same thing, a bud, or an eye, is artificially transferred from one plant to another, then it requires no special root of its own, inasmuch as its bed (sujet) serves it as such; it unfolds itself only upwards in stem and leaves. We find in this kind of multiplication, that a young plant treated in such a way, agrees completely in all its properties with the parent individual. Thus the eye or graft of a particular kind of fruit-tree develops itself into an exactly similar kind. In this case, the individual is directly multiplied and propagated, and therefore in the manipulation of grafts and eyes, we have a means in accordance with nature, of multiplying the number of noble fruit-trees, in as much as the bad and wild kinds are ennobled by the part which is artificially introduced. | All this is quite different, if the multiplication and propa- gation of plants takes place by means of peculiar sexual organs. In this case, the new individual is by no means merely the product of the separation from the elder plant of a similarly formed part, but much more the result of the oppos- ing influence on each other of two organs, which are quite different from their very beginning—a male fecundating organ, and a female one, which is capable of being fecundated. The result or issue, it is true, agrees in reality with the parent in form and in vital manifestations, but develops itself with greater freedom and individuality, and is therefore less like the older organism than in sex- less reproduction. Therefore, as Link has especially men- tioned, (Philosoph. Botan. Edit. 1, pp. 405, 407): ‘Sex in the vegetable kingdom continues not the individual, but the kind.” Hence arises the difference between parent and offspring in the vegetable world, and the appearance of varieties and kinds under the influence of different external conditions of life. On this ground, in order to cherish and to propagate the more noble kinds of vegetables, the The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 261 use of the seed is not indicated so much as the sexless propagation by eyes, grafts, &c. In the case of those vege- tables, however, which from the shortness of their lives are not suited for this kind of multiplication, for instance grains, flax, &c, as soon as they begin to degenerate, since we cannot ennoble them, we must replace the seed by better, which has been produced under more favorable external circumstances. In the most lowly organised plants to which we do not ascribe any sex, we meet with several appearances, which are calculated to prove, that the tendency just indicated, was inherent in their germs of reproduction; namely, to con- tinue especially the individual form of the parent-plant; as for instance in the lichens, which multiply themselves at times by means of germs formed in all parts of the leaf without distinction, at other times by germs which are detached from small shields or apothecia, (which is a somewhat higher organization.) In the first case, the issue retains more that form, which a special formation of the leaf necessitates; in the latter, it resembles more that in which the leaf almost disappears, and in which the new individual appears almost to consist only of apothecia. The same relation is also very likely at the bottom of the fact, that the mosses propagate their varieties with greater certainty by means of their germs than many other plants of higher organisation, to which we ascribe more developed organs of reproduction, in fact, a sex. The idea that vegetables have sexes is of great antiquity. We find traces of it in the oldest Greek authors, and since the beginning of the 17th century, the doctrine of the sexes of plants has been taught in Germany, (first by Adam Zaluzian- ski at Prague, and by R. J. Camerarius at Tubingen.) Every one knows that Linnzus founded his system on the sexual- ity of plants, and since his time, people have been accustom- ed to recognise in the stamina of plants the male, and in the 262 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. pistil, the female organs. In most cases, both of these sexual organs are united in one flower. Since that period, a direct action of the organs on each other for the produc- tion of the elements of a new plant, the seed, has been invariably assumed, without people exactly knowing how the act of fecundation was accomplished. The supposition of sexes was in those times chiefly supported by the phenomena of bastards or mules in the vegetable kingdom. Thus for instance, by artificial generation mules have been produced in the vegetable, as well as in the animal kingdom, and at the present time, many industrious gardeners practice this process, to produce large and long lasting flowers. When we are accustomed to see the formation of bastards take place in the vegetable, under similar conditions to those under which they are formed in the animal kingdom, we are inclined to look on this as the most decided proof of the sexualty of plants. In the mean time, of late years, great progress has been made in unveiling the more hidden phenomena of fecundation, and we have been able, by the aid of well constructed microscopes, to penetrate in our researches regarding vegetable reproduction to the very verge of what our faculties are capable of appreciating. The whole process now lies before us as a complete phenomenon, and it remains for the further researches of the observers of this process, only to examine its numerous varieties accord- ing to the different external and internal structure of indivi- dual plants. But in order to take a general view of what is known regarding the organs of generation in plants, it is necessary to cast a general glance over the history of the development of plants. In the higher vegetables, in the part which is turned away from the earth, and which is developed upwards toward the sun, in short that which is provided with flowers, the growth takes place in two chief directions, in that of length and ¢ The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 263 in that of breadth. The first shews itself in the stem and its parts, the branches and twigs, the second in the leaves. Both these parts are necessary to each other. The stem is the support, it endures, and is lasting; the leaf is that which is born, evanescent, and decaying. The stem displays in its interior formation, 2. e. its construction from cells and vessels, a great degree of symmetry. The leaves are, as regards their construction from such elementary organs, unsymmetrical. For instance, if one compares a complete section or a regular part of a section of a stem with another one of equal size, cells and vessels will be discovered everywhere in the corresponding portions in like number, size and form, and relative position. It is different with leaves, since their elementary organs are not exactly in the same proportion on one side, and on the other, when counted by the median plane marked by the midrib, and thus, a section from above downwards shews differences in the number, form, and arrangement of the elementary organs. The stem placed on the root on which it is supported, is by means of the juices, which are conducted through it, the former and nourisher of the leaves; they, on the contrary, being provided with special respiratory organs, help to in- crease, prepare, alter and ennoble the sap. From the mu- tual action of these parts on each other, the nourishment and health of the whole results. The juices which carry the matter capable of being organised, are in the progress of growth worked into solid parts, and the stem, as being the enduring and stronger portion of the vegetable, from year to year increases in mass, while the leaves, after they have for a certain time aided in this process, fall off, and are replaced by new ones. The whole of this system of growth, of- ten containing innumerable members, is ruled by the im- pulse of self-preservation, so long as flowering does not take place. With the approach of flowering, another higher life 20 264 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. is awakened in the plant, which becomes thereafter devoted no longer to the individual, but to the kind. In most cases the flower appears after the leaves, and on the stem and its _ branches above them. The process of flowering sets up immediately an action an- tagonistic to the formation of leaves, in so far, that it impedes or prevents their growth. One might thus say, that two different natures stand upon each other, a lower one devoted to the parent, and to the existence of the individual; and a higher one, which labours for the future, in as much as it prepares and completes the germ of new individuals. In carrying out, however, this last purpose, the plant makes use of the same organs as if employed in self-preservation, 7. e. it uses the stem and the leaves, yet in such way, that they become metamorphosed and subservient to the purposes of sexual action. The stem or twig, (the part which especially represents the tendency to growth in length,) is contracted in length and breadth. It becomes pedicle and peduncle. The other chief constituent of the upper growth, the leaf, is changed into anthers and pistil. Of these two parts, the so-named sexual organs of plants, the former exerts the male, the latter the female action. These two altered kinds of leaves form the flower, which is designed by the antago- nistical force of its parts to create a new individual, the seed. They, therefore, by their mutual operation, produce the germ or embryo. Between these altered leaves, which are necessary to reproduction, and the green unaltered leaves, we see in most cases a special ring of leaves, which are also transformed, viz. the flower, which is commonly composed of two forms of leaves, the sepals and the petals. They are to a certain degree preparatory forms, meant to introduce the highest and the last and most complete forms and actions in the plant. This whole system of transformed leaves arranged into one wonderful and beautifully arranged mass, the flower, is especially distinguished by a differ- The Sex and Generatiwe Organs of Plants. 265 ent colour and shape, and by a more delicate structure, from the green leaves; and the stalk, on whose summit it is arranged, differs from the common stalk,-in the pro- portionately smaller mass, and in the greater fineness and tenderness of its structure; in consequence of which, it does not last longer than the fruit, and in comparison with other branches, receives but small woody deposits. The leaves too of the calyx and of the corolla, the anthers and the pistil, are equally real leaves, just as the stalk of the flower is a real branch. Of these parts we can very often satisfy ourselves, from the so-called monstrous flowers, in which we see in different stages the metamor- phosis of the leaves into the parts of the flower, or from the case of the stalk, which we see sometimes grow on into a real branch with green leaves. While in the regular flowering of a plant, each of these transformations of a leaf takes place in a certain order of development, and suddenly and at once ; in such irregular cases, we find one or other of the same leaves in different stages of development, as partly green and partly coloured, and the whole succession of the different transformations in like manner disturbed. All this we often observe in cultivated plants, such as tulips and roses. The stalk, how- ever, in the process of formation of a flower does not by any means undergo such varied changes as the leaves ; neverthe- less it becomes a changed organ. Its most important con- dition is, as already remarked, that on the appearance of the flower leaves, the tendency to growth in length ceases in its stem and its branches. The stalk, so soon as the flowering process commences with the appearance of the calyx, becomes much shortened and contracted, so that it now only appéars a small knot among the leaves of the flower. This is the so-called receptacle. Thus then the stalk or twig completes with the appearance of the flower its growth in length. 266 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. But in the real leaves of the flower, the stamina, and the pistil, peculiar alterations take place, which require the appearance of new parts, of which there was not the least in- dication before. These are the pollen, which has been com- pared to human semen, and the ova. These two parts are to be looked upon as the most important portions of the generative organs in plants, and as their special male and female parts; the manner of their origin and of their mutual operation in order to produce off- spring, has of late years been investigated with most satisfac- tory results from the perfection of microscopic observations. To comprehend more distinctly the process of generation, we must yet cast a glance over the different parts of the leaf. We may assume that the original type of a com- pletely developed green leaf consists of three parts, the vagina, petiole, and lamina. The vagina, is the part by which the leaf is attached to the stem or branch. It embraces a part of the latter, and so far it is concave to- wards the inside, convex towards the outside. At its upper end, it terminates in the petiole, where all the vessels run closer together, and form a round or half-round body. From this point, the more ramified and finer vessels branch out in different directions, and while they are bound to each other by a few layers of cellular-tissue, they form the upper skin-like broadened portion, of the surface of the leaf, the lamina. This surface is, by means of its numerous openings, especially intended for the inspiration and expiration of air and vapours, and for increasing and preparing the nutritious juices. If now the leaf, altered by the higher impulse of re- production, takes on the nature of a flower leaf, its three or- ganic parts have other functions bestowed on them. The green leaf which is changed into a stamen looses commonly its vagina; its petiole becomes a filament: its Jaminais chang- ed into the anthers. In this last part the most important al- teration takes place ; the cellular tissue which lies between The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 267 the upper and under surface of the leaf, undergoes a pecu- liar swelling and puckering up, and the nutritious juice con- tained in it, runs together in each cell into a few, generally four excessively small granules. ‘These granules get more and more thickened, and form themselves into the pollen. The exceedingly delicate cells, called collenchyma, in which this new formation takes place, are by degrees absorbed, and at last disappear entirely, so that the small globules in the form of a very fine dust lie free between the layers of the anther, untilsat last after their pouch is torn, they issue out of their cavity, and commence their generative functions as male semen. If this pollen be now examined, we find that its granules, which form innumerable round elliptic or angular bodies, are small bladders formed of a double skin. The outer coat is the stronger, and is frequently evidently composed of very small cells ; nevertheless in this case also it is apparently to be regarded as a simple cell, whose surface is strengthened by a net-like thickening. ‘The inner coat touches the other on its inner surface, and is ex- ceedingly delicate, and almost transparent. ‘The outer coat has a considerable power of self-contraction, is at particular points provided with folds or pores, and at times separates it- self partially from the inner one. The latter is very thin, and on fecundation issues out at particular places ; namely, at the pores or folds of the outer skin. We now easily recognize that it is filled with a very delicate slimy fluid, in which exceedingly minute corpuscles of round or oblong form swim, moving themselves about frequently and actively. This delicate fluid (fovilla) corresponds to the fecunda- ting fluid in animal semen. The inner coat of the pollen granule lengthens itself in the act of fecundation into the form of an exceedingly fine transparent tube, which now continues its growth, until it has reached the part which we view, under the name of the vegetable ovum, as the future depository of the semen. 268 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. The ovum, however, is a product of that leaf of the flower, which has arisen in an entirely different way from the stamen, by a transformation of the common leaf, and which is described as the pistil or female organ. By this transfor- mation, the sheath (vagina) of the green leaf becomes the ovarium, or germen. ‘The midrib becomes the style, and the broad part or lamina, which is of the whole comparatively the most drawn together and changed, becomes the stigma. The pistil generally assumes the middle place in the flower, and completes the very wonderful palace of the plant. It is now in the ovaria that the ova develop themselves. They are generally found near the edge of the vaginal part, which we must imagine to ourselves as rolled toge- ther inwards, and grown together at its edges along its whole length, so that thereby a cavity is produced in which the ova are situated. This cavity either lengthens itself upwards through the equally hollow style towards the stigma, or it is here shut in by a fine cellular net which fills up the middle of the style. The stigma, the highest part of the pistil, appears in most cases in a form which differs materially from the broad por- tion of a leaf, of which it must be regarded as a transforma- tion. It is comparatively the smallest part of the pistil, often looks like a round little knot, and is commonly formed of cells closely packed on each other, without any distinct skin over the surface. The ova which are formed in the cavity of the ovaria, appear at first as very tender conical warts, and consist only of cellular tissue without vessels. We can, however, distinguish in them even before fecunda- tion a cell, which is remarkable among the other ones by its size and shape. ‘This is the so-called embryo sac. The ova themselves are called in this earliest stage the ovules. At their base, that is, where these little cellular warts issue from the pistil, there appear early one or two swollen looking rings, which by degrees lengthen themselves out in the The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 269 form of a cone-like membrane around the cone-like ovule, and towards its top, and at last only leave its point free and open. At this period the delicate fecundating tube of the pollen granule comes into contact with the ovules, reaching the embryo through the space left open by those thin cover- ings. This takes place either by the pollen grains falling of themselves on the stigma of the pistil, or by their being conveyed thither by the wind, by insects, or by other causes, by their fixing themselves on the stigma, and by lengthen- ing their delicate fecundating tubes through between the close packed cells of which it consists, down into the cavity of the pistil; or if it also is filled with cellular tissue, down between its individual cells to the ovum. In this process, the fecundating tubes often assume an extraordinary length as compared with their thickness, and in spite of their ex- ceedingly delicate organization, increase with immense rapi- dity in length. The cellular tissue in the style and along their course through the fruit downwards to the ova, is exceedingly close, delicate, and moist, and appears to support and nourish the fecundating tubes on their long journey, as they lengthen themselves. The outer membrane or skin of the pollen granule left behind on the stigma, becomes more thin and empty. The fine fluid in the fecundat- ing tubes, in which exceedingly small granules swim, in short the fovilla, shews itself in the liveliest motion during the penetration of the tubes to the ova. When the pol- len tube has once arrived at the ovum, it finds the al- ready described embryo sac ready to come into direct con- tact with it, and thus there probably results a transfusion of the fovilla into the embryo sac. We recognise at least after the pollen tube has entered into that cell, almost constantly, a muddiness in it, which is caused by a thick- ening of its contents z. e. by a cellular deposit. This fact has been observed by many botanists and by myself, and there is 270 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. no doubt regarding it. According, however, to one observer, Schleiden, this process takes place somewhat differently : for he says, that when it has arrived at the embryo sac, thé pollen tube sinks down in it, pushes it before it, and be- comes imbedded init. When the pollen tube has once come to lie in the sac, and when it has swelled out at its further end like a ball or an egg, it is supposed itself to become the new embryo. Regarding this last point, various opi- nions prevail among physiologists, and most of them have not expressed themselves decidedly on the Subject. But supposing Schleiden right, yet so much remains certain, that from the peculiar action of the pollen tube on the cell destined for its reception, it is converted into a seed, in as much as from the organisable contents of the pollen tube and embroyo sac, cellular tissue is gradually deposited and becomes more and more firm. That part of the pollen tube, which lies outside the embryo sac, or at some distance from it, withers up completely, its separated end blends with the embryo sac, or is absorbed and obliterated, and by progressive depositions, the individual parts of the embryo and its encircling albumen are formed. Those membranous envelopes which had grown round the ovule from beneath upwards, get harder by degrees ; this commonly happens in such a way, that the outer forms the external, and the inner the internal, integument. When these coverings close over the top of the ovum which was originally open, and its internal cellular structure deve- lopes itself, it becomes completed and is a seed. This process takes place in the vegetable kingdom with great variety, for sometimes more, and sometimes fewer, than two integuments of the skin are developed; the ovule separates itself in the greatest variety of ways, by consecutive layers of cellular tissue raised above each other, and at last escapes from the pistil, now become a fruit, and begins ‘the life of a new independent being. The foregoing are the most important The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 271 facts in the present state of our researches at least, regarding the generation of plants. The whole process forces us to the conclusion, that the formation of the seed takes place by means of very opposite antagonistical action in the conditions and organic force of certain parts. Undoubtedly fecundation and its sequelz take place very differently indeed in plants from the analogous process in animals. In the latter, the whole chain of the sexual process is lost in an organ which cannot be seen. The first beginning of the new animal springs suddenly into shape, while we had not before the slightest trace of it. On the contrary, in the growth of plants, their vegeta- ble matter is seen by us in its first, as well as its last, moments in corporeal and visible state of action. The union of the organizable matter in the plant with the mat- ter of the pollen tubes, the latter of which manifest their great degree of vitality and plastic power by the immense length to which they grow, takes place so as to be percep- tible to our sight with the aid of the microscope. The life of a plant is from its earliest moments visible to us, that of an animal commences where it cannot be seen. For these reasons, one may say, that the formation of a new plant is dependent on the union of two different kinds of vegetable matter, which have been refined by peculiar processes. In this case, the origin of a seed might be looked on as similar to various other appearances in the vegetable kingdom ; for instance, to reproduction in some small plants, which are looked on as sexless, and which are formed by several small bladders or nuclei filled with slime, which issue from two different plants, roll themselves together, and unite themselves into a larger nucleus, which has the property of sprouting and of growing into a new individual, On the other hand, this process may also be compared with that which takes place on the large scale, and much more plainly in grafts, eyes, &c. We cannot but acknowledge, that nature 2M 272 The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. in the reproduction of vegetables always acts on the same general plan, and that the process, although from its minute- ness verging on the border of what is not appreciable by our senses, yet never passes it. - In this respect the sexual antagonism in plants distin- guishes itself from sex in animals. In the animal kingdom, higher mental impulses, such as sensibility, inclination, will, influence sexual intercourse, and the several manifesta- tions do not by any means correspond in their appear- ance with the growth of the animal, but are all along regu- lated by a higher nature, and most intimately connected with mental emotions. On the contrary, the process of reproduction in a vegetable can only be looked on as a peculiar kind of growth. The same impulse, which rules vegetable life in all its other manifestations, that of increas- ing in length and in breadth, also operates from the begin- ning in the production of a plant. In that part, which we compare to the male organ in animals, an unusual activity in growth lengthwise develops itself. The pollen tube, is, in relation to its excessively small diameter, longer than the highest palm tree, or than any tree of the most gigantic proportions. In the ovum, which we regard as the analogue to the female organ in animals, a tendency to growth in breadth develops itself from the beginning, for it deposits one layer of cells round another, and thus in- creases the part in its dimension of breadth, just as the stem or branch of a tree does the same by the deposition of yearly rings. According to this view of the matter, the produc- tion of a seed is nothing but the peculiar union of growth, Jongitudinally and laterally in the smallest space, and there- fore, so to speak, of little corporeal importance, although accomplished by the highest degree of power and vitality. But the new vegetable life is satisfied with its corporeal endowments, and does not require more occult ones, it begins and ends with corporeal matters. We must never- SS PPCRE GEN RG Seu Gem Gea eee ! The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 273 theless remark that this process, this many-membered play of the corporeal form, this drama so rich in different acts and transformations, is under the dominion of a power inscru- table to us. From the first production of the infinitely small embryo in the seed of an acorn, till the period when after hundreds of years it stands before us in the gloom of the forest, and its gigantic proportions inspire us with awe, its life, and the life of every vegetable is ruled and directed by a forming mind: and this secret power meets us every where in the vegetable kingdom. It is in action, from its beginning to its end. We acknowledge that here a sublime riddle lies before us, and with reverential awe we draw ourselves back from it, and admire. H now we are to reduce this whole process of reproduction to its simplest expression, it appears to be the reciprocal action on each other of two peculiarly endowed cells. The cell of the ovule and that of the pollen tube, or extended inner cellular membrane of the pollen granule. The con- tents of the latter, the fovilla, that exceedingly fine granular mass surrounded with moisture, play here very much the same part as the so-called cellular nuclei do, in the pro- cess of growth. That is, a new cell is formed, (which must be admitted, as being the result of the latest investigation), in this way, that one of the small agglomerate mucus-like granules or little balls, the so-called cytoblast, enlarges itself, and becomes a new cell. Thus the production of a new Cell falls within the definition of a bud. Or in other cases, several of these little granules appear simultan- eouly to expand themselves into cells, and in such a case, their development from an originally simple nucleus may be compared to a separation and division into several parts. The organic elements of plants, by which these changes in growth and increase of substance are produced, are either themselves surrounded by a cell, which in the progress of development is absorbed by the part which grows after it, 274: The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. or they lie, as in the case of the Cambium or formation sap, outside cells that are already formed, environed by mucus and water. Just as we can trace the mode of the organic increase in the cells transformed to wood, so also can we the form and changes of the pollen granules which in their development and sexual functions appear as free and independent cells. But the embryos of sexless plants also develope themselves in a similar way within a larger or parent cell. Whatever, however, may be the mode in which the pollen tube acts on the cell about to be impregnated (ovule); whe- ther (according to Schleiden) it sinks down with its lower end into the cavity of this cell, or there is only at ransfusion of the pollen into the latter, the life. of the elements of the new plants always begins according to the universal forms of | growth. There is therefore a point of view, from which we can plainly see, that the formation of the new individual is subject to the laws of growth of the vegetable kingdom. This view receives much confirmation from the process of the formation of the embryos or sporules in several cryptogamia, such as fungi and conferve. The latter plants consist of long cylindrical tubes, which rest on each other like joints. They form new embryos, by bringing into union with each other two neighbouring tubes or threads at points opposite to each other, by means of an intermediate organ, like the step of a ladder, and bring together in this uniting organ their granular contents, and roll them up intoa large granule (the gongylus) which at last, when extricated from its tough coverings, is capable of sprouting out in the water, as a new individual. The comparison of the sexual process in vegetables with the original formation and development of an animal ovum shews us in a surprising way, that in the latter also the process of development, is quite the same. For the animal ovum is also originally a little bladder, provided with a so-called cellular kernel (cytoblast) whose growth begins ® The Sex and Generative Organs of Plants. 275 with the same process of thinning out, and the gradual enlargement of a small granule within it. We may there- fore say, with Schwann, that “a common principle of development presides over all the elementary parts of organized things.” And the commencement of vegetable formation under the influence of sex, appears to us only as a higher form of the universal process of develop- ment. At the same time we are only authorised to recognise in the highest and most complete vital actions, to which plants can raise themselves, that power, which forms them according to a definite form, or if we choose so to call it, the plastic soul.—Gelehrie Anzeigen, Miinchen, Nos. 136, 137, 138. Correspondence. Correction of the erroneous doctrine that the Snow lies longer and deeper on the Southern, than on the Northern aspect of the Hima- layas.—By Capt. T. Hutton. My pear Sir,—Previous to my ‘‘ Trip through Kunawar” in 1838, I had frequently heard it contended, that the snow lay longer, deeper, and farther down on the southern exposure of the Himalaya, than it was found to do on the northern aspect, and this doctrine having been supported by more than one traveller into these regions, has, I believe, at length been received by the scientific world as absolute fact. You may therefore easily imagine my astonishment, when crossing the higher Passes through Kunawur, Hungrung and Pitti (vulgo Spittee,) I found the actual phenomena to be diametrical- ly opposed to such a doctrine, and that the northern slopes invari- ably carried more snow than the Southern exposure.* Not wishing * The error we believe originated in the reports of Captain Webb, who sur- veyed the greater part of the Kemaon, and was adopted by Humboldt, in his celebrated treatise on isothermal lines, who endeavoured to account for it, by the supposed radiation of heat from the elevated plains of Thibet. We have been long conscious of the error here so well pointed out by Captain Hutton, in common with every one who visited the Himalayah.—Eb. 276 Snow on the Himalayas. entirely to rely upon my individual observations, I have since applied for information to my friend, Capt. J. D. Cunningham, who being lately deputed on a Political Mission to Thibet, passed a winter in Hungrung, and who fully corroborates my views. I have like- wise had access to the late Dr. Lord’s notes on the Hindoo Koosh, and find the phenomena observable on that part of the range, to be precisely similar to what I had myself witnessed in Kunawur. Dr. Lord, however, fully relying upon the accuracy of the published information, endeavours to give reasons why the facts of the case should on the Hindoo Koosh, be the reverse of those on the more Eastern Himalaya; but these facts having been misrepresented stand in no need of such explanation, and consequently Dr. Lord’s surmise on the subject must fall to the ground. The chief portion of the following notes was contained in my Journal of a trip through Kunawur, &c., furnished to the Asiatic Society, but was for some reason unknown to me, suppressed by the then Secretary, Mr. H. Torrens. As I am inclined to think that the clearing up of the question may be considered of some importance in a scientific point of view, I now send my observations for publication in your Journal. I wish more particularly to call attention to this subject, because it — has hitherto gone abroad to the public, that the snow on the Hima- laya lies longer and lower down on the southern face, than on the northern ; and as both my experience in this matter, and Dr. Lord’s remarks on the Hindoo Koosh are directly at variance with this reputed fact, I have ventured to quote the above-named gentleman’s words, and shall endeavour to remove what I have found to be an erroneous impression. « At the time of our visit,’ says Dr. Lord, ‘the snow which on the southern face extended, in any quantity, to a distance of not more than four or five miles, on the northern, reached eighteen or twenty, and ata subsequent period, November 9th, when I made an attempt to go into Turkistan by the Pass of Sir Ulung, and met with no snow until within ten miles of the summit, it actually on the northern face extended sixty miles, or nearly four days’ journey. This is a fact which forcibly arrested my attention, as the reverse is well known to be the case in the Himalayan chain, where snow lies lower down on the southern face than on the northern, to an extent Snow on the Himalayas. 277 corresponding with 4,000 feet in perpendicular descent. But the Himalaya and the Hindoo Koosh have the same aspect ; the same ge- neral direction ; lie nearly in the same latitude, and in fact are little other than integral parts of the same chain. The local circumstances, however, connected with each are precisely reversed. ‘The Himalaya has to the north the elevated Steppes of Central Asia, and to the south, the long low plains of Hindustan. Hindoo Koosh on the other hand, has to the south the elevated plains of Cabul and Koh-i-damun, _ between five and six thousand feet above the level of the sea, while to the north stretch away the depressed, sunken, and swampy flats of Turkistan.”’ Now it will readily be seen, that no just parallel can be drawn between the plains of Turkistan and those of the Bengal Presidency, for the latter are not ‘‘ sunken and swampy flats;” nor will the ele- vated Steppes of Central Asia, to the north of the Himalaya, bear @ moment's comparison with “the elevated plains of Cabul and Koh-i-damun.”’ Against the long received opinion, that the snow lies deepest on the southern face, I shall merely oppose the few facts which fell under my observation durmg my journey into Tartary, and now fully corroborated and confirmed by the testimony of Captain J. D. Cunningham. First then, it must be observed, that in the month of June when I crossed the Roonung Pass, the snow lay deepest and farthest down on the northern exposure. On the southern face of the mountains it was first met with at about 12,500 feet of elevation lying in large fields or patches, and uniting at about 13,000 feet into one broad unbroken sheet, from whence to the summit of the Pass, or 1,500 feet more, (the height of the Pass being 14,500,) it continued so, with the exception of about 50 feet at the crest, where on the southern face there was none atall. On the northern slope, on the contrary, it commenced at the very crest of the Pass, and continued in an unbroken sheet for fully two miles and a half, while beyond this for half a mile more, it was broken and lying in patches. The facts observable here are, therefore, greatly in favour of the northern face, for while the extent of snow is there estimated at three miles, that of the opposite exposure is but two thousand feet. 278 Snow on the Himalayas. Again, on the Hungrung Pass, rising behind Soongnum, the southern side had far less snow, both im respect to depth and extent than the northern face, down which it stretched nearly to the village of Hungo, or to a distance from the crest of the range of 3,600 feet in perpendicular descent. Again, in Pitti, (vulgo Spittee ) above Leedung, while the southern exposure of the Pass which rises behind the village to the height of 15,500 feet, was almost entirely free from snow, except immediately at the summit of the range, the whole northern face was buried deeply to some extent. On my return to Hungrung in July, the northern side still held patches of snow here and there, while the crests of the mountains were covered ;—but to the southward not a vestige of snow remained except far down the glen, where from the falling of repeated avalan- ches from above, a hard and solid mass had become wedged into an arch or bridge across the brawling torrent that descended from the Pass.. Opposite to this, and merely divided by the narrow valley in which stands the village of Soongnum, the northern aspect of Roonung still retained a broad and hardened belt of frozen snows along its crest, while to the southward not a trace of it remained. To the right of Soongnum towards Roopah, on the southern cliffs no snow remained at all, while those with the northern aspect were in most parts still deeply buried, as was also the northerly face of Manerung in Pitti. From these few facts it will appear, that contrary to the usual belief, the snow is retained longer on the northern than on the southern exposure, exactly corresponding with what Dr. Lord ob- served on the Hindoo Koosh ; and why indeed other than such a result should be expected, I am at a loss to divine. ‘The aspects nearly the same ; forming part and parcel of the same great range, surely the same phenomena in this respect might naturally be looked for. Taking it for granted, that the hitherto published accounts of these stupendous and interesting hills, were circum- stantially to be relied on, Dr. Lord endeavours, with some degree _ of plausibility, to give the why and wherefore of this difference by stating, that the local relations of the Himalaya and Hindoo Koosh are precisely reversed. The phenomena, however, having been mis- represented, his arguments will not hold good, and besides we shall Snow on the Himalayas. — 279 find that the inferences drawn by Dr. Lord are by no means correct, for although the high steppes of Central Asia stretch away to the northward of the Himalaya, the country immediately to the south- -ward of them by no means corresponds to the low and swampy tracts on the north of the Hindoo Koosh, between which and the plams of Hindustan he would seem to draw a parallel. The mountains south of the true snowy range, although perhaps gene- rally lower than its own elevated and rugged peaks, are still lofty, and considerably exceed the height of Cabul and Koh-i-damun, being for a distance of more than a hundred miles a mere confused series of mountains upon mountains, without any approach to plains or alluvial valleys, such as are interspersed between and characterise the hilly tracts of Affehanistan. Indeed it is moreover a fact, that to the south of the Roonung and Hungrung Passes, there are mountains of a very superior elevation to either of them, as for instance the Giant peaks of Ruldung, rising to the height of 22,000 feet above the sea, and consequently exceeding them by about 7,000 feet, or nearly one-half of their elevation, while at the same time they are more than three times the height of ‘‘ the elevated lands of Cabul and Koh-i-damun.” Thus it is evident, that no parallel can be drawn between the southern hilly aspect of the Himalaya, and the northern swampy flats of Turkistan; for the former actually far exceed in elevation even the southern aspect of the latter mountains. Nor can any fair comparison be made between the northern steppes of the Himalaya and the southern elevated plains of the Hindoo Koosh, for while the steppes of the north are as high (7f not more so) as a great portion of what appears as the snowy range, the plains of Cabul and of Koh-i-damun are on the contrary not more than one-third of the height of the Hindoo Koosh. But the same points which are here insisted on as facts are observable at Simla, without travelling even to the snowy range for proofs, for it is notorious to all who have visited the Hills, that the snow lies longest on the northern face of Mount Jacko, than on any other part of it; and in the summer of 1836, after the severe snow storm which the place experienced in spring, snow was procurable on the northern exposure even on the 10th May, while iyom every other aspect it had disappeared weeks before. Qn 280 Snow on the Himalayas. The same facts are well known likewise at Mussoorie, where the northern slopes are invariably longer covered than any others. It may be said in this latter instance, that the proximity to the plains will not permit the snows to lie long upon the southern exposure, and no doubt this is in a great measure true, but it militates only the more against the arguments adduced by Dr. Lord and others, since according to them, the plains are the cause, or rather furnish the causes, which produce the phenomena they contend for, and which I am endeavouring to refute. ‘The southern course of the sun during the season of snows ought also to weigh in favour of my argument, for it can scarcely ever’ shine upon the northern face during winter for any length of time; and certainly only for the short- est portion of the day even in summer; and, as it is an indisputable fact, that frost commences again in those high regions the moment the sun’s rays are withdrawn, or are screened from the northern heights, it stands to reason, and, I repeat, the fact, that the snows should lie longer on the northern, than on the southern exposure. Another argument also in favour of the snow on the northern side, appears to be furnished in the occurrence of dense forests and vege- tation along the southern slopes, while they are nearly altogether wanting on the northern face. Whatever may be the cause of this difference, it is certain that where forests and luxuriant vegetation abound, a greater degree of humidity must be engendered than where: no vegetation exists, for plants are known to attract humidity ; and again the very occurrence of vegetation must prove a degree of mois- ture in the atmosphere, for without it they could not flourish. Now the damper the climate, the less likely is the snow to be deep, or to lie long, while the drier it is, the less likelihood is there of its melting. Forests, however, not only attract humidity, but exer- cise otherwise a material influence on the districts in which they oc- cur, by raising the temperature and warding off inclement gales, and therefore snow would continue a shorter time in a well wooded and sheltered country than in one which was comparatively barren. Such should be the case then, in the Himalaya, whose northern and southern aspects correspond in a great measure to such circum- stances. ‘The snows too, are known to melt most readily during the period of the monsoon, when they are dissolved chiefly by the heavy Snow on the Himalayas. 281 falls of rain. Now the monsoon does not extend to the northern as- _ pect of the Himalaya, and may indeed be said to cease altogether on the Cis-Himalayan or southern face, not even reaching positively and decidedly to Roonung or Hungrung, although no doubt exer- cising some influence on them. While the rain therefore would exercise comparatively little influence on the northern snows, the humidity and exhalations which would naturally be induced along the belt of southern forests over which the rain was falling, would operate powerfully in reducing the amount of snow on the Cis- Himalayan exposure. ! Although the village of Chini, in Kunawur, has hitherto been considered to be beyond the influence of the monsoon, it is neverthe- less within it, and on my return from Pitti in July, I fell in with mists and light rains more than two marches beyond that point. Dense mists and clouds came rushing up from the south through the break in the Himalayan chain, caused by the valley or glen of the Sutluj, and these mists had caused the disappearance of all snow from southern aspects, while portions still remained on the north, although daily diminishing in quantity. This continues until towards the conclusion of the monsoon, when falls of snow again commence over the more elevated tracts in September, and accumulate with occa- sional thaws until the return of summer. To the foregoing proofs, I shall now add the lately received corro- borative testimony of Captain Cunningham. ‘The first communica- tion on the subject was dated from Leo, on the Spittee river, April 6th 1842, and is as follows: ‘“‘ I was at Chooret during the coldest part of the year, about 12,000 feet above the sea, continual snow and blow, but as I was in a ravine I never saw the thermometer at sunrise below minus 11°. I have since the middle of February been moving about within small limits, partly for the sake of variety, though that’s not much amid a monotonous desolation, and partly for the facility of procuring wood and supplies. In this country a southerly wind and the sun together kept slopes with a southern exposure, and 12 and 13,000 feet high, quite clear of snow, (except when it was ac- tually snowing,) and this too towards the end of January, and beginning of February, or I may say at all times, (for the gusts of wind were most furious, and until I devised certain remedies, I used 282 Snow on the Himalayas. to be half smothered in my hill tent.) On the northern slopes the snow accumulated, and in narrow dells it may have been hundreds of feet deep. On northern exposures too, extensive slips of pure snow take place, and bury houses and bridges over the Sutlej occasionally, and small streams in hundreds of places. Here I am about 9,000 or 9,500 feet high, wind generally southerly, no snow whatever on southern slopes within 15 or 16,000 feet, apricot trees budding ; but on northern slopes and in hollows abundance of snow.” The second letter is dated from Shalkur on the Pittee river, August 7th, 1842 and is as follows: “ About the snow lying longer on the southern slopes of hills (hereabouts) what more can I say? In February (10th and 11th) this year, I made a march of 15 miles from Chooret on the Para to Chungo on the Pittee. In get- ting up the northern slopes the snow was, I don't know how deep. On reaching the summit of a Pass I found no snow, nor did I find any on the southern slopes; except in hollow portions or tolerably flat bits. The highest Pass on the road is per- haps 13,500 or nearly 14,000 feet. The effect is attributable partly to the violent southerly winds which blow during December, January and February, and partly to the sun’s rays. In the beginning of May, in coming from Nako to Chungo in Hungrung, I found no snow on the southern, eastern or western slopes ; but on some northern ones which were steep, there was snow three and four feet thick ; eleva- tion about 11,500 feet. At Shalkur up to the middle of June the snow lay on the northern sides of the gullies or ravines of the hills ; and when out shooting, I have had much difficulty in crossing them ; elevation 11,000 to 11,500 feet. I was informed also, that the northern slopes of the Hungrung Ghat, between Soongnum and Hungo in Kunawur, had some snow until the middle of June. On the southern face it had melted six weeks before, except in hollow places. Just now (August 7th) there is no snow on western slopes of hills 17,000 feet high, but there are a few patches on the northern slopes. The southern and eastern slopes of these particular hills I can’t see. You can make what use you please of the above—they are facts.” Thus I think it will now be apparent to any unprejudiced mind, that the hitherto received accounts are erroneous, and that contrary Falco-Rufipedoides, Dhutt-Dhuter of India. 283 to the usual opinion, the snow of the Himalayas lies longer and deeper on the northern, than it does on the southern exposure. Mussooree, 29th March, 1843. Letter from a Correspondent on the Falco-Rufipedoides, Dhuti- Dhuter of India. One of your correspondents has requested me to state what are the Indian Falcons, called Dhooti and Karjoona, and whether either of them is the Falco Subbuteo of Europe. In compliance with his request, I beg to state through your Journal, pro bono publico, that neither of these Indian names is applicable to Subbuteo, which species seems to be unknown in the plains, and is rare in the hills. In several years I have procured only two specimens, a fine female measured 12 inches and half in length: bill to the gape a tail 53, closed wing 102%. ‘Tarse to sole 14. Central toe and nail less 13. Hind = Its structure, typical of Falco, and its colours agree with those of the European Subbuteo. Wings equal to tail, with the 2nd quill rather longer than the Ist, which latter alone is notched, and sharply so, about 14 inch from its tip: tail rounded: tarse bi- scutellate to the front ; reticulate to sides and rear : toes long, unequal, slender, typically falconine, with the acropodia almost wholly scutellate. Talons medial, unequal, acute; the inner and hind largest. This bird is blackish, slaty above and rufescent-luteous below: Ears and moustache blackish. Throat and neck in front immaculate : breast and flanks broadly streaked down middle of plumes with blackish ; thighs more narrowly : alars and caudals internally with frequent pale bars : bill plumbeous, cere and legs greenish-yellow, claws black. The Karjoona of India is Faleo-Rufipes, distinguished structurally by its devious and small toes and talons, so like to Tinnunculoides. Its wings are equal to its tail, which is full sized and rounded. It is slaty black above, slaty grey below, the belly and vent deep ochreous red, cere and legs orange red: bill yellow horn : talons pale and equal in size. It is from 11 to 12 inches long, wing 82'to 92, the female very much resembles Subbuteo in colour, but may be known at once _ by lesser size, and by its smaller digits and pale equal talons. 5 284: Faleo-Rufipedoides, Dhuti- Dhuter of India. The Dhuti (Mas Dhuter) is unknown, I think, to English or other systematic writers, I called it, some years back, Rufipedoides, from its resemblance to Rufipes, which, however, is chiefly in the colours and size: for in. structure it most resembles Subbuteo, its peculiar or own specific marks being a short subfurcate tail, and wings very long, exceeding the tail im the quiescent attitude. Its bill is rather larger than that of Subbuteo or of Rufipes, and its feet exceed the size even of those of the former, though otherwise quite like them. In size it is smaller than either of those birds, length 103 inch (Mas); bill to gape ae to brow, a tail 43, wing 8. to 9, tarse 12. C. toe and nail 12. Hind less 1. Above, including the whole cheeks, dark slaty blue, below clear ochreous red: alars and caudals internally with 9 to 10 rufescent bars and dark tips, shafts of plumes dark: cere, orbitar, skin and legs reddish yellow, bill plumbeous, nails black and unequal, inner and hind largest. May, 1843. Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal, (corrected to end of 1841,* first printed in 1832.) O. Homo Sapiens.—Mass of population belongs to Kalmuc subdivision of the Great Mongolian stirps, with some admixture of Indian stock. In the Zarai and low valleys of the hills, are some traces of aborigines of Southern race, like the Bheels, Coles, &c. These latter are denominated Thar, Denwar, Durre, Manjhe, and Brahmoo. Besides all these, there are some scattered half savage tribes in the Hills, living nearly in a state of nature. They are called Kusoonda-chepinga-Hayoo and Soomvar, and have languages and physiognomy peculiar to themselves. They seem to be the fragments of an aboriginal race of southern origin displaced by the present Transnivean population. That population consists of the following tribes speaking divers and now strong- ly marked dialects, the Khas, the Magar, the Newar, the Limbu, the Lapcha, the Kirantee, the Cachari, or Cis-Himalayan Bhotia. * Reprinted from the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, with corrections and additions up to the end of 1843 by Mr. Hodgson.—J. M. Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 285 The languages and forms of these tribes demonstrate their essentially Northern stock or race; but some of them, and most so the Khas, have been much mixed with the Brahmanical or - modern Indian family. The Newars also have received a copious infusion from the South. The two historical events which brought the southern into the Sub-Himalayas, are, 1st the perse- cution of the Buddhists by the Brahmans; 2d of the latter, by the Mahomedans. The Khas are now the dominant and military tribe; the other soldier tribes are the Muggar and Gurung. N. B.—As to location, the following initial letters signify as follows :— H. is habitat, and G. after it is general, that is, both Tarai and all three regions of the hills. lL. is lower hilly region. C. is central hilly region, and N. is northern hilly region. T. is Taraz and saul forest, or the plains at the base of the mountains. For a general sketch of features and charac- ter of the above four regions, see Catalogue as first printed apud Journal, Asiatic Society. QUADRUMANA. SIMIADZ. 1. Semnopithecus necnon Cercopithecus.—Gen. ch. nobis. Facial angle 45 to 50: face flat: nose short with long narrow lateral nares : limbs long: thumbs small, remote: no cheek pouches: 5th tubercle on last molar present or absent: callosities large : canines variable, large: only in grown males: stomach sacculat- ed and banded as well as intestines: tail very long, commonly tufted, and exceeding the length of the animal. Agile, grave, gregarious, not docile. 1. Sp. new, schistaceus nob. (Nipalensis of former catalogue, see remark at end.) Darker and more uniform in hue than Entellus, and stouter built like Maurus. I think there may prove to be two species. - H. T. and L. more rarely. C. and N. even. 2-3. Macacus? Pithexz, Nob.—Gen. ch. nob. Facial angle 50: muzzle not elongated. Callosities and cheek pouches large. Buttocks often nude. Structure compacter, but generally like that of Semnopithecus ; limbs shorter, thumbs larger, orbits more salient, head rounder, canines similarly variable, nares shorter, rounder and more terminal. Stomach simple. Coecum and rectum saculat- ed. Tail equal to half the length of the animal. Agile, lively, gregarious, familiar, and docile. 2. Sp. new. Oinops et Pelops, nob. H. of the first, T. L. and C.—of the second, N. 286 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. VESPERTILIONID. RHINOLFHINE. 4. 8. Rhinolphus.—5 Sp. new. Armiger, et Tragatus, et Subbadius, et Macrotis, et Perniger. Nob. H. C. so far as known. PTEROPINE. 9, 10. Pteropus.—2 Sp. new. Leucocephalus et Privorus, Nob. The first is alleged to be identical with Medius Auct. H T. passengers in hills. VESPERTILIONINE. 11.15. Vespertilio.—5 Sp. new. Formosa, Fuliginosa, Pallidiventris, Mu- ricola, et Labiata Nob. H. C. so far as known. FERG VEL CARNIVORA. Fevipa, genus—FrEwis, subgenera. 16. 22. Felis—7. Sp. Tigris, Pardus, Leopardus, Auct; et Macroceloides, Pardochrous,* Viverriceps et Murmensis, Nob. (Viverriceps is identical with Viverrinus Auct.) Of 1, 2, 3. H. G.; of 4, 5, 7. C.; of 6. T. but Leopards are nearly confined to the hills. 23. Lynchus.—1. Sp. new. Erythrotus, Nob. apparently identical with F. Chaus Auct. H. G. Canipz&, genus—Cants, subgenera. 24. Canis.—l. Sp. domestic, two varieties of the Mastiff and two of the Terrier of Tibet; the Pariar of the plains, and cross-breeds with the first ; of 4 first H. N. ; of rest, G. 25. 26. Vulpes.—2. Sp. Indicus, Nob, et Montanus, Pearson. Indicus is apparently identical with Bengalensis, Necnon Kookri, H. of first T ; of second, C. and N. 27. Sacalius, Smith, Oxygotis, Nob.—Jackall, 1. Sp. Indicus, Nob. var. of Aureus? H. G. rare in hills. Common in the great populous valley of Nepal proper, seldom seen elsewhere. 28, Cuén Nob.—General structure and dentition of Canis, but molars Zaonly, the 2d tubercular being deficient. Odour and aspect of the last. Head blunter. Tail and ears large. Teats 12 to 14. Venatory, gregarious, does not burrow. * These are Macrocetis and Nipalensis of prior Catalogue ; but both species appear to be new, and have been so pronounced by excellent authority. The brilliant Pardine hues of the latter are an invariable and distinctive attribute; as also in our Prionodon Pardicolor, its analogue and representative. Pe ol. Oo. 30. 36. 09. 40. 45. 46. 48. 52. Dod. Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 287 1. Sp. Cuon Primzvus Nob. type.—Canis Primevus of Bengal. Asiatic Society's Transactions, (subsequently named the type. Chryszeus by Smith.) H. L. C. and N. MUSTELID. VIVERRINE. 30. Herpestes.—2 Sp. new. Nigula Auct. Griseus, Auct.? et Auropi unctatus Nob. The latter is alleged to be identical with Edwardsi. Auct. H. T. and C. respectively. Viverra Auct.* Size large, robust habit, never climbs, thumb not remote, nails obtuse. 2. 2. Sp. new. Melanurus et Civettoides, Nob. H. G. - Viverricula, Nob.—Size small, scansorial, habit vermiform, nails more or less raptorial, and thumb remote, pouch as in Viverra. 4, 2.—Sp. Indica et Rasse Auct. H. T. Prionodon.—1. Sp. new. Pardicolor Nobis, H. C. and N. 38. Paradoxurus.—3 Sp. new. Hirsutus, Nepaiensis, et Laniger, H. T. C. N. respectively. N. B.—First possibly identical with Bondar, but has mo dark lines on the body. Ailurus.—1 Sp. Fulgens Auct. the Wah, H. N. MustTELINz. 4. Mustela.—5 Sp. M. Erminea Auct. and four new, viz. Canigula et Sub. Hemachalanus et Calotis et Auriventer vel Cathia, Nob. H.C. Martes.—1. Sp. Flavigula Auct. H. C. 47, Aonyx.—2. Sp. Horsfieldii et Indigitata mihi, H. C. and N. 51. Lutra.—4 Sp. Nair Auct. and 3 new. Tarayensis, Monticola, et Aurobrunnea, Nob. H. of first is T.; of 2 next, L. and C. Helictis.—1. Sp. new. Nipalensis, Nob. (alleged to be identical with Helictis moschautus of Gray, and also with Gulo Orientalis of Horsfield.) H. L. Mesobema (olim Urva) Nob.—Teeth as in Herpestes, but blunter; structure and aspect precisely mediate between Herpestes and Hilictis. On either side the anus, a large, hollow, smooth-lined gland secreting an aqueous foetid humour, which the animal ejects posteally with force. No subsidiary glands, nor any unctuous fragrant secretion. Teats 6, remote and ventral ;. * These are differential characters merely, and are ours. See Viverricula. 20 288 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. orbits incomplete. Parietes of the scull tumid, with small cristze. Snout elongated and mobile. Subplantigrade. 1. Sp. M. Cancrivora, Nob. type: the Gulo Urva of Asiatic Journal, Nob. H. L. and C. This type 1s allied to Crossarchus and represents Nasua of America. It is nearer to Hilictis than to Herpestes, all points considered, and belongs rather to the Arctogalide than to the Cynogalide of H. Smith. UrRsIn«&. 54. Ursitaxus, Nob.—Molars a — of ursine flatness almost on the crown, but the last above tanerens and less than the carnassial tooth. Aspect and size of Taxus. No ears; coarse scant hair; anal glands as in Mydaus. Genital organ bony, and annulated spirally. Typically plantigrade and fossorial. Carnivorous. Teats 4 in a transverse parallelogram. 1. Sp. Inauritus Nob. type. H. L. N. B.—This form I still think is erroneously sought to be identified with. Ratelus Mellivorus, alias Mellivora Ratelus of Africa. 55-6. Ursus.—2. Sp. Tebetanus et Isabellinus Auct. H. of first is C. second N. 57. Prochilus.—1. Sp. Labiatus Auct. H. T. SORECIDA. 58. 60. Erinaceus.—3. Sp. Spatangus, Collaris, et Grayii Auct. H. C. 61-4. Sorex.—4 Sp. Indicus Auct. et Pygmzeus et Soccatus et Nemori- vagus Nob. H. G. 65. Talpa—t\. Sp. new. Micrurus Nob.* H. C. and N. UNGULATA. PAcHYDERMES. 66. Hlephas.—1. Sp. Indicus Auct. two varieties. Isodactylus et He- terodactylus Nob. H. T. 67. Ehinoceros.—1 Sp. Indicus Auct. H. T. ANAPLOTHERES. 68. Sus.—1 Sp. S. Schophra Auct. the wild Boar, two varieties, Aipomus, et Isonotus Nob. H. G. * Specific character uniform velvet black, with silvery grey, gloss iridescent when moist; nude snout feet, and tail, fleshy pink; the last very minute; structure otherwise typical. ae a8) Snout to rump 4% inches, Head 13. Tail ié Palma and nails %. Planta and nails = Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 289 EDENTATES. 69. Manis.—1 Sp. new. Auritus Nob. (alleged to be identical with the common Indian type, or Pentadactylus.) H. G. RUMINANTES. Bovine. Genus Bos, Subgenera ? 70. Bos.—Cranium moderate, proportional, or without excess in the - cerebral or facial region; frontals shorter than the face, flat, and not broader than long. Occipital plane of the scull quadran- gular, never arched along the culminal line, nor indented by the temporal fossz, smaller much than the frontal plane and forming an acute angle therewith. Horns attached to the highest line of the forehead, rounded, moderate, curved up or down or forward; 13 pairs of ribs; no true dorsal ridge, but sometimes a fleshy hump ; dewlap and muzzle large and square. 1 Sp. and type, Bos Domest : Nipalese varieties of. H. G. N. B.—These Bovine characters are all ours. See Journal Asiatic Soc. 71. Bibos Nobis.—Cranium large, massive, exhibiting preponderance of the frontal and cerebral portion over the facial; frontals as long as the face, concave, broader than long, and surmounted by a large salient crest ascending above the highest bases of the horns. Occipital plane of the scull spheroidal, very large, larger than the frontal plane, deeply indented in its centre by the temporal fossee, and forming an acute angle with the frontal plane. Horns attached below the highest line of the frontals, massive but short, ovoid or subtrigonal, and curving ascendantly ; thirteen pairs of ribs; a true dorsal ridge co-exten- sive with the ribs and terminating abruptly ; dewlap and muzzle small; period of gestation longer than in Bos. 1 Sp. and type. Bibos Cavifrons: probably the Bos Gaurus of authors. H. T. N. B.—Gaveus, an aberrant species leading to Bos? Possibly the 5th type of Bos Genus. 72. Bison._—Cranium moderate, depressed, inclining to Bubaline forms in the excess of the facial portion over the frontal, and in the rounding off of the frontals into the occiput ; frontals decidedly broader than long, more or less convex, and forming an obtuse 290 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. angle with the semi-circular or trigonal occiptal plane, which is strongly ridged by the parietes at its summit, is smaller than the frontal plane, and moderately indented. Horns attached rather in advance of the parietal apex of the cranium, small, rounded, curving ascendantly, or out of the horizontal ; 14 or 15 pairs of ribs ; a true dorsal ridge, but confined to the withers, and termi- nating posteally in a gradual slope; dewlap none; muzzle small. Types B. Americanus et Poephagus. i. Sp. Poephagus, in Nepal. H. N. and also Tibet. 73. Bubalus.—Cranium large, elongate, compressed or narrow, dispro- portional, exhibiting great excess (a 3rd) in the facial over the frontal or cerebral portion; frontals short, narrow, convex, usually forming an obtuse angle with the occipital plane, which is large and circular in proportion to the obtuseness of that angle, and to the consequent rounding off of the culminal line of separation ; parietals merged, not ridged as im the last, nor culmenal. Horns attached to the ends of the highest line of the scull, always exceeding in length that of the cranium, and usually greatly so, depressed, strictly trigonal, and neither as- cending nor descending, but directed horizontally backwards ; thirteen pairs of ribs; no true dorsal ridge nor fleshy haunch ; muzzle large and square ; dewlap medial. 1. Sp. and type, Bubalus Arna, foem. Arnee, two varieties. Macrocerus, et Speirocerus, Nob. H. T. ANTELOPIDH VEL CaPRID&. 74-5. Antelopa.—2 Sp. Cervicapra Auct. et Bennettii Auct ? Bharatensis, Nob. Vulgo, the Chouka or Ravine Deer. It seems to be iden- tical with Africana Auct. H. T. 76. Pantholops Nob.—Molars z incisors erect, strong and rectilinearly ranged. Horns with clear sinus in cores, long, slender, erect, subly- rate, inserted between the orbits, compressed, nodose, and ap- proximated at their bases. Large inguinal purses. No subor- bital sinus. Nose ovine, bluff and hairy. Large intermaxillary pouches. or subsidiary nostrils. Knees simple. Ears pointed, short. Tail short, full. Hoofs low, broad and padded with large interdigital pores. Size, habits, and general aspect of Antelopa et Gazella. Females hornless, with lesser inguinal purses, and two teats. Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 291 1—Sp. new, and type Antelope Hodgsonii of Abel; the Chiru of Tibet. H. N. transnivem.* 77. Tetracerus.—1 Sp. Chickara necnon Quadricornis Auct. Chousingha of Hindoos. dH. -T. 78. Nemorhcedus.—1 Sp. Proclivus vel Thar Nob. H. C. and N. Large interdigital and suborbital sinus. 79. Kemas.—1 Sp. Goral Hardw. Large interdig. but no suborb sinus. 80-1. Capra, wild.—1 Sp. C. Ibex, Himalayan variety ; and tame; two varieties of the common Goat and two of the Shawl Goat; or 1, Sinal; 2, Doogoo; 3, Changra; 4, Chapoo. H of 1, is N.; of 2, 3, C.; of 4, 5, N. and Tibet. 82. Hemitragus Nob.—General structure, and odour, habits horns of Capra, but having a small moist muzzle and four teats in the females ; no suborbital or interdigital pores. H. N. 1.—Sp. and type, Capra, Quadrimammis vel Jharal Nob. C. Jem- laica of H. Smith ? N.B.—Mr. Ogilby has unwisely confounded this type with his Kemas, the characters of which group were, by the bye, first correctly stated by myself, as were those of Hemitragus. The Goral or type of Kemas has, (besides a. larger muzzle than that of Jharal,) interdigital pores ; the Jharal or type of Hemitragus has none, wherefore Mr. Ogilby was especially bound by his own principles not to confound the two.t 83-4. Ovis, wild.—2 Sp. new, Ammonoides Nob et Nahur Nob; and four tame varieties; viz. the Hania, Barwal, Cago, and Silingia. H. of 1, 2, is N.; of 3, N., of 4, 5, 6, C. CERVIDE. Genus Carvus—Subgenera. 85. Cervus.—l1 Sp. Elaphus of the Saul forest possibly a distinct species, Affinis Nob. Mool or chief. Bara Singha of Hindoos. H. T. 86. Pseudo-cervus Nob.—Tail nearly obsolete.- Horns branches at the base as in Cervus, above as in Rusa, and qua-drifurcate, size smaller. 1 Sp. Cervus Wallichii Auct. type. Gyana mriga. N. B.—Alleged to be identical with Affinis, but quite erroneously. H. N. 87. Rucervus Nob.—Aspect and size mediate between Elaphus and Hip- pelaphus. Muzzleremarkably pointed. Horns moderate, smooth, * Belongs properly to the Zoology of Tibet, of which see separate catalogue lately published. + Horns round, ringed and black, and horns angular, keeled grey and nodose, are yet and certainly diagnostics of the Antelopes and of the Goats, and by these respective marks also are -Goral and Jharal assigned to the one and the other group. The intense caprine odour of the Jharal is a most important mark unerringly diagnostic. 292 Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. pale; one forward basal process on each beam; no median ; sum- mit branched as in Elaphus. Canines in males only. N. B.—These subgeneric characters are ours, and are confessedly frailly based, but not less so than the admitted distinctions. The whole family requires reconstruction. 1—Sp. new, Cervus Elaphoides Nob. The Baraiya. H. T. (This is identical with the C. Duvacellii of Cuvier.) 88-90. Rusa.—Canines in both sexes. No interdigital pores. Heavily maned. Horns with one basal, and one superior, process thick- dark, and peraled. 3.—Sp. new, Jaraya, et Nepalensis, et Hete, rocerus Nob. Samber and Jerrow. N. B. Jaraya probably identical with Hippelaphus et Aristotelis Hetero- cerus, alleged to be so with Niger of Buchanan: but Niger where printed, H, T. and L. 91-3. Axis —3. Sp. Ist Cervus Axis Auct. or Axis Major Nob. 2nd Axis Minor, Lesser spotted Deer Nobis, and 3rd Axis Procinus. Smith H. T. The Chittra, Laghuna and Para respectively. 94. Stylocerus. 1 Sp. new, Ratwah, Nob. The Kaker and Barking Deer of Europeans. Probably identical with the insular type or Cervus Muntjac. H. T. L. and C. Interdigital pores in hind feet only. Moscuip/&. 95-7. Moschus.—No interdigital, suborbital and oringuinal pores, caudal and preputial oderiferous glands.—3. Sp. new, Leucogaster, Chry- sogaster, et Saturatus, Nob. N.B.—Saturatus is probably identical with the Moschatus of Linneus. H. N. and Tibet. 98. Moschiola.—1. Sp. new, Mimenoides Nob. Vulgo Bijay. H. T. SoLIPEDES. 99. Equus.—1. Sp. Several small tame Himalayan and Trans-Hima- layan varieties. H.N. and Tibet. See Tibet Catalogue. Ropentia. Muripaz. 100. 5. Mus, Rats.—6 Sp. Rattus Auct.? Rottoides Nob. Decumanus Auct.? Decumanoides Nob. Nemorivagus, et Nitidus, et Hy- drophilus, et Niviventer Nob. H. C. and N. so far as known. 106. 9. Musculus Nob. Mice.—4 Sp. new, Cervicolor, Dumecolus, Nipalensis, et Dubius Nob. H. C. and N. so far as known. 110. 11. Arvicola? Neotoma ?—2. Sp. new, Pyctoris, et Myothrix Nob. also probably the Hydrophilus introduced above. H. C. and N. Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. 293 111. Arctomys.—1. Sp. new, Himalayanus Nob. H. N. and Tibet. 13. Rhizomys.—2. Sp. new, Badius Nob. H. L. and C. SCIURIDA. 114. 16. Sciurus.—3. Sp. new, Macruroides, Locria, et Locroides Nob. H. L. C. and N. indifferently. 117. 20. Sciuropterus—4. Sp. new, Magnificus, et Chrysotrix,* et Senex, et Alboniger. H. L. C. and N. rarely L. 121. Aystrix.—1. Sp. new, Nipalensis Nob. Leucurus. Auct.? H. G. 122. 3. Lepus.—2. Sp. new, Aryabertensis, et Oiostolus Nob. H. of 1st, G.; or 2nd N. and Tibet. (Aryavertta, classic name for Hindoos, more proper than Madhyades, which is the locale of our Sp. as Deccan is of Nigricollis. Macrotis better suits another Sp.) Our first Sp. is like Ruficauda, and our second, Tibetanus of Vigne. N. B.—These are the Indicus, et Quomodius of former catalogue; but several local names are now dropt. 124. Lagomys.—1. Sp. Nipalensis Nob. H. N. and Tibet. In all 124 species, of which probably 55 to 60 are new. Their de- scriptions, with four or five exceptions only, are to be found in the Jour- nal of Bengal Asiatic Society, and in that of Mr. McClelland. The re- maining four or five yet unpublished are forthcoming shortly. The cata- logue is considerably enlarged since it was last published in Lin. Trans. A. D. 18388. Some uncertainty still hangs over the intimate structure of the murine animals, but all the rest have been carefully allocated in the modern genera after full examination of their conformation, while their special habitats have been determined upon accurate information. I have lately seen a critique by Mr. Ogilby of my labours in this department, but I cannot say it is distinguished by much candour. It is well known, that when Mr. Ogilby wrote, several successive cata- logues of mine, embodying the improving results of new information, and greater skill in the appreciation of it, existed; and had Mr. Ogilby consulted the whole of these, according to their dates, he might have spared a great part of his censorial remarks. Let Mr. Ogilby consult the very first catalogue, and he will find, that most of his identifica- tions of my so-called new species, with others recorded by authors, had been priorly indicated by myself. Let Mr. Ogilby have patience, and he will still find that several of these species are really new. With re- gard to Semnopithecus Entellus, Papio Rhesus, Cercopithecus Radia- tus, Manis Macrourus, Cervus Equinus, not I, but the late Mr. Bennett, * Chrysotrix. MS. General size characters and Colours of magnificus, but with a pale golden ‘yellow stripe down the spine. Senex rather less; of much paler hues chesnut mixed with canes- ent ; head pepper and salt hue since published. See As, Journal. 294: Classified Catalogue of Mammals of Nepal. is answerable for the errors committed, where such there be, as I have letters of his to prove ; and so too, for the misappropriation in reference to Felis Viverrinus. Of that species, my specimens had reached London before Mr. Heath’s, and been seen by Mr. Bennett, who had suggested to me the Viverrine likeness, which I was contending was confined to the head;. when to my surprise, for Mr. Bennett was in general singularly fair and courteous, suddenly appeared the description of a novelty ascribed to Mr. Heath. Mr. Gray (apud Hardwicke) had mean- while justly given the discovery of the species to me, though he retain- ed Mr. Bennett’s name for it; but as that name conveyed a false analo- gy, I have chosen to adhere to my own. In short, Mr. Ogilby’s cri- tique is rather too much like a comment on the well-known text, ‘ Wo- betide the researcher, who presumes to judge of his own stores.” Extract from the Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. «“ Aylmer Bourke Lambert, Esq., the last survivor of the original mem- bers of the Linnean Society, and for nearly fifty years one of its Vice- Presidents, was born at Bath on the 2nd of February, 1761. His father, Edmund Lambert, Esq., of Boyton-House, near Heytesbury, Wilts, married Bridget, daughter of the last Viscount Mayo and his only sur- viving child, through whom Mr. Lambert inherited the family property and the name of Bourke. He was educated at St. Mary’s Hall, in the University of Oxford, and attaching himself early in life to botanical pursuits, joined the Linnean Society at its foundation, and became one of its warmest friends and promoters. In 1791 he also became a Fellow of the Royal Society. On succeeding to his paternal estate, he was enabled to indulge his taste for botany more freely, and laboured with great ardour and suc- cess to increase his herbarium, which at length acquired the character of being one of the most valuable and important private collections in existence, Of this herbarium, and of the several collections from which it was chiefly formed, an account has been given by Mr. Don, who for many years acted as its curator, and who had also charge of Mr. Lam- bert’s extensive botanical library. These collections were at all times most liberally opened by their possessor for the use of men of science, and one day in the week (Saturday) was constantly set apart for the ° Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. 295 reception of scientific visitors, travellers and others, who either brought with them or sought for information on botanical subjects. Mr. Lambert’s separate publications are two in number: ‘A De- scription of the Genus Cinchona,” London, 1797, 4to. and “A Descrip- tion of the Genus Pinus, London, 1803-24, in two vols. folio. Of the latter work, which is one of the most splendid botanical publications that ever issued from the press, a second edition, with additions, was published in 1828, and a third volume was added in 1834. A small edition, in two vols. 8vo, was also published in 1832. His other works consist entirely of papers in our ‘Transactions.’ They are as follows :— “An account of the Canis Graius Hibernicus, or Irish Wolf-Dog.’ , in vol. li.” ** Anecdotes of the late Dr. Patrick Browne, author of the ‘ Natural History of Jamaica’,” in vol. iv., containing some interesting parti- culars relative to that intelligent naturalist, from whom Mr. Lambert received and presented to this Society his MS. of a ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ together with a small herbarium, collected in the counties of Mayo and Galway, and a separate collection of Mosses. “‘A Description of the Blight of Wheat, Uredo Frumenti.”’ ‘A Description of Bos frontalis, a new species from India,” describ- ed from a living specimen in the collection of Mr. Brookes, of the New Road. ‘‘Observations on the Zizana aquatica,’ accompanied by a figure from the pencil of Ferdinand Bauer, taken from specimens grown by Sir Joseph Banks in a pond at Spring-grove. “ A further account of Bos frontals,” containiag numerous particulars of its habits, taken from a Letter written by Mr. Macrae. These four papers are in vol. vii. StS Description of a new Species of Macropus ( M. elegans), from New Holland,” from a living specimen in the collection at Exeter Change, in vol. viii. ‘¢ Some Account of the Herbarium of Prof. Pallas,’ besides a general account of the collection, then recently purchased by Mr. Lambert, contains characters of a number of new species of plants, which are figured on six accompanying plates. ** Notes relating to Botany, collected from the MSS. of the late Peter Collinson, Esq.,” also in vol. x., and affording many interesting notices relating to botanists, gardeners and gardens in England, in the middle of the last century. b) in vol. x., which, 2p 296 Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. “ Description of a new Species of Psidium” (P. polycarpon), which had ripened its fruit at Boyton, in vol. xi. “Some Account of the Galls found on a species of Oak from the shores of the Dead Sea,” and a “ Note on the Mustard-plant of the Scriptures,” in vol. xvii. Mr. Lambert’s health had for some years been failing, and he had ceased to visit his country-seat at Boyton, but preferred, when out of town, taking up his residence at Kew, where his proximity to the Royal Gardens, and to his friends in town, afforded him more copious sources of enjoyment than he could have found elsewhere. He died at Kew, on the 10th of January in the present year, and his remains were removed to Boyton for interment. He married Catharine, daughter of Richard Bowater, Esq., of Allesley in the county of War- wick, but was left a widower, without any family, some years before his death.” “ Archibald Menzies, Esq., who, on the death of Mr. Lambert, became father of the Society, was born at Weem, in the county of Perth, on the 15th of March, 1754. He was early attached to the Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, of which his brother William afterwards had charge ; and was enabled, through the kind assistance of Dr. John Hope, then Botanical Professor in that University, who was attracted by his love for natural history and especially botany, to pass through the aca- demical studies necessary for his education as a surgeon. In the sum- mer of 1778 he made a tour, under the auspices of Dr. Hope, through the Highlands and Hebrides, with the view of collecting their rarer plants, to which attention was then strongly directed by the recent pub- lication of Lightfoot’s ‘Flora Scotica.’ He afterwards became assistant to a surgeon at Caernarvon; but soon quitting for a time the practice of his profession on shore, he entered the navy, and became assistant- surgeon on board the Nonsuch, Captain Truscott, in which vessel he was présent at the famous victory obtained by Rodney over the Comte de Grasse on the 12th of April, 1782. After the peace of that year he remained for some time on the Halifax station. In 1786 he embarked as surgeon on board the Prince of Wales, a vessel fitted out by the enterprising firm of John and Cadman Etches and Co., and was placed under the command of Lieut. (afterwards Captain) Colnett, of the Royal Navy, for a voyage of commercial discovery to the north- west coast of America. In this voyage he visited Staten Land, where he remained for some time, the Sandwich Islands and China, as well as North-western America, and returned from China by the direct route Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. 297 to England in the beginning of 1789. In the following year he was appointed in the capacity of naturalist, and with the rank of surgeon, to accompany Captain Vancouver, on board the Discovery, in his cele- brated voyage ; from which, after visiting King George’s Sound on the south coast of New Holland, a part of New Zealand, Otaheite and the Sandwich Islands, and exploring by far the greater part of the north- west coast of America, he returned to England in the autumn of 1795. During one of the visits made by this expedition to the Sandwich Islands he ascended Wha-ra-rai and Mowna-roa, two of the principal mountains of the island of Owhyhee, and determined their heights (that of the latter exceeding 13,000 feet) by barometrical observations made simultaneously with others on board the vessel. “Some account’ of his ascent of the former was subsequently given by him in the Ist ‘and 2nd volumes of Loudon’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History.’ From an early period of the voyage Mr. Menzies added to his duties as na- turalist those of surgeon of the Discovery, and it affords a striking proof of his professional skill, that on so arduous a service and in so protracted a voyage, not a single man was lost by disease after quitting the Cape of Good Hope in their passage out. ‘‘ From these various voyages Mr. Menzies brought back with him to England large collections of natural history, chiefly botanical. A very considerable number of the plants which he had collected, and especi- ally of the Cryptogamous, to the study of which he was always devot- edly attached, were new to science, and have been described from his specimens by Sir James Edward Smith, Mr. Brown, Sir W. J. Hooker and other botanical friends, among whom they were most liberally dis- tributed. His own publications were few in number. In the Ist volume of our ‘ Transactions’ are contained ‘“ Description of three new Animals [ Echeneis lineata, Fascoila clavata, and Hirudo branchiata] found in the Pacific Ocean” during his first voyage round the world: and in the 4th, “A new Arrangement of the Species of Polytrichum, with some Emendations,” which, together with an Appendix, afterwards added, forms a valuable monograph of that extensive genus. In the ‘Philosophical Transactions’ for 1796, he gave, in conjunction with Mr. (afterwards Sir Everard) Home, “ A Description of the Anatomy of the Sea-Otter,” of which he had brought home a fine specimen, af- terwards presented, with many other zoological specimens, and a set of his plants, to the British Museum. ‘“‘ He subsequently served in the West Indies as surgeon of the Sans- pareil, commanded by Lord Hugh Seymour; but early in the present 298 Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. century he quitted the sea, and continued to practise his profession in London. For some years previous to his death he had retired to Not- ting Hill, where he passed the tranquil remainder of his lengthened existence, eager to the last to obtain additions to his botanical collec- tion, and enjoying the Society of his numerous friends with a kindness of heart that never failed. “‘ He died on the 15th of February in the present year, having nearly reached the age of 88, and was buried beside his wife (who died five years earlier, and by whom he had no children,) in the Cemetery at Kensal Green. He left his herbarium, consisting chiefly of Crypto- gamous plants, Graminee and Cyperacee, arranged with characteristic neatness on paper of an 8vo. size, to the Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, where he had studied; and also gave by his will a bequest of £100 to this Society, of which he became a Fellow on the 19th of January, 1790, and to which he was always most warmly attached. Among our Foreran Memsers we have sustained, in common with the whole world of science, a severe loss in the person of. “‘ Augustin Pyramus DeCandolle, a botanist of such distinguished emi- nence as to demand from us a more than ordinary tribute of respect. Descended from a family which came originally from Marseilles, but had for more than two centuries been settled at Geneva, and which to- wards the close of the sixteenth century furnished one of that illustri- ous band of classical printers who united in so high a degree the study of letters with the art of transmitting them to posterity, he was born in the latter city, of which his father had been Premier Syndic, on the 4th of February, 1778. His youthful inclinations were turned towards literature rather than science; but a residence in the country awaken- ed in him a taste for botany, which his attendance on the lectures of Professor Vaucher confirmed, and at the age of sixteen his path in life was determined, and he devoted himself to the cultivation of botanical science. ‘In 1795 he paid his first visit to Paris, where he attended the lectures of Cuvier, Lamarck, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, and other distinguished professors; and when Geneva was a few years afterwards incorporated with the French Republic he returned to the metropolis, where he fixed his residence for several years, attending the medical classes and pursuing his botanical studies at the same time under Jussieu and Desfontaines, with both of whom he formed a close and intimate friend- ship. Soon after taking up his abode in Paris he commenced the pub- lication of his ‘ Plantarum Historia Succulentarum,’ which was speedily Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. 299 followed by his ‘ Astragalogia;’ and in 1802 he began to furnish the text to Redouté’s magnificent work, ‘ Les Liliacées, which he supplied up to the 4th volume. In 1805 he was associated with Lamarck in the third edition of that excellent naturalist’s ‘ Flore Francaise,’ to which he prefixed an introduction, entitled ‘ Principes Elémentaires de Bota- nique,’ and containing the outlines of a course of lectures which he had delivered in the previous year at the Collége de France. A ‘Synopsis Plantarum in Flora Gallica descriptarum’ followed in 1806. He had previously, in 1804, connected his medical and botanical studies in an ‘Essai sur les Propriétés Médicales des Plantes, comparées avec leur classification naturelle,’ of which a second edition appeared in 1816. At an early period of his residence in Paris, D. MeCandolle took an active part in the formation, under the auspices of Baron Benjamin Delessert, of the Société Philanthropique for the supply of ceconomical soups to the poor and other charitable purposes, of which he conti- nued for several years to be the Secretary. The Society for the En- couragement of National Industry, is also stated to have been formed under his direction and management. ‘“‘ In 1806, he ceased to be permanently resident in Paris. He received in that year a commission from the Imperial Government to collect in- formation on the state of botany and agriculture throughout the empire, and in pursuance of this commission he took for six successive years annual journeys into the several departments, the results of which are contained in his ‘ Rapports sur les Voyages Botaniques et Agronomi- ques faits dans les Départmens de |’Empire Francais,’ which were published in a collected form in 1813. ‘Soon after his appointment to this important task he quitted Paris for Montpellier, where he became Professor of Botany in the Faculty of Medicine in 1807, and a Chair of Botany having been established in the Faculty of Science of that Academy in 1810, he attached himself with renewed ardour to the promotion of his favourite pursuit. Under his direction the Botanic Garden was greatly improved, and a Catalogue, with descriptions of many new species, was published by him in 1813, in which year his ‘ Théorie Elémentaire de la Botanique’ also made its first appearance. Many valuable memoirs, scattered through various publications, but chiefly taken from the ‘ Annales du Muséum @’His- toire Naturelle,’ were in this year collected into a volume. *‘ After the second Restoration of the Bourbons, circumstances occur- red which induced him to quit Montpellier and return to his native city, now restored to independence. A Chair of Natural History was 300 Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. instituted expressly for him, of which he took possession in January 1816, and the Botanic Garden, established towards the close of the last century, with the assistance of funds bequeathed for that purpose by the celebrated Bonnet, was greatly augmented, partly by assistance derived from the Government, and partly by voluntary subscription. Several Fasciculi of the ‘ Plantes rares du Jardin de Genéve’ attest the interest which he took in its success. “In 1816 he visited England for the purpose of consulting the Her- baria of our country with a view to the general system of plants, the publication of which he then meditated, and during his stay here com- municated to the Linnean Society a paper entitled ‘“‘Remarks on two Genera of Plants to be referred to the Family of Rosacee.”’ These are Kerria and Purshia, previously strangely misunderstood, and as strange- ly misplaced in distant and very dissimilar families. His memoir on this subject, the only one by M. DeCandolle which has a place in our ‘Transactions,’ is contained in the twelfth volume. In 1818 appeared the first volume of his intended ‘ Regni Vegetabilis | Systema Naturale,’ which was followed by a second in 1821. But the plan of this work was obviously too vast for accomplishment by indi- vidual industry, however great; and after the publication of these two volumes, M. DeCandolle recognized the necessity of confining himself within narrower limits. In the year 1814 he commenced the publica- tion of his ‘ Prodromus Systematis Regni Vegetabilis,’ the title of which indicates his intention at some future period to resume the more extensive work. But even this ‘Enumeratio Contracta,’ as he desig- nates it, proved too mighty a labour, and the remaining seventeen years of his life, all that his unwearied energy could accomplish was the publication of seven volumes, completing probably about two- thirds of the contemplated task. The value of these important manuals, in the present state of Botanical science, can only be estimated by those with whom they are of necessity in daily use. On many of the more interesting families on which they treat, he simultaneously published a series of descriptive memoirs. “Tt is the great merit of this important work, that, far more than any other approaching it in extent, it is founded on actual observation. M. DeCandolle’s own herbarium was extremely rich; he had visited and carefully examined many of the most extensive collections, and especially those of Paris ; and many entire collections as well as separate families, on which he was specially engaged, were from time to time submitted to his examination by their professors. He had Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. 301 thus opportunities of comparison greatly beyond what in ordinary cir- cumstances fall to the lot of an individual. His library too was stored with almost every important publication that could be required for his undertaking. With such ample materials, aided by his untiring zeal and the persevering energy of his character, he steadily pursued his allotted task, and only ceased to labour at it when he ceased to live. “It was not merely as a botanist that M. DeCandolle deserved well of his country and of mankind. Both as an individual and in the Council of his native city, he was ever active in the promotion of measures of public utility, whether they related to the improvement of agricul- ture, the cultivation of the arts, the advancement of public instruction, or the amelioration of the legislative code. Even in his botanical lec- ture he never lost an opportunity of inculcating the importance of these and similar subjects. Those lectures were attended by a numer- ous class, who caught from their teacher a portion of the enthusiasm with which he was himself inspired. Some idea of the manner in which he brought their subject before his auditors may be obtained from his ‘ Organographie’ and ‘ Physiologie Végétale,’ published in 1827 and 1832, which contain the substance of his lectures on those two great departments of the science. “For some years his health had been declining, and it is to be feared that the severe and incessant attention which he paid to the elabora- tion of the great family of Composite had made a deep inroad upon it. As a relaxation from his labours, he undertook, in the last year of his life, a long journey, and attended the Scientific Meeting held at Turin ; but he did not derive from this journey the anticipated improvement in his health, which gradually failed until his death, on the 9th of September last. He has left a son, Alphonse, well known as the author of several valuable botanical publications, one of which, his memoir on the family of Myrsinee, appeared in our ‘ Transactions.’ ”’ “Jens Wilken Horneman was born in 1770, and studied at the Univer- sity of Copenhagen, where his ‘ Forsog til en Dansk ceconomisk Plan- telere’ obtained a prize in 1795. In 1798 he commenced a botanical tour through Germany, France and England, and in 1801 became lecturer at the Copenhagen Botanic Garden. He succeeded his teacher Vahl as Regius Professor and Director of the Garden in 1804, and published in 1807 an ‘Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Havniensis, and in 1813 and 1815 a more complete synopsis of the plants there cultivated under the title of "Hortus Regius Botanicus Havniensis. In 1819 he wrote a dissertation ‘ De indole Plantarum Guineensium.” 302 Anniversary Address of the Linnean Society. After the death of Vahl he superintended the publication of the ‘Flora Danica,’ and several papers by him have been published in the ‘Transactions of the Danish Philosophical Society’ and the ‘ Tidskrift for Naturvidenskaberne,’ of which he was one of the editors. His lec- tures and writings have done much to extend the study of botany in Denmark, and havec ontributed to maintain the character acquired for Danish botanists by Koenig, Forskahl, Cider, Rottboll and Vahl.” 0Z‘L | %6°0 2°68 |$'06 | 0°€8 [S262 9°94 | P'E8 |S°6L | 62862, s GL68 | 088 | Gis lors’ | o's |Gz‘e8 |oz'e8 |oFs Teol a orens yy Ab|2,18 [0196 [0198 |Gae' ** "AN “N10°8L)0°Z8 | £08 | 208" = 2 GL08 | O88 | OFS joc6.6s|cz%E |SI‘es | O'P8 |oc6‘6z eole| cose AMINO 18/0/66 )2'78)pT8! | (U31H) “N|F‘¢z\c'88 |9‘¢8 | 968° Sy OF8 |Ge'P8 [SLPS |000‘0E| OFS {SL'>8 | 0'S8 |000‘0E ST co ances LE NjO'P8 |8/26 |0(06 |908' | *"""" AN “N'|0‘18/0°28 |F'28 | 268° =, 9418 [G28 | o'z8 lors’ | o's | size |sz'28 [ozs aon eee... Ad 8/028 |6,76 |G'p8 [e645 | “ANS “AN |G‘08/8°G8 |Z‘18 98" ez (028 | O'€8 | GZ joos’ | O%8 | OS | O'€8 |o08' fume ssee Mh, N]2 8 6°96 |S'S2 |ZoL! |°" 7" “A °N/016210'88 19°08 | 262° GS O'S [eal8 [gz1s lors’ | O18 {S418 | 0'%8 jo08* fp cea tum) AN 0's) |e'e6 |ereicoge |co 8: = AK 611/698 6.6L |89° se 64 | G08 | O'S |ozs' |S4'6L |SL'08 /Se18 jezs’ | si‘o | ZI‘O Fpue ‘Apnoig Ar0,Q/-*- my “Slo‘g7 G $8 |0 £8) IPI |*" *°°" “AN (8'8L10°F8 [6°62 |ZPZ' ES 64 | O18 | O18 |o26. |Gz'6L | O18 | O18 jcz6' ee att loeee + a Ne C8 0,18 [GES [989 |r Sle 82 iaeR ieee [8Z° sy O18 /G2:18 |G4'18 loge’ | O18 [S218 [S218 lose’ | gr‘o | zr‘ “Miurng| 7", AAS (9°28 | 1°86 |PF8 729 AA “SANG LL/8°78 |9 08 | GOL’ 58 O18 | 0%8 | Ss loos! joziig | o'%8 | 8 {00s Apnoy, (4BI) “S]8'zg 10:28 [P68 |869° | (45H) °S|0'T8|0'Gg |'ze [FL =§ 008 | COS | O18 joss. | O08 |EZ'I8 |cz‘I8 oss’ tna eee ee AS [80108 |€106 |8°€8 |Zo2. | AN “S* MN /S'92/0'18 |Z'8Z [992° go 0.6L |GL'6L | C08 jogs’ j¢z'6Z | S‘08 | O-T8 joss’ ee oreomumoleses AY (S982 |PS8]6°18 989° | °°" “MM “S|0'GZ/8'22 |6'92 |BLE: 6> GL'6L | GIs | 0'%8 lez’ | O'%8 |Sz'08 | O'F8 Icz6* | es'o | I¢‘0 ee wet l sec. AY (8 /9:08 [0.06 |8'F8 |Z0L! | -*-""**" Ss lOGZ/6'E8 [2°28 | C62" == 98 | 028 | O'S8 j0G6 | S08 |Sa‘z8 | 0°88 |o0G6: "ApNOTO SUSHI" *"" “MM —SiG‘az |2'06 (S'es [eee fot AN P'LL|8°L8 |b 08 | LE8" Fg O78 |S | Ges lose’ | O'%s | SB [S428 jose aero tbo leces + 44 MY /9,08 | 2:06 |8'68 992° | *"""*a *N[0°Z216'¢8 |p ‘08 |Og9" me S208 | 0%8 | S'%8 jogs | ‘og | T’zs | S'Z8 jose: eee nin | coos eA (5/908 |6,68 | S88 [G9Z° | °°" ANN 10°PZ/0 TS | P62 lec: cS G'6L | 0%8 | G78 jos6' | O08 | Ss | O%8 Jose: i etotad severe .AS|8(64 |0:16 |0'F8 |Z08! |°"" °° *S|0°62)z'cg |6‘08 |g88° S3 0108 | GIS | O'%8 |¢26°62| 0108 | Ses | S'%8 |0c6 62 awo[Q ATyeroued «***"* “MN iggy |8‘68 |9'e8 OLL | *""""AN °N|6°€8/€'G8 [2°08 | Zc9° 2% $9208 |G2'18 | S18 [000° | O18 | Stig |¢z°18 {ooo AL ekpnore lee eee AE /OLT8 [6(06 |S'%8 |I8Z5 | 7°" °- WN IT‘Z2/8°F8 [0°18 | 268" 2s 008 | O18 | S18 ogo: | O%O8 | OTS |GZ:I8 jocos Cryo]: ApHOI| "22" Nlof6L IS'98 018/18 [1 AA ON 8 'bL\6°08 |Z 6L | E16 S% O18 |Ge18 | S'T8 |ogo: | O18 | 0'%8 19478 loco nO Out) APNOIg|rse to: ANGST, O'Se P18 Sra’ |? ** "Nn 0'SL)6'F8 |€ 08 |016 Be GI8 | BIS | S18 |¢zo' j|¢z‘08 |cz‘1s | S18 {¢z0° B10) 01) APMOLOI He: WN 0'G) Pee le le eles |r AN 6'9416°28 |0 82 | 068° ww O84 |6064 | 0°64 [000 | S°8L | O'6Z | O'6Z |000‘ Cryaur] tate eoee AM 'Si0'84 | 2°48 [6/08 S08! | *AN *S “MA |E'CL/0°RL |2‘92 | 268° os 084 | c'8z | O'6L |ozo' |az‘ez | o'62 |cz‘6z looo | 6e‘o | ee‘o ie rettcotipolecsese DX|O162 18106 |B'18 |G2z° |-""* “an *S10'G2/ 1°28 [6.22 |zg8" BS GZZL |G%'8L | 06Z |n00‘0e| O°ZZ | S‘8z | 0'6Z lo00‘S Wel ottie feces eg N/S84 [068 |0'08 [818° |*"°* “a NI TL|2°%8 |9‘ZL |988° e2 G84 |c0'64 | 0'6L |006' | S°9L | Stzz | O'84 |oN6' wire Conia less Ab SIEIPL |£'88 |S'08 |26L' |7""* “MM *S/8°69|6°F2 |e'bL |cr8* 5 SL8L | 0.6L |G664 1006! |G0°6Z | S'6Z |¢2'6L |006. | 90°0 | co‘o | ‘22H pur Xpnoig|*=*""* “Mizey |p Og 8'6L |1GL) |" “HN JOCLIL'SL |6°22 |6pZ' = 008 |92,08 | 9108 j006' | 0'08 |S2‘I8 | S‘T8 {006 cee «gy AY 'S/2118 |0'F6 |E'F8 |6ZZ! | “AN "S “AN }0'82)0'F8 | 1°62 |208* a Ol4 | GLL | O'8L |0G6'6 | O'42 |SL°Z2 | O'8Z j0S6' reo ASS [AS01842 [0106 |G'88 [824° °°" ANN O‘DLIP‘€8 |G°LZ legs" R G8 |G06L |SL°6Z |000'08 | 0°64 |S2'6Z | Of08 |cz6' “Ore leseses AY /G18 /G106 [8°18 |18Z5 |AN "S “AN 0‘@2)B°Z2 |9°Ez |oeR* = GL'LL |S'6L | 0°08 |006°6% | 0'8Z | S'6Z | 0'08 |0066z TINA ONTO |" **"** “AN OPS 10°88 | T'S8 |G0L'6R| °°" AA *N18‘9L/P'F8 10°82 | 182'6z 5 0 ° o |seqouy ° PS o |seqouy| sayouy |sayouy 5 5 o |seqouy ra © o |seyouy Be eee lela Se ; lesiS| Si Fl & oS) S| 8 P a s fee S) =] > o iS) © ® =e a } © < = o 6 Bop ch | Bs: oe ee) Gel rl e & | s = 2 ibe S|£s| 2 | 8 |BGIe 128] & peel oe | oe | See| e| ee 2 Po oiss/ Ris) 8 | BF [ssl \*e] ee og C g ° aa ° c e = aS 0 ® ° eS 2 ® e a ee wn pe | a ee a Soke = ‘ainjeiadura J ainyeiadute J, Z “pura *oinjerodwe J, “purM | *oinyeredutay, BS Ge aCe same eam | | a ee a a ee = wea OT 7# Spetu suorjeAtosqg | "Wd g je speuUl SUOTJVALOSGO ee ‘Wd f je padAlasqg °"W 0G ‘H G 3® paalosqg eee ee BE ee es ee ee eee eC ee | ee “hansuadsiqg s fundwmog “SP8I yIuo fo yrwopy ayz sof ‘ny2n97np 979 UOFT 947 jo apbut ap jasung sazfp SUuorznALaSaCQ AY, ‘20Q syossuay sohaaing ay? 49 ydoy sazsibay yoorbojosoajopy ae ‘sToJDUIOTLE OM} 9} JO UOSTAVduULOD Be WO 'g 'N dDIJO S,[etottay 10A9AINg dy} 4B asn UT yeYyy ULY) IOYSry YOUL UB JO TIO[-] spurs Aresuedstq oy} 9e yeyy ur Arndjay ayy c98 | o'sg8 |Gz‘88 joss’ | O°Z8 {G2‘e8 | s‘ag jogs‘ ‘YMUIND sist |*"“""" "S/B'88 10°96 [E16 Leo |°*"" *"* *S 10°98 18°16 |S'98 |9bL oes | oc8 | S’cg joss. | O'€8 |Gz°G8 jez‘cg |ogs* ; Apnofp|**'2*°. *s 098 |0 6 |0'68 | 189. |°""" “A “S/0‘G8 10°76 [0°98 |Z9L" 0°98 | 0°28 |SZ°28 |008. 162°98 | G‘Z8 |¢z‘Z8 |008' Hens ornung “a OM OL) S51, 18/6/88 026 |c'06 819, |""°"*" "So's |c‘06 1p -98 | ZeL" 1‘G8 |CL‘98 |GZ‘Z8 joss. | 0°98 | 0°28 | S‘z8 joss’ = Tpwang | ere "8/0/98 | 0°96 [p68 |00Z" |"*"""* "S068 [0.06 |0'F8 | S08: CL‘t8 |ez‘c8 | 0°98 |006° |¢Z‘t8 | 0°98 | Of98 |006‘ eS OTNUIND AN MIAL)*” AN S/P98 12 26 |0'28 TPZ |** “AN 'S)S'Z8 10°68 |0'88 |0S8" OF8 | OFS |GBTS 006° [GZb8 | STS jchz8 1006 ey oO ce 25/228 | 186 [0°98 |Ps4, |" “AN “8 )0'e8 16°28 |0'€8 jees" O08 | O'8 |GB'ZS G26. | 0.08 [GB'%8 | S'zB jcz6° | ZZ‘O | LT‘ TQUUIN | TTITTD 1S/0.28 ]0°88 |cicg |20d) |t*""** “S|0%e8 |B 28 [0°28 |c08' CLES | OFS | 08 006° | O'FS [cots | O'Gg j006' | 69'T | ZP‘0 eee iiss .5 {0.88 18.68 |S'98 02) |" *S “SOL 18°62 | TRL | ISL: CIS |¢2'%8 | O'e8 (006° | O'%8 jcZ'E8 |ez‘E8 [006° | OT‘O | 200 Apnoyg|"**""* °S/0'F8 }0516 [4°28 969° | (4514) *8]0'F8 |G‘06 |0'C8 0z8" CZ'€8 |GZ'8 |GZ‘ES \0S6'6Z |GL'€8 | OFS | GES |NC6‘6z Heas-ornomy S088 1P06 (S106 |eGee |" * “7 © S12 'F8 1016 |0'S8 |0Es. GL‘t8 | 0°98 | 0°28 |000‘0E |SZ*t8 | 0°98 | O‘Z8 |000‘0E \ Heys OMT)" " “A "S/T G8 | 126 [cg (g6Z° °°" MN P‘08 10°E8 (8°28 |CZ8 os |¢z‘98 | S98 \0g6* | 0°98 |Gz'98 | Of78 |SZ6‘ (‘nunD org) Apnopp}**s"*" € 8 |9'26 |z'8e [222° |°"*" “A *S/0'28 [0°88 078 \0c8* CL'98 |GZ‘L8 | 0°68 066" | O'L8 |ce'Z8 | S68 \0c6 ‘ ce lOy.,, AA ON) 0/98 4 BO cigs ere) |°**"** “S6'28 18/06 |0 G8 \SEB" 0°C8 |6Z‘98 | 0°28 096° | 0°68 | G’98 | O'z8 |Océ6S : Oe iccce 15 (298 10.66 |8'88 |1PL) [°""""" “S)0'zg [0°06 |0°S8 |6rs" 0°G8 |EL°C8 |GZ‘98 0G6. |¢z'S8 |cz‘98 |Gz‘9g [Océ oe ONTO ll, LS 1GE8 10.26 |6'z8 |0kZ! °° 8" “AN 0'T8 19°06 |6'88 IPGL cr'8 | 0°98 | 0°48 006° | O°G8 | 0°98 | O'z8 |006‘ APSO) TTI] 18/078 |6 86 |p'eg jeez; [CYS *S l0'ze | 2'88 |6'€8 |262° 0.68 | GTR | Sieg |c26° | Bes | SFB | O98 |926 og te8TO] T*" 8 * "S| 1128 [9'F6 |0'gg [262° 7°" *S|T‘0g 19°88 |9'¢8 |698 GF8 |SL'b8 | G’cg icl6° | O'G8 | Gicg | O'98 |GZ6‘ Nm O | "AA "S “AA |0'S8 10.26 |c'eg jOLL' 1°" °°" "S108 |9'88 | L'zse 698° OFS | CHB IGL'PR |G28" |GL'T8 | O's | ‘cg |Pz8" ; “TeOTO |" Tr” “M10 £8 |S'S6 1668 |OPL. °°" “LN [0‘08 [0°88 |S‘18 I818° C278 | OF8 | GER ozs" | 0% | Sts | O'cg jcze‘ | 9I‘0 | P10 Peas opnuing| °° ae S oB ae of iS) © ie © * W2 Spi BS |legi ¢ @ = S| & = o OOP ae ie (rele Sezer le | 8 fis = = om 2 |Ee| B f (Set 2 [ee] B es > = = =e CaF > eh te aa = 3 eas ee | a il 6 3 oa Be sl o talent de eee lis “\ mea dee.” E URI eh 8." Aca i ele) M e y 6 e 4 ee re rr en Ge ee —_————— oe ee ee oe — —_— a | ee Oe ee SS a ‘ainyerodwa J, ‘aanjyelod wa J, +4 “pula ‘aanzeiodwa J, “PULA "ainjeiod ws J, vant ) ei ‘ “soonesy she Sees Wd ()[ 7@ SpeUl sudTIeAJASqG) |"W'*d Q je opeUl ‘suOTJeAIOSqG, urey W ‘d fF 7e paalasqo W 0G ‘H 6 7® padAlesqg pee Aa Sie Soe ee EES ae a cer lhe Gee mee 1 ee ee ‘hapsuadsiy s hundwop "SPST ydp fo yjuopy ayz sof ‘n7]n9705 AIQUAOUOFT ay) 10 apy asp JOSUNG Lazf{o suartzMALASYQ AY TF, ‘20 Syusauazyy sohaning ayy yo yday sajsibay ynorbojosoaja py Jenktusta assciimica Awivices bet eae 1? \\ JES S. Wi) ) ie 8 er a cN AY Ss x wee Rr Reis ag, RRR ae i IP ia ee He i a ey teak Hf) eae ie we A Catalogue of Books on Zoology, Anatomy, (Human and Com- parative,) and Physiology, contained in the Libraries of Calcutta, 4 1842. ( Continued.) Gleanings in Science, 3 vols. 8vo. Calcutta, 1829-31, on Gould’s Century of Birds, fol. London, 1832-3, us one Gouan, Historia Piscium, 4to. Strab. 1770, 20% oog Godman’s Description of the Fascize of the Human Body, 8vo. Philad. 1824, Goethi, Werki Von, 20 bande. Stuttgard, 1819, ... Gray and Hardwicke’s Illustrations of Indian Zoology, 2 vols. fol. London, Grant’s Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, from the Lancet, 8vo. London, 1833-34. ——— Outlines of Comparative Anatomy, 8vo. London, 1835, ... ——— Classification of Animals, ae 0 sa —— Of Extinct Animals, see Green’s Dissecter’s Manual, 8vo. London, Graenger on the Spinal Chord, 8vo. London, 1837, Halleri, Elementa Physiologiz, 8 tomes, 4to. Bemez, 1757-66,... Icones Anatomice, fol. Gottingze, 1756, ... AD ——-— Plates of the Arteries, fol. London, 1808, 500 Halle, Abhandlungen der Natur. forschenden Gisellischaft, 8vo. 1783, —-—— Nene Schriften der Natur forschenden Gisellischaft. Halle, 1811-14, Hall’s, Marshal, Memoirs on the Nervous System, 4to. London, 1837, Harweii, Opera Omnia, 4to. London, 1766, Harlan’s Medical and Physical Researches, 8vo. Philadelphia, 1835, ——— Fauna Americana, 8vo. Philadelphia, 1825, ... eo Harris’s Exposition of English Insects, 4to. London, 1782, Heale, Symbola ad Anatomiam Villorum Intestin, 4to, Berolini, 1837, Heesteri, Compendium Anatomicum, 8vo. Altorfi, 1727, Hildebrandt, Hendbuch der Anatomie der Menschear, 4 bande, 8vo. Brauns, 1830, Hollard, Precis d’Anatomie Comparatif, 8vo. Paris, 1837, Holland’s Physiology of the Foetus, 8vo. London, 1831, Home’s Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, 6 vols, 4to. London, 1814-28,... Horsfield’s Zoological Researches in Java, 4to. London, 1824,... Descriptive Catalogue of Lepidopterous Insects, 4to. London, 1829, = Batt tr PA aw Pe = = sas = Sit otirpp Ft ww A&B V1 Hunter, J. on the Blood, 4to. London, 1794, a see aus A Observations on the Animal Giconomy, 4to. London, 1786, anc) ae ——-—- Natural History of the Teeth, 1803, acd aed oc0 Hunter’s Natural History of the Teeth, Supplement, 4to. London, 1778, ... Dr. W. Two Introductory Lectures, 4to. London, 1784, ite ae Anatomy of the Gravid Uterus, fol. Birmingham, 1774, ... aes Hugel, Fischi aus Cachmere, 4to. Vienna, ao ae a0 nde Jacquin, Collectanea ad Bot. Chem. et Hist. Nat. spectant, 4 tomes, 4to. Vindobone, D/S86,5% face ace of ore ocd nes 900 Jacquemont, Voyage dans Il’ Inde, liv. I-13. Paris, 1835, coo see Jaeger, Die fossilen Sangthiere, welche in Wurtemberg aufgefunden W. Aind, fol. Stuttgard, 1835, a ay a 3 Les Jameson’s “shrine Philosophical Journal, vols. 12 and 13, 1820, cc ae ——_——-— New Philosophical Journal, vols. 1, 2, 3, 14, 25, 26, 28. Edin- burgh, 1826-28, .. eee the American Oniinolone: 2 vols. 12mo. lRainburah, 1931, Jardin and Selby’s Illustrations of Ornithology, 3 vols. 4to. Edinburgh, 1829, Journal de Physique, tomes 92-3, 1821, 4to. aie B00 des Savans, anné 1840, 4to. Paris, ap see ae of the Academy of Sciences of Philedelphia, 6 vols. 8vo. 1817-29, (Madras,) of Literature and Science, 9 vols. 8vo. 1834-39, of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 10 vols. 8vo. Calcutta, 1832-4], ... Ab of the Royal Asiatic Society of London, 5 vols. 8vo. London, 1834-39, on of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 1831-41, 600 ase Jourdan, Dictionnaire des Terms usités dans les Science Naturelles, 2 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1834, bon ove eve ove cee tee Kaimes’ (Lord) Sketches of the History of Man, 2 vols. 4to. Edinburgh 1774, Ri Kempfer Amznitates, 1 vol. 4to. 1712, ih za wee ee ————- History of Japan, 2 vols. fol. London, 1728, wee see see Kirby and Spence’s Entomology, 4 vols. 8vo. London, 1816-26, 459 tee ——— Habits and Instincts of Animals, 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1835, Aas ax Kide’s Adaptation of External Nature to the Physical Condition of Man, 8vo, aa Koan (G. W.) Lapides Testis Diluvii, fol. Kurenberg, 1755, ... it aoe Kroyer’s Manual of Zoology, (in Danish), see es aes os Fishes of Denmark, (in Danish), ane ue és ies Lacepede, Giuvres de, 10 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1830, ... eee 500 Ab Histoire Naturelle des Poisons, 14 tomes, 18mo. aoe ore odd Lacordaire, Introduction a l’Entomologie, 2 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1834-38, ... 505 Lamoroux, Exposition Methodique des genres de l’ordre Polypiers; 84 plates, of which 63 are from Ellis and Solander, 4to. Paris, 1821, ... abe ase Lamarck, Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, 7 tomes, 8vo. Paris, 1815-22, Latham, boo 200 ooo 00 oce 200 eee > Pw FP A > > Pp tsHraarPprPptt+=oa > Vii Latrielle, Cours d’ Entomologie, 8vo. Paris, 1831, .. aoe AD ae Lavater’s Essays on Physiognomy, by Hunter, 5 vols. 4to. London, L/SOree Lawrence’s Lecture on Natural History of Man, 8vo. London, 1819, too Lea’s Observations on the genus Unio, 4to. Philadelphia, 1829,... eee aes Leenwenhock, Arcana Nature, 4 tomes, 8vo. Lugd. 1722, ee eee Lepeletier de St. Fargeau, Histoire N aturelle des Hymenopteres, Svo. Paris, 1836, Lettsom’s Naturalist’s Companion, 8vo. London, 1799, ies Lewin’s Birds of Great Britain, 8 vols. 4to. London, 1795-81, ... ere os of New South Wales, 4to. Sidney, 1813, Linnei Systema Nature, cura Gmelin, 7 tomes, 8vo. Lips. 1788, Wee translated by Turton, 7 vols. 8vo. London, 1802-6, Amenitates Academice, curante Schrebero, 10 tomes, 8vo. Erlanger, 1785-90, Philosophia Botanica, bod ona cae “C0 vee Linneus, Correspondence of, 2 vols. 8vo, ... sed aes Life of, by Pulteney,... ce0 S00 Life of, by Stoévers, ... te one oes ute Lizar’s Anatomical Plates, folio, cee dod nae Loder’s ditto ditto 500 060 on Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, vols. 1-6. London, ae a0 S00 Macquart, Histoire Naturelle des Dipteres, 2 tomes. Paris, 1834-5, Magazine of Natural History, by Charlesworth, vols. 2d and 3d, HE ae Majendie, Journal de Physiologie, vol. 1. Paris, 1821, vee ier ee Compendium of Physiology, 8vo. Edinburgh, 1823, ... 0 Malay Miscellanies, 8vo. Bencoolen, 1820, vee ose see Martel’s Wonders of Geology, 2 vols. 12mo. London, 1838, S00 Mandl, Anatomie Microscopique, foi. liv. ler. Paris, 1838, see ise ==—— Traité des Microscope, 8vo. Paris, 1839, nes 560 ee aes Marsden’s History of Sumatra, 4to. London, 1811, ... Ses a0 aes Mayo’s Outlines of Physiology, 8vo. London, 1829, ... ee ay wis ——— Course of Dissections, 12mo. London, 1827, ... oe nee cap ——— Anatomical and Physiological Commentaries, 8vo. London, 1822, ... cco —--— Engravings of the Brain and Spinal Chord, fol. London, 1827, ay fae Meckel’s Description and Pathological Anatomy, translated by Doane, 3 vols. 3vo. Philadelphia, 1832, 600 oo a00 XO ees Memoires du Museum, see Annales du Museum, ... eee ane CoD de la Societé d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, vol. 1-5, 4to. Paris, 1823. ate see de la Societé de Phys. et Hist. Nat. des Geneve, tomes 5-6-7, 1835, “A de la Societé Naturelle de Calvados, 2 vols. 8vo. Caen 1824-5, tes Memoirs of the Manchester Society, 5 vols, Ree ee cee oO New Series, 4 vols. O08 oo cnn of the Wernerian Society, vols. 1-5, 8vo. ... nas eee abe Monroe, Physiology of Fishes, fol. Edinburgh, 1785, wes neo tes System of Anatomy, 3 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1801, _... ccc ace Descriptions of the Bursze Mucose, fol. Edinburgh, 1788, oe ee >t > b = wo hb ne Pp PP Pw P Brotw WwW ra = Q Vill Monroe, Outlines of the Anatomy of the Human Body in its sound and diseased state, 3 vols. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1813, an 5 ae Miiller J. Handbuch der Physiologis der Menschen, 8vo. Coblenz, 1834, Translated by Baily, see one de Glandularum Secernent. Struc. Penit, fol. Lipsiz, 1830, oon so Heber die Organischem verum der Erectilen Marinlichen Geschlichtsrorgane, fol. Berlin, 1836, ate om ae 400 Vergleichende Anatomie der Meyxemoiden, fol. Berlin, 1835, Naturalist’s Library, 40 vols. 12mo. London, oe con ate co Nouvelles Annalles du Museum, ser. Annales du Mus. ace sve tes Oken, Naturgeschichte, Reptilien. Allas, ese ccc oo ies Owen’s Memoir on Nautilus Pompilius, 4to. London, 1832, ... aa —-—--— Odontographie, 8vo. London, 1840, aa me ae Ww Parkinson’s Organic Remains of a former World, 3 vols. 4to. London, 18/1,... ————=»— Introduction to the study of Fossil Organic Remains, 8vo. London, 1822, ... Pennant’s Natural History of Quadrupeds, 2 vols. 4to. London, 1781, nce eee Arctic Zoology, 3 vols. 4to. London, 1792, .. ast coo Indian Zoology, 1 vol. 4to. London 1790, ... ce o00 po British Zoology, 4 vols. 8vo. London, 1777, Bee oo ond Penny Cyclopedia, 20 vols. 4to. see vee eee vee Philip’s Inquiry into the Vital Functions, 8vo, London, 1817, ... ose ee Philosophical Transactions, vols. 1-129, 1665-1836, 4to. London, aes nee pus Edinburgh, vols. 1-18, 1788-1835, ... an ree Philosophical Magazine, 67 vols. 8vo. London, 1/98-1826, iO 0 —_—_————— new series, by Taylor and Phillips, 8 vols. London, 1827-32, ... —___—_—_—_—__——— 3rd series. London and Edinburgh, 1832-41, eee eoe Plinii Secundi Naturalis Histoira, 10 tomes, 8vo. Lipsiz, 1778-91, eee oe6 Pontoppidan’s Natural History of Norway, 1775, ... Pritchard’s Physical History of Man, 2 vols. 8vo. 3d edition. London, 1836, Andrew’s Microscopical Illustrations, 8vo. London, 1838, eco @oe Frout’s Chemistry, Meteorology and Digestion, 8vo. London, 1839, Quain’s Elements of Anatomy, 8vo. London, 1832, Rees’ Cyclopedia, ase 000 nico oo oes sae Reinhardt’s Birds and Fishes of Greenland, (in Danish,) Reports of the British Association, vols. 1-6, 1833-39, Researches of the Asiatic Society, vols. 1-20, 1799-1836, Richerand Elemens des Physiologie, 2 vols. 8yo, Paris, 1817, Las bDrPPEB SAP & > Ho > S tt > > ey PP = a> Py THE CALCUTTA JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY. (Reprint of Dr. William Jack’s writings, concluded from No. 14, page 231.] XLI. MYRTACE/E. CAREYA MACROSTACHYA. (W. J.) Monadelphia Polyandria. Arbor, foliis petiolatis obovatis subserratis, racemis latera- libus nutantibus densissime multifloris, floribus sessilibus multiseriatis. Pulo Pinang. A tree, with grey bark, and smooth branches. Leaves alternate or scattered, petiolate, obovate or oblong-ovate, acuminate, sometimes obtuse with an acumen, narrowing to the base, slightly serrated, very smooth. Peézoles roundish thickened at the base. Stzpules none. Racemes or spikes lateral, hanging, thick, massive, cylindrical, densely covered with flowers, which are sessile, and arranged in numerous spiral lines; the whole is eight or ten inches in length. Bracts none. Calyx superior, purple, four-parted, laciniz rounded, smooth, somewhat ciliated on the margin. Corolla — ‘purplish red, longer than the calyx, four-petalled, petals VOL. V. NO. xv. OcrosErR, 1843. 2°@ 306 _ Descriptions of Malayan Plants. ovate, obtuse, inserted into the base of the calyx. Stamina white, very numerous, longer than the corolla, united at the base into a thick ring. Anthers yellow, didymous, the lobes bursting on opposite sides, so as to give the whole the appearance of a double four-celled anther. Nectary sur- rounding the style within the stamina, hypocrateriform, red and striated within, yellow and entire on the margin. Ova- rzum inferior, four-celled, many-seeded ; about four seeds in each cell attached to its upper and inner angle. Style red, as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Fruita berry or pome. Obs.—The inflorescence of this tree is very remarkable, and quite different from the other species of Careya. GLAPHYRIA. (W. J.) Icosandria Monogynia. N. O. Myrtacee. Calyx superus, quinquefidus. Corolla pentapetala. Bacea quinque-locularis, polysperma; singuli loculi semina duplici ordine axi affixa. Arbuscule, foliis alternts, floribus axillaribus. GLAPHYRIA NITIDA. Foliis obovatis obtusis. Found on the summit of Gunong Bunko, or the Sugarloaf Mountain, in the interior of Bencoolen. A small branchy tree, with very smooth reddish branchlets. Leaves alternate, short-petioled, obovate, obtuse, very entire; three-fourths of an inch or an inch long, very smooth and polished, very firm, coriaceous, shining-green above, pale and whitish beneath with depressed dots, almost veinless, the lateral nerves indistinct and not at all elevated. Petioles short, reddish. Stzpules minute. Peduncles axillary, solitary, few-flowered ; pedicels alternate, rather long. Bracts deci- duous. Calyx superior, persistent, five-parted ; segments oblong. Corolla five-petalled. Stamens numerous. Ovary five-celled, polysporous, crowned with a nectarial tomentose Descripiions of Malayan Planis. 307 disk. Style one. Berry about the size of a pea, five-celled, many-seeded. Seeds arranged in a double series in each cell, attached to the axis. Obs.—This is a very handsome shrub, having much the habit and foliage of the common Myrtle, but the leaves are smaller and firmer. Its character and appearance are alpine, and it is only met with at high elevations; I found it on the summit of the Sugarloaf, and I am informed that it is almost the only shrub met with towards the top of the volcanic cone of Gunong Dempo in Passumah, where it is called Kayo Umur panjang, or the Tree of long Life, probably from its maintaining itself at elevations where the other de- nizens of the forest have ceased to exist. At Bencoolen an infusion of the leaves is drunk as a substitute for tea; and it is known to the natives by the name of the Tea Plant. GLAPHYRIA SERICEA. Foliis lanceolatis acuminatis. Found on Pulo Penang, an island on the Western coast of Sumatra. This is a moderate-sized tree; its leaves are lanceolate, long-acuminate, entire, very smooth. Flowers few, on short leafy peduncles or branchlets, which spring from the axils of the upper leaves. ‘The calyx, peduncles and bracteolar leaflets are sericeous, as also the young leaves and shoots. Corolla from five to six-petalled. Stamens numerous. Ovary from five-to six celled, polysperous. RHODAMNIA. (W. J.)* Teosandria Monogynia. N. O. Myrtaceae. Calyx superus, quadrilobus. Corolla tetrapetala. Séa- mina numerosa. Ovarium uniloculare, pluri-ovulatum, pla- centis duobus parietalibus. Bacca unilocularis oligosperma. Arbuscula, foliis trinerviis, inflorescentia axillart. * Monoxera.—R. Wight ?—W. G. 308 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. RHODAMNIA CINEREA. Frequent on the Western coast of Sumatra and the is- lands which skirt it. Its Malay name is Marpuyan. Common about Malacca.—W. G. There are two varieties of this species, the one of which is larger than the other, and has broader leaves which are more decidedly tomentose below. These differences are scarcely sufficient for a specific distinction. A small tree with greyish wrinkled bark and pilose branch- lets. Leaves opposite and alternate, petiolate, roundish- ovate in the large variety, and broad lanceolate in the small one, acuminate, very entire, three-nerved, often with a less distinct pair near the margin, smooth above, somewhat hoary beneath, pubescent, particularly on the nerves, but in the small variety nearly smooth, with little more than a glaucous tinge on the under surface. Petioles short, tomentose. St¢pules small, linear. Peduncles short, axillary, one-flower- ed. Flowers white. Calyx tomentose, persistent. Corolla twice as long as the calyx. Stamina inserted on the calyx, almost as long as the corolla. Ovary one-celled, containing many ovula attached to two parietal placente. Style one, erect. Berry reddish, subglobose, crowned with the calyx, one-celled, containing a few seeds attached to the parietes, many of the ovula proving abortive. Obs.—This genus which is nearly related to Myrtus, ap- pears to be sufficiently distinguished by its ovary and pla- centation, from which, rather than from the fruit, the most important characters in this family are to be derived. It is peculiar in having three-nerved leaves, in which particular it has a resemblance to Myrtus Tomentosa, but differs widely from that species in its fruit and ovary. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 309 XLII. MEMECYLE. PTERNANDRA. (W. J.)* Octandria Monogynia. Calyx ovatus, limbo quadridentato. Corolla 4-petala. Stamina octo, antheris introflexis, compressis, basi postice calcaratis, bilocularibus, loculis longitudinaliter dehiscentibus, Ovarium calyci infra adnatum, 4-loculare, polysporum, pla- centis parietalibus. Stylus declinatus. Bacea polysperma. Habitus Melastomarum, foliis oppositis trinervits, floribus paniculatis. PTERNANDRA CQZRULESCENS. Native of Pulo Pinang. Malacca. W. G. A large smooth shrub with round branches. Leaves opposite, short-petioled or subsessile, ovate, acuminate, taper- ing at the base into short petioles, very entire, very smooth; coriaceous, paler beneath, with three strong nerves, and two less conspicuous along the margins; the transverse veins are few and not prominent. Stzpules none, but the petioles are connected by an interpetiolar line. Panicles oppositely corymbose, short, terminal, sometimes also from the upper axils. Peduncles four-sided, smooth. Bracts small. Calyx united to the ovarium beneath, ovate, reticulately squamous, almost entire or obsoletely four-toothed. Corolla blue, lighter at the margin, four-petalled, petals ovate, acuminate, inserted into the calyx. Stamina eight, blue; filaments nearly erect, incurved at the apex. Anthers large, pointing inwards, compressed, elongated behind into an acumen or spur, cells anteriorly gibbous and bursting longitudinally. The anthers before expansion are turned downwards, as in the Melastomz, but their points do not reach much below the top of the ovary. Style declinate, about as long as the * Ewyckia. Blume.—W. G. 310 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. stamina. Stzgma conical and rather obtuse. Ovary adnate to the calyx, four-celled, polysporous, ovula attached to con- vex parietal placentz. Berry four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—In general habit and appearance this plant has a close resemblance to my Melastoma glauca, and at first sight appears only to differ in having smaller flowers, and leaves with less distinct nerves and veins. In the structure of the anthers, however, it differs essentially from Melastoma, and has some affinity to Memecylon; the fruit and mode of placentation differs from both. The ovary might either be considered inferior, or superior and adnate to the calyx; the analogy of Melastoma has led me to assume the latter. PTERNANDRA CAPITELLATA. (W. J.) Floribus axillaribus capitellatis. Found at Moco Moco. PTERNANDRA ECHINATA. (W. J.) Pedunculis axillaribus terminalibusque, calycibus ovariis- que echinatis. A large tree found at Kataun.* The leaves are three- nerved in all the species. MEMECYLON CQLZRULEUM. (W. J.) Octandria Monogynia. Foliis cordatis amplexicaulibus, pedunculis axillaribus brevibus, pedicellis oppositis divaricatis brevibus, fructibus ovatis. Kulit nipees. Malay. Native of Pulo Pinang. A handsome shrub of 10 or 12 feet in height, with round smooth branches. Leaves opposite, subsessile, about five inches in length, cordate, amplexicaul, oblong, acute, very * Malacca Forest.—W. G. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Jl] entire, margin reflexed, coriaceous, very smooth, deep green and shining above, lateral nerves inconspicuous uniting at their extremities into a line which runs parallel to the margin. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, solitary, short, few flower- ed; pedicels short and thick, opposite, somewhat verticillate, divaricate, forming a kind of corymbiform head. Flowers blue. Bracts opposite, short, acute. Calyx superior, colored, smooth, nearly entire, becoming by age more distinctly four- toothed. Corolla deep blue, four-petalled, spreading, petals broad, ovate, acute. Staména eight, erect, shorter than the corolla. ilaments short. Anthers blue, attached by their middle, horizontal, shaped somewhat like the head of an axe, with a knob behind; cells parallel on the anterior edge. Before expansion, the anthers are bent downwards, (somewhat in the manner of the Melastome,) and the surface of the germen and bottom of the calyx are marked with their impressions, of which the four inner are the deepest; the ridges between them form 8 sharp prominent rays, and there are 8 other less conspicuous lines formed by the faces of the bilocular anthers. Ovarium ovate, one-celled, containing from 6 to 8 erect ovula. Séyle filiform, a little longer than the stamina. Stigma acute. Berry cortical, crowned by the per- sistent calyx, ovate, a little oblique at the base, one-seeded, the rudiments of the abortive ovula surrounding the umbi- licus. Seed ovate, umbilicate at the base and a little oblique. Albumen none. Embryo erect. Cotyledons membranaceous, contortuplicate. Radicle cylindrical, nearly as long as the seed, obverse to the umbilicus. Obs.—The different species of Memecylon have not been well defined by authors; this appears to differ from M. cordatum, Lamarck, and M. grande, Retz: or Nedum schetti. Rheed. Mal: If. p. 21. t. 15, in having ovate not globose fruit, and in the flowers not being umbelled. In the latter the flowers are small, yellow and numerous, in this they are larger, blue, and much fewer in number. 312 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. MEMECYLON PANICULATUM. (W. J.) Foliis petiolatis ovatis obtuso-acuminatis, paniculis axil- laribus brachiatis. Found at Tappanuly and on Pulo Bintang, or on the West coast of Sumatra. A large shrub, with grey bark and smooth branches. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, ovate or oblong ovate, ter- minating in a rather obtuse acumen, entire, very smooth, shining above, paler beneath, with pretty distinct nerves which unite into a line near the margin; seven or eight inches long. Petioles short and thick. Stzpules none. Pani- cles axillary, sometimes from the axils of fallen leaves, op- positely branched ; peduncles four-sided, purplish; there is generally a single one-flowered pedicel placed immediately below each of the principal divisions of the panicle, spring- ing as it were from the same point. Flowers numerous, bluish. Bracts minute. Calyx nearly entire. Corolla light blue, four-petalled, petals broad, acute. Stamina eight ; filaments subulate ; anthers blue, prolonged behind into a thick spur, the upper surface of which is marked with a nectariferous cavity; cells on the anterior surface perpendicular to the spur which is nearly horizontal, bursting longitudinal- ly. Ovary one-celled, containing about eight erect ovula attached to a small protuberance in the base of the cell; its disk marked with radii corresponding to the faces of the anthers which are incurved before expansion. Style subu- late. Stzgma acute. Berry globular, one-seeded. Seed erect, exalbuminous. Cotyledons peltate, hemispherical, their flat surfaces a little irregular or waved. Radicie erect, rising perpendicularly between the cotyledons to their centre where it is inserted. | Obs.—This peculiar structure of the embryo is different from what obtains in all the other species of Memecylon that I have examined, where the cotyledons in place of being solid and hemispherical, are foliaceous and contortuplicate. Descriptions of Malayan Planis. 313 XLII MELASTOMACEZ. I. On the Malayan Species of Melastoma. By WiuLiam - Jack, M. D. Communicated by Rosert Brown, Esq. F. R.S. and L. 8. Read April 16, 1822. The East Indian species of Melastoma have been little investigated in their native soil; and the few that are men- tioned in botanical works have for the most part been so imperfectly described, as to occasion much confusion. This splendid genus has now become so extensive as to require being subdivided; but to do this with due regard to the natural series, and to the relative importance of the charac- ters, would demand a critical examination of the whole, and ampler means of reference than are accessible in India. I shall therefore confine myself to such observations as have been suggested by the Malayan species which I have had an opportunity of examining. ‘The whole of these have baccate fruit, and are therefore true Melastome, as that genus is at present constituted. They vary much in the number of their stamina, but that number is constant in each species. ‘They all agree in having the ovula attached to placenta, which project from the inner angle of the cells; in the number of the cells corresponding with the divisions of the flower ; in the peculiar inflexion of the anthers before expansion; and in having polyspermous berries. ‘The points of difference to be principally attended to are the following: the similarity or dissimilarity of the alternate anthers; the number of the stamina; the anthers being with or without beaks, straight or arcuate; the calyces being hispid or nearly smooth, and having deciduous or persistent segments; the ovary being partially or completely adnate to the calyx. Of these charac- ters, the only one which appears to me to point to a natural division of the species is, that of the equality or inequality of 2R 314 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. the stamina, occasioned by the anthers being alternately pe- dicellate and sessile on the filaments, as in Melastoma Ma- labathrica, or being all sessile, as in M. extgua and others here described. ‘Those of the first division, with unequal stamina, have generally large and beautiful flowers, hispid calyces, with frequently deciduous segments, stamina always double the number of petals, which are either five or four, and arcuate rostrate anthers which, before the expansion of the flower, have their beaks lodged in cells betwixt the calyx and ovary. Those of the second division, with equal stamina, have seldom such conspicuous flowers, have smoother caly- ces, with segments generally persistent, eight stamina, rarely or never ten, and occasionally only four ; anthers sometimes neither arcuate nor rostrate, and their points in that case do. not reach before expansion below the summit of the ovary, which is then completely adnate to the calyx. The genus Maieta of Ventenat has been founded upon this latter character alone; but it is obviously insufficient for a generic distinction, as it can only be considered secondary to that of relative length of the anthers, on which depends the com- plete or partial adhesion of the calyx and ovary: and a little attention to the relations of the different species to each other will show, that a division founded on this latter charac- ter could not be established without great violence to their natural affinities. The following species are arranged ac- cording to the division now suggested. :— * Antheris alternis dissimilibus. (MELAsTomaA). 1, MELASTOMA OBVOLUTA. (W. J.) M. decandra, foliis ovatis quinquenerviis appresso-pilosis, floribus 3—5 terminalibus, bracteis magnis, calycibus squa- mosis lacinils ovatis deciduis. At Tappanooly on the West Coast of Sumatra. A small branched shrub. Branchlets somewhat four- angled, covered with short reddish appressed scales. Leaves Descriptions of Malayan Plants.* 315 opposite, petiolate, ovate or elliptic-ovate, five-nerved, pilose, the hairs on the upper surface shorter than those on the lower; these hairs are appressed, and lie in different direc- tions according to the course of the nerves, like the grained fur of animals. The two opposite leaves are often unequal in size. Petioles scaly. Flowers terminal, three, rarely five, on very short pedicels, each embraced by two large broad- ovate bracts, which completely invest the calyx. These bracts are covered externally with appressed scales, but are smooth towards the margins; they do not fall off till after in- florescence. Calyx ovate, covered with long appressed glossy scales; limb divided into five ovate mucronate, obli- quely rotate, deciduous segments, which are membranaceous at the edges. Corolla large, purple, five-petalled. Stamina ten ; anthers arcuate, beaked, the alternate five pedicellate, with two processes at the base. Ovary connected by ten partitions with the calyx. Style declinate. Berry five-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—The flat bristles or scales of the calyx are remark- ably long in this species; its limb, after the fall of the segments, is acutely five-angled, and the scales that rise from these angles are so long as almost to appear like lesser laci- niz alternating with the true ones. 2. MELASTOMA MALABATHRICA. Linn. Tas. L. Fig. 1. a—g. M. decandra, foliis elliptico-lanceolatis quinquenerviis scab- ris pilis brevibus appressis, floribus 7—11 opposite corym- bosis, bracteis ovatis deciduis calyce minoribus, calycibus squamosis laciniis deciduis. Kadali. Rheed Malab. iv. p. 87. t. 42. Fragarius niger. Rumph. Amb. iv. p. 187. t. 72. Sikadudu. Malay. Abundant throughout Sumatra and the Malay islands, and chiefly occupying open waste lands or coppices. 316 ‘Descriptions of Malayan Plants. In giving the above character of this well-known species, I have been obliged to add to the usual specific phrase, in order to distinguish it from the preceding, to which it has so much resemblance that they might easily be confounded together. The leaves of this are longer and less hairy, and the scales of the calyx are much shorter and more appressed than in M. obvoluta. The principal distinction however is in the inflorescence, the flowers in this being numerous, ge- nerally from seven to eleven, in a kind of corymbose panicle, and the bracts small; while in the preceding the number of the flowers seldom exceeds three, and each is invested by two large bracts, which entirely enclose the calyx, and do not fall off till the petals are fallen. ‘The two following species have also considerable resemblance to the present, but are readily distinguished on inspection by having their calyces covered with erect bristles in place of flat scales. This species (as well as all the rest) has the ovula attach- ed to placentee projecting from the inner angle of the cells: as the fruit ripens the cells become filled with pulp, and the placentze consequently less distinct ; this probably occasion- ed Geertner to fall into an error in ascribing to Melastoma nidulant seeds, and establishing on this a distinction between it and Osbeckia. 3 MELASTOMA ERECTA. (W. J.) M. decandra, foliis quinquenerviis ovatis utrinque acutis villosis, floribus 5—7 terminalibus corymbosis, calycibus sca- bris pilis longis erectis laciniis lmearibus deciduis. Found at Tappanooly in Sumatra. A small erect shrub. Branches round or obscurely four- sided, ferruginous, rough with erect hairs. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate, acute at both ends, four or five inches long, five-nerved, with an additional marginal line, edges recurved and denticulate, softly tomentose or pilose above, villous beneath, with strong erect hairs. Petioles nearly half an Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 317 inch long, pilose. Flowers terminal, somewhat corymbose, pedicellate, generally from five to seven, large. Bracts small. Calyx ovate, beset with strong erect bristly hairs; lamb divided into five long, linear, acute, deciduous segments. Corolla purplish-red, five-petalled ; petals large, spreading. Stamina ten; anthers arcuate, beaked, the alternate ones pedicellate. Style declinate. Berry pilose, ovate, five-celled, many-seeded. 4, MELASTOMA DECEMFIDA. Roxb. M. decandra, floribus subsolitariis terminalibus, foliis quinquenerviis, calyce decemfido setis mollibus porrectis echinato. Roxb. Cat. Hort. Beng. p. 90. Native of Pulo Penang. A large shrub. Branches round, beset with scattered stri- gose scales. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acute and attenuated to the point, nearly entire, sometimes spinulose on the margin, five-nerved, with some scattered appressed hairs on both surfaces. Petzoles, as well as the nerves of the under surface, covered with appressed strigz, channelled above, and ciliate with long hairs along the margins. Flowers very large, nearly solitary, terminal, short- peduncled. Calya ovate, densely covered, as well as the peduncle, with long erect soft spine-like bristles, ten cleft: lacinie long, subulate, the alternate ones shorter. Petals five, large, red, spreading. Stamina ten, arcuate, rostrate ; five, larger, with pedicellate anthers, appendiculate at the base. They are lodged in the cells between the calyx and ovary before expansion, as in other species. Style filiform. Fruit five-celled, many-seeded. | Obs.—This species has considerable resemblance to M. _ Malabathrica, but has larger finer flowers. d 018 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 5. MELASTOMA STELLULATA. (W. J) M. octandra, pedunculis axillaribus 1—5-floris, calycibus setosis, setis erectis spinescentibus apice stellato-multifidis, foliis oblongo-ovatis trinerviis subtus tomentosis. Daduruh Akkar. Malay. West Coast of Sumatra. A shrub with long slender tomentose branches. Pubes- cence stellate. Leaves opposite, petiolate, oblong-ovate, elongated to the point and acuminate, rounded or cordate at the base, three or four inches long, three-nerved, entire, smooth above, ferruginously tomentose beneath. Petioles short, ferruginous. Peduncles axillary, three sometimes one- flowered, and more rarely paniculately five-flowered. Pe- dicels long, four-sided,. tomentose, thickened at the joints and below the flowers. Bracts leaf-like, at the divisions of the peduncle, opposite. Calyx oblong, somewhat tubular, tomentose, and furnished besides with long erect spinous bristles, with stellate points; 2. e. whose points are armed with a radiated fascicle of diverging sete ; limb four-parted ; segments oblong, ciliate. Corolla four-petalled, spreading ; petals somewhat acute. Stamina eight, unequal ; four long, with pedicellate anthers and filaments furnished with a fasci- cle of hairs at the apex; four short, with sessile anthers and bisetous filaments; all the anthers arcuate, and opening by pores at the top. Ovary oblong, in the bottom of the calyx, and attached to it by eight septa forming an equal number of cells, in which the points of the anthers are lodged before the expansion of the flower, four-celled, polysporous ; ovula attached to central placentz. Style declinate, thickened at the base, as long as the stamina. Berry contained in the per- sistent calyx, to which it becomes adnate, ovate, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—The peculiarity of the bristles of the calyx having stellate points, at once distinguishes this species from all the Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 319 rest. Besides these bristles, the calyx is covered with a short ferruginous wool, and the segments appear to be per- sistent. It was sent to me from Saloomah, and is by no means a common species. 6. MELASTOMA NEMOROSA. (W. J.) M. octandra, pedunculis axillaribus 1—3-floris, foliis ovato- lanceolatis quinquenerviis subtus cum calycibus, ramis, pe- dunculisque ferrugineo-villosis. : Banga utan. Malay. Native of the Malay Islands. A shrub with long, virgate, round, ferruginous branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, slightly cordate at the hase, very entire, smooth and green above, hoary with ferruginous dots beneath ; five-nerved, the outer pair of nerves close to the margin. The young leaves are villous on both sides; on the upper with white stellate hairs, which soon disappear, and are rubbed off with the slightest touch ; below with reddish ferruginous pubescence. Petioles short, round, ferruginous, connected by a prominent interpetiolar line. St¢pules none. Peduncles axillary, soli- tary, one-to three-flowered. Calyx inferior, subovate, closely embracing the ovary, and connected with it by eight septa, rough with ferruginous pubescence; /¢mb four-parted ; lacinie spreading, acute. Corolla four-petalled, of a flesh or light rose colour, spreading; petals subrotund, inserted into the calyx alternately with its laciniz. Stamina eight, inserted below the petals, ascending, with arcuate rostrate anthers ; four are longer, have pedicellate anthers, with fimbriated appendages at the base ; the shorter have sessile anthers, with two setz or bristles at the base. Before expansion the anthers are incurved, and have their apices inserted into the cells formed between the calyx and ovarium. Style ascending, as long as the short stamina. Stigma simple, 320 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. recurved. Fruit within the calyx, and adhering to it by the above-mentioned septa, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a very beautiful large flowered species, and is a great ornament to the thickets which it frequents. I have met with it in various places, as on Sumatra, Pulo Nias, &c. 7. MELASTOMA BRACTEATA. (W. J.) M. octandra, floribus paniculatis terminalibus, bracteis magnis ovatis, foliis cordato-ovatis quinquenerviis, calyce stellulato piloso limbo subintegro- Oosa. Malay. Native of Pulo Penang. The whole shrub with the exception of the upper surface of the mature leaves is covered with ferruginous points or dots of stellate hairs. Branches round. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, ovate, acuminate, cordate at the base, entire, smooth above, pilose with stellate hairs beneath, five-nerved. Panicles long, terminal, with opposite ramifications. Bracts large, pale, and membranaceous, ovate, obtuse, attenuated to the base, as if petiolate. Calyx oblong, greenish, adher- ing to the ovarium by eight septa, limb almost entire, with four obscure toothlets. Corolla of a pale, rose-colour, four- petalled, spreading, petals ovate, obtuse, and as if truncate. Stamina eight, filaments red, furnished with two bristles at the insertion of the anthers. Anthers arcuate, rostrate ; four are red, and rather longer than the other four which are yellow and more incurved. Style declinate, as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Fruit inclosed in the calyx, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—The large bracts which envelop the young flowers distinguish this species ; the flowers are not large, but their number compensates for it. ** Antheris omnibus consimilibus. (STOMANDRA). Descriptions of Malayan Plants. JZ 8. MELASTOMA EXIGUA. (W. J.) Tas. I. fig. 2. a—f. M. octandra, paniculis terminalibus, foliis longe petiolatis ovatis acuminatis glabris quinquenerviis, calyce quadridentato. Native of Pulo Penang. An erect branched shrub, with brownish bark and four- sided branches, sparingly sprinkled with rusty down. Leaves Jarge, opposite, long-petioled, ovate, acuminate, acute at the base, almost entire, smooth, five-nerved, with strong trans- verse reticulated veins. Petioles long, channelled above, smooth. Stipules none. Panicles terminal, erect, small, with opposite divaricate ramifications. Flowers small and inconspicuous. Calyx inferior, tubular, connected with the base of the ovary by eight septa; limb erect, four-toothed. Petals four, small, white with a tinge of red, ovate, acute. Stamina eight, nearly erect, the alternate ones a little shorter. Anthers purple, erect, linear, acute, emarginate at the base (neither curved, rostrate, nor appendiculate). Style ascending, as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Fruit small, dry, ovate-oblong, four-celled, many-seeded ; the pla- centz from the axis. . Obs.—This species is remarkable by its very small flowers disposed in a divaricate open panicle, and the comparatively large size of its leaves. ‘The fruit might perhaps properly be considered a capsule, as it appears to be destitute of pulp. The gradations from a berry to a capsule in this family are such, that it is difficult to draw the line of dis- tinction ; and it seems questionable whether this difference, when unsupported by other characters, can be considered of generic value. 9. MELASTOMA ROTUNDIFOLIA. (W. J.) M. octandra, foliis maximis subrotundis septemnerviis, _floribus capitatis mvolucratis. Segoonil. Malay. 322 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Found in the Musi country, in the interior of Sumatra. A shrub. Leaves opposite, long-petioled, subrotund, with a sharp acumen at the point, sometimes cordate at the base, about nine inches long, entire, seven-nerved, with a less distinct additional pair near the margin, the middle ones combined a little above the base, nearly smooth, dotted with ferruginous points, particularly on the under surface and on the nerves, deep green above, pale tinged with red beneath. Petioles from five to eight inches long, channelled above and ciliate with long soft hairs. Peduneles axillary, solitary, shorter than the petioles, supporting a dense head of involucred flow- ers. Flowers numerous, pedicelled, collected into a roundish head. Jnvolucre, of five or six large, cordate, broad, many- nerved, ciliate, purple leaves embracing the flowers. Calyx tubular, nearly smooth, dotted; limb quadrifid. Corolla purple, four-petalled. Stamina eight, equal. Anthers ar- cuate, beaked, inappendiculate, having their points inflexed before expansion. Ovary connected by septa to the bottom of the calyx, four-celled, polysporous, with central placentz. Style long. Berry four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a very singular and well marked species, distinguished from all the others of the genus by its large subrotund leaves, and by the peculiarity of having the flowers in a crowded head surrounded by a large involucre. In this particular it deviates widely from the usual habit of the Melastome. It is rarely met with, and has only been obtain- ed by me from Musi, a district lying immediately inland of Bencoolen. 10. MELASTOMA PALLIDA. (W. J.) M. octandra, floribus paniculatis axillaribus et terminali- bus, foliis ovatis quinquenerviis glabriusculis, antheris supra basin affixis. Native of the Malay Islands. Q Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 323 A shrub with round branches powdered as it were with small dots. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate, subcordate, acuminate, four or five inches long, five-nerved, entire, smooth above, sprinkled with small dots beneath. Petioles short. lowers oppositely panicled, axillary and terminal, white. Bracts small, acute. Calyx nearly smooth, four-sided, limb obscurely four-lobed. Corolla four-petalled, petals oblong, obtuse. Stamina eight, equal; filaments with two bristles at the top ; anthers curved, beaked, opening by a pore, attached to the filaments a little above the base on the inside, and before expansion turned downwards, so as to have their faces closely applied to the filaments. Ovary connected to the calyx by eight septa or partitions, four-celled, polyspo- rous. Style nearly as long as the stamina. Berry four-cel- led, many-seeded. Obs.—The insertion of the filaments is here somewhat different from what is usual in this genus, being, as it were, articulate a little above the base of the anther, and there forming a hinge on which the anther moves. This structure becomes still more singular in the following species, where the filament is inserted nearly as high as the middle of the anther, and is adnate to it from thence as far as the base, being thus recurved upon itself when the anther comes into the erect position. The two species are nearly related, being principally distinguished by the number of the stamina, which are only four in the latter. 11. MELASTOMA FALLAX. (W. J) M. tetrandra, paniculis terminalibus, foliis ovatis quinque- nerviis subtus tomentosis, antheris erectis infra medium affixis. Native of Sumatra. A shrub with long rather compressed tomentose branches. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate, cordate at the base, acu- minate, four or five inches long, entire, five-nerved, smooth above, tomentose and ferruginous beneath. Petéoles about 24 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. half an inch in length. Panicles terminal, erect, many-flow- ered; divisions opposite. Bracts small, acute at the base of the flowers, opposite. Calyx adnate to the ovary, four- sided, contracted at the mouth; limb spreading, almost entire, four-cornered. Corolla white, four-petalled ; petals subrotund, inserted on the calyx. Stamina four, filaments erect, expanded into a membrane at the summit, which is adnate to the anther from near their middle to their base ; anthers thick, corrugated, nearly straight, without appen- dices at the base, beaked, opening by a pore at top, at- tached by their anterior faces to the filaments a little below the middle. Before flowering the anthers are doubled down- wards upon the filaments, so as to have the appearance of being pendulous; by the extrication of their beaks, how- ever, the upper part of the filament is reflexed, and the point of insertion, which before expansion was posterior, becomes anterior. Ovary adnate to the calyx without con- necting septa or cells, the beaks of the anthers not reaching so low; four-celled, polysporous, placente from the inner angles. Style erect, as long as the stamina. Berry ovate, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—Besides being tetrandrous, this species is remarka- ble for the unusual mode of attachment of the anthers to the filaments, of which a partial example is afforded in the pre- ceding. There is a strong resemblance between the two in habit as well as in this particular. Here we have the ovary completely adnate to the calyx, while in the preceding the an- thers reach lower down, and are therefore lodged in cells be- twixt them; but the two species are too nearly related in all other respects to admit of being separated on this account. 12. MELASTOMA GRACILIS. (W. J) M. octandra, staminibus alternis nanis, paniculis termina- libus gracilibus, foliis ovatis acuminatis glabris trinerviis, ramis compressis. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. O25 Sedudu akar. Malay. Sumatra. A shrub. Branches compressed, nearly smooth. Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate or lanceolate-ovate, rounded at the base, very acuminate, four-inches long, smooth, dotted with minute tubercles above, three-nerved, with a less distinct marginal pair, the transverse veins conspicuous. Peizoles short, slender. Panicle terminal, oppositely branched, pe- duncles and pedicels slender, thickened at their joints. Bracts linear. Calyx ovate, smooth ; limb absolutely four- lobed, persistent. Corolla bluish-white, four-petalled. Sta- mina eight, the alternate ones considerably smaller ; anthers nearly straight, without beaks, furnished at the base with two long linear flat appendices or awns ; their points before expansion only reaching to the top of the ovary. Ovary adnate to the calyx, four-celled, polyspermous; placente from the inner angles. Style simple, erect. Berry globose, smooth, rather dry, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a slender, delicate, small-flowered species, having considerable resemblance to the following. The al- ternate stamina are here very small, so as almost to appear abortive ; but the form and structure of all the anthers and their appendages are precisely the same. In the first divi- sion of the Melastome, the inequality of the stamina is occa- sioned by the dissimilar structure of the alternate anthers ; in the second, whatever difference may occur in their rela- tive lengths, their structure is precisely alike. No ambiguity can therefore be occasioned by such an inequality as exists in this species, were even its real affinities less strongly expressed in its general habit and secondary characters. 13. MELASTOMA GLAUCA. (W. J) M. tetrandra, paniculis terminalibus glaucis, foliis quin- quenervils acuminatis basi cordatis glabriusculis. Cc ww 26 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. © Osbeckia tetrandra. Roxb. Cat. Hort. Beng. p. 88. Tuniong utan. Malay. Abundant at Pulo Penang. A shrub of considerable height, with stellulate pubes- cence. Branches spreading, round, pubescent. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, recurved, ovate-oblong, cordate at the base, acuminate, entire, very smooth, thinly sprinkled beneath with stellulate hairs, somewhat rigid, five-nerved, with prominent transverse veins. Petioles short, tomentose, channelled above and ciliate on the edges, connected by an interpetiolar line. Stzpules none. Panicles terminal, with opposite divaricate ramifications, glaucous threughout. Bracts ovate, acute, ciliate. Calyx oblong, smooth, glau- cous, ccerulescent above. Lzmb entire. Corolla of a delicate blue, four-petalled, spreading; petals ovate, acuminate. Stamina four fertile, ascending ; filaments appendiculate at the apex ; anthers long, much curved, rostrate, opening by a pore at top; besides these there are two abortive filaments. Ovary connected to the calyx by four septa, between which the beaks of the anthers are lodged before expansion, four- celled, polysporous; placente from the inner angles of the cells. Style reddish, longer than the stamina. Stigma simple. Berry of a fine glaucous-purple colour, ovate, four- celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a handsome shrub, easily distinguished by the glaucous tint of its panicles, and in general appearance has considerable resemblance to the preceding. Only four stamina are here fertile, but they are accompanied by two small filaments without anthers. The leaves are of a deep green, rather rigid, with strongly-marked nerves and veins. While young, both surfaces are sprinkled with stellulate pubescence, which is easily rubbed off, and disappears with age. The appendages of the stamina are in the form of rounded auricles. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 327 14. MELASTOMA VIMINALIS. M. octandra, foliis oblongis obtuse acuminatis basi cordatis quinquenerviis, paniculis trichotomis, bracteis oppositis ob- longis ciliatis, antheris quatuor alternis sterilibus. Native of Sumatra. A large climbing shrub. Branches long and drooping, round, pubescent, tinged with purple. Leaves opposite, sub-bifarious, petiolate, oblong, cordate at the base, termi- nating in a long obtuse acumen, entire, smooth above, sprin- kled with minute stellate hairs beneath, five-nerved, the outer- most pair less distinct than the others; five or six inches long. Petioles short, generally furnished with one or two sete on the edges immediately below the leaf. Stipules none ; interpetiolar line prominent, naked. Panicles oppo- sitely corymbose, trichotomous, terminal and axillary, the whole forming a large foliose panicle at the end of the branch. Bracts rather large, opposite, erect, oblong, ciliate, pubescent as well as the peduncles and calyces. Calyx oblong-ovate ; lamb nearly entire. Corolla white, four-petal- led ; petals acute, subrotate. Stamina eight, of which four are fertile, bearing thick, straight, yellow anthers; the alter- nate four are sterile, of nearly equal length, but having in place of an anther a simple filiform process, which is appen- diculate at the base: both are equally incurved between the calyx and ovary before expansion. Style subulate, declinate. Stigma small. Berry sub-globose, purple, four-celled, many- seeded. Seeds attached to placentz, which project from the inner angle of the cells. 15. MELASTOMA EXIMIA. M. octandra, paniculis terminalibus, foliis maximis glaber- rimis elliptico-ovatis quintuplinerviis. Found on the side of Gunong Bunko, commonly called the Sugar-loaf Mountain, in the interior of Bencoolen. 328 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. This is a large shrub with irregularly four-sided branches. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, very large, elliptic-ovate, acute at both ends, with a short acumen at the point, entire, very smooth, thick and leathery, quintuple-nerved, fifteen or sixteen inches long. A dense circle of brown-coloured bristles surrounds the joints of the stem within the axils. Panicles terminal, large, red, the subdivisions quaternate ; bracts similarly quaternate and verticillate, ovate. Flowers pale flesh-coloured. Calyx oblong; lamb obsoletely four- toothed. Petals four. Stamina eight, nearly equal ; anthers similar and equal, purple, furnished with two short yellow appendages at the base. Ovary connected with the calyx by eight septa. Style simple. Berries reddish-purple, four- celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a very remarkable and splendid species, with uncommonly large deep-green leaves, and highly colour- ed panicles. 16. MELASTOMA RUBICUNDA. (W. J.) M. octandra, floribus axillaribus dichotome cymosis ru- bescenti-pellucidis, calycis margine integro, foliis oblongo- ovatis triplinerviis glaberrimis. Native of the forests of Singapore. A shrub with long branches and cinereous warted bark. Leaves opposite, short-petioled, oblong, ovate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, triple-nerved, very entire, very smooth, pale green and punctate beneath. Petzoles short, thick. Cymes somewhat paniculate, axillary, dichotomous, divari- cate; peduncles and pedicels smooth and red. Calyx semi- inferior, sub-globose, somewhat pellucid, and of a delicate red, fleshy, smooth, attached to the ovary by eight partitions ; margin entire and incumbent. Corolla white, almost diapha- nous, four-petalled ; petals oblong, reflexed. Stamina eight, erect. Anthers long, curved, beaked, bituberculate at the base, red, before expansion having their points lodged in Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 329 the cells betwixt the calyx and ovary. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma simple. Berry rubescent, four-celled, many- seeded. 17. MELASTOMA PULVERULENTA. (W. J) M. octandra, floribus terminalibus corymboso-paniculatis rubicundis pulverulentis, foliis ovatis basi bituberculatis gla- berrimis trinerviis. Sibiring. Malay. Found, along with the preceding, at Singapore, and in many parts of Sumatra and the islands which skirt its western coast. A shrub with smooth brown bark, and furfuraceous branches. Leaves opposite, petioled, ovate, obtuse, bitu- berculate at the base, very entire, very smooth, three-nerved, veins not prominent, coriaceous, paler beneath. Stipules none. VPetioles short, round, furfuraceous. Panicles termi- nal, oppositely corymbose: peduncles dichotomous, reddish and papillous. Calyx sub-globose, obscurely four-angled, surrounding the ovary, rubescent, pulverulent; limb four- lobed. Corolla four-petalled, red, sprinkled with yellow powder ; petals spreading, lanceolato-ovate, with a small toothlet on each side. Stamina eight, erect; anthers long, red, with white cells, opening by a pore at the top, straight, furnished behind the base with a fascicle of white hairs; before expansion incurved like the other Melastome, but being without beaks, not reaching beyond the top of the ovary. Ovary adnate to the calyx, four-celled, many-seed- ed ; placente from the inner angle of the cells. Style decli- nate, as long as the stamina. Stigma obtuse. Berry sub- globose, four-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—These two Singapore species are nearly related to each other, and differ considerably in habit from the other Melastome chiefly in their extreme smoothness and the greater delicacy of their flowers. ‘The latter is by far the most frequent, and appears to prefer the neighbourhood of aT 330 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. the sea. The tubercles of the leaf are formed by the incurv- ing of its base upon the petiole at the point of junction: they are rarely exactly opposite, but generally higher on the one side than the other. The petals have a kind of appen- dix or toothlet on the margin, a little above the middle. In the former species the petals are singularly transparent and delicate. | 18. MELASTOMA ALPESTRIS. Tas. I. Fig. 3. a—d. M. decandra, paniculis terminalibus, foliis sessilibus gla- berrimis crenulatis quintuplinerviis. Found on the summit of the Sugar-loaf Mountain (Gunong Banko) in Sumatra. A small shrub, with smooth sub-dichotomous branches. Leaves opposite, sessile, semi-amplexicaul, ovate, elongated upwards, obsoletely crenate, very smooth, coriaceous, pale green, with a purplish shade beneath, quintuple-nerved ; three to four inches long. A circle of short brown threads in the axils. Panicles terminal, divaricate, flesh-coloured. Bracts small. Calyx five-dentate. Corolla five-petalled, of a delicate flesh-colour, rotate; petals obtusely notched at the point. Stamina ten, ascending, equal. Anthers similar and equal, curved, beaked, dark-purple, having a toothlet or spur behind ; before expansion their points reach about half way down between the calyx and ovary. Style simple. Berries red, five-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is the first decandrous species I have met with belonging to the second division of Melastome with similar anthers. In habit and in the texture of the leaves it has a close resemblance to M. pulverulenta, but its flowers have more resemblance to those of M. rubicunda ; it must be associated with these two. From the characters of this species, it appears that neither the number of the stamina, nor of the nerves of the leaves, afford subdivisions consonant to the natural series. I met with this plant on the very Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 301 summit of the Sugar-loaf, along with Rhododendra and Vaccinia. SONERILA ERECTA. (W. J.) Triandria Monogynia. Erecta, ramosa, foliis lanceolatis serratis, racemis termina- libus paucifloris, floribus sessilibus. Summow. Malay. Native of the Forests of Pulo Pinang. Root fibrous. Stem erect, from six inches to a foot in height, oppositely branched, round, tinged with red, fringed with two opposite longitudinal lines of hairs (like that of the Veronica Chamaedrys). Leaves opposite, petiolate, ovate- lanceolate, acute at both ends, serrated, villous with erect hairs, three-nerved, green above, reddish beneath. Petzoles nearly smooth. St¢pules none. Peduncles terminal, spring- ing from the centre of a four-leaved verticil which terminates the branch, and of which two opposite leaves are smaller. The spike is unilateral, about four-flowered, recurved, smooth ; each flower sessile on the upper side of the clavate peduncle, which is there thickened and as it were scooped out to receive it, and is attenuated downwards to the point of insertion into the branch. Bracts none or very minute. Calyx smooth, trifid, lacinize acute. Corolla of a light flesh color, composed of three lanceolate ovate, acuminate, spread- ing petals. Stamzna three, alternating with the petals, erect, scarcely so long as the corolla. Anthers two-celled, acute, cordate at the base. Style erect, equal to the stamina. Stigma obtuse. Ovarium long, linear, inferior. Capsule oblong, obtusely three-angled, three-celled, three-valved, many-seeded, the dissepiments opposite to the valves. Seeds attached to a central columnar three-sided placenta. Obs.—This plant differs considerably in habit from the other species of Sonerila in having an erect slender brachiate Y O2 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. iS) stem, and small lanceolate leaves, not oblique at the base as in most of the genus. The uppermost leaves are quatern, forming a kind of invo- lucre to the slender peduncle which springs from their centre. SONERILA MOLUCCANA. (Roxb) Subcaulescens, villosa, foliis oblique cordatis integris op- positis altero minore, pedunculis axillaribus, racemis uni- lateralibus. Rox: Fl: Ind: Voll. p. 122. Pouh. Malay. A native of the moist shady forests of Pulo Pinang. A small herbaceous plant whose root is fibrous, and whose stem does not exceed a few inches in length. Every part is thickly covered with red hair. The Leaves are petiolate, opposite, one much smaller and rounder than the other, unequally cordate, acute, very entire, of a deep green on the upper surface, red beneath, with quintuple nerves. Petéoles round, and hairy. Stipules none. Peduncles generally from the axils of the smaller leaves, erect, bearing from one to three unilateral somewhat recurved racemes, and furnished about the middle with two small opposite bracteolar leaflets. The racemes are at first revolute, but unroll themselves as the flowers open. The flowers are unilateral, arranged in two rows upon short pedicels, and each supported by a li- near ciliate bract. Calyx superior, covered like the rest of the plant with red hairs, three-parted, laciniz lanceolate, acute. Coroila white, composed of three petals inserted between the divisions of the calyx, ovate, acute, with a few red hairs along the middle of the under surface. Stamina three alternating with the petals; filaments linear, ascend- ing; anthers linear, bending towards the style, yellow, two- celled. Style declinate in an opposite direction to the sta- mina. Stigma simple. Capsule ovate, crowned by the calyx, hairy, three-celled, three-valved, many-seeded, the Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 30303 dissepiments opposite to the valves, the placente peltate, pedicellate, affixed to the avis of the capsule. SONERILA HETEROPHYLLA. (W. J.) Foliis oppositis altero minimo reniformi, altero oblongo acuminato versus basin attenuato ibique semicordato, supra glabris, pedunculis axillaribus brevissimis paucifloris. Found at Tappanuly on the West coast of Sumatra. Stem creeping, round, covered with appressed scaly hairs. Leaves opposite, almost sessile, one very minute and reni- form, the other about three inches long, oblong, broader above, acuminate, narrowing to the base, semicordate, the outer lobe forming a rounded auricle, obsoletely denticulate or nearly entire, a small spinule on the denticulations ; three- nerved, smooth above, whitish beneath, with some hairs on the nerves. Petioles scarce any. Flowers from the axils of the small leaves, sometimes nearly solitary, sometimes four or five on a very short peduncle. Pedicels reddish, seated on small tubercles, furnished with glandular hairs. Calyx superior, trifid. Corolla three-petaled. Stamina three. Capsule turbinate, three-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This species is remarkable by the extreme differ- ence in the size of the opposite leaves, one of which is so minute as almost to escape observation. The same peculiarity exists in the Sonerila Moluccana. XLIV. LYTHRARIA. LAGERSTRG@MIA FLORIBUNDA. (W. J.) Icosandria Monogynia. Folis suboppositis ovato-oblongis glabris, paniculis termi- nalibus ramosissimis multifloris ferrugineo-villosis, staminibus inequalibus, calycibus turbinatis sulcatis. Found at Pulo Pinang. 334: Descriptions of Malayan Plants. A tree. Leaves subopposite, short petioled, rather re- curved, seven or eight inches long, ovate-oblong, somewhat acute, entire, smooth, with strong prominent nerves and reticulate veins. Panicle terminal, much branched, spread- ing, many-flowered. Peduneles, pedicels and calyces ferru- ginous, densely villous with stellate hair. The flowers are smaller than those of L. Reginz, but much more numerous and in much larger panicles, pale rose color on their first expansion, and passing through various gradations of inten- sity, until at length they become nearly purple. Calyx covered with ferruginous wool, turbinate, regularly marked with many deep longitudinal furrows or ribs, giving it a fluted appear- ance, limb spreading six-parted. Before expansion, the calyx is obconical and nearly flat at the top. Corolla six- petalled, spreading, petals inserted by short ungues alter- nately with the segments of the calyx, ovate, not much un- dulated. Stamina red, numerous, inserted on the calyx, six of them longer, thicker and more conspicuous than the rest. Ovary thickly covered with white hair, six-celled, many- seeded. Style erect. Stzgma clavate. Obs.—This beautiful and splendid species may be readily distinguished from the L. Regine by the greater size of the panicles, and their ferruginous color. The flower buds in that species represent in some degree a double cone, in this a single inverted cone, being flat and even depressed at top. The L. hirsuta, Zam : is also quite distinct from this, having hirsute leaves. XLV. RHIZOPHORE. RHIZOPHORA CARYOPHYLLOIDES. (W. J.) Dodecandria Monogynia. Fruticosa, folliis ovato-lanceolatis utrinque acutis, pedun- culis axillaribus trifloris rarius dichotome quinquefloris, flori- bus 8-fidis, radicula subcylindrica acutiuscula. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 335 Mangium Caryophylloides, Rumph: Amb: LIT. p. 119. t. 78. Found at Singapore and Pulo Pinang. This is a much smaller shrub than the common Mangrove, and does not divide its roots somuch. It is generally found in shallow sandy salt marshes, rising with a tolerably erect stem and branched nearer to the base than the common species. Leaves opposite, petiolate, about four inches long, oval or ovate-lanceolate, acute at both ends, sometimes slightly inequilateral, very entire, very smooth, coriaceous ; the lower surface appearing under the lens dotted with minute white points. Petioles round, furrowed above, smooth. Stzpules long, enveloping the corniculate buds in the manner of the Ficus, very deciduous. Peduncles axillary, solitary, three-flowered, shorter than the petioles; sometimes they are dichotomously five-flowered, having a flower in the bi- furcation. Calyx semi-inferior, surrounding the ovary, ovate, limb eight-parted, spreading, laciniz linear, acute, thick, rather incurved at their points. Corolla white, eight-petal- led, petals nearly erect, alternate with the laciniz of the calyx, conduplicate, inclosing the stamina by pairs, bifid, furnished with a few threads or filaments at the point, ciliat- ed on the margin. Stamina double, the number of the petals inserted on the calyx in a double series, the inner ones shorter, erect, not so long as the petals, enfolded by them until the period of complete expansion, when they burst from their recesses with an elastic force, and disperse their pollen. Anthers linear, acute, two-celled. Ovarzum contained within the calyx, two-celled, tetrasporous; ovula subrotund, affixed near the top of the cells. Style filiform, as long as the stamina. Sigma bifid with acute laciniz. Fraud contain- ed in the persistent calyx, one-seeded, the other three ovula proving abortive. The seed is at first ovate or roundish, with conform albumen, the embryo inverse, in the upper part of the seed. As the fruit advances, the radicle is elongated 386 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. and becomes at length nearly cylindric, obsoletely angled, and rather acute at the point. I have generally found three cotyledons, rarely four. Obs.—Rumphius’s figure is by no means a good represen- tation of the plant, but his description of it is correct. It comes nearest to the R. cylindrica, Kari Kandel, Rheed, Mal: VI. p. 59. t. 33, which differs from this in having the radicle very obtuse and more exactly cylindrical, and the peduncles generally one or two-flowered. According to Rumphius this species is rather rare, and is called Mangi Mangi Chenke or Clove Mangrove, whence his appellation Caryophylloides, which I have thought proper to retain, as the resemblance holds good in some particulars. 7 XLVI. HALORAGE. HALORAGIS DISTICHA. (W. J.) Foliis alternis distichis obliquis integris, floribus axillari- bus subsolitariis, petalis tridentatis. Kayo Kanchil. Malay. This species is not unfrequent in Sumatra, at Singapore, and other parts of the Malay Archipelago. A shrub with ferruginous pilose branches. Leaves alter- nate, distichous, arranged in two series, one of large leaves and another of very small ones, which resemble stipule, being regularly placed a little below the insertion of the large ones so as to lie over their bases; the large leaves are sub- sessile, rhomboid-oblong, inequilateral, acute, entire, nearly smooth above, pilose with short appressed hairs beneath ; from an inch to an inch and a half long: the small leaves are similar in shape, but more acute and little more than a quar- ter of an inch long, they are arranged on the anterior side Descriptions of Malayan Planis. 337 of the branch and are closely appressed to it so as to resem- ble stipules. Flowers axillary, generally solitary, subsessile. Calyx four-leaved, persistent. Petals four, shorter than the calyx, trifid. Stamina eight, as long as the petals; anthers two-celled. Ovary inferior, four-sided, ferruginous, four- celled, tetrasporous. Styles four, equal to the stamina. Stzgmas simple. Drupe oblong-ovate, red, containing a nut with eight longitudinal furrows, and containing a single seed. Seed oblong-oval ; embryo central in an ample albumen. Obs.—The general habit of this species is very peculiar, and has much the character of Australasian vegetation, to which country the genus principally belongs. XLVII. COMBRETACE. PYRRHANTHUS. (W. J.)* Decandria Monogynia. N. O. Combretacee. Br. Calyx 5-fidus, superus, persistens. Corolla 5-petala calyce longior. Stamina 5—10, erecta, corolla duplo longiora. Ovarium uniloculare, ovulis 3—5 pendulis. Drupa cary- ophylliformis, calyce coronata; nuce oblongd monosperma. Arbor littorea inter Rhizophoras crescens : foliis crassts ad apices ramorum confertis, floribus subcorymbosis. PYRRHANTHUS LITTOREUS. Miri batu. Malay, and in Sumatra Kayu Api-api. Native of Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, growing among Mangroves in salt swamps and near the mouths of * Petaloma Roxb. Fl. Ind. Lumnitzera Willd. Wight and Arnott. Bruguiera. Petit Thouars. BU; 338 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. rivers. It is one of the most ornamental trees that occur in these situations. Mergui, Malacca. W. G. It grows to be a large tree, generally with an irregular crooked trunk. Jeaves irregularly crowded at the extre- mities of the branches which are rough with their persistent vestiges, subsessile, cuneiform, retuse, attenuated at the base into a very short petiole, obtusely crenate, often nearly entire, smooth, thick and fleshy, almost veinless. Stipules none. Racemes short, simple, terminal, subcorymbose. Flowers pedicellate, crowded. Bracts two, small, acute at the base of each flower. Calyx superior, 5-cleft, segments erect, thick, rather obtuse. Corolla crimson, 5-petalled, petals spreading, twice as long as the calyx, acute. Stamina varying in number from 5 to 10, erect, twice as long as the corolla, filaments red, subulate ; anthers oblong, purple, at- tached by the middle. Ovary inferior, about the size and shape of a clove, one-celled, containing from 3 to 5 ovula which are pendulous from the top of the cell. Style one. Berry or drupe somewhat compressed, obtusely angled, crowned by the thick persistent calyx; nut oblong with two prominent angles, one-seeded. Seed exalbuminous. Embryo inverse. Cotyledons convolute. Obs.—The number of the stamina is very variable, seven is perhaps the most frequent; five and six are common, but ten the complete number is rare. ‘The number of ovula varies also. The genus is most nearly related to Lagun- cularia of Geartner, but seems to differ in its corolla and stamina. It has some resemblance to Kada kandel, Rheed: H: Mal: VI. p. 67, t. 57, a figure which has not I believe been quoted, and may possibly be another species of this genus. Kayu Api-api is the name generally given to this tree in Sumatra, but is applied by Rumphius to his Man- gium album, Herb: Amb: IIT. p. 115, t. 66, which is a species of Avicennia, probably the A. resinifera of Forster, known in Sumatra by the name of Pelandok Kayu. It appears Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 399 to be distinct from A. tomentosa, having lanceolate acute leaves, white beneath but not tomentose, and the fruit being much smaller. SPHALANTHUS. (W. J.) Decandria Monogynia. N. O. Combretacee. Br. Calyx tubulosus, hine gibbus, deciduus, limbo 5-partito. Corolla 5-petala summo tubo calycis inserta et ejusdem laciniis alterna. Staména 10, corolla breviora. Stylus tubo calycis hinc accretus. Ovariwm uniloculare, ovulis paucis ab apice loculi pendulis. Capsula 5-alata, monosperma, semine 5-angulato. Semen exalbuminosum, cotyledonibus convexo-planis, radicula minima conica. | SPHALANTHUS CONFERTUS. Kayu Sumang. Malay. A shrub with round nearly smooth branches. Leaves generally alternate, large and reflexly bifarious, short petiol- ed, ovate-oblong, acuminate, subcordate at the base, entire, very smooth. Petioles short, somewhat recurved. Stipules none.. Spikes 1—3, terminal, bending in an opposite direc- tion from the leaves. lowers crowded, sessile. Bracts lanceolate acute, much shorter than the flowers. Calyx superior, very long, tubular, gibbous on one side below, red- dish and somewhat tomentose without, limb 5-parted, some- what reflex, laciniz acute, broader at the base. Corolla 5- petalled, white at first, becoming red after expansion, a little longer than the calyx, petals ovate-oblong, acute. Stamina ten, inserted in a double series on the calyx, erect, shorter than the corolla; anthers oblong, yellow. Ovary small, _ oblong, one-celled, containing three pendulous ovula, attach- ed by filaments to the summit of the cell. Style green, fili- form, rather longer than the stamina, adhering to or con- crete with the tube of the calyx on one side along its whole 340 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. length. Stigma simple. Capsule large, not crowned with the calyx, oblong, with five membranaceous wings, smooth, one-celled, one-seeded. Seed oblong with five-obtuse angles. integument membranaceous, easily separated. Albumen none. Hmbryo conform to the seed. Cotyledons plano- convex, angled exteriorly. adicle conical, very small. Ob.—The structure of the seed is here different from what generally obtains in the Combretacez, the cotyledons being solid, not convolute. POLYPETALZ INCERTZ SEDIS. OCTAS. (W. J.) Octandria Monogynia. Calyx 8-partitus. Corolla 8-loba. Stamina octo, laciniis corolle alterna. Stigma sessile, 8-radiatum. Bacca 8-sperma, supera. Frutex foliis simplicibus alternis, spicts axtllaribus. OCTAS SPICATA. Found at Tappanuly on the West coast of Sumatra. A shrub, with long branches ; the young parts tomentose. Leaves alternate, petiolate, lanceolate-oblong, acuminate, en- tire, smooth; five-inches long. Stzpules small, acute. Spikes or racemes two from each axil, rather shorter than the leaves, many-flowered; pedicels in threes. Flowers small, white. Bractsminute. Calyx small, 8-parted. Corolla monopetalous, ‘spreading, divided at the margin into eight round lobes. Sta- mina eight, as long as the lobes of the corolla; anthers white, subsagittate. Ovary superior, globular, eight-celled, eight- seeded. Stegma large, sessile, composed of eight fleshy coadu- nate lobes. Berries about the size of pepper corns, purple, containing eight seeds, which are angled interiorly. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 341 COXLOPYRUM. (W. J.) Octandria Monogynta. Calyx 4-partitus. Corolla 4-petala. Stamina 8, alterna breviora. Stigma obtusum, subsessile. Drupa supera, nuce biloculari, loculo exteriore lunato alterum fovente. Semen unicum, loculo altero vacuo. Arbor, ramis apice foliosis, folits simplicibus, floribus racemosis. CQZLOPYRUM CORIACEUM. Tarantang. Malay. In forests in the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. A tree with thick branches, which are foliose at their summit. Leaves alternate, petiolate, elliptic, obtuse or emar- ginate, entire with reflexed margins, firm and leathery, smooth above, pale and tomentose beneath, costate with strong parallel ribs or nerves; 10—12 inches long. Petioles about three inches long, marginate and flattened above. Racemes axillary, erect, shorter than the leaves, branched ; flowers numerous, yellowish, small and inconspicuous, in small racemules or spikelets. Bracts small, acute. Calyx inferior, spreading. Corolla four-petalled, petals longer than the calyx, ovate. Stamina 8, the alternate ones shorter. Ovary surrounded and nearly immersed in a large fleshy nectarial ring, whose sides are angled by the compression of the filaments. Style scarce any. Stigma obtuse. Drupe ovate, acute, smaller than an olive, containing a single nut. ' Nut two-celled, cells unequal and dissimilar, the outer and lower crescent-shaped, and embracing the other which is smaller, oblong and always empty; the larger cell contains a single conform seed. Obs.—The structure of the fruit is very peculiar; the empty cell is placed obliquely in the upper part of the nut, the fertile one is as it were wrapped round the other. ‘The 042 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. extreme minuteness of the ovary prevented me from satisfac- torily ascertaining its structure. XLVIIIT BEGONIACEA. BEGONIA. Linn. The island of Sumatra abounds with Begonia, a tribe of plants which are chiefly found in moist shady situations at the foot of hills and in the recesses of forests. Being suc- culent herbs, they are with difficulty preserved in herbaria, and the specimens are frequently deficient in one or other of the parts of fructification. Descriptions from the living plants in their native soil are therefore particularly desir- able, and in this view the followimg account of the species which have fallen under my observation will not be uninter- esting. They seem to differ from all those described by Mr. Dryander in the Ist Volume of the Linnean Transactions, and no great additions have been since made to our know- ledge of the genus. } BEGONIA CAESPITOSA. (W. J) Subacaulis, foliis inequaliter cordatis angulatis acuminatis glabris, pedunculis dichotome cymosis, capsule alis equali- bus obtusangulis v. rotundatis. At Bencoolen. Nearly stemless. Leaves petiolate, oblique, cordate at the base with rounded slightly unequal lobes overlapping each other a little, somewhat faleate, rounded and sublobate on one side, straighter on the other, attenuated into a long acumen or point, spinulose but scarcely serrated on the margin, smooth, shining above, pale and punctato-papillose beneath; nerves 5—9, branched towards the margin. ‘The Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 342 leaves are of unequal size and vary somewhat in shape, the old ones being much rounder and more decidedly lobed than the younger ones, which have the point so much incurv- ed, as to be nearly falcate on one side. Petioles red, pilose. Peduncles often as long as the leaves, smooth, bearing a dichotomous cyme of white flowers. Bracts ovate, concave. MALE. Perianth four-leaved, the inner pair smaller. Sta- mina numerous, collected intoahead. FEAMALE. Perianth superior, three-leaved, two exterior large, subrotund, applied to each other as in the male flowers, and enclosing the third which is much smaller and oblong. Style trifid. Stigma lunato-bifid, yellow and glanduloso-pilose. Capsule three- winged, wings nearly equal, obtuse angled or rounded. BEGONIA ORBICULATA. (W. J.) Subacaulis, foliis orbiculatis cordatis crenatis glabris, pe- dunculis subdichotomis, capsule alis subequalibus obtu- sangulis. Interior of Bencoolen. Nearly stemless. Leaves petiolate, subrotund, from three to four-inches in diameter, slightly oblique, cordate at the base where the lobes overlap each other, remotely crenate, rounded at the point, smooth except on the nerves of the under surface, beautifully and finely punctate above. Sti- pules scariose, acute. Pedunceles erect, subdichotomous, near- ly as long as the leaves, ¢. e. about six or eight inches in height. Flowers white. MALE. Corolla four-petalled, the outer pair large, oblong; the inner small. Stamina nume- rous. FEMALE. Capsule three-celled, many-seeded, three- winged ; wings obtuse angled, nearly equal. BEGONIA SUBLOBATA. (W. J.) Repens, foliis cordatis subquinquelobis vel angulatis den- tato serratis margine reflexis glabris, capsule alis equalibus obtusangulis. 344 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Found under moist rocks on Pulo Penang, West coast of Sumatra. Repent with a thick knotty root. Leaves alternate, petio- late, cordate, sometimes unequally, large and broad, often six or seven inches long, angulate, sometimes with five acute lobes, sometimes nearly ovate, acuminate, dentato-serrate, edges recurved, very smooth, 5—7 nerved, finely punctate, the dots appearing elevated on the upper surface and de- pressed on the lower. Petioles 4—6 inches long, nearly smooth, furnished immediately below their junction with the leaf with a semiverticil of linear, acute appendices or scales. Stipules large, ovate, rather laciniate towards the apex, one on each side of the petiole. Peduncles axillary, erect, 6—8 inches long, red, very smooth, terminated by a dichotomous divaricate panicle of white flowers tinged with red. Bracts roundish. MALE. Perianth four-leaved, leaflets rather thick and fleshy, the two outer ones much larger and subro- tund, before expansion completely enclosing the inner two, and having their edges mutually applied to each other in such a manner that they form an acute carina round the unexpanded flower. Stamina numerous in a roundish head; filaments short, inserted on a central column, which rises from the base of the flower. Anthers oblong, cells adnate to the sides of the filaments, bursting longitudinally. FE- MALE. Capsules with three equal obtusely angled wings, three-celled, three-valved, valves septiferous in the middle, sutures corresponding to the wings. Seeds numerous, at- tached to placentze which project from the inner angle of the cells. Obs.—The serratures are hard and cartilaginous and re- curved in such a manner along with the margin of the leaf, that when only observed on the upper surface, their place is perceived by an indentation. It seems to resemble the B. grandis, Dryand : which differs however in having oblique, doubly serrated leaves, and purple flowers. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 345 BEGONIA FASCICULATA. (W. J) Foliis inferioribus alternis, superioribus oppositis, oblongo- ovatis basi semicordatis duplicato-serratis pilosis, perianthiis masculis diphyllis, capsule alis equalibus obtusangulis. Found at Tappanuly on the West coast of Sumatra. Caulescent. Stem weak, jointed, thickened at the joints, round, covered with red hairs. Leaves petiolate, the lower ones alternate, the upper ones opposite, oblong-ovate, in- equilateral, semicordate at the base, acuminate, irregularly serrate, covered above with red erect subspinescent hairs, beneath with softer and weaker hairs. Pettoles densely pilose. Stipules linear, acuminate, pilose. The flowers come in fascicles from the middle of the petioles, and these flower- bearing leaves are always opposed to another without flowers; hence it is that the upper leaves are opposite while the lower are alternate. Fascicles composed of male and female flowers; pedicels slender, smooth, white. Bracts several at the base of the fascicles, acute, pilosered. MALE. Perianth diphyllous, white. Stamina numerous. Anthers yellow. FEMALE. Perianth superior, white, cup-shaped, five-leaved ; petals ovate, acute, with a few short red hairs on the outside. Style deeply trifid ; lobes convolute, infundibuliform. Capsule three-winged, three-celled, wings equal, obtuse-angled. BEGONIA PILOSA. (W. J.) Foliis subsessilibus irregulariter serratis acuminatis pilosis subtus rubris, bracteis ad basin pedicellorum subrotundis ciliatis, capsulze alis subequalibus parallelo-rotundatis. Interior of Bencoolen. Caulescent, pilose. Leaves alternate, scarcely petiolate, ovate, inequilateral, acuminate, slightly and irregularly ser- rate, pilose with long red hairs, under surface of a bright red colour; about three inches long. Stépules large, lanceo- late, pilose externally. Peduncles oppositifolious, subdi- chotomous. Bracts at the base of the pedicels, roundish, 9) 346 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. ciliate. Flowers white. MALE. Corolla four-petalled, the inner pair smaller. Stamina numerous. FEMALE. Corolla five petalled; the two outer petals larger. Capsule three- winged ; wings nearly equal, parallel and rounded. BEGONIA BRACTEATA. (W. J.) Foliis duplicato-serratis acuminatis pilosis, pedunculo 1—3-floro bracteis numerosis appressis vestito, capsulis basi bibracteatis, alis equalibus rotundatis. Near the foot of Gunong Bunko in the interior of Bencoolen. Suberect, strong and branching, very villous, shaggy. Leaves alternate, short petioled, ovate, semicordate at the base, acuminate, duplicato-serrate, pilose, 3—4 inches long. Stipules large, pilose. Peduncles oppositifolious, generally supported by a smaller leaf, invested particularly towards the base with many pair of opposite ovate acute pilose ciliate bracts, which are pressed flat against each other; the upper- most pair is distant from the rest and supports from one to three pedicles. Flowers white. MALE. Corolla four-petal- led ; the outer two large subrotund. Stamina numerous. FEMALE. Corolla five-petalled ; petals nearly equal. Style three. Stigmata lunate, villous with yellow short glandular hairs. Capsule embraced by two bracts at the base, three-celled, three-winged ; wings equal, rounded. BEGONIA RACEMOSA. (W. J) Foliis obovato-oblongis irregulariter dentatis acuminatis glabris, racemis erectis masculis, flore femineo axillari, peri- anthiis masculis diphyllis, capsule alis equalibus parallelo- rotundatis. Interior of Bencoolen. Layang-layang Simpai. Malay. Suberect ; stem smooth, jointed. Leave’ alternate, short petioled, obovate-oblong, attenuated towards the base which is unequally cordate, acuminate, irregularly and unequally Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 347 dentate, smooth ; 6—7 inches long. Stepules large, oblong. Racemes oppositifolious, long, erect, bearing numerous fas- ciculate male flowers, and having a single female one in the axil. MALE. Corolla two-petalled, petals very thick. Sta- mina numerous. FEMALE. Capsule with three equal parallel rounded wings, three-celled. BEGONIA GENICULATA. (W. J.) Caule geniculato, foliis ovato-oblongis denticulatis acumi- natis glabris, pedunculis divaricato-dichotomis, floribus supe- rioribus masculis dipetalis, inferioribus femineis, capsule alis equalibus obtusangulis. Rumput Udang Udang. Malay. Sumatra. ; Caulescent ; stems smooth, compressed, channeled, joint- ed, thickened at the articulations. Leaves alternate, petio- late, semicordate at the base, ovate oblong, acuminate, denticulate, smooth. Peduncles oppositifolious, dichotomous, divaricate, many flowered, lower flowers female, upper male. There is often a female flower from the axil. MALE. Peri- anth two-petalled, white. Stamina numerous; anthers ob- long, broader above. FEMALE. Capsules long, three- winged, wings obtuse-angled, equal, smooth. Obs.—The leaves of this plant are used by the natives for cleaning and taking out rust from the blades of creeses. It has considerable resemblance to the preceding species. XLXIX. LORANTHES. LORANTHUS COCCINEUS. (W. J.) Floribus spicatis tetrandris, spicis axillaribus erectis, foliis subovatis glabris. Found at Singapore. Malacca. W. G. 348 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Branches long, vimineous. Leaves alternate, petiolate, oblong-ovate, subcordate at the base, attenuated towards the apex which is obtuse, entire, smooth. Petioles short. Spikes axillary, solitary or in pairs, erect, longer than the leaves ; . flowers sessile, closely pressed to the rachis before expan- sion. A single small ovate ferruginous bract is situated at the base of each flower. Calyx superior, nearly entire, scarcely toothed. Corolla coccineous, four-petaled, erect, tubular, limb spreading, petals nearly linear, broader at the base. Stamina four, red, erect, inserted into the middle of the petals and equalling them in length; anthers oblong adnate, red. Style red, erect, scarcely longer than the stamina. Stigma obtusely capitate. Berry ovate; elongated above, one seeded. Seed contained in a hard shell, four-sided, its apex immersed in gluten into which the radicle shoots. Embryo inverse, the radicle produced beyond the albumen. This species is nearly allied to the L. pentapetala of Rox- burgh, agreeing with it in habit and inflorescence. LORANTHUS FERRUGINEUS. Roxb. Ferrugineo-villosa, folliis ellipticis obtusis supra glabris, pedunculis fasciculatis axillaribus 2—6 floris, floribus te- trandris extus ferrugineo-villosis. Roxb: Hort: Beng: p. 87.* Sumatra, &c. Malacca. W. G. A parasitic shrub which attaches itself firmly to the branches of trees by means of long runners and numerous circular bands. The branches are long and hanging, and when young densely covered with reddish ferruginous wool. Leaves opposite, short petioled, coriaceous, elliptic, obtuse, entire, smooth and green above, ferruginous and densely villous beneath. Stipules none. Peduncles fascicled, from one to four in each axil, 2-6 flowered. A small scale like * G. FI. Ind. 2, p. 207. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 349 bract embraces the base of the ovary. Calyx (if any) an entire margin crowning the ovarium. Corolla covered externally as well as the peduncles and ovary with ferruginous tomentum, green and smooth within, tubular, divisible into four-petals which commonly adhere at their base, but separate at the limb, which is generally more deeply cloven on one side. Stamina 4, inserted into the tube and nearly as long as the limb. Filaments flat, deep purple. Style as long as the corolla. Stigma subrotund. Berry ovate, ferruginous, one-seeded. LORANTHUS RETUSUS. (W. J.)* ** Leaves opposite, obovate-oblong, retuse or emarginate ; racemes sub-solitary, limb of the corolla shorter than the clavate tube. Found at Singapore. Malacca. W. G. Parasitic on trees, and fastening itself by long runners. Bark brown.—Leaves opposite, short-petioled, obcuneate, or oblong-obovate, retuse or emarginate, entire, smooth, coriace- ous; nerves indistinct ; about three inches long. Hacemes below the leaves from the former axils, short.— Flowers pedi- celled with one or two bractes at the base.—Calyz consisting _ of an entire margin. Tube of the corolla clavate, gibbous and angled above, rosy, suddenly contracted at the limb, which is five or six-parted, yellowish green; segments narrow- lanceolate, reflexed, shorter than the tube. Stamina six, sometimes five, erect. Style a little longer than the stamina. Stigma capitate. Berry one-seeded.”—W. Jack's MSS. LORANTHUS CYLINDRICUS. (W. J.)+ ‘“‘ Leaves alternate, petioled, lanceolate, acute at both ends; racemes axillary, as long as the leaves, limb of the corolla much longer than the cylindrical tube. * Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey. 2. p.,212. + Roxb. op. cit. 2. p. 213. 50 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Ss) Kayo Tiong. Malay Found in Sumatra. Branches woody, straight, with dark coloured bark.— Leaves alternate, rather long-petioled, lanceolate, acute at both ends, entire, smooth, nerved ; four or five inches long. Petioles about an inch in length. Racemes axillary, as long as the leaves, rigid; flowers pedicellate-divaricate, rather distant from each other, so that the whole has an open stiff appearance. Bractes one embracing the base of the ovary on its outer side.—Calyx rather distinct, nearly entire. Corolla red, perfectly cylindrical before expansion, five-petalled ; limb reflexed, three times as long as the tube ; petals linear, separating almost to the base. Stamzna five, inserted on the petals, and nearly as long. Style filiform, erect. Stigma small. Ovary cylindrical, one-seeded. Obs.—This is a well marked species having somewhat the habit of a Rhopala in its inflorescence and cylindrical flowers, which are sometimes tetrandrous.”—W. Jach’s MSS. LORANTHUS INCARNATUS. (W. J.)* “* Pentandrous ; young leaves and branchlets covered with deciduous, stellate pubescence; leaves alternate, broad-ovate, acute ; racemes below the leaves, hoary; calyx five-toothed ; lamb of the corolla much shorter than the tube. Found on the island of Pulo Nias. Parasitic on trees. All the young parts covered with stel- late pubescence which is easily rubbed off. Leaves alter- nate, petiolate, broad-ovate, attenuated upwards, acute, entire, smooth when adult, nerves strong and distinct; nine inches long. Petioles short. Racemes from the stem below the leaf-bearing branchlets, generally several together, some- _ times solitary. Flowers nearly sessile. A small bract at the * Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Carey. 2. p. 218. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. bol base of the ovary. Peduncles, ovaries and calyces hoary with short dense wool. Calyx superior, distinctly five- toothed. Corolla above two inches long, slightly tomentose without, pale rosy with a greenish limb ; tube gibbous below, contracted a little above the base, then widening upwards till it suffers a second contraction before expanding into the limb, which is about a fourth the length of the tube, five- parted, with reflexed segments. Stamina five, erect. Style longer than the stamina. Stigma clavate. Berry crowned with the calyx, hoary, and mealy, ovate, one-seeded. Obs.—This beautiful species comes nearest to L. farinosa, Lam. but differs in the pubescence of the young leaves and branches, and the much greater length of the tube of the corolla.” LORANTHUS PATULUS. (W. J.)* ** Leaves opposite, elliptic-ovate, smooth ; flowers on long pedicels, paniculate-racemose, axillary or below the leaves ; tube of the corol acutely six-angled, equal in length to the segments of the limb. Found in the interior of Bencoolen. Branches smooth.—Leaves opposite, petioled, elliptic- ovate, rather obtuse, sometimes sub-acute, entire, smooth, coriaceous ; about three inches long.—Flowers paniculate- racemose on long divaricate pedicels, axillary or below the leaves. ‘The racemes are shorter than the leaves from which they spring. Bractes two or three, embracing the ovary like a calycle. Calyx an entire margin. Corolla green, tipped with light red and with a purplish tinge towards the base, tube clavate, dilated upwards, acutely six-angled; lamb six-parted, segments as long as the tube, narrow, revolute. Stamina six, erect. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma capitate. Berry sub-globose, one-seeded.” * Roxb. op. cit. 2. p. 214. 352 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. L. PROTEACE4. RHOPALA ATTENUATA. (W. J) Tetrandria Monogynia. Proteacee. Juss. and Br. Foliis alternis ovatis acuminatis, racemis axillaribus foliis longioribus, pedicellis geminatis calycibusque glabris. Native of Pulo Pinang. Arborescent, with round smooth branches. Leaves al- ternate, petiolate, ovate, acuminate, attenuated to the base and decurrent on the petiole, ten or eleven inches long, en- tire, sometimes with one or two toothlets near the point, very smooth. Pettoles short, thickened at the base. Capsule none. MSpztkes rather longer than the leaves, axillary, cylin- drical; flowers geminate, short pedicelled. Perianth four- leaved, leaflets linear, dilated and staminiferous at the sum- mit, revolute. Staména four inserted near the apex of the perianth; filaments scarcely any; anthers linear, two-celled. Style filiform, as long as the corolla. Stigma clavate. Ova- rium one-celled, containing two erect ovula. RHOPALA MOLUCCANA. (Br.) Foliis alternis obovatis obtusiusculis integerrimis, racemis plerumque lateralibus, pedicellis bifidis calycibusque glabris. Found in a garden at Pulo Pinang. Arborescent with grey bark. Leaves alternate, petiolate, six or seven inches long, obovate (or cuneately ovate) obtuse, very entire, very smooth, yellowish green. Petzoles an inch long, flattened above, thickened at the base. Spikes lateral, generally below the leaves. Flowers geminate on a bifid pedicel. Bracts very small. Perianth four-leaved, leafiets revolute, dilated and stamen bearing at the summit. Stamina four, anthers linear, nearly sessile. Style filiform. Stzgma_ clavate. Ovarium one-celled, two-sporous. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 353 Obs.—In the preceding the leaves are acuminate and the flowers in pairs each with its proper pedicel; in this the leaves are rounded and obtuse at the apex, and the flowers are geminate on a common pedicel. RHOPALA OVATA. (W. J.) Foliis subsessilibus ovatis utrinque acutis integerrimis, pe- dicellis brevissimis cum calycibus ovariisque levissime tomen- tosis. | Found at Tappanuly. A small tree. Leaves alternate and opposite, almost ses- sile, broad ovate, acute, sometimes acuminate, entire, with revolute edges, very smooth, nerves distinct; ten inches long by six broad. Pefiole none save the thickened base of the middle nerve. Racemes below the leaves from former axils. Pedicels two-flowered; a bract at the base of each and at the subdivisions. Perianth together with the pedicels slight- ly tomentose or nearly smooth. Nectarial scales four. LI. AQUILARINE. PHALERIA. (W. J.)* Octandria Monogynia. Perianthium coloratum, tubulosum, inferum, limbo 4-parti- to. Stamina 8, exserta. Ovarium biloculare, 2-sporum, ovulis pendulis. Stigma capitatum. Bacca bilccularis, dis- perma. Semina exalbuminosa, embryone inverso. Frutex foliis suboppositis, fioribus axiliaribus. This genus is related to the Thymelez, but differs in hav- ing a bilocular ovary and fruit. * Drimyspermum, Reinwardt. fide Decaisne. 9) Y (a Bod Descriptions of Malayan Plants. PHALERIA CAPITATA. Native of Sumatra. A shrub with smooth branches. Leaves opposite, or subopposite, short petioled, ovate-lanceolate, terminated by a long sharp acumen, entire, very smooth : eight inches long. Petioles thickened. Stipules none. Peduncles axillary, some- times from the axils of fallen leaves, very short, bearing a head or umbel of sessile flowers, which is embraced by an involucre composed of several oblong-ovate leaflets or bracts. Flowers large and white, resembling those of the Jasmine. Perianth inferior, tube long, faux pervious, smooth, limb four- parted, segments ovate. Stamina eight, inserted on the faux, exsert, rather long ; anthers two-lobed. Ovary embraced by a thin white nectarial cup, oblong, attenuated into a style, two- celled, cells monosporous, ovula attached to the summit of the cell by a thread, which passing along the back of the ovulum is inserted into its base, so that the ovulum seems as if doubled upon its filament. Style a little shorter than the stamina. Stigma capitate, papillous. Berries crowded, some- what pear-shaped, rounded above, acute at the base, cortical, two-celled two-seeded. Seed exalbuminous; embryo inverse ; cotyledons plano-convex ; radicle small, superior. LIT. LAURIN AL. LAURUS PARTHENOXYLON. (W. J)* Enneandria Monogynia. Foliis venosis ovatis acutis petiolatis subtus glaucis, pani- culis brevibus paucifloris axillaribus et lateralibus, fructu globoso calyci truncato insidente. * For an account of a nearly allied species, see a paper of Dr. Wal- lich on the Nipal Camphor and Sapapos tree, (Laurus glandulifera, Wall. ) in the Transactions of the Medical and Physical Society of Calcutta, vol. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 395 Kayo Gadis. Malay. Abundant in the forests of Sumatra. This is a lofty timber tree. Bark brown and rough. Leaves alternate, rather long petioled, ovate, acute, often acuminate, and varying in breadth, about three inches long, entire with somewhat revolute edges, smooth, glaucous be- neath, nerves lateral and irregularly alternate. Petioles round, an inch long. Peduncles from the young shoots at the extremity of the branches, axillary or lateral, terminated by a short, few flowered panicle, and generally longer than the young leaves from whose axils they spring. Bracts none. Perianth funnel-shaped, six-parted, yellowish. Stamina nine, arranged in two rows, the outer six naked, the inner three furnished at the base with two yellow glands; filaments flat ; anthers adnate, the cells opening with a longitudinal valve or operculum. Style as long as the stamina. Stigma obtuse, 4-cornered. Drupe seated on the enlarged cup-shaped per- sistent truncated base of the perianth, globose, containing a one-seeded nut. Embryo inverse. Cotyledons hemispherical. Radicle superior, within the edge of the cotyledons. Obs.—This species has considerable affinity to L. cupu- laria. The fruit has a strong balsamic smell and yields an oil, which is considered useful in Rheumatic affections, and has the same balsamic odour as the fruit itself. An infusion of the root is drank in the same manner as Sassafras, which it appears to resemble in its qualities. The wood is strong and durable when not exposed to wet, and in that case con- sidered equal to Teak. Kayo Gadis siginifies the virgin tree, whence the specific name. : May this be the Oriental Sassafras wood mentioned under the article Laurus in Rees’ Cyclopedia ? LAURUS INCRASSATUS. (W. J.) Foliis ovato-lanceolatis venosis, pedunculis fructus incras- satis rubris. 396 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Machilus medius. Rumph: Amb: ILI. p. 70. t. 41. Jaring jaring tupai. Malay. Found at Natal in the island of Sumatra. A tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate, ovate-lanceolate or lan- ceolate, acuminate, entire, very smooth, with lateral nerves proceeding from a middle rib; about five inches long. Pe- tioles short. Peduncles axillary or lateral near the extre- mity of the branches, shorter than the leaves, supporting a small panicle of flowers. In the flower these peduncles and pedicels are slender and delicate, but as the fruit advances they become very much thickened, fleshy, and red. Perianth six-parted. Stamena nine, the three inner ones glandular at the base and somewhat villous; anthers opening by longitu- dinal valves. Style short. Stigma capitate, angled. Berry seated on the incrassated peduncle, and embraced at the base by the divisions of the perianth a little enlarged, about the size and shape of an olive, purple, one-seeded. Seed oval, exalbuminous. Radicle superior, far within the edge of the cotyledons. Obs.—I have met with another species at Bencoolen with larger leaves from 9 to 12 inches in length, in which the pe- dicels alone are thickened, the peduncles remaining unalter- ed. In this particular it agrees perhaps still better with Rumphius’s figure, than the plant above described. TETRANTHERA CORDATA. (W. J.) N. O. Laurine. Racemis axillaribus, floribus umbellatis enneandris, fila- mentis pilosis, perianthii limbo sexpartito, foliis cordati- subrotundo-ovatis uninervibus costatis subtus ramulis pedun- culis involucrisque ferrugineo villosis. West coast of Sumatra. A moderate sized tree. Leaves alternate, petiolate, cor- date, sometimes sinuate-cordate, varying from subrotund- ovate to oblong-oval, rather acute, smooth above, tomentose Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 357 beneath, nerves proceeding from a middle rib, veins trans- verse, subreticulate. Peduncles axillary, shorter than the leaves, bearing a raceme of involucred umbels. Involucres five-leaved, leaflets roundish, tomentose without, deciduous. Umbels sessile on the involucre, 4—7 flowered; flowers pe- — dicelled. MALE. Perianth 6-parted. Stamina nine hairy, the inner three filaments furnished with large glands ; anthers four-celled. FEMALE. Perianth 6-parted, seg- ments narrow. Sterile stamina nine, the inner three with large double glands; filaments pilose with long hairs. Style one, longer than the stamina. Stigma dilated, sublobate. Berry oblong, one-seeded. LIT. MYRISTICE. KNEMA GLAUCESCENS. (W. J.) N..O. Myristicee. Br. Glomerulis axillaribus 2—6 floris, floribus pedicellatis, baccis oblongo-ovalibus subpulverulentis, foliis oblongis sur- sum attenuatis subtus glaucis, antheris 12—15. In the neighbourhood of Bencoolen. A dicecious tree. The young parts covered with rusty down. Leaves alternate, short-petioled, oblong, generally rounded at the base, attenuated upwards, acute, very entire, deep green and shining above, glaucous beneath, the adult _ leaves nearly smooth, the young ones furnished with short stellate pubescence on the under surface; lateral nerves simple; about seven inches long by two broad. Petioles somewhat rusty, a third of an inch in length. Stzpules none. Flowers 2—6, glomerate on a short axillary knob, pedicel- late ; pedicels as long as the petioles, ferruginously tomen- tose. A minute bract about the middle of each pedicel. MALE. Perianth ferruginously tomentose without, deeply 358 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 3-parted, spreading, segments round-ovate, thick; zstivation valvate. Stamineous column central, slender, expanding at top into a peltate disk, whose edge is divided into 12 or 15 rays to the lower surfaces of which are attached an equal number of two-celled anthers). FEMALE. Fruit axillary, generally solitary, hanging, oblong-oval, considerably smaller than an olive, somewhat pulverulent and rusty, bursting into two valves. Nut invested by a thin aril, which is laciniate only at the top. Seed with ruminate albumen. Obs.—The seed has a pungent taste and slightly aromatic smell. Mr. Brown has recognized the propriety of separat- ing Knema from Myristica. LIV. ASARIN/A# ARISTOLOCHIA HASTATA. (W. J.) Gynandria Hexandria. N. O. Aristolochia. Foliis hastato-trilobis glabris, racemis axillaribus, perian- thio basi-inflato, lamina erecta elliptica marginibus revolutis. Found at Natal on the west coast af Sumatra. Suffrutescent. Branches long, spreading over the neigh- bouring shrubs, but not twining, angulate, jointed, smooth. Leaves alternate, petiolate, from six to ten inches long, hastately three-lobed, middle lobe elongated and terminat- ing in a blunt acumen, very entire, very smooth, five-nerved and strongly veined. Petioles two inches long, thick, round, channeled above. Racemes axillary, longer than the petioles. Flowers alternate, pedicellate, somewhat distichous ; rachis flexuose. Perianth superior, purplish red, smooth without, inflated at the base into an ovate six-angled ventricle, from which rises an ascending infundibuliform curved tube with revolute margin ; lamina erect, elliptic, revolute at the sides, tomentose on the inner surface, as is also the inside of the Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 309 tube. Style short, thick. S%igma orbicular, peltate, divid- ed on the summit into six conical erect lobes. Anthers sessile, regularly arranged in a circle below the stigma, six in number each consisting of two lobes which are two-celled and deeply furrowed along the middle. (As these are not arranged by pairs, might they not with equal propriety be considered as twelve distinct two-celled anthers.) Ovary oblong, obtusely six-angled, six-celled, many-seeded. Obs.—This is a large and very beautiful species of Aris- tolochia, remarkable for the size and form of its flowers. The ventricle at the base is large and the narrow urn-like tube rises upwards with a very graceful curve. In this species the anthers might properly be considered as twelve in number, each two-celled, as they are all arranged at equal distances round the stigma, and it seems questionable whether the genus itself ought not to be referred to Dode- candria in place of Hexandria. The arrangement of the anthers by pairs in the other species does not appear to necessitate the supposition of a deviation from the usual structure in ascribing to them four parallel cells in place of the more usual number of two, nor does the analogy of other cognate genera furnish any thing opposed to the inference so strongly suggested by the present species. LV. RAFFLESIACE4. RAFFLESIA.* (W. J.) Diecia Gynandria. Pertanthium monophyllum ventricoso-campanulatum, fauce coarctata nectario annulari incumbente coronata, limbo 5- partito subreflexo, laciniis rotundatis ; Columna fructifica- * R. Br. Linn. Trans. 13 p. 201. 360 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. tionis maxima, crassa, stigmate truncato coronata, disco pro- eessibus pluribus corniculatis echinato. Mas. Anthere numerose, globose, sessiles, sub-stigmate in orbem dispositz, apice poro umbilicate, substantia cellulosa. Fem. Semina minuta, nidulantia in substantia rimosa baseos columnez cui anthere deficiunt. Herba parasitica aphylla, flore giganteo. RAFFLESIA TITAN.* Sumatran name, Peliman Sikuddi, or Devil’s Sirt-box. Native of the forests in the interior of Sumatra, particu- larly those of Passummah Ulu Manna, where it was first discovered by Sir T. S. Rarrues on his journey into that country in 1818. This gigantic flower is parasitic on the lower stems and roots of the Cissus angustifolia, Roxb. It appears at first in the form of a small round knob, which gradually increases in size. The flower-bud is invested by numerous membra- naceous sheaths, which surround it in successive layers, and expand as the bud enlarges, until at length they merely form acup round its base. ‘These sheaths or bracts are large, round, concave, of a firm membranaceous consistence, and of a brown colour. The bud, before expansion, is depressed, round, with five obscure angles, nearly a foot in diameter, and of a deep dusky red. ‘The flower, when fully expanded, is in point of size, the wonder of the vegetable kingdom, its breadth across from the tip of the one petal to the tip of the other, being little short of three feet. The cup may be estimated capable of containing twelve pints, and the weight of the whole is from twelve to fifteen pounds. The inside of the cup is of an intense purple, and more or less densely villous, with soft flexible spines of the same colour ; towards the mouth it is marked with numerous depressed spots of the purest white, contrasting strongly with the purple of the * Rafilesia Arnoldi. R. Br. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 361 surrounding substance, which is considerably elevated on their lower side. The petals are of a brick red, with numer- ous pustular spots of a lighter colour. The whole substance of the flower is not less than half an inch thick, and of a firm fleshy consistence. It soon after expansion begins to give out a smell of decaying animal matter. The perianth is cyathiform, narrowed at the mouth, which is further con- tracted by a nectarial ring which surrounds it, leaning in- wards. The lzmb is five-parted, somewhat reflexed, but turn- ing upwards again at the point; the lobes subrotund and thick. In the centre of the cup rises a thick column, truncate and nearly flat on the top. At its base is a prominent ring or cord, and another a little above, both homogeneous in substance with the column. The summit of the column or stigma is a flat disk, about six inches in diameter, from which rise from forty to sixty corniculate processes, nearly erect, but diverging a little from the centre; the upper edge is thin, and rises up like the rim of a salver; the lower edge is incum- bent and somewhat revolute. The sides of the column are angular. In the male, the stamina are arranged in a circle under the lower edge of the stigma, by which they are concealed. Each stamen is lodged in a proper hollow, separated from the next by a process of the revolute edge. Filaments none. Anthers sessile, globular, about the size of a pea, dark-co- loured, attached to the lower surface of the stigma. ‘They have a white depressed spot on the summit, in the centre of which is a pore or foramen for the emission of the pollen. The whole substance is spongy and cellular. In the female, the column is precisely similar, but wants the anthers and their hollows. In the centre its substance is full of irregular fissures, on the surface of which numerous minute seeds are observed. The fruit never bursts; but the whole plant gradually rots away, and the seeds mix with the putrid mass. 2 2 062 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. Such are the characters of this very extraordinary vege- table, which appears to have little affinity with any other, and to be as unique in its mode of fructification as in size. It was, as already mentioned, first discovered by Sir Stamford Raffles, in the forests of Passummah Ulu Manna, and the specimens were forwarded by him to England in 1818. In the following year, numerous additional specimens were procured from various parts of the country, and an opportunity afforded for more minute examination, the parti- culars of which are contained in the foregoing short account. The greater part of these specimens have been transmitted to England, together with the observations made on the recent plants. Some time after their despatch, a letter was received from Sir Joseph Banks, acknowledging the receipt of the first specimens, which had all proved to be males, and suggesting the probability of the plant being parasitic, a conjecture which had, during the interim, been ascertained to be correct by investigation on the spot. LVI. NEPENTHEZ. NEPENTHES. Diecia Monadelphia. Char. Ess. Mas. Calyx 4-partitus. Corolla nulla. Fila- mentum columnare. Anthere in globum compacte. Fem. Calyx et corolla maris. Stigma sessile, 4-lobum. Capsula supera, 4-valvis, 4-locularis, polysperma. Semzna linearia, paleacea. Char. Gen. Calyx coriaceus, profunde 4-partitus, patens. Mas. Filamentum columnare, erectum, cylindricum, calyce paullo brevius. Anthere plures, lutez, biloculares, in globum compacte. Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 363 Fem. Ovarzum superum oblongum tetragonum. Stylus nullus. Stigma peltatum, 4-lobum. Capsula oblonga, utrin- que attenuata, 4-angularis, lateribus sulcatis, 4-locularis, 4- valvis, valvis medio septiferis. Placent@e nulle, preter des- sepimenta. Semina numerosa, inclusa tunica membranacea rufescente utrinque elongata acuta. Albumen oblongum, embryone terete monocotyledone longitudine fere albuminis. Folia apice in corrhum urniferum producta. Racemi primo terminales, demum, crescente caule, laterales et oppositifoli. This remarkable genus offers little affinity with any other, and its place in the natural arrangement is undetermined. Nothing can exceed the sportive variety which nature has displayed in the adornment of these singular plants. Their chief peculiarity is the urn-shaped appendage to the leaf, the use and purpose of which it is not easy to discover. Some Naturalists, who think it necessary in all cases to give an answer to the question of “cui bono,” have expatiated, with more imagination than truth, on the benevolent provi- sion of these vegetable fountains for the refreshment of the thirsty traveller in tropical regions. Into this field of specu- lation it is unnecessary to enter, or to detail the superstitious ideas entertained respecting them, by the ruder inhabitants of the countries in which they grow. The tendril hangs from the extremity of the leaf, frequent- ly twisting itself round some neighbouring twig, and dilates at its extremity into an urn, which turns upwards in such a manner as always to preserve its perpendicularity. ‘These urns vary in form in the different species, and are frequently tinted with the most beautiful colours. Some are long and tubular, and others are variously dilated or inflated. ‘They are not, however, quite cylindrical, being all more or less flattened anteriorly, and some species being there furnished with two membranaceous wings or fringes. The bottom _ of the urns is beautifully and finely punctate on the inner surface, apparently by ducts or vessels, from which the water 364 Descriptions of Malayan Plants. is secreted. The margin is finely and regularly striated, and generally more highly coloured than the rest of the urn ; it turns inwards, and forms a peculiar inverted rim, which is denticulate at the edge, in a manner corresponding to the strie. By this peculiar inversion, it becomes impossible entirely to empty the cup of its water by holding it down- wards, and it also forms a kind of trap for whatever enters from without, as ingress proves easier than regress, owing to the row of teeth just mentioned, which oppose themselves to it. The cups, in consequence, are almost always found full of insects that have been lured into the toil, and paid the forfeit of their curiosity. While young, the mouth of the cup is closed by an operculum or lid, attached by a kind of hinge to the posterior angle, which opens at a certain stage, and never closes again. The young cups are about half-full of a pure, limpid, and almost tasteless fluid, but after the opening of the operculum it soon becomes polluted with foreign matter. It has been stated that the lid shuts every night to supply the waste of fluid during the preceding day, but a very little observation shews this to be a mistake. The Malay name of the genus is Priokra, or Kachongbruh, which signifies the Monkey-cup. NEPENTHES RAFFLESIANA. (W. J) Foliis petiolatis, ascidiis inferiorum ventricoso-campanula- tis antice membranaceo-alatis, superiorum infundibuliformi- bus nudis, omnium ore pulcherrime striato obliquo postice assurgente. Native of the forests of the island of Singapore. Mount Ophir. W. G. The foot is fibrous. Stem ascending at the base, be- coming erect, and supporting itself on the neighbouring trees ; the young parts covered with a deciduous tomentum or down. The leaves are alternate, petiolate, the lower ones crowded and lanceolate, the upper ones more remote Descriptions of Malayan Plants. 365 and oblong; the adult leaves are smooth; all are entire, have inconspicuous lateral nerves, and the middle one elongat- ed into an urn-bearing tendril. The Cirrhi of the lower leaves are not twisted, but hang straight from the apex ; they terminate in larger, ventricose, and highly coloured ascidia or urns, fringed along the anterior angles with two membranaceous fimbriate wings, somewhat contracted at the mouth, which opens obliquely, rising much higher, and slightly recurved behind, where the operculum is inserted. The tendrils of the upper leaves are twisted into one or two spires at the middle, and terminate in long ascending funnel-shaped urns, flattened anteriorly but not winged, and gracefully turned at the mouth like an antique vase or urn. Both have the inverted margin beautifully and delicately Striated, and variegated with parallel stripes of purple, crim- son, and yellow. ‘The opercula are incumbent, membranace- - ous, ovate, marked with two principal longitudinal nerves and cuspidate behind the hinge. The racemes are at first terminal, but the stem begins, after a time, to shoot beyond them, and they become lateral, and are always opposed to a leaf which differs from the others in being sessile, and its cirrhus never having an urn at its extremity. The pedicels are one-flowered. Mate. Calyx deeply four-parted, tomentose on the outer surface, smooth, red, and punctate on the inner, segments oblong, obtuse, reflex. Corolla none. ‘The stamineous column (columna staminea) central, erect, thick, red. » Descriptions of Malayan Plants. O13 d. A fertile stamen separate. e. The pistil with its nectarial ring. J. The fruit. Ge aN transverse section of the same. All these are of the natural size. Fig. 2. Didymocarpus crinita a. The calyx. b. The flower. e. The corolla cut open, showing the stamina. d. A fertile stamen. e. The pistil with its nectarial ring. f. A transverse section of the capsule. g. The capsule. All these are of the natural size. h. A transverse section of the capsule magnified. i. One of the dissepiments with its revolute lobes, showing the manner in which the seeds are inserted in their margin, magnified. Fig. 5. Aischinanthus volubilis. a. The calyx. b. The flower. c. The corolla laid open. d. The pistil. e. The corolla seen sideways. f. A transverse section of the capsule. g. One of the revolute lobes of the septum, show- g ing the seeds attached to its inner surface. h. A seed, aristate at both ends. 2. The capsule. - EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES, PLATE XVI. or Tas. IV. Trans. Linn. vol. XIV. Fig. 1. Lanstum domesticum. a. The flower. 6. The same in front. 374 Fig. 1. Fig. 3. ms 2% So 2 8 Mm. & h. i k. Sho Ss os Sr Descriptions of Malayan Plants. . The stamineous tube. . The same laid open and expanded. The ovary. . A section of the same. . The fruit. . Transverse section of the same. . A double seed. . The same separated, showing the four cotyle- dons and two radicles. . A single seed. The cotyledons separated. . Leuconotis anceps. The flower. . The corolla laid open. . The ovary and style. . Transverse section of the same. . The fruit. Transverse section of a fruit containing three seeds. . Ditto ditto, containing a single seed. A seed. The cotyledon externally. The same internally with the radicle. Flelospora flavescens. a. b. C. d. é. f. The flower. The corolla laid open. An anther enlarged. The pistil. The fruit; a transverse section. A seed. 375 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, in the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. By W. Grirritu, Esa., F. ZL. S., Memb. Acad. Nat. Curios., Royal Ratisb. Bot. Soc., Assist. Surg. Madras Establishment.* APORUM. Blume. Fam. Nat. Orchidee.—Sect. Malaxidee. A. micranthum. (n. sp.) foliis scalpelliformibus acutis, flori- bus solitariis terminalibus, sepalis lateralibus reflexo-revo- lutis, petalis anguste-linearibus, labello porrecto trilobo intus processu carnoso truncato aucto, lobo centrali erecto bilobo lobis crenulatis. Ffab.—Insula Penang. Descr.—Planta rubro tincta. Caules spithamei, aggregati. Folia subuncialia, fere verticalia. Flores minuti, inconspi- cul, viridescenti-albidi, postici. Pedicelli solitarii, e paleis erumpentes, longiusculi. Sepala oblonga, subacuta. Petala * Acting on the law established in Zoology, on the authority of the Committee of the British Association, (herewith quoted,) and which is applicable with equal correctness to the sister science, I have passed over the MS. names the plants, now for the first time described, bear in these Gardens, because they do not appear to have been established on descriptions, much less on definition. ‘* Names not clearly defined may be changed.—Unless a species or group is intelligibly defined when the name ig given, it cannot be recognized by others, and the signification of the name is consequently lost. Two things are necessary before a zoological term can acquire any authority ; viz. definition and publication. Definition properly implies a distinct exposition of essential characters, and in all cases we conceive this to be indispensable, although some authors maintain that a mere enumer- ation of the component species, or even of a single type, is sufficient to authenticate a genus. To constitute publication, nothing short of the insertion of the above particulars zn a printed book can be held sufficient.” And with regard to MS. names, it is distinctly stated, that they “ are in all cases liable to create confusion, and it is therefore much to be de- sired that the practice of using them should be avoided in future.” —Re- port, 1842. On Zoological Nomenclature, p. 9. 376 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, multoties angustiora. Labellum albidum, cum pede columnz continuum, sublingulatum, lobo centrali erecto. Appendix (vel processus) carnosa lamelliformis, basin lobi centralis versus premorsa. Columna semiteres, pede longo curvato. Rostellum truncatum. Clinandrii brevis dens posticus mi- nimus. Pollinia 4, oblonga, per paria collateralia. This species, was introduced from Penang by Mr. Lewes, Assistant Resident, in May, and flowered in July. It pos- sesses no beauty. It is the smallest flowered species of the genus I am acquainted with, and appears abundantly distinct. It succeeds tolerably well when planted in mould, freely mixed with pieces of broken pots. Fig. 1. Two stems, natural size. 2. Flower, in front. 3. Ditto, lateral view. 4. View of flower, lateral sepals removed. 5. Column in front, anthers removed. 6. Column and anthers, lateral view. 7. Lateral and inner view of the labellum, divided along its middle. 8. Pollen masses. AGROSTOPHYLLUM. Blume. Fam. Nat. Orchidee.—NSect. Vandee. A. khasiyanum. (n. sp.),petalis lineari-lanceolatis, labelli lamina obreniformi, sinu dentigero, margine integro. Eria planicaulis, Wall. (sine charactere!) Lindl. Bot. Reg. © Vol. 26, Misc. Notices, p. 8, No. 4. Hab.—Montes Khasiyani. Caules aggregati, plani, basi attenuati, vaginis distichis 1 amplectentibus, semitecti. Fol. 2-3, apices versus caulis, lineari-lanceolata, basi attenuata, apice zequaliter bifida, mucrone interjecto. Spice 2-3 flore in capitulum termi- nalem subnutantem paleaceum congeste, bracteis paleaceis vaginantibus sursum majorifactis vestite. Flores minuti, viri- an the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. Olt descenti-albidi, in paleis subimmersi, superiores przco- ciores; interdum solitarii. Perianthium ringens, posticum. Sepala oblonga, acuta, lateralia obliqua, et ob labellum basi saccata. Petala lanceolata, paullo breviora, margine recurva fere conduplicata, vel semi-reflexa, alba. Label- lum horizontale, saccatum, cum columna continuum, medio constrictum et transverse septatum, septo lutescente, late emarginato; lamina reniformis, emarginata, dente interjecto, aucta crista obsoleta longitudinali margine crenulata sub- recurva. Columna sepalis paullo brevior, medium versus gibbere valido subbilobo instructa, gradatim attenuata in pedem brevem, cum quo labellum continuum. Clinandri- um 3-dentatum. Stigmatis labium superius (rostellum,) bipartitum, parvum; inferius carnosum, magnum, revolu- tum; tela stigmatosa tantum subtus labium superius. An- thera terminalis, 8-locellata. Pollinia 8, oblongo-obovata, in glandulam rotundam rubescentem sessilia. Ovarium rectum, costis Inconspicuis. nein This plant was introduced by Mr. Gibson, during his resi- dence on the Khasiya Hills. It succeeds well in mould mix- ed with broken pots. I know it to be the Eria planicaulis of Dr. Wallich, on the authority of a drawing in the Library. The name would have been passed over entirely, had it not made its appearance under the sanction of Dr. Lindley.* And so grave are the mistakes that may be imposed by the authority of MSS. names, which should very generally be viewed with suspicion, that this plant which differs toto ceelo from Eria, and which belongs to the Section Vande of Dr. Lindley, has been characterised by that authority on the species of this difficult family as an Eria; and has also been fully described by Mr. Booth as an Eria.+ The gland is sufficiently well represented by the native artist in the drawing alluded to, as well as also in another * Bot. Reg. loc. cit. + Bot. Reg. loc. cit. 3B O18 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, species procured from Mr. Gibson, similarly referred to Kria, the name of which I suppress. 1. A stem of the plant, rather reduced. Flower and peduncle. Flower, upper face. Column, ete. in front. Apex of columna in front, anther case removed. Column laterally, anther and pollinia removed. DNB oo W APPENDICULA. Blume. Fam. Nat. Orchidee.—Sect. Vandee. A Lewisiz (nv. sp.) caulibus ancipitibus simplicibus, foliis anguste lanceolatis bifidis cum mucrone interjecto, racemis oppositifoliis foliis brevioribus, labelli erecti lamina oblongo- cordata, processu sacci semi-cyathiformi antice deficiente, sacco laminam longitudine zequante. Hab.—Insula Penang. Descr.—Caulis spithamzeus vel subpedalis, anceps. Folia bifaria, anguste lanceolata, inzequaliter bifida, mucrone in- terjecto, univenia, pallide viridia. Racemi oppositifolii, subcernui, pauciflori, foliis breviores. Flores minuti, resupinati, albidi. Bracteze membranacez, angustz, ovarii longitudine. Perianthium connivens, membranaceo-cellulo- sum. Sepala oblonga, subacuta, lateralia basi valde obliqua et cum pede columnz connata. Petala conformia, paullo minora. lLabellum suberectum, cum columne pede continu- um ; lamina integra ovato-cordata, acuta; saccus magnus ro- tundatus, auctus processu semi-cyathiformi medium versus affixo, postice libero. Columna nana, basi longe producta, sursum pupureo-fusca. Clinandrium profunde excavatum, dente postico, antheram affingente, magno, introflexo. An- thera ovato-cordata, membranacea, sub-immersa, in stigmate postico, (rostello) incumbens, bilocularis, antice 3-dentata. Pollinia 8, clavata, cerea, in glandula oblonga carnosa sessi- lia. Stigma posticum (rostellum) obliquum, sublinguiforme, an the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 379 bifidum ; stigmatis apertura czterum verticalis. Capsula oblonga, tricostata, pallide brunnea. Flos habitusque Sarcanthorum, columna et stamen Neot- tiarum. This species may perhaps be Blume’s Appendicula anceps, but his characters are too short, and have too little reference to the flower to admit of his species being determined with any satisfaction. I have therefore dedicated it to Mr. Lewes, Assistant Resident, Penang, who introduced it, with many other plants, into this garden, where it flowered in March last. It appears to thrive well in pots with leaf soil, mixed with broken pots. 1. Plant, natural size. . Flower, one lateral sepal removed. . Column and labellum, laterally. - Upper part of column viewed dorsally. . The same, laterally. . Front view of anther. . Pollen masses and gland. . Column, lateral view. Anther and Pollen masses removed, gland remaining. HABENARIA. Wiild. Fam. Nat. Orchidee.—Sect. Ophrydee. H. tenuts, (n. sp.) foliis in parte caulis inferiori confertis lineari-lanceolatis canaliculatis, racemo elongato tenui, brac- teis lanceolato-acuminatis ovario dimidio brevioribus, sepalis lateralibus reflexis, labelli tripartiti lobis obtusis sublinearibus longitudine subzqualibus, centrali paullo latiore pendulo, calcare curvato filiformi-clavato ovario 4 longiore, stigmatibus lateralibus longe projicientibus. ffab.—In graminosis Serampore. Floret Augusto, Sep- tembre. 7 _ Deser.—Pedalis, succedente statura omnino gracilior. Folia infima patentissima, superiora ascendentia, conduplicata, 0 -I D or BH oo 380 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, folia Plantaginis lanceolate sub-zmulantia. Spica mediocris, tenuis. Bractez ovario semi-breviores, acute. Flores par- vi, viridi-lutescentes. Sepalum posticum subcordatum cum petalis galeam efformantibus: lateralia oblonga, oblique reflexa, marginibus demum revoluta. Petala obliquiuscula, sepalo postico paullo longiora, margine inferiore ad basin subauriculata. Labellum trilobum, lobis lateralibus obtusis patentissimis sursum arcuatis, paullo angustioribus, centrali pendulo, paullo longiore vel subzequali. Calcar arcuatum, subulatum, vel filiformi-clavatum, ovario 4 longius. Stami- na sterilia dentiformia. Antherz loculi basi vix producti. Stigmatis postici crura breviuscula sub-plana; st. lateralia sublinguiformia, longe projicientia et calcaris faucem obclau- dentia, cum basi labelli cohzerentia. Ovarium breviter ros- tratum. This species was first brought to me in 1841 by the gar- deners of the late Dr. Carey’s garden, then under the care of Dr. Voigt. It has very lately been introduced into this garden, though it appears to be abundant about Serampore. In technical characters it appears to approach to H. viri- diflora,* and H. promensis.{ It is I believe one of the noveltiest to be found in the MSS. Hortus Suburbanus Calcuttensis, but I do not know under what name. Fig. 1. Plant, natural size. 2. A flower, front view. 3. Column and anther, sterile stamens and base of labellum. H. hamigera, (n. sp.) foliis amplexicaulibus 5-7 in ‘parte inferiore caulis oblongo-lanceolatis sub-canaliculatis margine parce repandis, sepalis lateralibus patentibus, labelli tripar- * Lindl. Gen. et Sp. Orchid. p. 319. ¢ Op. cit. p. 320. _} Among these I may mention Eriocaulon setaceum, and five or six other species of the same genus, one or two species of Stylidium, two or three species of Naias, etc. an the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 381 titi lobis lateralibus plano-subulatis, centrali sub-linguiformi paullo breviore, calcare filiformi-clavato hamato ovario multo longiore, staminibus sterilibus rotundatis brevibus, stigmati- bus lateralibus brevibus. Hab.—Goruckpore, Capt. Vicary ? Descr.—Sesquipedalis. Radices testiculatze. Folia sub- carnosa, subtus carinata, glabra, summa in folia floralia acu- minatissima mutata. Spica elongata, densiflora. Bractez acuminate, ascendentes, ovarliis breviores, vel interdum sube- quantes. Flores parvi, inconspicui, viridescentes. Sepala oblonga; posticum cum petalis galeam efformantia; lateralia patentia. Labelli lobi laterales centrali obtuso fere triplo angustiores, oblique penduli. Calcar ovario 13 longius, pen- dulum. Stamina sterilia anthera breviora. Antherz loculi basi parum producti. Stigma posticum abbreviatum ; lateralia dua in fauce calcaris recondita, ratione preecedentis obsoleta. This species, which belongs to the section Rostrate of Dr. *Lindley’s genera and species of Orchidaceous Plants, appears to approach H. commelinifolia. It ditfers, how- ever, abundantly by its smaller greenish flowers, the shorter rostrum of the ovarium, the spreading (not reflexed) almost equilateral sepals, the three-lobed labellum, and generally in the small comparative development of the stigmatic processes, and shortness of the bases of the anther cells. It was introduced by Capt. Vicary, I am told, from Go- ruckpore. It flowers here in August and September. It seems to vary somewhat in the divisions of the labellum and length of the spur.* * To these Habenariz I subjoin an account of H. marginata, another Bengal species, and of a Bengal species of Bonatea. H. marginata Coleb, foliis humifusis approximatis oblongis basi cor- datis albomarginatis, racemo oblongo brevi paucifloro, labelli profunde tripartiti laciniis lateralibus plano-subulatis curvatis centrali porrecta sublanceolata longioribus, sepalis lateralibus basi angustata cum labello connatis, calcare pendulo clavato apice ventricoso ovarii longitudine. 382 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, Fig. 1. Plant, reduced from a coloured drawing in the H. C. Library. 2. Flower, side view. 3. Column, labellum and upper part of ovarium in front. 4. Column, divided down the centre. H. marginata, Coleb MSS. Hooker. Ex. Flora, t. 136. Lindl. Gen. et Sp. Orchid. p. 320. Hab.—In graminosis Serampore, rara. Floret Augusto. Descr.—Spithameza. Folia plana, obtusiuscula, 3-5 venia. Bractez acuminate ovarii longitudine. Flores mediocres. Sepala viridia; pos- ticum cordato-ovatum 5-venium, 3-5 carinatum; lateralia lanceolata, oblique patentia, acuminata. Petala (cum labello) lutea, obliqua, cum sepalo postico galeantia. Labellum subporrectum ; lobi laterales cen- trali conduplicato fere duplo longiores. Stamina sterilia antheram excedentia, oblongo-lanceolata. Antherz loculi distantes, connectivo fere hippocrepiformi. Stigmatis postici crura longa, cuneata; st. lateralia dimidio breviora. Ovarium erostratum. ' According to Mr. Colebrooke, this plant was introduced accidentally into the Botanic Garden ; it was found in Kumaon by Mr. Blinkworth ; in Mysore by Dr. Heyne, so that its range seems wide. Roxburgh appears to have been unacquainted with it. BONATEA. Willd. B. benghalensis, (n. sp.) caule folioso, foliis amplexicaulibus lanceolatis acutis inferioribus ad vaginas reductis, spica oblonga, bracteis lanceolatis convolutis ovarii longitudine, petalorum lobo postico lineari-falcato se- palo postico paullo longiore, anticis longioribus lineari-acuminatis fal- catissimis, labelli tripartiti lobis lateralibus linearibus falcatis, centrali longiore spathulato, calcare clavato oblique pendulo ovarium sube- quante, stigmatibus lateralibus mediocribus. Hab.—In graminosis, Serampore. Descr.—-Subpedalis, erecta, Folia inferiora ad vaginas fere reducta, superiora lanceolata, acuta, amplexicaulia, conferta, trivenia. Bractez anguste lanceolatz, acuminate, glabra, ovaria subzquantes. Sepalum posticum cordatum, rotundatum ; lateralia oblonga, obliqua, duplo lon- giora, deflexo-pendula. Petala biloba ad basin fere, lobo postico falcato, lineari, cum sepalo postico paullo longiore galeam efformante, antico an the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 383 DIDYMOPLEXIS. (Gen. Nov.) Fam. Nat. Orchidee.—Sect. Arethusee. Perianthium ima basi monophyllum, ringens ; labium supe- ius fornicatum, trilobum, inferius bilobum, (medio reflexum.) Labellum inclusum, cucullatum, cum pede columne articula- tum, fundo cristatum, lobo centrali obsoleto. Coluwmna basi producta, apice dilatata et utrinque auriculata. Rostellum prominens, triangulare, truncatum. Herba pallida, aphylla, spithamea, squamis loco foliorum enstructa. Flores albi, enconspicut. Hab.—Prope cespites Bambusarum, Calcutta, Serampore. Descr.—Pallida, aphylla. 'Tuberes irregulares, szepe no- dose, circa basin caulium radiculas proferentes. Caules spe- thamei, succulenti, squamis paucis patentibus loco foliorum. Racemus terminalis. Bractez foliis similia sed minora ; infe- riora, ut videtur, vacua. Flores majusculi, albi, inodori, fu- gaces,resupinati, Perianthium ima basi gamophyllum, ringens ; labium superius fornicatum, trilobum (e sepalo postico peta- lisque marginibus connatis efformatum); inferius ultra medium basi lineari labello adnato, acuminato, falcatissimo. Labellum trilobum ; lobi laterales paullo breviores, petalorum lobis anticis subsimiles, falcato- ascendentes ; centralis longior, ovario paullo brevior, spathulatus, in siccis conduplicatus in clavum calcariformem. Calcar clavatum, oblique pendulum, ovarium subzequans. Staminodia membranacea, oblonga, apice glanduloso uncinulata. Stigmata lateralia (inferiora) spathulata, paullo ultra sinus loborum labelli projicientia, cruraque stigmatis postici paullo minora longitudine zquantia. Antherarum loculi distantes. Of this plant I have only seen two dried specimens, collected near Serampore by Haloodar, the very intelligent gardener of the late Dr. Carey’s garden. It appears to be represented by a drawing in the Library, bearing the name of Habenaria Vicaryi, but of which I have obtained no other information than that it was procured from Capt. Vicary, probably from Goruckpore. It seems to be allied to Habenaria digitata.* * Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orch. p. 307. 384 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, bilobum, ad medium abrupte deflexum, (e sepalis 2 lateralibus compositum.) Sepala lateralia etiam cum pede columnez connata. lLabellum inclusum, cucullatum, (explanatum ob- lunulatum) breviter unguiculatum, cum pede columne articu- latum; lobi laterales oblongi, columnam fere includentes ; centralis obsoletus truncatus ; fundus instructus processubus luteis carnosis subglandulosis in seriebus transversis disposi- tis, quorum basilares majores. Columna arcuata, apice dila- tata et utrinque auricula carnosa antice truncata aucta, basi in pedem mediocrem producta. Clinandrium breve. Anthera terminalis, carnosa, bilocularis. Pollinia 4, per paria collateralia, pulverea. Stigma infra clinandrium im- mediate situm ; pars superior (rostellum) prominens, triangu- laris, truncata. Capsula oblongo-fusiformis, fuscescens. This plant was first brought to me in 1841, by one of my collectors, who found it about Serampore. It also occurs about clumps of bamboos around the villages here, whence it has been introduced into the Botanic Gardens. I can say nothing precise of its mode of vegetation; but although its appearance is entirely that of plants parasitic on roots, the specimens that have been brought to me, though dug up with care, have presented no appearances of such of the ordinary parasitic adhesions as might have been expected. No other Indian botanist appears to have met with it. The structure of the stigma appears to me remarkable. The third stigma (uppermost from the resupination of the flower) is prominent, and its front surface is truncate and trian- gular in outline. But after maceration in spirits this sepa- rates into two parts, an interior cellular, which might be mis- taken for a gland; and a posterior, resembling the ordinary undivided rostellum of Dendrobez and Epidendrez. I have described it, however, as it appeared to me in the fresh spe- cimens. I am not sufficiently acquainted with the genera of the tribe to which this belongs to be able to state its more imme- in the Hl, C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 380 diate affinities. From the Indian Arethuseous, genera Corys- anthes, Cephalanthera, and Pogonia,* it is easily distinguish- able by the want of perfect leaves, the peculiar arrangement of sepals and petals from which the bilabiate perianth results, (in which respect it approaches Pterostyles,) and the form of the labellum. MYRIOPTERON. (Gen. Nov.) Fam. Nat. Asclepiadee.—Sect. Periplocee. Corolla rotata, lacinils torsivis: Corona staminea 5-phylla, foliolis aristatis, sinubus dente (incluso truncato) auctis. Anthere membrana terminatz, apice coherentes, a stigmate subliberee, imberbes. Pollen granulosum, in massis solitariis corpusculorum stigmatis parti dilatate affixum. Folliculi oblongo ovati, alis pluribus longitudinalibus aucti, divarica- tissimi. Semina basi comosa. Planta volubilis, puberula, lactea. Folia opposita, reit- culation esubtus prominula. Processus interpetiolares car- nost, dentatt. Cyme érregulares, in paniculis axillaribus disposite. Flores albidi, parvi. Folliculi oblongo-ovati. Myriopteron paniculatum. Descr.—Caulis glaber, tactu asperulus. Folia subovalia, basi cordata, mediocriter cuspidata, molliter puberula; venze secondariz arcuatim nexe, interveniis reticulatis, venis subtus prominentibus venulisque prominulis; superficies supera rugosa. Petioli subsemunciales. Processus interpe- tiolares (stipuliformes) carnosi, pluridentati, subreflexi. Pa- niculz laxee, pendula, folia seepius superantes, e cymis multis irregularibus conflate. Flores albidi, parvi, subodorati. Pedicelli apice incrassati, papillosuli. Sepala 5 minuta. Corolla rotata, zstivatione contorta; laciniz oblonge, tortz * Anthogonium referred with some doubt to this same section by Dr. Lindley, will, if characters derived from the pollen masses are to be ab- solutely relied on, be found, I suspect, to belong to Epidendrex. auc 386 On some Plants, mosily undescribed, zquilaterales. Corona staminea exserta; foliola subulato- aristata, erecta, antheras subduplo superantia, alba. Sinus unusquisque dente carnoso, truncato, emarginato, incluso auctus. Filamenta (libera) brevissima. Anthere ovate, in conum stigma insuper incumbentem conniventes, apicibus membranaceis cohzrentes; connectivum pallide fuscescens ; loculus exterior interiore dimissius productus in auriculum rotundatum. Pollen granulosum, ternarium quaternariumve. Stigma obtusum, emarginatum, centrum versus ambitu ob- solete pentagonum. Glandula magna, alba, concava, ambitu suborbicularis. Appendicula obovata, brunnea, bipartita. Stylus brevissimus. Ovarium biloculare ; ovula oo (familia) placentis carnosis affixa. Folliculi (panicularum sepius so- litarii) oblongo-ovati, divaricatissimi, longitudine 3-unciales, latitudine semunciales, cum alis virides. Semina brunnea. Hab.—Assamia, et prope oppidum Tenasserim Provincize Merguensis. I first met with this plant in 1834, aubscaue te in Assam in 1835-6. It appears to have been introduced into these gardens, where it flowers in August and September, by Major Jenkins. Tam not aware of the immediate affinities of the genus; the foliation is that of Gymnema and Marsdenia, the corolla in some measure that of Cryptolepis. It is singular, in the family, in the wings of the fruit: the axillary panicles also appear to be a very unusual character. In the form of the processes of the corona it resembles Streptocaulon, and Fin- laysonia (jure Gurua Hamilton, ) but in those genera the part called corona is so little developed, that the processes are referred in characters to the faux of the corolla. EXCACARIA.—JZinn. I. opposttifolia, fruticosa, foliis oppositis, floribus dioicis, feemineis terminalibus solitariis. ffabt.—Bengala orientalis. in the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. ood Frutex arbusculoideus succo lacteo caustico scatens; ra- muli virides, compressiusculi. Folia opposita, breve petio- lata, pendula, oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata, serrata, lete viridia, venis secondariis distinctis. Stipule parve, sub- foliaceze, conduplicato-carinatz, mucronibus | vel 2 sphace- latis. Gemme axillares et terminales, squamis stipulifor- mibus paucis imbricate. Flores dioici; masculi in spicis solitariis ascendentibus, terminalibus, foliis } brevioribus di- positi, solitarii, utrinque glandula stipati, bractea rotundata basi carnosa suffulti.* Rachis (spicarum) exsculpta. Perian- thium 3-sepalum, sepalis denticulatis. Stamina 3; 2 lateralia sepalis sub-opposita, tertium anticz bracteze oppositum. Fi- lamenta robusta, sepalis paullo longiora. Antherze magne, cordato-reniformes, didymz, longitudinaliter dehiscentes, connectivo mucronulato. Pollen oblongum, plicis tribus in- structum. Flos foemineus solitarius, terminalis, pedicellatus, basi utrinque glandula magna stipatus, unibracteatus. Pe- rianthium 3-sepalum, sepalis bracteze subsimilibus, tertio postico. Rudimenta staminum o. Ovarium 3-loculare, ova- tum, attenuatum in stylum brevem robustum tripartitum, ramis recurvis subulatis intus stigmatosis; ovula solitaria pendula. Fructus baccatus, pedicellatus, subrotundus, pen- dulus, basi perianthio glandulisque suffultus, apice subumbili- catus, 6-sulcatus, trilocularis, tricoccus, coccis bipartibilibus, pomi minoris magnitudine. Semen pendulum, sub-globosum ; tegumentum exterius carnosum, tenue, raphe 3 completa; interius atrum, osseum. Albumen carnosum. Cotyledones foliaceze. Radicula ovata supera. Introduced from Sillet in 1826. It exhibits occasionally a tendency to become monoicous, in which case the female is found at the base of the spike; it also sometimes presents 4 stamina, as well as occasional cohesions between anthers * Vel potius spicul 3-flore, interdum 4-flore. Flos quisque e sta- _mine solitario in axilla bractez, bractea postica (vel quarta) szepius vacua. 388 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, and bracteze. Although it presents differences, especially in habit, from Laxcecaria, | have considered it best to refer it to that genus than to endeavour to define it as a distinct one. The situation of the stamina with regard to the parts of the perianth is not satisfactorily determinable. ‘The flower may be considered as solitary, 1-bracteate, 3-sepalous, with 3 stamina alternating, or as monandrous, each with a bracte. And this appears to me the more correct opinion from the want of isochronism in the development of the stamina, the anticous one being most precocious, as well as from the situation of the 4th stamen, which when developed has always appeared to me opposite the posticous sepal or 4th bracte. In Excecaria Agaliocha, the male flowers would appear as monandrous as in this, an assumption founded on the want of isochronism in their development. It presents no beauty. ‘It does not often ripen seed, the males and females having been planted apart from each other. GIVOTIA. (Gen. Nov. ) Fam. Nat. Euphorbiaceae. Fl: fem.—Calyx 5-sepalus, imbricatus. Petala 5, convo- luta, partibus superpositis in corollam gamopetalam subur- ceolatam coherentia. Stamina O. Annulus hypogynus 5- lobus. Ovarium bi-tri-loculare, loculis uniovulatis. Styl 2-3, profunde bi-partiti, intus stigmatosi. Fructus drupaceus, mo- nospermus. Arbor mediocris facie Rottlere. Folia alterna, sublobata, subtus pube stellata alba, petiolis biglandulosis. Flores feminet terminales, cymoso-paniculaté. Fructus albido-to- mentost, cerast magnitudine. Descr.—Arbor mediocris, partes novella et calyx extus dense ferruginei pilis stellatis. Folia alterna, bistipulata, stipulis parvis subulatis, interdum obsoletis. Petioli longi, in the H. C. Botanic Gardens, Calcutta. 389 laminam subzequantes, medium versus glandulis turbinatis distantibus vel approximatis stipati, pilis stellatis ferrugi- neo-albis vestiti. Jamina deltoidea, cordata, inzequaliter dentata sepe sublobata, acuminata, basi 5-venia et spe 1-glandulosa, subtus ferrugineo-alba pilis stellatis. Inflo- rescentia feeminea terminalis, cymoso-paniculata. Cyme irre- gulares. Flores articulati in pedicellum brevisimum sepi- us bractea filiformi suffultum, inconspicui, parvi. Masc: nondum visi. Fam: Calyx imbricatus 5-sepalus, sepalis oblongis inzequalibus. Petala 5, breve unguiculata, rotundata, convoluta, mediantibus partibus superpositis cohzrentia in corollam urceolatam sepalis paullo longiorem. Stamina O. ‘Annulus hypogynus carnosus, 5-lobus, circa basin ovarii. Ovarium ovato-oblongum, corolla brevius, pube solita dense vestitum, bi-triloculare. Styli 2-3, profunde bipartiti, secus latera et faciem internam stigmatosi. Ovula solitaria, pen- dula. Fructus subrotundus, breve et dense pubescens, pe- dicello turbinato -insidens, styli cicatrice apicem versus nota- tus, drupaceus, abortu unilocularis, monospermus. Caro crassus, succosus, viridis. Putamen tenue, lignosum. Semen pendulum subrotundum; tegumentum exterius tenue, cel- lulosum, venosum, raphe ad chalazam in ramis sepe dicho- tomis divisa; interius crassum, atrum, osseum. Albumen copiosum carnosum. Cotyledones foliacee. Radicula brevis supera. Habitus Rottlere, succus aqueus. By this plant it is my wish to commemorate the late Mr. J. Voigt, Surgeon to the Danish Settlement of Serampore, and author of the MSS. Hortus Suburbanus Calcuttensis. When I mention that, under the superintendence of Mr. Voigt, the Botanic Garden of Dr. Carey continued to be as rich in species as the H. C. Botanic Gardens, and that its contents were made available with exceeding liberality ; that the Hortus Suburbanus is a complete and digested catalogue of all the plants found about Calcutta, arranged according to their Natural Families, and that it thus forms the 390 On some Plants, mostly undescribed, &c. ground work of a Flora of Lower Bengal, to which it exhibits many interesting additions, I trust to have shewn very suffi- cient reasons in justification of the name. For, though prece- dents would not be wanting in favour of the sufficiency of mere friendship to the establishment of a name in science, I wish to shew that Mr. Voigt has real claims to the grateful remembrance of all students of the amabilis scientia. For the anagram the confused synonymy of Voigtia, and its ex- treme similarity to Voitia must be my apology. It is I am told the Rottlera nivea of Dr. Roxburgh, which name however I do not find in his arranged MSS. or in the Hortus Bengalensis, although it appears to have been introduced by the Rev: F’. Carey from Ava in 1808. There are two or three trees in the Gardens, which flower and appear to ripen seeds in July and August, although I have not yet seen male flowers. It appears to approach in some réspects to Anda and Aleurites. It may be readily recognised among the section with corollas and uni-ovulate cells of the ovarium by its dru- paceous I-celled, 1-seeded fruit. Description of a collection of Fishes made at Chusan and Ningpo in China, by Dr.G. R. Prayrair, Surgeon of the Phiegethon, War Steamer, during the late Military opera- tions in that country. By J. M‘CiELLanp, Bengal Medi- cal Service, vid. plates xxi, xxii, xxiii, xxiv, and xxv. It would be impossible to comprise in so small space, a greater amount of interest, than the little collection forming the subject of this paper affords. Of about thirty species, half of them are new; of the species which are not new, some are highly interesting; of these I.may mention Cy- prinus putitora, Buch., Silurus bimaculaius, Bl., and S. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 391 duda, Buch. The first of these is the only species of the extensive family to which it belongs described by Buchanan in his work on the Gangetic fishes, which I had not before met with ; it was consequently suspected from its rarity in Bengal, that it might prove to be a variety only of Barbus hexagonole- pis.* Having identified the Chinese specimen in this collec- tion with Buchanan’s description, and compared it with a specimen of Barbus hexagonolepis, we were enabled to draw at least one definite distinction between the two; namely, Bar- bus hexagonolepis has 27 or 28 scales on the lateral line, while Barbus putitora has only 24 or 25. When fresh specimens of both are compared together, other more striking differ- ences may appear. Of Silurus bimaculatus, Bloch, some slight variations are apparent in the Chinese example here noticed, from those pointed out by others in the same species as it oc- curs at Java. It is also to be remarked, that the dark spot on either side above the pectorals to which it owes its name, is common to most, if not to all the species of this genus. Stlurus mysoricus, Cuv. et Val. would seem to be Silurus duda, Buch.; and, as it thus seems to belong to China, as well as to Mysore and other parts of India, the former name becomes improper, even if the latter had not the priority. A new species is added to this genus differ- ing only from Szlurus pabda, Buch., in possessing three additional branchial rays, beyond the number ascribed to Buchanan’s species. With regard to the species of Trigla, which I have named Spinosa, it is worthy of remark, that the fin rays correspond with those of Trigla alata, Gmelin, said to belong to the Japanese seas, and which, instead of the three de- tached rays under the pectorals which are characteristic of the genus, is described by Houttuyn as presenting the very anomalous character of twenty rays in this situation, united * Indian Cyprinide, As. Res. vol. xix, p. 336. 392 Deseription of a collection of Fishes from China. by a membrane so as to form a kind of wing, not large enough, however, to enable it to fly. Cuvier with prophetic caution rejected this species, because he could not compre- hend clearly the text of the author, published in the Me- moirs of the Society of Harlem, t. xx, part 2, p. 336, quoted dans Il Histoire Nat. des Poissons, vol. 4, p. 15, in order to shew with what facility an error is propagated when once admitted into works of authority.* The way in which all this confusion arose in the first instance may, perhaps, be explained by supposing the origi- nal describer to have confounded the ventral, with the pec- toral fins of Trigla spinosa, which together with the three intermediate rays, would exactly make up the number (twenty) of the rays ascribed to the supposed wings. I have noticed under the proper head, the probability of the species of Sebastes here described being the Sebastes albofasciatus, Cuv. the history of which is so singular, as partly derived from a Japanese work, that I may be excused for adverting to itin this place. Cuvier having first identified a species of his genus Sebastes in certain Japanese drawings, with the aid of M. Abel Remuset, found the accom- panying Japanese description to correspond with that of the Sebastes of the North sea. The fish is described by the Japanese as common on their coasts, where it attains three feet in length; they inform us that its flesh is white and rich, and that it is much sought after by their fishermen in the winter season, &c.. Subsequently, the actual fish itself, as des- cribed in the Japanese writings, having been forwarded from * Here are a few of the names bestowed on this supposed species, which, from the facts now brought forward in regard to Trigla spinosa, we have additional reason to believe does not exist. The Red wing (rouget ailé) of Houttuyn. Zrigla rubicunda, Hornsdetedt in his Dutch translation of Syst. Nature, Trigla Japonica, Shaw Gen. Zool. Dactylop- terus, Lacep. 111. p. 835, Trigla alata, Gm. Syst. Linn. and subse- quently repeated in the different Dictionaries of Natural History. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 393 China to the Berlin Museum, it was submitted to the examina- tion of M. Cuvier, and found to be the Holocentrum albo- fasciatus of Lacep. It may be remarked in this place, that one of my reasons for regarding the specimen here figured, t. xxi. f. 3. and described from Dr. Playfair’s collection to be dis- tinct, is, the great size of the second dorsal and anal spines. The collection affords a beautiful species of Clupeide, or the Herring family, which seems to have escaped the observa- tion of naturalists. It is nearly allied to the genus Thryssa, Cuv. ; but is distinguished from that group by long setaceous free rays, situated above the pectoral fins. This is described as a new genus, CHa@:Tomus, of which I am also acquainted with a second species. The Chinese species is here named in honor of Dr. G. R. Playfair, its discoverer, a compliment richly merited for the valuable collection which we owe to his zeal and in- telligence. Macrognathus undulatus is another new species due to Dr. Playfair. It differs but little from the species described in Buch. as M. armatus, still it is distinct in its markings, as well as in having three spines in front of the anal fin, while Buchanan’s species has but two. Buchanan was wrong in supposing the species he named armatus, to be identical with Lacepede’s species of that name; it is dis- tinguished from it by having four additional spines in the back, and must therefore be distinguished from it also, in name, for which I propose that of Hamiltoniz. Two species of Cobztes, or Loach, are comprised in this col- lection ; both of which are quite distinct from any species of that genus hitherto described. ‘They are also quite distinct from each other; the one being remarkable for the depth of the head, and small size of the pectorals, while the other has the pectorals large, and the head more elongated than compressed. The most important accessions which we owe to Dr. Playfair’s collection are, 3 D 394 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. _ First. A very striking form of the genus Hetrobranchus of Geoffroy. Indeed this new form must constitute a distinct genus of itself. The new genus (Cossyphus), in addition to the arborescent appendages to the third and fourth branchial arches, presents them also on the second arch: and instead of the caudal being a distinct fin from the anal and dorsal, as in M. Geoffroy’s genus, there may be some question as to the existence of a caudal at all; but if there be one, it must be in union with the anal and dorsal. Second. Two undescribed species of the genus Anguilla, both from Chusan; both distinguished from the eels of Eu- rope, by the number of their fin rays. The other accessions to this order in the proposed genus Murcenesox, are less exclusively due to this collection, for I have been long acquainted with several Bengal species, al- though it is probable I should have postponed their des- cription to some future period, had it not become necessary to say something of the species contained in Dr. Playfair’s collection. The Bengal species of the proposed genus Pneumabranchus, of which there are several, I could not consistently introduce in this place, but hope to describe them in the next number. The following is a list of species contained in Dr. G. R. Playfair’s valuable collection made at Chusan and Ningpo, including the following four new genera; namely, Cu@ro- mus, Cossypuus, Mura@Nesox, and PNEUMABRANCHUS. 1.—Salt or Sea-water fishes, before undescribed. HoLocENTRUM MACULATUM, SEBASTES SINENSIS, TRIGLA SPINOSA, TETRADON FASCIATUS, CHGTOMUS PLAYFAIRII. 2.—LEstuary species, before undescribed. PIMELODUS ASPERUS, SILURUS SINENSIS, Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 395 CossyPHUS ATER, ' MacroGNATHUS UNDULATA, MuRG@NESOX TRICUSPIDATA, PNEUMABRANCHUS CINEREUS, 3.—LEstuary species of Bengal, found at Chusan by Dr. Playfair. Chaca Hamiltoniz, Gray. Saccobranchus singia, Cuv. et Val. Bagrus cavasius, Cuv. et Val. Selurus bimaculatus, Bloch. Stlurus duda, Buch. 4,—Fresh-water species before undescribed. ANGUILLA MACROPTERA, ANGUILLA SINENSIS, CoBITIS BIFURCATA, _ CoBITIS PECTORALIS. 5.—Fresh-water species of Bengal, found at Chusan by Dr. Playfair. Cyprinus ( Barbus ) putitora, Buch. HIOLOCENTRUM MACULATUM, ¢. xxi. fig. 1. This is a very well marked species of an extensive genus. The general colour of specimens in spirits is silvery white on the lower parts of the body and sides, below the lateral line; with light brownish grey on the back, softening down into silvery white on the sides. There is one, two, or three rows of black spots on each side; one of these rows extends along the base of the dorsal fins, and another along the upper edge of the lateral line, together with an incomplete row between these on the higher part of the body, and another incomplete row below the lateral line, particularly in the larger specimens. _ There is an arched row of dark spots on each side along the mid- dle of the anterior dorsal fin, with an imperfect row at the base of the 396 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. longer spines, and a black mark on the lunate margin of the fin membrane, behind the point of each spine. The operculum terminates in a narrow scaly point, close over which, there is rather a large-sized sharp spine. The pre-operculum is serrated behind, presenting at the corner and lower margin, five small spines. The lower jaw is longer than the upper, the teeth in both jaws are minute and numerous like the pile of velvet. The nostrils have two apertures on each side, close in front of the eyes. ‘The eyes are large, and the orbits smooth-edged, irides dark above. The first dorsal has twelve spinous rays, of which the fifth is the longest ; the posterior dorsal has thirteen soft, and one spinous ray. The pectoral is composed of sixteen soft rays. The ventrals which are situated under the pectorals contain each, six soft branching rays, and one smooth sharp spine. The anal contains three spinous, and eight soft rays; the first spinous ray (not distinctly represented in the drawing,) is very short, and situated close to the base of the second, which is strong and large; the third anal spine is as long, but more slen- der than the second. The caudal is slightly forked, and contains seven- teen rays, so that the number of the fin rays will stand thus : D. 12:45 P.16:Via-A 2.0 am The fins on the lower parts of the body are white, the caudal and posterior dorsal tinged with grey. There are five rays in the branchial membrane. This species would seem to be very common in the China seas. Dr. Playfair found it both at Ningpo and Chusan. It is one of the most beautiful, and no doubt one of the most useful of the perch-like fishes, as it would seem to attain a large size, and to afford the fishermen much employment at certain seasons. TRIGLA SPINOSA, ¢. Xxii. fig. 2. Trigla alata, Gm. | This species, which is allied to T. Lyra, is distinguished by a spine on either side of the occiput or nape, a single Description of a collection of Fishes from China, 397 large spine on the humeral bone over the situation of the pectorals, a single small spine on the operculum, and two spines on lower corner of the pre-operculum, with a row of spines on either side of the dorsals. The pectorals are large and of blue colour, reaching on either side to the middle of the second dorsal fin. There is a raised ridge over and in front of the eyes, with a single short point behind, and two before and above the eyes. The lateral line is raised and smooth, the caudal is bifid ; a dark spot on the anterior dorsal, and another on the posterior dorsal, as well as on the caudal fin, and on the upper edge of the irides. | The fin rays, are, D. 7—15. P. 11: V.6: A. 14: C. 11—B. 7. This species is about four inches in length, and has the number of rays in its fins corresponding exactly with the number ascribed by Houttuyn to Trigla alata; there is reason to think that the mistake relative to the existence of the latter may be explained, by supposing that author to have confounded the pectoral and ventral fins of the species here described, and that he mistook them, together with the three intermediate free rays, for a single fin, or wing as he called it. Having been preserved in spirits, the specimen has lost the vivid colours of the species, but there is still the remains of blue on the pectorals. SEBASTES SINENSIS, ¢. Xxi. fig. 3. The genus is characterised by scaly opercula and spinous incrustations about the head, and is distinguished from Scorpena, from which it was first separated, by the absence of cutaneous appendages to the head. The species here noticed is*probably the S. Albofasciatus of Cuvier, but having been preserved in spirits, it has lost its characteristic colours. It seems also to present some slight variation in the number of its fin rays. 398 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. There are two spines on the posterior angle of the operculum, five on the inferior angle of the pre-operculum, and two between the nostrils. The interval between the eyes is hollow, and only equal in breadth to about half the diameter of the orbit; there are no scales in the hollow between the eyes, which is marked by two ridges. The salient ridge which forms the upper boundary of each orbit, presents three spines, one before and two behind. There is also a small spine on the humeral bone above the pectoral fin. The ten lower rays of the pectorals are jointed, but not branched. ‘The fol- lowing are the fin rays: D. =: 4-2; C. 14: P. 18, of which 10 are simple V. 7, The stomach is a short cul-de-sac; a narrow pyloric process, fur- nished with a bundle of soft appendages, joins it to a capacious intestine. The liver is large, consisting of two lobes, of which the right is the largest. The air-vessel consists of a flat pyriform bag. The Sebastes are not numerous. One species is peculiar to the North Seas; another to the sea between America and Kamschatka; a third to the Mediterranean; two to the Cape; another to the Indian seas, and three are noticed as from Japan. Of these, one is without spines on the head. What is known of the only Japan species (with which it is probable the present one may be allied,) has been chiefly derived, as already observed, from the Japanese Encyclopedia. M. Cuvier found it to be Holocentrus albofasciatus. MacroenaTuus UNDULATUS. ¢. xxii. fig. 1. This species is nearly allied to, if not the same as one that has been mistaken by Buchanan for Macrognathus armatus of Lacepede, but which is however, quite distinct. The pectoral fins of the Chinese fish are round, and each contains 20 divided rays; on the back there are 37 short spines in front of the dorsal. The dorsal contains about 72, the anal about 75 rays, and these fins are united with the caudat. The caudal is distinguished by longer rays than the adjoining parts of the anal and dorsal. In front of the anal, there are three prickles. The fin rays and spines are thus: 37 Bi) 1D) Gee 2s 8 a aye C. 20. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 399 Colour.—The sides are marked along the whole length above the lateral line by a series of irregular half circles, occasioned by a broad undulating dark line, which extends along each side, sending off at every undulation a branch to the back, which meets a corresponding © branch from the opposite side; similarly formed, but smaller semi- circles are observed below the lateral line on the tail. Habitat.—Chusan. Distinguished from M. Armatus, Buch. which has also 37 prickles in front of the dorsal, by short bands, instead of small circular dots or spots, connecting the undulations on the sides with the back, and by 3 spines in front of the anal instead of 2; and from M. Arma- tus, Lacep. by 37 spines in the back instead of 33. BARBUS PUTITORA, ¢. Xxill. fig. 2. Cyprinus patitora, Buch. This species, which has been described by Buchanan in his ac- count of the fishes of the Ganges, I have never before met with ; and it is singular, that it should be found in a collection from China. Buchanan’s description is very accurate, and leaves little additional to be said on the subject, except as to the number of scales. It may be described in a few words, as a short Barbel, with a short blunt smooth snout, with 4 short cirri. The back forms a high narrow ridge in front of the dorsal, abruptly arched from the snout to behind the nape. The mouth is small, the length of the head is less than a third of the body, (exclusive of the head and caudal fin,) and considerably less than the depth of the body. There are 25 scales along the lateral line, and 6} scales in an oblique row, from the base of the ventrals to the front of the dorsal : the third scale from the ventral fin forming the lateral line, and the seventh the ridge of the back. The fin rays are, DS eG saV 957 Ac 7: ©2199, The Chinese specimen, which we owe to Dr. G. R. Playfair, is about ten inches in length. In the higher parts of the rivers of India, Buchanan states, that it attains nine feet in length. It was found by Buchanan in the vicinity of the mountains on the northern frontier of Bengal, and by Dr. G. R, Playfair at Ningpo, in China. 400 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. CoBITIS BIFURCATA, ¢. xxill. fig. 1. A Loach with eight cirri, four on the upper jaw, two at the corners of the mouth, and two bifurcated cirri on the lower jaw ; the head short, compressed ; the body compressed so that the breadth is only equal to about half the depth of the body. The depth is about equal from the nape to the tail ; both margins being nearly straight and parallel. The lower margin extends in a straight line to the mouth ; the head is arched in front, the eyes small, and situated high and about midway between the nape and the snout. The nostrils are situated a short distance in front of the eyes, and consist on either side of a single external opening, with a tubular valve in front. The branchial aperture is situated above the pectoral fins, and some way behind the operculum, consisting of a small oblique slit; the pectoral fins are small, are situated low, and the dorsal and ventrals about midway between the pectorals and base of the caudal. The ventral fins reach to the vent; the anal is situated midway between the extremity of the ventrals and the base of the caudal. The fin rays are, D.9:P.10: V.6.A. 7. C. 16, together with an indefinite number of gradually diminishing short rays as usual at the base of the caudal. The colour seems to have been a mottled brown above, and below yellowish white. Habitat. —Chusan. Fig. 1. A is a magnified drawing of the lower view of the mouth and cirri. CoBITIS PECTORALIS, ¢. Xxill. fig. 3. A Loach with ten cirri, four on the upper jaw, two at the corners of the mouth, and four small cirri on the lower jaw, two of which are very minute, and might be considered appendages rather than cirri. The pectoral fins are large, the body arched uniformly from the eyes to the dorsal, and chiefly compressed at the tail, the head rather long and low. The dorsal is situated behind the middle of the back, the ventrals do not reach to the vent. The branchial aperture Description of a coliection of kishes from China. 401 which is small, extends downwards as low as the pectorals. The fin rays are, D.8:P. 12: V.9:A. 7; C. 16—with an indefinite number of short bristle-points, a little more developed than usual, and gradually dimi- nishing at the base of the caudal. The colour seems to have been greyish or olive brown above, mottled about the head and fins, and with a dark transverse spot at the upper base of the caudal; the lower parts of the body white. Habitat.—Chusan. Fig. 3. A magnified representation of the mouth and cirri. SILURID&. Of the genus Silurus as defined by Cuvier, without sensible spines in the dorsal, and with teeth like those of acard in both jaws, furnish- ed with a second band on the vomer, parallel to the first ; the collection contains three species. The first of these is Bzmaculatus, Bl. originally found at Tranquebar, of which MM. Kuhl and Vanhasselt have described a variety found at Java, in which some of the fin rays differ slightly from the Tranque- bar fish. It will be seen, on comparing the following characters of the specimen found at Chusan, that it differs slightly in the number of fin and branchial rays from both the former varieties; yet the Species is, iN my opinion, unquestionably the same. Silurus bimaculatus,* Bl. variety from Chusan; four cirri shorter than the head, a fine sharp smooth spine, having a soft articulated ex- tremity. D.5:P. ig: V.9: A. 65: C. 17—Branch. 13. The second species differs from Szlurus pabda, Buch. in which the number of branchial rays are nine, while the Chi- nese fish has twelve, and in the pectoral spines of the latter being serrated behind, while in the Bengal fish they are smooth-edged according to Buchanan. * With regard to this name, it may be remarked, that the three species here noticed have each two black marks, as in Bloch’s species, near the commencement of the lateral line; and this seems to be a general charac- ter of most of the Asiatic species. OE 402 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. The following are the characters of the species in ques- tion :— SILURUS SINENSIS. Four cirri, the two on the upper jaw are as long as the head, the two lower cirri are very small. The pectorals preceded by a slender spine on either side, about half the length of the fin. The spine has a few distant prickles on the hinder margin towards the point. The following are the fin rays : D. 4: P. 2 13 > V. 8: A. 54: C. 18.—Branchial rays 12. The third species in Dr. Playfair’s collection from Chu- san, I consider to be the same with that found by M. Dus- sumier in Mysore; though the latter is said to have thirteen, while in the former I found only twelve branchial rays. Having no doubt as to the Mysore and Chinese speci- mens being one species, it can no longer be proper to retain the local name bestowed on the former in the Hist. Nat. des Potssons.* Indeed I conceive the Saurus mysoricus of MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes, to be the Szlurus duda of Buchanan. The following are the characters of this species as exhibited by the specimen in Dr. Playfair’s collection from China. SILURUSs DUDA, Buch. Stlurus mysoricus, Cuv. et Val. Four cirri, the two upper cirri reaching to the end of the pectorals, the lower very small. Pectoral spine smooth and slender. D. 4: P. 2: V. 8: A. 76: ¢. 17.—Branchial rays 12. Habitat.—Bengal, Mysore,’and China. * Par MM. Cuvier et Valenciennes, vol. xiv. p. 364. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 403 With species corresponding in their general form and size as the Siluri of Cuvier do, mistakes may occasionally arise from the difficulty of distinguishing one from another.* Cossypuus,} Nov. Gen. Gen. Cuar.—The head broad and covered with a flat helmet, the dorsal and anal long, and continuous with the caudal an arboraceous appendage to the second and third branchial arches; eight cirri; two transverse rows of minute crowded teeth in the upper, and a single row in the lower jaw. CossYPHUS ATER. t. xxi. fig. 3. The length from the hinder process of the helmet to the snout, equal to one-third part of the length of the body. The helmet terminates behind by a round short process in front of the dorsal, and has an oval depression between the eyes ; the eyes are small and lateral. ‘The pectoral spine is not so long as the fin; but it is strong, and has the front edge thin and finely serrated ; the operculum is small; eight rays in the branchial membrane; the openings to the bran- chiz are situated low; the branchial combs are four, the * Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. Ul. p. 583. It is remarked that Silurus duda, Canio, and Chechra, Buch. are but one species. The Chechra may however be conceived to be a variety of S. bimaculatus, Bl., and is distinguishable from S. duda by its dorsal spine being serra- ted on the hinder margin. There is also a typographical error in the characters of the species noted, the pectoral rays being given as 3, instead of1. 13 + From koooudoe, the Greek name of an unknown kind of dark- coloured fish. t In Cossyphus ater, the specimen from which the genus is described, and the only one that is known, the caudal was removed from the end of the tail, and its place left vacant by an open fissure. 404 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. first and third ascend above into a capacious cell formed by the helmet, in which the arborescent processes rise above from the branchial arches; in addition to which there is a folliaceous appendage to the top of each branchial arch. See fig 3, a. The fin rays are, D.59: P. 4: V.6: A. 45. A remarkable peculiarity is the absence of a caudal fin, or of rays representing that fin in the species here des- cribed. A single specimen only being contained in the collec- tion, it would be difficult to say whether the caudal rays were displaced, leaving an accidental fissure in the situation of the caudal fin, or whether the fissure is natural. The stomach is reflected forward, and terminates without cecal appendages in a narrow and slightly convoluted intes- tine, the entire length of which together with the stomach, does not exceed half the length of the body. The liver is small, consisting of two very distinct equal lobes. The cirri are placed two on the upper, and four on the lower jaw, and two at the corners of the mouth, which are the longest, although they scarcely exceed the length of the head. ffabitat.—Chusan. PIMELODUS ASPERUS. ¢. xxiv. fig. 2. Head depressed and narrow, but not elongated at the mouth. The helmet prolonged towards the dorsal fin, and forming arches over the eyes, which are very small. A separate buckler at the base of the dorsal, and two narrow processes of the helmet directed backward on either side, one of them situated immediately over the lateral line, the other extending backwards from the posterior jamb of the opercu- lum; opercula almost immovable, seven branchial rays, and one broad band of minute conical teeth like those of a card in both jaws. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 405 A spinous process of the buckler is extended obliquely along each side above the pectoral fin; there is a large flat spine in each pectoral with long hooked barbs on the hinder margin, and five prickles on the anterior margin: second ray of the dorsal striated, strong, and very sharp- ly serrated behind, six variegated short cirri, two at the corners of the mouth, and two at the base of the lower jaw: body and fins variegated transversely with brown and white. The following are the fin rays :— 10 D. 4:0: P. ¢: V.6: A.8: C. ié—Branch. 7: Cirri 6. 10 Habitat.—Chusan. Fam. Clupeide. Cuca@tomus.* Nov. Gen. GrEN. Cuar.—Snout prolonged in front of the jaws, maxillaries extended behind the corners of the mouth, and finely dentated. The lower jaw, which is shorter than the snout, terminates in a narrow point. ‘The palatines form a slender arch, provided on either side with minute teeth. The tongue and branchial arches present several rows of pectiniform digitations ; a tuft of setaceous bristles is situated over the pectorals on either side ; there are ten rays in the branchial membrane. The body is much compressed, the anal fin long, and joined to the caudal which is small, and placed obliquely on a narrow elongated tail; a short isolated spine is situated in front of the dorsal; scales large, thin, and easily detached. Cu@tTomus Piayratrit.} ¢t. xxiv. fig. 3. The caudal is small and bifid, with the upper lobe much * Etym. from X@lTE, a lock of hair, and, MOC the shoulder. t+ This very beautiful species is dedicated to Dr. G. R. Playfair, to whom we are indebted for this collection. Dr. Playfair served with much credit and zeal throughout the late war in China, from its com- mencement in 1839 to its termination in 1843. 406 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. longer than the lower ; the maxillary bones reach backward beyond the base of the pectorals. The dorsal is placed on a somewhat oblique elevated base, situated on the anterior third of the back ; the maxillaries throughout their length are finely dentated, as well as the lower jaw, which pre- sents a sharp knob at the apex, for which there is a corres- ponding indentation in the upper jaw. ‘The following are the fin and branchial rays. B. 10—D. {: V.7: A. 80: C. 19.—P. 10—with 6 bristles. The pectoral fins are as long as the head, and the bristles extend to the commencement of the anal fin; the ventral fins are placed beneath the commencement of the dorsal. The opercula are silvery white, as well as the irides, which last are tinged on the upper edge with dark colour; the rest of the body is golden yellow, with a darkish tinge at the extremity of the tail. Habitat.—China.* ANGUILLA SINENSIS. ¢. Xxv. jig. 2. An Eel with about 206 rays from the middle of the caudal to the anterior extremity of the anal fin, snout broad * To this genus must be added a Bengal species, Cua@tomus HamitTonit. Mystus Ramcarati, Buch. This species, which is fully described by Buchanan Hamilton in the Gangetic fishes, though referred to a wrong family, may be characteri- sed as follows: maxillaries not extending beyond the pre-operculum; caudal entire, the pectoral fins are shorter than the head, the bristles extend beyond the commencement of the anal. D. 14: P. 12: V. 1 Anal and Caudal 111. 10: This, like the Chinese species, is of a bright golden yellow colour. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 407 and flat, the lower jaw longer than the upper. The breadth of the snout almost equal to the distance from the latter to the eyes; 17 rays in the pectoral. The body is somewhat | compressed, the tail more so, but nearly as deep or broad as the body. The head is short ; the distance from the apex of the upper jaw to the base of the pectorals, being one-eighth of the distance from the base of the pectorals to the ex- tremity of the tail. The interval from the branchial aperture to the anus, is equal to half the distance from the anus to the base of the caudal, and the same measurement is also equal to the distance from the snout to the commencement of the dorsal. There is a broad band of crowded conical teeth on the vomer and at the apex of the jaws, with a narrow band of similar teeth on the sides of the jaws. The eyes are placed over the angle of the mouth, at a dis- tance from each other equal nearly to their distance from the snout. The body seems to have been olive green or brown above, minutely dotted, and yellowish white beneath ; the extremity of the dorsal and anal fins being variegated with a narrow dark border at the tail. - Habitat —Chusan. eee Ee ANGUILLA MACROPTERA. f. xxv. fig. I. An Eel with about 221 rays from the middle of the caudal to the anterior extremity of the anal fin, with the snout narrow and depressed, and the lower jaw narrower and considerably longer than the upper, and about 17 rays in the pectoral fin. ‘The body is cylindric, the tail com- pressed and rather narrow: the head is long, the distance from the apex of the upper jaw to the base of the pectorals being equal to one-seventh of the distance from the base of the pectorals to the extremity of the caudal. 408 Description of a collection of Fishes from China The interval from the branchial aperture to the anus, is equal to half the distance from the anus to the end of the caudal, and to the whole distance from the extremity of the snout to the commencement of the dorsal. Both of the jaws, the palate, and the vomer are densely, and uniformly covered with small, but strong conical teeth. The eyes are placed over the corners of the mouth, and their distance from the extremity of the snout is equal to twice the breadth of the latter; the nostrils open at each corner of the upper lip, by two short tubes. ‘The colour above seems to have been olive green, minutely dotted; the whole of the lower surface of the body from the jaws to the tail is whitish. The fins at the extremity of the tail are variegated with black. Habitat.—Chusan. Fam. Anguilliformes, Cuv. Muranesox.* Nov. Gen. Gen. Cuar.—Jaws very long, narrow, and dilated at the apex for the insertion of prominent teeth in that situation. A. row of very prominent compressed teeth on the vomer, branchial apertures small, situated low in front of the pectorals, and lead to four large branchial combs on either side. The rays in the branchial membrane are numerous, long, and slender. Obs.—The stomach and intestine, together form a capaci- ous but short straight tube without cece; the air-vessel is long and spindle-shaped. Several species of this genus are met within the East. The dorsal commences in front of the pectorals, and there is a diffuse dark spot on the upper part of the gill covers; their colour above is bluish grey, silvery white below, with a black edging to the dorsal and anal fins. Their resemblance to the sand eels of Europe, has procured for them the common name of silver eel. * Ktym. From Murena, and Esox, the generic names of the Eels and Pikes, of both which the proposed genus partakes in form. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 409 There is a great sameness also in general appearance of these species, the chief difference being merely in the teeth. One species (M. tricuspidata) with tricuspid vomerial teeth, is common to Chusan and Ningpo in China, where it was found by Dr. G. R. Playfair, as well as to Bengal, where I have met with numerous specimens about Calcutta. A second large species with long narrow lanceolate vomerial teeth, (M. lanceolata) is also common about Calcutta: and thirdly, M. exodon, a species which attains nearly four feet in length, with a row of large lateral teeth on either side of the lower jaw, is found at Arrakan; and lastly, the Talabon of Dr. Russell’s Coromandel fishes, (the only species hitherto described) whose vomerial teeth are serrated on the edges.* I name this last, M. serradentata. Mur&NeEsox TRIcUSPIDATA. ¢. xxiv. fig. I. The colour is silvery grey above, and silvery white below, the edge of the dorsal and anal is variegated with a black line. The eyes are situated at a distance from the snout, equal to the greatest diameter or height of the body, and the mouth extends more than a third beyond the eyes; both jaws are dilated at the extremity, where there are two very large hooked teeth in the lower jaw, and four in a corres- ponding situation at the apex of the upper jaw, in which there is an irregular notch near the apex, for the reception of the two long teeth of the lower jaw. The lower jaw, which is shorter than the upper, also presents a double row of teeth on each side, the outer of which is composed of very * Ophidium talabon.—Russell, No. 38, Indian Fishes. I am aware that Russell’s species is referred in the Régne Animal to the genus Murena, Lacép., but while we are always bound to respect such references, we are not to be implicitly guided by them; particularly in such cases as this, where we must presume that great modern ichthyologist never had an opportunity of examining the species. OE: 410 Description of a collection of Fishes from China. short conical teeth, the inner row is composed of much larger teeth, which are also compressed and hooked. The upper jaw presents three rows of minute teeth on either side, together with a single row of large tricuspid teeth on the vomer, which are compressed, and present sharp cutting edges before and behind, with a high sharp lanceo- late point in the middle, and two small low points, one before and one behind on each tooth. See fig. 1. a. The distance from the snout to the hinder part of the iris, is equal to a third of the distance from the snout to the branchial aperture, and to one-fourth of the interval be- tween the base of the pectorals and the vent. The distance from the snout to the commencement of the dorsal fin, is equal nearly to one-seventh of the entire length. The dorsal commences immediately over the branchial apertures, and contains above 230 rays; the anal contains about 200. The pectoral fins contain about 16 or 17 rays each, and the branchial membrane on either side about 21 long and slen- der rays. The head is slightly compressed, the middle of the body is cylindrical, and the tail is compressed, and ter- minates in a very thin ensiform point. The other species of this genus above indicated, necessa- rily belong to a paper on the apodal fishes of Bengal, which will, I hope, appear in the next number of this Journal. Family Synbranchide, Swainson. PNEUMABRANCHUS.* Nov. Gen. Gen. Cuar.—The head is broad, the jaws of equal length, a single row of strong conical hooked teeth on the lower jaw, another on the palate, together with a row of fine teeth of the same kind on the intermaxillary, terminating in front in a crescent. ‘The body is covered with minute scales, and has no fins except a mere compression of the tail, which resem- bles the point of a two-edged sword. * Etym. from [Tvevya, breathing, and Boay ua, the gills of a Fish. Description of a collection of Fishes Jrom China. 411 Obs.—There are three small branchiz furnished with a sack which opens over the situation of the first arch. The inter- vals between the first and third arches are closed by a mem- brane, in which there is merely a small hole in each space. The middle arch alone has a small tuft, or gill, out side, the others are smooth.* The branchiz open into a semi- lunar transverse slit under the throat. Each nostril has two apertures, one at the end of the snout, and the other between the eyes. | PNEUMABRANCHUS CINEREUS. ft. xxv. fig. 3. | The jaws of equal length, somewhat thin and pointed, with the intermaxillary teeth rather crowded at the apex, general colour dark brown, somewhat bluish brown, with minute spots above, and below dark bluish grey. The anus is situated at the posterior third of the length. The body is cylindric, the tail compressed, ending in a thin narrow point with membranous margins. ‘The membranous margin of the upper edge of the tail extends two-thirds of the distance to the anus, and below about one-third of that dis- tance. The posterior aperture of the nostrils opens near the eyes, and the anterior aperture by means of a short tube on either side at the extremity of the snout. ‘Habitat.—Chusan. ® | have been indebted to Mr. H. Walker, Surgeon to the Body Guard, for mentioning to me the existence of Jungs in the Cuchia, before I had made the observation myself. The peculiarities of the branchie to which the term Jungs may be applied, were however described by J. Taylor, Esq. of Dacca (as both Mr. Walker and myself were aware) in his observations on the respiratory organs, and air-vessels of fishes in the Gleanings in Science, vol. II. page 176, Calcutta, 1830. The species to which this peculiarity belongs has been supposed to be a Synbranchus, but after a careful enquiry I find, that if the Cuchia of Ben- gal, and the so-called Synbranchi of India can be referred to any known genus, it should be to that of Monopterus, of Commerson and Lacépede. Mr. Swainson, with juster views of the importance of this group than 412 Description of a coliection of Fishes from China. TETRODON FASCIATUS. ¢. xxi. fig. 2. This species is nearly allied to T’. oscellatus of Bloch, which was long since found by Osbeck* in the river of Can- ton, and by Kempfer in the waters of Japan. It is dis- tinguished from that species by the presence of several trans- verse bands crossing the back; as well as by the dark spot and yellow ring which surround the base of the dorsal fin; while T. oscellatus has but a single band on the shoulder. Moreover the entire body as far back as the dorsal and anal fin of this species is covered with minute spines; while the species figured in Bloch and originally described by Kempfer, is stated to have the back free from spines, which are confined only to the dilatable portion of the body. That this species may have been taken for T. oscellatus is however highly probable. The following are the characters of the species in Dr. Playfair’s collection. ‘The anterior parts of the body as far back as the dorsal fin, are covered with very minute spines. Five narrow light-coloured bands cross the head and back ; the first of these is situated between the nostrils, the second between the eyes, the third between the eyes and the pectoral, the fourth is extended between the pectorals, and any other writer, here proposed to found his genus Ophichthys, but upon mistaken characters. The genus Monopterus was founded by Lacépede, on the MS. description by Commerson, of a species of supposed Conger Eel, found in the straits of Sunda. The description is minute, but vague as to the most essential and peculiar characters ; so much so, that Cuvier conjectures the supposed Conger to be the Unibranchpertura lisse, Lacép. The inefficiency of the characters assigned to the genus Monopterus, can require no better proof than the fact, that Cuvier himself, Buchanan, Mr. Taylor, and all subsequent writers refer the species that might have been supposed to belong to it, to Synbranchus, Bl., and Unibranchapertura, Lacép. In going over this ground a-new, I have found several species of this singular genus in the East, which will be described in our notice of the Bengal species of this order. Even since the above observations were written, I received another remarkable undescribed genus of this family from Arrakan, which I had not met with before. * Voyage a la Chine. Description of a collection of Fishes from China. 413 the fifth between the pectorals and dorsal; together with an oscillated spot round the base of the dorsal. The nostrils are large and situated near the eyes, each having two apertures. ‘The dorsal is situated far back, and contains fifteen divided rays, and two soft undivided rays at the commencement of the fin, shorter than the rest. The pectorals contain each about eighteen soft branching rays ; the anal contains fourteen rays, the caudal contains about nine large rays, thus: D. 17: P. 18: A. 14: C. 9. Habitat.—Chusan and Ningpo. The bite of Tetrodon oscellatus is said by some authors to be poisonous, the same thing is remarked of other species of this genus; but we conceive the idea to have no foundation. Reduction of Meteorological Observations made at Kulsea on the Doab Canal, during the years 1837-38-39-40-41. By Lieut. R. Barrp Situ, Bengal Engineers. These observations which consist of Registers of the Thermometer at sun-rise, of the Pluviometer, of the direction of the wind, and the state of the weather, were commenced by Mr. Sub-Conductor John Pigott, under instructions from Capt. P. T. Cautley, on the Ist of . May 1837. They were carried on at Kulsea, one of the stations on the Doab Canal, about fourteen miles to the northward of Saharan- pore, and having an elevation above the level of the sea of probably 1,100 feet. The value of the Thermometric observations has, I regret to find, been seriously deteriorated by certain circumstances to which more specific allusion will immediately be made, and as means do not now exist of ascertaining the exact influence of these, I have felt consider- able hesitation in placing the observations on record at all. It is farther to be regretted, that they were discontinued in February 1839; for although they exhibit the Temperature but at one period of the day, their continuance for a space of time that would now have exceeded five years, would have made them of considerable interest and use. 414. Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. Imperfect, however, as the observations are, I am unwilling that Mr. Pigott’s labour should be wholly lost, and as they include an al- most complete double cycle of the annual changes of season in India, I have availed myself of Captain Cautley’s kind permission, and have reduced them into Tables of General Results, in the hope that they may not prove altogether useless. The Registers of the Pluviometer, of the wind and weather, are still in progress, having been continued without interruption from their original institution. The Thermometer employed by Mr. Pigott was suspended inside a room, and closely against the wall, both circumstances somewhat unfortunate, since in consequence of the instrument having been ac- cidentally broken, it is now impossible to ascertain the exact amount of correction necessary on their account. I am accordingly forced to give the observations simply as they appear in the daily Register. TABLE I. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1837. | | Eypochs. rae ie ee Dee Month. |Min.|/Mean. | Max. 2 S re S | E i a OV] ox o O71) Ot eres 1 |January, ..; O|} 0 0 0 0 0 2 \February,.- | 0 = 0 0 0 0 0 3 |March, 0; O LW) 0 0 0 4 \Apule | 01) 0 W 0 0 0 5 |May, .. ..| 77.| 80.27 | 86. |M.1lth) 9th | 2ed 6 |June,.. ..| 76.| 81.50] 86. |J. 3d) 9th | 28th 7 July. 3) 2780.85.51 | 940 od. Oth) i eethy hg ea 8 |August ..| 76.) 81.45 | 84. jA.28th, 4th | 9th 9 |September,..| 72.| 76.50) 84. |S. 19th} 14th | Ist 10 |October, ..| 62.) 70.80! 79. |O.38l1st} 8th | 13th 11 |November,..| 59.| 62.03 | 64. |N. 6th) 7th | 18th 12 |December,. .| 58.| 60.13 | 61. D.26th| 20th | Ist Sums. | 560./598.19| 638. ——| Mea | QO a eee ns. | 70. |74.789 79.75 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 415 The Minimum of the month of September approaches most nearly to that of the whole year, differing, however, from it by -+ 2°, and the Mean of the same month is also the nearest approximation to the Mean of the year, exhibiting a difference of +1.702. The month of October shews a Maximum that differs only 0.75° from the Annual Maximum. The Mean of the Columns of Maxima and Minima is 74.875°, thus exceeding the Annual Mean by 0.077°. ‘The highest range of the Thermometer shewn in 1837 was 94°, the lowest 58°, giving a differ- ence of 36° for the extreme Annual range of the instruments. TABLE II. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1838. Epochs | aa : No. | Month Mi Mean.| Ma & |S |. d| & 2 6 Ss. mM. 6 Ke = = A S = es Smal =a Gay =| Sigetiel sg 1 |January, ..' 56. 58.26| 60. |25th| 5th Ist 2 |February,..| 58. | 61.03] 64 Ist} 15th /20th 3 |March, 58 62.61 | 76 3d| 20th | 3l1st 4 |April, GA aiieo Of.) 4th) 14th) 90th 5 |May, a go. e209) 86.6 6th | 9th: 19th 6 |June, Oda O0407 92) (28th) Ist. 6th | 7 \July, ..| 77. | 81.80) 89. {14th} 4th 2d | orvueust, 4.177. 1 79.259 |- 82. 10th; Sth |..2d 9 |September,., 76. | 77.86; 80. (27th) Ist 3d 10 |October, ..| 68. 71.16; 76. '28th| 14th | 4th 11 |November, .| 61. | 64.33| 68. | 22d} 9th Ist 12 |\December, .. 57. | 59.22) 62. |10th; 9th | Ist Sums. | 821. (865.91| 917. ' Means. 68.41 | 72.16 76.41 | Whence it appears that the Mean Annual Temperature at Kulsea during the year 1838, approximated very closely to that of the month of October, since Min. of Oct. 68.00 Mean of Oct. 71.16 Max. of Oct. 76.00 Min. of 1838, 68.41 Mean of 1838, 72.16 Max. of 18388, 76.41 a ed oe Difference, —0O.41 1.00 0. 41 416 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. The Mean of the columns of Maxima and Minima is 72.41°, thus shewing a difference from the Mean Annual Temperature of -++-0.25°, or only a quarter of a degree. ‘The highest indication of the Ther- mometer was 92°, the lowest 56°, thus giving an extreme range of 36°, precisely the same as in 1837, although the Annual Maximum and Minimum of that year were 2° higher respectively than those of 1838. This difference is due no doubt to the Registers of four months, (two of which are the coldest in the year,) being deficient in 1837. It is probable that had these been furnished, there would have been a very close approximation to the same results in both Tables. For the year 1839, the Registers were carried on only for the months of January and February, the Thermometer having been un- fortunately broken at the close of the latter month. The following are the results for these two months :— Min. Mean. Maz. JaMUaTys. a2) Ae. OOF 54.80° 58° February ye. 625) (00g 58.53° 63° TABLE III. Shewing Monthly Deviations of the Thermometer from its Mean Annual Height at Kulsea. Kulsea. | Kulsea. Kulsea. Kulsea. Months. §|———————————-} Months. |———-———| 1837. 1838. 1837. 1838. January, 0 —13.90 July, .. ..| +10.71 | + 9.64 February, .. 0 —11.18 |August, ..| + 6.65 | + 7.09 Marcheyse 0 — 9.55 |September, .| + 1.71 | + 5.70 April meine 0 + 5.57 ‘October, ..|— 3.99 ;— 1.00 May,......| +5.47 | +10.03 |November,. .. —12.77 |— 7.83 June,......| +6.70 | +18.31 |December,, ..—1l4.67 | —12.94 An. Mean. 74.798 72.16 0 0 Mean Range.! 25.38 31.25 | 0 0 The Pluviometer employed in the Kulsea observations consisted of an upper Receiver terminating in a long tube. The aperture of the Receiver was exactly ten times that of the tube into which the Rain passed and was measured. The rod employed for ascertaming the Reduciion of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 417 quantity was graduated soas to allow for the slight correction due to the displacement caused by its insertion, and the measurements are given to hundredths of an inch. ‘The instrument was fixed in a masonry pillar standing about five feet from the surface of the ground. The succeeding Tables exhibit the reductions of the Rain Guage Registers, and those for the winds and weather during the year specified. TABLE IV. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1837. Weather. Direction of Winds. f een Month. 5) a3 el 4 w a ; cS 2 Es ee > zh iS) oa Ene a) = > = 3 5S cP) a} ES fe} ; 2 Ie ema lai a) aS Oe Onde a ii | ey lela |S January, »+0- 0 0| 0 0 0/019 0 | 0 0] 0] 9 0 February, -«- 0 0 0 0 0 | o| 0 0 | 0| 0} 0} of O March,..-ee« ft) ) 8) @) 0 | o| O ) 0| 0; 0 | o| oO April, ecccee pon 0 0 0 0 | o| 0 0 0,0} 0;o0l0 May, sod9y (Gaui ¢4 3| 22 PV OVO aA sh ala | aN 4 Trine, GAdoon .60 2 0 Q7 1] 1} 0} 15 |14) 0) 0 | ol o naligey ey. -1, 1 8-43, | 10,| 12 9 0} 0/9 24 | 7} 0, 6 | o| o Maeucty oe.) 9:90 | 7 | 6 | 9 9] 0/0 19 [12] 61 0 | ol o September, .. 7.30 4, 5 13 8} 0} O} 19 j14! 0} O | O| o October, .... 1.00 3 6 20 2} 0) O| 254 | 4 0} 12) o| oO November, .. 0.00 0 3 26 1/0: % #13 4|17! of 0 |} ol o December, .. 0.00 0 7 Qa 0 | 0; OF 16 (15) of 0 | ol o Sums. ..| 21.23 | 30 | 42) 150 23 | 1) 0} 1453 |93) 1) 22| 4] 4 — SS) OS | SS a —|— eee | ee | ee Means...| 3.033 |3.76 |.525 | 18.75 | 2.875 | 0} 0| Oo | 0] O| oO} o| o From this Table it appears that during the eight months of 1837, when observations were made, the number of fine clear days was just five times that of cloudy ones accompanied by rain. The pro- Oo G 418 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. portions of the varieties of weather to each other may be shewn as follows :— No. of days of fine weather to that of cloudy days, with rain,as 5 to 1 v ‘ to that of cloudy without rain, as 3) to 1 i - to that of partially fine, as 63.to 1 The winds that chiefly prevail throughout the whole year are the Easterly and Westerly, the former being in the proportion to the latter of nearly 3 to 2. In the more immediate vicinity of the Siwalik Hills, about 10 or 12 miles to the North of Kulsea, the winds appear to be curiously affected by local causes. At Badshah Mahal, an old hunting palace of the Emperor Shah Jehan, situated elose to the bank of the river Jumna, the wind, as I am informed by Mr. Pigott, sets in regularly every night all the year round from the North, and appears to flow down the valley of the river. This current is quite local, and may very possibly be caused by the colder air from the hills flowing down to restore the atmospheric equilibrium, dis- turbed by the greater heat of the adjoining sandy plains during the day. The building is now in ruins, but in those portions where the green sandstone of the Siwaliks has been employed, it is to be ob- served much more weathered when it has a Northerly exposure than when otherwise. I may here remark, how much it would facilitate the reduction of observations on winds, were the method of reading off their direction as from a graduated circle to be adopted, in preference to employing simply the points of the compass. Not only would greater accuracy of Registry be thus introduced, but a great deal of labour would be saved in putting the observations in form to deduce general inferences from them. This plan is now adopted by many observers, and in practice, has several strong recommendations. I cannot observe, from the detailed Register, that either of the prevailing winds had a greater tendency than the other, to bring rain or any other change of weather, since variations of the latter seemed to take place without any kind of perceptible connection with those of the former. Rain, however, appears always to have accompanied a North-west wind. ~~ Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 419 TABLE V. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1838. « | Direction of | | Weather. | Winds. bs — = ————— — Motte, | @ lng jpzé|/ b 28 ae Se See ee |e : ie ol 2 B lS6Scices! 2 leSlaels er Bg Se eee) eae) January,..| 0.0 0 AO og WOW Ne NO. 10 February, | 0.45) 3 Bede | ] Pols nO March, ..| 2.75) 3 8 167 A) A 0 April, 1.40| 3 A191 4) 14) 34 | 2 May, ..| 1.00 1 | 1 | 28) 1 | 16) 15 | 0 penot June, 1.10 3 1 26.) 0°) 28 2 0 |£arth- July, .: | 15.85) 15 5 Si aaa 7.) Wek Q: rake August ..|17.80| 17 4 8 | 2 | 30 l 0 September, 6.10) 4 0 Qa Qe nel i VD 0 October,..| 0.00); 0 ] QO 2 Oa ls 0 November,| 1.20) 3 2 DA ti DO) 9 0 December,| 0.00: 0O 8 QO er D4 7h 0 Sums. ..| 47.65) 52. | 41. j251.) 21. (240.1123. | 2 pees wees | eee eset | es Se | Gee ee i oe Means. .. 3.970} 4.3 | 34 |20.9, 1.75. 20.]10.25' 0 I find from the Register that on Saturday the 26th of May 1838, the shock of an Earthquake was experienced at Kulsea, at 8 a. . ; no farther particulars relative to this occurrence are mentioned, and as I have sought in another place to attract more particular atten- tion to events of so much interest, and have specified the points on which information is desirable, it is unnecessary to dwell upon the point here. During the two days when North-west Winds prevailed ; namely, the 11th and 12th of April, heavy gales accompanied by rain and hail were experienced. The proportions of the varieties of weather during the year 1838 are as follow :— 420 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. No. of days of fine weather to that of cloudy } with rain, as... *.. sth -. & tol | » »» to that of cloudy without rain,as .. 6 tol »» », to that of partially fine weather, as.. 12 tol! No. of days of cloudy weather with rain to that Nea of cloudy weather without rain, as 1 to 2 No. of days of Easterly winds to that of West- erly, as... i i A 303,11). TABLE VI. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1839. a ig Weather. Direction of Winds. ale : i: a = _ Months. | 2 | SESS) ie y . Z SS |SS5 2 ee i = SES Re ee i ag ea, January,. _| 6.45 3 3 16 4 98 3 0!|0 February, 4.65 8 8 9 3118 | 10 0|0 March, 2.50 3 6 20; 2) 15). 16)) (0.1.0 April, 0.00 fv) 0 29 1} 14-1416) 0.) 0 May, 0.95 2 PA A PATE OW A 6; 0;0 June, 4.70 8 0 16; 6] 25 Ay Ol July, . 7.85 8 8 14 Linh Diss 6 010 August, ..| 19.65 | 14 0 16) 1) 20.4 11) OF © September,| 4.80 6 3 21 0; 16 | 13 1/0 October,.. | 0.00 0 0 31 0; 15 | 16 010 November,| 0.20 l 1 98) O} 19 | 1b7 0610 December, | 0.10 ] 1 29 0) 17 \-44 0)0 rt eee | et es | rs | Se | ee Sums. ..| 951.85 | 59. 32. |256.! 18 | 237.{126) 1 | ~ ooo een Bee | teen CS | eee Means. ..! 432] 49 | 2.6 21.3/1.5 '19.75|10.5' 0 | 0 The following are the relative proportions of the varieties of wind and weather during the year 1839 :— No. of days of fine weather to those of cloudy with rain, as 4.34 to 1 to those of cloudy without rain, as .. a 8 to l to those of partially fine, as .. .. wi M4 to} ee) a> a2 2? Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 421 No. of days of cloudy with rain to those of cloudy without rainyas |) .% a Ge be Ne EN CO » 5, Of Easterly wind to those of Westerly,as .. 2tol TABLE VII. Shewing Pluviometric Resulis, and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1840. Weather. Direction of Winds. : le 2 : Months. SS AS a s |&ai>§ B | S ease = ines sha De is 8 | iS ¢ | = IS ee) 2 s | 2 feo oo} a lk la |e ee | | Janna oe | 24) 36) 1) 26 ee ley NO SRO) February, 0O| 0) 3) 26 0; 19; 10!) 0); 0 March, Aye 0 0 0 3l 0 | 23 8 01 0 April, 0; O|} 0} 29 1/19} 21 0| O May, 0... 07-0). 30 ea Ga ed elk June, 4.75 6 4 20 0 | 23 a 0; O July, 13.2 | 14). 4 12 Leh 10 | OO August, .. | 3.425 4 ”q 17 Suluge 9 0; O September, ..| 160} 5 | 2] 23 Or 2 On OO October, .. 0; O ] 30 0}. 7 | 24 0; 0 November, .. OF 300, 400 26 Ono ar O70 December, .. 0 0 4 Wal 0} 17) 14 0; O Sums... 25.875] 82 | 80 | 297 | 7 [235 130| 3 4 Means. .. | 2.114 !2.6 12.5 104.75 | 0 [19.5/10.8! 0° 0 On the night of the 4th of May, a very severe storm occurred, by which much serious injury was done, and on the afternoon of the 5th of the same month, a similar gale from the South-east was ex- perienced. The rains of 1840 appear to have been much less abun- dant than those of 1838 and 1839; the latter shewing respectively 47,65 and 51.85 inches, while the former shews only 25.375, being nearly one-half. The proportions of the varieties of wind and weather during 1840, are as follow :— 422 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. No. of fine days to those of cloudy with rain nearly, as .. 9 tol Bi », to those of cloudy without rain, as .. 10 to a Hs », to those of partially fine, as a se) (42) toad No. of days of cloudy with rain to those of cloudy without Ea asians BY aa mu ae ae ae stO, No. of days of Easterly winds to those of Westerly, as .. 1.8 to 1 TABLE VIII. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather for the year 1841. Weather. ee . |g ig } Months. S as = d = o (a o S lea ie & lee Sia ees fe SS See) ew, te 0 ey eel ee January, 0.9 ] Slee 4 9 | 22 February, .. 2.5 6 102i 0 0 | 28 March, 2.0 Be Wey EI 0117 | 14 April, 0 0 o. | 27 0| 1614 May, 1.97 2 4 | 95 0 2 | 29 June, 4.15 6 6 | 18 0 | 26 4 July, IZ is 2 0 | 23 3 August, 14-6 | 125 \o 4 0 | 25 6 September. 1135). 3 4 oe Or 723 October, . 0.) 11° 0130 | 0 g7 22 November, 1.7 4 5 | OI 0: 8.|-22 December.,. . - 0:5 | 1; 10} 20 0 8 | 23 Sums, 9)... 51.82/50" (86 225 |e aino) 215 Menus | 4 318 al eee ee 17.9 From the above the following proportions are obtained :— No. of days of fine weather to those of cloudy with rain, as ie a! ve a sigh 2.04.5 to 4 i ¥ to those of cloudy without raloasinee ee . 2:6 tos % ‘3 to those of partially fine, as.. 56. to 1 3 te is bY ¢ Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 423 No. of days of cloudy with rain to those of cloudy with- out rain, as .. be see As Me 1 to 1.72 No. of days of Easterly winds to those of Westerly, as 2 to 3. Considering the rainy season to commence in June and to termi- nate in September, we have the following points determined :— No. of Rainy Totalof Daily Average Days. Rain. of Rain. At Kulsea. Rainy Season of 1837,.. 21... .. 19.63.. .. .934 F ORNS SS oO on 39.75.52 1 104 OF TES 9) 28) 32.30... dS a On NSO; 240 21 Sia) 4.1.89 ¥ OF ESA ee 20) 138.00!) 146 Thermometric observations are again in progress at Kulsea, and will probably be of more interest and value than those reduced in the present paper, in the two first Tables of which, I place very little confidence for reasons before indicated ; but I would venture to hope, that the remaining Tables of the present series may be considered a contribution of some interest, to the Meteorology of Upper India. Camp Kulsea, Doab Canal, 8th March, 1842. Reduction of Meteorological Observations, made at Surrowli on the Doab Canal, during the years 1837-38-39-40-41. By Lieut. R. Bairp Situ, Bengal Engineers. The observations at Surrowli, conducted by Mr. Sub-conductor Brew, overseer of the Southern Division of the Doab Canal, were instituted simultaneously with those at Kulsea, discussed in a for- mer paper. ‘They have been continued with perfect regularity from May 1837 up to the present time, and from Mr. Brew’s well-known exactitude in observation, I am disposed to place much confidence in his results. | The series to be discussed consist of daily Thermometric Obser- vations at sunrise, with registers of the Pluviometer and the variations of wind and weather, extending over a period of five years. Surrowli is situated about ten miles to the northward of the city of Delhi, and may probably be about 600 feet above the level of the sea. The 424 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. Thermometer displayed is suspended against the cross wall of the northern verandah of the Canal bungalow, and except in so far as an easily permeable chick door: may interfere, is freely exposed to the atmosphere. As in the case of the Kulsea observations, I propose discussing the Thermometric observations first, and afterwards the Pluviometric series, with the state of the weather, &c. I regret it is not in my power to apply some necessary corrections to the first mentioned class ; but as I may probably yet have an opportunity of ascertaining the precise amount of these, I will now confine myself solely to the registered results. TABLE I. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1837. Eipochs. Monthly ;——— = No. Months. Min.| Mean. | Max. |Differen- - a 3 : we Sie ole 8 tial. io) 5 oO 2 O 3 1 |January, 0 0 0 0 07.0) 0 2 \February, ..| 0 0 0 0 OOO 3 |March, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 \April,.. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 \May,.. ..| 69.) 77.99! 85. |+ 3.68 | 4th | 2d | 29th 6 |June,. . ..!| 74.' 83.10) 88. |+ 8.79 | 2d |14th) 27th 7 (July, ..| 78.| 85.30) 90. |+15.69 ‘3lst |27th| 6th 8 August, ..| 78.| 83.64) 89. |+ 9.33 |80th| 8th) 15th 9 |September,..| 78.| 79.66, 84. |+ 5.35 | 3d | 4th} Qd 10 |\October, ..; 66.; 74.38) 80. |-+- 0.07 (31st |1l0th) 2d 11 |November, ..| 50.| 58.33) 64. |—15.98 /28th/|14th! 3d 12 \December; |.) 43.) 52:09) 55. 1—29:99 (93d) Isti” 4th Sums. .-/536. |594.49 | 635 ) On O 0 ‘Means, ..| 67 | 74.31|979.375 0 0|' ol Oo The minimum, mean and maximum of the month of October in 1837, approximate with considerable closeness to those of the whole year, as may be shewn below :— Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 425 Min. oh October 66° Mean. of Oct. 74.38 Max. of Oct. 80. Min. of 1837, 67 Mean. of 1837, 74.31 Max. of 1837, 79.375 —l] + 0.07 + 0.625 _ In the Kulsea observations for the same year, the Temperature of the month of September, approached most closely to that of the year. The expression, monthly differential, has been introduced to mark the difference between the mean Temperature of each month and that of the whole year, from which it appears that while the month of July rises highest above the annual mean, December falls lowest, the combined differences shewing a mean range of 37.91°. The influence of a fall of rain in decreasing the ‘Temperature is occasionally remarkably distinct. ‘Thus on the 22nd of June 1837, the Thermometer at sunrise was 85°; a fall of rain of 2.1 inches, but so strictly local, that it was confined to within a few miles from Surrowli took place on that day, and next morning the Thermo- meter had sunk to 81°, shewing a difference of 4°, due undoubtedly to the influence of the rain. Again on the 21st of July, the Thermo- meter was 88°, showers fell on the same and two succeeding days, and on the 24th the Temperature had fallen 6°. The cooling in- fluence of rain may be shewn more in detail as follows, the instances being selected for the year 1837 :— Temp. before rain. Temp. after rain. Diff. Fall of rain. 1 SO ee OR ic crue ole. Ao on olor inenes, 2 SAO ies eR A mala en aeaoi 2 cS) a OO sees ly OO cs ch es a Oe ies Ly AN | a AMR ey OL) cs cwe eu TOo as cle avec 2 SOON ST MMS UB ig ISAO eel eae TOO. vee aie ces e's LE aa ny, WR ee VOL” fe eee ne SOR ee ais 4 SOOM 29 Ske 95 From the above it appears, that the cooling influence of a fall of rain of 3.17 inches, reduces the Temperature 1° of Fahrenheit. Of course so many local circumstances must necessarily affect this result, that in the present instance it is no doubt more curious than - correct. 3) et 426 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. TABLE II. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1838. | | Epochs | Monthly |———- ne Months Min.| Mean. |Max.)|Differen- hae Ea tial. ais 8 oS | voce ae 1 | January, 45.; 49.12 | 58.;—19.79 |16th |11th | 29th 2 |February, 51.| 57.385 | 62.'|—11.66 3d |17th | 28th 3 |March, 61.| 66.03 | 72. = 2.88) | Sth'| 6th) 27th 4 |April,.. 69.; 76.53 | 83.\+ 7.61 | Ist /l1th) 30th 5 |May, 70.| 79.84 | 87.|+10.92 | 7th{l2th; 2d _ 6 \June, .. .| 80.| 83.76 | 92.14+14.84 | 5th/11th| 17th 7 \July,.. .| 78.| 82.33 | 90.)/+13.41 |16th| 5th; Ist 8 |August, .| 76.| 80.42 | 86./+11.50 |24th| 4th; Ist 9 |September, ../ 71.| 75.43 | 8l.|/+ 7.51 (29th |12th| 17th 10 |October, 62.| 70.97 | 74.:\+ 405 | 23d, 7th) 11th 11 {November, 46.| 56.36 | 70.|\—12.55 | 23d| 0} 7th 12 |December, 4] 48.84 | 56. '|—20.07 \25th| Ist | 10th Sums, ../750.| 826.98 |906. 0 0 0 0 Means, 62.51 68.915 ‘755... 0 | O61 Ol 6 During the year 1838, as during 1837, the Temperature of the month of October approaches nearest to that of the year, the Mini- mum differing only 0.5° or half a degree, the mean y2.06° and the Maximum, 1.5°. The mean of the two Annual extremes being 69° exhibits a difference from the annual Mean of only +-0.085, so that when the Maxima and Minima for the year are given, the mean Annual Temperature may be ascertained within a very limited error. The warmest day of the year was the 17th of June, the coldest the 25th of December, the extreme Annual range of the instrument being 51°, the Mean range 84.91°. The extreme range at Surrowli is 15 degrees greater than at Kulsea, a difference due no doubt to the Thermometer in the latter case being within, in the former without, doors. _ Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 427 TABLE III. Shewing Thermometric Resulis for the year 1839. | Epochs. Monthly ;——- No.| Months. | Min. | Mean.; Max. | Differen- ; aie tial. 6 2 Se eeeecces | See | Se | ees | ee eee ee | ee ee January, ..| 40. | 48.93| 54. | —20.26|24th| Ist) 14th February,..| 45. | 58.96; 60. | —15.23) 8th Ath 20th March, ..| 53. | 63.22) 69. | — 5.97| Ist) 17th) 9th April ..| 66. |73.46|) 78. | + 4.27) 2d) 13th) 27th May, ..| 77. | 83.55, 88. | +14.36) Ist] 8th) loth June, ..| 80. |88.10| 94. | +18.91 | 12th) 5th) 20th July, ..| 82. | 84.29) 90. | +15.10/16th) 8th) 4th August. ..| 77. |81.00| 86. | +11.81 | 16th September, | 72. | 77.03) 84. | + 7.94 | 24th October, ..| 62. | 65.13| 72. | — 4.06 | 19th November..| 52. |56.66| 65. | —12.53 | 26th) 12th) 4th 13th 0 0 Neem © © CONT & Ot & OD DO = — a) 12 |December, AS. | 54.87) 57. | —14.32 Sums, ../ 754. |880.20| 897. | 0 ———— —: —_———— | Means, ..| 62.831 69.19| 74.75 oO | Although the month of October again exhibits the Temperature most closely approximating to the Mean of the year, the approxima- tion is not quite so close as on the former instances. The Minimum of October differs only —0.83° from the yearly Minimum, but the mean differs, —4.06°, and the Maximum —2.75°. The highest indication of the Thermometer during 1839 was 94° on the 29th of June, the lowest 40° on the 24th of January, thus giving an extreme range throughout the year of 54°, which is 3° greater than that of 1838. The Mean range is 39.17°. being 4.26° greater than in the preceding year. The Mean of the two Annual extremes is 68.7 9°, being thus only 0.40° different from the Mean Temperature of the year. 428 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. TABLE IV. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1840. | Kipochs Gee | Monthly |—_ al, No. | Months. Min. | Mean.| Max. | Differen- é a i ie tial. 5 S ais 5 oe ele ] |January, .. 48. 53.16 | 58. |—17.60 od| llth} 22d 2 /February...| 52. | 57.24) 66. |—13.52 2d| 18th! 298th Searchin. ve Oe OOs20H i | formalin, 3d) 12th! 25th 4 |April, 7\. | 77.46) 84. |+ 6.70 Ist 17th! Dist 5 |May, esl Joe | SLB. 90. -- 10:37 od, 14th, 25th 6 \June, li 83. 185.83 | 68.) |4215207 2d) 4th} 5th 7 \July, .-| 8l. | 85.00} 90. |4+14.24 | QIst} 18th| 10th 8 |August, 78. | 82.48) 87. (4-11.72 3d} 21st) Lith 9 |September, 66. | 79.70! 86. |+ 8.94 | 28th) 19th) 4th 10 |October, 64. | 70.79) 73. |+ 0°03 | 3lst) Sth) 12th 11 |November, 5]. | 59.83} 64. |—10.93 | 3lst} 2d! 19th 12 |December, 42. | 47.26) 56. |—23.50 | 2Ist| 14th) 6th sums, ..| 7/1. |849.14 ee, 918. 0 0| O 0 Means, ..| 64.25| 70.76| 76.5 6 Ores The month of May in 1840 exhibits a Maximum rather higher than usual, while that of June is lower. This difference appears to have arisen from the earlier setting in of the rain in this year, a very large quantity having fallen in June. October, as usual, ap- proaches most nearly to the Mean Annual Temperature, and the approximation between the Minimum and Means of each is very close, being —0.05° in the first case, and only <0.038° in the other. The difference of the Maxima is greater than usual, being —3.5°. The coldest day in the year was the 21st of December, when the Thermometer stood at 42°, and the hottest the 10th of July, when the Temperature was 90°: hence the extreme Annual range was 48°, while the Mean range was 38.57°. e Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 429 The Mean of the columns of Annual Maxima and Minima is 70.37°, exhibiting a difference of —0.39° from the Mean Annual Temperature. TABLE V. Shewing Thermometric Results for the year 1841. \September, | 72. 77.83| 85. | + 6.13 /16th| 0O| 8th October, ..| 71. 72.32| 75. | + 0.62 12th! 3d) 6th li ‘November, | 51. | 60.26| 69. | —11.44 29th|]4th| Ist December, 49. 49.35| 58. | —22.35 25th /30th| Ist | | Epochs. Monthly ——-- No.; Months. | Min. | Mean.| Max. |Differen- | es : til 668168 | fee e J January, ..| 47. | 51.43| 56. | —20.27 \30th| 2d| 6th 2 |February,..| 52. | 59.29) 68. | —12.41 | Ist | 6th| 27th 2 |March, ..| 62. | 67.22| 72. | — 4.48| 2d 16th | 27th 4 \April, _..| 68. | 75.03} 85. | + 3.33 | 6th |12th| 27th 5 |May, --| 79. | 82.53} 86. | +10.83 |]0th} Ist | 3lst 6 June, ..| 83. | 87.73} 92. | +16.03 30th) 9th| 2d 7 ‘July, ..| 83. | 88.61) 94. | +1691) Ist| 22d | 14th 8 jAugust, ..| 82. | 88.90) 92. | +17.20 26th |17th| 15th 9 10 12 fc a | ee ee Sums. | 792. 860.5 | 932. 0 | 0; 0} 0 ff ee ff Means. 66.00 ' 71.70 77.76 OO 0 0 The Maximum Temperature of 1841 is 4° higher than that of 1840, while the Minima of both are the same. Altogether the year 1841 appears to have been hotter by nearly 2° than the year 1840. ‘The extreme Annual range is 52°, or 4° higher than during the preceding year, and the Mean range is 39.55°, or 0.98° during the same time. The Mean of the columns of Maxima and Minima is 71.88°, shewing a difference of +-0.18° from the Annual Mean. The following Table exhibits at one view the Monthly Differentials at Surrowli for five years :— eS Ss Sq & awd ~S = °S yw 2 i) ~ SS S So cs} on =) —S 2 — =) > x —— = S = i) Ss e 430 Reduct 0 Nae 0 0 | eal s6°3o— | 08"¢a— | $h1I— | e6°0I— | z9°0 -F | g0°0 -F | S19 + 46S + OC LIE | CFI 16°91 | Fe°FI-F “TP8I | ‘OPS 2o'FI— | “6E8I 0 i) og°Ge ies 0 0 OLTL 94°0L L0°0G@—_--GB'@B—_ *** “toquiavaq| go'91-+ | } GS°ZE— S6'SI— | ‘xaqUIEAON | ¢8"0T-+ SOP F 40°0 |" ‘19q0790| gere + Iss | cete | ‘aaquioydeg| gp, — OS TI | geo i) | qsn8ny] peg7— IF eI | 69S I | ‘Ata! yzeoz— | “LPSI | *SSsI “LESE “SUUOIL | pid ‘TP8I 97 LEST ‘OP8I Hd LV68 61°69 [6°S1- 98°FI-F 16% + 165 — ee°SI— 92°06— “688I BIG 1LO°bS 16°89 PS FI 6'01-F 19°, 883 — 99° t1— 64°61— “SE8t sa 16°24 | 1S'hZ 6L'8 -F 9¢°¢ -F 0 0 0 0 “LEST Sa “ SoSuey cae ee eee ‘ueay [enuuy me eee Cun see me ee Ke qudy ‘yore IL ‘ATeNIga,T ‘Aenue pr “SYIUO TL mouf ‘ay braFy jonuup unapy syr wosf sajamowsoyy, ayy fo suowniuag hjyjuopy buamays TA Wav Neglecting the year 1837, of which the Annual Mean is consi- derably higher than it ought to be, from the absence of the observa- four years, a gradual increase of Temperature, that of 1841 tions for the four first months, there appears to have been, during the remaining ‘Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 431 being 2.85° higher than that of 18388. The amount of depression below the Annual Mean exceeds that of elevation above it, by about an average of 6°, and it will be observed, that generally the Mean Temperature of the month of October represents most closely that of the whole year. In passing now to the discussion of the Pluviometric results, and the observations on the directions of wind and variations of weather, I may remark that in respect to the latter, Mr. Brew’s Registers do not admit of the same detail as was given from the Kulsea observa- tions by Mr. Pigott, since he has scarcely, if at all, attended to the state of the weather, and hence no data are furnished by which the proportions of its varieties can be estimated. The rain guage employed at Surrowli was of precisely similar form and dimensions to that used at Kulsea. It likewise stood at a height of about 5 feet from the surface of the ground. The correction is applied for the effect of the displacement and consequent elevation of the water in the tube, caused by the insertion of the measuring rod; but as it is very thin, the error caused would be small, and when an opportunity occurs, I will endeavour to ascertain its exact amount. Rain guages fixed permanently in a vertical position, are liable to another source of error, namely, the effect of winds in alter- ing the direction of falling rain, so that the receiver of the guage no longer continues perpendicular to the line of direction in which the rain is fallmg. Hence, when the wind drives the rain in an oblique direction, the quantity received in the guage cannot be considered strictly proportional to the entire quantity falling, since a consider- able portion of the shower, which, had there been no wind, would have fallen into the receiver, would, under the circumstances supposed, be carried past it. Some experiments have I believe been made, to indi- cate the precise oblique effect of winds on the quantity of rain as shewn by guages, but I have not yet been able to see them. The point is one meriting attention, and any numerical determination would be highly interesting. 432 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. TABLE VII. Shewing Pluviometric Results and variations of Wind and Weather for the year 1837. Weather. Direction of Wind. No.| Months. ed Ne: of foo rice ae Rainy | | A = calles YS) Days. (Ali | & iz lz las lus 1 |January, 0 0 0 |0;}0 90 0; 0/00 0 2 |February, .. 0 0 0 |0' 0,9 0| 0} 0 00 3 |March, 0 OU 0 |0 0:9 0O| 0'0)' 010 4 April, 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 | 0; 0 0| 0 5 May, 6 0 | 81. | 10Oiie pile) des 6 June 2.35 2 28 0; 1/3 16/060 4 7 July,. 3.825) 7 | 24 /2 4/4) 4] al el 6s 8 |August, 162 5 | 96 |'1 Ol Bl ai) 4 aa o 9 September,..| 2.96 4 96 1) PoleS ro e53 2 a 10 October, 0 0 31 0/0 6 18); 5) 1) 1/0 11 |\November,.. 0 O 30 0| 0 5 24| 1,0 0'0 12 December, . . 0 0 31 0 0 0; 29'| 2 0 0} O Sums. ../ 10.755} 18 | 227 | 5| 634127 2029/1410 Means. ..| 1.344, 2.25 |128375'0'0 0 0/0 Ol ol o It is remarked in the Register, that the heavy fall of rain at Sur- rowli on the 22nd of June, amounting to 2.1 inches, was confined to within a few miles of that place, and that spots at this distance to the North or South of it experienced no rain whatever. From the 9th to the 16th of August, very strong parching winds prevailed from the West and North-west, and during the first week in Sep- tember the distribution of the rain was of the most irregular charac- ter, some parts of the country receiving great quantities, others none at all. The most prevalent winds at Surrowli are the Westerly, the num- ber of days during which these prevailed, having been nearly one- half of the whole period embraced by the observations. The pro- portions between the different winds are as follow, small fractions being neglected :— Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 433 1 Northerly winds are to Westerly, as 1 to 25. 2 Southerly...) 0050, ditto,, as. -1 /to -21. Su Hasterlytie). sao). aradatto, as!) 1) to, 23: 4/\Noxth Hasterly, «0.2.2. ditto,’ as 1- te 6. 5 North Westerly, .....:.. ditto, as 1 to 4. 6 South Easterly,........ ditto, as 1 to 9. # south Westerly, |........ ditto, as) 1 to 12. The number of rainy days is to that of days without rain nearly as 1 to 14, but no Means are furnished by the Register for ascertaining how many of the days without rain were fair, and how many par- tially so. TABLE VIII. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1838. | | | Weather, Direction of Winds. fe) Pluvio-| ' No. of ae A OS meter. eae Not | | i : : | bee Ean : slg alls | Days. IZ iwlel) S IZIZ la [os a eee SS | =| | SS —— | — | | — | 1|January, 4 0 0 dl. lo 0; 2} : 28] 1; 0 0; O 2|February, 0 f) 26 PAO ge Te) Th 1 OO 3|March, ig s9f D 299. | 2: 0} 8) 17; 2) 1) 1) O rei | 1.0)..3..|. 972 |G) Ob 5)..231 2 01 0) 0 o|May, 8 2 29. 0] 0} 2} 24] 2) 2] o| 1 6| June, vas Ll I 29. | O] 1] 8 9} 2| 0| 8 2 4 July, Ge 16 |) as oral ag) at 17] 4 S\August, ../1.285) 15 16. Q)10, 4, 2) 1) O12) 2 9\September, .. | 4.225 3 2 OM Sia sec Ol con ie 10\October, ua 5 l 30. | 41 0; 1) 14) 5} 5) 2) O 11|November, .. 0 0 30. | 0} 1| 6 16) 5) 0} O| 2 12|December, .. 0 0 31. | 0} O10! 17) 2! O| 2) O Sums, | 32575| 43 | 322 | 817,61, 196126 10'34)12 Means. | 2.71413.58 [26.83/00 0) 01 0/0! 0 0 434 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. From the 8th to the 14th of February, it is stated, cloudy weather accompanied by thunder and lightning without rain prevailed, but it is to be regretted, that the same kind of observation has not been again repeated. The electrical condition of the atmosphere, in so far as that is indicated by the duration and intensity of thunder- storms, is a point of much interest, and one that has occupied the attention of Meteorological observers, far less than its importance merits. The curious relations and analogies subsisting between heat and electricity, lead us to anticipate that we may yet trace some marked connections between the indications of the Thermometer and those of the Electrometer, and it would be well worth the while of observers to pay special attention to this subject, to enter in their Registers the epochs and duration of thunder-storms during the year, and to record all such particulars relative to them as in their opi- nion would prove of interest and use. Theories on the distribution of electricity throughout the atmosphere in Polar and Equatorial regions have been broached, which cannot possibly be either esta- blished or refuted, save by observations made throughout extensive areas, and continued for considerable periods. These, India affords peculiar facilities for making, and I yet trust to see them generally and extensively in active progress, The following are the proportions of the different winds to each other during the year 1838 :— 1. Northerly winds are to Westerly, as 1 to 24 2. Southerly ditto, as coe o. Hasterly ditto, ioc. ash comets 4- North Easterly ditto, 2.02... 1-as” 1) to) 7 o. North Westerly ditto, .%..... asi (1tto” 19 6. South Basterly ditto,” :--). 2). eas 1 to G 7. south Westerly ditto, ...).....P asl (tow le The Southerly winds, including deal this expression South Easterly and Westerly, prevailed during the present year to a much greater extent than during the preceding one, especially during the rainy months of August and July, when out of 62 days, 37 had winds of the above description. The proportion of rainy days to those without rain increased also from 1.14 to 1.7, or double, and the quan- tities of rain that fell were nearly as 1 to 3, that of 1838 being three Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 435 times greater than that of 1837. ‘The latter year was one I believe of fearful famine, the crops having failed for want of the usual supply of rain, which, as appears above, was very deficient indeed. TABLE IX. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1839. Weather. Direction of Winds. : JER Coy EE TERPS RC NT RET OSE RAT HO o| Months. Not Me Mieco aes Z Bs Rainy | Rainy} . hae = cali Days. | Days. (Ali jal F IZ IZ 0 wi ilJanuary, ..| 385| 5 |. 26 | 1/ 3/0) 18 | 0} 1] 2) 6 Q\February, ..| 2.00 6 22 1 o}9' 9 1 5) 3) 0] 3\March,.. .. .40 1 30 | 0) 0} 5) 20 | 6 OO} O i | 00) 0 | 30 | 0) 0 0) 97 | 0] 3/0] 0 ae |) 25) 1 | 80 01) 7 as | 1 0 84 G@eune 2 2.) 1.15 2 BON 2 2 7 8 5 Ol 14) 9 q\July, . ey 5.14 9 oD 1} 2113) 2 | 41 0) 8 2 glAugust 18.425. 20 | 11 O14) 7 | 4) 0) 5) 0 9|September, . 4 oe 4 26 | O| 1) 6 14 | 1) 2) 60 10/October, 0 31 | 91 0; 0] 9 | 022, 0 0 Mi Nerceaben 5: 0 20 | 0, 0 0| O 0/30 0! 0 12\December, .. 00] 0 | 31 | 0 0) 4 24) 0 1/2) 0 Sua aka 09 sin 39 | 326 | 6) 965/152 152 26 6215015 lt eS ee eee Means... ../ 1.924! 3.25 |27.16/ 0! 010 0 | 01-01 ol o The quantity of rain falling in 1839, appears to have been distri- buted more generally than usual throughout the year, instead of being concentrated in the rainy months. The proportions of the Winds are as follow :— 1. Northerly winds are to Westerly, as 1 to 25 DS OULMeR Vie CIELO, gc lar lec) ee). <0 - as, lhe tonnes semlsasteriyy GittO, ices cs ss. 98) 1. to 2a 4. North Easterly ditto, ........ EN oud Moy (6 5. North Westerly ditto,........ as 1 to 2 6. South Easterly ditto, ........ ase SLametO) to #2, south: Westerly ditto, Qacesy as) Ay to 310 436 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. The proportion of days with rain to those without rain, is as 1 to 9, and the North Westerly winds appear to have prevailed to an unusually large extent. TABLE X. Shewing Pluviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather . during the year 1840. — Direction of Winds. Weather. S| Months. ne: Rain Not Pee : ‘| ; “ De Peay / Alec = e a e Days. |Z yj ini) & |Z Zin jn | | | 1) January, 8.20; 4 27 |0 1,9| 6:08 4 3 2)/February, 0.0 0) 29 00 0 20:03:13 8 3|March,. . 5 1 30 0 0 2} 9 O18) 0 2 AlApril, .. 0.0; oO | 30 | 0 o| 2] 20: 0 6 2) 0 5|May, 25| 1 | 80 | 0410 4/0) Fao 6|June, .. 6.045 6 24 0; 8} 2} 3 | O| OS) 2 7|July, .. 15.225! Il 20 0} 117) 9 | 0} 1110) 3 3) August, 4.42 9 22 0, 0} 7' 16) 2) li li 4 Q9\September, ..| 2.55 3 27 1:0) 2) 7.) GAC OWS) or F 10|October, 0.0 0 31 0} 0} 2) 24 2 3} 0} O 1]|November, .. 0.0 0 30 | 0' 0 2) 14 | O10] 4) oO 12\|December, .. 0.0 0 31 0| 0 0 7 | 0/24) 0] O Sums 31.94| 35 33] 0 Co nix 6118 Means 5661! 201 47.58 1000 010010 0 The following are the proportions of the prevailing winds during the year 1840, and from the Table it will be observed, that there is no instance of Northerly wind throughout the twelve months. 1. Southerly winds are to Westerly as 1 to 8 2 Hasterlysdictoyen. sa). 01). ener as 1 to 3 3. North Easterly ditto, as 1 to 34 4. North Westerly ditto, as 1 to 13 5. South Easterly ditto, as 1 to 2 6. South Westerly ditto, as) d. 40° 7 Reduction of Meteorological Tables in the Doab. 437 The number of days with rain is to those without rain as 1 to 6, and the quantities of rain falling in this and the Dieceding year are nearly as 3 to 4. TABLE XI. Shewing Piuviometric Results and Variations of Wind and Weather during the year 1841. | Weather. Direction of Winds. Eiucit. . cS Months. Not : : A oo Rainy | Rainy | = aS Days. | Days. |Z a3 pi |B IZ IZ Da} [jJanuary, .. 05) 1 30 | 0| 0| 5114 0 012) 0 2\February, .. .65 2 26 0} 3) O11) OL]! 3 0 3!March, ce 90) 8 28 | 0) 4] 4/15, 0 2; 6) oo 4|April, .00| 0 30 | 0: 0/0/00 0 0| 9o 5|May, fed? 1.80 3 9283 |0 0.010 0 0'0' Oo 6|June, 3.45| 5 2% 1010/0 000 0 Oo 7\July, 6.45 af 24 | 0 0| 0 0} 0 O 0} 0 8|August, 6.40) 5 26 | 0 9'0 0 0 00 oO 9\September, ..| 4.175 5 25 0 0} 213) 1; 9 4 l 10|October, .. 0.0; O 31 0000 0'0'0 Oo 1l|November, .. 0.0; O 30 |0 0 0, 0} 0} 0; OF} =O 12;December, .. 1.45 2) 29 0 0 0; 0} 0] O | 0 {Sums 25.325, 33 | 332 | 01/00 0, 0/0/01 o Means... ..| 21.08| 2.75 '27.66 | 0 | o000 i 0 The irregularity of the registry of the directions of the winds at Surrowli during the year 1841, renders this section of the observa- tions of no use, and as only four out of the twelve months are com- plete, no general. inferences can be made. Considering, as, in the case of the Kulsea observations, the rainy season to commence in July and to terminate in September, we have the following comparative results :— Rainy ae No. of Rainy Days. Total of Rain. Average daily of Rain. Surrowli Kulsea. | Surrowli Kulsea. Surrowli Kulsea. Of 1837, 16 21 — 7.905 19.63 —.494 9347 Of 1838, 34 36 —28.475 39.75 —.837 1.1041 Of 1839, 24 238 — 15.44 32.30 —.643 1.1535 Of 1840, 23 24 | —22.195 21.375 | —.965 -8906 Of 1841, 17 26 —17.025 38.00 —-1.000 1.4615 438 Reduction of Meteor ological Tables in the Doab. By comparing these numbers it will be observed, that both the rainy days are more numerous, and the quantity of rain falling is considerably greater at Kulsea than at Surrowli ; their respective po- sitions may serve in a measure to explain this, the first being situated in the jungle adjoiing the base of the Sub-Himalayan range of hills, and consequently subjected to its influence, while the other is the low land of the plains around Delhi. The observations at Surrowli are still in daily progress, under Mr. Brew’s superintendence, and when accumulated to a sufficient extent, will again be subjected to examination and discussion. 7th May, 1842. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam, made during the years 1839, 40, 41, and 42. By J. W. Masters, Ese.* June 1839.—On the 15th of June I started from Guhatti, N. Lat. 26° 35! E. Long., in a small boat, proceeding up the Kullung River to Bise- nath, N. Lat. 26° 40’ E. Long 93° 12’. I made regular observations at sunrise, 2 p. m. and sunset, the Thermometer being the only instrument I had with me. The mean temperature of the latter 15 days was 80-560 at Sunrise. 2 P.M. - Sunset. 78.020 82.869 80.819. Highest temperature observed 90.59, sdowmest ditto 75°. Greatest variation 15.59. There were 10 rainy days; the 17th was fair in the morning, with a storm at sunset. July.—During the month of July, I travelled from Bisenath to Luc- kimpoor, in N. Lat. 27° 15' E. Long. 94° 7’; thence crossing the Brahma- pootra, proceeded up the Booree Dihing to Jeypoor, N. Lat. 27°15! E. Long. 95° 21’. Mean temperature of the month, 79.679. Sunrise 2 Pp. M. Sunset. | 76119 82.260 80.669. Highest temperature observed 88°, lowest ditto 74°. Greatest variation 14°. Rainy days 18, with frequent very heavy rain at night. * Presented for publication in the Calcutta Journal of Natural History by the Assam Com. pany.—EDs. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 439 August.—Remained at Jeypoor till the 29th, then proceeded down the _ river towards Seebsagur, N. Lat. — E. Long. — Mean temperature 78.799. | At Sunrise. 2 Pp. M. Sunset. 75,720 80.879 19.779. Highest temperature observed 86°, lowest ditto 749. Greatest variation 12°. ‘Rainy days 25, besides frequent heavy falls of rain at night. September.—The observations in September were made on the Booree _ Dihing the Brahmapootra at Jorehaut, N. Latitude 26° 46’ K. Longitude 940 13/15", The mean temperature of the month, 80.89. At Sunrise. 2 P. Me Sunset. 78.189 84.159 80.75°. Highest temperature observed*91.5°, lowest ditto 760. Greatest variation 15.5°. Rainy days 11, a storm at 5 p. m. on the 3rd, and at night on the 5th very heavy rain and thunder; at 8 p. m. on the 21st, also on the 25th at noon. October.—In October the observations were made principally at Nazera; the rains broke up on the night of the 14th with a storm, ac- companied by heavy rain and thunder; the remainder of the month was beautifully fair. In the former months when ina small boat, and also during this month on shore, I have observed the Thermometer frequent- ly to stand higher between 4 and 5 p. m. than at 2 p. m., and the heat is to me more oppressive in the after part of the day than at noon. Mean temperature of the month 79.98°. ) At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. 13.350 83.539 83.08. Highest temperature observed 88°, lowest ditto 640. Greatest variation 24°. The weather was generally fair throughout. Rainy days 2, foggy mornings 6. November.—The month of November was generally fair. Heavy rai on the 21st, 23rd and 29th. Mean temperature 72.860. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. 65.420 76.73° 76.459, Highest temperature observed 82°, lowest ditto 62¢. Greatest variation 20°. 440 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. December.—Weather generally fair throughout, thick fogs in the morning; gathering about sunrise ; rain on the 29th. Mean temperature 61.450. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. 51.54¢ 67.5° 65.319. Highest temperature observed 76°, lowest ditto 45°. Greatest variation 31°. I have had no opportunity of making any satisfactory observations relative to the wind, being generally surrounded by a dense jungle: the direction has for the most part been between the North-East and South- East, although the upper strata of clouds may frequently be seen fly- ing in a contrary direction to the lower strata. From the 15th June to the 31st December, there were 65 rainy days; besides heavy periodical showers at night. Mean temperature of the 6 months 76.74°. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. 71.629 79.79 78.120. Highest temperature observed 91.59, lowest ditto 45°. Greatest variation 46.59. On the 5th December I received a Barometer, but the observations have hitherto been too imperfectly registered to be depended upon. Nazera, 31st December, 1839. January 1840.—Nazera N. Lat. 26° 52! E. Long 94° 44’ 42’(*—)above the sea. Weather generally fair throughout. Rain on 6 days, and dense fogs in the mornings. On the 14th, at 6 a. mu. two shocks of an Earth- quake. Mean height of Bar. 29.47 inch. Of the Ther. 58.870 At Sunrise. 2p. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4694 inch 29.4767inch 29.4690 inch. Ther. 48.479 64.480 63.689. Greatest pressure observed 29.515 inch, least ditto 29.310 inch. Highest temperature 74.5°, lowest ditto 460. Greatest variation, Barometer 0.205 inch. Ther. 25.5°. February.—W eather generally fair, with foggy mornings; shock of an Earthquake on the 8rd at 2 a. m. Rain and thunder at night on the 16th, 17th and 26th. Mean height of Bar. 29.3898 inch, of Ther. 64.49. * Something wanting here, which we regret we cannot supply, not being acquainted with the locality. —Eps, A Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 441 At Sunrise. > 2 P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3872 inch 29.3958 inch 29.3865 inch. Ther. 55.1° 69.95° 68.179. Greatest pressure observed 29.50 inch, least do. 29.30 inch. Highest temperature, 75.59 lowest do. 500. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.20 inch. Ther. 25.59. March.—A stormy, rainy month; rain on 10 days, and very heavy periodical thunder showers on 13 nights. Mean height of Bar. 29.3259 inch. Ther. 71.2380. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3316 inch 29.3232 inch 29.8229 inch. Ther. 64.64° 74.560 74.519. Greatest pressure observed 29.41 inch, least do. 29.18. inch. Highest temperature, 83°, lowest do. 61°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.23 inch. Ther. 22°. April.—Several days of fine weather, with the usual periodical showers at night; 5 very rainy days, and 8 very rainy nights. Mean height, Bar. 29.264 inch. Ther. 74.24°. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.263 inch 29.2693 29.2603 inch. Ther. 68.69 78.495° 75.79°. Greatest pressure observed 29.40 inch, least do. 29.20 inch. Highest temperature, 91° lowest do. 62°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.20 inch. Ther. 29°. May.—Weather much the same as in April; 13 rainy days, frequent heavy showers at night, and a tremendous thunder storm at 9 r. mu. on the 13th. Mean height of Bar. 29.2123 inch. Ther 79.23°. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.2125 inch 29.2132 inch 29.2113 inch. Ther. 74.53° 83.15° 80.019. Greatest pressure observed 2930 inch, least do. 29.16 inch. Highest temperature, 920 lowest do. 71.59. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.14 inch. Ther. 20.5°. September.—A very unpleasant rainy month, 17 rainy mornings, and frequent heavy showers at night. Mean height of Bar. 29.185 inch. Ther. 84.5309. | At Sunrise. 2P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.0935 inch 29.092 29.0955 inch. Ther. 76.71° 84.8° 81.5°. Greatest pressure observed 29.20 inch, least do. 28.90 inch. ao oO K 442 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. Highest temperature, 90° lowest do. 74°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.30 inch. Ther. 16°. July.—Owing to my illness during the whole of this month, the re- gister is very imperfect. 4 Mean height of Bar. 29.185 inch. Ther. 84.5389. a At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. \ Bar. 29.19 inch 29.184 inch 29.181 inch. ‘ Ther. 81.04° 86.27° 86.3°. 1 Greatest pressure observed 29.22 inch, least do. 29.10 inch. : Highest temperature, 92° lowest 789. £ Greatest variation, Bar. 0.12 inch. Ther. 14°. August.—Cloudy and overcast nearly the whole of the month, 12 rainy days, with frequent thunder showers at night. : Mean height of Bar. 29.1418 inch. Ther. 83.090. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1287 inch 29.1651inch 29.1308 inch. , Ther. 78.81° 85.3992 85.109. Greatest pressure observed 29.25 inch, least do. 28.80 inch. Highest temperature, 90° lowest 76°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.45 inch. Ther. 149. September.—A very unpleasant rainy month, 17 rainy mornings and frequent heavy showers at night. Mean height of Bar. 29.1241. inch. Ther. 80.92¢. At Sunrise. 2 Pp. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1294 inch. 29,1284 inch. 29.1145 inch. Ther. 76.25° 84.16° 82.350, Greatest pressure observed 29.23 inch, least ditto 29.00 inch. Highest temperature 90°, lowest ditto 74°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.23 inch. ‘Ther. 160. October.—On the first 4 nights heavy rain, also on the 19th, 20th, and 21st; otherwise the weather was generally fair throughout. Mean height of Bar. 29.3152 inch. Ther. 79.08¢. At Sunrise. DP 5 iM. Sunset. Bar. 29.8305 inch 29.3165 inch 29.2985 inch. Ther. 72.800 84.419 80.0509. Greatest pressure observed 29.47 inch, least ditto 29.115 inch. Highest temperature 87°, lowest ditto 639. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.355 inch Ther. 249. November.— Weather for the most part fair, mornings foggy, thunder and rain on the 18th, 19th, and 26th. Mean height of Bar. 29.4035 inch. Ther. 67.489. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 443 At Sunrise. ; 2 P.M. ‘Sunset. Bar. 29.4123 inch 29.4016 inch 29.3966 inch. Ther. 59.28° 72.45° 70.789. Greatest pressure observed 29.55 inch, least ditto 29.21 inch. Highest temperature 79°, lowest ditto 53°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.34inch. Ther. 26°. December.—Rain on the Ist, after which fair, with foggy mornings. Mean height of Barometer 29.449 inch. Ther. 60.460, At Sunrise. 2. P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4493 inch 29.4519 inch 29.4459 inch. Ther. 51.699 ‘65.662 64.039. Greatest pressure observed, 29.53 inch, least ditto 29.36 inch. Highest temperature 72°, lowest ditto 47°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.17 inch. Ther. 25°. Mean pressure of the year, 29.2812 inch. Mean temperature, 73.719. Greatest pressure observed 29.55 inch, least ditto 28.80 inch. Highest temperature 92°, lowest ditto 46°. - Greatest variation, Bar. 0.75 inch. Ther. 46°. Nazera, 31st December, 1840. January 1841.—Dull, foggy, misty weather, rain on night of the Ist, 14th, and 21st. Evenings generally clear, but mornings foggy, and the sky during the ereater part of the day either overcast with clouds, or covered with thick haze. Mean height of Bar. 29.4882 inch. Ther. 61.360. At Sunrise. 2P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4938 inch 29.4851 inch 29.4858 inch. Ther. 55.119 65.06° 63.93°. : Greatest pressure observed 29.68 inch, least ditto 29.37 inch. Highest temperature 70°, lowest 50°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.31 inch. Ther. 20°. February.—A dull foggy; cloudy, hazy, unpleasant, feverish month ; not a single fine clear day; rain on the 28th, and heavy rain and thun- der at night on the Sth, 7th, 12th, 24th, 25th, 27th, and 28th. Mean height of the Bar. 29.4830 inch. Ther. 63.739. At Sunrise. De ei wre a) Sunset. Bar. 29.4928 inch 29.4917 inch 29.4677 inch. Ther. 56.67° 67.75° 66.77°. Greatest pressure observed 29.61 inch, least ditto 29.30 inch. Highest temperature 71°, lowest ditto, 50°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.31 inch. Ther. 21°. A444. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. March.—A very stormy, rainy month, comparatively little during the day, but periodic returns of thunder and very heavy rain at night; viz. on the 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th. Mean height of Bar. 29.2427 inch. Ther. 66.279. At Sunrise. 2P.™M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3474 inch 29.8474 inch 29.3335 inch. Ther. 60.519 69.662 68.649, Greatest pressure observed 29.43 inch, least ditto 29.22 inch. Highest temperature 78°, lowest ditto 56°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.21 inch. Ther. 220°. April.—F requent showers in the day, with intervals of fair weather ; rain throughout the whole day and night on the 10th and 28th, with the periodic returns of thunder and rain on 18 different nights as in March. Mean height of Bar. 29.3157 inch; Ther. 70.738°. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3080 inch 29.3143 inch 29.3248 inch. Ther. 66.10° 74.402 71.80°. Greatest pressure observed 29.45 inch, least ditto 29.14 inch. Highest temperature 85°, lowest ditto 60°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.31 inch. Ther. 25°. May.—A very wet month, rain on 24 days, and throughout day and night on the 19th; the.periodic returns of thunder storms were not so regular as in March and April, though very frequent between 4 p. m. and 9 Pp. M. Mean height of Bar. 29.2497 inch. Ther. 75.970. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.2564 inch 29.2603 inch 29.2326 inch. Ther. 72.19° 78.389 77.842, Greatest pressure observed 29.40 inch, least ditto 29.09 inch. Highest temperature 86°, lowest 66°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.81 inch. Ther. 20°. June.—F air at the beginning, after the 5th very rainy. Rain at Sunrise on 16 days; at 2 Pe. m. on 6 days ; and at Sunset on 5 days; with frequent thunder storms at night, these returning regularly towards the end. - Mean height of Bar. 29.1098 inch. Ther. 81.66° At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1178 inch 29.1140 inch. 29.0976 inch. Ther. 77.649 84.68° 82.66°. Greatest pressure observed 29.22 inch, least ditto 29.00 inch. Highest temperature 89°, lowest ditto 72°. . Greatest variation, Bar. 0.22 inch. Ther. 17°. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 440 July.—As in June so in July it was more frequently rainy at Sunrise than at any other part of the day. On 16 days there was rain at Sunrise, and frequent thunder. Showers at night. Mean height of Bar. 29.0936 inch. Ther. 83.030. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1061 inch 29.0939 inch 29.0808 inch. Ther. 79.179 85.539 84 51°, Greatest pressure observed 29.20 inch, least ditto 29.00 inch. Highest temperature 91.5°, lowest ditto 76.5°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.20 inch. Ther. 15°. August.—On the Ist, the weather was fair till 8 rp. m. when there was a heavy thunder shower, after which it continued overcast and cloudy nearly the whole of the month, with rain at Sunrise on 18 days, but less frequent thunder showers at night. Mean height of Bar. 29.1752 inch. Ther. 81.02°. At Sunrise. 2PM. Sunset. Bar. 29.1787 inch 29.1868 inch 29.1603 inch. Ther. 78.07° 82.85° 82.169. Greatest pressure observed 29.30 inch, least ditto 29.04 inch. Highest temperature 85°, lowest ditto 75° Greatest variation, Bar. 0.26 inch. Ther. 10°. September.—Mornings cloudy or rainy, the after part of the day fair, fre- quent thunder showers at night. The 12th and 30th were very rainy days. On the 2nd, a fair day, the Thermometer stood at 2 p. m. in the shade 889, in the River 78°, in the Sun 116°. On the 24th at2 p. m. in shade 86°, in the full sun 124°. Mean height of Bar. 29.2155 inch. Ther. 81.67°. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.2326 inch 29.2148 inch 29.1996 inch. Ther. 77.39° 83.98° 83.669, Greatest pressure observed 29.32, least ditto 29.05 inch. Highest temperature 89°, lowest 74°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.27 inch. Ther. 15°. October.—The first 3 days very rainy day and night, after which the mornings foggy, cloudy or rainy ; the after part of the day generally fair. Shock of an Earthquake on the 12th at 6 a.m. Storm on the 16th at 5 A. M. Mean height of Bar. 29.3893 inch. Ther. 76.109. At Sunrise. 2 P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3918 inch 29.3880 inch 29.3881 inch. Ther. 70.97° 78.68° 78.679. 446 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. Greatest pressure observed 29.46 inch, least ditto 29.30 inch. Highest temperature observed 84°, lowest ditto 66°. _ Greatest variation, Bar. 0.16 inch. Ther. 189, November.—Rain at 4 a. m. on the Ist, 4th, 7th, 15th, and 16th; very heavy rain from 7 to 9 a. m. on the 20th, after which fair, with fogs in the morning. Mean height of Bar. 29.4175 inch. Ther. 67.549. At Sunrise. 2P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4130 inch 29.4350 inch 29.4046 inch. Ther. 60.78° 71.20° 70.660. a Greatest pressure observed 29.60 inch, least ditto 29.26 inch. : Highest temperature observed 76°, lowest 54°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.34 inch. Ther. 22°. December.—Generally fair, with foggy mornings; a shower at Sunrise on the 6th, a storm on the night of the 16th. Rain at 9 a. m. on the 17th, ditto at night on the 22nd and 28rd. | Mean height of Bar. 29.4191 inch. Ther. 60.87°. At Sunr'se. 2 P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4216 inch 29.4232 inch 29.4126 inch. Ther. 52.779 65.53° 64.320. Greatest pressure observed 29.56 inch, least ditto 29.33 inch. Highest temperature observed 72°, lowest ditto 49°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.238 inch. Ther. 2809. Mean pressure for the year 29.2798 inch, temperature 72.5°. Greatest pressure observed 29.68 inch, least ditto 29.00 inch. Highest temperature observed 91.59, lowest ditto 49°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.68 inch. Ther. 42.5°. Nazera, 31st December, 1841. January 1842.—This month commenced with fair weather and conti- nued fair throughout, with frequent fogs in the morning, and light clouds or partial haze in the day. Rain at Sunrise on the 4th, and shock of an Earthquake at 8 a. m. Mean height of Bar. 29.4656 inch. Ther. 61.092. At Sunrise. 2 Poe Sunset. Bar. 29.4735 inch 29.4694 inch 29.4539 inch. Ther. 52.5892 66.20° 64.50°. - Greatest pressure observed 29.58 inch, least ditto 29.30 inch. Highest temperature observed 70°, lowest ditto 47.5°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.28 inch. Ther 22.5% » February.—Generally fair, mornings foggy and an overcast sky towards the end. A storm on the 6th at 10 a. u., also on the 8th at 9p. m. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 4AG On the 17th at 9 p. m. very heavy rain and thunder, which continued the whole night, during which 3.2 inches of rain fell. Mean height of Bar. 29.4258 inch. Ther. 64.579. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.4374 inch 29.4310 29.4090 inch. Ther. 56.589 ; 69.159 68.009, Greatest pressure observed 29.57 inch, least ditto 29.32 inch. Highest temperature observed 76°, lowest ditto 48°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.25 inch. Ther. 28°. March.—This month was ushered in with heavy rain. Weather throughout unsettled, sky alternately clear and overcast, with periodic returns of heavy rain and thunder at night; to this few exceptions. Rain during the month 10.3 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.3628 inch. Ther. 66.579. At Sunrise. 2 P.M, Sunset. Bar. 29.3670 inch 29.3683 inch 29.3532 inch. Ther. 59.98° 69.90° 69.909 Greatest pressure observed 29.50 inch, least ditto 29.20 inch. Highest temperature observed 77°, lowest ditto 55°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.30 inch. Ther. 229°. April.—A very rainy stormy month, with the usual periodic thunder showers at night; these often occur for 10 or 12 nights successively, commencing later and later till they fall in the morning. Rain during the month 17 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.2791 inch. Ther. 71.20°. At Sunrise. DPE Sunset. Bar. 29.2836 inch 29.2803 inch 29.2736 inch. Ps Ther. 67.70° 72.86° 72.86° Greatest pressure observed 29.39 inch, least ditto 29.12 inch. Highest temperature observed 84°, lowest ditto 64°. . Greatest variation Bar. 0.27 inch. Ther. 20°. May.—Cloudy, showery, or overcast, with frequent intervals of fair weather. Little rain in the forepart of the day; the heavy periodic showers fall in the afternoon, and most frequently about 4 rp m. Rain during the month 8.65 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.2031 inch. Ther. 80.030. At Sunrise. 2P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.2135 inch 29.2048 inch 29.1910 inch. Ther. 75.219 83.19° 81.69° Greatest pressure observed 29.35 inch, least ditto 29.10 inch. Highest temperature observed 90°, lowest ditto 70°. 448 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.25 inch. Ther. 20°. June.—The weather and aspect of the sky much the same as in May. Frequent light showers, the periodic showers occurred in the night; these happened every day from the 22nd to the end. Rain during the month 6.75 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.1365 inch. Ther. 81.859. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1796 inch 29.1210 inch 29.1090 inch. Ther. 78.08° 85.052 82.209, Greatest pressure observed 29.25 inch, least ditto 29.00 inch. Highést temperature observed 92, lowest ditto 74°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.25 inch. Ther. 189°. July.—A rainy month, heavy showers falling almost every night, often continuing till Sunrise, comparatively little rain in the middle of the day : on the 17th. at 23 p. m. Ther. in the shade 869, in the sun 1169. Rain during the month 15.5 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.0581 inch. Ther. 80.719. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.0745 inch 29.0618 inch 29.0041 inch. Ther. 79.05° 81.929 81.419. Greatest pressure observed 29.16 inch, least ditto 28.98 inch. Highest temperature observed 96°, lowest ditto 76°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.18 inch. Ther. 20°. August.—Cloudy and showery throughout, night showers till 17th. On the 27th at noon, Ther. in the shade 86°, in the sun 1229, Rain during the month 11.3 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.1388 inch. Ther. 81.8380¢. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.1506 inch 29.1369 inch. 29.1221 inch. Ther. 78.802. 83.6892 83.039. Greatest pressure observed 29.26 inch, least ditto 29.03 inch. Highest temperature observed 88°, lowest ditto 76°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.23 inch. Ther. 129. September.—Sky overcast or cloudy in the forepart of the day, even- ings frequently fair, frequent heavy showers of rain about 10 a. m.: on the 5th, Ther. at 43 p. m. in the shade 909, in the sun 118°. Rain during the month 13 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.2248 inch. Ther. 82.620. At Sunrise. 22. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.2439 inch 29.2235 inch 29.2073 inch. Ther. 79.46° 84,650 83.250. Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. 449 Greatest pressure observed 29.35 inch, least ditto 29.10 inch. Highest temperature observed 90°, lowest ditto 740. Greatest variation Bar. 0.25 inch. Ther. 16°. October.—Mornings for the most part foggy, evenings generally fair ; a storm at 4 pe. m. on the 9th, also at 10 ep. m. on the 3lst. Two smart shocks of an Earthquake 6 minutes before 8 p. mu. on the 29th. Rain during the month 5.4 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.3712 inch. Ther. 76.29. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.3848 inch 29.3677 inch 29.3612 inch. Ther. 70.919 _ 80.350 17.359. Greatest pressure observed 29.50 inch, least ditto 29.18 inch. Highest temperature observed 87°, lowest ditto 66°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.32 inch. Ther. 21° November.—Rain on the evening of the Ist, at Sunrise on the 2nd, and distant rain on the 3rd at 10 p. m., after which fine clear weather till the 28th, when there was rain at Sunrise. On the 30th overcast throughout the day, a few foggy mornings, and rain on the 15th. Rain during the month 0.55 inches. Mean height of Bar. 29.4699 inch. Ther. 67.250. At Sunrise. 2. P. M. Sunset. Bar. 29.46 29.445 inch 29.445 inch. Ther. 60.75° 73.752 71.750, Greatest pressure observed 29.57 inch, least ditto 29.38 inch. Highest temperature observed 74°, lowest ditto 56°. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.19 inch. Ther. 18°. December.—Generally fair throughout, with frequent dense fogs in the morning, a little sprinkling of rain on the 21st, 23d, 24th, and 26th. Rain during the month 0.4 inch. Mean height of Bar. 29.475 inch. Ther. 60°. At Sunrise. 2 P.M. Sunset. Bar. 29.5022 inch 29.5006 inch 29.4938 inch. Ther. 54° 67° 65°. Greatest pressure observed 29.55 inch, least ditto 29.40 inch. Highest temperature observed 72°, lowest ditto 48 inch. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.15 inch. Ther. 249. Mean pressure for the year 29.3009. Mean temperature 72.62. Greatest pressure observed 29.58 inch, least ditto 28.98 inch. Highest temperature observed 96°, lowest ditto 47.5°. o.L 450 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. Greatest variation, Bar. 0.60 inch. Ther. 48.59. Rain during the year 92.1 inch. Nazera, 31st December, 1842. Exhibiting the Mean Pressure and Temperature ina Tabular form, we have Mean Pressure Mean Temperature. Ish Ua aor NOL AU RO Oe aU eS 18 | > |Mean of} | eee 40. 1841. | 1842. Seay H1840. | 1841.) 1842.| of 3 i ears. | i | J : ye urs. a Inches. In. In. In. ° ° ° January,....e. 29-471 | 29:488 | 29-465 | 29-4795 | 61:36 | 61°09 | 6) -44 63-73 | 64-57 | 64-28 66-27 | 66:57 | 68-02 February, ....| 389] 483 | +425 | -432 J March, s..} 325 | “342 | -024)"" 343) Aga |) toga | aio 27g | 286 | 70°73 | 71-20 | 72-05 May eee) led) 209), 203 | cols 75-97 | 80-03 | 78-41 Furie, . ee 93 | 109) 136} “113 | 81-66 | 81-85 | 81-50 July, -esse+e.| -185'| 093 | 058 Ana | 8458 83:03 | 80-71 | 8275 Auguety 04 41} 175 | 138} “151 | 81-02 | 81-83 | 81-98. Setember | ipa) 21 22a a res 81:67 | 82-62] 81-73 October, ....| -315| -309| 371 | 358 179-08 | 76-10 | 76-20 | 77-12 November, ..| -403| 417 | 469) -480 | 67-54 | 67-25 | 67-42 December, :| -449| 4191 -475 | —-447 | 60-46 | 60-87 | 60-00 | 60-44 From this is deduced annual mean pressure 29.2968 inches, annual mean temperature 73.09°. The observations from which the foregoing means have been obtained were made at sunrise, 2 p. m., and sunset, and not at the time of the maximum and minimum pressure, but of the mean pressure merely. Where the terms Greatest pressure observed, least do., are used, the maxima and minima are not thereby intended, but the greatest or least pressure at the usual time of observations. It may also be remarked, that from observations made at the time above stated, the diurnal tide of the Barometer is scarcely perceptible. The following horary observations shew that the mercury in the Barometri- cal tube is subject to the same diurnal and nocturnal ebb and flow in Assam, as has been observed in other parts of the world. The first series commenced on the 10th July, 1842, at 6 a. m. amidst heavy rain. 451 Upper Assam. Zons en Meteorological Observat 09), 8G 2G | 246 | <*_| *° 7) ** | ES 8. ‘19401899 (] GG 69! 19) 09 | 6S 09} 09 19, 29 | 29) GEg| °°’ “AequIeaAoNT HIE[ eg 28 ee ee 08 ee ee eo ee 28 SO IUOUOOG Wate UBIEVA 68} 8! 08 | 08 08] 08 |F'08| TS |GIS zelrr"** 8 Ysusny Tigz Gls CG) oD 62 Z'°SL oe ee ve eo ee PODGDUOGUCE GRA ARYA | | eet | 190 | 29] 202 29129 Se lee | oe 29 89) 007) Cale be OL tee ‘| $8 | 8} G8 98 | G:981 G°Z8/6°Z8] 28 28 | G8! Z8 | 278 iG’esi BB | Esl 98] 98! G8 I8 | S18) 28 | 28 | Zi 8 | gel T’eg' s:zs! 28 G40 |-6 |G Lact iti 0b )-6 | -8 | 2 |-9)) Sy | 6 | I SOA “CES ‘4ajaMoULLay J, 242 UO suotDaAsasq: hivso FT 6G | 1S | [S° | OG" | OG" | OS" | TS" Fac" | EG° , TS° | OS" | OS" JOG" fee ‘49que9q 44c6 : cb ep | 1b | Ie | 1b’ | Ib’ | te’ | bb Ob ESP | 8h 8h | Ze | eb Ie’ Ib’ | th | Ib) Ib) Ie ib | * tequieaon, WET 1b’ | TP | Th | eh | ib | Ib | te" OP | OF | GP 6p" | 0G° |0G" cP’ "* “IequiesoN WIZT : GLT| OST”, SEL") E{T"| SOL} CET"| SEL"| OPT"! GET" SLT "| SBT") C8L°| O81°| GZT| SPT-|GIT OTL OGT"| G20" CLE" sreees gsnany 1166 G46"|5 26 GLZ"| SEB"| BS" | OZ" | S6T"| O6I"| L6T"| O1Z"| O12", ira 09G"| GLG*| LZ" | GZ" | SIG OST" | OST rere Gsneny YIgz GLU ate ae jst 901"| SET*| SEL") OPT") SPL") SZTESSI°! S8L*| OSL] SZI°| SPL SIT’ JOLL’ OZI*| SZL° PEL pote 4snsny WPL 6 Ol° | 240° |80° |80° | OL” | HT | PL pel’ | PL | Ste | PL VSl- IS {IT ane DO OSL ME(OLE Glin |S OP 6 | 8) ele 9. Glo aU paaei as Cle TAS CU OL G6) 8d OGG I OUT, "Wd “da LAWOUVE . ‘WV 452 Meteorological Observations in Upper Assam. THERMOMETER. Mean Diurnal Monthly Oscilla. f Oscillations. tions. r January, .- mietere aielale Sekai Soils Eon hes 22.66° | February eees cove coos arene cece 12.8 24°88 } March,.... siete Bisles Beets 6500 ese vaio dt 22 AS ESL Adal eee RN) WN 0a CU 7.52 24.66 : May, «0... Sines Sood aloes clei eiciete ia 20.14 y June, Cte Sales Se ee Netes Sees 7.38 17 i Fly eee CROC aN ONE ARES hc La heute a ne ana 16.33 ANTE USt Mabaleronn HN faletcral iy) Mt ejesefeviniliiiarerstelh ahiesale 5.42 12 September, cose cece sieleie Kaod vere 6.06 15.66 | October, ce S805 aielele Sierere slelele 9.85 21 £ NIGHOMBCR NO SU Mae Oct ng tN Aan aa tans 2” , December,.... cistele cleieie Ko dic AOdO 13.4 24 ut Mean,.... Cay enor eae S000 ataters wistoley mms LTA 20 During the months of June, July, August and September, the variation in the temperature is very trifling, as will be seen by the following observations made. at Sunrise and 2 p. mM. on the 15th of each month, during three successive years :— June. July. August. September. Sunrise,2 p.m. Sunrise, 2 p. m. Sunrise, 2 Pp. mM. Sunrise, 2 P. M. 1840 779 859° 78° ~=86° 78° ~=—- 82 a2) (83° 1841 78 8&5 78 8&6 79 82 80 88 1842 77 & 78 85 78 80 78.3 86 Table shewing the Mean Maxima and Minima, from 3 successive Years’ Observations. Barometer. ‘Thermometer. ee a Max. Min. | Mean. Max. Min. Mean. —— | a o Sac (2 Seal & Ce ext eset | ele aoe Se ere aug Pao. | soles pe eee ae e 7 a 7 a9 7 a 7 5 8 see eee hae Ue Ee Ee ese hoes eae eee a | ES ‘ainjyereduta J, ‘aanjyerodwo'y, “purAA | coinyzesodumay, “puUIAA | ‘otnjetodutey, 2 = ——— — ee [Bae ea ee a a eee | ee ee ee eee a ‘Wd Q[ 18 peu suotjeasiosqg | *W'd QyJe opeUl suOT}eAIesqG | ‘sooner uTery} "W ‘dF Ye poAlasqg "W OG “H G 3@ pedAresqg ‘hansuadsigny s.iundwoy "EES hoy fo yquopy ayz sof “nj7n2]0) AIQUAOUO FT 242 Jo apou aun gasung «azfo suoLjvAsasgg a4], ‘290 $ Andee) oh. ae oe; yp aden, sonehed qwoshojosooiey <= ee a Uy toysry ‘stajyouloIeg OM} ayy JO uostaedutod e WoL AING df} 7B oSn UT Jey} Ue T AMdIAIIAL Oty ‘ddIO S,[e1aUsy IoAsO YOUr UB JO YIOT-{ spuvyis Aresuodstq oy} ye yey) u -Aiwwmswusdst7gcy = _AwUMaAwUeod th —F — 4 OFS [Slits jeo'98 co’ | LPs | ols | cos joso! | sc‘o | os't frt:: “A ‘slo‘sslo‘os o's lorr® [°° 77" ‘mel 66s o'1g | peg [SF 08 as ae as Oe ors aoe G'98 |009° | PIO | TIO F''' AN “S/P'98 0:16 Fg IPP! [°7*7"* A'S 8128 0°88 | F'F8 | 20S’ 6G Ges | S'r8 |GL‘tg joco’ | 0'p8 0'Ge 0‘c8 0c9' co ferreoay ‘Slee 0°88 gree leon: | (att a ‘S|08 8°08 lots 96" ie ctee [ig cela Gee epee oe 098 /0S9 | 80.0 | OPO §°"* AN 'S/G'€8/0'88 |a'cg jon. | (Herd) “ANS 068 8°98 |0'78 |695. Le CL‘E8 ¢‘o8 2 ggo‘ ‘ec 8 98 oL9 0&0 06,0 e20000 ‘s 008 6 88 6 68 08S. eeee . ‘8 882 ¢ 08 0 18 L6G @ |, % eyelet 8 ys Oe B S208 | OLB 1069, | 66°0 | 6I'O F7°75* 1Si8.F8 /0/16 [pga |cOS’ | °"*' “MM “S/0'F8 0°16 |9F8 67S" 5 &% curs | cos | o's lacat | cts | aves | ome (ceo web os ay CEI cee Paseo |eene a ge ee OB eB fe ee Cee ae aes Oe Go9" PIT AM 18/0198 19726 /1°28 IGP, | 777" (AA S/9°T8 /0‘Z8 |e | 8507 &% aes | otes | o'os lose! | ofa | cten | oon lore | coro | ren Loan ae oo 008 088 ores (268, | 12.7, (AN 'S/0'82 'p'08 |o'os | €eP” ab ee oe ie ee Ae8 | 0.06 [Sle | $50 | TPO JM "S “AN /O'18 |S'88 0'bg PID: | 7” ANS “AN 19°08 0'b8 |6'e8 | S27" Ie, ers cee eee ee ee 0°06 | 0°16 }009° viecee A{PS8 0,6 0'88 |S2h, TT" 1") “H/0'S8 B06 | ['88 |22S" 02 006 | ¢'06 lez‘og loco: | o's leros | ote loco’ eae ong oo lGee8 (2.56 [6,08 IGP, | 77774... 8} HS8 016 jogs |vor, | D | I o'98 | c'98 | og lool’ | cos | ave | ee lor! Bonu oat ee Ue Ne | cei cae Oe Ba ONe, aie cen eres | eae (ees eee 068 | eas (008, 117A 78 )0,$8 026 jo'gs jpsh, | *t (TSI) *S/0'98 /0'T6 | 0:28 | OLS" AI ozs | oe | otfe loce’ | e4e lerGe | oe foes ena | mq eer nite eco ree iove, |. a .c., 510,(8 98 0rrs /ES9. a 126 levee lesen loca’ legen |*Scs | 248 O88. | 800 | 200 [T's mA “Bigg lO'fs|t'e8 |a99, | 7° ANS “MA [G'S [6\T8 | 0°28 | LEZ, cI Ue egae [SHES 088, /SL86 | OS | cir Joss, | ATO | tro [i7:"* “spetreic‘os faze [ze9: | 77°""*** “alates 0°16 |o'gs | Bou: aT Pepa) ee ae O06 oF, i.e 18/078 8°88 |G'98 699° | 7771"? AA “S/G8C8 0°16 |0%d8 | 162: gl cv06 | 0°18 \e2‘t6 loos’ |¢z'06 | 0116 | ete \a0z psouga @ihee ee MOTE ieanctca = ox | mele MOG 4s |e it 068 | stég | '06 ons’ | o'68 ler'es | ace 00L" roe eg em lCere eco loco OOS. | ce ccce 55] 0,08 16 66)/6/28 088, aay ores | S's | o's [cee | o'6e leans | c'08 coe! eve oA (8/0118 2196 ite Be, | TITIIIL S| Pi98 oie jg'9s jt99, | O| or ca'gs | sie | c'es lene’ | oss | ores | ‘oe (exe vesdee ele 00/228 1706 68S, ese, (8 |9,88 | 6 |e 98)| G00, CL'98 |¢B'88 | 0°68 |S29' | O°L8 we Cee ee AN FG An eee eee oe ee, lee aren D0. 2e) Oe) oe OLS, ; Crop ies | One lace O08 | ee | 0f68 leng, _ AN 'S “AN'8'S8 0°86 J0‘06 ZIb; | 7" AAS “AN 0'G8 ('26 |8°Gg | SEP: L Chey lye ieee ee | Ore (e285 228 000: iy Joc ss oAh 78/2/98 0'F6 [o'zg OFS |" “AL'S “ANGER 0'68 |6‘€8 | 06P: 9 ios | oes | Gin lates lectee lqeee once (22. | e800 | 2h0 [8 , sloosisiozsieu: | - “sineziisieialzec | C | so ue (oble (noe: ase [ests “ee loon: | PP MS LOM aoa ces etame [AS MoUs Oee eee TSE G 6 ¢ ‘ «| ¢ ‘ G eovcee ¢ é ‘ ‘ e600 cece ¢ ‘ 098 aS ; se |'6oe [085 [ima atts Om OFS [oie Se | oss “SNE Gus OES tipg| memos SCAR GABLES ethene, | @) ; ’ | Z SS ) fy) soyouy; o ) Co) Seyouy |soyouy|soyouys 0 0 Oe saqouy foe ae Vi seqouy OO] sol el Oo 6 eet a! ofol cl a 7 ele | el S) lee) = 5 Me ee |S ele te ee ee ee eG (so | ees, O Pee ee | @ || oe] 6 S. ges eee fe ela 2 Eee | ee | = |B 5 |e) 2 S Vel eie eee fe Peo) h | 2B) & | Pet) & #2) s bel ee eel ae Se P js) Ee FB & | O| gs 08 rd ag q | ° =e) | | ee coe) = me ee 2 iS —— s —— ——_.- ___.. —__. ae ee ee Beenie eee Sa ee aa ae 3 og eS __oiijeredua 1 *ainqyeradute J, L “pura | ‘oinjetoduto J, “pul aanjzerodura y, & 5° ———— |e = = W*d OQ] Je opeu suoryeAlesqg |*W'd g ie opem suoI}eAIaSgQ|*sosnexy urey f "WW ‘d f Je paarosqg ‘W OG ‘H 6 3e paaiasgqg hsvsuadsigy s fuodmoy “SHST aune fo yjuopy ay? sof ‘vqjnaj09D NqQOAOU0 FT 34} 19 apo aun jasung sajfo suornasasgg ay47, ‘2 syosauey sohaaing ay) yo yday sajsibay poorboposoajaqy = SI‘01| 29°8 » 9°28) 98 0' 8 |S6P 6% S'€8 S°28 9°E8 boS'6s ‘ued TY . 0°98 | 4°98 | O'L8 |00Z G'98 | O48 |Gz°8 |O0L' | 00 | FO F" “HO'PS|I 28 PFS 00S. {°° *A/0'%8 0:28 2 '€8 | 08s" 1g GZ'c8 | L'cg | ‘9g jocg’. | Sic8 | 0°98 | O98 |OS9'” | 12‘0 | 8I'O F “A ‘S/0'18|1'S8 078 |Z9b [°° “H18.28 1°98 |b'z8 |60¢", 'S 0g mH OFS |cZ'b8 | Ges |o09' | OFS | OSB | Sics [009 | EO°O | PSO f “A ‘S/0'P8/0'68 Pcs |SIb! |" “A/S 18 [°S8|0'€s |68P. 6% g G'c8 \GZ'cg | s98 |009' | O'G8 | S's8 | O'Z8 |009 | GO | 060 | “A ‘S|/G'PS 8:06 /6'cR Toh |** “HS FS 8°68 12 'F8 | 129" 8% > &b8 | 0-S8 | G'cg |cz9° Lb8 | 068 | G'G8 |CZ9" f° °S/8'€8/1/68 |G'F8 |PSb | “MSAAG'E8 0°68 |6'€8 | S25 LG a OS8 | S’cg |¢z‘cg jon’ | O'¢8 |G2%68 | O'98 \00L: J” °S/0'28 0°88 |P'G8 85h |"AN “S/8'18 8°48 \G'e8 695 | | 9% £ OFS | OCB | S*cs jOcg’ jcZz8 | S’E8 | O'F8 j0S9" | 200 | GLO FAA °S/0.08 0'€8 2°28 |8ES_ | “A °S}062 0°18 |F'18 IP6S GZ = SB'S8 | O'98 | G98 j009' |6%°c8 | 0.98 |GL'98 [009° | SO | L2'0 f°" ‘SIP'%8/9'98 /G'78 |OZD’ |"A “N}0'€8 0°88 078 [01S Ve e G8 |GL'Cg | G9g jogo’ | Sits | O98 | S'98 |0G9' | gb‘o | OPO F’* °SZ'08/9'%8|2Z8ISLb. | ** “A/0 S8 B06 10°78 | S25" ‘S &% £ OFS |coS8 | 098 069° | OF8 | 08 | 0°98 |0G9' | LTO | BLO FA “SiG'eg 028 O'P8 \e6h) | “H “S|/E'€8 P'L8 |8 "es | 67S. GG 2 08 (498 | G'98 j0S9. | O'98 | S'98 |¢Z°98 |0C9° | 60‘O | 200 J: “A %Z80'98 OFBOIS’ | ** “H)Z-28 0°28 [ces | 29S" 17, we $G8 |63°98 | G98 |cZ9' | 0198 |G%°28 | G'Z8 |¢29' | 09°0 | 9S°0 f°* “AO'r8|S'48 j0'Ga 26h, | °° “H|0.08 0'88 |g‘7g [OSS 06 ae 098 | O28 | O'88 |0G9' |cBE8 [S428 | 0'88 [0G9" " “HT 0'8 9°16 0°28 TGh. | °* “HOS O'ss jong |Zes. | D 61 s2G%P8 | GPs |Ge'cg |4c9' {GLB | O'G8 | S'cs |009° * "Gd 8'98 9 26 |S'¢8 2bh | “A "N10 08 0°88 | c‘eg | OFS 81 =, GPS | 068 |c6'°98 [0G9 -G2'c8 | G'Gs |¢Z'c8 }099' | SI‘T | LOT F120 \C'08/G'28\9'%8 jess’ | °° “AH |0'P8 6°28 | c'cg | 46S £1 EZ Ses (e2rs | 0'98 [G29 | O'D8 | O'C8 | 0°98 |S29° | g0‘O | 90°0 "Al 0°68 |P°98 \9'Fg BES | °* “H10°E8 0°98 |o’eg | 18" 'S OL =? G98 | 0°98 |G4'98 |0G9, (¢2'c8 | 0°98 |Sz°98 |0S9' | O10 | 60‘O f°’ “H\G'E8|8'98 08 |60G | ** “A |0'FS [9°88 |o‘gg | ESS cl Be G68 | C2198 |co48 |00L | G8 [GZ'98 | 0148 |00L | 160 | 280 f° “AO'e8 0°88 \2'ng 06h, | °° “A |0'S8 0°06 jobs | PSS. vl BE O88 GL'PS | 0°98 |0S9 |GL'F8 | G’cB | 0198 |0G9' | 92°0 | Zo‘0 | ‘A “S.8°€8/0'06 B'cg OS’ | “A “S/0'P8 0°88 | [eg |689. EI c< G€8 | 08 | Shs j00L |SL€8 | O68 | OSs [00L: _ | a (8. S'b8|8'68 jg‘cg |ZeG f°" "H 0°E8 | 2°98 Jn‘eg | 069. ZI oF Gt (C28 |Go FS [002 | OF8 |GLE8 | Gps |00L | 810 | SLO f°° ‘S0'P8/8°28 ‘eg \ceb) | M °S/0'78 0°98 |0'es | 889, It += G28 |GL'es | OF j009' | O'E8 | OF [Gv'rs [O09 | CI‘T | COL f°’ “S0'%8/Z°F8 lo'es Zr. | AN *S|1'%8 0°98 |jegises, | O | Of ag OF8 GES |SLP8 [G29 | OF8 |GoTR |CL 78 |GZ9_ | ZL‘O | €9°0 F “A S098 \G'16 |g‘9g|42p | “A “S|0'18)/9'88 /o'¢s 29S S6 me O€8 | GES | OFS |009' joe E8 | O'FB | STB |¢z9" _. | WIPO 078/998 ces 0G | “H *S|0'€8 b'L8 1g‘eg |069, 8 Fe O€8 | OFS | O'G8 jOGO' {[Gz'es |cz‘F8 | O'¢8 |0S9 22.6 | 910 | A °S 078 0°68 ‘zg PIS’ {°° °S|0'G8 8°48 |o'zg | 69S, iE Ss 068 GF | 0168 \00L |SLE8 {GLF8 !ce'cR jO0L' | 680 | 620 f°" “S/B'tS|P'98 6g OIG: | °° “S|0'€8 8'¢8 | 1‘eg [99° 9 Ez OFS GLFB [6o'c8 |0SL. | SPS | O'G8 |GL'c8 |0S4 | FEO | Le‘O |’ “S078 |S'b8 |I‘eg |e6h. [°° “H/Z‘TS Z'68 [g'eg joss’ | C g DE OF8 |G2T8 | OG8 |00L | OFS | Cts | O'¢8 |00L _. 1. a (8018 PFS \6°%8 90S" | °° “H)S'>8 0°68 jo‘eg | ESS. v 2 Fe CPS (66°98 | 0198 |00L |G6E8 |cZ'F8 | 0°68 j00L' | 29°0 | OPO f° “AZ 6L (PIS iG‘Ig |G0S |*° °*S/G°c8 0°68 |o‘ng |67S, § Be SPB (S298 | O'48 (009 | O'S8 |GL'G8 |Sz'Z8 {009° _. | ot [S)€'08/0'€80%g|G0G' |°° °S/0°G8 |0'68 jo‘eg | £65, SG we GL¥8 | G'G8 | 0:98 |929 6%} OB | S’cs | 098 |629'6Z| PHO | EEO fF “A “S0'9L,P'L2 G‘gz |0S¢'62 | °° “S| P'P8 (0°88 |g‘pg | 82S 6% I oo Oe co) ca) soyouy ce) ca) fo) Soyouy] jsoyouy|soqouys (6) 0) 0 |seqouy re) re) o |seyouq pete Oe ee ee ws ee I OO SS eee ee | | — | —— S| Oe |) | I OS OO OO" Oo oO "Poe 2] 2) Poe) 2) Ski fs] ele) 8 2] 2-.2e\ 9 Fe) ey & 8&5 ot fe) =e ct = ct = 2 a = ze “ < Set 2 eel & | eels lee) 8 S| Bb oleae | 2 eee cee | = Co |e ee ee eg Sos) 2 el 6 Biss} eisai fs | al = Bie 24 @ oe es ais Be | he |= i S| a See Be |e ee 3 08 - |28 f SE ts P| zs e een a = ‘ ss [SS ae Se Gee ees ae ee a oe ee Sa ws) (=) =, 2 ‘ainjerad wa J, -ainyeradute J, ia -ginyelodwia J, “PUI AA |°o1nyeredwa J, & a 2 5 s ‘W *d QT Je OpeUul SUOTFEAIESQG) | "Wd Q jye apeUT suOT]eAIaSqG|*sasney urery : "W *d B 4e poatasqg “WW OG 'H G Je paatesqg hapsio dsc, s seam : "CLOT ms Pa 7 ayn sof ‘ ELE 21QDADUOEL hi AD: POU 24D: Seta suonmadasgg aYL ‘oO S$ 4ndauay y ayn 40 adey uate | a oN “OOLO S,[eIOUIYH IOADAING OY} WV 9SH UT AVY} WeYY LOYsTY Your ue Jo YIOI-] spueys Aresuodsry oy} 9v yeYy UL AanoIOP, otf} ‘SAoJOUTOAeG OM] oy} JO WosTeduOd vB UIOX ZS |CBES [CB's 0S9 ‘es |cz‘18 joc'ts |0So° | GZ‘0 | 910 F°° “Hots | 1°cg j9% ‘68 | ‘T8 [OSS \OGZ, "68 |G TS |OG tS |0SL | 810 | 910 f° “H\PZs8/0'Ge |G'e8 €Z's8 /¢L't8 ects jOSL |Gze8 josts (e278 |0GZ | SIO | ZL0 f° °H\0'%8]0'S8 |2e8 F8 j|0G'F8 jOG'98 |S4Z° |Gz'cg | ‘98 | ‘68 S22 | FeO | SO |’* ‘S/P'z8]2'88 |G'c8 T8 |ca'cg | ‘98 (OSL, ‘cg |Gz'cg | (98 |0c8. "A §/0'¢8 [0°06 |9°¢8 $8 |CL'tg | ‘cg [008 |GZ‘t8 |GL'rg | ‘8 008. ; _ Po ‘8/08 (0.68 168 C618 | ‘es | ‘F8 (Oss ‘8 |OG‘E8 1cZ FR |OC8 | 90°0 | COO F “A 'S/0'z8 | S'¢8 |O'e8 Goi%S | ‘es |Gz'ts 0S9" 78 |cz'es | ‘F8 j0S9° | 600 | 20:0 FA ‘S)0°6! |0'%8 [G‘I8 F8 |cZ'tg joss |0S9 |cZzsB \czts jOcts |0C9 | SZO | 610 T° 0% |0 68 [6 P8 %8 |cz'eg | “b8 |099. ‘78 (LG's [acts j0S9 | £S°0 | 0G0 | ‘A 8/2 ‘82 (2 08 [6°18 OS'8 | FB [Gets OSL. G8 |GBEB [OG F8 |OSL. . 1. LU 188 19°88 |6'r8 %8 |GL'e8 joss |cts° [0S‘eg | ‘F8 | ‘8 jSe8° | FeO | £20 J" “H/8'98 [8°26 | 6°98 | TSG. cts | “8 jes G28" joss | %8 | ‘68 {S28 A *N/0°G8 13°26 |6‘98 |099. "68 |cZ's8 | $8 |GLL' [0's [ones jocTS S42 | 26:0 | FBO | TPO /8'6z |S'T8 [208 | £19. 8 |0G‘es j0ctS SLL" ‘e8 0Se8 |OG'FS |CZZ° | 180 | G20 FM “S/0'8! [0°08 |2‘8z [629° OSS |SB'P8 | (C8 S68" %8 j0G8 | “G8 |S%8 | GI'e | 16% FM “S/g‘cg |F'76 |9°98 | £99. £8 |SoP8 | "8 |StL, ‘68 j0S'rs | “C8 |SL2' | Tel | PAT [4’SAN j0‘r8 [0°06 |0%¢g | 899. ($8 |0S°S8 |G%'98 0SZ. ‘68 |0G'G8 |Ge98 |0SZ" : _. [AX [S| 0'r8 19°88 | G°¢8 | FES. 28 | ‘P8 [Gt'bg |SZ9° ‘C8 |GZ'F8 [OG TS |949. | 060 | €2'0 F°° “S|0'Fs |0'88 |a‘Gg | STS" 8 |SZ'e8 | ‘bg j0S9' j0S’zg jcz‘es | “ps |0S9' | 910 | O10 J" °S/8'z8 /0'98 |c'tg | 90S, C128 OSes | ‘F8 |0S9 ‘e8 |¢2'e8 joc'ts j0c9' | Zé‘ | 09%e FAN "N (0%@8 |6°S8 |c‘eg | 8EF' L%8 | ‘F8 | ‘cg ¢z9° ‘68 |GZTS | “C8 [S29 | ZOT | 680 F'* “AA P28 [298 [0'F8 | SIP Oss | ‘bg jacts |G29° | ‘es | ‘F8 lasts |0S9' | Lee | Go’e PAN‘ N 6% /0/28 [9‘eg |09P: 8 |GL°E8 |0G'tg 099" ‘es |GL‘e8 [0G'bS |0S9' | GEO | EEO [MM “S 278 | PTS |c'es [06> OG'78 |SLes |GL'Pg (0S9' OS's jez'rg | ‘48 |0G9' | GBO | 020 FAN 'S 0'08 [9.28 |z‘zg |20S, (68 |coFS | ‘cg | 0S9' ‘e8 |0S'8 | ‘G8 |099 | 22'0 | F2‘O J -MTPO 6'e9 |@°28 [bog | LZP CB%8 | ‘cs jos’cg | 629" ‘es jos‘cg | ‘98 |S49° | 26°0 | 280 f°" “N/0‘s8 |0'88 |c‘9g | PSP, CLS | “18 19018 |SZ9° "G8 | ‘68 |0G%Z8 {949° MSAK | 0°28 1Z'E6 | 0°28 | 98P. Oc’es | “68 | ‘98 |LGL’ 8 | ‘cg [G98 |0SZ" "A “S| L°b8 0°16 19°28 | 98S" 8 \GZ'CR |GL'Gg | LCL’ l0G'ER [GZGQ |0G'98 |0GZL, 1... 20°68 16.16 [6°98 [229 CL'ES |GZ'G8 | ‘9g |LGL'62Z) ‘FR jos‘cg |¢z‘98 |0GZ‘6Z| 910 | 01°0 J°** “Si8‘0g |0'es |P‘zg |ESS'6z fo} ° rs) sayouy o SO o SoyouyT | Sayouy |Saqouy oO re) ° sayqouy mop ieee Ss 8) St ees See ce GS ae B | cel ¢ es > leel s = ‘S ® |ce&8|&legl gs moe | eee ee ey | see |e 2 = eo laa © leo | 2 > QP = aa Sa eo < as o a << a oe | FF S82) 88 | a 2 eae poe So See oe . s 3 ‘ te ° g . : 3s ° g ° ‘ainjeroduta y, ‘aanyelod uta J, | ‘pur | cainyeioduta y, ee ee ee eee "W ‘d F 7e paalesqQ ‘Wd QT 18 OpeU suoT}eAIOSqG | *W'd Qe apewUsuOTjeAlasqg | ‘socner) Urey of Ff) 52) NDZ, Nelle Wi pie sicalca|calicalcalcalica SS (25 Gee oe SHDN D ZZ, Z es =: Zaz e 2 (2 cafeses DOBVONOT SSC FOROS S2VOUWMSS calica| MN 4911 | °“uor SPOLAN a FS ES SS ST "NW OG ‘H G }@ paatosqg nN on = a Nat stad ANd oo BD 0B 00'00 do 3 Go 00 60 GD 0 HOO a New oN CODD DODD ODODAWOWDMOOr~DMOHDWDWO wo lex) 10.6) mn a A) Non 6 n n~ a ON oi co = a 90 NASD SAMAOAROOWMNA ~ a“ ASODONLIN SAO Sa sas ~ a CDOS Sd oad ”“ n~ oor SOOO O AMANO NO AO tS CS 7 DWDOWDDAOADDAOADOI-DHNDDAODODAWOO 1D 1D DAG B19 DO DS 1D 19 CO ODOBW HOS Dt fe) “20RJING -sdeaq uejo “ATW 849 JO 19m 8) JO aes SS eee oe -ainjerad wa J, SI¢ Ig GGG" Ms P19 leo. | Bi! 8 £g9° ‘S1Z OTL‘ 9% CPL‘ 76 cgc‘ £Z GuG: &% ecg‘ CG AI9' | yl} 1% PL9‘ "S02 eee 61 999° SI 589‘ jd 2eL' Of oe a OLS v Lis* © ‘SEL occ‘ ol Cer. ll CSP‘ Ol Gzc‘ 6 cps‘ 8 Z9c° (| 2 egc‘ ‘$9 coc‘ G £6S‘ 7 P19‘ € 689° z 96662 T soyouy GL S 5} iS) = 5 Ee les fox Lard 2 Clee. e @ (45) = | Es i Sse &- "havsuadsigg s hundwoy "“ePgy ysnbay fo yjuopy ay, of ‘074nI]0) AJQDAOUOFT AY) JD apvUL auM jasuNy sazf{p suorjMALaSg_ ay J, ‘0D sjnsauaxy sohaaung ay7 yo qday sagsibagy y091b0j0.L09}0 Wy THE CALCUTTA JOURNAL OF NATURAL HISTORY. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxsuren, forming the fourth and last part of the Flora Indica. {Published by permission of Government from Dr. Roxburgh’s MSS. in the Library of the H. C. Botanic Gardens. | The MSS. now printed may be taken as completing* the Flora Indica of Dr. Roxburgh, of which three volumes have already appeared. The matter has been taken from a large folio, arranged, epitome of the Flora Jndica, and, so far as was compatible with their imperfect state, from a set of MSS. descriptions of Roxburgh to which the epitome alluded to has numerical references. The foot notes are my own, otherwise the matter is verbatim Roxburgh’s, as also is the arrangement. The sketches have been copied in a reduced form from Roxburgh’s invaluable series of Bo- tanical Drawings deposited in this Institution, and probably the most authentic-and extensive} ever completed by one individual. * There does not appear to be any MSS. extant of the other divisions of Cryp- togamia. Drs. Wight and Arnott in the preface to their Prodromusf state, that of the Flora Indica not only the Ferns are wanting, but also the few species referred by Roxburgh in his Hortus Benghalensis to Polygamia. But this class does not exist in the original MSS. of the Hortus Benghalensis, nor in my copy of that work; the matter proceeding directly from Diecia to Cryptogamia. + They contain 2360 folio sheets, and representations of 2542 species. All which were executed between 1793 and 1814. + Prod. F). Penins. Ind, Orient. p, 14. VOL. IV. NO. XVI. JANUARY, 1844. oN 466 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. now,* so omni jure, all his names quoted as synonyms to Dr. Wallich’s own names ought to supersede them.+ Still there are a great number, the majority indeed, of the Roxburgh names unaccounted for; I do not think there are 40, besides those in the lists here given, which amount to 28, accounted for, so that about 80 remain, of which we have no accounts at all. Now in this case Bo- tanists will do well always to give the preference to the names of Roxburgh, when the characters shew any agreement with the plant in question, in preference to those of Dr. Wallich, which are names, and no more; and to remember that Roxburgh’s Herbarium exists in England, (although not a fragment of one of his dried plants remains here, the scene of all his labours, and the repository of his drawings and MSS.) and that though Roxburgh’s definitions herein given may now-a-days be insufficient, they must be more sufficient than mere MSS. names, which appear fully entitled to the appellation—trivial. Observing that the MSS. names of Flowering plants of the Her- barium Indicum have been adopted by Dr. Steudel in the new edition of the Nomenclator Botanicus, I am induced to remark, that benefit would accrue to science if those names only were adopted to which * Vittaria parasitica, R. appears as Lindsza, parasitica, R. Trichomanes campanulatum, R. —— as Hymenophyllum campanulatum, KR. Polypodium flagelliferum, R. ——— as Aspidium flagelliferum, RB. + Adiantum proliferum, R. must supersede Adiantum flagelliferum, Wall. Pteris amplexicaulis, R, ——-——_-—— Pteris amplectens, Wall. Lycopodium furcatum, R, ———-——-—— Lycopodium atroviride, Wall. —_——_-—- mimosoides, R, ——————- —____-_-__ elegans, Wall. Cyathea pinnata, Rh. ————-——_-_—_—_——_ Cyathea Brunonis, Wall. Davallia angustifolia, R. —_——-——-——. Davalliaangustata, Wall. — multiflora, R. —————-——_——_ ———— parallela, Wall. Polypodium cuspidatum, R. ——-——-—— Polypodium urophyllum, Wall. —__———— coriaceum, R. ————-——- ——_— spherocephalum, Wall. Aspidium scariosum, KR, ——-——-——-— Aspidium affine, Wall. Asplenium Finlaysonianum, Wall. Asplenium coriaceum, R. Also by the same uwswal courtesy shewn in adopting the specific names of Rox- burgh when he had referred the plants to a genus to which they are not considered now to belong. Grammitis macrophylla, Wall. should be Grammitis reticulata, R. Cheilanthes dealbata, Wall.—— Cheilanthes discolor, Rh. Aspidium Singaporianum, Wall.—- Aspidium Phyllitidis, R. Consequent on the above. Lomaria acrostichoides, Hamilton, should supersede Lomaria aurea, Wall. Cheilanthes tenuifolia, Hamilton, —_—-————Cheilanthes micrantha, Wall. Polypodium spissum, Hamilton, —-——-—— ——Polypodium vittariodies, Wall. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 467 there is some clue traceable by all Botanists; that is, to which a distinct reference either of a plate, printed character, or description can be given. Such references as Wall., Wall. Cat., Wall. in Herb., are altogether insuf- ficient: they are moreover superfluous, for copies of the Catalogue of the Herbarium Indicum were given to those who received specimens, who could be the only ones benefited by names without characters. The system (for such it is) of adopting names of any sorts, when- ever there is no evidence of their having been examined and defined, ap- pears tome decidedly mischievous. Its constant tendency has been to overburden Synonymy ; to make useless references, whereas Synonymy should comprehend those references only that are useful in a positive sense; to weaken the great claim of priority, dates in Herbaria and MSS. being capable of much greater inexactness than dates in a printed book : it may make Botanists lazy, confident and hasty in giving names; now naming ought to be the last step of investigation. Lastly, all the advantages said to be inherent in MSS. names can be gained by the use of numbers, and respect be shewn to science at the same time. The disadvantages to science attendant on these MSS. names are known by experience to be sufficient to recommend their being disused ;* but if it can be shewn that they have been given or brought forward when the same plants, previously named, have been in the same Institution with the writer of the MSS. names, with descriptions or definitions, or both, or with drawings methodically referred to, or references to a methodised Catalogue, then the supercession of the MSS. names be- comes a matter of justice. These remarks, will apply, I believe, to some extent to the Plants of Dr. Buchanan Hamilton, as for instance Sioja, Jilia,t Gurua; and there are a good many other genera in his Catalogue of dried plants presented to the Museum of the Hon’ble E. I. Company, (which only contains 2599 species,) of which up to this time I have not been able to find any account. The only instances in which any notice should be taken of MSS. names, are those of the exactness of which the name of the Botanist is a guarantee. But somehow or other, among such authors, MSS. names are comparatively unknown; a name to be exact, presumes * «MSS. names are in all cases liable to create confusion, and it is therefore much to be desired, that the practice of using them should be avoided in future.”’ _—Report, 1842, on Zoological Nomenclature, British Association. t Jilia begonioides Ham. MSS. not Begonioides Jila as represented in the Flora Indica, ed. Carey. 2. 324. 468 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. proper examination of the object named, and its diligent comparison with all others allied to it; definition is the abridged summing up of the examination, and is so essential, that its systematic omission should not be tolerated. CRYPTOGAMIA MISCELLANEA. 1. EQUISETUM. Fructifications terminal, peltate, of many valves, bursting on the inside, verticillate on ovate-oblong spikes. (Stem and branches composed of tubes inserted into each other at the joints.) E. debile. R. Icon. Roxb. Suppt. 5. t. 3. Wall. Cat. 13, No. 397. Stems smoothly fluted, weak. Branches opposite, simple. Spikes terminal; of the stems often tern; of the branches single. Nat. of swampy thickets in Bengal. Flowers during the rains. Root perennial, creeping under the surface of the ground. Stems numerous, about as thick as a stout crow-quill, length from 3 to 4, or even more feet, and then so weak as to require support, slightly marked with from ten to fifteen smooth grooves and elevations. Joints from 2 to 3 inches long, their mouths ending in as many ensiform scariose teeth as there are flutings on the outside. Branches simple, generally two at each joint, though sometimes one or three, slender: from 6 to 18 inches long, and with about half the number of flutings there are in the stems. Spikes terminal, subcylindric, the largest which terminate the stems, about an inch long; from its base two smaller diverge in opposite directions. Those of the branches smaller, and always single. Fructifications pedicelled, peltate, 5-6 celled, from 6 to 10 in a verticil; and about as many verticils compose the The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 469 spike. Poélen or seed pale blue, composed of spiral threads, which are in constant motion when observed at a proper age; when examined earlier, they appear to be simple, mi- nute, round, green grains, without motion. 2. MARSILEA. Lemma, Jussieu. Involucre, or receptacle oval, shut, (transversely) many- celled ; cells with anthers and pistils, which ripen into single seeds. 1. M. quadrifolia. Linn. Spec. 1563. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 80. Creeping. Leaves quatern; leaflets of the barren shcots very long-petioled, broad-obovate, large and entire, of the fertile small, and truncate-dentate. Capsules short-pedi- celled, subreniform, one or two-toothed at the base. Teling. Chick-linta-kura. Beng. Shooshnie-shak, who eat the leaves in their curries, &e. Common on the borders of fresh water lakes, &c. over India, where it fructifies during the cold season. ‘The long-pedicelled, oval capsules of Burman’s M. coromande- liana, Flor. Ind. t. 62. f. 3, indicate a different plant, yet I never could find any other, though long and diligently looked for. 3d. SALVINIA. Mate. Fremate.—Capsules among the roots, 1-celled, many- seeded. 1. S. verticillata. R. Floating. Leaves opposite at the joints, petioled, oval, flat, verrucose. Capsule from the under-side between the in- sertion of the leaves, pedicelled, surrounded with a verticil of long, hairy roots. Seeds numerous on a free central receptacle. Beng. Uklki-pana. 470 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 2, §. cucullata. R. Wall. Cat. 13, No. 399. Ramous. Floating. Leaves opposite, subsessile, cowl- shaped, erect with an opening on the inside. Beng. -Indurni-pana. 3. S. imbricata. R.* Floating, ramous, winding. Leaves sessile, alternate, bi- farious, imbricated, trapeziform, fleshy. Capsules covered by imbricated scales, between the roots, on the under-side of the plant. All three are found floating on lakes, or pools of sweet water, throughout Bengal, during the rainy season. 4, ISOETES. Anthers of the male flower within the base of the inner leaves. Capsules of the female flower 1 or 2-celled, within the base of the exterior leaves. 1. I. capsularis. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 81. Capsules peduncled, I-celled. Leaves linear, flat. This plant grows im deep standing sweet water, with Valisneria spiralis, &c. Stoles creeping, jointed, tufts of filiform roots descend from each joint, and from 4 to 12 leaves ascend; they are like those of Valisneria spiralis, very delicate, 2-3 feet long, a quarter of an inch broad, and slightly serrated near the apex. From the alz of the leaves arise several diaphanous, cordate capsules standing on short peduncles ; they consist of 1-cell, formed of two valves, opening from the apex, the seeds are numerous connected to a conical re- ceptaculum in the centre. I have not seen the male flowers. 2. I. coromandeliana. Linn. Suppl. 447. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 82. Capsules sessile within the enlarged base of the leaves, 1-celled. Leaves filiform, erect, semi-columnar. * Azolla?—W. G. The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. AGI A native of wet marshy places up amongst the Circar moun- tains, where it appears during the rainy season. Root consists of a numerous tuft of small capillary filaments issuing from the base of the head, which is composed of the enlarged bases of the leaves forming an imbricated bulb. Leaves radical, erect, filiform, half columnar, about 6-8 inches long, smooth, inwardly interrupted every 4 or 2 of an inch, yet the leaf is not visibly contracted, nor does it appear jointed. Capsules oval, concave on the inner side and convex on the outer, conforming to the enlarged base of the leaves which cover them, 1|-celled. Seeds numerous, like very fine sand. T have not seen the male flowers.* 5. LYCOPODIUM. Capsules in the axils of the scales, digested into oblong imbricate spikes, or of the leaves themselves ; kidney-shap- ed, 2-valved, many-seeded. 1. L. Phlegmaria. Dill. muse. t. bs. f. 5. Teon. Roxb. 14, t. 84. Perennial, parasitic, pendulous. Leaves numerous, ovate- lanceolate. Spikes terminal, dichotomous, or simple. Beng. Shitahar. Tama ponel patsia maravara. heed. Mal. 12, t. 14. Equisetum amboinicum. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 41, f. 1. Found in the Sunderbunds, on old trunks of trees, in flower during the rains. Root perennial, fibrous. * A third supposed species represented in his Drawings, vol. 14, t. 83, under the name J. tuberosa, Roxburgh afterwards considered, I believe correctly, to be probably a Scirpus, its description is therefore omitted.— Wis, Ges Bo) 472 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Stems numerous, succulent, pendulous, 2-3-forked, round, from 6 to 10 furrowed, the leaves being inserted on their corresponding ridges; about 18 inches long, and towards the base as thick as a common rattan. Leaves very numerous, horizontal, subsessile, not verticil- led but in from 6 to 10 rows; their short petioles have a half twist, which brings their edges in the situation of the upper and under surface of the leaves of most plants, so that in looking down from the top, they resemble so many radii; their shape is ovate-lanceolate, very acute, smooth, entire, veinless, of a firm rigid texture. | Spikes terminal, numerous, about 2 inches long, cylindric, simple, or 2-forked, imbricated with numerous, oval, sessile, appressed bractes, or floral leaves. Fructification, a reniform, apparently sessile, (I say appa- rently, because there is a pedicel corresponding in length to the depth of the concavity of the capsule,) 2-valved, capsule in the axil of each bracte, they open spontaneously round the convex margins, and discharge much very fine cream- coloured dust, like seed or pollen. I could see no other kind of flowers. Rheede’s figure Tana-ponel-poatsia Maravara, vol. 12. p. 27, t. 14, differs from my plant, in the number of the rows of leaves, and in the spikes being much longer, yet I have no doubt of their being the same. 2. L. cernuum. Dill. muse. t. 65. f. 10. Shrubby, very ramous. Leaves numerous, subulate, in- curved. Spikes short, cylindric. Bellan-patsja. heed. Mal. 12 t. 39. Cingulum-terre. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 40, f. 1. Nat. of various parts of India. Is terrestrial. 3. L. pendulum. Rh. Parasitic, shrubby (1-2 feet long,) pendulous, dichoto- mous. Leaves generally tern, imbricated, appressed, chan- The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 473 nelled, lanceolate, rigid, entire, smooth. Spikes terminal, very long, and scarce distinguishable from the barren parts. Nat. of Amboyna. 4. L. filiforme. R. L. Phiegmaria Linn. Wall. Cat. p. 62, No. 133. Parasitic, drooping, (1-2 feet long.) Leaves tending to be tern, triangulari-cordate, acute, smooth, and entire. Spikes filiform, numerous, dichotomous, and often as long as the rest of the plant, scales thereof opposite, ovate, scarcely longer than the capsules. Nat. of Sumatra. Dillenius has no figure any thing like it. 5. L. rotundifolium. R. Wall. Cat. 65, No. 2183. Parasitic, drooping, (2-3 feet long.) Leaves approximate, opposite, sessile, round-oval, entire, smooth. Spikes filiform, dichotomous, scales thereof approximate, opposite, ovate, length of the capsules. Nat. of Sumatra, and a most beautiful species it is. 6. Lycopodium aristatum. R. Patent, (1-3 inches long,) dichotomous. Leaves as well as the superficial scales alternate, bifarious, ovate-falcate; mem- brane margined, apex ending in a bristle or arista. From China this pretty little species was brought to the Botanic Garden at Calcutta in 1812, where it grows freely in a rich, shaded, moist soil. It resembles most Dellenzus’s figure, t. 66, f. 7. 7. L. mimosoides. &. L. elegans. Wall. Cat. No. 62, 128. (quod nomen delendum.) Suffruticose, oblique ; branches alternate, bifarious with alternate bifarious branchlets, (exactly like the pinne of a fine-leaved mimosa.) Leaves alternate, bifarious, sessile, AT 4 The Cryptogamous Plants cf Dr. Roxburgh. expanding, faleate, somewhat acute, smooth, entire ; super- ficial scales (stipules,) semiovate mucronate. Spikes short, imbricated 4-ways ; scales long, cordate, acute. Nat. of the Moluccas. 8. L. levigatum, Lamarck. Encyclop. 3, 652. Wall. Cat. 65, No. 2185. Somewhat suffruticose, leaning, and emitting roots, (12 inches high,) branches and branchlets alternate, bifari- ous. Leaves alternate, sessile, bifarious, expanding, falcate, smooth, superficial scales (stipules) obliquely-oblong, smooth, | cuspidate. Spikes short, imbricated four ways: scales cor- date, cuspidate, margined, twice the length of the round- reniform capsules. Muscus fruticescens. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 39, f. 2. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 9. L. pectinatum. Lamarck. Encyclop. 3, 651. Li. semi- cordatum, Wall. Cat. 62, No. 126 ? By far the greatest part of the plant erect. Branches bi- farious, alternate, dichotomous. Leaves alternate, bifarious, expanded, falcate, obtuse, smooth ; posterior lobes protrud- ed; superficial scales subelliptic, mucronate. Spikes short, imbricated four ways ; scales thereof reniform-cordate, acute, and longer than the reniform-capsules. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 10. L. plumosum. Dill. muse. t. 66, f. 10. LL. atroviride. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 120? Creeping, branches oblique, dichotomous. Leaves alternate, bifarious, expanded, oblong, obtuse; posterior lobes stem- clasping and ciliate ; superficial scales subovate, ciliate, and awned. Spikes imbricated four ways, with taper-cordate, ciliate, acute scales, twice longer than the cordate capsules. Naé. of various parts of India. In Bengal it is found on rotten wood. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. ATS 11. L. furcatum. R. L. atroviride. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 120, (quod nomen delendum.) Perennial, scandent, dichotomous ; with long, simple roots from the forks. Leaves bifarious, spreading, oblong, fal- cate; anterior lobe large, and stem-clasping; superficial scales oval, and mucronate. Spikes solitary, or in: pairs, imbricated with four rows of cordate scales, which are ereat- ly longer than the round cordate capsules. Nat. of Pullo- Pinang. 12. L. ambricatum, Rh. Creeping, (2-3 inches long,) dichotomous, very ramous. Leaves alternate, imbricated, bifarious, falcate-cordate, smooth ; superficial scales of the same shape, but small and cuspidate. | - Hatha-joori of the Hindu M. M. Found by H. Colebrooke Esq. amongst stones, in moist, — cool shaded places, over Behar. CRYPTOGAMIA FILICES. 6. OPHIOGLOSSUM.* Spikes distichous. Capsules (or cells) opening transverse- ly, without an elastic ring. Seeds numerous. 1. O. cordifolium. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 85. Fronds simple, ovate, and ovate-cordate, veinless, bearing the spike, surmounted on a scape greatly longer than the leaf. Beng. Danga-ghechu, or Ekteera. Ophiogiossum simplex. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 68, f. 2. * All the species but the first will now be referred to Lygodium, Swartz.—W. G. 476 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Nat. of Bengal, Moluccas, &c. in cool shaded places, where it appears, and fructifies during the rainy season. Root fibrous. Stems or rather stipes few, compressed, erect, smooth, 2 or 3 inches long. Fronds cordate, entire, waved, a little rugose, nerveless, but with many small, not very conspicuous, reticulated veins ; smooth on both sides ; about two inches long, and one and a half broad. Scape erect, issuing from the upper part of the stipe, (petiole,) on the foreside; simple, a little compressed, smooth, from 3 to 6 inches long. Spikes simple, distichous, not jointed, except the openings of the cells can be so called; tapering a little, fine pointed. Cells numerous, arranged along the margins of the spikes, opening transversely near the base. Seeds most numerous, globular, white. I have, in luxuriant plants, found the stem divided into two towards the top, with a leaf and spike to each division. Ophioglossum simplex. Rumph. Herb. Amb. tab. 68, f. 2, appears more like O. vulgatum, than the above described plant. 2. O. filiforme. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 86. Lygodium mi- crophyllum, Br. Perennial, scandent, filiform, smooth. Fronds conjugate- pinnate : leaflets subcordate, with the spikelets of the fructi- fications on their anterior margins. Tsjeria valli-panna. Rheed. Mal. 12, t. 34. Adiantum volubile minus. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 82, f. 3. Hydroglossum scandens, Willd. 5, 77. Nat. of various parts of India, time of fructifying the rainy season. Root running under the surface of the ground, towards the apex olive, while the older parts are of dark rust colour, The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. ATG and villous, about as thick as a goose-quill, from these descend many ramous, dark coloured fibres. Stems issue from the large creeping roots, alternate, scandent, filiform, flexuous, smooth; their general length from 2 to 3 feet, and very slender. Fronds alternate, conjugate on a very short common petiole. Pinne 2-3 inches long, composed of about four pair of alternate, petiolated, subcordate, smooth leaflets. The fertile ones are deeply cut into linear segments or spikelets ; on the under side of which the fructifications are lodged, in the same manner as in O. scandens. 3. O. scandens. Linn. spec. pl. 1518. Lygodium semibi- pinnatum, Br. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 175. Perennial, scandent. Fronds conjugate-pinnate : leaflets linear, bearing the spikelets on the whole of the margin. Tsjura-valli-panna. Rheed. Mal. 12, t. 33. Hydroglossum pinnatifidum, Willd. 5. 80. Nat. of the Malay Islands, Chittagong, Malabar, &c. Is common in most parts of India. Flowering time the rainy and cold season. Root perennial. Stipes scandent, or twining, and of considerable extent, seve- ral yards often; about as thick as a pack thread, and smooth. Fronds paired on common, alternate petioles; compound and decompound; /eaflets or lobes thereof tapering from the base. Spikelets on the margins of the leaflets, resembling deep serratures; they are imbricated with two rows of scales, each enclosing a single, ovate, sessile, 1-celled capsule, containing innumerable, minute, yellow seeds. 4. O. flexuosum. Linn. spec. pl. 1519. Perennial, scandent. Fronds conjugate-pinnate, rarely bi- _ pinnate, the barren generally palmate; leaflets subensiform, (long and narrow,) bearing spikes on both sides. 478 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Beng. Bhootraj. Valli-panna. heed. Mal. 12, t. 32. bad. 5. O. furcatum. R. -Scandent. Fronds dichotomous, ultimate divisions linear, very long, finely pinnatifid, with numerous minute spikelets. Nat. of Pullo Pinang. 7. OSMUNDA. Capsules subglobose, disposed on a spike, or back of the fronds, 2-valved, 1-celled, opening transversely, without an elastic ring. 1. O. zeylanica. Linn. sp. pl. 1519. Icon. Roxb. 14, ¢. 88.* Fructifications disposed on a single, subcylindrial, cauline spike, composed of several spherical, 2-valved folliculi, lodged under the lacerated segments of peltate receptacles ; opening on the outside, near the base, and emitting numer- ous minute grains. Fronds pinnate-pedate; divisions lanceo- late, waved. ; Beng. Ekbeera. Ophioglossum laciniatum. Rumph. Amb. 6, t. 68, f. 3. Root, a creeping larger shoot, with thick fibres, which every year pushes forth one new frond from the apex, while a portion decays at the other end. Stipe 6-8 inches long, erect, nearly round, and smooth. Frond solitary, pedate. Leaflets thereof lanceolate, with their margins much waved, and irregularly scalloped; smooth on both sides; veins numerous, very fine, expanding ; length from 4 to 6 inches. Spike from the apex of the stipe where the three first divisions of the frond are inserted. Scape rather shorter than the stipe, (spike) subcylindric, about one-third the length of the scape, closely covered with the fructifications. Fructifications generally from 4 to 6; minute, spherical bodies, closely surround a small, short, sessile raggedly * Helminthostachys dulcis.—W. G. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 4Y9 peltate receptacle, which unites them to the common axis, or rachis. Nai. of Amboyna and Bengal. Fructifies during the rains in the Botanic Garden at Calcutta. 2. O. lanceolata. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 89.* Scapes radical, naked, cylindric. Fronds simple, lanceo- late, waved, and scalloped. 8. ACROSTICHUM. Fructificattons occupying almost the whole of the under surface of the fronds, without any other involucre than little scales, or hairs interspersed amongst the capsules, which are girt with an elastic ring. 1. Acrostichum ramentaceum. R. Petioles of the barren leaves short, (2-3 inches,) and shaggy; of the fertile long, (10-15 inches,) and smooth; barren leaves linear-cordate ; fertile cordate-sagittate ; all have entire margins. Nat. of Chittagong, and grows in the earth. Intermixed amongst the numerous crowded capsules, are many pretty long brown filaments. | 2. A. heterophyllum. Linn. spec. 1523. Parasitic, creeping. Fronds entire, both sides clothed with minute stellate pubescence; the barren oblong, the fer- tile cylindric. Fructifications of single, pedicelled capsules, mixed amongst much, soft, short, downy pubescence. Maretta-mala-maravara. Rheed. Mal. 12, t. 39. Nat. of the Malay Islands, Sunderbunds, &c. 3. A. radiatum. Ken. MSS. Roxb. Icon. 14, t. 90. Asplenium radiatum. Sw. Wall. Cat. p. 63. No. 197. Fronds long-stiped, pinnatifid in a semicircle, (fan-shap- ed,) rays more or less divided, with truncate, ragged extremi- ties. Petioles 3-sided and grooved. A. australe. Vahls. symbole. 1, t. 25. * Appears to be a species of Acrostichum.—W. G. 3 P 480 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Nat. of the mountains of Coromandel, growing in clefts of rocks. ‘The whole height rarely exceeds 6 inches. 4. A. semipinnatum. R. Fronds (2 feet high,) with about two distinct, subopposite pairs of pinne, and a deeply, 2 or 3-lobed terminal one; they are broad-lanceolate, with uneven margins, and smooth on the upper surface. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 5. A. emarginatum. Buch. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 91.* Stipes smooth, green, with a few remote thorny points. Fronds pinnate; leaflets alternate, linear, smooth, entire, emarginate, fertile and barren alike. Nat. of the Delia of the Ganges. Fructifies in the rainy season. | Roots fibrous, issuing from a firm, subrotund head, even with the earth, round which the stipes are attached. Stipes in bundles, straight, smooth, polished, green, with remote thorny points on the margins of the furrow, which runs up the forepart ; length about one, or one and a half foot. Fronds pinnate, from 2 to 4 feet long, leaflets generally alternate, about 12 or 14 on each side, short-petioled, linear, entire, smooth, emarginate, fertzle leaflets like the abortive, and are the most exterior; general length about 6 inches, and about | broad. 6. A. alatum. R. Fronds pinnate, (12 inches high,) the barren pinne alter- nate, linear, crenate, smooth, truncated at the base, and there enlarged at the upper angle; fertile pinne very minute, linear-oblong, on distinct stipes which are rather longer than those of the barren fronds. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 7. A. seetacoonense. Rh. Fronds (18 inches high,) suboppositely pinnate; bar- ren leaflets linear-oblong, base truncate, margins crenate- * Very like Acrostichum aureum.—W. G. The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. 48 | serrate, smooth ; fertile alternate, slender, cylindric. Spikes on longer and more delicate stipes. Nat. of Chittagong, near the burning wells at Seetacoond. 9. POLYPODIUM. Fructifications in roundish, scattered, not marginal spots» (generally) with a peltate znvolucre, separating round the edges. Capsules girt with an elastic ring. SEcTION I._— With simple leaves. 1. P. coriaceum. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 92. P. spheeroce- phalum. Wall. Cat. p. 64, No. 272, (quod nomen delendum.) Parasitic, creeping to a great extent. Fronds undivided, _linear-lanceolate, thick and very firm; above polished, un- derneath hoary, with stellate down. Fructifications solitary, (that is in one longitudinal row of large, rather remote, naked spots, on each side, equally distant from the nerve and margin.) Nat. of the Malay Islands and Pullo Pinang, whence intro- duced into this Garden by Mr. W. Roxburgh, Jun. Parasitic, stems creeping amongst moss on trees, and putrid wood ; round, winding, as thick as a crow-quill, im- bricated with numerous, oblong, brownish black, smooth scales; while young and tender, these end in long, slender, tapering, soft, membranous tails. Stipes triangular, channelled on the upper side, polished ; from three to six inches long. Fronds \inear-lanceolate, most entire, from six to eighteen inches long, of a remarkable firm thick texture, polished on the upper surface; underneath hoary with soft stellate down. re _ Fructifications in a single row, of large, rather remote spots on each side, and about equally distant from the nerve 482 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. and margin; though when the fronds grow old their margins become revolute, and appear almost to touch the spots. Involucre none. While the fronds are young, the spots are clothed with the same stellate down which clothes the frond underneath. 2. P. attenuatum. Ri. Parasitic, creeping, stipes alternate, smooth. Fronds linear lanceolate, rather obtuse, much attenuated at the base, both sides smooth. Fructifications solitary, very large. Nat. of Pullo Pinang. 3. P. glabrum. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 93. Wall. Cat. p. 10, No. 281. Parasitical, rooting. Fronds subsessile, linear-lanceolar, from premorse to acute, smooth, and fleshy. Fructifications scattered in numerous dots, below the apex of the frond. Involucres obscure. Beng. Chitteea-borah. Nat. of Bengal. Found near Calcutta on the trunks of large old trees, &c. where there is much shade and humi- dity. Root perennial, creeping, with many ramous dark colour- ed fibres, generally covered with moss, bending in various directions, rough with umbilicated tuberosities, (the remain- ing sites of the fallen leaves,) otherwise the surface, when cleaned of earth, &c. is smooth, and of an olive colour. Fronds numerous, erect, sub-sessile, simple, lanceolate, entire, veinless, fleshy, very smooth on both sides; from 12 to 24 inches long, and from 2 to 3 broad, fertile and barren fronds alike. Fructifications in minute dots, irregularly scattered over the upper third or half of the frond. Capsules numerous, kidney-shaped, with an elevated, cre- nulated, brown band round the convex side of the transpa- rent integument ; each contains some minute grains, of a most beautiful bright shining gold colour. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 483 4, P. phyllitidis. Aspidiun Singaporianm, Wall. Cat. P. 64, No. 374 ? Stipes scaly near the base. Fronds (6-12 inches,) lanceo- late; entire, smooth. Fructifications in numerous scattered spots. Involucres obscure. Nat. of Chittagong. 5. P. pertusum. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 94.* Wall. Cat. p- 10, No. 267. | Parasitic, creeping. Fronds lanceolar, fleshy, entire, acu- minate; above smooth; underneath covered with minute scales. Fructifications lodged in deep pits, and so numer- ous over the upper half of the fronds, as often to render that part subcylindric. Involucre none. A native of the Delta of the Ganges, where it surrounds the trunks of trees with its brown woolly roots, interwoven with various kinds of moss, &c. Stems about as thick as a pack-thread, covered with dark, rust coloured scales. Stipes round, channelled, covered with minute stellate scales. Fronds \anceolate, fleshy, veinless ; above smooth; under- neath covered with minute stellate scales like the stipes. The fertile are in general narrower towards the point, with their margins involute, so as to appear like subcylindric spikes. ° Fructifications in deep pits over the exterior portions of the fronds. | 6. P. tomentosum, Rh. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 95.¢ P. mysur- ense Heyne.? Wall. Cat. p. 64, No. 269. Parasitic. Fronds lanceolate, entire, acuminate ; downy underneath. Fructifications over the centre, and nearly hid by the thick, soft, stellate down. Nat. of Hindoostan, on trunks of trees. * Niphobolus.—W. G. + Niphobolus.—W. G. 484 The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. Root ramous, creeping amongst moss, &c. Stipes from 2 to 3 inches long, clothed with soft, stellate, white down. Fronds all lanceolate, entire, long fine-pointed, upper surface pretty smooth, but like the stipe the underside is clothed with soft, stellate down; length about 6 inches. Fructification in numerous, large dots, over the centre _of the back of the fronds and nearly hid by the thick, soft, stellate down, already mentioned. 7. P. phymatodes. Linn. Mant. 306. Stipes smooth ; fronds from simple to being divided into as far as five, or more, linear-lanceolate lobes. Fructifica- tions scattered, large, and very conspicuous on the upper surface. Involucre none found. P. scolopendria. Burm. Flor. Ind. 232. Polypodium, &c. Burm. Zeyl. 196, t. 86. Nat. of various parts of India. 8. P. quercifolium. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 96. Parasitic; barren fronds sessile, ovate-cordate, slightly pinnatifid ; fertile ones long-stiped, and deeply divided into long sublinear segments. Fructifications scattered in nu- merous minute spots over the whole of the back of the leaves. Pannez-kelengo-maravara. Rheed. Mal. 12. ¢. 11. Polypodium Indicum majus. Rumph. Amb. 6. t. 36. Beng. Goroor. Nat. of various parts of India. Is a large species, grows on trees, with slowly creeping, broad, thick, fleshy, scaly- tomentose shoots. Root creeping, short, fleshy, covered with a thick coat of long, filiform, downy, scales. Fronds of two sorts; viz. barren and fertile. Barren ses- sile, cordate sinuate,, smooth, except for numerous beauti- fully reticulated veins. Ferte/e stand upon pretty long, half- round, smooth soméwhat winged petioles, they are deeply pinnatifid ; pimne alternate, tapering, smooth, entire. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 485 Fructification in numerous dots over the back of the pinne. Capsules most numerous, each supported on a long slender pedicel, subglobular, 4-5ths girt with a necklace-like elastic ring, l-celled, 1-valved. Seeds most numerous, of a bright shining gold colour. 9. P. excavatum. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 97. Fronds all long-stiped, from simple to deeply pinnatifid; lacinie lanceolate, acute. Fructifications solitary, in two _ rows of very large, naked spots, lodged in deep concavities. Polypodium Indicum glabrum. Rumph. Amb. 6. t. 35. Nat. of the Moluccas. Introduced into the Botanic Gar- den in 1798, where it fructifies during the rains.* oot creeping horizontally under the surface of the earth, about as thick as a stout rattan, with numerous, filiform, ramous, hard fibres issuing from them, and penetrating deep into the ground. Stipes straight, smooth, round, from 6 to 12 inches long. Fronds barren and fertile alike, oblong, pinnatifid ; very smooth on both sides; from 12 to 18 inches long. Lacinie ensiform or tongue-shaped, sometimes obtuse, sometimes pointed ; sinuses rounded, margins most entire. Fructifications in only two rows of naked, equally distant between the nerve and margin, distinct, rather remote, very large, round spots, lodged in deep hollows; which are equally conspicuous on the upper surface of the frond as on the under. Involucre none. Capsules pedicelled, 2-valved, girt, with a jointed elastic ring. | _ It has much the appearance of Polypodium quercifolium, but differs from it in many respects. ‘The most obvious are, * Common on Walls, Malacca.—W. G. 486 The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. Ist. Here the root runs under ground, whereas P. querct- folium is parasitical, thick, fleshy, densely clothed with brown fibres. 2nd. Here the fronds are all stiped, and deeply pinnatifid, with only two rows of large naked fructifications on each pinnule. In the other, the barren fronds are sessile, and the fructification consists of numerous small dots scattered over the segments of the fertile fronds. 10. P. semipinnatum. R. Stipes smooth; fronds smooth, composed of one or two distinct, remote pair of broad, variously-shaped segments below; and a large terminal, 3-lobed one. Fructifications in numerous, approximate, distinct spots, over the whole disk. Involucre obscure. Nat. of the Malay Islands. . Is very like my Acrostichum semipinnatum. Section Il.—With compound leaves. Polypodium lucidum. R. Icon. Roxb. Suppl. 5, t. 2. Fronds pinnate: stipes smooth, leaflets subalternate, ses- sile, linear-lanceolate, entire, smooth. Fructifications in a single line, of large, remote spots, on each side, half-way between the margin and nerve. A native of Nepaul, from thence introduced into the Botanic Garden at Calcutta, by Dr. Buchanan in 1802; general height of the whole plant from 18 inches to 2 feet. Fructifies during the rains.* Shoots creeping, thick, and fleshy, pretty smooth, colour a deep green. Fronds few, alternate, nearly erect, oval, from 1 to 2 feet long, stipe included ; pinnate. Leaflets opposite, and alternate, sessile, narrow-lanceolate, with oblique tapering base, entire, smooth, and shining; of a thin but firm tex- * Khassia Hills, common.—W. G. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 487 ture: the terminal one often bifid, or trifid, and those next to it more or less decurrent; general length from 4 to 6 inches. Stipes from 6 to 12 inches long, round, and smooth. Fructification in a single line, of remote, large, round spots, half-way between the margin and rib. Involucre not discovered. ll. P. flagelliferum. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t.99. Aspidium flagelliferum. R. Wall. Cat. p. 67, No. 2234. Shoots creeping under ground, stipes hairy; fronds sub- alternately pinnate, proliferous at top; leaflets broad, ensi- form, crenate, and crenulate, smooth. Fructifications in one row, on each side, half-way between the nerve and margin. Involucre reniform. Nat. of Bengal. Fructifying time the rainy season. Root fibrous, and from the base of the stipes, where they unite, spring many, very long, slender runners. Stopes a little woolly, particularly while young, and near the base, dark chesnut colour, furrowed on the anterior side; whole length, frond included, from 2 to 3 feet. Fronds pinnate, terminating in an incurved, somewhat gem- ma-like knob, which strikes root, and produces other plants where it rests on the ground. Pinne alternate, sessile, ensiform, with enlarged bases, the lower pairs, (and they extend down to near the base of the stipe,) broader, shorter, and sterile, with their margins slightly serrate. The superior pairs fertile, longer, narrower, and crenulate; all are smooth on both sides. Fructifications in a single row of distinct dots on each side of the nerve. Involucrum reniform. tal? ferrugineum. R. Stzpes and nerves clothed with much brown, scaly pubes- cence; fronds (3-5 feet high,) alternately pinnate; leaflets 3 Q 488 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. ensiform, base truncate, with the upper angle thereof rather enlarged, the fertile crenulate. Fructifications large, in a line near the margin. Involucre round. Nat. of Amboyna. 13. P. rupestre. R. Petioles smooth; fronds pinnate, (3-4 feet high,) smooth ; leaflets subalternate, narrow-lanceolar, scarcely crenate. Fructifications solitary, (forming a line on each side the nerve, of rather remote dots.) Involucre obscure. Nat. of Pinang, on mossy shaded rocks of granite. 14. P. radicans. Burm. Aspidium auriculatum Sw. Wall. Cat. p. 67, No. 2233. Scandent, and supported by tendrils or roots, from short, remote, scaly, frond-bearing shoots. Fronds pinnate; sterile leaflets oblong; fertile ensiform, with base truncate, and there enlarged on the upper angle; all are obtuse. Fructi- fications in a line near the margin. Involucre round-reni- form. P. radicans. Burm. Fl. Ind. 233. t. 66. f. 3. is not un- like the sterile frond, and was most likely intended for the same plant. Nat. of the Malay Islands, &c. 15. P. unitum. Burm. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 100. Stipes smooth; fronds (2-3 feet high,) pinnate; leaflets barren and fertile alike, ensiform, serrate, villous under- neath. Fructifications generally scattered, and nearer the margin than the nerve. Involucre ciliate. Filix Zeylanica. Burm. Zeyl. 1. 44, f. 1. I doubt if this is Desfontaine’s Barbary plant. His des- cription does not well accord with our East Indian species. Here our leaflets are not pinnatifid, but serrate, with a single line of distinct spots, a little removed from the mar- gin. It is probably a Davallia or Dicksonia. Unfortunately I neglected examining the involucre when I had it in my power. The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. 489 16. P. sophoroides. Thunb. in Linn. Trans. 2. 341.* Fronds pinnate, a little hairy ; leaflets ensiform, gashed-ser- rate, the lower pair of serratures longer ; terminal one taper- ing to a fine serrated point. Fructifications sometimes in a single line of spots on each side of the nerve; sometimes they form a nearly continued line near the margins of the incisures. Nat. of the Moluccas, &c. Fructifies during the rainy season. 17. P. proliferum. Rh. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 101. Fronds pinnate, drooping, and often ending in long creep- ing flagelli; leaflets opposite, and alternate, tapering from a truncated base, obtusely crenulate, smooth. Fructifications in lines parallel with the veins. Beng. Depu. Flind. Kull-ke-jaup. Nat. of Bengal, and the more interior parts of India. Grows among brushwood, long grass, &c. in moist shady places about Calcutta; fructifies during the latter part of the rainy season. Root creeping, flexuose, dark blackish rust colour, with many fibres of the same hue. Stipe smooth, channelled, as thick as a quill; of various lengths according to soil, &c. the whole length of it and the fronds, including the tail, is often as much as 10-12 feet. Fronds drooping, pinnate. Leaflets sessile, opposite, and alternate, sword-shaped, with an oblique cordate base ; margins notched; notches lanceolate; both sides smooth, with numerous, beautiful, parallel, diverging veins, each ending in the apex of a notch; the largest are from 4 to 6 inches long, those of the tail small, often hastate or 3-lobed. Tail long, sarmentous. Note.—In luxuriant plants the fronds are frequently ram- ous, that is here and there a similar frond growing from the _ axils of the leaflets. * Aspidium Sophoroides, Hb. Roxb. Wall. Cat. p. 67 No, 22382 490 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Fructifications numerous, minute approximate in paral- lel lines, one on each side of the diverging veins; each dot composed of a number of minute, pedicelled globules, girt with their brown crenulated, elastic rings; there is a constant succession of them for a length of time. Note.—It may be P. unitum, as it agrees better with the Linnean definition of that plant, and with the figures in Burman’s Thesaurus Zylanicus, and Sloane’s History of Ja- maica, than with the definition of P. parastticum, though the figure of that species in Rheede’s Hortus Malabaricus agrees with this plant tolerably well, the tail of the a excepted. 18. P. acuminatum. R. Fronds alternately pinnate, smooth, (3-6 feet high;) leaflets ensiform, cuspidate, with base truncate, serrate, serratures very small, but distinct towards the top. Fructi- fications in lines parallel with the veins. Involucre minute, and soon disappears. 19. P. mucronatum. R. Fronds alternately pinnate; stipes somewhat hairy; pinne ensiform, acutely serrate, finely acuminate. Fructifications in numerous minute spots, arranged in lines between the veins ; no involucre. A native of Silhet. In the Botanic Garden, at Calcutta, it grows obliquely to the height of about 2 feet, and fructi- fies during the cold season. The texture of the leaves is hard, and glossy: the apex quite ensiform, the serratures of a middling size, and very acute. 20. P. tenerum. R. Fronds alternately-pinnate ; pinne linear-lanceolate, gash- serrate, acuminate. Fructification in a few spots on each side of the veins: involucre reniform. A native of Szlhef. In the Botanic Garden at Calcutta, it grows to the height of from 12 to 18 inches, is of a delt- cate soft texture, and somewhat villous. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 491 21. P. cuspidatum. R. P. urophyllum. Wall. Cat. 64, No. 299, (quod nomen delendum.) Fronds alternately pinnate, (3-6 feet high;) leaflets alter- nate (6-12 inches long,) linear-lanceolate, cuspidate, bluntly serrate, smooth; the whole nearly equal in size. Fructifi- cations in lines parallel with the veins, and running their whole length. Involucres none visible. Nat. of Pinang, under the shade of lofty trees. 22. P. semisagittatum. R. Base of the stipes scaly; fronds (6-18 inches high,) sub- oppositely-pinnate; leaflets serrate, smooth, the superior ensiform; the lower small, and triangular. Fructifications in numerous dots, parallel with the nerve of the segments. Involucres round, with a fissure on one side. Nat. of the Delta of the Ganges, Chittagong, &c. 23. P. wnvolucratum. R. Stipes smooth ; fronds alternately pinnate ; leaflets remote, petiolate, lanceolar, cuspidate, margins waved. Fructifica- tions in numerous spots, over the whole disk. Involucres very large, round, entire, permanent. Nat. of Amboyna. 24. P. nudatum. R. Fronds alternately pinnate; leaflets rather remote, sessile, smooth, incurve-ensiform, fine taper-pointed, rounded at the base, margins very equally serrate, the terminal one larger, but not more deeply serrate than the rest. Fructifications in numerous minute dots, in lines parallel with the veins. Involucres none. | Nat. of Amboyna. 95. P. scabrum. R. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2225. Stipes scabrous, and hirsute ; fronds (6-12-feet high,) alter- nately pinnate; leaflets linear, most long, smooth on both sides, gash-serrate, fine-entire-pointed. Fructifications in 2 lines, of numerous, round spots, close to the nerves of the serrature of the pinne. Involucre uncertain. 492 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Nat. of the tops of the highest mountains of Amboyna, It differs from all I have yet found, in having the fructifi- cations close to the veins, (nerves of the serratures or seg- ments.) 26. P. parasiticum. Aspidium parasiticum, Hb. Madras, Wall. Cat. 67, No. 2239 ? Stipes sometimes pubescent; fronds lanceolate, (3-4-feet high,) pinnate; leaflets subalternate, ensiform, pinnatifid (to the middle,) apices fine, and entire; barren segments obtuse, entire, the lower pair larger. Fructifications in two rows, parallel with the nerves of the segments. Involucres round- reniform. Nat. of various parts of India. ‘The above definition is taken from Molucca plants. 27. P. longifolium R. Fronds linear, (3-4 feet high,) pinnate leaflets ; alternate, and opposite, ensiform, pinnatifid, apices rather obtuse ; entire, and fertile throughout; segments entire, incurved, ‘obtuse. Fructifications in two lines, of numerous spots, parallel with the nerves of the segments. Involucre round- reniform, uncommonly permanent. Nat. of Amboyna. 28. P. acutum. R. Stipes smooth, channelled; fronds (3-4 feet high,) lanceo- late, a little hairy, sub-bipinnate ; leaflets subalternate, linear- lanceolate, and ensiform, pinnatifid to near the base; most acute, segments linear, incurved, entire, rather obtuse. Fructifications in two lines, parallel with the nerves of the segments. Involucre round, 2-lobed. Nat. of Amboyna. Differs from P. longifolium, in the leaflets having exceeding acute, sterile apices ; and in being more deeply pinnatifid. 29. P. pilosum. R. Fronds (12-18 inches high,) hairy bipinnate at the base, middle pinnate, top pinnatifid, leaflets acute, their lobes The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Koxburgh. 493 obtuse, and from entire to serrate, or even gashed. Fructifi- cations scattered, or in two lines, parallel with the nerves of the segment. Involucre round. Nat. of Chittagong, near the Burning Weils. 30. P. dichotomum. Thunb. Fl. Jap. 338. t. 37. good. Fronds dichotomous, about half the divisions of the rachis naked, smooth; leaflets pectinato-pinnatifid; segments se- parated to very near the base, linear, diverging, obtuse. Fructifications in two lines, of minute spots, on the segments of the pinne. : Acrostichum furcatum. Linn. sp. 1529. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. bl. P. furcatum. kh. Scandent. Fronds dichotomous, all the divisions (of the rachis) furnished with diverging, linear, pectinato-pinnatifid segments. Found in the forests of Pullo Pinang, running over fallen trees, &c. &c. to a great extent. 32. P. multiflorum. R. Stipes smooth. Fronds (6-8 feet high,) suboppositely, and alternately bipinnate below, and bipinnatifid, and finally pinnatifid towards the top; leaflets remote, fertile fine point- ed; segments thereof subensiform; the larger gashed, the smaller crenate. Fructifications numerous, scattered, (almost confluent.) Involucre uncertain. Nat. of Amboyna. 33. P. confertum. R. Stipes smooth, erect, (3-4 feet high,) fronds from bipinnate below, to bipinnatifid, and finally pinnatifid towards the top; leaflets rather remote, sublinear, fine-fertile-pointed ; segments broad-ensiform, somewhat incurved, from gashed to obscurely crenate. Fructifications in numerous, large, crowded spots, covering the whole of the back of the frond. Found by Mr. Roxburgh in Chittagong, under the shade of trees. 494: The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 34. P. confluens. R. Stipes scaly: fronds (1-2 feet high,) smooth, bipinnate at the base, becoming less compound to the obtuse pinnatifid apex; pinne tapering ; segments thereof obtuse, linear, con- fluent, from entire to serrate, or even pinnatifid. Fructifica- tions in two lines parallel with the nerves of the segments. Nat. of Chittagong. 35. P. squarrosum. fh. Stipes to the top of the frond clothed with long, brown, ragged scales and hairs; fronds linear, alternately-bippi- nate, (2-3 feet high:) pinnz linear ; leaflets subtriangular, mucronate, and acutely jagged, particularly on the anterior margin. Fructifications few, and large, in two rows. Invo- lucre peltate. Found by Captain Hardwicke on the tops of the moun- tains between Hurdwar and Sirinagur. 36. P. scariosum. Rh. Stipes clothed with scariose, scaly hairs to the top of the fronds (which are 3-5 feet high,) subalternately bipinnate : pinne sublanceolate ; leaflets trapeziform, crenate-serrate, smooth. Fructifications scattered, numerous, large. Invo- lucre obscure. Nat. of Amboyna. ov. P. impuber. Rh. Stipes smooth ; fronds (5-6 feet high,) alternately bipin- nate ; pinnz linear, ending in fine, serrated, barren points ; leaflets oblong, obtuse, entire, smooth ; on the lower half of the pinne distinct; on the exterior confluent. Fructifica- tions in two lines, parallel with the nerve of the leaflets. In- volucre obscure. Nat. of Amboyna ; an elegant, firm, polished species. 38. P. affine. Forst. Flor. Austr. p. 83. Stipes with large scariose scales at the base ; fronds (3-4 feet high,) alternately bipinnate; pinnz tapering; leaflets linear-oblong, obtuse, smooth, to the middle pinnatifid. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 495 , Fructifications somewhat scattered, inserted amongst hairs, on elevated receptacles. Involucre obscure. Nat. of Amboyna. 39. P. elatum. R. Stipes smooth; fronds (many feet high,) alternately tri- pinnatifid ; pinne linear, fine serrate; barren pointed, leaf- lets ensiform ; fertile pointed, pinnatifid ; segments thereof incurved, scarce serrulate, obtuse. Fructifications large, in a crowded line, near the margin of the segments. Involucre obscure. Nat. of Amboyna. 40. P. tridentatum. fh. Stipes smooth. Fronds (of a delicate texture, 2-4 feet high,) alternately tri-pinnatifid; pinne linear, tapering to most fine, long, serrate points; leaflets of nearly the same form, and deeply pinnatifid; segments thereof linear, ser- rate, with dentate apices. Fructifications remote and small, in two rows of solitary spots near the base of each of the segments of the leaflets. Involucre obscure. Nat. of the Island of Banda; an elegant, finely-divided plant, of a soft, delicate texture. 41. P. arborescens. R. P. arboreum. Hb. Roxb. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2226. ? Arborescent. Stipes smooth; fronds alternately tri-pin- natifid; pinne linear, ending in long, fine, crenate, fertile points; leaflets ensiform, fertile-pointed, to the base pinna- tifid, segments thereof linear-oblong, incurved. Fructifica- tions in a line of dots, on each side of the nerve of the seg- ments of the leaflets. Involucre obscure. Nat. of the Island of Honimoa, one of the Moluccas; yet I cannot think Rumphius’s ee Hb. Amb. vol. 6, t. 27, is the same. 42, P. felinum. R. Scandent. Stipes rough with minute prickles, (like the tongue of a cat;) fronds alternately tri-pinnatifid ; pinne, oR 496 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. linear, (2-3 feet long ;) leaflets broad-ensiform, with serrate, barren points; near the base often pinnate, the rest deeply pinnatifid ; segments thereof linear, crenulate, obtuse, in- curved. Fructifications in two crowded lines, parallel with and close to the nerve of the segments. Involucre obscure. Nat. of Amboyna and Pullo Pinang, climbing, in ie situations, over fallen trees, &c. 43. P. dubium. R. Davallia Roxburghii. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2218. Fronds alternately quadri-pinnatifid, smooth, (several feet high ;) its ultimate divisions obtuse, tending to be trapezi- form, and more or less deeply gashed. Fructifications in solitary spots at the bottom of the fissures of the leaflets. In- volucre opens on the anterior margin, forming a pouch. Nati. of the Moluccas. Is probably a Davallia. 44. P. cemulum. Ait. Kew. 3. 466. Fronds quadri-pinnatifid, smooth, and delicate ; ultimate divisions narrow-trapeziform-oblong, sides pinnatifid, or gashed and denticulate at tip. Fructifications solitary on the segments. Involucre reniform, peltate and ciliate. Nat. of the mountains north of Rohilcund. 10. ASPLENIUM. Fructifications disposed in straight, subparallel lines. Zn- volucre originating laterally from a vein, and separating in- wards. 1. A. Nidus. Linn. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 198. Fronds simple (1-3 feet,) subsessile, linear-lanceolate, en- tire, glossy ; veins numerous and parallel. Fructifications in approximated lines, with a very conspicuous involucre, sepa- rating upwards and inwards, (that is, towards the apex of the leaf.) Nat. of Chittagong, Malay Islands, &c. It grows in large compact bowl-shaped tufts, not unlike a bird’s nest; the specific name is therefore particularly appropriate. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 497 2. A. reticulatum. R. Grammitis macrophylla. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 10. Fronds simple, (1-2 feet,) subsessile, lanceolate, entire, smooth, with reticulated veins. Fructifications in rather remote parallel lines. Involucre not visible. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 3d. A. lingueforme. R. Stipes long, and polished ; fondly tongue-shaped, entire, smooth. Fructifications in numerous, approximated lines, over the whole disk, and extending almost to the margin. (Involucre not visible in the dry specimens.) Nat. of the Moluccas. 4, A. monanthemoides. R. Stipes polished, round, with a groove; fronds (6-12 in- ches high,) alternately-pinnate ; leaflets delicate, smooth, trapeziform, very obtuse, anterior and exterior margins dentate-serrate ; posterior entire. Fructifications in short lines, on both sides of the nerve; when the involucre ex- pands they become round, (as in Polypodium.) ' Nat. of Chittagong. 5. A. trapeziforme. R. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2213. Stipes polished; fronds (12-18 inches,) alternately pin- nate; leaflets trapeziform, very obtuse, serrate, except a small portion of the posterior margin near the base, smooth. Fructifications in many lines, on both sides of the nerve. Involucre separating inwards. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 6. A. coriaceum. R. Asplenium Finlaysonianum. Wall. 63, No. 191, (qoud nomen delendum.) Stipes smooth ; fronds (1-2 feet high,) alternately pinnate ; leaflets obliquely-ovate ensiform-falcate, remotely serrate, smooth, coriaceous. Fructifications in numerous parallel lines, over the whole of the disk. Involucre very conspicu- ous. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 498 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 7. A. serrulatum. R. Stipes smooth ; fronds (2-3 feet high,) alternately pinnate ; leaflets (about 15) smooth; broad-ensiform, margins re- motely serrulate; inner upper angle enlarged ; terminal lobe larger, and pinnatifid. Fructifications in lines, on the (se- condary) veins, of which the lower are often double. Invo- lucre single or double, according with the lines. Nat. of Amboyna and other Malay Islands. 8. A. crenatum. R. Stipes smooth; fronds smooth; (several feet high,) alter- nately pinnate; leaflets linear-ensiform, elegantly crenate, (6-9 inches long.) Fructifications in numerous double and single lines, on the (secondary) veins. Involucre double or single. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 9. A. cultrifolium. Linn. Stipes smooth, grooved ; fronds (2-4 feet high,) suboppo- sitely pinnate; leaflets lanceolate-falcate, taper-pointed, gash-serrate, firm and smooth. Fructifications in rather re- mote, longish, parallel lines. Involucre separating inwards. Nat. of Amboyna. 10. A. varium. R. Fronds alternately-pinnate ; leaflets from ensiform to li- near, and obtuse, smooth, largely-crenate, inner crenature on the upperside very large. Fructifications in various sized single and double lines. Involucre single and double, each separating outwards. Nat. of Amboyna. 11. A. hemionitordes. R. Stipes pretty smooth; fronds lanceolate, alternately pin- nate; leaflets faleate, obtuse, the lower pinnatifid ; the up- per more or less crenate-serrate, inner crenature on the up- per side larger. Fructifications generally in double lines, with a vein between them. Involucres double. Nat. of the Malay Islands. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 499 In the double lines and involucres, it approaches to Smith’s character of Hemionitis. 12. A. mixtum. R. Stipes smooth; fronds lanceolate, alternately pinnate ; leaflets ensiform, with tapering, serrate, fertile points, the rest more or less pinnatifid, with the segments thereof round- ed. Fructifications in short lines, on the veins of the segments ; the lower one, at least, always double. Involucre in the single lines, separating inwards ; in the double, both ways. Nat. of Amboyna. 13. A. multifiorum. R. Fronds pinnate, (3-6 feet high,) with angular, hairy pe- tioles; leaflets numerous, alternate, ensiform, pinnatifid. Fructifications in two rows, of short, parallel, single lines on the veins of the segments of the pinne. Involucre sepa- rating on the side next the nerve of the segment. Nat. of the Malay Islands, under the shade of trees. 14. A. bipinnatum. R. Icon. Roxb. Suppl. 5, t. 1. Fronds alternately-bipinnate, (3-4 feet high;) pinne re- mote, recurved ; leaflets broad-ensiform, smooth, remotely crenate, truncate at the base. Fructifications in minute, single, parallel lines, on the veins of the segments of the leaflets. Involucre separating inwards. Nat. of Amboyna, but introduced into the Botanic Garden at Calcutta, where it fructifies during the rains. Root, the united bases of the stipes form something like a very short, oblique, ragged, blackish one, or a trunk, which sends forth numerous radical fibres into the ground. Stipes 18 inches long, nearly 4-sided ; upper side grooved, toward the base somewhat scaly, otherwise they are smooth. Fronds alternately bipinnate, ovate-oblong, 2-3 feet long. Pinne alternate, 8-12 inches long. Pinnules sub-opposite, and alternate, sessile, ensiform, crenate, base truncate, smooth, 2-3 inches long. Fructifications in parallel lines. 500 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Involucre originating from a vein, separating inwards or both ways. 15. A. cicutarium. Linn. Shoots creeping, scaly. Stipes alternate, polished ; fronds alternately subtripinnate, as broad as long, (6-8 inches high;) ultimate divisions subovate, with the anterior margins cre- nate-dentate, firm,.and smooth on both sides. Nat. of the mountains north of Rohilcund. 16. A. tripinnatum. R. ¢ Stipes polished, grooved ; fronds (2 feet high,) alternately tripinnate; ultimate divisions thereof wedge-shaped with their apices premorse, deeply notched, and generally two or three-flowered. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. 17. A. woodwardioides. R. Stipes smooth ; fronds (2 feet high,) subovate, smooth, alternately-bipinnate ; leaflets broad-ensiform ; those of the inferior pinnee pinnatifid ; of the upper more or less serrate. Fructifications in oblong spots along the nerve, but forming a sharp angle with it. Involucre separating towards the nerve. Found at Chittagong by Dr. Buchanan. 11. HEMIONITIS. Fructifications digested in scattered or branched lines, each of them double, with a vein running between. Involuere originating from a vein, and each separating outwards. 1. H. cordifolia. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 103. Fronds cordate, obtuse, entire. Lines of the fructifica- tions decussated, forming rhomboidal interstices. Beng. Chacooly. Nat. of Bengal. Grows in a rich wet soil about Calcutta. Root fibrous, perennial. Fronds oblong-cordate, obtuse, entire; smooth on the upper surface, a little hairy underneath; from 3 to 6 inches long; the fructiferous fronds smallest, and on much longer stipes. The Crypiogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. O01 Stipes slender, channelled, woolly, dark purple; from 2 to 12 inches long. Lines of the fructification decussating, numerous over the whole underside of the fronds, leaving but small oblong interstices. Capsules most numerous, short pedicelled, girt with an elastic ring. Seeds very numerous. 2. H. reticulata. R. Antrophyum reticulatum. Kaulf. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 40. Fronds in tufts, sessile, cuneate-lanceolate, entire. Nerve vanishing towards the middle of the frond; veins and lines of the fructification reticulated, forming sublanceolate in- terstices. Nat. of the Moluccas. 12. SCOLOPENDRIUM. Fructifications in scattered double lines, placed between two veins. Jnvolucre originating from the surface, (or rather from the veins,) lying over one another longitudinally, and separating by a longitudinal suture. Smath. S. lanceolatum. Rf. Parasitical, creeping. Stipes polished. Fronds lanceolate, entire, acute, the barren greatly larger, and with shorter stipes. Nat. of Chittagong. 13. BLECHNUM. Fructifications disposed in two-parallel lines, approaching the nerve. Jnvolucre originating from the surface, continu- ed; separating towards the nerve. 1. B. angustifolium. R. Stipes polished, as long as the simple, linear-lanceolate, entire, smooth fronds. Fructifications in an uninterrupted 502 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. line, half-way between the nerve and margin. Involucre obscure. | Nat. of the Moluccas, grows about 12 or 18 inches high. 2, B. glabrum. R. Teenitis blechnoides. Sw. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 141. Stipes smooth. Fronds (3-4 feet high,) suboppositely pin- nate; leaflets short-petioled, linear-lanceolate, entire, rather obtuse, firm and smooth. Fructifications in an uninterrupt- ed line, half-way between the nerve and margin. Involucre obscure. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where it is found growing under the shade of lofty trees. : 3. B. decurrens. R. Stipes smooth; fronds alternately pinnate; leaflets (above a foot long,) linear, sessile, attenuated at the base, and de- current. Lines of the fructification close to the nerve. Found by Dr. Hunter. on Prince of Wales’ Island. 4, B. moluccanum. R. Blechnum orientale, Linn. Wall. ) Cat. 61, .No25%. Stipes smooth. Fronds (6-9 feet high,) alternately pinnate ; leaflets ensiform, firm,-smooth, and entire. Fructifications close to the nerve of the leaflets. Involucre of a very firm texture, and separating from the nerve. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Islands, Moluccas, &c. 14. PTERIS. Fructifications in an uninterrupted marginal line. In- volucre from the margin of the frond, turned in uninterrupt- ed, separating on the inner side. P. graminifolia. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 104, f. 3.* Parasitic. Fronds linear, very long (2-3 feet) entire pen- dulous. . * Vittaria.—W. G. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 503 Nat. of the close dark forests of Sil/het, where it is found suspended on trees, resembling long tufts of long, narrow- leaved grass. P. angustifolia. Swartz. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 104, f. 2. Parasitic, creeping. Fronds (4-6 inches,) subsessile, sim- ple, linear-lanceolar, acute, smooth. Fructification occupy- ing the whole margin. ‘ Nat. of the Delta of the Ganges, where it is found growing on the trunks of trees, intermixed with mosses, &c. parasitic plants, of various kinds. Stems creeping, but short, and covered with much dark brown long hair. Stipes short, roundish. Fronds \inear-lanceolate, smooth on both sides; from 4 to i2 inches long. Fructifications in a continued marginal line. Involucre, a continuation of the epidermis of the upper surface of the frond, reflected over the capsules, and until they are ripe adhering to the under surfaces. 2. P. piloselloides. Linn. Sp. Pl. Banks. ic. Kempf. t. 31. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 104, f. 1.* Parasitic, creeping, filiform. Fronds subsessile, succulent, veinless, obtuse, entire ; barren from oval to oblong ; fertile linear. Nat. of Chittagong, creeping upon the trunks of trees. Stems and branches filiform, equally thick throughout, climbing on trees, and rooting like Ivy, many feet in length. Leaves subsessile, succulent, veinless, obtuse; the barren from round to oblong, and perfectly entire; length about an inch, fertile linear, and linear-lanceolate ; length from 2 to 4 inches. Fructification in an entire marginal line, even round the obtuse apices, and down to near the base. Involucre fleshy. * Nothochlena.—W. G. ©9 wm 504 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 3d. P.lobata. RK. » Petioles smooth, nearly as long as the thin, polished, 2 or 3-lobed fronds. Nat. of the Moluccas. 4. P. vittata. Osh. It. t. 4. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 105. Pteris longifolia. Linn. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 111. Stipes alternate, from a creeping root, polished. Fronds alternately pinnate, (2-5 feet high); leaflets sessile, ensi- form, all the sterile part have their margins waved and spinulose. Fructifications occupy the lower two-thirds, or more. Nat. of the Delia of the Ganges, &c. Fructifies in the Botanic Garden most part of the year. Root (or rather stem) creeping under ground. Stipes springing alternate from the creeping root or stem, polished, channelled, dark brown; whole length, frond included, from 2 to 4 feet. Fronds pinnate with an odd one, 2-3 feet long, smooth. Pinne sub-opposite, sessile, ensiform, tapering to a very long fine point; margins of the fertile (pinnz as far as they are so) straight and entire, of the sterile waved and serru- late, the serratures often end in sharp cartilaginous points; all are smooth, and shining on both sides. Fructifications in an uninterrupted marginal line, extend- ing from the base for about two-thirds or more of the (fertile) pinne. Involucrum from the margin of the pinnz turned in, un- interrupted, separating on the inner side. To Pteris amplexicaulis (now before me): this comes the nearest of any other I have hitherto met with, yet differs essentially. Ist. Here (in P. vittata) the stipes rise single from the creeping stem, and are long and polished. There (in P. amplexicaulis) they grow in tufts and are short, and when old, scabrous ; when young, woolly. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 505 2nd. Here the pinne are not enlarged into a stipe-clasp- ing base; taper to a very long fine point, and are (in gene- ral) fertile for only about two-thirds their length. There they have enlarged stipe clasping bases, are rather obtuse pointed, and are fertile almost to the very points. 5. P. amplexicaulis. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 106. P. am- plectens. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 112, (quod nomen delendum.) Stipes in tufts, short, somewhat rough. Fronds oblong, (about 2 feet high,) alternately pinnate, smooth; leaflets sessile, ensiform, rather obtuse, with two enlarged, stipe-clasp- ing, rounded lobes at the base; the barren most finely ser- rulate ; the terminal one greatly longer than the rest. Fruc- tifications occupy the whole margin, except the very apices. Nat. of Bengal, in shady, moist places. Also among ruins of brick buildings. Is sometimes parasitical. Stipes short, on the forepart channelled, woolly, from | to 2 feet long. Frond \inear-oblong, pinnate with an odd one, leaflets below opposite; above frequently alternate; all are sessile, linear, entire, smooth; at the base broadest, and there obliquely cordate, from 2 to 3 inches long, and from 4 to 4 an inch broad ; in small plants the terminal one is often as long, or even longer, than the rest of the frond. Note.—In a good soil, amongst brushwood, or long grass I have found them 3-4 feet high, the terminal leaflet is then as short, or shorter than the rest. 6. P. linearis. R. Stipesrough. Fronds alternately-pinnate, (4-5 feet high ;) leaflets linear, entire, very long, smooth, both sides rounded, and greatly protruded at the base. Fructifications occupy the whole margins, and when most expanded, leave very little of the naked pinnz to be seen. Nat. of Amboyna. 7. P. scandens. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 107. Lomaria scan- dens. Willd. Wall. Cat. 6, No. 36. 506 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Stem creeping up, and over large trees. Stipes somewhat armed. Fronds alternately-pinnate; sterile leaflets linear- lanceolate, acutely-serrate, cuspidate; fertile filiform, Filix non ramosa, &c. Burm. Zeylan. p. 100, t. 46, good for part of a barren leaf only. Panna valli. Rheed. Mal. 12, ¢t. 35, the barren leaves. Nat. of various parts of India ; very old plants only fructi- fy during the rains; and when the involucre is fairly open, it may be taken for an Acrostichum. | Stems about as thick as a ratan, creeping up, and over trees of the first magnitude, flexuose, angular, tolerably smooth, except for little, rather sharp, warty prickles scat- tered over every part. Stipes alternate, grooved on the upper sides, smooth, except for a few very minute prickles; length to the pinnz from 6 to 12 inches. Fronds pinnate, about 3 feet long, drooping a little. Leaflets (pinne,) from ten to twenty pair, alternate, sub- sessile. ‘The barren lanceolate, long, taper, acute pointed, and most acutely serrate, smooth on both sides, veins nume- rous, very fine, and nearly diverging; general length from 6 to 9 inches, and about 1 inch broad. Fertile \eaflets before the involucre opens filiform, after the capsules begin to burst, they become considerably broader; if found in this state only, it may be taken for an Acrostichum, and when still more advanced, the edges of the leaflets and involucre become involute, exposing the numerous minute capsules as if it were in a spike. Involucre uncertain. 8. P. lunulata. Retz. Obs. 2, No. 99,¢. 4. Adiantum lunu- latum. Burm. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 77. Stipes in tufts, polished, black. Fronds (6-18 inches,) long- er than the petioles, recurved, alternately pinnate; leaflets petioled, somewhat crescent-shaped, smooth. Avenka. Rheed. Mal. 12, ¢. 40. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 507 Hind. Kull-k’ha. ; Common in most parts of India, sometimes the margin is broken, when it resembles an Adiantum, and is very like A. lunulatum, but at all times sufficiently distinct. 9. P. multifida. R. Stipes polished, black-purple ; barren fronds cordate-lo- bate; fertile very long-petioled, pedato-bipinnatifid, with long, ensiform, acute segments. A terrestrial, elegant species. The barren fronds about a foot high ; the fertile from 2 to 3 feet. It is a native of the province of Chittagong. 10. P. dimidiata. R. Pteris semipinnata. Linn. Wall. Cat. 62, No. 97. Stipes polished, brown, fronds alternately-semi-bipinnate, smooth, (about 3 feet high ;) leaflets halved, linear, and en- tire on the upper side of the nerve; broad and pinnate, or deeply pinnatifid on the under; segments thereof entire, li- near-oblong. Fructifications round the whole margins. Nat. of Chittagong. Is one of the most beautiful Ferns I have ever seen. 1]. P. bicolor R. Cheilanthes dealbata. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 71. Stipes polished, dark brown, filiform; fronds (3-12 inches high,) bipinnatifid ; pinnze opposite, pinnatifid ; segments ob- tuse, crenate, green above, perfectly white underneath. In- volucre brown, with lacerated margin. Nat. of the mountains north of Rohilcund. 12. P. pectinata. R. Stipes smooth ; fronds subbipinnate, smooth ; pinne few, opposite; segments thereof entire, linear, falcate, obtuse, confluent. Fructifications occupy the whole of the margins, except the very apex. Nat. of the Moluccas. 15. P. quadriaurita. Retz. Obs. 6, N. 86. Stipes somewhat scabrous; fronds opposite, and alter- nately-bipinnatifid, (3 or 4 feet high, and the petioles about 908 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. as much more,) smooth ; pinnz linear ; the lower pair some- times doubled, deeply (almost quite to the nerve,) pinnatifid ; segments thereof falcate, obtuse, entire, the terminal one ensiform, and when barren crenate. Nat. of the Moluccas. 14. P. gracilis. R. Stipes smooth; fronds decursively, suboppositely bipin- nate; pinne few and remote; barren leaflets elliptically- lanceolar, and acutely serrate ; fertile linear, and many times longer than the barren. A terrestrial species, a native of Chittagong. The fertile fronds are very slender, and about 20 inches high; the barren little more than half of that. 15. P. tripinnatifida. R. Stipes polished ; fronds (3-4 feet high,) smooth, opposite- ly tripinnatifid; pinnz broad-ensiform, with more or less deep, rounded triangular breaks and lobes. Fructifications in a very completely continued line, round every part of the margin. Nat. of the Moluccas. 16. P. pedatifida. R. Stipes trifid, with the lateral branches again bifid; or trifid, all the divisions thereof bipinnatifid ; pinnules linear, deeply pinnatifid; segments thereof linear-oblong, obtuse. Fructifications in a continued line, on the sides of the seg- ments. Nat. of Amboyna, and the Malay Islands, where it grows to be several feet high. 17. P. daucifolia. R. Stipes smooth; fronds ovate, (about 12 inches high,) al- ternately superdecompound ; its ultimate divisions minute and linear, almost entirely occupied with the fructifications. Nat. of the Eastern parts of Bengal. 18. P. succulenta. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 108. Acrosti- chum thalictroides et siliquosum. Roxb. Ceratopteris thalic- troides. Brongn. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 81. The Crypiogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 509 Annual, succulent. Fronds (from 2 inches to 5 feet high ;) the barren decompound, with ultimate divisions broad, and variously lobate; the fertile super-decompound, with ulti- mate divisions linear. Junglee Jhow of the Bengalis. Nat. of various parts of India, in wet places. Root fibrous, dark brown annual. Stipes between quadrangular and half round, sulcated. Fronds, barren pinnate, with pinnatifid leaflets. Fertile generally super-decompound ; divesions alternate ; leaflets su- bulate, furrowed on the back, smooth ; whole length (stipe —included,) from 4 inches to 4 feet. Fructifications in a line of numerous, distinct capsules, until ripe, completely hid under the entirely reflected mar- gins of the leaflets. Capsules sessile, globular, girt with the usual elastic ring. Seeds (or globules,) about 20 in each capsule. 15. VITTARIA. Fructifications in an uninterrupted marginal line. Involu- cre double, uninterrupted ; one from the surface separating outwards ; the other from the margin of the frond turned in, separating inwards. l. V. lineata. Smith. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 109. Parasitic, stipes very short, compressed; fronds both fertile and sterile linear, entire, smooth, (from 4 to 8 inches long.) Pteris lineata. Linn. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island: thence introduced into the Botanic Garden by Mr. W. Roxburgh, Jun. Parasitic with numerous fibrous roots, adhering to the bark of trees or putrid wood. Stem scarce any. Stipes very short, compressed, smooth. Fronds l\inear-lanceolate, entire, acute, smooth, and slen- der, like a blade of grass; about 6 inches long, and less 510 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. than half an inch broad; the barren and fertile are alike in shape and size. Fructification in an uninterrupted line, on the anterior margins ; that is, from the middle of the frond to within half an inch, or an inch of the apex, with a double involucre. 2. V. divergens. R. Wall. Cat. 65, No. 2191. Stipes polished, black. Fronds linear, (12-15 inches high,) alternately-pinnate ; leaflets subensiform, obtuse, ap- proximate, diverging, enlarged at the base on the upper angle. (Fructifications as in Pteris, but with double invo- lucre.) Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where Mr. W. Roxburgh, Jun. found it growing in cool shady places. 3. V. resecia. R. Stipes smooth; fronds oblique, (6-12 inches high,) alter- nately pinnate; leaflets sessile, subtrapeziform, obtuse, smooth. (Fructifications in a continued line on the anterior margin and round the apex. Involucre double.) Nat. of Chittagong. 4. V. lunulata. R. Fronds subsessile, linear, (6-12 inches high,) straight, al- ternately pinnate ; leaflets sessile, approximate, (touching,) crescent-shaped, with inner edge straight. (Fructifications in a continued line, on the anterior and exterior margins. Involucre double.) Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island. 5. V. parasitica. R. Lindsea parasitica. R. Wail. Cat. 65, No. 2196. Parasitical. Stipes short, smooth, alternate on the creep- ing stem. Fronds oblong, alternately bipinnate, (about 2 feet high ;) pinne linear ; leaflets small, sessile, approximate, subtriangular, with the anterior side or margin, where the line of fructifications is found, circular. (Involucre double.) Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where it was found by Mr. W. Roxburgh, Jun. growing on the trunks of trees. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 511 6. V. interrupia. R. Lindsza interrupta. R. Wall. Cat. 65, No. 2195. Stipes polished, as long, or longer than the smooth, alter- nately bipinnate frond; pinne linear; leaflets triangularly- wedge-shaped, with anterior margin, chiefly of the barren fronds, gash-dentate. Line of fructifications on the anteri- or margin, and interrupted by the breaks therein. (Involu- cre double.) Found by Mr. W. Roxburgh, growing on the ground, in shady cool places on Prince of Wales’ Island. 16. LINDSAzA. Fructifications in an uninterrupted line, a little removed from the margin. Jnvolucre originating from the surface, continued ; separating outwards. 1. ZL. odorata. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, 109. Stipes alternate from a creeping root, smooth; fronds alter- nately-pinnate ; leaflets petioled, trapeziform-falcate, anterior margin gashed. An elegant, small, erect species, of from 6 to 12 inches in height ; a native of the Garrow Hills; when dry and drying, sweetly fragrant. ‘The line of fructification is completely marginal, and interrupted by the fissures on the anterior margin of the leaflets, and I would rather be inclined to con- sider it a Hymenophyllum, if any thing like a column could be found within the involucre. 2. L. bypinnata. R. Fronds alternately bipinnate, smooth; pinnz linear ; leaf- lets sub-sessile, somewhat crescent-shaped, with an uninter- rupted line of fructifications, a very little removed from the anterior-exterior margin. (Involucre originating from the surface, continued, separating outwards.) Found by Mr. W. Roxburgh on Prince of Wales’ Island. I am not certain if ever the thin edge of the leaf is turned 3 T 512 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. in (over the inner) involucre. I am rather inclined to think not; at least I have not been able to discover that it is. It is exceeding like Vittaria parasitica, and only a little larger, and more robust. 17, ADIANTUM. Fructifications in roundish, separate, marginal spots; un- der, (and inserted into,) the reflected involucre-like tips of the margin of the fronds which separate inwards. 1. A. proliferum. R. A. flagelliferum. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 76, (quod nomen delendum.) Stipes filiform, hairy; fronds (6-12 inches long,) alternate- ly-pinnate, tailed at top, and there proliferous; leaflets triangular, anterior margin premorse, and more or less di- vided. Nat. of the Moluccas. 2. A. caudatum. Mant. 308. Icon. Roxb. 14. t. 110. Stipes purple and hairy; fronds (6-12 inches long,) alter- nately-pinnate, tailed at top, and there proliferous; pinne subtrapeziform gashed. Fructifications under the reflected apices of the divisions of the pinne. Adiantum caule reflexo. Burm. Zeyl. t. 5. f. 1. has the leaflets longer and narrower than I have met with. Nat. of Hindoostan as well as Ceylon. Root perennial. Stem none. Fronds simply pinnate, slender, reclined, about a foot long; apex often leafless, and striking root. Stipes a little villous, round. Leaflets alternate, subsessile, subtrapeziform, the anterior- exterior margin from three to six cleft, (with the fructifica- tions on the exterior margins of these divisions,) posterior and inner margins entire, striated, somewhat villous, length ge- nerally under an inch, and about half as much in breadth. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 513 Fructifications, a large oblong cluster of minute capsules, on the under edge of the margin of the divisions of the leaflets. : Involuere simple, separating on the inner side, being a continuation of the segments of the leaflets. 3. A. tenerum. R. A. Capillus. Linn. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 73. _ Stipes polished black ; fronds (6-12 inches high,) alternate- ly bi-tripinnate ; its ultimate divisions fine-petioled, triangu- larly wedge-shaped, and often deeply cut on the anterior, irregularly rounded margin. Found on the northern boundary of Oude, by Mr. A. Gott. It is very like Dryander’s Lindsea tenera. Trans. Linn. Soc. 3, p. 42, t. 10. 4, A. microphyllum. R. A. venustum. Don. Wall. Cat. 61, No. 81. Stipes highly polished, deep brown. Fronds (12-18 in- ches high,) super-decompound ; its ultimate divisions round- wedge-shaped ; anterior margin minutely dentate. Fructifi- cations from 1 to 3, though generally solitary, on the an- terior edge. 7 Nat. of the mountains north of Rohilcund. _In my generic character of this genus, I have observed that the little annulated capsules, are inserted on the involu- cre itself, such being the case in all the above four species. 18. DAVALLIA. (Smith. ) Fructifications in roundish, separate spots, near the mar- gin. Jnvolucres like scales, from the surface, distinct, se- parating outwards. | 1. D. angustifolia. R. D. angustata, Wall. Cat. 63, No. 242, (quod nomen delendum.) Parasitic, creeping. Fronds sessile; both barren and fertile linear-lanceolate, serrulate, firm and polished. Invo- lucres like scales. 514 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, and found by Mr. W. Roxburgh, running to a great extent up the trunks of trees. 2. D. longifolia. R. Fronds linear, pectinato-pinnatifid, firm, though a little vil- lous on the upper surface; segments linear, obtuse, with about three fructifications just under their apices. Involucre like a pouch. 3 Found, by Mr. W. Roxburgh, growing on well-shaded rocks on Prince of Wales’ Island. 3. D. pectinata. Smith. Creeping; petioles scaly. Fronds (about 6 inches high,) ovate-oblong, firm, and smooth, to the nerve pectinato-pin- natifid ; segments linear, obtuse, almost entire. Fructifica- tions in a row of numerous approximated dots, between the nerve of the segment and their margin. Involucres like scales. Found on the northern boundary of Oude, by A. Gott. Filix polypodium, &c. Pluk. ¢. 289, f. 1 and 2, are ex- ceeding like my plant. 4, D. cordifolia. R. Creeping, petioles smooth, fronds about 6 inches high, long-cordate, polished, and very firm, oppositely pinnate ; leaflets confluent falcate, obtuse, deeply crenate; the lower pair semicordate. Fructifications marginal, with very dis- tinct, roundish, hard scaly involucres. Nat. of the mountains north of Rohilcund. The habit of this species is remarkably hard and smocth. 5. D. serrata. R. Rachis 3-sided. Fronds alternately pinnate; leaflets li- near, firm and smooth, serrate. Fructifications solitary at each serrature. Involucre forming a small pouch, after the capsules expand. Found on Prince of Wales’ Island, under the shade of trees, by Mr. W. Roxburgh. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 515 6. D. multiflora, R. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 98, (sub nomine Polypodii Davallioidis.) D. parallela, Wall. Cat. 63, No. 251, (quod nomen delendum.) Fronds linear and linear-lanceolate, pinnate ; leaflets al- ternate, crowded, sessile, linguiform, minute toward the top and base; margins crenulate; anterior angle of the trun- cated base enlarged. Fructifications in a single line of se- parate spots near the margin. Involucre reniform, sepa- rating outwards. Nat. of the interior parts of Bengal, Nepaul, &c. The leaves are always erect, but when forced to rest on the ground, their tips take root and produce other plants. oot fibrous, perennial. 3 Stem scaly, creeping under the surface of the earth. Stipes short, channelled, covered with brown woolly scales. Fronds linear, or linear-lanceolate, nearly a foot long. Fertile and barren nearly alike. Pinne alternate, sessile, tongue-shaped, rather obtuse, serrulate, smooth on both sides, truncated at the base, and there the anterior angle is enlarged into an obtuse process ; general length about an inch and a half, and less than half an inch broad towards the base, and apex; of the young greatly smaller. Fructifications in numerous, (almost one for each serra- ture,) distinct spots, near the margin. Involucre reniform, separating on the anterior and ex- terior edges. Capsules very numerous, chesnut-coloured. 7. D. pilosa. R. Icon. Roxb. 14, 102, (sub nomine Poly- podii ciliati.) Fronds alternately bi-and-tripinnate, hairy; leaflets deep- ly crenate, or pinnatifid ; ultimate segment thereof semicir- cular, somewhat crenulate, and generally three-flowered. Involucre ciliate and separating outwards. 516 The Cryptogamous Planis of Dr. Roxburgh. Nat. of the eastern parts of the Delta of the Ganges. Thence introduced into the Botanic Garden, by Dr. Bu- chanan. Root perennial, as thick as a rattan, hairy, creeping un- der the surface of the earth, from it descend many radical fibres. Stipes suberect, of a pale green colour, and tender substance, hairy; general length, frond included, from 2 to 3 feet. Fronds alternately bipinnate, hairy. Pinne 8-10 pair, alternate. Pinnule alternate, numerous, smaller towards the apex, gashed, or pinnatifid, with the segments rounded and cre- nate. Fructifications from 1 to 5 distinct spots, near the margin of each segments of the (fertile) pinnule. Involucrum, a single, ciliate, reniform scale, separating outwards. Capsules numerous, and in succession. Note.—The habit of this Plant is very different from the firm, polished, compact texture of this genus, as mentioned by Dr. Smith. 8. D. trapeziformis. R. Stipes smooth, nearly as long as the ovate-oblong, alter- nately bipinnate and tripinnatifid fronds (1-2 feet high;) leaflets subtrapeziform, obtuse, and more or less divid- ed into rounded segments. Fructifications in, generally, a single spot, near the bottom of the fissures of the ultimate segments. Involucre opening on the anterior margin, form- ing a pouch. Nat of the Moluccas. Is of a soft texture, tending to be villous. 9. D. moluccana. R. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2219. Stipes as long as the leaves, 4-sided, smooth. Fronds (1-2 feet high,) ovate, alternately bi-tripmnate ; leaflets lan- The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 517 ceolate, deeply gashed, smooth, and rather firm. Fructifi- cations generally solitary, on the segments of the pinnules. Involucre a pouch. Nat. of the Moluccas. 10. D. chinensis. Smith. Icon. Roxb. 14, t. 119. (unfi- nished pencil sketch.) D. tenuifolia. Sw. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 245. } Erect. Fronds lanceolate, alternately-tripinnate, polish- ed ; ultimate divisions decurrent, wedge-shaped ; apices trun- cate and generally 2-flowered. Involucre dentate. Trichomanes chinensis, Linn. An elegant, erect, slender, polished species, from 1 to 2 feet high, and of a thin texture; a native of the eastern parts of Bengal, where it fructifies during the rains. The whole of the annulated capsule are inserted by means of very slender pedicels into the very bottom of the 2-valved pouch. 19. DICKSONIA. Fructifications in roundish, marginal, distinct, prominent spots. nvolucre double ; one (the inner,) from the (under) surface, separating outward ; the other from the margin of the frond turned in over the former, and separating inwards. 1. D. moluccana. R. Wall. Cat. 65, No. 2173. Stipes, divisions a little hairy. Fronds (3-4 feet high,) al- ternately bipinnate ; leaflets ensiform, the fertile more deep- ly serrate, with the fructifications on the points of the ser- ratures. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. 20. CYATHEA. Fructifications scattered, roundish, standing in an hemi- spherical calyx, which bursts at the top, without an oper- culum. 1. C. pinnata. R. C. Brunonis. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 179, (quod nomen delendum.) 518 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. Fronds (5-8 feet high,) smooth, alternately pinnate, leaflets linear, acute, and slightly waved; above shining. Fructifica- tions in numerous, globose spots, near the nerve of the leaflets. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where Mr. W. oe found it under the shade of lofty trees. 2. C. tripinnatifida. R. C. excelsa. Sw. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 181, (sub nomine C. bipinnatifide.)? Fronds many, (some 10 feet high,) alternately-tripinna- tifid, smooth and firm; leaflets broad-ensiform, toward the base deeply pinnatifid; segments thereof falcate, entire, or serrulate, with a single row of 5-6 spherical spots of the fructifications on each side of their rib. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. These are the only two species of this very well-marked genus which I have yet met with in India. In both, the capsules while young, are enveloped in a thin, spherical, entire, membrane, affixed round their insertions on the frond, forming a resemblance to a pounce bag. When the capsules are advanced to maturity, they burst (generally) at the top. 21. TRICHOMANES. Fructifications inserted into the margin of the leaf sepa- rate. Involucre urn-shaped, opening outwards. Columns ex- tending beyond the involucre, like styles. 1. T. campanulatum. R. Hymenophyllum campanulatum. R. Wall. Cat. 66, No. 2199. Creeping, villous ; petioles erect, hairy, shorter than the 2-3-inches high, bipinnatifid leaves. Rachis winged. Fruc- tifications at and near the apex of the fronds, campanulate. | Found by Dr. Buchanan at Chittagong. 2. T. laciniatum. R. Fronds alternately pinnate, with the rachis fibrous ; leaflets oblong, and cuneate-oblong, finely laciniate, firm and smooth, with a few long urn-shaped fructifications at their apices. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. 519 3. 7. carwifolium. R. Stipes smooth, greatly longer than the tri-quadripinnatifid fronds, ultimate segments thereof sublinear and decurrent. Fructifications lateral, subuedicelled: with most long filiform columns. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where it grows in small tufts, about 4 or 6 inches high. 4, T. lucidum. R. Davallia elegans. Willd. Wall. Cat. 64. No. 253. Scandent, stem scaly ; stipes smooth, fronds polished and firm; subalternately quadripinnate; ultimate segments sub- lanceolate, serrate, gashed, or pinnatifid. Fructifications solitary, and sunk in the sinuses round the margins of the leaflets, compressed. Nat. of Prince of Wales’ Island, where it was found by W. Hunter, Esq. I could discover no column in this plant; is it therefore to be referred to Mace Op RIE | @ The habit is rather firm and polished. 3. T. malayanum. R. Stipes and rachis polished, fronds (4-5 feet high,) quadri- pinnate ; ultimate divisions small and cuneate, with the flat- tened fructifications, (1 or 2,) in their truncated apices, and composed of two valves, without column. Nat. of the Malay Islands. 22. MARATTIA. Capsules oval, bursting longitudinally on their upper side ; disclosing several cells in each division. 1. M. pinnata. R. Angiopteris crassipes. Wall. Cat. 63, No. 187. Fronds (4-5 feet high,) smooth, generally oppositely pin- nate, leaflets linear-lanceolate, entire, polished. Capsules numerous, crowded (cross-ways) into a broad, uninterrupted line, a little within the margin. Nat. of the Molucca Islands. 020 The Cryptogamous Plants of Dr. Roxburgh. As I have found in the H. C. Botanic Gardens ample evidence that Dr. Roxburgh was a methodical Botanist, and that he did not name and describe a plant, and then make away with it, but very generally illustrated his species by drawings and dried specimens, I consider it advisable to append a list of those species, which appear somehow or other to have attracted no notice, and most of which will very probably be found under other and much later names, without characters, in the Catalogue of the E. I. Herbarium by Dr. Wallich. Salvinia verticillata. Asplenium lingueforme. —-— imbricata. ————— monanthemoides. Isoetes capsularis. 40 —-——— serrulatum. Lycopodium pendulum. ——_——— crenatum. —_——-— aristatum. ———— cultrifolium. ——_——-— imbricatum. —__——— varium. Ophioglossum furcatum. ——~———. hemionitoides. Osmunda lanceolata. -———_——-— mixtum. Acrostichum ramentaceum. ————— multiflorum. 10 --——— semipinnatum. —————— bipinnatum. ———-——_ alatum. ——__——_—. tripinnatum. —_—_——— seetacoonense. ———-—— woodwardioides. Polypodium attenuatum. 50 Scolopendrium lanceolatum. ——_———. excavatum. Blechnum angustifolium. —— lucidum. —- decurrens. —_———— ferrugineum. Pteris graminifolia. ——_—~——_ rupestre. -———— lobata. ————-— proliferum. ——— linearis. —_——— acuminatum. ——— multifida. 20 ———-—— mucronatum. ——— pectinata. ——-———- tenerum. ——— eracilis. —_——-— semisagittatum. ——-— tripinnatifida. ———— involucratum. 60 ——— pedatifida. —_———— nudatum. —-— daucifolia. ————— longifolium. Vittaria resecta. ———-——. acutum. ——-— lunulata. —_———— pilosum. Lindsza odorata. ————-— furcatum. ——-—— bipinnata. —————— multiflorum. Davallia longifolia. 0 === eOnrersum. ————- cordifolia. ———-—- confluens. ———-—— serrata. ——-—-—— squarrosum. ———— pilosa. —_—__—-———. scariosum. 70 trapeziformis. —_——-——— impuber. Trichomanes laciniatum. —_—_——— elatum. oe carnifolium. ——_——-— tridentatum. ——-——--—— malayanum. —____——— felinum. In conclusion, I have to request that for 1827, at the end of the first paragraph, p. 465, 1817 may be substituted, otherwise Dr. Wallich might be considered as having been in charge of Roxburgh’s MSS. and Drawings only 15 years, whereas 25 years is the correct period of his guardianship of the MSS. and Drawings of Roxburgh and Buchanan Hamilton.—W. G. 021 Some Memoranda-on the Geology of Sikkim. Communicated _ by D. Liston, Esa. [With a Sketch Map of the Country, Plate XX XV.] The portion of Sikkim visited by me in company with Capt. B. is bounded on the east by the river Teesta; on the north by the Kullait; on the east and north by the great Run- geet ; and on the south by the Morung or Terai. Darjeeling I first approached from the plains by the new road along Sinchul, and had occasion to travel that course several times ; once also we proceeded from Punkabaree to Darjeeling by the valleys of the Bellassun and smaller Rungeet, and returned by the same path to Kursiong. From Kursiong we on one occasion proceeded to Punkabaree by the left side of the Bellassun. We travelled down the great Rungeet, Teesta and Jubbon rivers to the plains. We likewise sought the sources of the Mahannudee under Mahaldaram from Kursiong, and returned to Darjeeling round the shoulder of Sinchul, crossing the Rungoong at Sengenboom, and ascending by Ging to Darjeeling. We also ascended the valley of the great Rungeet, crossing the Rumam, Rutto and Reshee rivers to the Kullait, and proceeded up the Kullait three or four marches. [I left Capt. B. at Hee, a Limboo settlement on that river ; he per- severed in making an attempt to reach the snow, though pre- vented from attaining his object by the jealousy of the people; while | returned to Darjeeling by a little frequented path, which skirts the sources of the Reshee and Ruttoo, and crosses the valleys of the Rumam and small Rungeet. Thus I had good opportunities of seeing the country, and if I make but an imperfect report of its geological appearance, the cause lies rather in my want of qualification to make proper use of my advantages, than from my not having possessed occasions which I might have availed myself of with profit. The general result of my observations is, that the higher ridges are composed of gneiss rock, but round their sides is to O22 Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. be found a fold of slate overlying that, and lower down the mountains, sandstone is to be met with, super-imposed on the slate. The ridge by which Darjeeling is approached from the plains, and along which the new road runs is gneiss, as above stated, from about half-way between Punkabaree Dak Bungalow and the Kursiong Hotel pretty uniformly, and to near Ging on one spur and to near Tukvar on another spur. The upper portion of Goongla is gneiss, and on these parts of the moun- tains, oak trees abound. The higher portion of Singreeong is gneiss, and the ridge from Hee on the Kullait stretching south- ward, and from which the Reshee and Ruttoo take their ori- gin, is of the same primitive rock, and they are also covered with oak forest. ‘The upper portion of Chinchul likewise ex- hibits the same natural characters, geological and botanical. The cultivated lands may be said to mark the limit of the aluminous deposit; for it is only on the black soils that the people of the country think it worth while to sow grain, as they say, the red soil gives but a very scanty out-turn in com- parison with what the dark coloured lands afford. On the upper lands, the alumina is only met with in a disintegrated state; towards the banks of the rivers it occurs in the stratifi- ed form of slate. Captain Herbert in his account of the Geology of the Himalayas, so far as examined by him, states, it is difficult to draw any distinctions between the mica slate and clay slate formations in those regions, and the observation seems to hold good for the section of those mountains now spoken of. From Tukvar to the Rungeet, and up the Rungeet valley by the road to old Sikkim over Chakoong, Sungreeong and Rinchinpoore, and along the Kullait, we passed through land in cultivation, or that bore traces of having been one time sown or culturable, except where too steep and rocky to admit of being so used. But from an elevation, a little higher than Hee on the Kullait, and south of it by the sources of the Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. 523 Ruttoo and Reshee till the tributaries of the Rumam are reached, gneiss mountains are only met with, and the coun- try is there left in a state of nature. In the Bellassur valley, the cultivation may also be consi- dered to mark the elevation to which the aluminous soils rise. On the east side of the Sonada range, the mountain under Mahaldarem is too steep to admit of cultivation being attempted on it high up, and we had made a march and a half down the hill before we came on slate in situ: as we approached the Munna or Mahanuddee we met with sand- stone, slate and sandstone are also found on the Rektee, and on the small streams about Punkabaree, and on the low hills in its neighbourhood ; and at that place and above it till half-way to the level on which Kursiong Hotel stands, mica slate abounds, and forms the outer covering rock of the mountain. From the junctions of the small Rungeet and great Rungeet to the junction of the latter with the Teesta, slate occurs, and down the valley of the Teesta, by Sideongbleoo, Dimma and Britgong, the country presents a slate formation. On the Subbok, clay stones and sandstones occur. From the Munna over Sutong, across the Rieng over Mungpo, across the Rungzo up Rienghien-yon-lot, and till well up Sinchul, we meet slate. At Rienghien-yon-lot the country bears marks of having been extensively under culti- vation not many years ago. The minerals met with by me in the Sikkim hills are gneiss rock in the highest positions, and it is also found protruding through slate at the elevations where that rock occurs in many places, as on Rinchonpoom, where abrupt masses of it with a weathered look remind one of the storm-beaten rock seen on sea coasts in other regions. To me the dip of the gneiss seemed generally, if not uniformly, to be back from the valley from 15° to 20° by the eye. This is seen in many places, but no where more clearly than at Boodam, Seguar, a precipice in the valley of the Boodam, a tributary to the 524: Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. Rumam, where the rock rises very high, and bears the appear- ance of some fort of the giants, with bastions of enormous proportions, and other phenomena in keeping. In the quartz of the gneiss I have met lime, as on the Pucheem road; and near the top of Goongla following the old road up the Bellassun valley to the Rungeet valley, there is a piece of gneiss rock through which small amethysts, or seed amethysts are profusely scattered, of the size of half a barley-corn. It may be worth while to mention, that the gneiss rock about Darjeeling contains nodules of a flinty appearance, or more probably they are fused quartz, which some have supposed to be fossil remains. There is a specimen to be seen on Mr. Turton’s grounds, which has an appearance re- sembling the back of a huge lizard, with divisions answering to the scales; but the divisions seemed to me to pass down through the mass of the specimen, and not to have taken their shapes from the covering of any animal’s body, or from having been filtered into a mould shaped from any animal which had originated the form for its reception. The cir- cumstance of no fossil remains having been heretofore found on primitive rocks, may be thought to cause an unwilling- ness to admit these appearances to be what some have thought them to be; but for my own part I have no theory to main- tain in geological matters, and would readily agree to their being fossil relics, if I saw reason for their being so considered. In the menilites of Menilmoutant, we have something of the kind now spoken of (and they by the bye are allowed to be of animal origin) only on a smaller scale, for the quartzy nodules here alluded to, are of a much greater size than any menilites I ever saw, and may weigh some of them many pounds. Lower on the hills as above remarked than the gneiss, slate occurs in the forms both of mica slate and of clay slate, and in the former chiefly graphite is met with, as at Punka- baree on the new road; also in the land slip to the east of Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. 525 the Dak Bungalow where the road was originally laid out, and on the Roklee or Rektee, three or four miles to the SE. across the hills, and where there is a lick frequented by the animals of the forest. Graphite is also met with near the Joom lime deposit in slate, but whether in clay slate or mica slate I do not know. We likewise met with it on the Munna in mica slate, and a small trace of it was found at Mungpo, between the Rieng and Rungzo, in clay slate. It is superimposed on the slate that we find lime deposits on Chakoong and Sungreeong. These deposits are tufaceous, and so far as I can conjecture or observe, if not original in their character, they must be exudations from stores of the material contained within the hill, and contiguous to the lo- calities where these deposits are observed to occur. There are of these deposits with which I am acquainted four, and they are in each instance connected with streams of water which pass through them ; and in regard to three of them I have made some search for co-existent, compact and primitive limestone with which they might have a connection or relation, but without success. In each instance, the stream leaves on the stones it passes over, a covering of lime. At Chakoong we followed the brook beyond the first deposit met with, and finding it still leaving marks of its character, we pro- ceeded onward to a second deposit, above which the indica- tions of lime became feeble, though they still occurred ; but the conclusion we came to from the appearance of the channel of the brook, compared with what we had passed on our way upwards was, that we had got beyond the prin- cipal store of the mineral. At Joom I followed the stream beyond any trace of lime, and till I came to a debris of slate, and subsequently I pass- ed repeatedly above and behind the deposit, though by the same route, and could detect no apparent trace of lime in any of the streams leading from the Joom face of the Chakoong mountain to the great Rungeet river. 526 Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. At the first deposit on Singreeong or at Singonong, as that portion of the mountain is called, on the read to old Sikkim and Paymiontsu, we made no investigation ; but at the second deposit, which is higher up the mountain, I went round the deposit and could discover no lime, but only at the place where the calc tuffa is met with ; so unless the lime is brought out of the bowels of the mountain by the water that percolates through a store of it, it is difficult to conjecture where it comes from. In all the instances the streams on which the lime is met with, drain but a small portion of the mountains on which they are found, as is evident by paying regard to the divisions into which they are respectively broken. I believe active search would lead to the discovery of a small lime deposit at Punkabaree on the stream that crosses the road about half a mile below the Dak Bungalow ; up that brook and under a waterfall some way from the road, Capt. B. picked up a piece of tufaceous lime, but impure, as on burn- ing it ran together, and would not slake. We afterward endea- voured to penetrate beyond the fall in search of lime, but a storm coming on, prevented our succeeding at that time, and we never found an opportunity of renewing the attempt. In addition to these lime deposits, there is also found a small supply of marl, I am told, on Goke hill, by the small Rungeet, and in a straight line from Darjeeling to Chakoong lime deposit : by the analysis of Mr. Piddington it is partly magnesia and partly lime, and would it is likely form a good enough mortar, if prepared for this purpose, but it is only used for white-washing edifices by the Booteeas and Lep- chas, and is not burnt for cement. A flinty slate is met with on Chakoong in masses on the road to old Sikkim and Paymiontsu before mentioned; we also found flinty slate at the junction of the Munnaand Selim. On the great Rungeet river, at the end of Goke spur, clay slate is met with, nearly perpendicular and in the direction of the river’s course, and the same rock is found at differ- er Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. 529 ent declinations in every valley. Quartz stratified is also found in a nearly perpendicular position on the small Rungeet, as is mica slate on the great Rungeet at the north end of the Tukvar spur, and I believe also on the small Rungeet, at the spot called the Bhoot Bungalow by the Lepchas, not far above the junction of the two rivers of that name. On Chakoong, sandstone occurs with other amorphous se- condary stones, and the same, according to my recollection, is true of Sungreeong and Rinchanpoom. We met with sandstone on the Subbok river and on the Rektee, with different other clay rocks. Some of the sandstones we saw on the Subbok and Munna contain pebbles imbedded in them, or disseminated through them. On the Teesta and great Rungeet we found basalt and porphyry, and also actinolite in rolled masses. Traces of iron are tu be met with in every valley, and this mineral impregnates numerous springs in many of the hills, as for instance at the old cane-bridge on the Bellassun, at the end of Goke on the great Rungeet, where there is also a chaly- beate spring reckoned medicinal by the Lepchas and Booteeas, and employed, heated, by them in the cure of sores; gene- rally indeed the springs by the rivers bear marks of being chalybeate. A hot spring is mentioned in Mr. Smith’s Dar- jeeling Guide, as occurring higher up the Rungeet in the direction of Paymiontsu, which is used for baths by the na- tives in cutaneous and other disorders. On the great Rungeet, where a second spur from the Tuk- ver ridge in travelling eastward abuts on the river, I picked up a fossil bone about the size of a deer’s leg bone, (it is now in Dr. Campbell’s possession) ; it seemed quite silicified, and was a drift bone, so that it could not be guessed from whence it had come, and though I searched diligently for an hour or two in the same place, I could find no fellow to the specimen ; but the spot ought to be looked over anew, after the annual floods have taken off, and would perhaps yield some reward for the labour of examination. OX 528 Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. Such are a few of the minerals noticed by me in the Sikkim hills. I have no doubt many other, and more curious Specimens came under my eye, but that I failed to notice or recognize them, my sight being imperfect, both in observing objects any way remote, and in distinguishing colours; some of those mentioned I should not have known of, unless my attention had been directed to them by Capt. B.’s kindness. A remark has been made by Captain Herbert in his Report on the Geology of the Himalayas to this effect, that a first view of any portion of these hills suggests the idea of a cha- otic mass of mountains without any perceptible principle of arrangement, and that it is by tracing the river courses that the best notion of the position of the mountain ridges rela- tively to each other is to be obtained. This remark is em- phatically applicable in every point to the portion of the Himalaya which form the country of Sikkim. A close examination of this region is apt to suggest the opinion, that it is now very much in the state assumed by it at the commencement of the present constitution of things on the surface of our globe. The rivers run through valleys which seem at first to have been hollowed out for their reception, and bear little mark of change, whether caused by violent con- vulsions of nature or the slower action of the attrition of waters upon barriers which may at one time have caused them ob- struction in their free course towards the plains. The smaller torrents join the greater streams unopposed in the direction given them by their vallies, which, to borrow an anatomical term, anastomose into each other; and the great rivers are poured into the plains direct through their channels, and have no cross ridges to struggle through before debouching on the low lands, as is the case with many other streams in various countries ; as for instance with the great Gunduk, which, is discharged into the plains through a ridge of sandstone hills. Perhaps exceptions to the above observations occur in the routes taken by us in some parts of the valley of the Bellassun. Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. 529 Under Kursiong, the portions of the valley in the neighbour- hood of the old cane-bridge is flat and reedy, and looks as if it had not improbably been the bottom of a lake. The same re- mark applies to another circular portion of the valley bounded by steep rocks, half a mile or three-quarters of a mile higher up the river than the old bridge; here the rocks approach the river on each side at the south end of the portion of the valley in question, and may at one time have been united, and have yielded to the influence of running water, or been otherwise broken down. Again further down the river than the old bridge and on the right bank of the river, there are two or three cir- cular basins with narrow and steep rocky sides, extending from half a mile to a mile to the west of the present course of the river, which if examined, might be found perhaps to have held collections of water now drained off by the river flowing free- ly through them; a thorough investigation of the appearances of the localities, however, owing to the heavy jungle, could not be undertaken without occasioning much trouble and fatigue. The rocks forming the edge of the basins above-mentioned have in them curious openings, which serve as passes from one to another, of a size large enough to permit elephants to come and go, and perhaps they have been formed by these Sagacious animals having selected soft places in the rock and worn it down by frequent transit. It may be remarked by the way, that they are extremely ingenious in making roads, shewing themselves no mean adepts in selecting gentle ascents by means of well-devised zig-zags: an elephant road when come upon far surpasses a Lepcha path for easy tra- velling ; these last generally go as straight up the mountain as a man can manage to walk. Unfortunately, the elephant ‘tracks are only met with on the lowest range of hills, the animals do not penetrate deep into the country, and only it is supposed, seek the elevated lands during the rains; at least this was the inference we drew from the appearance of the traces 8 of them we met with in our rambles. 530 Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. Further, a small piece of alluvial land on the banks of the small Rungeet, elevated some feet above the present level of the highest floods as met by me under Goke spur, and a similar appearance on the Rumam at the Boodam valley to the west of Chakoong and Nissjee or Goke, give indications as if these rivers had at one time been partially obstructed in their courses, and had remained stagnant for a considerable period, from some unknown cause, in former times; and Capt. B. who went down the valley and bed of the Rumam on one occasion from Chakoong, found traces of a broken barrier on it, and met with very rugged ground in the course of the river; still there is little appearance of extensive or general change having occurred in the course of the rivers of these hills, so far as we examined them, for many ages. Yet though there be no striking indications of convulsions, or even of gradual and great change in the river beds or val- leys of the country, there are appearances occasionally met with, which shew the condition of these regions not to have always been what it is in the present day. Thus there is in the neighbourhood of Subbokgola, down towards the Teesta, a high broken bank of a hundred feet and more in elevation, the upper portion of which, or as much as is exposed, is made up of boulders of from two to three feet in diameter. A like phenomenon is seen on the banks of the Selim Nuddee, a mile or two above its junction with the Munna, and a simi- lar bank is also found on the Munna about a couple of miles above its junction with the Selim, and of great height; nor is it easy to account for the arrangement of materials, nothing that is now taking place in those quarters having any tendency to occasion such results. Again, the large rounded boulders found high up the mountain torrents, and which the present streams at their highest never have moved, far less rolled; shew us, that a force far greater than is now exhibited, or at least a power of a different kind or differently directed, brought Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. 531 them to their present places, and gave them their exist- ing forms. On the Teesta, I observed an arrangement of boulders which it is difficult to account for. The stones near the river, and within reach of its highest floods, bear the usual rounded shape of water-worn stones, while those above the reach of the highest floods that now ever occur as I conceive, are of an angular shape, and lie piled as a wall of say six or eight feet high, in which position they seem to have settled for a lengthened period. The Sikkim hills being characterized by a scarcity of lime, it may be worth while noticing, that the country is at the same time remarkable for the limited nature of its concho- logy. The species not only are few in number, but the indi- viduals belonging to any given species are at the same time very scanty. Now it may be asked, is the reason of this deficiency in this class of animals owing to the want of material necessary for the formation of shells, or, is it an ac- cident to be accounted for on some other unknown princi- ple? Certain it is, there is no want of birds in the country, and of course they must have the means of finding material for forming the shells of their eggs, yet this too may be effect- ed by the greater power of locomotion in birds than in mollusca, and in their capacity to go to more remote dis- tances in search of substances that may afford the means of producing a requisite covering for their eggs. Quadrupeds too thrive in the country, and are not stunted in growth, nor tO appearance inconvenienced in any way by want of a sup- ply of matter to form the bones of their structure. One other observation which it occurs to me to make here, is, that the valleys about Darjeeling are generally not insalu- brious at any season. The natives say, they are never affect- ed by fever by going any where in them, except in the rains to a small extent. The hills are steep, and the rain which falls on them, though very abundant, runs quickly off them ; 532 Memoranda on the Geology of Sikkim. nor are there flat places of large expanse in the bottom of the valley, any where in which the water can stagnate. There may be a spot or two which deserve to be excepted from the character of healthiness, and these are marked as the habita- tions of demons, who in the hills, as well as in the plains, have the character of causing disease in waste and jungle tracts. By my own experience I should pronounce the val- leys healthy from November to May, for I travelled through them during that period of the year, and had no ague or ill- ness, yet so predisposed was my constitution from former sickness to disease of this character, that passing through the Terai, and remaining a few days at Titaleea in June, brought on an attack of jungle fever. Description of a new species of venomous Snake, Elaps Macclelland. By J.T. Retnnarnpt, Junior, Professor of Zoology, Copenhagen. This new species is of rather slender form; the short head, the broad, rounded and obtuse muzzle, as well as small eyes, resemble .Elaps lemniscatus. The nostrils are large and situated between the 2 nasal plates, or perhaps rather behind the first. In the upper jaw, as far as I could dis- cover after a strict examination, no solid teeth are to be found behind the venomous fangs. Among the plates of the head, the occipital plates are distinguished by their size and oblong form; two temporal plates, lying one behind the other, separate them from the labial plates, which are 7 at each side, of these the third and fourth border the eye. There are two back plates and one occular. The inferior labial plates are 6 in number at each side; they in- crease to the fourth, which is the largest of them all. The body is of the normal form of the genus; it is cover- ed with simple rhomboidal scales. The number of the Description of a new species of venomous Snake. 538 rows of scales amount to 13, and in that respect our new serpent differs from the generality of the species of the genus, (in which the number of the rows of scales amount to fifteen, and agrees with a few species, forming with them a separate little group) to which it bears no further resemblance either in colour or physionomy. The abdomi- nal plates are rather broad and in number 216. The tail is thick, moderately pointed and short, or about one-tenth of the entire length, underneath it is covered with 27 pairs of subcaudal plates. At the root of the tail, the number of the rows of scales amount to 9. With respect to the system of coloration, it deviates from the rest of the Asiatic species of the Elaps by an annulated body. The colour of the specimen preserved in spirits, is brownish red at the upper parts of the body, being somewhat paler in the midst of the scales, than at the edges; down the sides of the body this colour becomes more and more light, and passes at the under-parts into a yellowish white. The whole body from the neck to the end of the tail is surrounded by black rings about a line in breadth, which are generally placed at the distance of an inch, but sometimes nearer to each other. In a few places there are slight* irregularities in the colouring the rings not reaching to the abdomen, and thus being only half rings. The row of scales, situated at the median line of the back, are here and there marked with a black point or streak. In the midst of the abdomen we find a row of irregular black spots, placed betwixt every two rings. The head has the colour of the under-parts, but its back is marked with two very broad cross bars, so that only the band of the muzzle, and a transversal band behind, * Elaps furcatus Schn: Elaps bivirgatus and a new species, which the royal Museum in Copenhagen has got from the island of Pulo-Pinang. 534 Description of a new spectes of venomous Snake. the eyes are yellow. However, it is probable, that the colours of the living animal are very different. ‘Total length 25 inches, 6 lines: length of the tail 2 inches, 3 lines: Scuta abdominalia 216: Scutella subcaudalia 27. This new species, which is a native of Assam, I take the liberty of dedicating to the eminent naturalist, Mr. M‘Clel- land, Bengal Medical Service, to whom the Royal Museum in Copenhagen is indebted for the only example I have seen. Copenhagen, March 19, 1843. Correspondence, Jerdon’s Illustrations of Indian Ornithology. We have been favoured with the sight of the first number of this work, published at Madras, by J. B. Pharoah, containing twelve co- loured plates, with a full description of the species figured ; the whole to be completed in four numbers, price 6 rupees each. The execution of the plates and the colouring which has been done under the superin- tendence of the author, T. C. Jerdon, Esq. Madras Medical Service, together with the general appearance and character of the work, sur- passes any thing of the kind that has yet been attempted in the way of Zoological publications in India. We merely refer to the work upon this occasion, as highly creditable not only to the author, but to the Presidency at which it is got up, and sincerely hope it may meet with that support which it deserves from the admirers of the interest- ing subject of which it treats. Mr. Blyth has requested us to insert the following valuable notes by himself on the contents of the pre- sent number, which we do with much pleasure :— “The Nisaétus grandis, Hodgson, figured in Plate I. is, I have now reason to suspect, identical with the European Aguila Bovelli, which species is included in Mr. Vigne’s list of birds procured in Tibet, Kashmir, &c. published Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1841, p. 6. It certain- ly differs in several respects from the type of Nisaétus, Hodgson, so exemplified by N. pulcher cristatellus (apud Elliot, which is identi- Correspondence. 539 cal with pallidus of Hodgson,) niveus and Kienierii, all of which are in the Asiatic Society’s Museum, approaching the restricted Aquile in all except its lengthened tarsi. The four species of true Nisaétus here mentioned, I must further add in reference to Mr. Jerdon’s sugges- tions on the subject, are quite distinct from each other; but I am not satisfied of the identity of N. cristatellus apud Elliot, with the bird so named in Jardine and Selby’s ‘ Illustrations of Ornithology’. Rhipidura hypocantha, Blyth, noticed in the description attached to Plate II, has been justly separated by Mr. Hodgson by the generic appellation Chelidorynz. Plate I1I.—Respecting the species here figured (which I still prefer to class in Phenicopheus, as this group is recognised in my monograph of eastern Cuculide), Mr. Jerdon has mistaken my meaning in the passage which he quotes. What I intended by the expression— “‘No doubt the present species is alluded to in both cases,’ was, that the Indian bird referred to by Levaillant and the Ceylon bird of Daniell, were identical with Mr. Jerdon’s species, but certainly not with the African Serisomus cristatus. I may add, that the PA. tristis, Cuv. Melias tristis of Lesson, and my Ph. longicaudatus has just been obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta; and that a third species, the Ph. Sumatranus (Cuculus Sumatranus, Raffles, and appa- rently Melias Diardi of Lesson,) is common on the hill ranges of Assam. The Zanclostomus sirker appears to me to be very decidedly separable from the above group, and to be rightly classed by Mr. Jerdon. Plate VI.—Prima cursitans of Franklin. Both this and the various other Indian Prinie of authors, certainly do not appear separable as a group from the African Drymoice, numerous species of which are figured in Dr. A. Smith’s ‘Zoology of South Africa.’ Plate VII.—The Asiatic Society has recently received from Mr. Hodgson, a female specimen of Tchitria Paradisea, in similar parti- coloured plumage to that of the male figured by Mr. Jerdon. As the middle tail-feathers of this specimen are full grown, and do not exceed those of an ordinary female, instead of being greatly elongat- ed as in the male, this circumstance may help to convince Mr. Jerdon of the accuracy of my former statement, that ‘‘ both sexes attain the white garb with full maturity,” albeit the sex of a white female may not have yet been ascertained by actual dissection. o o Y 536 Correspondence. Plate XI.—Phenicornis flammeus, apud Jerdon, would appear to be the same species as the Ph. elegans of Mr. M‘Clelland and Dr. Horsfield’s catalogue of the birds procured in Assam, published in Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1839, p. 156.* Indication of a raised Sea coast at Malacca. A bed of marine shells has been found at Malacca more than a mile from the sea, and at a depth of from 15 to 18 feet below the surface of the soil, during some excavations for public works, made under the superintendence of Lieut. Maidman, 24th Regt. M. N. I. They were communicated by Lieut. Spottiswoode of the same corps to William Griffith, Esq. F. L. S. of the Madras Medical Service, and forwarded to the Geological Society, with the following remarks extracted from Lieut. M. C. Spottiswoode’s letter :— «¢ The place in which the shells are found is in a direct line about 14 mile from the sea, and is on a rising ground, as from the spot you can see the sea over the jungle, (not of large trees, but still of some height.) The river at the nearest point is about 3 mile distant, and the tide has never within the memory of the inhabitants overflowed the place. ‘This fact I ascertained at the time from men whose houses were situated there. On digging, three or four yards of sand were displaced, and then was discovered what I was told to be, London clay. About 16 feet below the surface, (depth of sand included,) the shells were found, not in a bed, but in a layer of a few inches in depth.} «« Suppose this} to be a vertical section, first sand, then 10 or 11 feet of clay, then shells in a regular line all round the pit, but still scattered irregularly. The pit was dug to the depth of 21 or 22 feet. «« It must have been very long since the sea was near the place; for it did not look as if it had been a creek. What influence the river might formerly have had, I cannot tell you. Maidman is my au- thority for its distance from the place.” | * Mr. Jerdon may have his own reason for doubting the species Ph. elegans, and he may be right in rejecting it.— Ep. t The peculiarities of the river ought to be noted, and the elevation of the bed of shells above the river bed.—Ep. + Referring to a sectional sketch which accompanied Lieut. Spottiswoode’s Letter. 537 Kutract of a Letter from J. H. Barren, Esa. Bengal Civil Service, dated Camp Semulka on the Cosillah River, Kumaon, December 28th, 1848. In the July 1843 No. 14 of your valuable ‘ Journal of Natural History,’ which I have only lately had the opportunity of seeing, I read Captain Hutton’s paper on the snow of the Himalyas; and, as I differed almost entirely from the conclusions so confidently drawn by that gentleman, I thought it right for the interests of scientific truth, to prepare some kind of answer. As, however, on a more attentive perusal I find that you yourself appear implicitly to adopt Capt. Hutton’s views, and actually use these words: ‘‘ we have long been conscious of the error here so well pointed out by Capt. Hutton, in common with every one who has visited the Himalya,” 1 feel more inclined to address you in the first instance, and to ask whether you will publish a short reply which I meditate, and whether your note to Captain Hutton’s paper was written after your own full and careful consideration of the subject, or merely on a general kind of acquiescence with the facts and opinions of your able contributor, who is so well known and esteemed as a collector of scientific data. Now I am one who have visited the Himalya on the western side. I have crossed the Borendo or Boorin Pass into the Buspa valley in lower Kunawur, returning into the Rewaien mountains of Gurhwal by the Roopin Pass. I have visited the source of the Jumna at Jumnootree; and moving eastward, the sources of the Kalee or Mundaknee branch of the Ganges at Kadarnath, of the Vishnoo Gunga, or (Aluknunda) at Buddrinath and Mana, of the Pindur at the foot of the great peak Nundidevi, of the Dhonlee branch of the Ganges beyond Neetee, crossing and recrossing the Pass of that name into Thibet, of the Goree or great branch of the Sardah or Kalee, near Oonta Dhoora beyond Melum. I have, also, in my official capacity made the settlement of the Bhote Mehals of this province. My residence of more than six years in the hills has thrown me constantly in the way of European and native travellers; nor have I neglected to acquire information from the recorded labors of others. Yet, with all this experience, I am prepared to affirm, that 538 Correspondence. the PERPETUAL snow line is at a higher elevation on the northern slope of ‘‘ the Himalya,” than on the southern slope. The facts mentioned by Capt. Hutton appear to me only to refer to the northern sides of all mountains in these regions, and not to affect in any way the reports of Capt. Webb and others, on which Humboldt formed his theory. Indeed how can any facts of one observer in one place falsify the facts of another observer in an- other place ? I willingly allow that the north side of a hill retains the snow longer and deeper than the south side, and this observa- tion equally applies to heights in Bhote. But Humbolt’s theory is on the question of the perpetual snow line, and Capt. Hutton’s refer- ences to Simla and Mussooree and other mountain sites,* are out of place in this question; or else he fights against a shadow, or an objection of his own creating. In no part of his paper does he quote accurately the dictum which he wishes to oppose. Who ever said the snow lies longer and deeper in the Southern slopes of the several mountains ? What has been said, and what I now say is, that at the same moment of time (say of any day in September,) when in Thibet or Chinese Tartary, little or no snow is found at 17,000 or even 18,000 feet odd above the sea by one traveller, another traveller in the Himalya on the south side of the high peaks finds deep snow at 14,000 feet and even lower. The causes of these phenomena it is easy to dissert upon, and I am far from pinning my faith to even the illustrious Humboldt on this point. But, my present object is to state, that one traveller to the Himalya, at least in addition to Webb, should be excluded from the assertion contained in your note. Note.—I readily confess that 1 may have been wrong in both the notes appended to this correspondence; the first of these notes was to the effect, that the line of perpetual snow is actually higher on the Southern than it is on the Northern face on the Himalaya, contrary to the actual measurements of Capt. Webb on both sides of the mountain chain; and the second, coinciding with the view enter- tained by Capt. Hutton. With regard to the first, I must observe, that I never was within forty miles of the high peaks, so that my impression of the supposed error of the measurements of Capt. Webb was derived from a distant view of the snow line, and its relative height with regard to certain peaks, the elevations of which were known, and seemed to make the snow line at least 16,000 to 17,000 feet on the South side, whilst I think it ought to be no more than about 13,000 feet in the 31° N. latitude, according to the calculations of Humboldt.—Ep. Correspondence. _. 039 I hope I have made myself clearly understood on the points above mentioned, and that you will do me the justice to believe, that only a regard to truth, * hs * * ** *k x x m8 * * * * * * * * * * x* * * * ** of ** * co induced me to occupy your valuable time with this letter. Notice of a live Cervus frontalis, J. M. My pEarR Sip, I have the pleasure to inform you of my having dispatched to you a live ‘‘ Sungnai.’”’ I send it at the desire of Capt. Guthrie, who pays all expenses of transport, (and they are great,) and has offered a reward of Rupees Fifty to the person who may bring it alive to Calcutta. ‘This Deer was caught for Capt. Gordon, with others which have died. Ten or twelve caught for me have also died. Capt. Gordon intended to have sent the Deer to you himself, but beg unable, I have done so for Capt. Guthrie, and to Capt. Guthrie will belong the honor of having dispatched to Calcutta the first live specimen. From what I have said you will see, that Capt. Gordon had not neg- lected your commission, and considering the great mortality amongst the animals caught, his kindness in having made a domesticated Deer over to me, will be duly appreciated. : I am, My Dear Sir, Yours faithfully, Wm. McCuttocu. Munneepore, 16th December, 1843. Fixtract from the Proceedings of the Coal Committee for the Month of June 1843. Read a letter from J. W. Westerhout, Esq. to William Griffith, Eisq., in reply to queries from the Secretary of the Coal and Mineral Committee relative to the Gold mines at Malacca. At Gammche, Zahony, and Chandras, situated thirty-nine miles from Malacca, Gold mines are worked under the exorbitant exac- 540 Correspondence. tions of Native Rajas, who leave the workmen hardly more than is barely sufficient to cover their expenses. The locality of these mines was formerly under British protection, when there were upwards of a thousand inhabitants and rapidly im- proving, but subsequently our protection was withdrawn, and the population has dwindled down to three or four hundred. The land is rich, the climate healthy, and elevated about 120 feet above the sea. The district at present is quite useless, but it belongs nominally to the Malay Pungools, to whom it was given up when fixing the boundary in 1833. The Gold mines are from 12 to 250 feet deep, the Gold is detached from the pieces of rocks by pounding, and is then separated from the sand by washing, for which the numerous springs in the vicinity afford every facility. ‘The profit of these Gold mines is said to have always been considerable, a single workman being able to obtain, without any uncertainty, two Company’s Rupees weight of Gold per diem, and the mines may be worked the whole year round without interruption. The expense of labour is at present from three to four dollars per month. siliscellaneous. Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture, &c., Reviewed by Dr. Scute1pen.—(Translated from the German.)* Few books published in modern times have excited a more lively in- terest or attracted more attention from numerous classes all over Eu- rope, than the publication, whose title is at the head of this paper, though apparently the number of its readers must be limited.. Soon after its publication it was hailed, by a great number of people, as a most * Since this remarkably poignant critique has appeared, another equally un- favourable has been given by Dr. Mohl, which we propose reprinting in the next number. It may be interesting to our readers to know, that both MM. Schleiden and Mohl are distinguished authorities, the former being conspicuous for his researches on vegetable organisation generally,smore particularly as regards the origin of the vegetable cell, and vegetable embryo. Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 541 ingenious production, and as a torcl® calculated to spread light over the darkest mazes and labyrinths of science; but at the same time voices were heard from all sides contradicting its principles. As the number of the latter is daily increasing, it is to be apprehended that the book will fall into discredit with the same rapidity with which it has risen above the common level. In investigating the real value of this work it is not difficult to point out that part by which it ob- tained the approbation of so many persons in so short a time. It is much less easy to lay open with precision and clearness those nu- merous errors and deficiencies, which no doubt will soon produce a decided alteration, and cause it to fall as quickly as it has risen. A work may easily get into favour with the public, which is written in lively and bold language, full of confidence and certainty, and which lays down in a few principles, expressed with perspicuity and pre- cision, those scientific results which have been obtained by many tedious and laborious researches during many centuries, and which besides boldly establishes new laws, by which it seems easy to solve with certainty the most difficult problems, and to explain the most complicated phenomena. Such a book is sure to get into favour with that portion of the public which, incapable of forming its own opinion on the matter, wishes to be put in possession of the results of scientific researches, if that end can be obtained without follow- ing the deep investigations of scientific naturalists ; and especially if the book be written in a language adapted to moderate talents and pretty free from technical terms. Had the book appeared under a different title, nobody would have found fault with its author or entered into a dispute with him; for no doubt agriculturists, and other practical men, may learn many useful things from it, which they must otherwise have collected from many works with great labour. But the title of the book, and still more the account the author gives in the introduction (p. ix.) of what induced him to undertake it, has subjected his publication to strict criticism, in order to ascertain its real value in a scientific point of view. The title of the book alone shows, that a single person is not able to form a just idea of the value of its contents in all their bearings, and that the opinion of the chemist, of the agriculturist, and the phy- slologist, may differ much respecting that point. Up to this time 542 Miscellaneous. the opinion of only the two first €lasses (chemists and agriculturists) has been published. The chemists have found fault with the author for having produced very little which is new, and for having pub- lished what was already known before, as if it had been found out by himself, without mentioning the name of the discoverer. The agriculturists have probably taken well-founded objections to many of the principles laid down by him, especially to his theory of manur- ing. It is now time that the physiologists should raise their voice, I mean the vegetable physiologists, as the other classes of physiologists find very little information in his book, if we except a few pages (pp. 299-346) where the author speaks of poison, miasma, and contagion. ‘The vegetable physiologists have now to determine the value of Dr. Liebig’s work as far as it relates to the science they profess. Such a step on their side is completely justified by the treatment they have experienced from this author, who, as often as an opportunity occurs (and sometimes he fetches it from afar), speaks of the physiologist with such wanton contempt, that in some respects the whole book is nothing better than a libel on this class of naturalists. Since Dr. Liebig asserts (p. 32) that even the most distinguished of our physiologists do not connect any meaning with. such terms as—acids, bases, alkalis, etc., I think we shall be justified in trying to prove that we, physiologists, understand much more of chemistry than Dr. Liebig of physiology and the objects of our science. It will then be obvious which of the two has most to learn from the other. But it may be asked, why I take so much trouble with an adversary, whose book contains so little which is exclusively his own, and that little of small importance, whilst there are found in it such numerous errors, and many things bordering on complete absurdity. J therefore find myself obliged to lay before the public what entitles the author to his attention on my part, and how it happens that it is not a disgrace for me to enter the lists against him. Dr. Liebig is no philosopher. Even in the literature of philosophy he is so extremely ignorant, that, without comment, he thinks proper to call the fancies of Schelling, the ‘‘ Natural Philosophy of the Germans.” Still, it must be confessed, that his work adheres closely to one great fundamental principle of philosophy ; and this he Tiebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 543 owes to the soundness and clearness of his genius, which nobody can deny him to be possessed of. But it does not appear that he has been fully conscious of the intimate connexion of that principle with researches in science. The principle I mean is the possibility of a natural science, founded exclusively on a hylological (material) view of the creation. ‘The only principle or end of all scientific researches must be, to place all nature under strict mathematical laws, which do not admit of exceptions, and which ultimately are all reducible to the laws provided by those movements of matter, which arise from their fundamental qualities. ‘This principle must be applied, without exception, to all objects of organic or inorganic nature. If this term is rightly understood, we must say that there is in nature only organic matter, or such as is subject to be continually changed by movements produced by internal, but material, powers ; and inorganic matter, which, not being subject to changes, is subject to the mathematical laws of nature. ‘The mental functions alone are entirely independent of these laws ; but as the mind derives its origin from a source of quite a different nature, it must eternally remain excluded from the scientific (theoretic) researches of material nature, as an object which cannot be connected with them. This difference, however, is not very obvious; and only by a slow progress men have at last risen so far as to form a clear idea of this state of things. ‘The union of the mental and material view of the creation in the same subject, has for a long period led men into error in this respect. This appears in the ancient myths, who attributed to each stone a spirit,—a god; in the more refined entelechia of Aristotle, who found himself compelled to adopt a spiritual principle for the explanation of the formation of forms; and in the monades of Leibnitz. We even find that the most ingenious investigators of nature, who, as it were, by instinct, have acquired the idea that the material world constitutes an independent body, have been cried down as atheists. But at last the day began to dawn, natural philosophy gradually freed itself from the fetters imposed on it by scholastic wisdom derived from traditions and ancient writings, and, leaving books aside, it applied itself to investigate the processes of nature by experiments, as soon as this manner of scientific research had been introduced by Galileo. From o Z 544 Miscellaneous. that period many phenomena have been placed without the pale of the mystical system. Kepler, Newton, and La Place, at least, have completely succeeded in liberating the movements of the hea- venly bodies from all spiritual influence, and in subjecting them to the laws of motion. That portion of natural philosophy which is called physics, and chemistry, have likewise gradually attained their true position, and achieved their independence. But in those branches of natural philosophy, whose object is the imvestigation of organic nature, the old disorder still remains, on account of dif- ficulties arising from the complication of the problem to be solved ; and more especially, because in the most perfect organic body, in man, we continually encounter the mysterious union of mental operations and of matter, which probably will remain unexplained to all eternity. Nevertheless, in these branches, too, science conti- nues its progress on a safe road, although for a moment it has been led astray by the poetical fictions of Schelling and his adherents. The whole science of the organic world, both in physiology and medicine, advances ‘irresistibly, propelled by the united efforts of those who apply themselves to the investigation of these subjects. All researches now tend towards one ultimate end, namely, the esta- blishment of a complete independence, on the part of the material world, of explanations drawn from the spiritual world, and the securing it on scientific principles. This is the bond which invisibly connects all the distinguished imvestigators of nature of our own times, and which unites all the different individuals engaged in the pursuit into one great school, however widely they may dif- fer in their opinions and views. This it is which impresses on the natural philosophy of our days a peculiar character, of which it will not be deprived by the quickly-vanishing dreams of philo- sophical mysticism. Here I might confess that the manner in which organic chemistry is treated by Dr. Liebig, tends to the same goal, and I repeat, that on that account his book deserves to be noticed; though perhaps it will be in the end discovered that the author has solved a single problem of vegetable physiolo- gy—that most of them he did not understand—and that consequently his book is useless, as far as the advancement of vegetable physio- logy is concerned. Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 545 If, on the one hand, we admit that an author has directed his views towards right objects, and that he has never swerved from the idea which must give life to his labours, we must, on the other hand, ask two questions before we can conceive a precise idea of the real value of his work. We must firstly inquire what degree of clearness this leading idea has attained in his mind, and how far it has been combined with the consciousness of its scientific tendency: and, secondly, how he has applied this idea to specific objects. It is ex- tremely difficult, I may say impossible, to separate these two ques- tions, and to answer them singly, in giving an opinion of this pub- lication of Dr. Liebig’s. For in reference to the last question, the principal reproach to which his work is subject is, that it has been written without consideration, and without its author having pre- viously digested the matter as he ought to have done, as is evident from the circumstance that nearly every page, and certainly every chapter, is either not in accordance with that which precedes, or is frequently in plain contradiction to it. The whole work is, in fact, a strange mixture of contradictions, superficial observations, gross ignorance, ingenious ideas, and rich and powerful combinations, with which are interwoven the opinions and views of other authors, sometimes named and sometimes not, and just historical notices; although in other places the author intentionally, as it seems, falsi- fies historical facts. ‘The reader is frequently uncertain what opi- nion he has to form; he does not know whether he understands the views of the author, or whether he is studying ideas conceived and written down in haste, or whether, supposing that the true view of the author is made out, it is worth exposing, and proving that it does not rest on any foundation. Liebig himself does not hesitate to designate as illiterate all those who despise the value of foreign literature the more, the less they are acquainted with it; and we shall add, that it is only a proof of mental vulgarity when a man extols his own business as elevated above all others, and presents his own limited views as the only ones founded on truth. Dr. Liebig, who speaks so contemptuously of physiologists, and asserts that even the most distinguished among them do not connect any idea with such terms as carbonic acid, acids, and bases, does not show in his book that he is himself acquainted with the publications of any bota- 546 Miscellaneous. nical physiologist, except those of Reum, whom nobody regards as a vegetable physiologist at all, and the general physiology of Burdach, who adheres to the poetical fancies of Schelling, which are rejected by nearly all who have acquired any reputation in these branches of science. Besides, he seems to have forgotten, or perhaps he never knew, that Miiller, Schwann, and other physiologists, have distin- guished themselves by important discoveries in chemistry. Indeed, Dr. Liebig would seem to know nothing about anything except che- mistry, and even in that science to be only acquainted with his own views, when, among other observations, he maintaims in a very arrogant way, that the art of making experiments can only be ac- quired in a chemical laboratory. It would seem as if he had never heard of experimental natural philosophy, and that the names of Faraday, Arago, Biot, Seebeck, &c. have never reached his ears. What conclusions, then, shall we draw from his assertions? It is a most unpleasant task to enter into a dispute with an author who evidently has not digested what he has published, for in such a case it must remain a matter of great doubt how far he intends to be an- swerable for his own opinions and assertions. We are bound to support these our opinions of Dr. Liebig’s work by some passages taken from the book itself. He says, p. 18, “ It is certain that plants decompose carbonic acid ;” p. 60 and 61, how- ever, he thinks it very improbable that the carbonic acid is decom- posed, and shows that it is much more probable that water is decom- posed. Page 35, he says, ‘“‘ As pure starch of potatoes, when dis- solved in nitric acid, leaves behind a ring of the finest wax, what can be objected if the chemist hence draws the conclusion that each molecule of starch is composed of concentric layers of wax and amylum, which thus reciprocally protect one another against the influence of water and ether?” It does not appear to have occurred to Dr. Liebig that the term, ‘reciprocally’? must expose him to ridicule. One kind of matter must be on the external surface; and by the alternate action of water and of ether the molecule of starch should, of course, be dissolved : which, however, does not take place, as is well known. It is hard to suppose that Dr. Liebig is so igno- rant of his own science as not to know that starch is easily dissolved in boiling water, diluted sulphuric acid, and diluted alkalies, and Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agrigulture. 547 does not leave a residuum of wax; and that nitric acid not only dissolves starch, but decomposes it. Page 8, he says, ‘“‘The quali- ties of humus and of humic acid have been transferred in an incon- ceivable way by vegetable physiologists to that constituent of mould to which the same name, has been applied.” (By whom ?—I think only by chemists.) We do not know whether to consider it as igno- rance of the history of his own science, or as an intentional falsi- fication of historical facts, when we find that Dr. Liebig does not even suspect that the whole theory of humus, and its application to explaining the manner in which plants are nourished, have been in- vented and fully developed by Saussure, Sprengel, Malaguti, Berze- lius, Mitscherlich, Mulder, and others, who were all chemists; and that but few vegetable physiologists have adopted it from them with- out making any material change. Dr. Liebig does not seem to know that many vegetable physiologists have always asserted humus only to contribute to the nourishment of plants by being converted into carbonic acid. ‘This is the opinion of Senebier, Ingenhouz, Agardh, &c. I myself heard it from my teacher Bartling; and it was only at a later period that I became acquainted with the theory of humus, as explained in books, and to which I am not inclined to give my assent. But in another part of his book he does seem to know this fact, and speaks there of Senebier, Ingenhouz, &c. We read at page 22, “‘the same current of air which produced by the rotation of the globe, has traversed the space between the equator and the poles, brings to us, on its return to the equator, the oxygen which there (where?) has been produced, and carries to it the carbonic acid of our winters?” Must we, in reading this monstrous theory of the winds, ascribe it to an entire ignorance of natural philosophy? or to an utter confusion of his ideas when the author was writing down this passage ? Page 37 :—“‘ In those plants of the torrid zone which are filled with milky juices, caoutchouc and wax surround the water with a kind of impenetrable cover, similar to what is observed in oily emulsions, therefore they abound in juice. As in milk the pellicle » formed on the surface prevents evaporation, thus in these plants the same effect is produced by the milky juice.’ Such an assertion would excite a smile on the face of a youth just beginning to study the anatomy of plants, and hardly deserves to be refuted. The 548 Miscellaneous. whole families of Euphorbiacee, Asclepiadeze, Milky Cacti, &c., con- sist of large thin-sided cells filled with watery juice and a little chlorophyll. Among them are distributed a few thick-sided vessels filled with a milky juice, which contains but little water. These vessels are not mechanically united with the first class of cells, and perhaps even their organic connexion may not be important. In despite of this milky juice, the watery matter of the cells would soon evaporate if it were not protected by the close texture of the epider- mis. A person who applies to vegetable physiologists a language like that used by Dr. Liebig, should, we think, endeavour to under- stand at least the elementary principles of vegetable physiology. It is needless to produce more instances of this kind, which may be found on nearly every page; our assertions will be abundantly sup- ported by what still remains to be introduced. It must be considered as an unavoidable consequence of the haste with which Liebig has worked, of his striking want of scientific knowledge, and of the little consideration he has given to his subject, that his reasoning may be refuted point by point, even in matters where his views are just. In my opinion there is nothing which proves more evidently the uselessness of an author, than the circum- stance, that his reasoning is open to well-founded objections while his evidence is admitted. Such a man cannot fail to create a preju- dice against science itself, because many will imagine that they have put an end to a subject, however solid its foundation, when the defence of it by a weak advocate has been easily thrust aside. I feel it my duty to state this expressly, as many persons would otherwise blame me for having attacked Liebig on account of views which I myself have defended at other times. My object in writing this paper is not to treat of certain laws and principles of physiology, but to show, what Dr. Liebig does not understand—the problems which that science has to solve; and that at least, in this publication, he has not in any essential way contributed to the solution of these pro- blems. In order to proceed regularly in the performance of this task, I shall subject the principal sections of his work, as far as they regard vegetable physiology, to a more exact and minute examination. The first section (from 6 to 48) treats of the assimilation of car- bonic acid. I have already mentioned that he begins with stating Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 549 as an historical fact that which is not true. The humus of the soil has indeed been identified with artificial humus, and has been con- sidered as the principal source from which plants receive nourish- ment. ‘This, however, has not been done originally by the vegetable physiologists, but by chemists; as is evident from the circum- stance that Dr. Liebig, in his short view of the theory of humus, does not produce the name of one physiologist, but only those of chemists. Further, Dr. Liebig is of opinion, that it can be shown by the strictest proof, that humus, in that form in which it exists in the soil, does not, in the slightest way, contribute to the nourishment of plants. According to my view of the matter, we are not yet so far advanced in our researches as to be authorised to make such an assertion. It is easy to show that Dr. Liebig has not succeeded in establishing what he promised; but, instead of it, he has adduced a fact which perhaps may give a slight probability to this view of the matter. His first observation (p. 9), is, that the cold of winter and the heat of summer deprive the humic acid of solubility in water ; which is quite in accordance with the old experience, that drought in summer and a high degree of cold without snow in winter, consi- derably diminish the fertility of soil. This observation, therefore, may rather be considered as supporting than as refuting the theory of humus. The observation which follows, that cold water deprives the good mould only of the salts of the rain water and that it remains colourless, is not true, according to the experiments of Berzelius (viii. 386). I myself always have obtained from good mould a yellowish extract, which indeed differed considerably accord- ing to the difference of the earthy matter, but which always con- tained a considerable admixture of brown organic matter. By these two observations, which evidently prove nothing, Dr. Liebig thinks he has succeeded in completely disposing of humic acid (p. 10), and passes to humic salts. Here he offers us some calcula- tions by which he intends to prove that they are equally incapable of supplying a plant with the amount of carbonic acid required for its nourishment. All calculations beginning with such phrases as, «Let us suppose,” “Let us put aside for the present,” &c., are usually valueless to science; and if they are made without the least regard to essential points, and are based on arbitrary suppositions, as those of Dr. Liebig, they are perfectly childish. His first calculation 550 Miscellaneous. is to prove that the ashes obtained from a plant, if all its salts have been taken up as humates, are only sufficient to account for one- thirtieth part of the carbonic acid which is produced. Here we first meet with the erroneous assumption that potash and soda do not differ from lime in their capacity of saturation. I should have expected Dr. Liebig to know that the difference is very great. Fur- ther, he has entirely omitted ammonia, which forms the salt richest in humus, and which, in his own opinion, is introduced into the plant by the roots, on account of its great affinity to the humic acid of the soil, probably as a humate, being afterwards decomposed by the plant for the purpose of forming matters containing nitrogen. Lastly, the author has not taken notice of secretion from the roots; of which he is elsewhere a strenuous advocate. According to this theory, it would be probable that a great quantity of bases, after having given the plant this humus, are secreted, and consequently cannot be found in the ashes. But these bases can again be direct- ly saturated with humic acid, can thus re-enter the plant, and will then undergo again decomposition and secretion, and so on. This calculation, then, is entirely void of all the fundamental data required to prove, even remotely, the improbability of the theory of humus. The second calculation has for its object the quantity of humic acid which may be introduced into a plant by the water which is contained in the soil. Liebig begins by assuming that (according to Schiibler) an acre of land receives, during a period of four months’ vegetation, 700,000 lbs. of rain water, which reaches plants while saturated with that salt which is the most soluble and contains the greatest quantity of humic acid, 7. e. with lime; but by this, not one-sixth of the carbonic acid which is produced can be ac- counted for. This calculation is equally worthless with the last, be- cause lime constitutes neither the most soluble salt, nor that which contains the greatest portion of humic acid. Ammonia, indeed, is such a salt; and this, according to Liebig himself, is always found in sufficient quantity. The following calculation, which I oppose to those of Dr. Liebig, will show how insignificant such estimates are :— An acre contains 40,000 square feet. If the crust of soil operative in vegetation is taken to extend to the depth of a foot, and the speci- fic gravity of the earth at 2.0, the acre contains 4,000,000 cubic feet. Suppose that it contains one per cent. of humus, the humus e . e mY e rh ; ; IP ! 5 aie , fre jx ‘ Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 551 amounts to 40,000 lbs.. According to Berzelius, these materials ab- sorb from the atmosphere in 24 hours, 40,000 lbs. of water; conse- quently in 120 days, during the period of vegetation, 4,800,000 lbs. of water. To these are to be added 700,000 lbs. of rain, which raises the quantity to 5,500,000 lbs. of water. In this way the plants receive 2,200 lbs. of lime saturated with humic acid, which is equal to 2,016 lbs. of humic acid, or to 1,169 lbs. carbonic acid. Now the corn and straw grown on the acre contain, according to Liebig, 1,020 lbs. carbonic acid. ‘There is consequently, still left 149 lbs. to account for the carbonic acid consumed in forming roots and the lower part of the haulm. Again, according to the opinion of the author, the atmosphere always contains ammonia, which is readily absorbed by humus, and forms that salt which is most solu- ble and contains the greatest proportions of humus. If, for the formation of humate of ammonia ten times the same quantity of water is required, that quantity (700,000 lbs.) brings to the plants 70,000 lbs. of humate of ammonia. This quantity contains, accord- ing to the calculation of Mulder, 42,000 lbs. of carbonic acid, and if we suppose that only one-tenth of the water is used in the nourishment of the plants, they receive still 4,200 lbs. of carbonic acid. I could wish to learn from Dr. Liebig what the plants are to do with this immense surplus of carbonic acid ? On the other hand, the author at page 13, has made calcula- tions which render it in the highest degree improbable that plants are nourished by humus contained in soil. After having repeated the old observation, that in forests or meadows, in despite of the crops annually taken from them, the soil continually increases the proportion of humus without the assistance of manure, he produces a calculation, according to which equal spaces of ground, whether used for the growth of forest-trees, grass, corn, or turnips, pro- duce annually nearly the same quantity of carbonic acid. If this was true, it would prove that the production of carbonic acid is entirely independent of the mode of cultivation and the application of manure. The facts on which this calculation rests are not within my province, but Dr. F. X. Hlubek, in his examination of this our author’s book, has proved, in a very satisfactory way, that these facts are mere fancies of Dr. Liebig. 4a 552 Miscellaneous. The author arrives at the conclusion, that as the soil cannot be the source from which carbonic acid is derived, it must be the atmosphere. I think he has come to this conclusion too hastily. I venture to affirm, that it is certain that the vegetable matter contained in soil is changed into carbonic acid by the oxygen of the air, by way of combustion. It cannot be questioned, that the car- bonic acid produced in this way is absorbed by the moisture con- tained in soil, and then attracted by the roots. It is therefore very probable that soil contributes much to the nourishment of plants ; and this probability is increased by the observation, that the quantity of carbonic acid does not appear to have increased in forests, which for a thousand years never have been cut, and certainly not in propor- tion to the quantity of vegetable matter produced by the falling of leaves, the breaking of branches, &c. Dr. Liebig next inserts (p. 15) a very absurd observation : ‘‘Humus,” he says, “‘is produced, according to the opinion of all scientific men, by decomposition and decay. ‘Therefore there cannot be an original humus, as there existed plants before the humus.” I answer ; “‘ carbonic acid is produced, according to Dr. Liebig and the opinion of all scientific men, by the process of combustion and res- piration ; therefore there cannot have been an original carbonic acid, as there existed plants before animals and combustion.” But of what use are such follies in a scientific work? What do we know of the nature of that process by which the earth forms her produc- tions? I think, just nothing. Carbonic acid is a combination of carbon and oxygen; humus is a combination of carbonic acid, oxygen, and hydrogen. Does Dr. Liebig think it more difficult for nature to bring about the combination of the three last mentioned substances, than that of the two first After Dr. Liebig (p. 17, &c.) has repeated the well-known facts respecting the continued production of carbonic acid, and that never- theless the portion of this matter contained in the atmosphere does apparently* not increase, he briefly asks, ‘‘ what becomes of the car- bonic acid ?’’ and he answers as briefly, ‘‘it is absorbed by the leaves * Mr. A. Dumas, in his Statics of Organic Chemistry, has shown that our eudiometric experiments are much too scanty to prove that the atmosphere is not subject to any change in the proportion of its components. Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 553 of plants from the air, decomposed into its constituents, and after the carbon has been fixed in the plant, the oxygen is emitted.” This question, however, cannot be decided in so hasty a way, if it were only because the answer expresses much more than the ques- tion implies. The question, What becomes of the carbonic acid? and the answer, It remains fixed in the plants, have nothing to do with the other questions, by what organ is carbonic acid in- troduced into a plant? and is it there decomposed, or only fixed? That carbonic acid is the matter from which the carbon of plants is derived, is a fact which has been stated long ago, and which, up to this day, has been asserted as true, by a great number of phy- siologists. ‘That under certain circumstances plants absorb carbonic acid, and emit oxygen, by means of their leaves, is likewise a fact, which has been acknowledged since the times of Senebier, Priestley, and Saussure. But that it is certain, as Dr. Liebig thinks, that carbonic acid is dissolved in the leaves of plants, has not in any way been proved, and he himself thinks it very improbable in another part of his book. Lastly, that the leaves absorb all the carbonic acid which is required for the maintenance and growth of the plants from the atmosphere ; that the plants, when they are perfectly formed, are not in need of the carbonic acid of the soil; and that want of moisture and complete dryness of the soil do not impede the completion of their development (p. 46) ;—all these propositions are mere fictions, and have evidently been written without consideration. For common experience shews, that plants must die if the soil loses its moisture entirely, and thus refutes the statement of the author in a manner which cannot be questioned. In conceiving this unfound- ed theory, he evidently has been influenced by a solitary instance mentioned in his Appendix (p. 181.) I do not call in doubt the cre- dibility of Mr. W. Macnab, though many important difficulties have risen in my mind on reading his account; but I must observe, that Ficus australis is a plant whose roots grow in the air, and that it appears to me more than probable that such plants are, more than others, possessed of qualities which enable them to condense the moisture of the atmosphere. But even if this fact is admitted in all its force, it proves nothing more, than that Ficus australis con- stitutes an exception to this general rule. Experiments by which 554 Miscellaneous. this question is settled may be made every day. It will be found that a plant in a pot dies if it is not watered, that in the open ground it continues to live for a considerable length of time without rain, because the soil continually absorbs the watery vapours of the atmosphere, especially during the night; but that when drought continues for a long period, plants growing in the open country suffer, especially because the drought diminishes the capacity of the humus for absorbing moisture (Mitscherlich). These facts are known to every peasant, to every gardener, but as it seems, are unknown to Dr. Liebig. To prove the absorption of carbonic acid by leaves, the author ap- peals to the well-known experiments of Saussure. According to the same experiment, he is obliged to admit that they emit carbonic acid at night; but he asserts, without any kind of proof, that this carbonic acid is derived from a quite different source, and that the quantity thus emitted is not equal to that which has previously been absorbed. But since the experiments of Saussure, Link, and Grischow, according to which, plants vegetating in an air, to which that of the atmosphere has not access, do not change the air in its qualitive or quantitive relations, have not been reported by Dr. Liebig, I shall take the liberty to oppose these well-conducted and exact experiments, to the phrases of Dr. Liebig, and I think I may assert that in this matter there is still a great vacuum in our know- ledge, to fill up which this author does not seem better qualified than physiologists. Meyen being aware of these difficulties, was nearly the first and only physiologist to deny that the atmosphere is improved by the functions of the leaves, and he has proposed a theory, resting, indeed, on a very weak foundation. Now Dr. Liebig asserts (p. 24,) that in the writings of all vegetable physiologists and botanists, the assimilation of the carbonic acid of the air is called in doubt, and that most of them deny that the air is improved by plants. This is another proof of his great ignorance, or rather gross falsification of historical data known to every body, and it is not worth my while to answer them more fully. Dr. Liebig, after having (p. 26) enumerated a number of single well-known facts, which have produced in his mind the certain Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 555 conviction that the carbonic acid emitted at night by plants enters them originally in that state, and that the oxygen absorbed does not serve for the combustion of the carbon, he at last, (p. 30,) pro- duces ‘a decisive proof which, in his opinion, clearly shows that the plants give a greater quantity of oxygen to the air than they withdraw from it. He rests this proof on the known fact of air-bubbles beneath ice, which are said to be filled with pure oxygen; and this oxygen is stated to be derived only from plants. Dr. Liebig asserts that it is pure oxygen, and we must give him cre- dit; and he adds also, that this oxygen is always increasing in quantity, and never diminishing. But, I ask, must this be considered as a proof of that great art of making experiments, only to be learnt in chemical laboratories? If it is so to be considered, I am glad that I have learnt it in other places. How is it possible that Dr. Liebig can expect to solve, in ditches and ponds, such delicate problems, in such a way as to render them in the least degree useful to science? He does not seem to know that ice absorbs gases; that certainly water is never separated from the air hermetically, as it were, by ice; that in water a continual absorption and exchange takes place between the gases ; that carbonic acid is more easily absorbed by water than oxygen; that frost separates from the water the gases which it has absorbed ; that such a separation especially takes place at points and edges, and, consequently, at leaves and small branches ; that—but this is enough to prove, that he who considers the solution of the above-mentioned problem so very easy a task, must have but a superficial knowledge of the matter , and that this remnant of know- ledge is arrogantly employed for the purpose of showing up, as ig- norant fellows, all those botanists who have entertained different opinions, although founded on innumerable facts. Though I cer- tainly am not partial to Mr. Meyen, and decidedly differ from him in the solution of the problem in question, yet I assert boldly that, im conceiving his theory, he has evinced a degree of sagacity and of knowledge of chemistry much superior to that of Dr. Liebig in his chapter on the Assimilation of Carbonic Acid. Not to mention his frequent contradictions, his historical, physical, and phy- siological perversions, he shows in this chapter a want of knowledge im even his own chemistry, by producing his untenable theory of 9056 Miscellaneous. starch. The only new thing which he has advanced in it, is the view that carbonic acid is assimilated by plants by means of their leaves ; and this proposition must, for the present at least, be regard- ed as quite unfounded. In proof that carbonic acid dissolved in water is introduced into plants by their roots, I shall here produce two calculations, which rest on very different foundations, and yet agree in so remarkable a way with one another, and with other facts, that I think many will be inclined to put some value on them. I. According to Hales, a sunflower, 3} ft. high, evaporated every day 1 lb. and 4 oz.; therefore in 120 days, during its vegetation, 150 lbs. — 3 cubic feet. ‘These, saturated, contain 3 cubic feet of carbonic acid. I shall allot to every plant 2 square feet of soil. There would therefore be on the acre, assumed by Dr. Liebig, 20,000 of such plants. 3 cubic feet of carbonic acid have the weight of about 5 oz. ‘Therefore all the plants absorb with the water 6,250 lbs. of carbonic acid, or 1,600 lbs. of carbon. The production of carbon over the surface of an acre is, according to Liebig’s calculation equal to 1,029 lbs. There remain, therefore, still 630 lbs., which have been employed in the growth of the roots, &c., as also in that of the leaves which have withered during the period of vegetation. II. The supposed acre, if we assume one foot for the depth of the earth which contributes to the growth of the plants, contains 40,000 cubic feet.; or, if we assume the specific gravity of the earth, at an average at 2.0 it contains 400,000 lbs. of earth. These again contain 40,000 lbs. of humus, or 1 per cent. They absorb from the atmosphere, in 24 hours, 40,000 lbs. of water, and in the assum- ed period of vegetation, 7. e. in 120 days, 4,800,000 Ibs. of water. To this is to be added the average quantity of rain ; viz. 600,000 lbs. and then we obtain, 5,400,000 lbs. of water. The sunflowers, which Hales used for his experiments, have only on the lower side of their leaves stomates by which evaporation takes place. Let us suppose that the surface of the plant is 38 square ft. but that only 2 square ft. are occupied by the stomates, by which evaporation is effected; then we find that that portion of the surface of the plant by which the evaporation goes on is equal to the surface of the earth from which it draws its nourishment. If we suppose that the evaporation Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 557 does not vary, we obtain for all the plants, 2,700,000 lbs., or 54,000 cubic feet of water. With this water an equal number of cubic feet, or 5,625 lbs. of carbonic acid, are introduced into the plants, which answers to about 1,500 lbs. of carbon. Though, from the nature of the subject, the facts on which these two calculations are founded have no claim to great exactness, and are only to be considered as a very rough estimate, yet they give a result in which the difference is not very great; and they prove at least one thing, namely,—that the carbonic acid which enters plants with water, by means of their roots, is completely sufficient to ex- plain the source of carbon existing in the plants. When we consider, moreover, the capacity of humus to absorb carbonic acid, we shall be almost justified in assuming that the water which is absorbed by roots is completely saturated with carbonic acid. I have now shown that Dr. Liebig has not at all understood the problems of physiology, as far as he has touched upon them in this chapter; that he has not produced any new fact, with the exception of the unfounded assertion that equal extents of soil produce equal quantities of carbon; that he does not know, or pretends not to know, that all the false theories on which he has stumbled, have been invented by chemists, and have only been adopted from them by | physiologists, among whom, however, there always have been some who have entertained more just views; and lastly, that the only new thing which he has introduced, appears, according to our present knowledge, to be quite unfounded. It cannot, then, fail to excite indignation, that Dr. Liebig should, at the end of the chapter, make a violent attack upon physiologists, of whom, in his ignorance, he has formed an idea, existing only in his own fancy, and on which all his offensive language is grounded. It is rather unfortunate that in a book dedicated to Alexander Von Humboldt, the author should assert, that the most distinguished of our physiologists are un- acquainted with the elements of chemistry, whilst that class of natural philosophers with pride and truth enumerate among them that great philosopher himself. Dr. Liebig reproaches vegetable physiologists with ignorance of chemistry and physics, and says they are incapable of making experi- ments. As to the first point, I shall use the words of Dr. Liebig 558 Miscellaneous. himself, and assert, that that man acts like a blockhead who treats other sciences with contempt in proportion to his ignorance of them. Whoever has read the publications of Dutrochet, Mohl, Unger, Goppert, &c., will certainly confess that they know quite as much of chemistry as can be required from persons who do not profess that science ; and that in those writers no such absurd theories are found as the nonsense about alternate layers of starch and wax protecting one another reciprocally against the influence of water and ether. As to their knowledge of physics, I think they have a much greater share of it than Dr. Liebig, as is evidently proved by his Theory of the Winds. Dr. Liebig thinks that all the talents of vegetable physiologists have been wasted in a study of the structure and formation of plants, and that they have proceeded in this task without consulting che- mistry and physics. I confess that our physiologists, i their ignor- ance, have always been such simpletons as to think that a person must first be perfectly acquainted with all the parts of a machine— with its wheels, levers, &c., before he can expect to be able to explain its action in any reasonable way. I do not doubt that they are also of opinion, that if Dr. Liebig had only had a small idea of the struc- ture and physiology of plants, he would have avoided expressing himself as he has done in speaking of the milky juice ; or, as at p. 66, where he says: ‘‘ The vegetable physiologist considers a leaf in every case only as a leaf, notwithstanding that a leaf, which pro- duces oil of turpentine, must be of a different description from that which gives oxalic acid.” A leaf is indeed always a leaf. But the physiologist has ascertained, by the anatomy of plants, that neither leaves nor stems of themselves produce oil, or any other matter, and that these are formed only in separate cells. It is indifferent whe- ther these cells occur in the leaves or in the stem. ‘To explain these processes, it is of the greatest importance to investigate anatomically the most minute portions of the cells; for the productive power of two cells, placed near one another in the same leaf, differs frequent- ly much more than that of two plants distant from one another, and quite different in their habits. If Dr. Liebig had the least notion of a microscope, and its use, he would not have exposed himself to ridicule by his idle objections to the existence of fungi producing Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 559 fermentation. That the microscope may lead to more certain results than common chemistry, may be proved by his view of the composition of starch; and what he says of gluten in bread (p. 86), proves nothing more than that he does not know how to use a mi- croscope. Nobody has ever thought of distinguishing, either with the microscope or the naked eye (for in this matter it is the same), things which possess the same qualities in an optical view. But if, as is probable, gluten and dextrin have a different capacity of refract- ing light, and these two substances are indeed mechanically mixed up in the bread, Dr. Liebig may be certain that the distribution of gluten in bread may be discovered as well by the microscope as by his chemical processes. As to the inability of physiologists to make experiments, I confess that we do not make experiments like those of Dr. Liebig, where a fish-pond represents the pneumatic trough, and a skating-ground a graduated tube. They know too well what they are about, and that their object is not to reason about the possibility of a chemical or physical explanation, but to ascertain how nature proceeds in her operations in each given case. We are far indeed from being able to effect this, and the principal reason of our inability must be looked for in the state of chemistry, which leaves us in the lurch, and offers nothing to our assistance except a great number of zmes and ides, which are useless in the explanation of the theory of vital ac- tions; and about as many hypotheses respecting the composition of organic matter, which are just as useless, because they do not rest on consistent ideas and are not coherent in themselves. Dr. Liebig is, no doubt, able to explain how, according to the opinion of some chemists, it may be imagined that an atom of starch is composed by the combination of his elements; but can he prove how it must be composed according to scientific principles, which do not admit of any objection? Is Dr. Liebig able to give us a theory which ex- plains the transformation of starch into gum and sugar, &c., and which contains something more than empty phrases—such as catalys, contact, a body im activity, and so forth? So long as in these two matters, which themselves constitute the real foundation of vege- tation, we cannot give a satisfactory explanation, we can hardly expect to understand the zoochemistry of the cells of plants; never- 4, B 560 Miscellaneous. theless, it may be hereafter found that the life of the whole plant, and of its organs, may: result from the life and productive faculties of single cells. It cannot be denied that vegetable physiologists have made many experiments little to the purpose; but it is unrea- sonable to inveigh against them on that account; and is it not most indecent, when it is done by the chemist, and in the arrogant way of this book? Would Dr. Liebig wish to be reproached with all the nonsense which in the last thirty years has been produced by che- mists? That most silly proposition—that plants are able to form metals and earths from water and air, was the result of the bad experiments of chemists. In fact, Dr. Liebig may look into the literature of starch, his own views included, to convince himself how little chemistry is entitled to reproach physiology with the mistakes which have been committed by particular individuals. Dr. Liebig, however, would no doubt be ready to answer, ‘ other chemists are nothing to me; when I use the term Chemistry, I understand by it only myself—me, Doctor Justus Liebig, of Giessen, the only Ger- man chemist, the director of the only laboratory existing in Ger- many.” Thus, at least, he has explained himself formerly. What our author (p. 37) says respecting the value of experiments made for the purpose of refuting other experiments at an ear- liar period, is no better digested than what we have examined. Each page of the history of chemistry convinces us, that we can only expect a steady advance of the science by subjecting the more ancient and less exact experiments to the controul of others more modern and more exact, to be re-examined, rectified, or refuted. That bad experimenters make bad experiments, and, therefore, do not obtain the results which had been produced by more ancient and more exact inquiries, is an observation not remarkable for its value. In every experiment we must look at the skill with which it is made, not at the object to which it tends, and an examination of the experiments of other people has just as much value as any other scientific investigation. It is not an examination of the views of these people, which have been supported by proofs, as Dr. Liebig ex- presses himself very incorrectly, but an examination of the pretended proofs themselves. If it can be shewn that they cannot be relied on, the views which have-been founded on them fall to the ground Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 561 of themselves, without any necessity for another view of the matter in their place. But enough of this: it is not worth while examining such ill-considered matters in all their points. Let us pass on to the following chapters, of which I shall have the less to say, seeing that the previous observations apply to them also in many cases. Dr. Liebig, in speaking of ‘‘ the origin and operation of humus,”’ briefly explains the received theory of its formation from woody fibre, but in a very superficial way (as compared with Mulder, in Bull. d. Sc. Phys. et Nat. en Neerlande, 1840, p. 1. etc.). He then gives us a short view of the development of a plant, as he sup- poses that it takes place. In doing this, he introduces a new law, which, as being full of very deep wisdom, he has caused to be print- ed in italics, namely, ‘“‘The size of a plant is in proportion to the surface of its organs, namely, the leaves, which are destined to conduct food into it.” How bad then must be the condition of the enormous Cactus, which has no leaves at all, or the gigantic Cecropias and Palm-trees, with the small number of their leaves ! Suddenly, however, Dr. Liebig forgets his whole theory, and says, the small Turnip of Teltow, attains the weight of several pounds when planted in a soil where it is forced to take as much nourish- ment as it can. What has, in this case, become of Dr. Liebig’s car- bonic acid and ammonia, which exist everywhere in sufficient quan- tity, and neither of which originates in the soil? The Turnip of Tel- tow grows near Berlin, in a light sandy soil, and in the islands of the river Elbe, in a marshy ground, which contains much clay and a great portion of humus. But in both these places it is a small root, notwithstanding the great difference of soil and cultivation. I think Dr. Liebig, in speaking of this little ‘Turnip, should have been aware that there are some principles and relations, which he cannot comprehend with all his genius and knowledge. I pass by his explanation of vegetable life, since he there speaks of a matter of which he has not the slightest knowledge. But I must advert to a proposition occurring at p. 49: ‘The nutrition of both animals and vegetables is inconceivable without a secretion of excrementiti- ous matter.” Here again is more confusion. ‘There are many very different things which are conceivable. The secretion of excremen- 562 Miscellaneous. titious matter 1s in no way connected with the idea of organisation, life or nutrition. We can only learn by experience, whether or not the introduction of new matter is attended by the secretion of such matter as has become useless. It is not inconceivable that a parasitical plant, for instance, may receive nothing except assimilable nourishment ; it is therefore very conceivable that nutrition can exist im plants without a secretion of excrements, more especially if the secretion of gases and aqueous vapours is not considered of that nature. But in treating every problem, not merely chemical, Dr. Liebig cannot penetrate beyond the surface. What follows contains nothing but analogies, with which physiology knows not what to do. Such are the solution of albumen in an infusion (not decoction, as Dr. Liebig says) of the acid of the stomach of a calf, the transformation of starch into sugar by means of a decoction of malt (not barley, as Dr. Liebig says). But who is it that puts a decoction of malt to the germinating grain of rice? Dr. Liebig should have known that, if indeed there be in nature operations resembling those of life, they neverthe- less differ; and that the physiologists do not look for what is possi- ble and conceivable, but for what really exists. Here, as on other occasions Dr. Liebig mentions with contempt the “vital force” of physiologists ; but he evidently does not know the meaning of the term, or he would speak of it differently. By this expression is im- plied the fundamental cause of all (all, without exception) the processes of life. Dr. Liebig is always talking, as if vital force was applied only to a few operations related to chemical facts, which, ne- vertheless, are just those which are most unimportant. The forma- tion of form is the result of vital power, and a most important one ; it is obvious that this has no connexion with chemistry. Even where our author treats of mere chemical relations, there is still something in his reasoning which shows that he tries to conceal his superficial propositions behind phrases. He asserts that plants secrete what is not assimilable; but why just what is not assimilable ? Why not what is assimilated? In what way does the plant distinguish one from the other? Why does it not secrete fluids through its leaves, and aeriform fluids through its roots ? Why, because of their peculiar nature ; and it is just this peculiar nature which is called by us vital power, until we shall acquire more just ideas, and be able to express Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 563 such operations by a better term. Both in organic changes and in the chemical processes of assimilation, superficial people deceive themselves, when they fancy they have succeeded in imitating such processes in their crucibles. Let us suppose that starch is converted into sugar in a germinating plant, in the same way as in a mash-tub ; can you, Dr. Liebig, explain the process of fermentation, or do you know anything about the transforming power of yeast, or sulphuric acid? Call such phenomena, then, vital force, specific, dynamic ; and be content with terms which you reject with such chemical indignation. We physiologists employ these terms to express phe- nomena which we cannot explain ; and we do not attempt to pass off our ignorance for wisdom, as the chemist does with his catalyse, contra-action, and bodies in activity. But enough. Pursuing the proper subject of this chapter, we find the old observation, that humus contributes to the nourishment of the plants by forming car- bonic acid, and then another instance of the carelessness with which Dr. Liebig has formed his notions. He says, charcoal can be used as a complete substitute for mould, for it never forms carbonic acid. I have little doubt that Dr. Liebig, when he was writing this, had in his head the idea that humus condenses carbonic acid from the at- mosphere, and thus introduces it into plants, and that in this impor- tant quality, which, however, he entirely omits, humus and charcoal agree. ‘his fact, however, we do not learn from Dr. Liebig, but from Lucas, Berzelius, and Mitscherlich. In the succeeding chapter, in treating of ‘‘the assimilation of hydrogen,” Dr. Liebig thinks it much more probable that water is decomposed, than carbonic acid, though previously (p. 18.) he had declared that the latter was a fact beyond all doubt. In the absence of anything new, I may as well notice the following sentence :— “We do not know,” says Liebig, ‘‘ in what form the constituent parts of organic matter are produced.” This knowledge is properly the ultimate object of physiology, but those who apply themselves to this science are not contented with ‘mere images, having no other end but to render those processes comprehensible ;”’ and they ask, with some reason, wherefore Dr. Liebig, after having produced such a testimonium paupertatis, should pour forth his calumnies upon 564 Miscellaneous. the obstinate and ignorant vegetable physiologists who shew such disinclination to feed on the riches afforded them by chemistry. Next comes “‘ the assimilation of nitrogen,” in which nothing material is found, with the exception of the new researches of Bous- singault. ‘This is the only subject of which physiology has not yet made use. Before Boussingault’s researches, both physiologists and chemists, Dr. Liebig included, were ignorant of the true origin of nitrogen in plants ; and since those researches have been published, no work on physiology has been printed. Then follows a chapter on the “inorganic constituents of vegeta- tion” (p. 85). Here we first have a number of known facts, proving the existence of salts in plants, and next a view, which, indeed, is very ingenious, and which, if pursued, cannot fail to excite great interest. From the analysis of the ashes of two kinds of fir-wood, made by Saussure, and of two kinds of pine-wood, made by Berthier, Dr. Liebig draws the conclusion that every species of plants absorbs from the soil a certain quantity of alkaline bases, containing an in- variable proportion of oxygen, in order to saturate a quantity of ve- getable acid, likewise constant, which is produced by the process of vegetation. This idea strikes the mind forcibly, and certainly de- serves to be investigated by exact and very comprehensive analyses. But unhappily for Dr. Liebig, he soon afterwards states, that in Lichens oxalate of lime is to be considered as a substitute for the woody fibre, which is absent. It is hardly possible to keep one’s temper in speaking of such nonsense. Woody fibre consists of elongated tubes, and oxalate of lime occurs only within cells, which are usually of a roundish shape ; and it occurs moreover not only in Lichens, but also in other plants, as in many Cacti, which contain as much as 85 per cent. of this matter ; a much larger quantity than is found in any kind of Lichen. This fact is known to every chemist’s apprentice, who has attended lectures on botany. I must leave the reader to discover the value of Dr. Liebig’s speculation. Our author (at p. 74,) asserts, that it can be easily proved that animal manure affects the growth of plants only by forming ammonia; but (at p. 98) he forgets what he said before, and attributes the advantageous effects of cow-dung on the banks of the Rhine to the potash it Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 565 contains. It must be obvious how little science will be promoted by a book so evidently written without consideration, and, in fact, made up of unconnected accidental conceptions. In the chapter on Cultivation, little could be expected of interest to vegetable physiologists; and having been as badly arranged as the remainder of the work, at least half its contents consist of isolat- ed physiolegical observations. First, humus is again taken up, and found to be an inexhaustible source of carbonic acid, which feeds the plants. By this process, the quantity of humus contained in the soil is, he says, subject to a continual diminution. Dr. Liebig has forgotten that, in another place, he had asserted the reverse to take place. Then comes a most surprising statement. He says (p. 109), that im a soil which communicates a yellow colour to water, no plants thrive; and that few plants flourish on barren peat-soil, or marshy meadows, whose soil has that quality. One would think that Dr. Liebig had never seen a peat-moss, or a marshy meadow, or the dense mass of vegetation which is spread over it ; or that he had never heard of peat being continually reproduced by the perishing vegetation that it bears, and which quickly shoots up again ; or, that on this peculiar quality of peat-moors depends the inexhaustible na- ture of peat-pits. The matter, however, stands thus: Farmers call that soil barren in which those plants do not thrive which they culti- vate, notwithstanding that it may otherwise produce a most luxuriant vegetation. On the soils named by Dr. Liebig there do, in fact, grow as many plants as on any other soil, but of peculiar kinds. Many of them, doubtless, require a large quantity of humus, as, for instance, many kinds of Moss; while Reeds and Sedges do not seem to thrive at all, except in soil containing a large quantity of free humic acid. Dr. Liebig had already settled, as we thought, all that is requisite for the growth of plants; but (at p. 109) he suddenly produces quite a new requisite, namely, the existence of free oxygen in the soil ; without, however, mentioning for what purpose it serves, and whether or in what way it is introduced into plants, and what changes it undergoes there. Further on, amidst a number of well- known observations, are more erroneous conceptions. In a preced- ing page of his book (p. 23), he had asserted that “‘no matter can be considered as nutritious, or as necessary to the growth of plants, 566 Miscellaneous. which possesses a composition either similar to, or identical with, theirs—as in such a case the assimilation could take place without the decomposition of carbonic acid by the leaves.”’ ‘This is mere fic- tion ; it has no application to parasitical plants. Of equal value is what he says, p. 115 :—‘* Leaves serve to produce starch, woody fibre, and sugar; if we therefore bring these matters (starch, woody fibre, and sugar) into plants, by means of their roots, the vital functions of the leaves are disturbed, &c.”” Now woody fibre is the most in- soluble vegetable matter which we know. It is incomprehensible how such a substance could be conducted by the way of the leaves to the trunk of a tree to serve there for the formation of annual rings. Starch occurs in plants only in the shape of grains, and therefore it likewise cannot be introduced into the trunk and bark by the leaves. As for sugar, it has been proved by the experiments of Saussure and Davy, that plants thrive exceedingly in dissolved gum and sugar, if the solution is not so concentrated as to render endosmose, and consequently nutrition, impracticable. But Dr. Liebig possesses great talents in the way of omitting facts which do not suit his theory ; and instead of confessing that there are many things he does not know, he prefers saying that all those things which he is unable to explain, do not exist. Thus we find (p. 116) the following pro- position :—‘‘ Each grain of wheat contains within itself the matter which produces its germ and root-fibres (namely, starch and gluten) ; and we must suppose that these two substances are found there exactly in the proportion necessary for the development of those organs. But the two matters are completely consumed in the formation of the first part of the roots and leaves, and a surplus of either could in no way contribute to the formation of leaves, without a portion of the other matter exactly corresponding to it in quantity.” This sounds well, and seems to be the dictum of a great genius; but, unfortu- nately, it is mere romance, and is contradicted by well-known facts. The proportion of gluten and starch contained in wheat varies greatly —the first between 7:0 and 35:0, and the second between 70°0 and 40.0. Can we assert that 7.70 and 35.40 form two proportions, exactly corresponding to one another? And yet the kinds of corn, thus differently constituted, are equally capable of attaining complete development. Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 567 After bringing forward a fresh supply of well-known facts, Dr. Liebig produces an idea, correct indeed, but familiar to every physiologist as soon as he begins his studies. He says (p. 120), ‘«‘ From this view” (the view the author had taken cannot be inferred from what precedes), ‘‘it is evident how greatly the products of a plant can vary according to the relative proportion of the nourishing matter it receives.” ‘This is just the point which renders all modern chemistry useless to vegetable phygiologists ; and this is the reason why physiologists cannot, like Dr. Liebig, conduct experiments on whole acres of forest or meadows, nor in ditches and ponds. They are obliged to make multitudes of exact, tedious, and laborious ob- servations on individual plants ; because their object is to learn the processes of vegetation as they actually go on in such plants,—and not to guess at the probable effects of vegetation on the natural history of the globe. I think Dr. Liebig would have been less ready to heap his invectives upon phygiologists, if he had known that they have not to deal with a salt, composed, according to the constant formula 1 (a + 6°) + 1 (c + 6°), but to investigate organisation, which is very changeable, and gifted with a great power of adapting itself to circumstances. For, despite of all the formulas of chemistry, there always remains an unknown wz. which we for the present call vital force, notwithstanding the sentence of death pronounced upon it by Dr. Liebig. But I, this moment, perceive that I have wronged him, The great chemist, who has in his pocket all explanations ready made, who, at page 18, is quite certain that plants decompose carbonic acid, and at page 60 thinks, that this is extremely improba- ble, feels on a sudden (p. 121) an utter consternation at discovering the miraculous effect of this vital force, which is able to produce a thing that no chemist can imitate with the most powerful galvanic pile, although it is nothing more than a simple chemical decomposi- tion, namely, that of carbonic acid in plants, which has once more obtained his approbation. But, Sir, did you not feel, when you were writing this passage, what a silly figure you must cut in the eyes of physiologists, after having heaped upon them so many opprobrious terms? We find that 999 thousand parts of the vital functions of vegetation are inexplicable, but we perceive that the last thousandth 4c 568 Miscellaneous. may admit of a chemical explanation ; at the same time, however, we confess that our poor chemistry has not advanced so far as to be able to imitate even this insignificant trifle, exactly in the same manner as it occurs in the organised body. In sush a case, I think the term ‘vital force’ would not be so very unsuitable to indicate all that is still unknown to us. The author goes on speaking of the decomposition of carbonic acid in leaves, and says (p. 123) that it has been proved by experiments made with cut-off leaves, which of course did not receive any nitrogen together with the carbonic acid, that nitrogen is not necessarily re- quired for the decomposition of carbonic acid. Is this the art of mak- ing experiments which is so much extolled, and can only be learnt in chemical laboratories? Does Dr. Liebig not know that every leaf itself contains a great quantity of nitrogen, and that this matter is pos- sessed of such qualities as enable it to produce the most astonishing chemical metamorphoses and decompositions? Is it possible that he should be ignorant that every cut-off leaf, according to its nature, sooner or later, ceases to decompose carbonic acid? and what has he to answer, when I inform him that it ceases to decompose carbonic acid as soon as the nitrogen contained in it has been consumed. Such propositions as the above are not admitted ito vegetable phy- siology. The author continues: “ The carbon derived from carbo- nic acid assumes a state in which it is soluble, and this we call sugar, when it is sweet; gum or mucus, when tasteless, and excre- tions, when it is secreted by the roots, &c.” Such observations as these are as worthless in chemistry as in physiology. It is nonsense © to call sugar a fluid form of carbon, when oxygen and hydrogen are as essential to its formation as carbon, and as it is only by the union of these three substances that sugar is produced. Nor is there more sense in what is said of excretions, among which occurs not only matter containing nitrogen, but such varied substances as oil, resin, oxalic acid, &c. The succeeding observations, which consist of aphorisms founded on old facts, I might leave to the agriculturists, to whom they are introduced, with the same courtesy as he has observed towards the physiologists. I must, however, notice one passage, if only to prove Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 569 in how hasty and superficial a way Dr. Liebig draws conclusions. According to the experiments of Saussure, plants of wheat yield before they are in blossoms 0,070, whilst they are in blossom 0,054, and when the corn is ripe 0,035 of ashes. Hence the author infers that plants, from the time when they begin to blossom, return to the soil a portion of their inorganic matter; which certainly is a false conclusion. These facts only shew, that the relative proportion between the organic and inorganic constituents has been changed ; and this may have taken place whilst the absolute quantity of in- organic constituents in each single plant has been increased tenfold, or in any other proportion. I am decidedly of opinion, that a great increase of this matter takes place, if we consider the absolute weight of plants in blossom, and when loaded with seeds. It is quite dis- tressing to mention such things to a chemist, for he at least should know how to estimate them. The chapter on the Rotation of Crops and Manure contains little to interest a physiologist. The author first mentions exeretions by the roots, respecting which there exist no experiments of any value, except those of Macaire Prinsep. Although we poor physiologists may not have acquired the art of experiment in chemical laboratories, yet we know, I trust, what are the requisites of a scientific experiment ; and we think those of Mr. Prinsep not made with such skill as enti- tles them to form the foundation of a theory, as is evident from the weighty objections made to them by Meyen in his “ Physiology.” A theory founded on such experiments can only be a plaything. Scientific naturalists are aware that in the complicated processes of vegetation, many things are to the considered, of which Dr. Liebig has not the most remote idea. A few propositions in this chapter, placed side by side, will show with what facility shallow people can explain things that are inscrutable to those who penetrate below the surface of the subject. ‘‘ According to Macaire Prinsep, it is by their excretions that plants return to the soil such consti- tuents as have been introduced into them during their growth. These excretions cannot be assimilated by any plants, until they again have been converted into humus. Clover secretes matter which becomes humus with great difficulty. All Clover-like plants, especi- 570 Miscellaneous. ally Saintfoin and Lucern, form such excretions abundantly, and continue to do it for several years in succession.” From this the reader would probably infer, that no plant can thrive where Clover has been grown; but Dr. Liebig does not draw such a conclusion. It is well known that many plants grow in the midst of, and almost immediately after, Clover, at least what are commonly called weeds. According to Liebig’s first and second chapter, humus in no way contributes to the nutrition of plants; nevertheless he here tells us, that one of the principal effects of the rotation of crops is the artificial production of humus, which is most completely obtained by the cultivation of Saintfom and Lucern.” Alas! for the poor farmer, who is to borrow the theory of his art from Dr. Liebig’s book. But, to proceed: ‘ It is evident,” says Liebig, «« that after from five to seven years the soil must be impregnated with excretions to such a degree, that all the roots will be surrounded by them ; and as they remain for some time in a soluble condition, they are again introduced into a plant, which suffers injurious effects in consequence, because they are not capable of being assimilated.” Dr. Liebig does not consider that roots extend, and that food enters,them only by their extremities. This extremity, which is to receive nutrition, is annually leaving the place which, according to his theory, is poisoned with these pretended excretions, and it extends into a soil which is free from them. Sometimes these extremities advance over a considerable space in a short time. I think, therefore, that the bare places found in a field of Clover, after 5 or 7 years, are not produced by the roots refusing a soil im- pregnated with excretions, but that the life of such plants has arrived at its term, and that they could not continue to vegetate even in the best soil. If excretions were the cause of this change, the whole field would be depopulated at the same time; but we find that it is only single plants that die, and thus, according to the difference of their qualities, become sooner or later extinct. Thus bare places are formed on the field of Clover, but these places do not remain without vegetation until again converted into humus by the sun and atmosphere ; on the contrary, even before the Clover has entirely died, they are covered with small plants, which thrive very well, Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 571 although, according to Liebig, the soil has been poisoned by un- assimilable excretions. It seems as if the author never saw a field, and that the bare places in it are known to him only from books on rural economy, where the term ‘ bare places” is used to imply those spots where the cultivated plants do not grow, but not a bare soil destitute of vegetation. In his explanation of this subject, we find, p. 153, the following proposition: ‘‘ Though a certain quantity of carbon in the soil be sufficient to bring many plants to complete development, it is not sufficient to provide their different organs with the greatest possible supply of nourishment.’’ Accord- ing to my weak understanding, nothing is in this passage clear, except its absurdity. No plant can attain more than its complete development, and the quantity required to produce that effect is called the maximum of nourishment, whilst a minimum implies, that the nourishment is so scanty, as to be hardly sufficient to maintain the life of the plant. Possibly Dr. Liebig has here confounded the plant with the field, and intended to say, that even when some plants in a field attain their complete development, there may not be sufficient nourishment for all of them, so that the field does not yield the maximum of produce. At p. 74, Dr. Liebig pro- mises to prove that ‘“‘all animal manure acts on vegetation only by forming ammonia.” But at p. 154, where he treats of manure more copiously, he says, the opimion that manure acts on plants by the nitrogen it contains, and that this matter is assimilated by the plants for the formation of gluten, is quite void of foundation. For, continues he, the quantity of nitrogen contained in animal manure is so small, that it cannot be taken into account. At p. 74, he himself had produced the well-known facts, which prove the increase of gluten in Wheat, as soon as manure containing much nitrogen (i. e. animal excrements) is employed; and in the following pages he proves beyond all doubt, that we know no means by which the gluten of cultivated plants can be increased, except from animal excrements, and that ‘‘the powerful effect of this kind of manure can only be ascribed to the quantity of nitrogen it contains.” I have no doubt that Dr. Liebig, in speaking of this matter, applies the terms “ animal manure” and ‘“ animal excrements,” in one place 572 Miscellaneous. to solid matters, which contain only a small quantity of nitrogen, but are rich in salts, and in another to the fluid excrements, which contain much nitrogen, and only a small quantity of salts. Butif so, his meaning can only be guessed at by persons, who bring to his book a knowledge of the matter as complete as his own. But my patience begins to be exhausted, and so, I fear, does that of my reader. I shall therefore, quit Dr. Liebig, his contradictions, his confusion, his possible explanations, and his impossible conclu- sions, his physiological blunders, and his chemical mistakes, with a short moral, chemical, and physiological lecture. [This is the substance of some long observations, for which we have not room. | The ostrich, says the fable, hides its head in a bush when hunted, thinking that what it sees not, exists not. Ona former occasion, Dr. Liebig unsuccessfully denied the existence of the fungi of fermentation ; he now thinks to proceed with more prudence by not taking notice of them. But, Sir, you are much too late. Every person, who has a good miscroscope, knowns that they exist and are composed of cells. It would have been wiser to attack them, for your silence may induce people to think you ignorant of their existence. ‘Two substances are required to produce fermentation in the most simple cases, namely, a solution of sugar and yeast. ‘The product is alcohol and carbonic acid; water and a little ferment (?) remain undecomposed. A theory of fermentation is now demanded, as was formerly the case with the formation of salts; an explanation of the latter was found when the bases and acids had been decom- posed into their constituents ; the law of saturation could never have been discovered otherwise. Now, then, for the problem of yeast. We know tolerably well the nature of sugar and water, as far as regards their constituents ; but as for yeast, do you. know anything of that, Dr. Liebig? Did you ever inquire whether it is a simple body or a compound ; and if the last, did you ascertain what the elements are of which it is composed, how they are combined, and how far each contributes to the production of fermentation ? You have not! You must be joking. What! a great man like you. who has acquired the art of experimenting in chemical labora- tories, to attempt to establish the theory of a process, one-half Liebig’s Organic Chemistry applied to Agriculture. 575 of which is completely unknown to him? The thing is impossible ! Matters containing nitrogen are among the essentials requisite for the formation of yeast. In what state are those matters when in the wort? What changes do they undergo in forming yeast? And how are we to explain the remarkable fact, that ferment, which is entirely exhausted, much resembles woody fibre, and is therefore destitute of nitrogen ? Whence is derived this woody fibre met with thus unexpectedly ? Here now we, poor, ignorant vegetable physio- logists apply to chemistry for assistance. Since you cannot answer us, permit me to read you a short physiological lecture :—Cells in plants are only formed where sugar or gum occur, and a substance containing nitrogen; this nitrogen forms nuclei, and afterwards changes the sugar or gum altogether into fibrous matter (faserstoff) ; the cell being completed, it afterwards grows only by distention. In wort exist all the material conditions required for the formation of cells ; the other conditions we are unacquainted with. When the yeast, which originates in the wort, is examined by a microscope, cells are found somewhat large, and frequently connected with each ether; with care, the whole process of their increase may be per- ceived. Such cells, at first, always consist of the nucleus containing nitrogen ; besides which, there frequently appear other smaller ker- nels in the interior of the cells, which are otherwise filled with clear, watery juice, Such cells may easily be broken by pressure; when their contents come out, a small empty bag remains. As soon as the’ wort no longer contains matter capable of maintaining vegetation, the formation of yeast ceases. When much alcohol has been formed, this renders vegetation impossible, and wine ceases to ferment. When beer-yeast is well washed with distilled water, and rubbed to a powder in an agate mortar, and then treated with water, alcohol, ether, &c., there remains fibrous matter (faserstoff) as a residuum, and the dissolving agents extract from the yeast a lit- tle gum, matter resembling wax or fat, and a substance containing nitrogen. My purposes are sufficiently served by this chemical analysis, which was not made for the purpose of publication ; besides, I am only a poor physiologist, whose art of making laboratory ex- periments was learned from the deceased Stromeyer, my venerable 574A Miscellaneous. teacher. You, I hope, will soon publish a move correct analysis of yeast, and then perhaps—but not at present—you may be able to give us a theory of fermentation, which shall at least have some utility. Till that event takes place, I offer you this trifle as a proof that you may learn a good deal of physiology, and even a little chemistry, from the physiologists.—From the Gardener’s Chronicle, Sor 1842. | 61‘Il | 266 628 | O28 | €'E8 | 869°6Z “west ble aoe as Se pe ae aoe 2 ee ~ gs‘i8 jos‘zs | ogg | S28" O'e8 {SL's | O'F8 [SLB 810 PIO Meee AN S161 C98 e068. | cee, 8G ( og s O18 joc‘Ts | 0'%8 |OS8° | O'T8 |OG'I8 | O78 [OCB ee NG ORG os 08 a1) Cie GG 6% 8 O08 joc‘es | o'F8 }008° o'g8 [OSs | O'S [008% c9'0 CGO fe ON Ore Ge |\a0100 sere 09 8% = 068 jos‘es | 08 008. | O68 jOs‘es | OB j008 68°0 ESO] = ae ol) G18 | Oe | Ces | evr 8) Lo 2 OST8 | OCs jos‘cg jOGB! jOG'TS | OSB jG'c8 [SBF $60 660 | aN] 068 | C06 | S¥8 | Gee 19 9% S 0'68 |Gz‘c8 jostcs jong’ | O'S8 |Sz%%cg jOS‘c8 008 rP‘0 660 P07 *t tA S'S] ZE8 | O'Z8 | GES | OSZ' 19 m6 S 0°98 |G2°98 | O'88 jOZ8‘ |0G'98 | O48 | 9°88 [0L8* ier ANON Ore 16 See 9 18.4) coe: 19 @ |‘stz : = O68 |cL'tS |czics |OC8. (SZ 't8 | O°C8 |NG‘cg j0S8* Pe N28 68 10:16. 1 We) | eee 19 &G S$ CBTS | O'G8 jocicg jOS8’ |Sz'ts | U's )0G*cg j0S8* ee es | O18 | OG SS ecco 09 ra > G8 | O'G8 |Ez‘eg |GZ8° OS'S | 0°G8 j0S‘cg {S85 8r‘0 CVO fc MON G8 | ONG Sts | cae 6¢ 1G st GL‘E8 | 068 joc‘eg |006S | O'S8 |S2‘c8 |S4°C8 |006S i AN 08 6.06 | Ore | ee 8¢ 0z ms G4'e8 (cz'b8 jocics |SL8° | OFS |SZ'Fs |OCCR | GLB 900 COO. f= WN O'rs | 668 | 98 | So. LG 61 &Z OS't8 jos‘cs | 098 j006. | O's | 0°98 |S2‘98 006° ee Cee | 068 VIE | rel, 9¢ 8T S° 0°98 | O98 62°98 |006' | 0:98 |SZ°98 }0S‘98 |006* 80°T O01 f= = MS 078 (8.88 |-Vr8. [2cr ie >» S21 BS 0°98 | 098 |Ez‘98 |006° | 0°98 | 0°98 |S2°98 |006‘ Poe ANS es, | 688, | Se8 | O8e- DG 91 6 OSES | O'S8 |cz‘cg j006' |SZ‘F8 |OS‘cs | O98 |006* pol MN Ties | 0f28 | bes | I8Z° vs GT &2 098 | 098 |¢z'98 006° | 0°98 | 0'98 |Sz‘98 |006° ee ENE IS 1 098 20 c8 | cor, 0S iat BS OSes | O'F8 joctrs jO08' OSes | OFS |OS‘t8 |008° OT 160 | = ee 2M 848 | 6:68 | 08 | 670! vG €1 EY O'%8 [0S‘%8 | o'€8 jOSZ° | O'%8 jOS'%8 | O'E8 {OSZ* rP‘0 GSO GN Al C08 (0s 4) 908 1 o9c: SG al = G08 |OS‘I8 | 0'%8 jOS9 |GZ'08 | O'%8 | O'%8 j0C9" bP 6G [AM OTS | G8 | O18 | cag: TG I sz O68 |0S'%8 /GLic8 004" | O'%8 [OS'S |Sz'Es |00L! LET 8UI ee WN Os | OOS) So | ae bg SOT Be G28 j0S'E8 | OFS jOOL' OG'ZS |GL‘es | O'F8 |SeL' 01‘ 800 fest) res | 0'88 | 288 | SFO vg @) 6 we GLB |GB'FS {GLEE [O0L' OSES [OG'FS | O'G8 [002 bL‘0 990 Pri 28 t* W'S} 9% | ofZ8 | Bb | Fo" SS 8 HQ OSTS |SL‘F8 | O'cg |00L' |0S'FS |GL°F8 | OfC8 |00L' 800 Goo fu “*** 8" Ca] 6te8 | 688 | 68 | 999° gg L fs OG'%8 | 0.88 [Gz‘es |GoL° | O'S8 |GL‘Es8 | O'P8 |GZZ' i ee Ura | el) a | Ns) 9¢ 9 Se GCLes | OFS joc‘ts j|0SZ. {SL's |cZ't8 [OS‘TS [OLS 020 LEO ee O28. 1 0569) | ricss 1.909: 9G G OS O'F8 |0ST8 |G/'b8 |0SL’ | O'S jOS'P8 /SL'T8 OSL’ C10 IO | A ee 1,068. |, See) | ces Lg t 28 O'€8 |6Z2F8 | O'¢8 j0S9' jNg'es [OS'bB [OS‘cs |Ng9" 80 160 (3 a) B78 | Oe | Bes rcs Lg "SE Ss OSES [CLES | 0'98 (002. joS's8 | O's8 | 0°98 |00L' 80°0 900 |. =. = “| Ses | O68 | 968 gsc 8¢ Z Ze O'FB |G'FS |GZ'C8 |0G9°62| O'F8 |SB'F8 |S2'cs |0S9°6z ee | Gee 10528. 1S 68) 1 86S6G: | ae ( T Se ° ° o |S249UT! 5 o |seyouy| seyouy | seyouy 5 a 6 soy uy a's — — — | —— | ——_— —_— — | — = | ——$5———— |J — —_— ] —_ —_ —|— — —S|$ | ——— | — —_ 2s © bo fo) : Se Sele ge [5G |e ee |e S ee et he ge oe fe | es | S| 2 ee a S Se ioe fe 63 Gee oS a ©, rm: ee o 2 See, OS eS = @ © Pe esas ® @ Q =) D 5 oO G lo) me © 3 ord B 5 ca aes o> aS Os rt ao ri s 7 Dyas 5 SS a ee Se ee nese see ee See a o8 06 =O = oo D Cus a "ainjyetad ua J, ‘ainje1ad U19 J, | “pul AA "aanyeroduia J, 5 = Ms 5S ¢ ————___—___-—- -——__—$ —_ _____—_____ —— SS eS a oe Z 3 = "Wd Ol Ve Speuw suoTeAIOsSqG, | *W'd QjJe opeUl suOl}eAIOSqGO *saouer) UIE "W OG ‘H 6 38 pedAtosqg © | ic) tom ‘hupsuadsigy s hundmog "CEST uaquajdag fo yquopy ay) of ‘njjndIvg amnsnunrr aur mm ann arn rasune sar suorINmasasan auT ee) ae saa) 4ohanan ay? 20 jday saisiboyy jpoubojosoote yy ex eT *payjuumo Aiesuadsiqg s,Auvdwuoy vqutouojy ay jv SUOTIBAIISGO JYUSIN—g “Ny O1‘O 800 soyouy 40‘0 900 soyouy ‘sasneyy uley ‘1]NWNd-o0111EG ‘Apno[o *T}@14S-O1LID, ‘Apnolg *eYs-01119 *17@.1]S-O.111E) “uley ‘Apnolg *1¥8198-O1119 *198148-O.1119) ee “1ye1}8-OINIQ) FY SV] ‘TNUND *§ 24} OF “1}@1}S-O111 ‘£pnolg ‘£pnoyg *N ey) oF, “19818-01119 “1YB14S- O1UID ‘Apno[g ‘Apno[g “Urey ‘Kpnojy oe ‘Apnojg ‘Apnolg ‘Apno[g oe ee #e ee "ANG eq) Jo joodsy e©0e000 ‘meg eve ove “Mw eeecbe "a NG 6°81 @®e0000 "aA ON ecee0en08 “T° N e08000 “a ° e@0eeoo on e @eG@60000 “al @e800008 “a oie Ce ANC AN e©e00 88080 °N N @eeeeeesn °S eseeeanee °S @0280800686 'S eeoeeo a | “Ss eeeaeeee a | eeee0e a | e See eS ose "al eoaceo "“M°S ©o®%e0ee *9 ©ee&2e@e00e ‘S ee | | | UOT}IAIICY “PULM SS a ns i ee Se 9°62 0'€8 18'I8 0'6L 618 |0‘08 0°6L |6'28 1208 L°G8 16 18 0'08 |6°F8 10‘E8 0°08 |0'F8 |0‘%8 0°62 |0°E8 |s‘08 0°22 |0‘08 |0‘08 0°6Z |6‘18 |6‘08 @‘8Z |0°E8 1618 0°CL |0'T18 |£‘08 O*LL |0‘E8 19'%8 6'8Z |0°E8 |0'¢8 0:08 |0°E8 |6‘18 L‘°8L 10'F8 18 '%8 08 10‘t8 |c‘eg 8°8Z 1608 |c‘08 0°18 10‘¢8 |c‘gg O18 |1°¢8 | 2‘%8 €'08 | 1‘¢8 | p‘E8 “18 |e*Gg | 1‘e8 PSL 1Z‘18 |e‘18 O'GL |9°9L |c'z7 O'LL IZ'6L \c‘g7 0°18 1°98 | £°E8 208 |8°€8 |9‘Z8 0°08 | 1°68 |¢‘z8 0:08 8°88 |P‘E8 0°08 /9°28 /0'e8 O (0) Oo oz| &| & SS tee lh = mtr} ° |e o Pep |e ol SCE o8/ 5 |° = o8 7? oinyetodwoa J, *19]9WOIe | "u00 | JusIeddy ye ape 0°08 |9°¢8 6‘08 eT’ °N10'62 | 0°68 |0'08 serves er °S16'8Z 10°98 |0'08 @eceee000 a | 0°08 0°98 9°18 EAE Cela t 064 e°Eg 0‘08 eerree’ "N10'8L |3S8 | #08 @eoeced a | “N PLL 028 0'6L eoeecoases a | °C 1‘8Z 8'Z8 v‘08 e@eneee0 Ol | "N 0‘08 0'cg 0°18 cers "HN 10'82 | 08 |0‘08 Soe Se eNO eC St GGe sseer* “a “N/0'S8 | ‘C8 1Z ‘08 @@eee e000 “N 0'6L 6‘C8 018 eeee "mM “N O'ZL Z'C8 C08 ""* "AN 1262 12'98 1918 e©oee “Mh ‘N 0&8 0°98 9‘18 Be ANZ, GL GG8 GIS See eee AN. aS 0‘18 pcg C'Z8 cereer’M °S10‘1S |B'S8 |0°%S eerees “$1018 1G'68 16'T8 weeee’ “A °S1Z'18 10°S8 10'%8 @eeece ae: § ‘Ss 018 0‘S8 9'18 Pre HOLL |O6L G62 @@ee80 0. “a “N O'Ig e‘cg 618 rer’* “A *S10‘Z8 18°98 | ¢'%8 <= = = SIG 18 1098 1 G'7e ** “M ‘S °M10‘8Z 1Z‘18 |c'08 @e°%7@ a oe "a 0°%8 0'Z8 G‘ER seers’ “10°68 1868 |2'F8 .. A'S 'S|T's8 |9'88 |g'¢8 (0) C0) (0) lee 8/8 8 EPs b | occ a aie oe (e) ee o£ Boe a oe | = “pula ‘ainjeiodwiea J, soyou] “1ajaMOIeg SS A SES "NW OC ‘H 6142 paaiasqg ‘UOON Je XTICL “eq [eJUOZIIOFT s,uoopy] ‘sasueyO S,u00 “EP81 “4290790 fo yquopy ay? tof ‘n74nII0 ‘sdf sjouauay tohaaung ay, yo yday sajsibay ]09060)0.10079 [y iv 2 = | NO) Hud CO I~ 00 “yuo ay} Jo sdeq °49Q029Q Bees A ‘ssesy SOWTOIOUd SISdOlHdo = a = OTS Youly FZ. Je “epewaccias, ae \ ee (Z Nok Has, Sour’ Fa me anne 7 tee ee Re A PM me ne me ahr em ene eee eu ' a nin Be i ba CCL ? ba “wT A SOTCTINVLLNE SHOSSIMEL ING meme em eo renee 9 TIEN a Tia Weebl ee ee | Seo SOLYT SHOR LO a IOs ekes Wal FLGE 20 eee Ce Pp hh ‘4 SA le Sede Fe 5 SB eee wihipeiea’ LEP E Fal Wark yom EAT IS IIE I STA II Re LN rene peices psc fe es Agass. | af ru AG la cen aut U > sa ni So ssaeeet eer ae \ | To If VoliV FL. VE Was jrdé : ) DT eeres 5 a7 + Caleut La} et . “ae ae ‘ Koerenvs St SS é alokla ) Doni: Teak Tide PLXVIXVI Trams. Liwn. Soe Vat-xi1v Lak JT Trans. Lovren. Soe Voix Tak2zv / =) os a. 3 « & SF rat AN pes ants Bi Drees line . Boe. Ved. XIV. Tab I. SS) SK RX N BP Se ON eRe =a = Ss =F ~ S d SL Sy: = — Pf) Fel.IV, FPL: KX Kl Cal. Jour Nat Hist \ I PIV NS A Y A LN ei A OZ hie Vi VAN vy fs Cevek eS ES OOO Ea ha Cakes WIXX WH 2EN- rl, aygrropay ae tte rei retain ma gat Caleilla Jour Nat Hist ee | p Y) ) 4 0 g , 0? “aa LL Ga SANNA ATA MAN SIMIAN: SNK) NN LO B= VAN, ey SSSSS atta RNS Wit, KERR a < iy \ S | is fe rm es Bee Seay ear) pleas 2 aerate tame patra bo taney > eae = Sei Segue’ petcaninot Se Lap ee ey lately a Vol.1V FL.XXV! Orme Ophioglossium fs os Eeuts etune debile Tsoetes Capewlaris i yy K , i Ly 4 ‘ oe ty \ Cdeutlc Jour. Nak. Hist ‘ i, SL ee Ai Y ANIA aR DN KK ag Fs f ma Me “Sy sy O simu ae Canceotata rai ie ; ni RR Way \\ Miny) ih fis